ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                                   1980 Budget Estimate

                                     Table of Contents

                                                                            Page

Suiimary Tables	,	.•	   1

Air	  A-1
 Research and Development.	,	,	,		  A-9
   Health and Ecological Effects..,	  A-1.0
   Industrial Processes	,	  A-2.2
   Monitoring and Technical  Support	,	  A-27
 Abatement and Control...	,	  A-37
   Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards	  A-4Q
   Hobile Source Standards and Guidelines...	  A-48
   State Program Resource Assistance		..  A-55
   Air Quality Strategies Implementation	,	,	,	  A-61
   Mobile Source Preproduction Compliance Verification	..  A-65
   Trends Monitoring and Progress Assessment	...,	  A-70
 Enforcement.,	  A-75
   Stationary Source Enforcement	  A-77
   Mobile Source Enforcement....			  A-81

Water Quality.	,	WQ-1
 Research and Development.	,.	WQ-13
   Health and Ecological Effects	WQ-14
   Industrial Processes.	WQ-32
   Publ ic Sector Activities	WQ-42
   Monitoring and Technical  Support	 WQ-54
 Abatement and Control	WQ-63
   Hater Quality Planning and Standards	,	WQ-66
   Effluent Standards and Guidelines.	,	WQ-83
   Grants Assistance Programs	,	,	 WQ-91
   Water Quality Strategies Implementation	,	,	WQ-97
   Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis..			WQ-106
   Municipal Source Control...,		,	 WQ-109
 Enforcement	WQ-120
   Water Quality Enforcement.			WQ-120
 Construct!' on Grants	'WQ-129

Drinking Hater	,-	DW-1
 Research and Development	,	..,	DW-7
   Public Sector Activities....	DW-8
   Monitoring and Technical  Support	DW-16
 Abatement and Control,.,	,	DW-18
   Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines	,	DW-20
   State Program Resource Assistance,	OW-25
   Dri nki ng Water Management...	,	,	DW-28
 Enforcement	,	DW-3Z
   Drinking Water Enforcement	,	,	DW-32

Solid Waste.					SW-1
 Research and Development	SW-7
   Publ ic Sector Acti vi ti es...,	sW-8
 Abatement and Control	:	SW-12
   Uaste Management Regulations,  Guidelines, and Policies		.. SW-14
   Financial Assistance..,	,		,	SW-21
   Waste Management Strategies Implementation			SW-25
   Technical Assistance	SW-29
 Enforcement..,	.,	,	,	,	SW-33
   Sol id Waste Enforcement	,	SW-33

-------
 Pesticides	,	.
   Research and Development	,
     Health and Ecological Effects	
     Industrial Processes	-....•		
     Monitoring and Technical Support	
   Abatement and Control	
     Standards Setting and RPAR 	„			,
     Registration and Tolerances	.	,	
     Federal  and State Program Support.	,	
   Enforcement	,......,.....»	
     Pesticides Enforcement			

 Radiation..	,	:	».'..	
   Research and Development...,	
     Health and Ecological Effects	.	
   Abatement  and Control	
     Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines	—
     Environmental Impact Assessment..........		
     Program Implementation.	

 Nolle	,	.	.,	,	
   Abatement and Control	,	,	
     Environmental Noise Strategies and Standards.	
     Noise Program Strategies Implementation.	
   Enforcement.		
    "Noise Enforcement.....		

 Interdisciplinary.	,	
   Research and Development	.		,...,,.
     Health and Ecological Effects..,	"			
     Public Sector Activities..			.
     Anticipatory Research	:	,	,.	,.
     Monitoring and Technical  Support.	•	•	
   Abatement and Control		...	,	,	
     Environmental Impact Statements	
     Integrated Environmental Assistance	,	,

' To.x1c_ Substances.	
   Research and Development		>	
     Health and Ecological Effects	
     Industrial Processes—	
     Monitoring and Technical Support	,.	
   Abatement and Control	
     Toxic Substances Strategies.,...	,	...'...
   Enfoceraent....	.	
     Toxic Substances Enforcement	,

 Energy.		.,	,	
   Research and Development...		
     Fuel  Processing, Preparation and Advanced Combustion	
     Fuel  Extrseti on	.,..,.,	
     Environmental Impact of .Conventional and Advanced Energy  Systems.
     Flue  Gas Sulfur Oxide Control"	,	,	
     Nitrogen Oxide Control	
     Flue  Gas Particulate Control			
     Effects  of Energy Related Pollutants on Organisms and Ecosystems.
     Transport and Fate of Energy Related Pollutants,	,	
     Measurement Systems and Instrumentation Development  for  Energy
      Related Pollutants	•	
     Health Effects of Energy Related Pollutants....	
  P-9
  P-10
  P-18
  P-22
  P-24
  P-26
  P-32
  P-37
  P-40
  P-40

  R-l
  1-5
  R-6
  fi-8
  R-10
  R-l 2
  R-15

  N-l
  N-6
  N-S
  N-12
  N-19
  N-19

  1-1
  1-5
  1-7
  1-10
  1-11
  1-16
  1-18
  1-19
  1-23

TS-1
TS-8
Ts-g
TS-25
TS-27
TS-31
TS-32
TS-43
TS-43

 E-l
 E-6
 £-10
 E-l 4
 E-l 7
 E-27
 E-30
 £-33
 E-37
 E-40

 E-44
 E-48

-------
Management and Support	.	
  Research and Development	
    Program Management	
    Program Support.	
  Abatement and Control	
    Program Management	
   'Program Support	
  Enforcement.	
    Program Management		
    Program Support.		
  Agency and Regional  Management.
    Agency Management.	,
    Agency Support	
    Regional Management	
    Regional Support	

Buildings and Facilities	

Scientific Activities  Overseas...

Regulatory Counci1	

Special Analyses
  Table of Contents	
 MS-1
 MS- 5
 MS- 6
 MS-7
 MS-8
 MS-9
 MS- 10
   ~
 MS-1 4
 MS- 15
 MS-1 9
 MS-22
 MS-24

 BF-1

SAO-1

 RC-1
                                                                             SA-1

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                              ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                                      Budget Summary


     The Environmental Protection Agency's 1980 budget proposal for its operating
programs totals 51,284,000,000, an increase  of 173,355,000,  This budget also requests
$3,8 billion for grants for waste water treatment plant construction.  An appropriation
of $3,238,000 is also requested within EPA's submission to provide for 1980 funding of
the U. S. Regulatory Council.

      The 1980 EPA budget emphasizes four basic thrusts:  regulating public health
hazards effectively, ensuring effective enforcement of the laws, helping State and
local  governments assume as much environmental responsibility as possible, and
investing seriously  in both management and regulatory reform.

      Much of the environmental legislation that Congress recently enacted has
broadened EPA's mission so that the Agency is now a preventive public health as well as
an  environmental agency.  Major increases that reflect this broader mission include the
following:

      -  Funds requested f0r the toxic substances programs will increase by 75 percent
         from $58.9 million to $103.3 million.

      -  Funds Included in the budget request to implement the Safe Drinking Water Act
         will rise by $11.3 million (16 percent) of which $3,2 million is an increase
         for State drinking water program assistance.

      -  Funds requested for public health initiatives and health effects research
         and development increased by $34,4 million to $112.9 million, a 44 percent rise.

      -  Funds requested for hazardous waste management grants and technical assistance
         increased by  $6.5 million  (28  percent).

      In addition, funds requested for State and local air control agency programs will
increase by $5.6 million.  The budget also includes a 525 million request for a new
grant initiative — integrated environmental assistance, and $40 million for Section 208
water quality planning grants.  However, no new funds are being requested for Section 175
air transportation planning grants.  Also, support for State water quality control agency
assistance under Section 106 will be decreased by $3.6 million.  However, provisions of
the Clean Mater Act will allow States to use portions of their waste water  treatment
construction grants management assistance funds fo'r the administration of State water
quality control activities.

      The Agency's budget proposals are categorized under eight appropriation accounts
as fo.llows:

      -  Research and Development
      -  Abatement and Control
      -  Enforcement
      -  Agency and Regional  Management
      -  Buildings and Facilities
      -  Scientific Activities Overseas
      -  Construction Grants
      -  U. S. Regulatory Council

      A summary of each appropriation and its major changes follow.

                                  Research and Development

      The highlight of the research and development budget for 1980 is a major initiative
in preventive health to improve the Agency's health data base.  EPA's legislative
authorities typically impose short deadlines for action, requiring the Agency to make
decisions often on the basis of incomplete data.  Such actions may lead to costly over-
rpnulatinh hpraiisp nf the no<-pccai"i"l « cnnem-naf-ina =nr>^na<-h +si/ai* +-, „„,..,,.„ *u~ ___4.-_4.j__

-------
     The public health Initiative,  totalling $37.0 million within the air,  drinking  water,
toxics, and radiation media, will  focus on three critical  research and development
activities.  These areas were first identified by the Federal  agencies responsible for
regulating the manufacture, use, and disposal  of toxic substances during  the  research
planning meetings of the Interagency Regulatory Liaison Group.  These agencies  were  joined
by the basic science research institutes for a cross agency zero-based-budget exercise  on
toxics research.  The high priority areas identified through these interagency  reviews
are:  (1) the development of short-term and screening tests to permit the rapid,  inexpensive
detection of chemicals which may pose a serious health threat; (2) the development of
exposure assessment techniques to help predict the concentration of these chemicals  as
they reach man through various routes of exposure and are  absorbed, transformed,  or
accumulated in the body; and {3} the conduct of epidemiologies!  studies to  validate  and
improve the predictive ability of our animal tests and exposure models.

     The net change for the Research and Development appropriation, reflecting  this
initiative as well as other increases and decreases, amounts to  an
increase of $34.7 million.  Highlights for each media follow.

ML

     The total request of $72.0 million includes an increase of $15.0 million for
preventive public health research on the effects of criteria,  noncriteria,  and
transportation related air pollutants.  The Clean Air Act  Amendments of 1977  require the
reevaluation and revision of the health effects criteria which support ambient  air quality
standards at least every five years.  New research will provide data on the synergistic
effects of exposure to combinations of pollutants and the  effects of chronic  exposure on
healthy and especially sensitive populations.   In the noncriteria and transportation health
effects areas, the development of rapid identification techniques for hazardous airborne
pollutants will be stressed.  An increase of $2.4 million  in the characterization and
measurement methods development program will support research on the problems of  graphite
fibers and accelerate research on measurement techniques for inhalable particulate matter,

Water Quality

     The overall request for water quality is  $63.7 million, a decrease of approximately
$3 minion.  This decrease is primarily the net result of discontinuing a nonrecurring
congressional add-on of J8 million in 1979 for a potable water reuse demonstration,  and
the increase of some $4 million to establish a major program to demonstrate water reuse
and recycle options for industrial  waste water discharges.  An additional SI.0  million
will expand the development of quality assurance protocols for toxic waterborne pollutants.

Drinking Hater

     The total drinking water research request of $23.7 million Includes  ah increase of
$5.7 million.  Host of the additional funding will support research to identify and  study
the role of organlcs and other key contaminants in adverse health effects including  some
cancers, heart disease, neurologic impairments, and teratogenic defects.   Epidemiological
studies and adaptation of short-term bioassay techniques to evalute the effectiveness of
alternative treatment techniques will be emphasized.

Solid Waste

     The request of S8.1 million is essentially a continuation of the current program
level in solid waste research.  Research efforts are directed toward the development
of technologies necessary to achieve environmentally acceptable and cost-effective  solid
and hazardous waste management practices.  Research will continue on such activities as
landfilling, hazardous waste disposal, resource recovery,  and alternative land  methods.

-------
Pesticides

     The pesticides research program Is requesting 39.6 million in 1980.   The decrease of
$5.5 million represents a comparative transfer of the substitute chemical  program
resources totalling 52.5 million to the Abatement and Control  account and  the
nonrecurring 1979 congressional add-on of $2.8 for integrated pest management.
The continuing integrated pest management program will focus on transfer of proven
technology to commercial and private applicators and to the fanning community.
Other reductions of 5.2 million are in health and ecological effects.

Radiation

     The increase of $1.0 million brings the total radiation health effects research
request to approximately $2.9 million and supports preventive public health research
activities.  The additional resources will be used to investigate chronic exposure to
low levels of noniom'zing radiation in animals to determine how this pervasive pollutant
interacts with biological systems and what health effects result.  Epidemiological
studies will be initiated to complement laboratory work and to confirm the existence
of health effects at environmental exposure levels.

Toxic Substances

     The substantial increase in toxic substances research, from $14.8 million to
$34.Q million, reflects a major new integrated research approach to assessing total
human exposure to and adverse health effects from toxic substances.  Preventive public
health  research activities totalling roughly $15.0 million are contained in both the
health  and ecological effects portion of the budget; the increase of $6.0 million in
health  effects research focuses on the development of short-term screening tests; the
development of predictive models of total body burden; the refinement of neurotoxicologic
detection methods; and new work in evaluative laboratory techniques.  The increase of
S9.0 million in the ecology program will support research initiatives focused on
predicting the movement and fate of toxic substances.

Interdisciplinary

     The increase of $3.9 million ,in this medium is a net result of a substantial
increase of $7.5 million in anticipatory or long-range research, coupled with a
S2.6 million reduction in the scientific assessments program and a decrease of almost
SI.0 million in technical information activities.  The increase in anticipatory
activities will provide a stable base for long-term research, as advocated by the
National Academy of Sciences and several recent congressional studies, and insure
the adequacy of the scientific base for future regulatory actions.  The decrease in
scientific assessments reflects the completion of a short-term requirement in 1979
for a series of water quality criteria guidelines.
     The energy request is decreased from $112.0 million to $102.5 million, a net
change of S9.5 million.  Included in this net decrease is a small increase to
characterize emissions and evaluate control technologies associated with oil shale
development, coal Vquefaction, and gasification.  This is more than offset by
decreases for reseat:h   on conservation and on wastes as fuels ; on conventional
pollutant control technology,  as certain major demonstrations  are completed; and
in  the health and ecological  program.
                                                                         Ill

-------
                                   Abatement and Control

     These programs provide for development and implementation of environmental  standards
and guidelines, monitoring and surveillance of pollution, pollution control  planning,
financial  and technical  assistance to State and local  pollution control  agencies,
assistance to other Federal agencies to minimize the adverse impact of their activities
on the environment, and training of personnel engaged in pollution control  activities.
The net increase requested is $32,6 million, for a total  of $718.3 minion.   Program
changes v/ithin the Abatement and Control appropriation include the following.

Air

     Funds requested for air abatement and control programs total  $151.9 million,  a net
decrease of $34.9 million from 1979.  Although there are several  major increases requested
in this medium, the net decrease is primarily the result of funds not being  requested  for
Section 175 grants for which $50 million was appropriated in 1979.  These funds  're not
being requested due to the integration during the past year of EPA and DOT planning
processes to assure that transportation planning contributes to the attainment of air
quality standards.  (Funds appropriated for Section 175 grants in 1979 and from  th'e
DOT's planning program will be available for these purposes in 1980).  The funds requested for
air abatement and control programs include an increase of $14.8 for the development of
New Source Performance Standards and National Emission Standards  for Hazardous Air
Pollutants.  The Clean Air Act Amendments require the development of New Source  Performance
Standards for all major stationary sources—about 100 source categories—by  1982.   State
and local  control agency support will be increased $5.6 million.   Also included  is a decrease
of $3.4 million.for air mobile sources standards and guidelines and a $1.4 million decrease
for mobile source compliance verification.  Other miscellaneous changes in this  media
result in a decrease of $0.5 million.
Hater Quality

     The request for water quality abatement and control  programs totals $239.5 million,
a net increase of $1.8 million.  The major change is an increase of $6.8 million to
reimburse the Corps of Engineers for providing an estimated 600 workyears for supervision
and management in the construction phase of'waste treatment facilities.  This assistance
will allow EPA to allocate personnel presently involved in construction supervision to
the study and design phases of the construction process where the potential  is greatest
of improving the cost-effectiveness and minimizing the environmental  impact  of waste
water treatment plants.  The budget also includes an increase of $4.7 million for the
effluent standards and guidelines program and an increase of $1.9 million for NEPA
compliance related to municipal waste treatment facility construction.  Decreases to the
water quality abatement and control program Include:  $2,5 million in municipal waste
treatment facility construction, $3.6 million in water quality State control agency
assistance, $2.3 million in dredge and fill regulations,  and $3.2 million in other areas.

Prinking Water                                ;

     The 1980 request of S57.8 for drinking wa-ter abatement and control represents a net
increase of $5.5 million over 1979.  Included in this increase is $3.0 million to be
used to support EPA implementation of the public water system and ground water protection
programs in those States which have not assumed primary enforcement responsibility.
Funding for State grants to support programs for public water systems and ground water
protection programs will increase by $3.2 million, to S37.2 million.  Grants will continue for State
associations of rural water districts to give training and technical  assistance to small
rural water systems.  Decreases in this medium  include $49,500 in the criteria,
standards, and guidelines programs, 5120,000 In training, and $600,000 in special studies
and demonstrations.

  IV

-------
Solid Waste

     The $60.0 minion requested for abatement and control  is  a  net  decrease  of
$4.8 mi 1-11 on from 1179.   This net decrease Is due to a $5.2 million  reduction in
solid waste financial assistance to the States as part of a 5-year phase-down
of Subtitle D grant funding, a reduction of $1.1  million in resource recovery
grants, and the termination of a one-time $4.0 million cost for  the  Love Canal
hazardous waste clean-up emergency.  There is a.$3.6 million increase in hazardous
waste management grants to the States, $1.1 million increase for regional hazardous
waste'management, and $1.8 million for hazardous waste regulations development.
Pesticides

     The request of $40.5 million for pesticide abatement and control  programs  reflects a
net increase of $.5 million.  An increase of $1.2 million will  permit EPA to continue
developing the first of 1,400 generic chemical  standards.  Over the next decade,  these
standards will constitute the human health and environmental  basis for reregistrati on and
residue tolerance decisions involving 40,000 pesticides now In use.  A combined increase
of $.5 million for registration and tolerances will help meet an expected workload
increase stemming from the new conditional registration program.  A slight decrease of
$69,000 in the rebuttable presumption against registration (RPAR) program reflects the
approaching completion of work on the initial candidate pesticides.  This decrease also
reflects the first step toward the total  merger of RPAR resources into  the generic
standards efforts by 1981.  Other decreases totalling $1.2 million are proposed In the
special registration and pesticide use management programs.

Radiation

     Funds requested for radiation abatement and control total $14.3 minion,  an increase
of $5.9 million.  The major portion of this increase is an additional  $4.4 million for the
development of  criteria standards and guidelines on radioactive waste disposal in a time-
frame consistent with the needs of other Federal agencies.  The remaining $1.5 increase will
be used to carry out radiation monitoring activities necessary to determine the need for
regulatory action under the Clean Air Act.

Noise
     Funds requested for noise abatement and control total $11.9 million, an increase of
$1.9 million.  These funds will support inplementatlon of the Quiet Communities Act of 1978,
Of this increase, $0.5 million will support an effort to investigate the psychological and
physiological effects of noise on humans with a special emphasis on the nonauditory effects
of noise.  The remaining $1.4 million increase will support additional assistance to State
and local communities in areas of monitoring, manpower, and regulation development.

Interdisciplinary                               ;

     Funds requested for interdisciplinary abatement and control programs total $28.5 million,
a net increase of $24.1'mil lion. Anew legislative Initiativewill be Introduced shortly in Congress
titled the Integrated Environmental Assistance Act of 1979.  This legislation is designed
to increase State environmental program flexibility, Improve and simplify program administration,
enhance program integration, and provide incentivies for good performance.  Specifically,
it will enable States to consolidate their environmental programs and to transfer up to 20
percent of their existing grant funds from one program to others.  It will also simplify
program administration by allowing a single application and a single maintenance-of-effort
requirement.  For this initiative, this budget requests $25 million for supplementary
assistance grants, additional to other EPA grant programs, to stimulate innovative and
integrated solutions to environmental problems.  Offsetting this increase is a slight
reduction of SI.9 million in environmental impact statement reviews.

-------
Toxic Substances

     A substantial  increase of £24.6 million is included in the $65.5 million proposed for
the 1980 toxic substances abatement and control program.  The increase will  almost double
the levels of testing requirements initiated, as well  as the number of chemicals subject
to review.  It will allow full operation of the premanufacture review program with adequate
review of new chemical notices and control  action on those requiring it.   Control  actions
will be taken on chemicals identified as posing unreasonable risks.  The  increase will
enable the Agency to provide the information systems and services, information reporting,
and monitoring support required for implementing the testing and evaluation  and chemical
control programs.

                                        Enforcement

     The EPA enforcement program has responsibilities in the areas of air, water quality,
drinking water, solid waste, pesticides, toxic substances, and noise.  The program is
conducted in cooperation with, and in support of, State and community enforcement programs.
The 1980 enforcement budget request is $95.7 million, a decrease of $1.1  million.  Program
changes within the Enforcement appropriation include the following.

Ai_r

     An increase of $1.4 million, to a total of $31.9 million, is proposed for air enforce-
ment.  EPA's stationary source enforcement program consists of bolstering and stimulating
State efforts to ensure compliance with State Implementation Plan requirements with special
emphasis on recalcitrant  major (Class A) sources, responding to situations  involving
substantial threats to public health and safety, and  accelerating the pace  of implementa-
tion of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, primarily those provisions  relating to manda-
tory civil actions against major source violators and those establishing  administratively
imposed noncompliance penalties.  The mobile source enforcement program will be placing high
priority on programs aimed at reducing the failure of vehicles to meet emission standards
at the time of sale and while in use.  The 1980 program will focus on continued implementa-
tion of the Selective Enforcement Auditing assembly line testing program, recall and
surveillance activity In support of recall, and warranty enforcement.  A  new strategy will
place emphasis on enforcement of the antltampering and fuel switching provisions concen-
trated primarily In areas of the country with significant mobile source pollution problems
requiring implementation of inspection/maintenance programs to meet air quality standards.

Water; Qua1|ty

     An increase of $0.6 million, for a total of $28.2 million, will support implementa-
tion of the Clean Water Act Amendments of 1977.  The emphasis of the water quality
enforcement program will be to resolve all  remaining enforcement actions  initiated In
1978 and 1979 against major permittees who failed to meet the July 1, 1977 deadline, by
bringing those cases to decision through settlement, administrative process, or court
trail.  The permit program will emphasize control of toxic discharges by  implementing
the Agency's pretreatoient program and by issuing permits with toxic controls.

Drinking Hater

     The request for drinking water enforcement will increase the program $105,000 and place
highest priority on enforcement response in emergency situations that substantially endanger
public health and safety.  Other areas of focus will be the implementation of public water
system and underground injection control programs, support of enforcement proceedings In 1979,
and initiation of new enforcement actions.

Solid Waste
     An increase of $1.3 million, to a total of $2.2 million is proposed  primarily for com-
pliance monitoring, enforcement actions, and the administrative aspects of permit issuance
in those States that do not assume responsibility for the hazardous waste management program.
This would include responding to emergencies and imminent hazards, as well as, enforcing the
newly issued hazardous waste regulations.

Pesticides
     A decrease of $1.2 million, to a total of $12.2 million, is proposed for 1980.  This
reflects recent reductions in federal enforcement and inspection activities  as States

 VI

-------
increasingly assume responsibility for pesticides control through cooperative Enforcement
Agreements.

Toxic Substances

     An Increase of $600,000, to a total of $3.8 million, is requested for enforcing new
rules promulgated under the Toxic Substances Control Act.

Other

     The noise program remains approximately at the 1979 level for a total of $1 million.
The request for enforcement program management reflects a decrease of $100,000 from 1979
levels, for a total of $1.2 million.  The regional and. general counsel office shows a
decrease of $100,000, for a total of $6.3 .mill-ion.  A decrease of $3.8 million is proposed
for program support, for a total of $8.0 million.

                                Agency and Regional Management

     This appropriation provides for executive direction, management, and support for all
EPA programs at both the headquarters and the 10 regional offices.  It also includes an
allocated share of agencyride common services or support costs.  Major emphasis is placed
on integrating financial management systems, developing an integrated environmental grants
program, developing a realistic approach to effective public participation programs,
expanding regional management and analytical capabilities, and strengthening the zero
based budgeting steering committee process.

     A net increase of $5.4 million, for a total of $95.9 minion, is requested for 1980.
The Increase includes the prorata share of the increased costs for agencywide support
services due primarily to anticipated increases in the cost of facilities rental, utilities,
communications, and ADP technical support and services.

                                   Buildings and Facilities

     This appropriation provides for the design and construction of new EPA-owned facili-
ties as well as necessary repairs, and improvements to existing facilities occupied by
EPA.  A budget of $1.4 million, representing an increase of $362,000, will allow for the
continuation of the Agency's program of upgrading its own facilities both to assure that
applicable health and safety standards are met and to provide more effective pollution
control.

                               Scientific Activities Overseas

     This Special Foreign Currency Program supports cooperative research and demonstration
programs In other countries, using excess currencies available.  The 1979 level of $2.5
million will be increased to $4 million In 1980.

                                      Construction Grants
      Grants are made to local  public agencies for construction of municipal waste water
 treatment  facilities to assist States and localities in attaining and maintaining water
 quality  standards.  The 1380 budget request includes S3.8 billion for this purpose.
 This  request  reflects  implementation of the new Clean Water Amendments, the
 transfer of many management functions to the States, and EPA's continued emphasis -
'on  the environmental integrity of construction projects.


                                   U.S. Regulatory Council

      EPA's 1980 budget submission includes funds for the U.S. Regulatory Council and its
 staff.   The Council, established in October  1978 at the direction of the President, is
 composed of the heads  of those Agencies within the Executive Branch that have regulatory
 responsibilities.   Its purpose is to maintain an overview of regulatory activities within
 the Executive Branch and to assist the President in managing then in a coordinated way so
 as  to limit potential  adverse  impacts on the economy.  The Council will operate as an
 independent entity; however, its 1980 budget request of $3,238,000 Is included in EPA's
 overall  budget submission  for  administrative convenience.

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Summary

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                   Surmtary  of  Budget  Authority,
                             Obligations,  Outlays and End-of-Year Employment
                                         By Appropriation
                                       (dollars in thousands)
                                            Actual
                                             1978
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
Research and Development
  Budget Authority		  •'5317,246       $324,128
  Obligations	     329,716        325,128
  Outlays...	.....	......	.......	     281,914        308,500
  End-of-year Employment.....	.	,       1,762          1,784
  Full-time Equivalency	

Abatement and Control
  Budget Authority	   ^520,877        664,923
  Obligations	     495,562        665,627
  Outlays	     459,614        556,100
  End-of-year Employment	       4,633          5,135
  Full-tirae Equivalency		

Enforcement                              ^
  Budget Authority	      73,730         95,483
  Obligations	»      72,965         95,483
  Outlays	      64,842         92,600
  End-of-year Employment...	.......       1,721          2,020
  Full-time Equivalency		

Agency and Regional  Management
  Budget Authority	    V-82,750         84,263
  Obligations		      81,954         84,185
  Outlays...	      71,'089         82,100
  End-of-year Employment	       1,936          1,941
  Full-time Equivalency	

Buildings and Facilities
  Budget Authority...			    «/  ...          2,563
  Obligations...,.	       2,424          2,563
  Outlays	       1,274          2,000

Construction Grants
  Budget Authority.		..   4,500,000      9,000,000
  Obligations	   2,859,908      5,000,000
  Outlays	   3,186,825      4,660,000

Scientific Activities  Overseas
  Budget Authority	       4,000          4,000
  Obligations	...	       2,220          4,000
  Outlays		,	       1,422          5,000

Operations, Research and Fact!i ties
  Obligations		       6,611
  Outlays	       5,001          8,000
  End-of-year Employment..,»	
  Full-time Equivalency	

Revolving Fund
  Obligations	,         500            500
  Outlays		,	,          54
  End-of-year Employment—		         ...             20
  Full-time Equivalency	
 Current
Estimate
  1979
                 $334,034
                  331,974
                  329,800
                    1,803
                    2,525
                  685,733
                  736,513
                  569,500
                    4,928
                    5,897
                   96,812
                   96,851
                   92,700
                    1,922
                    2,157
                   90,503
                   90,503
                   90,000
                    1,981
                    2,625
                    1,063
                    2,140
                    1,800
                4,200,000
                3,400,000
                3,100,000
                    2,500
                    5,377
                    2,500
                    2,480
                    8,000
                      580
Estimate
  1980
              $368,741
               368,641
               353,800
                 1,751
                 2,479
               718,300
               752,050
               608,455
                 5,122
                 6,083
                95,676
                95,676
                91,000
                 1,939
                 2,184
                95,858
                95,858
                87,425
                 2,059
                 2,693
                 1,425
                 1,425
                 2,000
             3,800,000
             3,600,000
             3,600,000
                 4,000
                 4,000
                 3,600
                 5,000
                   580

-------
                                     Summary of  Budget Authority,
                           Obligations, Outlays  and End-of-Year Employment
                                         By Appropriation
                                       (dollars  In thousands)

                                                         Budget          Current
                                           Actual        Estimate        Estimate      Estimate
                                            1978          1979           	1979          1980

Regulatory Council
  Budget Authority		       ...             ...             ...         3,238
  Obligations				,       ...             ...             ...         3,238
  Outlays	,       ..,             ...             ...         2,600
  End-of-year Employment		       ...             ...             ...            10
  Full-time Equivalency	       ...             ...             -..,            16

Trust .Funds
  Budget Authority	        32
  Obligations		.,        26              21              30            30
  Outlays	        19              30             ...            80

Reimbursements
  Obligations	.,    13,044          6,960          17,390        15,510
  End-of-year Employment	       104             60              64            64
  Full-time Equivalency	       ...            ...              71            62

Consolidated Working Fund
  Obligations.	,	..,	
  Outlays..,	..."	       -83            ...              47

Total ^Environmental Protection Agency
  Budget Authority....	.....5,498,635     10,1.75,360       5,410,645     5,087,238
  Obligations....	 3,864,930      8,184,467       4,683,838     4,937,008
  Outlays	 4,071,981      5,714,330       4,194,347     4,753,960
  End-of-year Employment........	    10,156         10,960          10,698        10,945
  Full-time Equivalency		       ...            ...          13,275        13,517

End-of-year Employment s Permanent Positions

-------
                             Summary of Budget Authority
                     Obliaations, Outlays and End-of-Year Employment
                                        By Media
                                  (dollars in thousands)
                                    Actual
                                     1978
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
Air
  Budget authority..	      $172,059        $237,644
  Obligations.	..       171,190         240,076
  Outlays	       154,668         218,020
  End-of-year employment....         1,791           1,954
  Full-time equivalency	

Hater Quality
  Budget authority	       312,707         309,692
  Obligations.	       3Q9,034i/       309,851
  Outlays		       280,964         340,373
  End-of-year employment	         3,341'*/         3,204
  Full-tine equivalency	

Drinking Mater
  Budget authority	        54,925 /       70,125
  Obligations.	        55*611*'        67,435
  Outlays	        42,046          40,900
  End-of-year employment	           393*/          548
  Full-time equivalency	

Solid Waste
  Budget authority	        35,838 x       71,901
  Obligations	        35.7661/       71,625
  Outlays	        23,160          39,580
  End-of-year employment....           229<          .  295
  Full-time equivalency	

Pesticides
  Budget authority	        48,610  /       60,717
  Obligations	        52,9011/        60,593
  Outlays	        41,347          53,080
  End-of-year employment	           990*/         1,013
  Full-time equivalency	

Radiation
  Budget authority	         8,882          11,338
  Obligations	         8,546          11,294
  Outlays.....	         6,497           5,900
  End-of-year employment	           209    '  '       217
  Full-time equivalency	

Noise
"TJueTget authority	        11,137   •       10,642
  Obligations	        12,810          10,668
  Outlays			         9,400           7,880
  End-of-year employment....            94              95
  Full-time equivalency	
 Current
Estimate
  1979
               $270,617
                259,751
                208,500
                  1,932
                  2,327
                332,011
                370,852
                307,452
                  3,127
                  3,856
                 71,051
                 74,319
                 58,950
                    531
                    595
                  73,793
                  74,288
                  42,340
                     294
                     370
                  68,469
                  70,945
                  57,900
                   1,003
                   1,178
                  Wffl
                  11,100
                     205
                     249
                  11,013
                  11,310
                  10,530
                      97
                     163
Estimate
  1980
                $255,810
                 280,809
                 232,100
                   2,023
                   2,347
                 331,451
                 335,961
                 284,800
                   3,055
                   3,790
                  82,319
                  82,051
                  66,450
                     529
                     600
                  70,289
                  70,792
                  57,600
                     327
                     412
                  62,250
                  64,469
                  58,600
                     984
                   1,116
                  17,201
                  16,330
                  13,000
                     208
                     253
                  12,953
                  12,913
                  10,320
                      97
                     178

-------
                                   Actual
                                    1978

Interdisciplinary
  Budget author! ty...	       41,267
  Obi igations	       18,257
  Out! ays	       31,503
  End-of-year employment—.          224'
  Full-time equivalency	

Toxic Substances
  Budget authority	       22,824
  Obi i gations	       21,693
  Outlays	       12,090
  End-of^year employment.,..          272
  Full-time equivalency	

Energy
  Budget authority.,	      130,617
  Obligations.....	      133,063
  Outlays.,...	      118,245
  End-of-year amployment	          160
  Full-time equivalency	

Management and Support
  Budget authority.	....      155,737
  Obligations	      161,326
  Outlays	      157,539
  End-of-year employment...,        2,349
  Full-time equivalency	

Facilities
  Budget authori ty	
  Obi igations	        2,424
  Outlays	.		        1,274

Operations. Research  and
  Facilities
  Obligations	-...        6,611
  Outlays	        5,001
  End-of-yea r employment	
  Full-time equivalency	

Construction Grants
  Budget authority	    4,500,000
  Obligations	    2,859,908
  Outlays	    3,186,825

Scientific Activities Overseas
  Budget authority	..	        4,000
  Obligations.,	        2,220
  Outlays	        1,422

Revolving Fund
  Obi igations	          500
  Outlays	,	           64
   Budget
  Estimate
    1979
    47,425
    47,259
    27,080
       392
    56,732
    57,439
    27,200
       573
   114,765
   116,388
   125,500
       146
  177,816
  177,795
  161,147
    2,443
    2,563
    2,563
    2,640
9,000,000
5,000,000
4,660,000
    4,000
    4,000
    5,000
      500
 Current
 Estimate
   1979
   25,006
   27,559
   41,900
      261
      352
   58,951
   60,388
   34,300
      556
      579
  112,037
  112,246
  127,148
      149
      268
  173,804
  183,207
  181,880
    2,479
    3,267
      063
      140
    1,800
                     2,480
                     8,000
4,200,000
3,400,000
3,100,000
    2,500
    5,377
    2,500
      580
 Estimate
   1980
   53,102
   53,006
   44,200
      244
      383
  103,316
  105,951
   70,400
      723
      767
  102,461
  102,537
  125,000
      140
      265
  187,423
  187,406
  178,210
    2,541
    3,328
    1,425
    1,425
    2,000
                   5,000
3,800,000
3,600,000
3,600,000
    4,000
    4,000
    3,600
      580

-------
                                                    Budget         Current
                                   Actual          Estimate        Estimate       Estimate
                                    1978             1979            1979           1980

Trust Funds
  Budget authority....	          32
  Obligations	          26                21              30             30
  Outlays	          19                30             ...             80

Reintiursements
  Obligations...	      13,044             6,960          17,390         15,510
  End-of-year employment......         104                60              64             64
  Full-time equivalency	,.         •••               •••              71             62

Regulatory Council
  Budget authority.	,.         ...               ...             ...          3,238
  Obligations..	         ...               ...             ...          3,238
  Outlays	         ...               ...             ...          2,600
  End-of-year employment.....         ...               ...             ...             10
  Full-time equivalency	         ...               ...             ...             16

Consolidated Working Fund
  Obi i gations		
  Outlays..		.	         -83               ...              47

Total, Environmental Protection ,
  Agency        "*~"
  Budget authority....	   5,498,635        10,175,360       5,410,645      5,087,238
  Obligations	   3,864,930         6,184,467       4,683,838      4,937,008
  Outlays..		....   4,071,981         5,714,330       4,194,347      4,753,960
  End-of-year employment	      10,156            10,940          10,698         10,945
  Full-time equivalency	         ...               ...          13,275         13317

-------
                              Summary of Increase or Decrease
                         Budget Authority and End-of-Year Employment
                                   (dollars in thousands)
                                                Current
                                               Estimate
                                                 1979
 Estimate
   1980
Increase +
Decrease -
Research and Development
  Budget authority.	     334,034
  End-of-year emp 1 oyment	       1,803
  Full-time equivalency	       2,525

Abatement and Control
  Budget authority.	     685,733
  End-of-year employment.	       4,928
  Full-time equivalency	       5,897

Enforcement
  Budget authority	,	      96,812
  End-of-year empl oyment	       1,922
  Full-time equivalency		.	       2,157

Agency and Regional Management
  Budget authority	      90,503
  End-of-year eraployment		       1 ,981
  Full-time equivalency....	       2,625

Buildings and Facilities
  Budget authority..	       1,063

Scientific Activities Overseas
  Budget authority.	       2,500

Reimbursements
  End-of-year efnpl oyment	          64
  Full-time equivalency	          71

U. S. Regulatory Council
  Budget authority.,	,	
  End-of-year eraployment	
  Full-time equivalency...	

Subtotal
  Budget authority	,	   1,210,645
  End-of-year employment.	      10,698
  Full-time equivalency	,.		      13,275

Construction Grants
  Budget authority.	.-.		    4,200,000

Total, Environmental Protection Agency
  Budget authority.	    5,410,645
  End-of-year employment	       10,698
  Full-time equivalency	       13,275
  368,741
    1,751
    2,479
  718,300
    5,122
    6,083
   95,676
    1,939
    2,184
   95,858
    2,059
    2,693
    1,425


    4,000
       64
       62
    3,238
       10
       16
1,287,238
   10,945
   13,517
3,800,000
5,087,238
   10,945
   13,517
 +34,707
     -52
     -46
 +32,567
    +194
    +186
  -1,136
     +17
     +27
  +5,355
     +78
     +68
    +362


  +1,500



     "-9
  +3,238
     +10
     +16
 +76,593
    +247
    +242
-400,000
-323,407
    +247
    +242
End-of-year employment = permanent positions.

-------
                           Liquidation of Contract Authority
                                (in thousands of dollars)

                                           1978            7979              1980
Construction Grants	....,	   55,600,000      $4,200,000        $2,700,000

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Air

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                            AIR
PROGRAM .HIGHLIGHTS
                             Actual
                              1978
Research and Development:
  Appropriation..	 $44,293
  Permanent Positions	     429
  Full-time equivalency	

Abatement and Control:
  Appropriation	 106,087
  Permanent Positions	     881
  Full-time Equivalency.	     ...

Enforcement:
  Appropriation.	  20,810
  Permanent Positions	     481
  Full-time Equivalency....

Total Air Program:
  Appropriation..	 171,190
  Permanent Positions	   1,791
  Full-time Equivalency	
  Outlays.....	  40,286
  Authorization Levels	 500,500

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
Current
Estimate
  1979
                   Estimate
       	      1980
^dollars in thousand"!]
 $53,785
     437
 156,506
     892
  29,855
     660
 240,146
   1,989

 199,626
 286,500
 $53,207
     431
     557
 186,905
     892
   1,119
  30,505
     609
     651
 270,617
   1,932
   2,327
  53,200
 351,197
                    $73,963
                         440
                         536
                    151,966
                        943
                      1,136
                     31,881
                        640
                        675
                    255,810
                      2,023
                      2,347
                     60,300
                    236,500
  Increase +
  Decrease >
1980 vs.  1979
  +518,756
        +9
       -21
   -34,939
       +51
       +17
    +1,376
       +31
       +24
   -14,807
       +91
       +20
.   +7,100
     The Clean Air Act authorizes a national  program of air pollution research,
regulation, and enforcement activities.  Under the Act, primary responsibility for
the prevention and control of air pollution at its source rests with State and local
governments, with a strong mandate that the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
take action where States do not fulfill their responsibilities,  EPA's role is to
conduct research and development programs, ensure that adequate standards and
regulations are established to meet environmental goals set by the Act, support
State and local control activities, and ensure that the standards and regulations
are effectively enforced.

     These environmental goals are generally those prescribed by National Ambient
Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).  These standards set forth limits on the allowable
concentration of a given air pollutant requisite to protect human health and
public welfare.  The health and other effects of pollutants are delineated in
criteria documents which are the basis for the standards.  National Ambient Air
Quality Standards have been set for total suspended particulates, sulfur dioxide,
nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, photochemical oxidants, hydrocarbons, and lead.
Two types of standards are set:  primary standards to protect human health and
secondary standards to protect the public welfare (prevention of damage to
property, animals, vegetation, crops, visibility, etc.).  Controlling emissions
to meet these standards is handled through two major types of activities:
(1) State Implementation Plans (SIP) which control pollution within each State
primarily by prescribing specific emission limitations or control actions for types
of polluters, and (2) national emission standards prescribed for new motor vehicles
and selected stationary sources.

     In addition, nationally applicable emission levels are prescribed for other
pollutants deemed especially hazardous, and apply to .both new and existing
pollutant sources.  Emissions of asbestos, beryllium, mercury, and vinyl
chloride are currently being controlled as hazardous air pollutants.  Benzene
                                                                                       A-1

-------
has been listed as hazardous and emissions  control  regulations  are  under development.

     The air program strategy has been directed  primarily at  the  attainment of the
primary NAAQS.  Although the combined Federal-State-local  effort  at controlling air
pollution has achieved a notable degree of  success  in  improving ambient air quality
across the Nation, the standards have not been attained  in many areas.  The Clean
Air Act, as amended in 1977, recognizes this problem and sets forth a  comprehensive
program for achieving the standards for such areas.  In  general,  the Act requires
that the standards be attained by the end of calendar  year 1982.  However, in
recognition of the unusual  problems some areas will have in attaining  the standards
for photochemical oxidants  and carton monoxide,  attainment of these standards should
be as expeditious as possible, but in no case later than 1987.

     In 1979, efforts concentrated on revising State Implementation Plans  (SIP)
for nonattainment areas by  laying the requirements  for attaining  standards by the
end of 1982.  These revisions are due in January 1979.  The Act set* forth
stringent criteria that have to be met by the revised  SIPs if they  are to be
approved by EPA.  The Act also established  sanctions for areas  1n which SIPs are
not developed and implemented as required,  and requires  that  EPA  develop and
implement SIP  for those areas.  Under the  terms of the  Act,  construction or
modification of major stationary sources would be prohibited  after  July 1, 1979,
afld certain Federal funding withheld, if the SIP for a npnattainraent area is not
revised appropriately.

     It is anticipated that although many nonattainment  areas will  be  able to meet
standards by the end of 1982, many major urban areas will  not ibe  able  to meet the
photochemical oxidant and carbon monoxide standards by that deadline.  Such areas
will be required to submit  additional plans in 1982.

     Program emphasis in 1980 will stress the development and Implementation of
regulations in areas which  will not attain  the standards by 1982.

     Actions will include:

     -  Adopting regulations for additional sources of volatile organic
        chemicals pursuant  to EPA's control technology guidance.

     -  Adding inspection and maintenance (I/M)  requirements  following
        appropriate State legislative actions.

     -  Analyzing transportation control measures,  their impact on  air
        quality, and the encouragement of public participation in
        translating these analyses into appropriate regulations and
        schedules.

     -  Completing assessments of participate sources  and adopting
        necessary regulations.

     -  Developing SIP revisions to attain  the new lead  NAAQS.

     -  Developing SIP revisions for additional  areas  expected to be
        classified as nonattainment areas during 1979  and where revisions
        submitted in 1979 were not adequate.1
A-2

-------
     In addition to the provisions related to attainment of ambient air quality
standards, the Amendments established a statutory basis for prevention of
significant deterioration of air quality (PSD) and a national goal for visibility
protection; these provisions also require EPA studies and regulatory action.
Additional PSD related actions (for hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides, lead, and
carbon monoxide) will be taken in 1980,  The States will adopt SIP revisions
related to PSD for sulfur oxides and particulates and submit them for EPA
review and approval/disapproval during 1980.

     A major Federal role in meeting ambient air quality standards is expected
to continue.  Failures by the States in some cases to develop the requisite
regulatory framework for air pollution control will continue to necessitate
Federal action to fill the gaps in otherwise adequate State control programs.
Likewise, the extension of air pollution control to a large number of sources
not presently covered, or covered inadequately, will intensify the need for
enforcement action.  EPA will supplement State/local resources to facilitate
State assumption of enforcement responsibilities but, where necessary, it
will continue to undertake Federal enforcement action under State Implementation
Plan regulations.

     The 1977 Amendments require New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) be
set on a specified schedule, emission standards be set for new motor vehicles
and engines, and assessments related to standard setting be carried out.
Furthermore, the NAAQS are to be reviewed every five years, and procedures
established for assuring utilization of local sources of coal and assessing
the economic impacts of regulatory actions.  These measures will result in
the promulgation of a large number of NSPS between 1980 and 1982; moreover,
many SIP  may need to be revised when the review of NAAQS indicates that
changes are due and when additional pollutants are eontrolled (e.g., lead).

     For mobile sources, increased emphasis is being given, pursuant to Clean
Air Act mandates, to tightening emission control requirements for heavy duty
vehicles and to presently unregulated pollutants such as particulate matter.
The program incorporates a shift in emphasis to assure that 1n-use vehicles
meet standards.  Standards and studies required by the Clean Air Act
Amendments receive the highest priority.


     We have given ambient air quality monitoring a priority consistent with
regulations developed pursuant to the Agency's air monitoring strategy.  The
strategy places high priority on improving the quality of the data that are
obtained by State and local  monitoring networks.  In keeping with this priority,
we will place emphasis at both the regional and headquarters levels on
restructuring the monitoring networks and validating data for selected
monitoring stations identified as representing ambient trends.  The
restructuring of the network will allow for a substantial decrease in the
reporting of ambient data by the States.

     The stationary source air enforcement program Is designed to utilize
effectively the enforcement authorities of the Clean Air Act, as amended
in 1977, to ensure nationwide compliance with State Implementation Plans
(SIP). New Source Performance Standards \NSPS), and national Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP).  EPA's stationary source
enforcement program consists of bolstering and stimulating State efforts
for ensuring compliance with SIP requirements with special emphasis on
major (Class A) sources and situations involving substantial threats to
public health and safety, thus contributing to the resolution of attainment
problems.  Clean Air Act requirements pertaining to SIP, NSPS, and NESHAP
                                                                                       A-3

-------
enforcement are being met.  With regard to sources issued prohibition orders
by the Department of Energy under-the Energy Policy and Conservation Act,
action is being taken where indicated.

     The mobile source enforcement program will  be placing high priority on
programs aimed at reducing the failure of vehicles to meet emission standards
at the time of sale and while in use.  The 1980 program will  focus on continued
implementation of the Selective Enforcement Auditing assembly line testing
program, recall and .surveillance activity in support of recall, and warranty
enforcement.  A new strategy will place emphasis on enforcement of the anti-
tampering and fuel switching provisions concentrated primarily in areas of
the country with significant mobile source pollution problems requiring
implementation of I/M programs to meet air quality standards.  The nationally
coordinated a/ititampering and anti-fuel-switching efforts will be directed
toward vehicle fleets, new car dealerships, auto repair facilities, and
service stations in potential I/M areas.

     The research program will continue to explore the relationship of
airborne pollutants to adverse health and environmental effects, identify the
sources of these pollutants and the manner in which they are transformed and
transported through the environment, and development and evaluate efficient,
cost effective pollutant control devices.  Efforts will be devoted to Improving
our ability to measure air pollution in a more precise and uniform manner.

     Studies on the adverse health effects of air pollution will provide an
improved data base to support the periodic review and revision of National
Ambient Air Quality Standards required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of
1977.  Research on the effects of pollutants from automotive and other
sources not currently regulated will allow the Agency to determine which of
these substances pose a sufficient threat to the public health to warrant
regulation.

     As part of EPA's preventive public health initiative, research will be
expanded substantially in 1980 to strengthen the data base on which regulatory
decisions are made.  Attention will focus on epidemiology, rapid screening
techniques, and chronic toxicological studies, which most nearly approximate
the pattern of human exposure to air pollution.

     Research to characterize pollutant emissions from various sources and
industrial control systems will continue to support the formulation of New
Source Performance Standards and will provide data to evaluate State
Implementation Plans.  The Agency will continue the development and deployment
of Inhalable particle samplers begun in 1979, leading to a fully deployed
operating network in 1981.  In addition, we will perform analysis of
visibility measurements In national parks in support of the visibility
protection goal of the Clean Air Act Amendments  of 1977.

     In summary, the EPA program is aimed at providing uniform guidance and
supporting States and localities in their air pollution control efforts;
providing an adequate level of Federal activity in those areas for which the
Federal Government has the primary responsibility—the setting of emissions
standards for new sources—or where Federal activity would result in a high
environmental payoff—enforcement actions against major air pollution sources
in cases where States do not have the resources  to take action; and developing
and disseminating air pollution control related  knowledge and techniques
supportive of the national air pol'ution control effort.  This includes
research on control technology and health effects of air pollutants.
  A-4

-------
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES                          (in  thousands  of dollars)

     1979 Air Program.,.,,	,	                    $270,617

       Research and Development	                     +18,756

         This increase include?  several  actions;
         an increase of $16 million for  health
         and ecological  effects  and $3.2 million
         for monitoring and technical  support,
         offset by a decrease of $.4 million  for
         industrial processes.

       Abatement and Control	>.,                     -34,939

         The net decrease results  primarily from
         nonrecurring Section 175  grant  program
         (-$50 million); mobile  source standards
         and guidelines (-$3.4 million); mobile
         source preproduction compliance verifi-
         cation (-$1,4 million).   Offsetting
         increases will  provide  for air  quality
         and stationary source planning  and
         standards (+$15.3  million); control
         agency grants (+$5.6 million);  and
         other miscellaneous changes which net
         to -Jl million.

       Enforcement	,.."	-.		.                      +1,376

         The increase provides additional mobile
         source enforcement ($.7 million) and
         stationary source enforcement ($.7
         million) activities.

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATE

     1 .  Summary of Budget  Request

           An appropriation of $255,810,000 is requested for 1980.   This  request,  Ijy
appropriation account, is as follows:

                  Research and Development	,.  $71,963,000
                  Abatement and  Control...		  151,966,000
                  Enforcement	,	,   31,881,000

           This represents  a decrease  of $14,807,000 from the 1979  level.   Included
in the net decrease is an increase of $15 million to provide for setting  emission
standards for all significant stationary source categories  before the 1982 deadline
established by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977;  a  decrease  of  $3.5 million in
the mobile source standards and  guidelines program due  to the anticipated completion
of many tasks mandated by the Clean Air  Act Amendments; an  increase of $5.6  million
for control agency grants to provide increased State and local agency activities in
the area of State Iinplemsntation Plans (SIP ); the nonrecurring  transportation
planning grants program, $50 million;  the discontinuing of  the academic  training
program, $.5 million; and a reduction  of $1.4 million made  possible by full
implementation of an abbreviated certification program.
                                                                                        A-5

-------
     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget'Estimate

           Changes from the budget are as follows:

                                                            (In thousands of dollars)

           Original 1979 estimate...	              $240,146

           Congressional increases/decreases:
             Contractual services and monitoring and
               technical support	                -3,329
             Control agency grants	                +5,000
             Academic training	                  +540
             Section 175 grants	..               +25,000
             Mobile certification......		                  -1-300
             Reduction in lapse rate	                  .-470
           Office of Research and Development
             reprogramming	,		                +1,223
           Effect of October 1978 pay raise'partial
             absorption...	                  -484
           Proposed October 1978 pay raise
             supplemental	,	                +1,457
           Distribution of October 1977 pay raise....                +3,054
           Headquarters and regional offices
             reprogrammimg	                -1,820
           Current 1979 estimate	               270,617

     Congressional add-ons to the budget request resulted in a $25 million increase
for Section 175 planning grants; $5 million for control agency support grants;
$300,000 for mobile certification and review; and $540,000 for academic training.
Congressional reduction of $6 million to the Research and Development contracts and
monitoring and technical support resulted in a decrease of $3,329,000 to the air
media.  The Congress also reduced the Abatement and Control and Enforcement
appropriations by $3 million to reflect a reduction in the lapse rate on filling
positions which resulted in a decrease of $470,000 to the air media.

     Pay raise costs, including absorption of a portion of the costs, result in a
net increase of $4,027,000.  The Agency request included all funds for the October
1977 pay raise In the management and support media, to be distributed by media at
a later date.  The increase reflected represents the share of this later distribution.

     Finally, agencywide reprogrammings result in a net decrease of -5597,000,  .
of which -$3 million is a "payback" to the water quality areawide waste treatment
management activity as approved by the Appropriation Subcommittee and +$1,223,000
is reprogrammed within the Office of Research and Development from the water quality
media.  Other transfers are -$325,000 to the radiation media; +$1,420,000 from
management and support activities; +$121,000 from the drinking water media; and
-536,006 to the noise media.
  A-6

-------
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND' DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
                                                            Current
                                                            Estimate         Estimate
                                                              1979             1980
                                                            (in  thousands  of dollars)
     Prior year obligations,	
       Effect of congressional  changes	
       Effect of pay raises	
       Effect of reprogranmings	
       Program i ncreases	.	
       Change in amount of carryover funds
         available.	
       Change in rate of obligation..'......
       Total estimated obligations	
         (From new obligation authority).
         (From prior year funds)	
$171,190
+21 ,870
+970
-500
+60,000
+11,132
-4,911
250.751
{240,4395
(19,3125
$259,751
...
• .

-4,808
+1C.3G5
+15,000
280,809
(250,6315
(30,1785
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

     The congressional  changes discussed in the previous  section  are  expected  to
result in an increase of $21,870,000 to obligations.   The effect  of the  October 1978
pay raise as netted by absorption will increase obligations  by $970,000,   The
reprogranmings made by the Office of Research and Development and other  headquarters
and regional offices are expected to decrease obligations by $500,000.

     The increase in budget authority over the 1978 level is expected to result in
an increase of $60 million to 1979 obligations; the program  changes requested  in
1980 are expected to reduce obligations by $4,808,000.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in  1979 is $19,312,000, an  increase
of $11,132,000 over the 1978 level; in 1980, it is estimated that $30,173,000  of
carryover funds will be obligated, an increase of J10,8C6,000 from the 1973 level.

     A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979, which would create
a decrease of $4.911,000 over the 1378 level.  A change in the rate of obligation
is expected in 1980, which v/oulc! create an increase of $10,866,000.
                                                                                       A-7

-------
                                           AIR
                                          Budget       Current                  Increase +
                              Actual      Estimate     Estimate     Estimate      Decrease -
                               1978        1979         1979         1980     1980  vs.  1979
PROGRAM LEVELS
Number of pollutants
  covered by hazardous
  pollutants standards	        4            5            5           10           +5

Number of engine families
  certified for conformity
  with emission standards..      589          558          650          700          +50

Number of source cate-
  gories covered by NSPS...       28           44           31            40           +9

Number of emission tests
  carried out for motor
  vehicle certification
  purposes........	    1,878        1,700        1,000        1,000

Number of fuel  economy
  tests carried out.	    1,251        1,160          800          800

Identified Class A
  source in U.S..,	,	   24,040       27,000       25,000       29,000       +4,000

Assembly line testing
  test orders	       33           55           35           42           +7

Certification and pro-
  duction inspection/
  compliance.	       25           25           15           15

Combined fuels/vapor
  recovery inspections	   23,000       15,000       20,000       25,000       +5,000

Recall investigations......       27           28           35           40           +5

Noncompliance penalties
  assessed by EPA,	      ...          729          700          730          +30

Number of civil/criminal
  actions referred by EPA..      134          317          300          350          +50
          NSPS:   New Source Performance Standards.
          ESECA:  Energy Supply and Environmental  Coordination Act of 1974.
 A-8

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      Research and Development
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Health and Ecological
  Effects .	$28,01-9     $28,687
U3ustrial Processes . ,     5,691       5,000
Won'toring and Technical
  Support	   10,583      20.098

  Total	 .   44,293      53,785

Permanent Positions
Health and ECoTogical
  Effects	      254         254
Industrial Processes ...      2?          21
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	    153         J62

  Total ..........    429         437

 ul|^jn__
Healtfi ind Ecologica
  Effects .......
Industrial Processes ..
Monitoring and Technical
  Support ........

  Total . . . 	
             $30,594
               4,531

              18,082

              53,207



                 246
                  20

                 165

                 431



                 337
                  36

                 184

                 557
           $46,624
             4,050

            21.289

            71,963



               262
                18

               160

               440
               319
                31

               186

               536
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -    Page
             +$16,030
                  481

             +  3.207
             +• 18,756
                  +16
                  - 2

                  - 5
                  + 9
                  -18
                  - 5

                 _* 2

                  -21
               A-12
               A-22
    The air research and development program is designed to furnish EPA with the knowledge to
 .establish prudent environmental controls based upon known or potentially adverse health and
ecological effects; to define, develop, and demonstrate systems for controlling stationary
source pollution; and to evaluate strategies for minimizing the emission of pollutants.

    To achieve these ends, the program is structured to identify and, to the extent possible,
quantify the adverse human health effects of exposure to air pollutants; to quantify the
effects and fate of air pollutants on biological  components and processes within the environ-
ment; to develop predictive models for pollutant emission, transport, transformation, and
removal, and verify these models by actual measurements; and to develop new and improved
technology for preventing and controlling air pollution and demonstrate the cost effectiveness
of such technologies.  The air research and development program also provides analytical
measurement methods for monitoring air pollutants; provides procedures and materials to
document the validity of monitoring data; and provides technical  expertise, specialized
facilities and equipment to the regulatory and enforcement programs.
                                                                                        A-9

-------
                                             AIR

                                      Research and Development

                                   Health and Ecological  Effects
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
Appropriation
Health Effects/Transportation
  Sources ........  $ 5,065     S 4,825
Health Effects/Criteria "
  Pollutants	    3,718       2,000
Health Effects/Non-Criteria
  Pollutants 	   6,621       8,117
Ecological Effects ....   1,784       2,648
Transport and Fate of
  Pollutants . . 	  10.831      11.097

  Total	   28,019      28,687

Permanent Ppsit ions
Tie a 1t FTEf"feets/Trah s port at i o n
  Sources ........       47          49
Health Effects/Criteria
  Pollutants .......      62          27
Health Effects/Non-Criteria
  Pollutants. .	     87         129
Ecological Effects	    24           5
Transport and Fate of
  Pollutants	 .  	34_          44

  Total . .	    254         254

Full-time Equivalency
Health Effects/Transportation
  Sources . 	
Health Effects/Criteria
  Pollutants	 ,
Health Effects/Non-Criteria
  Pollutants . . 	
Ecological Effects, ....
transport and Fate of
  Pollutants .... * ...

  Total	

Budget Request
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
             $ 5,811

               1,837

              10,458
               1,539
                  55

                  24

                 118
                   5

                  44

                 246



                  84

                  30

                 151
                  23

                  49

                 337
           $7,243

             6,800

            17,305
             2,266
                46

                31

               136
                 5

                44

               262



                52

                40

               158
                11

                58

               319
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -
             +$ 1,432

             +  4,963

             +  6,847
                 +727

             +  2.061
             + 16,030



                  - 9

                  + 7

                  +18




                  +16



                  -32

                  +10

                  + 7
                  -12

                  + 9
                  -18
    The 1980 budget request for air health and ecological  effects is $46,624,000 and
262 positions.  This represents a net increase of $16,029,800 and 16 positions.  In the
health effects area, $13,242,000 and 16 positions will be applied to the air portion of
the comprehensive public health initiative.  New research activities will address the
current inadequacies of the health data base on which costly regulatory decisions are
made.  Health initiatives will focus on the development and application of animal tests
which can clarify the chronic effects of combinations of criteria pollutants on healthy
and impaired humans; short-terra and screening tests which can rapidly and inexpensively
identify unregulated hazardous pollutants from stationary and mobile sources; and the
refinement .of epidemic!ogical methodologies which confirm laboratory findings.
A-10

-------
    In the ecological effects area, an increase of $727,100 will be devoted to enlarging
the extramural program with emphasis o.n effects assessment of gaseous airborne pollutants,
development of a national crop loss network and expanded efforts on non-criteria pollutant
impact:.  In transport and fate, $2,060,700 will be used to develop more accurate and
precise air quality simulation models which can be used for predicting ambient pollutant
concentrations resulting from sources located in complex terrain,

Program Description

    Research on the adverse health effects of exposure to air pollutants provides a
major portion of the scientific basis upon which ambient air quality standards are estab-
lished, maintained, or revised as required by the Clean Air Act as Amended, 1977.  If
these standards are not set for hazardous air pollutants or if they are too lax, the
health of the public may be adversely affected; if they are too stringent, the economy may
be adversely affected by unnecessary costs for pollution control equipment.

    The air health effects research program is divided into three program components:
Health Effects—Criteria Pollutants; Health Effects-Non-.Cr1t.eria Pollutants; and Health
Effects—Transportation Sources.  The program incorporates epidemiologic studies of
targeted populations, -controlled human exposure (clinical) studies, and animal toxicological
studies, focusing on those air pollutants which adversely affect public health of which are
suspected to do so.  Investigations include (1) studies of affects from short-term and
long-term exposures to combinations of criteria pollutants (in order to better define the
health data base for these pollutants, and, therefore, to better determine the adequacy of
existing pollutant standards); (2) studies of effects from exposure to sulfates, nitrates,
metal  oxides, and other inhalablt particulate pollutants (in order to determine which
compounds present the greatest hazards and should therefore be regulated); and (3) studies
of effects from exposure to diesel exhaust products and their elements in order to determine
which -of these products pose a potential  threat to public health.

    The public health initiative will  strengthen the health effects data base by attempting
to improve capabilities for exposure measurement and effects measurement used in:  popula-
tion studies on indoor air pollutants, rural  and urban dusts, and pollutants near industrial
sources; human exposure studies and animal toxicologic studies on genetic, biochemical >
and immune responses; and studies to better characterize susceptible human populations and
relate these populations with impaired animal  systems.

    Research on the ecological effects of air pollutants provides the fundamental scientific
basis upon which to establish and continually evaluate secondary ambient air quality
standards. This research program focuses  upon the effects of air pollutants on the structure
and functions of ecosystems by determining the acute and chronic effects of air pollutants,
singly and combined, upon individual flora, fauna and soil ecosystem components.  Pollutants
under study include sulfur dioxide, ozone, nitrogen oxides, hydrocarbons, halogen gases
and heavy metals.

    The program also attempts to characterize air pollution problems in the environment,
to determine the dynamic processes and effects of these pollutants and to provide methods
and techniques to measure or monitor these effects. Laboratory, greenhouse and field
verifications studies will elucidate both the biological  perturbations and the fate of
these pollutants. Evaluations will include biogenic emissions of selected pollutants v/hich
significantly add to background emissions and, where appropriate, economic aspects will  be
considered.

HEAll H EFFECTS—TRANSPO_RTATION SOURCEj

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, the program utilized 35,065,500 and 47 positions.  This includes $364,500 for
grants,  $1,776,100 for contracts and $90,000 on interagency agreements.  Major accomplish-
ments  are listed below.

                                                                                    A-11

-------
    - A study on .su If uric acid emissions from oxidation catalyst equipped veh.icles was
      completed, and it was determined that the emission levels are too low to cause
      significant public health effects.

    - Various in vitro screening tests were completed on components of the particulate
      fraction of diesel exhaust and the particulate was found to contain mutagens and
      chemicals that cause neoplastic transformations in mammalian cell systems,

    - Range-finding inhalation studies exposing cats, rats, mice and guinea pigs to
      evaluate levels of the total diesel exhaust from a light duty engine were completed.
      All appropriate biological effects endpoints were measured to determine whether any
      acute effects resulted.  No significant acute effects were observed.

    - A major expansion of the research program in Diesel Health Effects was implemented
      on the basis of these and other studies.

    - Three short-term experiments were completed which found that mortality from infection
      was greater in mice exposed to diesel exhaust than in air-exposed controls.

    - Exposure tests on the neurobehavioral effects of diesel exhaust on neonatal rats
      were completed.  The results show a significantly suppressed body weight and a
      depressed locomotor activity after exposure when compared to control animals.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for the air health effects transportation research program are
55,810,400 and 55 positions.  Approximately $1,453,000 will be spent on contracts, $635,000
on grants, and $705,000 on interagency agreements.  A description of the program is
presented be! ow.

    The FY 79 program emphasizes the conduct of a wide variety of health effects studies
to determine whether diesel exhaust is carcinogenic.  In vitro screening studies are
being performed to evaluate the relative biological effects of diesel exhaust particulate
as compared to similar materials for which there is human epidemiological  data (coke oven
emissions, cigarette smoke condensate and roofing tar).  In vivo non-inhalation studies
will compare diesel  particulates and these similar materials to determine which materials
produce tumors. Whole animal  inhalation studies will expose normal  and specially developed
sensitive strains of rodents to diesel exhaust to determine whether tumors develop.
?ton-careinogenicity studies with whole animals will focus on the identification of chronic
obstructive lung disease and neurobehavioral effects.  Epidemiological  research will
focus on reviewing significant studies found in the literature and identifying field
studies which should be performed on targeted populations exposed to diesel  exhaust
products.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    A net increase of +$985,400 results from two actions.  A net increase of +$183,200
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its  1979
operating plan +$802,000 was reprogrammed to this activity from ecological processes and
effects ($126,900),  transport and fate ($303,900), and health effects/criteria pollutants
(5247,900) within this medium, and from transport and fate (5123,500) within the water
quality medium.

A-12

-------
1980 Plan

    In 1980, $7,243,000 and 46 positions are requested for Health Effects—Transportation
Sources.  This includes approximately $2,500,800 for contracts,  $1,106,000 for grants
and 51,202,200 for interagency agreements.*


    This request reflects a net increase of $1,432,600 and a decrease of 9 positions.  This
net increase is composed of (1) a $2,000,000 and 2 position increase for the public health
initiative which will examine exposure and dose problems and determine specific health
effects on populations-at risk and (2) a decrease of $568,000 and 11 positions reflecting
reduced animal  toxicology studies on emission products from new catalyst control  systems
and in vitro testing of diesel products as critical  FY 1979 regulatory timeframes have
been satisfied.

    Following review of existing epidemic!ogical data on occupational  and public  exposure
to diesel emission products, a determination will be made as to  the conduct of field
studies, and if determined appropriate a study will  be initiated on one population.  The
characterization of emissions will continue for some light-duty  diesel  vehicles.   Animal
toxicologic studies on diesel emission products will provide a broader base for addressing
uncertainty over whether certification of diesel engines should be withheld.  Studies will
be undertaken to develop techniques for exposure measurement. Such techniques will  be used
for measuring exposure to both whole exhausts and fractions of exhausts from a variety of
engines.  A limited number of locations where diesel-powered vehicle traffic is substantial
will be monitored.  Efforts will be directed to developing techniques to measure  the
health effects on commuters and roadside pedestrians/residents exposed to motor-vehicle
related pollutants.

    The increase in this program will be used for the public health initiative in 1980 and
includes:

    i.  Initiation of extensive and comprehensive epidemiological studies of health effects
        from mobile source emissions.

    2.  Initiation of laboratory studies of the dose and metabolism of selected emission
        components thought to be potentially harmful,

    3.  Development of new devices and techniques for monitoring ambient air exposure to
       mobile source emissions.

HEfiLTH  EFFECTS  -  CRITERIA POLLUTANTS
1978 Accomplishments

    in 1978, this program had $3,718,000 and 62 positions of which  $945,300 was  allocated
to grants and 5885,700 to contracts.  Major accomplishments are listed  below.

    An epidemic!ogic study was performed in Los Angeles to evaluate the health effects
of photochemical oxidants on asthmatics, patients with chronic bronchitis,  athletes,
and outdoor workers.  A report of the results is expected by spring 1979, and  selected
portions will be submitted to scientific journals for publication.

    A study was completed in Los Angeles, California, to determine  whether  photochemical
air pollutants have the potential  to cause chromosome breakage in exposed individuals
and whether chromosome changes could be used as a biological  indicator  of exposure  to
these pollutants.  Results of this study reveal  that chromosomal  abnormalities do not
seem to be a sensitive indicator of environmental  air pollution exposure.

    Developmental studies were begun to assess the mobility of populations  near  fixed
air-monitoring sites and to improve methods of statistical  analysis for subsequent  epidemi-
ology studies.  These studies have now been combined with a related health  effects  study
and data collection for all of these studies is now underway.


                                                                                A-13

-------
     Four  groups  ot  controlled  human  exposure  (clinical} experiments were completed to
 assess  the  effects  of  ozone  on human physiologic  parameters.   Included  in the findings was
 evidence  that  exercise is  one  of  the major determinants of physiologic  response to ozone.
 Evidence  was also found  that,  in  healthy  subjects, decrements  in pulmonary function due to
 ozone exposure are  no  longer found after  3 to 4 days of ozone  exposure.

     Animal  Inhalation  exposure studies were performed to  assess the effects of short-term
 exposure  to nitrogen dioxide alone and in combination with ozone. The combination was
 found to  have  additive effects on increasing  susceptibilty to  infectious respiratory
 disease.  Data generated from  variable exposures  to these gases both with and without
 the  added stress of elevated temperature  will support chronic  exposure  studies in FY 1979.

   *  In  another animal  study, exposures to low concentrations of ozone or nitrogen dioxide
 increased sleeping  time  in mice injected  with barbiturates.  This study indicates that
 low  concentrations  of  these  pollutants have systemic effects which may be related to how
 the  body  handles other chemicals.

 1979 Program

     The 1979 resources for health effects research on the criteria air pollutants are
 $1,837,300  and 24 positions. Approximately $185,000 is being spent on grants and $167,000
 on contracts.  The  1979  program is described below.

     The Clean  Air Act  as Amended, 1977, requires  that standards established for air
 pollutants  be  reviewed at  5  year  intervals.  This program continues to provide current
 scientific  data  as  a basis for maintenance or revision of those standards.  The program
 for  FY  1979 includes animal  toxicology and controlled human exposure (clinical) studies
 which assess the adverse health responses associated with exposure to one or more criteria
 pollutants.  Animal and  human  studies will first  focus on effects resulting from exposure
 to combinations  of  ozone and sulfur  dioxide.  These studies will be followed by similar
 ones on the effects of exposure to carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides.  The animal
 studies will employ various  combinations  and exposure times to identify additive or
 synergistic effects on the respiratory system. The clinical studies will address the
 effects of  short-term  exposure to the same combinations of criteria pollutants on healthy
 volunteers  and on those  in whom asthma-like respiratory airway reactivity has been simulated
 pharaacol ogical ly.

 1979 Explanation of Changes  from  Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of  -$162,700 results from two actions,  A net increase of +$85,200
 results from increased pay costs  from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
 distribution   of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's
 intensive ZBB  review of  priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979
 operating plan -$247,900 was reprogrammed within  this activity to health effects/transporta-
 tion sources.-

 1980 Plan
     In  1980, $6,800,000 and 31 positions are requested for health effects research on
 criteria  air pollutants.  This includes approximately $1,998,000 for contracts, $2,241,900
 for  grants, and $450,000 for interagency agreements.  This request reflects an increase
 of $4,962,700  and 7 positions.  These resources will be used primarily to meet the require-
 ments of  the Clean Air Act as Amended, 1977,  The entire increase is used for the public
 health  initiative effort.

     The public health initiative effort includes, along with work in Health Effects—
 Non-Criteria pollutants, methodology development studies for improving measurement of
 adverse health effects and relating those effects to better measurements of pollutant
 exposure  for animal toxicologic and human clinical studies.  Additional studies will
 employ the new methods developed in better models of healthy and imparied animal  and human
 airway, pulmonary, and skin defense mechanism function.  More sensitive and more rapid

A-14

-------
methods for detection .of bio-chemical, genetic,  and immune changes  will  be  employed;  and
research will  address chromosomal  damage,  mutagenicity,  and carclnogenicity as well  as
other toxie effects of air pollutants. Further methodology development  studies for
epidemiologic  research are also included in the  Public Health Initiative work, and these
are described  in more detail  in the Health Effects—Non-Criteria — pollutants budget
section.

    The 1980 base program Includes expansion of  FY 1979  animal  toxicologic  and controlled
human exposure (clinical) studies.  These  studies concern adverse health effects  from
short-term exposures to combinations of criteria pollutant and  are  performed upon normal
subjects and upon those in whom :asthma-like respiratory  airway  reactivity has been simulated
pharmacologically.  Biochemical, immunologic, and cardiopulmonary physiologic parameters
are examined prior to, during, and following pollutant exposures.  Epidemiologic  studies
will be initiated to assess adverse human  health effects from exposure  to ambient concentra-
tions of criteria pollutants in areas which approach but have not achieved  compliance with
National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

HEALTH  EFFECTS/NONCRTTFRIA—ATB

1978 Accompli shments

    In 1978, the program had $6,621,100 and 87 positions of which $3,954,000 was  spent  on
contracts, $622,BOO on interagency agreements, and $349,800 on  grants.   Listed below are
the major accompli shments.

    - A pilot  human exposure (clinical) study was completed to  assess the acute effects
      of exposure to sulfuric acid in a size range of approximately 0.3 micrometers
      diameter and concentrations which ranged from 50 to 200 microgram.s per cubic meter.
      No significant decrements of pulmonary function were observed In  test subjects.

    - The Clinical Laboratory Evaluation and Assessment  of Noxious  Substances (CLEANS)
      aerosol  facility was completed and tested, thereby giving the Agency  the capability
      of generating water soluble particles over a wide  size and concentration range for
      human exposure studies.

    - Animal inhalation exposure studies were performed  to assess the effects of  sulfuric
      acid in  two size ranges, 0,3 micrometers and 0.05  micrometers diameter, alone  and in
      combination with manganese particles on normal animals.  The  data failed to indicate
      that toxicity was related to particle size.

    - In additional animal studies, protective lung cells were  exposed  In vitro to metal-
      coated fly ash particles, and it was found that toxicity  increased as particle
      size decreased.

    - An epidemiologic study was performed in Dallas to  determine the adverse health
      effects  of exposure to low-level traffic density (less than 30,000 cars per day)  on
      blood lead levels.  (Equivalent air  exposures were less than  1.5  to 1.6 micrograms
      per cubic meter of lead). No effects were found,

    - The Salmonella typhimurimn/manimalian activation rautation  assay was implemented and work
      with complex environmental mixtures  (diesel exhaust extracts) was started.  The whole-
      cell activation system may be combined with the Ames test to  provide  a more accurate
      reflection of biological effects in  the intact animal. This  is particularly valuable
      for evaluation of macrophage reaction to respirable participates.

    - The geographic distribution of increased lead absorption  as measured  by deciduous
      tooth lead levels were studied in Cleveland children.  The teeth  of some children
      from suburban neighborhoods were found to  contain  lead levels as  high as those
      in the teeth of some children from inner city neighborhoods.

                                                                                 A-15

-------
     - An autopsy study was performed in Dallas on white males in six ten-year age ranges
      (0-9 to 50-59)  in an attempt to determine normal cadmium levels in urban Americans.
      Findings showed that kidney cadmium concentrations increased with age,, up to age
      50, and that human cadmium levels in America are higher than those in Sweden but
      lower than those in Japan.

     - The data collection phase was completed in four of five areas for an epidemiologic
      study to assess the trace metal body burdens of residents living in the immediate
      vicinity of five non-ferrous smelters.  This study will continue to completion in
      the fifth area  and results will be analyzed for reporting.

     - The^Jata collection phase was completed for an epideraiologic study in St. Louis
      to assess the short-term effects of multiple pollutants on pulmonary function of
      outdoor workers.  Analysis of these results is being performed and a report is
      expected later  in 1979.

 1979 Program

     The 1979 resources for health effects research on non-criteria air pollutants are
 $10,458,300 and 118 positions.  Approximately $4,609,700 will be spent on contracts,
 $608,000 on grants, and $460,000 on interagency agreements.  A description of the program
 is  presented below.

     The program for FY 1979 focuses on animal toxicology, controlled human exposure (clinical)
 and  epidemiologic studies to assess the health effects associated with particulate matter
 as  a function of size and chemical composition.  Studies of the effects of combinations of
 pollutants on animal models are continuing with emphasis on sulfates, metallic oxides,
 and  other particulates alone and in combination with ozone, nitrogen dioxide, and sulfur
 dioxide.

     Epidemiologic studies on the effects of airborne particles including sulfates are
 being conducted on target populations including school children, adults with chronic
 respiratory diseases, and asthmatics.  Epidemiologic studies of populations exposed to
 trace metals near smelters and of outdoor workers exposed to multiple pollutants are being
 completed and the effects of trace metal inhalation are also being studied through animal
 toxicology.

     Controlled human  exposure (clinical) studies are being performed on the effects
 of  characteristic ambient levels of liquid aerosol fine particulate pollutants, alone and
 In  combination with ozone, nitrogen dioxide, and sulfur dioxide.  Both normal subjects and
 those with pharmacologically defined reactive airways are being studied resting, exercising,
 and  stressed with heat and humidity.

 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     A net increase of +$2,341,300 resulted from several actions.  Congress applied a
 $5  million reduction  to Research and Development activities for contractual services and
 monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity was
 -$150,000.  A net increase of +$430,900 results from increased pay costs from the October
 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as  distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.
 Finally, as a result  of the agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing
 resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan +$2,060,400 was reprogrammed to this
 activity from industrial processes ($539,900), characterization and measurement methods
 development ($80,800), and quality assurance ($340,000) within the air medium, and from
 transport and fate (513,200), health effects ($860,900), and marine ecological effects
 ($225,600) within the water quality medium.

A-16

-------
1980 Plan

    In  1980, 517,305,000 and 136 positions are requested for health effects research
on non-criteria air pollutants.  This includes approximately $7,336,000 for contracts,
$1,781,600 for grants, and $1,362,400 for interagency agreements.  This request reflects
an increase of $6,846,700 and 18 positions.  These resources will be used primarily to
meet the requirements of the Clean Air Act as Amended, 1977.  The entire increase is for the
public health initiative.

    As part of the base program, animal  toxicologic studies and controlled human exposure
(clinical) studies begun in FY 1979 will continue.  These studies involve short-term
(human and animal) and long-term (animal) exposure to particulate air pollutants, including
sulfates and metallic oxides, alone and in combination with ozone, nitrogen dioxide, and
sulfur dioxide.  Both normal subjects and those simulating disease with pharmcologically
defined reactive airways will be" studied.  In addition, further studies on the toxic
effects of trace metals will be performed using animal systems.

    Epidemic!ogic studies, also in the 1980 base program, will evaluate the adverse health
effects of target populations from exposure to ambient airborne particulate matter,
including various sulfate and nitrate compounds, to determine the relationship of particle
size and composition to observed effects.  Additional studies will be performed to evaluate
observed health effects during emergency air pollution episodes.

    Our increased resources are devoted to initiative, which will focus on methodology
development studies for improving the capabilities of epidemiologists to  measure adverse
health effects from air pollutants and to relate these effects to better measurements of
exposure.  Epidemiologic studies will then be performed using the new methods developed  to
measure adverse health effects from exposure to pollutants indoors; to rural  and urban
dusts; and to pollutants near industrial sources such as power plants, petrochemical
plants, and steel mills. These improved methodologies and studies will provide much needed
capabilities for determining dose-response relationships for populations exposed to
ambient levels of air pollutants.  Further methodology development studies for animal
toxicologic and human clinical research are also included in the Public Health Initiative
work, and these are described in more detail  in the Health Effects—Criteria pollutants
budget section.

ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS

1978 Accomplishments

    The 1978 resources for ecological effects research were $1,783,900 and 24 positions.
Of this total $302,700 was spent.for contracts, $70,000 for interagency agreements and
$415,500 for grants.  Major accomplishments are listed below:

    Field and laboratory studies indicated that biogenic emissions of hydrocarbons from
indigenous vegetation contributes to background pollution loading.  Three such emissions,
isoprene, terpene and monoterpenes, can be a significant source of reactive hydrocarbons in
rural  areas.

    The field experimental  phase of a study of photochemical oxidant impact on San Berna-
dino, California forests was completed.   The results indicated that urban pollutants cause
tree kill, stunt growth and otherwise disrupt the forest community.

    Studies on photochemical oxidant effects on agricultural crops and selected forest
species indicated decreased productivity potential and quality alteration,

                                                                                 A-17

-------
     A  study of  some  agricultural  crops showed  no yield reduction when crops were subjected
 to-constant non-variable  sulfur dioxide concentration; however, they did show a yield
 reduction when  subjected  to varying  concentrations.  This  indicates that fluctuating levels
 of  pollutants are capable of causing the most  serious crop damages.  Under controlled
 laboratory conditions,  it was  found  that median concentrations were a better predictor of
 crop yield losses.   It  was found  that sulfur dioxide inhibited growth and nitrogen fixation
 in  alfalfa.  Conifers in  the dormant stage, exposed to sulfur dioxide, showed subsequent
 foliar injury and growth  suppression.

     Another study found that ozone at chronic  low levels caused a reduction in biomass
 and  in metabolites of pine seedlings and reduced nitrogen fixation and biomass in alfalfa,
 an  indicator plant.

     Combinations of  ozone and  sulfur dioxide  were found to
 cause  more foliar injury  and growth  reduction  in agricultural crops than when applied
 singly.  This implies that pollutant combinations should be considered when developing
 control  strategies or setting  standards.

     Studies indicated that acid mist and fluorides cause vegetation damage which may
 result in decreased  biomass, quality and economic loss.   Sources contributing to these
 pollutants may  require  regulations.

     Studies have shown  that heavy metals and other toxic pollutants decrease decomposition
 rates  and adversely  affect other  soil system processes.  They also accumulate in food
 crops  and may reduce nitrogen  fixation.

 1979 Program

     Resources for ecological effects research  in 1979 are $1,538,900 and 5 positions.
 Approximately $410,000  is being spent for contracts, $54,000 for grants and $40,000 for
 interagency agreements.

     The  1979 program will  continue to evaluate ambient air quality standards in order to
 provide  a sound basis for establishing standards.

     Criteria pollutants are receiving major attention through field, greenhouse and
 laboratory studies investigating  the effects of sulfur dioxide, ozone and nitrogen
 dioxide  on economically important agricultural crops and tree species.  Emphasis is being
 placed on investigations  relating to input of  non-criteria pollutants, such as hydrocarbons
 and  heavy metals and other similar toxicants,  on plant productivity, nutritional quality
 and  soil systems.  The  study of photochemical  oxidant effects on forest systems in Sourthern
 California is to be  completed.  Other oxidant  studies will continue to relate pollutant'
 concentrations  to vegetation damage.  Work on  biogenic emissions of hydrocarbons, on
 halogen  gases,  on heavy metals and on development of methodologies continues.  Some
 economic assessments of pollutant impact will  also continue.

 1979 Explanation of  Changes from  Budget Estimate

     The  net decrease of -$1,109,100  results frora several actions.  Congress applied
 a $6 million reduction  to Research and Development activities for contractual services
 and  monitoring  and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity
 was  -SI  million.  A  net increase  of  +517,800 results from increased pay costs from the
 October  1978 (FY 1979}  pay raise  as  well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978)
 pay  raise.  Finally, as a result  of  the agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities
 and  changing resource requirements for its FY  1979 operating plan -$126,900 was re-
 programmed within this  activity to health effects/transportation sources.

A-18

-------
1980 Plan

    In 1980, $2,266,000 and five positions are requested.  This reflects an increase
of $729,100 over 1979,  The increase will  be used to emphasize effects assessment of
gaseous airborne pollutants,and efforts on non-criteria pollutant impact.  These
resources include approximately $1,379,400 in contracts, $187,300 in grants and
$136,300 in interagency agrearnests.

    Research emphasis will be placed on the effects of criteria pollutants in order to
evaluate the adequacy of secondary air quality standards and provide the ecological
basis for refining and updating existing criteria and standards.  Research will  also
support decisions relating to regionalization of standards  and/or prevention of  signi-
ficant deterioration.

    Investigations are aimed at detecting, understanding and predicting the impact of
air-borne pollutants on terrestrial ecosystems (natural  systems and agricultural  crops),
This includes  assessments of the biotic and aboitic components, the related pollutant
interactions on processes and the potential impact on human health or welfare.  Research
findings will  relate air pollutant concentrations to damage potentials in the environment
by assessing pollutant perturbations and effects and bioaccumulation in terrestrial
ecosystems and in food chairns.  Studies will encompass pollutant sources, emissions,
air quality deterioration potential, and other discharges which alter environmental
conditions and subsequently effect terrestrial systems.

    Extramural research will be expanded to laboratory and  field assessments of  the acute
and chronic, low level effects of photochemical  oxidants {ozone, PAN), sulfur dioxide and
nitrogen oxides.  Studies will be conducted on pollutant interactions as related  to
agricultural crops and natural ecosystems to determine the  impact on productivity, food
quality, and economic implications.  Oxidant stress on deciduous forests will  be  initiated
and chronic exposure studies, using criteria pollutants and carbon monoxide, will  define
minimum alloy/able doses. Zonal air pollution systems will be refined and tested for use on
agricultural crops on a national  basis.

    Toxic gases (polyaromatic hydrocarbons), particulates,  selected carcinogenic  compounds
and heavy metals accumulating in the food chain will be investigated.  Other studies will
include the effects of hydrocarbons (biogenic emissions) heavy metals and halogen gases on
flora, fauna and soil systems.

    Synergistic reactions of pollutants coupled with biological processes, environmental
factors and interactions within the soil ecosystems will also be evaluated.

    The above  studies will be used to (a)  develop a scientific basis for air pollution
control strategies; (b) establish and strengthen secondary  air quality standards  and
(c) establish  a basis to evaluate the role of soils and vegetation in prevention  of
significant deterioration of air quality.   This research supports the "welfare effects"
mandate of the Clean Air Act Amendments, Section 127(a)  as  revised.

TRANSPORT AND FATE

1978 Accomplishments

    In FY 1978 resources were $10,830,700 and 34 positions.  This included 53,535,100 in
contracts,  $2,769,000 in grants,  and S2,662,400 in interagency agreements.

    The first  major field study in the STATE (Sulfur Transport and Transformation in the
Environment) program was conducted during the month of August 1978 on TVA's Cumberland
Power Plant.  Using fully instrumented aircraft and mobile  vans the coherent power plant
plumes were tracked for distances up to 410 kilometers downwind.  The chemical and meteoro-
logical data collected during the power plant plume studies will be used for the  development
and validation for sulfur dioxide/sulfate air quality models.

                                                                                        A-19

-------
    Five comprehensive air quality simulation models {AQSMs}  have  been  carefully  evaluated
for future verification studies.  These AQSMs have been developed  to  predict  ambient'sulfate
and oxidant levels in urban atmospheres.  Some of these AQSMs,  with proper modification,
may have potential use for air quality prediction at the regional  scale.

    The first phase of the Houston air quality field study has  been completed.  Ambient
measurement data were collected on major photochemical  pollutants  such  as oxidants, aerosols
(including sulfates), nitrogen oxides, and hydrocarbons.

    A historical study was conducted on visibility trends in  the Northeast.   It concluded
that visibility in the Northeast had declined significantly during the  past 25 years
especially in the non-urban locations where major visibility  declines of 10-40 percent were
observed.  The urban/suburban areas showed smaller visibility decline on the  order of 5
percent.

    A trend  analysis study was conducted on historical  air quality data measured in the Los
Angeles area.  The preliminary findings of the study indicated  that while decreases in
ambient hydrocarbon levels could be associated with a slight  lowering of the  nitrogen
dioxide levels, the major reductions in nitrogen dioxide were seen with the lowering in
ambient levels of oxides of nitrogen.
1979 Program

    The 1979 resources level  for air transport  and fate research  is  $10,949,300  and 44
positions,  These resources include approximately $3,041,600 in contracts, $3,257,000
in grants, and $2,417,000 in interagency agreements.   The 1979 program  reflects  an increased
emphasis on the following high priority subject areas:

    Atmospheric Particulates:  Uncertainty continues  to exist concerning  the composition,
distribution, and probable sources of atmospheric sulfate and other  particulate  matter
associated with human activity.  The program on atmospheric  sulfates is designed to eliminate
these uncertainties, particularly with respect  to the role of photochemistry in  the formation
of sulfates; the relative contribution of tall  vs. short stack sulfur dioxide  sources to
ambient sulfate levels; and the visibility reduction  associated with anthropogenic sources
of atmospheric sulfates and other fine particulates.   The STATE program,  in its  second year,
is directing a good portion of its resources to processing and analysing  the extensive body
of data collected during its TVA power plant plume studies conducted in the summer of 1978.
In addition, work is being conducted on characterizing the chemical  and physical  properties
of inhalable particulate matter (particles sized 15 microns  and less).

    Photochemical Oxidants:  Emphasis is being  placed on determining the  sources, distribution,
and atmospheric chemistry of photochemical oxidants.   Special  studies are being  conducted
to determine the role of natural  vs. manmade sources; the Impact  of  long  range transport
and the interrelationships of nitrogen oxide, hydrocarbons and oxidants,  and specific
hydrocarbon reactivities associated with precursors of oxidants.

    Urban Field Studies:  The Houston field study, in its second  year,  is devoting most
of its resources to the analysis of the field study data on  aerosols and  oxidants collected
in the summer 1978, and to the acquisition of an emissions data base.

    Halocarbons:  Investigations are being made of the impact of  manmade  and naturally
occurring halocarbons on stratospheric ozone.  The halocarbon research  is focusing on
tropospheric sources, dispersion, and reactions and stratospheric sinks.  The  role of
atmospheric levels of OH radical  in moderating  tropospheric  lifetimes of  halocarbons is
receiving further attention.

A-20

-------
    Air Quality Simulation Models (AQSMs):  With the aeronetric data base on pollutant
concentrations and meteorological parameters collected during the operation of the Regional
Air Pollution Study in St. Louis, a variety of Air Quality Simulation Models (AQSMs) are
being verified for accuracy and precision.  These photochemical AQSMs will be used to help
predict urban oxidant and sulfate pollution levels under various sulfur dioxide and photo-
chemical oxidant precursor emission control strategies.  Some of these urban AQSMs will be
modified to address the problems of regional or multi-state transport and transformation of
air pollutants.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -$147,700 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$156,200 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as
well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of the  gency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979
operating plan -5303,900 was reprogrammed within this activity from transport and fate
to health effects/transportation sources.

1980 Plan

    The 1980 resources proposed for air transport and fate are $13,010,000 and 44 positions.
This is an increase of $2,060,700 over 1979*  These resources include approximately
$3,642,800 in contracts, $3,890,000 in grants and $2,888,200 in interagency agreements.

    The 1980 program is essentially a continuation of the 1979 plan with emphasis, as
a result of the increase, on predicting pollutant concentrations in complex or rough
terrain.  It will continue to support research on determining the transport, transformation
and removal processes of regulated and important nonregulated pollutants with major
emphasis on oxidants, sul fates, halocarbons selected organics, nitrates and particulate
matter (including inhalable particulate matter).

    The STATE program will conduct a major regional field experiment called PEPE (prolonged
elevated pollution epiosdes).  Unlike the previous STATE studies which focused primarily
on individual power plant plumes, PEPE will expand the field program activities to a
larger region where both urban and power plant plumes become well mixed.  In PEPE,
which is scheduled for summer 1980, areas of pollution episodes on the order of 300
kilometers in diameter will be tracked physically and chemically over several days as they
jnove thousands of kilometers.  In order to study this phenomenon, EPA and NASA are planning
a joint program to develop improved techniques for ulitizing satellite imagery to study
the structure and movement of the polluted air mass.

    In the area of .air.modeling research, a greater emphasis will be placed on the develop-
ment of AQSMs which can be used to predict the regional transport and transformation
processes of pollutants such as oxidants and sulfates.  One of the modeling areas which
will be accelerated as a result of the 1980 increase, is the work on AQSMs that can be used
to predict pollutant concentrations in complex or rough terrain,  Since many of the
current and projected locations of power plants are found in hilly and mountainous areas,
there is a need to develop types of AQSMs which can provide reliable and accurate pollutant
concentration predictions for assessing abatement control strategies.

    The Houston air quality field study will be in its third and final year.  The results
of the fieVd program are expected to provide useful information on the pollutant and
meteorological conditions that lead to elevated oxidant and particulate levels.

    The research on photochenical oxidants will address major uncertainties associated
with the long range transport of ozone, hydrocarbons, and nitrogen oxides,  Research
will attempt to determine natural contributions to ozone and the role of hydrocarbon
reactivity in producing ozone.  Smog chambers will be used to simulate atmospheric photo-
chemical oxidant chemistry to quantify the  role of  aromatic hydrocarbons  and the  impact
of  multi-day  irradiations on  ozone  formation.  The work  on nitrogen  oxides will focus  on
their  role  in the formation of photochemical  oxidants  and the  relationship of  nitrogen
oxide  emissions  to  ambient nitrogen dioxide.  This  latter information will be  important  in
assessing the adequacy of control measures  related to  the pending short-term National
Ambient Air Quality Standards *or nitrogen  dioxide.

-------
                                              AIR
                                      Research and Development

                                        Industrial Processes


                                        Budget      Current               I960 vs. 1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                 {dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Industrial Processes., . .  $5,691      $5,000       $4,531     $4,050         - 481

Permanent Positions
Industrial Processes ...      22          21           20         18            -2

Full-time Equivalency
Industrial Processes . ......          ...           36         31            -5

Budget Request

    An appropriation of $4,050,000 and 18 positions is requested for fiscal  year 1980.
This represents a decrease of $481,100 and two positions.  The decrease reflects reduced
emphasis on both the generation of data for developing new source performance standards
and on assisting Regional offices to evaluate new soure permit applications.
The major, portion of this program's resources will be used to support implementation of
the Clean Air Act /bscndnents of 197?.'

Program Description

    The industrial  air processes program is primarily an extramural effort that responds
to legislative mandates of the Clean Air Act.  The overall objective is to assess
industrial air pollution emissions and to develop and demonstrate pollution control
technologies capable of reducing or eliminating potentially hazardous and toxic pollutants
emissions from industrial point sources.  Outputs provide technical and cost data bases
which support regulatory standards development and provide industry with environmental
control options.  Emissions under study are those primarily found in the following
industries:  chemical processing, agrichemicals (fertilizers and pesticides), textiles,
pulp and paper, metal fabrication and finishing, metal and mineral  production, petroleum
refining, and storage segments, as well as those emissions resulting from hazardous
material  incidents.

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978 resources for this program were $5,691,000 and 22 positions.  Obligations
included $3,999,000 for contract support, $515,800 for grants and $165,000 for interagency
agreements.  In 1978, the program focused on assessing the nature and quantity of toxic
and other hazardous pollutants emitted from industrial sources.  This information, together
with data on the ability to control  these pollutants, provides the basis for future
regulatory actions.  In addition, several development and demonstration projects on
criteria pollutant control were continued as well as efforts to transfer demonstrated
foreign technology for particulate control to corresponding local  industrial sources.
•Major activities performed include the following:

    - Atmospheric emission data were collected at several  integrated oil refineries.
      Data on nine refineries were analyzed and emission factors for fugitive sources
      transferred to Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) for their
      use in regulation development.

A-22

-------
    - Data on uncontrolled (fugitive) emissions were collected on  petrochemical processes
      for chl orobenzene, butadiene, dimethyl terephthl ate and ethylene oxide/glycol.

    - Assessments to determine the risk of air emissions were completed for the manufacture
      of acetone and phenol from cumene, chloronated hydrocarbons manufacture, and natural
      gas processing.

    - Assessments of emission control technology were completed for acrylonitrile plants
      and the loading of gasoline barges.

    - Six initiaV- Purveys were completed in an interagency study with NIQ5H to determine
      air pollution control needs in pesticides manufacturing facilities.

    - Results of an extensive evaluation of pilot scale technology for controlling basic
      oxygen furnace charging emissions were published.

    - A detailed assessment of emissions and emission control technology for blast
      furnace casting operations was completed.

    - Tests of the combined sinter plant windbox/gas recycle-gravel bed filter system
      were completed.  These tests showed a substantial reduction in the emission of
      pollutants.

    - Major technology innovations that significantly reduce fugitive emissions from
      secondary nonferrous plants were identified and documented.  This program character-
      ized available control technology to support the attainment of OSHA and EPA goals
      for reduction of lead as an air contaminant.

    - The severity of air emissions from asphalt hot mix industry was assessed.

    - A new hydrocarbon scrubbing technology, surfactant enhanced scrubbing (SES), was
      developed to pilot scale.  The system uses surfactants to enhance removal of air
      contaminants at a lower cost and with less energy than conventional emission control
      systems.

    - State-of-the-art documents were prepared for the following processes in the organic
      chemicals, polymer and related industries:

                             Rubber Processing
                             Plastics Processing
                             Halaeic Anhydride
                             PVC Production
                             Acrylic Acid Manufacture
                             Solvent Reclaiming

    - Foreign control technologies were evaluated for potential application to U.S.
      problems; including optimization of the Hoboken converter for fugitive converter
      emissions control (Poland); characteriza,tion of advanced arsenic triozide control
      systems (Canada); and control  technology options for lead blast furnaces (Yugoslavia).

    - The air pollutants emitted from coal  storage piles and the potential environmental
      effects of this emission source were assessed.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resource level for this activity is 54,531,100 and 20 positions.  These
resources include approximately $2,550,700 in contract support, $608,900 in grants and
S150,000 in interagency agreements.   The primary objectives to be accomplished are:  (1)
to define and provide solutions to a few critical emission sources known to have detrimental
effects on human health and the environment, such as. those identified in pesticide manufac-
turing and nonferrous smeltina; (2)  to accelerate acceptance and implementation of .techno-
logical  advances by absorbing  the risk  of demonstrating fugitive  emissions control  in
steel  and glass manufacturing  and secondary lead; and (3)  to  maintain a  current awareness
of international  technological  developments—processing and  control—across 19 major

-------
    - Assess and monitor the manufacturing operations for four pesticides (atrazine,
      triflurali-n, alachlor, carbaryl), four petrochemicals  (benzene,  methyl ethyl ketone,
      methyl isobutylketone ethylene oxide), and four organic chemicals (vinyl idene chloride,
      styrene, nitrobenzene, halomethanes).

    - Demonstrate lime/limestone scrubbing for smelting sulfur-bearing nonferrous  ores.

    - Characterize volatile emissions (arsenic, lead and cadmium)  and  their control
      from copper, lead, and zinc smelters.

    - Demonstrate carbon adsorption for control of petroleum solvent emissions  and solvent
      recovery for an industrial  dry cleaning facility.  This vfork,  being done  at  the
      request of the OAQPS, will  be the-basis for regulation of the  industry.

    - Determine the state-of-the-art for emission control from printing and other  operations
      in the flexible packaging industry; characterize emission source types; initiate a
      program to demonstrate control technology for reduction of organic solvent emissions.

    - Evaluate improved, solventless coating technologies for furniture manufacturing
      for inertness and product acceptability.  These results will assist the Office
      of Air Quality Planning and Standards to set lower emission limitations for  volatile
      organics.

    - Measure volatile chemical emissions from wastewater treatment  basins. This  program,
      developed for the draft pulping industry, will provide a data  base and sampling
      methodology for other industry segments.

    » Make an environmental assessment of the cotton ginning industry.

    - Demonstrate one coating process alternative to reduce  organic  discharges  from
      automobile manufacturing operations.

    - Complete source assessment work on toxic air emissions for the textile industry
    » and implement bench scale activity for hydrocarbon removal.

    - Demonstrate technology for control of hazardous particulates from glass industry
      furnaces.

    - Develop an approach for evaluating the cost and capabilities of  alternatives for
      controlling hydrocarbon emissions from solvent uses, such as dry cleaning operations.

    - Conduct an environmental assessment of coal  preheaters.

    - Demonstrate surfactant scrubbing for auto painting operations.

    - Characterize technologies for control of fugitive lead emissions from secondary
      lead facilities through an interagency agreement with  NIQSH.

    - Optimize baghouse performance for controT of asbestos  emissions.

    - Evaluate, at pilot scale, four flue gas cleaning techniques  to remove SOx and trace
      metals from metallurgical off gases.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -5468,900 results from two actions.   A net increase of  +$71,000
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978,(FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1980) pay raise.  As a result  of the Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements  for its FY 1979
operating plan -$539,900 was reprogrammed from this activity to health effects/non-criteria
pollutants within the air medium.

A-24

-------
1930 PLAN     	.

    The requested 1980 level for this program Is $4,050,000 and 18 positions which includes
approximately $2,150,000 in contract support, $650,000 in grants and 5100,000 for interagency
agreements. A major problem in the attainment and maintenance of Ambient Air Quality
Standards at the present time is the problem of oxidants^  The program emphasis in 1980,
therefore, is the characterization and control of hydrocarbon emissions which are precursors
to oxidant formation.  The 1980 decrease of $481,100 and two positions reflects less
emphasis on the generation of data for developing new source performance standards; i.e.,
fewer source categories and on assisting Regional offices to evaluate new source permit
applications.

    To achieve currently unmet Ambient Air Quality Standards for oxidants, State Implemen-
tation Plans (5I?'.s) will need to be revised.  Before the Agency can fully assist in the
development and evaluation of these new SIP's, critical  information gaps in
current emissions inventories must be filled.  To satisfy this requirement, an industrial
air emissions characterization program will be undertaken in the following high
priority areas:

    - Point-source emissions from approximately eight Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC)
      storage and handling sites will be characterized to determine their contribution
      to total VOC emissions rate.  Specific chemical compound identification will
      be included.  Test sites will be selected to enable a nationwide estimate of all
      emissions made by these storage and handling sites.

    - A cost-benefit-risk model will be developed with supporting emissions data for
      use in decision making on the advisability of regulating various sources of potential
      carcinogenic emissions as well as other chemicals from coke making operations.

    - A capture device for volatile organic emissions from automotive tire curing will be
      demonstrated.  This is needed for NSPS development.

    - Applicability of surfactant enhanced scrubbing (SES) to control emissions from
      paint-bake ovens in automotive and/or other industries will be demonstrated.

    - The drum mix dryer for asphalt hot mix industry will be evaluated.

    - Industrial applications of activated carbon for hydrocarbon control in organic
      chemical and related industries will be evaluated.

    - Data to determine the cost effectivness of various emission reduction and collection
      options as an approach to VOC control for metal finishing will be developed.

    - Data to determine the cost-effectivness of various maintenance options as an approach
      to controlling fugitive VOC emssions from refining, petrochemical and organic
      chemical facilities will be developed.

    - Further quantification of VOC emission rates to identify the incremental addition of
      oxidant-producting chemicals from aeration systems at industrial wastewater treatment
      plants will be completed.

    - Sophisticated instrumentation systems to maximize exhaust of solvent concentrations
      from curing ovens, paint application booths, and other solvent use industries to
      approach the lower explosion limit will be designed and tested experimentally.

    - Guidelines to be used by the Office of Enforcement in its monitoring program of
      fugitive VOC emissions will be developed, tested and published.

                                                                                  A-25

-------
       The Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) estimates that of the
  100 New Source Performance Standards planned for pr.anul gation during the next four
  years, at least 25 will have inadequate Best Available Control Technology (BACT).
  High priority control technology development and testing programs will therefore
  be undertaken as follows:

  Control Technology development programs will be initiated for four critical  industrial
  source categories which will be identified by OAQPS as having inadequate 8ACT.

  Performance evaluations of retrofit pilot-scale collection technologies such as
  carbon adsorption and catalytic incineration will be conducted at coil, web, and
  sheet coating facilities, textile finishing facilities, paint-bake ovens, and
  selected petrochemical sites.

  Technologies to control emissions will be developed and refined with the emphasis
  being on potential carcinogens from coke manufacturing processes.

  Technologies for control of emissions from solvent and gasoline loading opera-
  tions for barges and rail cars will be developed and tested.

  Demonstrations -of new and retrofit technology for dust suppression and fugitive
  emission controls at secondary lead smelters will be conducted through an interagency
  agreement with NIOSH.
A-2.6

-------
                                              AIR

                                      Research and Development

                                  Monitoring and Technical Support
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Appropriation
Characterization and
  Measurement Methods
  Development	$5,754      $7,186
Monitoring Methods
  and Systems	    230       4,450
Quality Assurance .....  1,613       4,901
Technical Support	2.986       3.561

  Total 	 ..... 10,583      20,098

Permanent Positions
Characterization and
  Measurement Methods
  Development	     53          62
Monitoring Methods
  and Systems .......      6          21
Quality Assurance ......     38          43
Technical Support .....     56_          3J[

  Total	    153         162

Full-time Equivalency
Characterization and
  Measurement Methods
  Devel opment	  .
'Ion i tor ing Methods
  and Systems	.
Quality Assurance ...,,,
Technical Support .....    ....         ^^

  Total	

Budget Request
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
              .$6,081     $8,533
               4,534
               4,151
               3,316
             4,650
             4,901
             3.205
              18,082     21,289
                  63

                  21
                  44
                  II

                 165
                  60

                  34
                  47
                  43

                 184
                63

                21
                44
                32

               160
                69

                25
               -45
                47

               186
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase -+
  Decrease -
              +$2,452

                 +116
                 +750
                 -111
                         + 3,207
                  - 5

                  - 5




                  + 9

                  - 9
                  - 2
                  +__4

                  + 2
    The 1980 budget request for monitoring and;technical support is 521,288,500 and
160 positions.  This is a net increase of $3,206,700 and a decrease of 5 positions.  In
the characterization program an increase of $2,452,200 will provide for the continuation
of research on the potential problems of the manufacture and use of graphite fibers and
graphite fiber composite materials which was started in 1979, as well as an acceleration
of research on measurement techniques for inhalable particulate matter.  An increase of
5116,400 will be utilized to improve the national air monitoring network and to continue
development, operation, and expansion of an experimental national monitoring network for
inhalable participates.  Also S749,700 will be devoted to providing additional quality
assurance development and support for on-site evaluations of State, local and National air
monitoring stations and networks and for the inhalable particulate network.  The technical
support program is being decreased by 5111,600 and five positions.
                                                                                     A-27

-------
Program Description

    The Air Monitoring and Technical Support Program consists of four major components:
(1) characterization and measurement methods development for measuring pollutants from
sources and in ambient air, (2) monitoring methods and systems development to fulfill
operational monitoring requirements, (3) the development and provision of quality assurance
procedures and materials to assure monitoring data validity, and (4) the provision of
technical support to Agency regulatory and Re.gional Offices.  Each of these components
is discussed below.

    The output of the characterization and measurement methods development program is
new and/or improved methodology and instrumentation technology which will be utilized in
stationary source, mobile source, and ambient air quality research, and which will provide
the basis for required reference and monitoring methods-.

    A major program activity is the development of sampling and analysis techniques for
identification and  measurement of pollutants from stationary sources.  Work in this
area focuses on the development of sampling procedures and associated instrument require-
ments for impending new source performance standards and improvement of techniques associ-
ated with existing new source performance standards, e.g., the development of improved
sampling procedures for continuous in-stack monitoring of particulate matter.  Additional
work is carried out on the identification of stationary source pollutants and in the
support of stationary source compliance activities.

    Another major program activity is the development of sampling and analysis techniques
for identification and measurement of pollutants from mobile sources.  Integral to this
development work are characterization studies which describe gaseous and particulate
emissions from advanced power systems for light duty vehicles.  Characterization studies
are also carried out to determine the composition of aircraft particulate emissions and
the effects of emission control systems on the quality, size distribution, and composition
of those particulate emissions.

    Sampling and analysis techniques for the identification, characterization, and measure-
ment of pollutants in ambient air is the third activity.  New and improved analytical
techniques for criteria and noncriteria pojlutants in ambient air are developed.  This
area of research also includes studies characterizing urban and rural atmosphere for a .
variety of important gaseous and particulate pollutants including:  ammonia, sulfates,
formaldehyde, polynuclear aronatics, nitrates, and organic acids.

    The air monitoring methods and systems program supports the testing evaluation,
and demonstration of measurement systems for monitoring specific pollutants in ambient
air and emissions from stationary sources.  The program assures the availability of
monitoring methods for the measurement of all regulated pollutants at or below the concen-
tration levels of interest, and for measurement of -unregulated pollutants at levels of
interest specified by the EPA's regulatory offices.

    The quality assurance program serves the Agency's air monitoring effort through
the validation and standarizatlon of monitoring methods, development and provision of
quality control materials and procedures for operational  use, the conduct of methods and
analyst, performance evaluation studies, development of data analysis and data handling
systems, and participation in regional  quality control workshops.

    The technical support program provides assistance to regulatory and regional offices
in implementing the mandates of the Clean Air Act.  Efforts are applied to special measure-
ment of regulated pollutants for regulation revision and planning as well as measurement
of unregulated pollutants such as asbestos, organic chemicals and pesticides and their
transformation products.  Part of the technical support program is planned as a level-of-
effort with resources set aside to allow quick response tb unforeseeable, but urgent,
requests for services.  The program also plans and provides support to operational monitoring
in those areas where Regional  or program office personnel  cannot respond because of the
need for specialized expertise or facilities available only in the Office of P>esearch and
Development.

A-28

-------
 CHARCTERIZATIOH AtiD MEASUREMENT METHODS DEVELOPflENT

 1978 Accomplishments

     The 1978 resources for this program were $5,754,000 and 53 positions; including
 approximately $2,338,200 in contracts, $709,100 in grants and $184,500 in interagency
 agreements.  During FY 1978, the program:

     - Characterized the gaseous and particulate emissions from power plants and other
       sources that burn residual oil containing various amounts of sulfur and vanadium,
       and found sulfate emissions as high as 10% of total  sulfur oxide emissions.

     - Evaluated the impact of various catalytic control systems for automotive exhaust
       emissions (regulated pollutants and sulfuric acid);  defined potential  problems
       associated with advanced catalytic control systems;  drew attention to the potential
       release of routagenic pollutants in diesel exhaust.

     - Identified numerous toxic organic compounds being released from the Love Canal
       Landfill, Niagara Falls, New York.

     - Solved long-standing-problems concerning the accurate measurement of sulfates, free
       acid, and nitrates in ambient aerosols.  Demonstrated that high purity quartz
       filters will provide a significant improvement over commonly used glass fiber
       filters for sampling particulate nitrate.

     - Demonstrated a system for remote optical sensing of emissions capable of measuring
       concentrations of compounds in the lOppb in source emissions for pathlengths of
\      1 km.

 1979 Program

      The 1979 resource level for characterization and measurement methods development
 is $6,080,500 and 63 positions.  These resources include approximately $2,575,000 in
 contracts, $683,000 in grants, and $164,000 in interagency agreements.  The program in
 characterization and measurement methods development continues to carry out research
 related to stationary source performance standards, ambient air quality, and mobile source
 emissions.

     In support of the ambient air quality program, the research focuses on methods for
 characterizing and measuring sulfates, including specific molecular species such as
 sulfuric acid, gaseous and particulate nitrates and organics.

     In the stationary source area, large sources of sulfate emissions are being studied
 for their contribution of primary sulfates to the ambient sulfate burden.  In addition,
 work in this area addresses the measurement needs associated with an accelerated New
 Source Performance Standard (NSPS) schedule as described in the Clean Air Act Amendments
 of 1977.  In addition, characterization studies in power plants and other high sources
 of sulfur emissions are being conducted to assess their relative contributions of primary
 sulfate emissions to the ambient sulfate burden.

     The mobile sources research program is focused on the characterization of heavy
 duty vehicle emissions of nonregulated pollutants.  Also,  emissions from advanced control
 system -- dual and 3-way catalysts — are being quantified.


 The carbon fiber research program, focuses on characterizing the
 fiber size distribution and concentration in emissions from manufacturing facilities and
 evaluation of existing sampling and measurement techniques for monitoring of sources and
 ambient air. The program also focuses on the development of an information base to allow
 narket analysis and projection of municipal  solid waste carbon fiber composition and to
 evaluate carbon fiber waste impacts and effects in existing and emerging solid waste
 handling and disposal  systems.

                                                                                 A-29-

-------
    For 1979 and beyond, special reporting requirements are congressionally mandated
by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977.  These include reports on particulate emission
from heavy duty vehicles, a low nitrogen oxide research vehicle testing program, and an
accelerated progran of in-stack measurement methods development to match an accelerated
timetable for establishment of NSPS.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,105,500 results from several  actions.  Congress applied
a SB million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services
and monitoring and technical"-^upport activities; the decrease applicable to this activity
was -$800,000,  A net increase of +$295,500 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as  distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978}
pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities
and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan -$601,000 was reprogrammed
within this activity to monitoring methods and systems ($520,200); and to health effects
non-criteria pollutants ($80,800) within this medium.

1980 Plan
     The 1980 resource level for characterization and measurement methods development
is $3,532,700 and 63 positions.  These resources include approximately $3,669,000 in
contracts, $939,000 in grants and $256,000 in interagency agreements.  An increase of
some $2,000,000 in this program will support research on the problems of graphite fibers
on accelerate research on measurement techniques for inhalable particulate matter.

     All components of the program will emphasize work on inhalable particulate matter
and organics, both gaseous and particulate.  Work will continue on other pollutants
including nitric acid emitted directly from stationary sources.


     In this program area th_e effort to improve sampling and analytical
methods for hazardous organic substances will  be increased and the characterization
of organics in various localities will  continue.  A personal monitor for selected
carcinogens will tie developed and evaluated.
    •In the stationary source segment of the program, there will be an acceleration of
the effort to characterize the particle size distribution and chemical composition of
source emissions and to develop samplers and monitors for the inhalabl-e size fraction.
Also, the organics emitted from various sources will be identified and measurement methods
developed for total hydrocarbons emitted and specific organics of concern.

    In the mobile source area work will continue on emissions from diesels.  Large samples
of the organics emitted will be collected and fractionated to allow health effects studies
to be conducted.  Emission factors will be determined for those identified to be harmful
so that the impact of diesels on ambient air may be determined.  Studies will be undertaken
to identify the diesel fuel precursors which give!rise to the harmful organics.  Work
will continue on the characterization of emissions from advanced automotive power systems,
scheduled for use in the 1980's, including turbo-chargers, naturally aspirated diesel and
gas turbine engines.

    In the carbon fiber program, the evaluation of instrumentation for monitoring carbon
fibers in emissions from production, fabrication and disposal facilities will be completed
and work to simulate the action of projected processing and disposal operations will
be undertaken.  At the same time work will also be initiated to develop procedures to
generate carbon fiber aerosols and a low-cost sampler to collect carbon fibers at projected
ambient concentrations.
A-30

-------
  MONITORING METHODS AND SYSTEMS

 1978 Accomplishments

     The 1978 resources sum to $229,800 and six positions*  Accomplishments for 1978
 included:

     - Registration of fuels and fuel additives and preparation of quarterly and annual
       usage reports.

     - Preparation of a draft plan for an experimental national inhalable particulate
       monitoring network.  Equipment requirements fo.r a 25 station pi.lot network have
       been identified.  Equipment delivery was scheduled for early FY 1979.

     - Collection of the initial data for a study of carbon monoxide (CO) intrusion into
       sustained use vehicles as required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977.

 1979 Program

     1979 resources for Monitoring Methods and systems sum to $4,533,600 and 21 positions
 including $1,950,000 for contracts, $570,000 for Interagency Agreanents and $100,000
 for research grants.

 Specific outputs will include:

     - Development and operation of a 25 station pilot inhalable particulate network.
       The resulting data is to be used to guide the establishment of the eventual overall
i       network of 300 stations.  An additional 75 stations are being added to the network
       in 1979 for a total of 100 stations.

     - Completion of the measurements for the CO intrusion study and preparation of a
       report to the Congress.

     - Registration of fuel  and fuel additives and preparation of required reports.

     - Evaluation of visibility measurement methodology to support Prevention
       of Significant Deterioration (PSD) program requirements.

     - Advanced SOn monitoring methodology.

     - Keys for interpretation of aerial imagery of air pollution; and a standard reference
       material (SRM) development program with the National Bureau of Standards focusing on
       organic pollutants and asbestos fibers in air.

 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

      The net increase of +$83,600 results from several  actions.  Congress applied a $6
 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractural services and
 monitoring and technical  support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity was
 -$599,000.  A net increase of +$162,400 results from increased pay costs from the October
 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978} pay raise.
 Finally, as a result of the agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing
 resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan +$520,200 was reprogrammed within
 this activity from characterization and measurement methods development.

 1980 Plan

     Resources requested for the 1980 Monitoring Methods and Systems program are $4,650,000
 and 21 positions of which approximately $2,476,000 will be used for contracts.  The
 additional of $749,700 will be devoted to providing additional quality assurance
 development and support for on-site evaluation of State, local and National jir monitoring
 stations and network and for the inhalable particulate network.

                                                                                     A-31

-------
     Major  activities  and  outputs will  include:

     -  Continuing  operation  and  expansion  of the  experimental inhalable participate monitor-
       ing  network.


     -  Reference methods for measuring  inhalable  particulates based on the operating
       experience  with the network  stations.  '

     -  Development/revision  of measurement methods  for two  regulated air pollutants design-
       ated by the regulatory office.

     -  Technical guidelines  for  maintenance, calibration and siting of continuous air
       analyzers proposed  for use at national, State  and local air monitoring stations.

     -  Field tests and evaluation of the mobile air monitoring van which has been designed
       and  developed to conduct  on-site monitoring  of airborne non-criteria organic pollutants.

     -  Regulation  and  protocol development for the  fuels and fuel additive testing program.

     -  Continuing  evaluation of  visibility measurement methodology and data collection
       in National  Parks.

     -  Designing criteria  for airborne  laser systems  for measurement of sulfur dioxide,
       suspended participate matter and ozone.  Publishing  standard operating procedures
       manual  for  reference  or equivalent methods.

     -  Development of  aerial imagery interpretation keys for areas to be selected by the
       regulatory  offices.
   ilAI LT¥
 1978 Accomplishments

    The  1973  resources were $1,613,000 and 38 positions of which $490,000 was in contracts and
 $48,000  was in grants.   Program  outputs for 1978  included:

    -  Proposed a  standard Federal  reference method and a stationary source emission test
       for  lead.

    -  Standardized and published  in the Federal Register, a procedure for calibrating
       ozone measurement  methodologies.

    -  Completed the evaluation and designation of five equivalent monitoring methods for
       criteria pollutants.

    -  Performed evaluation studies for eight ambient air monitoring stations, eight
       stations monitoring pollution in conection with the Western Energy Program and, two
       stationary  source  monitoring stations.      '•

    -  Developed a minimum quality assurance program for State and local air monitoring
       stations and for Prevention of Significant Deterioration stations.

    -  Distributed the first section of Volume III of the Quality Assurance Handbook
       for  Air Pollution  Measurement Systems.

 1979 Program

    Resources requested  for quality assurance in  1979 are to $4,151,300 and 44 positions
 of which 32,229,000 will be for  contracts.


A-32

-------
    Specific outputs will include:

    - Evaluation and validation of jnethodology for monitoring regulated pollutants
      sulfur dioxide, in-stack participates,  hydrogen sulfide, carbon dlsulfide,  asbestos
      and carbonyl sulfide.

    - Development of procedures for quality assurance of the pilot inhalable partieulate
      monitoring network,

    - Evaluation of methodology for monitoring important non-regulated pollutants,
      such as ambient sulfur acid, sulfates and arsenic.

    - Maintenance of present quality control  reference materials and the development  of
      new reference materials as required; and

    - Validation of equivalent monitoring methods.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net decrease of -$749,700 results from several  actions.  Congress applied  a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual  services
and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to  this  activity
was -$478,000.  A net increase of +$68,300 results from increased pay costs  from  the
October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as  distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978)
pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities
and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan -5340,000  was reprogrammed
from this activity to health effects/non-criteria pollutants within the air  medium.

1980 Plan

    Resources requested for the 1980 quality  assurance program sum to $4,901,000  and  44
positions.  This is an increase of $749,700 over the 1979 level  and will be  devoted to
providing additional quality assurance development and support for on-site evaluations  of
State, local, National air monitoring stations network and for the inhalable partieulate
network.  Of the total approximately $2,050,000 will be for contracts.

    Major activities associated with this program include:

    - On-site evaluations and audits of State and Local  Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS)
      and all National Air Monitoring Stations (MAMS).

    - Validation of measurement methodologies for up to eight regulated and  nonregulated air
      pollutants including a Federal  reference method for inhalable particulars, and
      two additional source emission test methods to be determined by the Office  of Air,
      Noise and Radiation.

    - Maintenance of a repository of standard reference materials for ambient air pollutants
      and for radioactive  materials to evaluate performance of analytical  laboratories
      and analyses.                               '

    - On-site audits of continuous analyzers  for regulated pollutant emissions from
      stationary sources.

    - Continuation of the Ambient Air Monitoring Reference and Equivalency Regulation
      program cited in 40 CFR 53.

    - Performance audits for the inhalable particulate raon,itoring network and visibility
      studies.

    - Statistical  studies to provide basic tools for improving the analysis  of air  monitor-
      ing data.

                                                                                      A-33

-------
TECHNICAL  SUPPORT

1978 Accomplishments

    The 1973 resources of $2,985,700 and 56 positions include approximately $76,000
in contracts, and $19,000 In grants. In 1978 the program:

    - Provided analytical services to special  monitoring networks such as the non-criteria
      pollutant monitoring network, National  Fuels Surveillance Network (NFSN),  and
      National Air Surveillance Network (NASN);

    - Provided monitoring data to the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards  in
      support of implementation plans and control strategy developments, e.g., data for NO?
      levels in large urban areas, ozone levels in National Forests; and ethylene dichloride,
      perchloroethylene and benzene levels at suspected major sources of emissions;

    - Provided monitoring data to Office of Enforcement on levels of phosphorous in
      gasoline and confirmatory analysis of lead in gasoline in support of compliance
      program.

    - Provided monitoring data on levels of asbestos at a  Maryland pollution site,  and
      polynuclear organic matter at a Pennsylvania site for Region III, and for  mercury at
      a New Jersey site for Region II.

    - Operated the Collaborating Center for Environmental  Pollution Control, a global,
      international  cooperative effort with the World Health Organization.

    - Operated the International Precipitation Laboratory  as a joint effort for  the World
      Meteorological  Organizations.

    - Provided 350,000 high quality glass fiber filters for use in the NASN and  analyzed
      samples for non-criteria pollutants.

    - Provided data to Region VIII and the State of Washington on sulfur oxide plume
      dispersion from the Anaconda Smelter.  Data is to be used to develop a dispersion
      model which is expected to be useful in revision of  the State Implementation  Plan
      for sulfur oxides.

    - Provided data to Region IX and State of Hawaii documentating levels of sulfur oxide
      near two power plants suspected to be in violation of existing sulfur oxide standards.
      Data is to be used for model development and for alternative control by Hawaii in
      developing revised State Implementation Plans for sulfur oxide.

    - Provided vertical structure of pxidant levels and oxidant precursor levels in the
      Lake Tahoe Basin to Region IX and the States of Nevada and California. This  data is
      to be used to develop control strategy and models useful  in enforcing the  State
      Implementation Plans.

    - Performed a study of the impact on air quality of roadway emissions for catalyst
      equipped cars.

    - Provided liaison with the Regional Offices.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for Technical Support are $3,316,400 and 37 positions including
51,156,500 for contracts and $115,000 for Interagency Agreements.  The 1979 program for
Air Technical Support is designed to:

    - Provide high quality glass-fiber filters for. national use in SIP monitoring for
      particulates in ambient air.  Develop specifications for filters and provide
      performance testing.

A-34

-------
    - Perform analyses on NASN filters returned  by Regions  for up to  56  metals,  benzo(a)
      pyrene and non-metal  inorganics.

    - Analyze gasoline samples for lead,  phosphorous  and  manganese for enforcement  actions
      by Regions.

    - Conduct field monitoring for the Office of Air  Quality Planning and  Standards  in
      support of implementation plans and development of  control  strategy:
      monitoring for organic chemcials at suspected major sources of emissions.


    - Conduct special  studies to support  regional  air pollution investigations,  e.g., arsenic,
      mercury, asbestos, benzo(a)pyrene and other suspected hazardous chemicals  as  required.

    - Continue study of impact on air quality of roadway  emissions from  catalyst equipped
      cars with special emphasis on CO, NOx, and inhalable  participates;

    - Continue to operate the Collaborating Center for Environmental  Pollution Control,  a
      global, international  cooperative effort with the World Health  Organization.

    - Continue to operate the International Precipitation Laboratory  as  a  joint  effort  for
      the World Meteorological Organization.

    - Complete the Eastern Oxidant Transport Study (Philadelphia area) to  extend the
      data base on long range transport in North-East area.

    - Support liaison with Regional Offices.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net decrease of-$244,600 results from  Congress  having applied  a  $6  million
reduction to Research and Development activities for  contractual  services  and monitoring
and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity was -S302.000.
A net increase of +357,400 results from increased pay costs from the  October  1978 (FY
1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the  October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.

1980 Plan

    The 1980 resources required for Technical Support are $3,204,800  and 32 positions,
a decrease of 5111,600 and five positions from the fiscal  year 1979 level. The  decrease
will reduce the number of requests for technical support  that can be  met.   Approximately
51,087,200 will be used for extramural, pr.ograms.  Technical support is a level-of-effort
program responding to needs  of the Regions  and retaliatory offices  and specific
projects may vary as their needs vary. However, past experience indicates that  the
following types of projects will be accomplished:

    - Continue to monitor ozone concentrations in selected National Forests to gather
      data for model  development and validation  and to develop and evaluate control
      strategies.

    - Develop protocol and conduct a field study to collect data for use in models  for
      intermedia range (50 miles) transport of oxidants and NOx.

    - Conduct field studies and determine atmospheric loading of other pollutants being
      considered for regulations, such as benzene, benzene solubles,  trichlorethylene,
      chloroform, and benzyl chloride.

    - Conduct long-range oxidant transport study in support of Office of Air  Quality
      Planning and Standards requirements.

    - Evaluate characteristics of selected pilot National  Air Monitoring Stations (HAMS).

    - Assist in procurement, acceptance and distribution  of 400,000 glass-fiber  filters.

-------
  - Provide analyses of lead and phosphorous in gasoline for potential  enforcement
    actions for regional  enforcement offices.

  - Provide special  arvalytical  services to Regions,

  - Operate Collaborating Center for Air Pollution Control  for the World Health Organiza-
    tion and operate the International  Precipitation Laboratory for the World  Meterological
    Organization; and

  - Perform liaison with Regional  Offices.
A-36

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
         AIR



Abatement and Control





      Budget   Current
Increase +

Appropriation
Air Quality and Stationary
Source Planning and
Mobile Source Standards
State Programs Resource
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation.., .......
Mobile Source Preproduction
Compliance Verification.
Trends Monitoring and
Total 	 	
Pennanent Positions
Air Quality and Stati onary
Source Planning and
Standards.., ............
Mobile Source Standards
and Guidelines..........
State Programs Resource
Air Quality Strategies
tTobile Source Preproduction
Compliance Verification.
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment.....
Total....... 	 ,
Full -time Equivalency
Air Quality and Stationary
Source Planning and
Mobile Source Standards
State Programs Resource
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation. .........
Mobile Source Preproduction
Compliance Verification.
Trends Monitoring and
Total 	 ,
Actual
1978
$17,202
7,845
, 64,485
6,408
5,961
4,186
. 106,087
244
138
8
251
112
128
881




...

Estimate
1979
$24,325
14,070
101,061
6,210
4,765
6,075
156,506
238
130
6
264
111
143
892

•'.


.,.

> Estimate
1979
(dollars
$22,194
14,554
131 ,609
8,901
5,172
4,475
186,905
253
132
6
264
109
128
892
280
165
50
357
123
144
1,119
Estimate De
1980 19
in thousands)
$37,475
11,160
86,661
8,710
3,730
4,230
1ST, 966
252
162
6
324
71
128
943
280
201
72
357
37
139
1.13S
crease -
80 vs. W
+$15,281
-3,394
-44,948
-191
-1,442
-245
-34,939
-1
+30

+60
-38
+51

+36
+22

-36
-5
+17
9 Pace
A-40
A-48
A-55
A-61
A-65
A-70













                                                A-37

-------
     The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses air program activities related
to the development and implementation of air pollution control  strategies and control
programs.  These activities include technical and policy guidance, financial  support
for State and local programs, and direct Federal action when States fail to fulfill
their responsibilities as required by the Clean Air Act.  The Act envisions the development
and implementation of most aspects of air pollution control as a State responsibility
with guidance and assistance provided by EPA.

     Abatement and- control activities in the air program support the overall  air program
objectives of attaining and maintaining National Ambient Air Quality Standards.  The
highest priority objective for States and EPA  in 1979 is the development and approval
of revisions to the State Implementation Plans (SIP) for areas not presently attaining ambient
air quality standards.  The principal emphasis in 1.980 will be the follow-up and
implementation of the SIP schedules developed 1n 1979.  Support of State and  local
programs in order to achieve this objective 1s of the highest priority under  this
appropriation.  The Implementation of complementary Federal controls such as  New Source
Performance Standards, motor vehicle emission controls, and Federal action where States
fail to act, is also of high priority.  A major Initiative will be undertaken to complete
SIPs in nonattainment  areas not completed in 1979.  Grant support to State and
local planning and control agencies will provide funding for States to meet the commitments
outlined in their 1979 SIP submittals.  Particular attention will be given to Transportation
Control Measures (TCMs) and  inspection and maintenance  programs.

     The abatement and control activities are categorized under the following subactivities:

     Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards.   This subactivlty is
related to (1) the development of nationwide control strategies for both regulated and  •
unregulated pollutants, the reassessment and modification of these strategies, and the
translation of decisions on appropriate control requirements into regulatory  actions,
and (2) the development of emissions standards for stationary sources of air  pollution,
and the requisite supportive analyses and technology assessments.  Control strategies
developed under this subactivlty are translated into guidance for State action —
State Implementation Plans — or directly into Federal control  requirements — New
Source Performance Standards or National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.
Extensive activities are also carried out to provide the engineering and other technical
support requisite for the development of regulations promulgated by EPA when  States  do
not act.

     Mobile Source Standards and Guidelines.  This subactivlty involves the setting  of
emissions standards for mobile sources (Including the associated testing, technical
analysis and technology assessments), and the development of mobile source related
technical procedures and guidelines applicable to the control of emissions from new  and
in-use vehicles.  Under this subactivity, findings made in relation to the need for
control of mobile source emissions through the research and development activities or
through the air quality and stationary source planning and standards subactivlty are
translated into practical control programs applicable to appropriate classes  of motor
vehicles or to appropriate stages of motor vehicle's life, from design to the end of
their useful lives.

     State Programs Resource Assistance.  This subactivity involves the provision of
resources to support State and local government's activities in implementing air pollution
control programs.  The primary responsibility for controlling air pollution rests with
the States and localities.  Supplemental resources are required if these governments
are to effectively implement air pollution control programs, thereby eliminating or
reducing the need for direct Federal intervention.  Support is  also provided  for training
of control agency personnel.  Resource supplementation complements the purpose of the
activities carried out under the other subactivities of the Abatement and Control
appropriation.
A-38

-------
     Air Quality Strategies Implementation.   This subactivity is related to the
implementation of regulatory requirements for which the Federal  Government  has primary
responsibility, such as (1) the consultation with, and overview of,  air pollution
control activities carried out by Federal facilities,  (2)  the review of environmental
impact statements prepared by other Federal  agencies for air pollution impact, and
(3) the implementation of air quality standards and control  strategies in specific
areas of the Nation.  These activities result 1n the implementation  of the  general
control strategies, developed under the standards setting  subactivities, at specific  areas  of
the Nation -- States and localities — through State and local  control programs.
Examples of these activities are the development of State Implementation Plans (SIP)
and EPA promulgation of regulations, all technical aspects of the development  of  the
control strategies incorporated into the SIP, and the management of  the procedural
requirements, such as public hearings on plans.

     Mobile Source Preproduction Compliance  Verification.   This subactivity involves
the engineering review of prototype motor vehicles and engines  in order to  determine
whether or not they conform with motor vehicle emissions standards developed under
the mobile source standards and guidelines subactivity.  It also includes confirmatory
testing and other laboratory or data analysis related to the certification  process.

     Trends Monitoring and Progress Assessment.  This subactivity includes  the deter-
mination of ambient air quality and emission levels, determining their relationships,
and assessing progress made towards the attainment of environmental  goals.   These
data and assessments are used for reassessing, changing, or developing control strategies,
and for judging the progress made in achieving legislative or regulatory program
goal s.

     The determination of emission levels is an activity fundamental  to the admini-
stration of programs at the State, local, and Federal  levels for developing regulations
for the State Implementation Plans, reviewing new sources, and  making determinations
as to the siting of new sources.
                                                                                   A-39

-------
                                          AIR

                                 Abatement and Control

               Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards
                              Actual
                               1978
Appropriation
Emission Standards
  and Technology
  Assessment	  $ 9,517
Energy and Pollutant
  Strategics Development..,.    2,505
State Program Guidelines
  and Regulations Develop-
  ment...	    5,180
      Budget
      Estimate
        1979
       $18,375

         2,575


         3.375
         Current
         Estimate
           1979
       Estimate
         1980
        Increase +•
        Decrease -
      1980 vs. 1979
                                                   (dollars in thousands)
          $15,132

            2,594


            4.468
        $29,975   +$14,843

          3,150   +    556
          4.350
           118
     Total	   17,202
24,325     22,194     37,475
                                         15,281
Permanent Positions
Emission Standards
  and Technology
  Assessment	
Energy and Pol 1utant
  Strategies Development....
State Programs Guidelines
  and Regulations Develop-
  ment	
114

  36


  94
   121

    44


    73
 121

   41


	91
121

 41


 90
-1
     Total,
244
   238
Full-time Equivalency
Emission Standards
  and Technology
  As ses sment	
Energy and Pollutant
  Strategies Development....
State Programs Guidelines
  and Regulations Develop-
  ment.......	
  253
                        131

                        49


                       100
252
                         T31

                          49


                         TOO
-1
     Total,
                       280
                         280
Budget Request
     The resources requested for this budget subactivity are $37,475,300 and 252
positions.  This reflects an increase of $T4,843,000 over ttie 1979 level for the
development of emission standards for new stationary sources as mandated by the
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977.

Program Description

     This subactlvity includes the setting of emission standards for stationary
sources and all industry studies, cost studies, and other analyses which support the
standard setting function.  Also included is the setting of ambient air quality
standards, the development and reassessment of nationwide control strategies needed
to meet these standards, studies oriented toward the balancing of energy and environmental
goals, the assessment of potential pollutants, the development of pollutant control
strategies, analytical tools and guidelines, and the translation of a41 such control
strategies into regulatory actions.
 A-40

-------
     Emissions Standards and Technology Assessments — National emission standards
for stationary sources are set under Sections 111 and 112 of the Clean Air Act.
Section 111 mandates the Environmental Protection Agency to establish standards of
performance for new stationary sources.  Section 112 mandates national emission
standards for hazardous air pollutants.

     New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) are set to reflect the performance of
the best systems of emission reduction, considering cost, for specific processes or
facilities in a source category.  The analysis leading to and supporting the NSPS
consider technical feasibility, cost, and economic, energy, and environmental impacts.
The importance of NSPS has been emphasized by the 1977 Amendments to the Clean Air
Act.  Section m(f') requires that EPA publish a list of major stationary sources of
air pollution for which NSPS have not yet been proposed or promulgated.  Presently, a
total of 28 source categories are regulated by NSPS, with NSPS for an additional 25
source categories under development.  NSPS for all listed source categories must be
set by 1982,  It is expected that approximately 80 source categories will have to be
covered by NSPS.  The NSPS are also tied to the implementation of control strategies
for nonattalnment air quality control regions and for the prevention of signficant
deterioration, according to the 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments.  The HSPS setting
process results in providing useful data to State agencies in defining best available
control technology, lowest achievable emission rates, and reasonably available control
technology.  In addition, the New Source Performance Standards provide a legally
binding upper limit to the deterioration of ambient air quality.

     The setting of National Emission Standards for Hazardous A1r Pollutants (NESHAP)
has emerged as a priority item in EPA to protect public health from carcinogens and
mutagens.  Asbestos, beryllium, mercury, vinyl chloride,and benzene have been listed
as hazardous air pollutants.  NESHAP have been established for significant emitters
of these pollutants, except for benzene.  The program to establish NESHAP for benzene
is currently underway.

     Energy and Pollutant Strategies Development — The Clean Air Act requires that
studies be made of the air pollution effects of the pollutants cadmium and polycyclic
organic matter (POM), and that EPA decide upon a control approach — setting NAAQS,
listing as hazardous air pollutants, or setting New Source Performance Standards
(NSPS).  In addition, the Act requires that a determination be made in relation to
short-term exposure to nitrogen dioxide, and that all criteria and National Ambient
Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) already issued be reviewed by the end of 1980.  Work on
these activities 1s progressing.

     An assessment of the need for controlling specific chemicals is carried out by
the Agency.  The regulatory alternatives for controlling these pollutants may be any
of a series of authorities provided by the Clean Air Act —• Section 111 (NSPS) or
Section 112, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP).
Preliminary risk assessments for 50 chemicals, presumed to be prevalent in the environment,
are being conducted,

     EPA participation in energy development and supply related programs require
access to timely and accessible data on fuel use and air quality.  EPA has developed
and utilizes an energy/environment data system.

     State Programs Guidelines and Regulations Development — National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) have been set for seven pollutants.  Although most reasonably
available control methods have been employed nationally, many regions have not attained
standards.  The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 address the problems of nonattainment
of the standards, providing for extended time frames for attainment.  These extended
time frames are coupled with stringent requirements that must be met by the State
Implementation Plans and sources of air pollution in areas exceeding the standards.
This situation also requires a reassessment of control strategies, the development
and application of methodologies and criteria for'control strategy development for
large geographic areas and for specific areas, and the Implementation of these
controls.

                                                                                A-41

-------
     In addition, air pollution problems related to atmospheric transformations —
nitrogen dioxide and nitrates formed from nitrogen oxide emissions, photochemical
oxidants from hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides, and sulfates from sulfur dioxide ~
affect large scale geographic areas, multistate areas, far exceeding the size of Air
Quality Control Regions (AQCRs),  New approaches to air pollution control for areas
of this magnitude are required.  In other cases, for sulfur dioxide or carbon monoxide
related air quality problems, refinements and improvements in well understood techniques
may be in order for optimal effectiveness of control requirements.

     The Clean Air Act requirement for the revision of the State Implementation Plans
and the expected additional plan revisions for the maintenance of the standards require
that new control strategies be adopted by the States and localities.  The identification
of these control strategies and the development of the control plans require the develop-
ment and dissemination of policy, procedures, and guidelines which can be utilized by
States in implementing plan revision and development actions.  For example, EPA prepares
guidelines for control of noncriteria pollutants emitted from sources covered by New
Source Performance Standards for which regulations are required under Section 111(d) of
the Clean Air Act.  Other examp-les include special studies to identify and eliminate
technical barriers to the achievement of the standards -- fugitive emission/urban parti-
culate background.  In addition, analytical tools are prepared for State and local
agencies to aid in control strategy reassessment and development; EPA activities
supportive of States in these tasks are described under the air quality strateaies
imolementation subactivitv,

EMISSION STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT

1973 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included approximately $6.7 million in contract support.  These funds
were used for engineering studies and other analyses needed to support New Source Per-
formance Standards (NSPS), National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAP), and revisions to State Implementation Plans.  This included continued detailed
studies of the synthetic organic chemical manufacturing industry and studies of industrial
surface coating evaporation losses, as well as emission measurements, cost analyses,
environmental and energy impact assessment, and engineering studies of other specific
industries.  Programs also support revision of control techniques documents for parti-
culate matter and for sulfur oxides.

     Mew Source Performance Standards for petroleum storage tanks, and fossil fuel-fired
steam generator plants were proposed.  Regulations for sewage sludge incinerators, kraft
pulp mills, lignite fired steam generators, sulfur recovery plants in petroleum
refineries, grain elevators, lime plants, and an opacity standard for basic oxygen
furnaces were promulgated.  As required by the Clean Air Act, a list of major source •
categories (to be regulated by NSPS) was developed and proposed in the Federal Register.
In accordance with the statutorily specified time-table, NSPS must be promulgated for
25 percent of the source categories listed by August 1980, for 75 percent by August 1981,
and for all of the categories by 1982.  A guidance document concerning the lowest achievable
emission rate was issued for comment.  Guidelines defining reasonably available control
technology were issued for 15 source categories.  Also, studies to determine if existing
NSPS need to be reviewed were initiated for 10,source categories.  The asbestos NESHAP was
revised to control the use of asbestos containing decorative sprays.  Ret..nations to con-
trol hazardous emissions from coke ovens were proposed.  Engineering guidelines to
implement Section lll(d) were finalized for sulfuric acid plants and proposed for kraft
pulp mills.

1979 Program

     The development of emission standards and technology assessment has been allocated
$15,132,000, and 121 positions.  These resources include approximately $12.0 million in
contract funds.  These contract resources are to be used to continue the work related to
setting standards for the synthetic organic chemical manufacturing industry and the
studies required for the setting of other NSPS, NESHAP, and the issuance of reasonably
available control technology guidelines for review of State Implementation Plans (SIP).

A-42

-------
     Work is continuing to meet the 1982 deadline for NSPS for all listed source
categories.  NSPS are promulgated for fossil fuel steam generators (revision),
petroleum liquid storage vessels, and gas turbines.  NSPS are proposed for glass
manufacturing, internal combustion engines, sulfur recovery in natural gass
fields, nonnetallic minerals, organic solvent metal cleaning, surface coating
operations for auto assembly plants, lead battery manufacturing, phosphate rock,
and aluminum plant fluoride control for existing  plants.  Development work is
being conducted on 33 additional NSPS.  Screening studies are being performeti
on up to 10 potentially major organic solvent source categoried not contained
on the promulgated list.  Review of six and revision of two existing NSPS are
being undertaken.  Control technique documents (CTD's) are being developed for
SOx and particulates.  Control technique guidelines (CTG's) are being developed
for two petroluem categories, three solvent use categories, 100 organic chemical
process sources, and for synthetic organic chemical manufacturing fugitive
losses, secondary sources, and storage and handling.

     NESHAP are proposed for asbestos-iron ore benefication and maleic anhydride.
Development work is proceeding on 11 additional NESHAP.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$3,243,300 results from several actions,  An increase
of +$329,400 resulting from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979)
pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise is
offset by the reprogramming of -$1,000,000 to other Agency activities to
support the cost of the most recent pay increase.  In addition, a pay back of
-$3,000,000, "borrowed" in 1978, to water quality areawide waste treatment
management/Section 208 is offset by the reprogramming of +$427,300 from energy
and pollutant strategies development ($94,900), ambient air quality monitoring
(2292,100) and air quality and emission data assessment ($40,300) within this
media as part of the Agency's ZBB review "of resource requirements for the
1979 operating plan.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $29,975,300 and 121 positions, including approximately
$26.8 million in contract funds.  This represents an increase of contract funds
of $15 million, which will provide for setting emission standards for all
significant stationary source categories before the 1982 deadline established by
the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977.  This effort will encompass between 70 and 80
source categories.

     New Source Performance Standards will be proposed for can coating, pressure
sentitive tapes and labels, metal furniture and large appliances coating
operations, synthetic organic chemical storage, handling and transfer operations
and fugitive emission sources, rubber Industry,  graphic arts, vegetable oil,
ammonium sulfate fertilizer, ammonium nitrate fertilizer, perchloroethylene
dry cleaning plants, and urea production.  Studies on surface coating operations
were initiated in 1976 and 1977.  NSPS for organic solvent metal cleaning,
surface coating operations for auto assembly plants, lead battery manufacturing,
aluminum fluoride control for existing plants, phosphate rock, glass manufacturing,
internal combustion engines, sulphur recovery in natural gas fields, and nonmetallic
minerals, will be promulgated.

     National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) will be
proposed for four co'ke oven sources, asbestos released for crushed stone and up
to seven benzene sources.  NESHAP will be promulgated for" asbestos from iron ore
beneficiation.  Work on the development of NESHAP will continue, with emphasis on
sources of asbestos, cadmium, polycyclic organic matter (POM) and other selected
organic substances.
                                                                                          A-43

-------
     Standards support and environmental  Impact statement (SS/EIS) work for all
remaining sources on the NSPS priority list will begin.  These efforts in standards
development projects will enable EPA to promulgate NSPS for all categories of major
sources by 1982.

ENERGYAND POLLUTANTSTRATEGIESDEVELOPEMEHT

J978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included approximately $1.2 million for contract support for
pollutant screening and control strategy evaluations, and economic analyses of
control strategies and control plans.

     Preliminary screening of some 700 organic chemicals as potential air
contaminants was completed.  Those chemicals determined to be of special  concern
are being further assessed to establish the need for regulatory action.

     A National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for lead was promulgated.
A review and proposal of a revised NAAQS for photochemical oxidants was completed.
A review of the current NAAQS for nitrogen dioxide and carbon monoxide  was
Initiated. Determinations as to the need for control of arsenici POM, and cadmium
and the need for a NAAQS for short-term exposures of nitrogen dioxide were initiated.

1979 Program

     The work on energy and pollutant strategies has been allocated $2,594,300 and
41 positions.  These resources Include an estimated $1.25 million in contract funds.
A major focus is assessment of the need to revise the NAAQS for partlculates and SOg.
Related issues such as the possible establishment of an inhalabli particulate
standard are addressed in the review of these pollutants.  In addition, a short-term
NOg air quality standard may be proposed.  Recommendations are made as to the need
to revise the annual NOg air quality standard, and the CO air quality standard.
A second major emphasis is the continuation of the work on the toxic or hazardous
air pollutants that were identified as high priority for further evaluation.
Specifically, the program provides for analytic assessments of arsenic, coke ovens,
POM, cadmium, acrylonltrile, etnylene dichloride, perch!orethylene and vinylidene
chloride as potential hazardous air pollutants ynder Section 112, and the
completion of a preliminary classification of approximately 50 chemicals.  A policy
for regulating airborne carcinogens is being developed.
 A-44

-------
     In the energy area, studies, policy recommendations, and programmatic actions
pertinent to the relationship between fossil  fuel combustion and air quality require-
ments are carried out.  Such actions include support for promulgation of visibility
regulations; maintenance of the energy and environmental data base for analysis of
the impact of regulations on utility boilers and other fuel burning sources; analyses
(economic, energy, and environmental) of the impact of coal sulfur variability (CSV)
on compliance with current NSPS for utility boilers (includes defining key economic
and technical issues, and developing alternatives for effecting compliance); maintenance
of data on utility expansion plans and analyses with respect to impact on PSD increments,
ability to meet NSPS, increase in S0£ emissions, and the impact of EPA policies on utility
growth; and analyses of the" environmental Impact of business and consumer practices which
negatively impact control programs (e.g., fuel switching, ma1-maintenance, various gasoline
additives programs, and control device performance variability).

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$19,300 results from two actions.  A net increase of +$114,200
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as dis-
tribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979
operating plan, -$94,900 was reprogrammed to emission standards and technology assessment.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $3J150,QOO and 41 positions.  Contract funds amount to approxi-
mately $1.2 million.  A revised NAAQS for particulates and S02 will be promulgated, as
warranted by the 1979 assessment of the need for
revision in light of the latest evidence.  Promulgation of these standards include criteria
documents development and analysis of attainment strategies; analyses of energy, environ-
mental and economic impacts for alternative standards; development of the preamble and
regulation documents; insuring adequate public participation through meetings and hearings;
responding to-all public comments; and developing the documents for promulgation.

     Suspected carcinogenic substances will be defined and regulatory programs initiated.
Preliminary risk assessments of 50 chemicals will be completed enabling the Agency to
augment a priority 11st of chemicals for air regulatory decision making on the basis of
their threat to public health.  Health input data will be prepared to permit a decision
as possible NESHAP for acrylonitrile, ethylene dichloride, perch!oroethylene and
vinyjldene chloride.  Trichloroethylene and methyl chloroform will be listed as hazardous
pollutants.

     In the energy area, studies, policy recommendations, and programmatic actions
pertinent to the relationship between fossil fuel combustion and air quality requirements
will be carried out.  The major focus will be on the trend toward increased coal use and
decreased oil and gas use.  EPA will provide a coordinated, widely distributed set of
written policies and guidelines to solve coal sulphur variability (CSV) problems relative
to emissions regulations, continuous monitoring requirements and new source review
decisions.  This will include revised regulations, enforcement guidelines and technical
as necessary to solve the CSV problems relative to SIP SO? emission limits and the con-
sideration of CSV in the new source review undeV PSD and NAAQS requirements.

STATE PROGRAMS GUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included approximately $1.13 million in contract support for studies
on issues and problems related to the air pollution control program and for the guidance
materials.
                                                                                  A-45

-------
     The 1978 accomplishments are related to completing mandatory requirements resulting
from the 1977 Amendments.  Policy and program guidance concerning the content of SIP
revisions was prepared for all nonattainment areas.  Technical guidance on control
strategies for these SIP revisions was also prepared, including major guidance on air
quality modeling.  Interim procedures for modeling oxidants were developed.  Regulations
setting out the prevention of significant deterioration program were promulgated.  A
program to help ensure national consistency in BACT/LAER determiniations was initiated.
Regulations concerning lead SIP requirements were prepared.

1979 Program

     The development of State programs guidelines and regulations has been allocated $4.4
million and 91 positions.  These resources include approximately $2.2 million in contract
funds.  The program emphasizes the resolution of technical  problems of attaining the ozone
(03) standard and the provision of direction and national consistency to New Source Review
(NSR).  The complexity of HC/HO^/O, relationship creates major problems in designing control
strategies for the attainment of 03 standard and servously impacts the States' ability to
develop 03 State Implementation Plans (SIP).  The NSR program, which directly affects
private sector growth, is also emphasized through the continuation of a program to ensure
consistency of BACT/LAER determinations.

     Specifically, regulations and program guidance are being developed to guide States  on
new or revised 03, CO, and NOX standards.  Technical guidance, concerning air quality
models, emission factors, design of field studies, and other SIP control strategy related
problems, is also being developed to support the new and revised ambient standards.  As
noted above, particular emphasis is being given to removing the technical barriers in
attaining the 03 standard.  This is part of a multiyear program which is leading to 1982
03 SIP revisions.  In addition, regulations and supporting program and technical guidance
to implement congressional requirements concerning PSD for CD, NO, and 03, and visibility
protection are in the initial stages of development.  Guidance related to PSD for TSP
and SOj 1s also being completed.  A limited program to evaluate the 1979 nonattainment
SIPs for national consistency is being conducted.

     The 1979 program is also integrating transportation control activities between
EPA and the Department of Transportation.  Guidelines are developed to reduce potentially
dupHcative and inconsistent activities at the State and local levels.  Additional  guidance
is being prepared for States to use in developing a public transportation plan for non-
attainment areas demonstrating the need for a standard attainment deadline extension to
1987.  This SIP revision must establish, expand, or improve public transportation to meet
basic transportation needs as expeditiously as practicable.  Transportation control measures
TCM's) and strategies are to be identified and analyzed for their economic, energy, environ-
mental, and urban planning impacts.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net increase of +$1,093,000 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$247,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as
well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.   As a result of the Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979
operating plan, +$845,,2QO was reprogrammed to'this activity from air quality and emission
data assessment reflecting the increased emphasis on policy and guidance development
relating to State Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $4,350,000 and 90 positions.  Contract funds amount to
approximately $2.8 million.
A-46

-------
     The 1980 program will build on the emphasized activities'of 1979 (specifically 03
and NSR) and will also include a limited initiative to support a revised particulate
standard.  Specifically the program of Oj diffusion model development and testing will
be intensified, with a particular emphasis on the NOg/.O^ relationship and modeling of
microscale impacts.  The national program to ensure consistency of NSR will be continued.
Technical guidance materials on modeling and emission factors will be developed.  The
regulations and program and technical guidelines required for Inhalable Particulate (IP)
SIPs will be initiated and proposed.  This will require extensive work in the area of
models and emission factors.  A limited program to ensure national consistency in the
annual review/approval of nonattainment SIPs will be undertaken.

     State Implementation Plan revision activities will be assessed to assure consistent
applications of national policy and to identify potential conflicts between plan revisions
and national urban policy.  Policies on Clean Air Act sanctions affecting federally
sponsored activities, including those of EPA, will be developed, and the application of
the sanctions will be monitored to assure nationwide consistency.  Regional office, State,
and local activities related to the transportation components will be evaluated to determine
progress toward compliance with Clean Air Act requirements, to assure that national policies
and guidance are being applied consistently and to identify the need for new or revised
national policies and guidance.
                                                                                        A-47

-------
                                      AIR

                              Abatement  and  Control

                     Mobile  S.ource Standards and  Guidelines
Budget
Actual Estimate
1978 1979
Appropriation
MobTTe Source Standards
and Guidelines... 	 ., J 4,567 $10,811
Mobile Source In-Use
Emissions Testing, Analysis
and Data Support for
Standards and
Guidelines 	 	 	 	 1,941 Jj775
Total 	 	 	 7,845 14,070
Permanent Positions
Hobt 1 e Source Standa rds
and Gui del 1nes. ............ 67 63
Mobile Source !n-Use
Emission Assessment. 	 	 9 8
Emissions Testing, Analysis
and Data Support for
Standards and
Guidelines.' 	 	 	 62 59
Total 	 138 130
Ful 1- 1 1 me Equi val ency
Mobile Source Standards
Mobile Source In-Use
Emission Assessment. ....«.« ••* *••
Emission Testing, Analysis
and Data Support for
Standards and
Guidelines... 	 ,
Total 	
Current
Estimate
1979
(dollars
$ 9,270
3,176
2,108
14,554
65
8
59
132
39
18
56
165
Estimate
1980
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
in thousands)
$ 5,815 -$3,455
3,020 -156
2,325 +217
11,160
110
6
46
162
137
1.9
45
201
-3,394
+45
-2
-13 .
+30
+48
1
-11
+36
Budget Request

     The resources requested for this budget, subactivity are 162  positions and
$11,160,000,  This reflects a reduction of 53,394,000 due to the  anticipated
completlsn ofraany one-time tasks mandated by the Clean Air  Act Amendments of
1977,  The increase of 30 positions  reflects'increased emphasis on  the  development
of heavy-duty vehicle and hazardous  pollutant standards and  in-use  vehicle control.
A-48

-------
Program Description

     This subactivlty involves the development of emission standards for mobile sources
of air pollution — passenger motor vehicles, heavy duty and light duty trucks, motorcycles,
and aircraft — and associated technical activities, such as testing, technology assessments,
and emissions characterization.  It also involves the development of technical  procedures
and guidelines applicable to the control of emissions from new and in-use vehicles.
The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 set forth an extensive control program for mobile
sources.

     The development of standards for mobile sources begins with a characterization and
analysis process.  After developing appropriate emissions sampling and testing  procedures,
EPA personnel determine and characterize air pollution emissions representative of
individual vehicles.  An essential  part of this process is the continuous assessment of
new or improved technologies for potential changes in the nature and magnitude  of air
pollutant emissions and other related.performance factors, such as fuel economy.  On
the basis of this characterization assessment work, EPA then proceeds to set appro-
priate standards for various mobile sources, taking into account what is known  about
air quality and the health effects of emissions.

     After the promulgation of standards, 1t is necessary to devise the tests,  monitoring
mechanisms, or other strategies required to ensure compliance with them.  This  subactivlty
includes the technical work underlying EPA's efforts to assure the compliance of both
new vehicles (e.g., certification)  and in-use vehicles (e.g., inspection and maintenance).

     Allied with this effort are activities aimed at determining mobile source  1n-use
emissions performance.  The findings are used to calculate the average emissions that
are to be expected from the in-use vehicle population, and to assess the effectiveness
of mobile source emission control programs.  Samples tested are generally selected by
node! year, and are representative of diverse geographic areas.  The data so obtained
are used to calculate emission reductions required for attainment and maintenance of
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).  Since this testing began in 1973, the
results have consistently Indicated that between one-half and three-quarters of tested
in-use vehicles failed to meet standards.  Much of this failure appears to be attributable
to basic ma!adjustments or disablements of vehicle engines or emission control  systems.
These conclusions point to the need for augmented compliance measures for in-use vehicles.

     Emission controls for the various categories of mobile sources are at different
stages of development.  In addition to control actions for automobiles undertaken in
the past, the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 mandate the setting of standards for
additional sources and require technology assessments and analyses of economic  and
energy impacts.  The controls for trucks and motorcycles are not now at the levels of
stringency of passenger cars.  As emission standards are imposed on additional  classes
of motor vehicles and the stringency of these standards increases, reassessments of the
control technology used by the manufacturers, in terms of energy and nonregulated
pollutant impacts, are required.  Therefore it is expected that work of Increasing
complexity, involving additional classes of motor vehicles, will be carried out for the
foreseeable future.  For example, emissions of currently unregulated pollutants for
diesel-powered and catalyst controlled vehicles are being assessed to determine if
additional regulatory action to prevent the emission of potentially carcinogenic and
toxic substances is needed.

Specific requirements of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 include:

          The evaporative emissions of heavy-duty vehicles and engines (beginning with
          the 1979 iiiodel year) must be measured.  The Act also requiras investigation
          of the feasibility and desirability of requiring vehicles to employ on-board
          control of hydrocarbon emissions resulting from vehicle fueling, and  the
          promulgation of regulations if it is determined that such a program is more
          desirable than a program employing vapor recovery systems at service  stations.
          If EPA promulgates regulations requiring stage II vapor recovery systems, it
          must then promulgate motor vehicle fill pipe design standards."
                                                                                 A-49

-------
          Regulations requiring a 90 percent reduction in hydrocarbon (HC) and carbon
          monoxide (CO) emissions for 1983 model year heavy-duty vehicles (including
          light-duty trucks) and requiring a 75 percent reduction in nitrogen oxide
          (NOxj emissions for 1985 model year heavy-duty vehicles are required by
          December 1979.  The baseline years from which these reductions are to be
          calculated are 1969 for HC and CO and 1973 for NOx.

          Motor vehicle inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs for in»use vehicles
          will be required in many parts of the country beginning in the early 1980's.
          Before these programs become operational, a great deal of technical work must
          be completed to ensure the availability of adequate test equipment and procedures,
          accurate information about anticipated results, and a requisite level of
          expertise among local officials, mechanics, and other involved parties.

          Particulate emissions standards for classes or categories of vehicles are
          required beginning with the 1981 model year.  Pollutant specific studies on
          heavy-duty and other categories of mobile sources are required at 3-year
          intervals,  A study and report to Congress on particle emissions rates, size,
          and composition as well as potential health and welfare effects for all
          categories of mobile sources is required.

          All vehicles are required to meet the Section 202 emission standards, regardless
          of the altitude at which they are sold, beginning with the 1984 model year.

          An annual report to Congress on fuel consumption effects associated with
          emissions standards compliance of vehicles of the immediately preceding model
          year is required.  Also required is a study of air pollution emissions from
          railroads to determine the air quality effect of those emissions, the feasibility
          of controlling them, and the status and effect of State and local railroad
          emission control regulations.

          The Administrator is to enter Into appropriate arrangements with the National
          Academy of Sciences to conduct continuing comprehensive studies and investigation
          of the technological feasibility of meeting emission standards.

      In addition, this program must take steps to implement certain provisions of the
recently enacted National Energy Conservation Policy Act.  These requirements Include
possible revisions of fuel economy testing procedures and the need for Information
about additional classes of vehicles.  Also requirad is a report (1n collaboration with
the Departments of Transportation and Energy) on how realistic current fuel economy
estimates are.

MOBILE SOURCE STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

1978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included $2.4 million for contracts.  These contracts involved work
in such areas as heavy duty standards, diesel emission control, test procedure improvement,
analysis of an ongoing I/H program, aircraft mission standards, and assessment of
emission standards Impacts.                  ;

     Major activities included:  assessment of manufacturer efforts toward meeting
statutory standards; initiation of studies leading to standard setting for heavy-duty
engines, light-duty trucks, and particulate emissions for diesels; and preparation of
the technical, informational, and procedural foundations for the institution of vehicle
inspection and maintenance programs.

     Also undertaken were various efforts to come to-grips with technological changes
in the automotive industry.  Diesel technology has increasingly appealed to parts of
the industry because of its potential for widespread use in all types of engines and
because of its significant fuel economy advantage as compared to gasoline engines.  For

A-50

-------
this reason EPA initiated a program to characterize diesel  emissions and assess their
health effects for the public.

     The electronic revolution in the auto industry, developed for meeting the more
stringent emissions and fuel economy standards in the future, required the initiation
of a program to assess the emissions impacts of these control devices under a variety
of conditions.  With this technology, the potential for unforeseen emissions of both
regulated and unregulated pollutants under conditions (such as temperature or speed)
other than those reflected in the Federal Test Procedure (FTP) is great.  An evaluation
of possible revisions to the FTP was begun.

1979 Program

     The 1979 resources include $9.2 million and 65 positions.  These resources
provide for the proposal of standards reflecting a 90 percent reduction from baseline
levels of hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide for heavy-duty engines. Standards will
also be proposed for light-duty trucks, 1981-83 high altitude vehicles, heavy-duty
evaporative emissions, and light duty diesel particulates.   Final ruleraaking
is set for parameter adjustment regulations (aimed at limiting the adjustability of
engine components such as choke and idle settings), as well as for a regulation
promulgating short emission test procedures for inspection  and maintenance programs
(required for the implementation of emission warranties in  accordance with Section
207{b) of the Clean Air Act).

     A number of studies and technical analyses (some of them in conjunction with the
Office of Research and Development) are being completed in  1979 in order to determine
the need for future control actions.  Potentially harmful levels of unregulated
pollutants emitted from diesel powered engines and catalyst controlled vehicles are
being quantified.  Assessments are being made of the impact on emissions control of
special fuels or fuel additives (e.g., gasohol) to determine the advisability of
using such additives.  Reports to Congress on control technology for light-duty
vehicles and on the technological capability of manufacturers for meeting a 0.4 gram
per mile standard for nitrogen oxide are being prepared.  Assessments will be made of
ways in which in-use failures of emission control systems can be made to trigger
signals alerting the driver to the need for repair and of ways in which emission
control systems can be made to perform effectively throughout the vehicle's useful
life.  The technological feasibility of high altitude emissions control is being
determined.

     Support will be provided to regions and States for widespread national implemen-
tation of inspection and maintenance programs.  A nationwide series of seminars on
I/M implementation will be completed, with technical followup as requested.  In-depth
reports on various I/M options for consideration by the States (including centralized
versus decentralized inspection, and State operated versus  contracted programs) are
being prepared.  Legislative information packages summarizing the benefits of inspection
and maintenance and desirable features of legislation, a report on the fuel economy
impacts of I/M, and analyses of results from the Portland,  Oregon, I/M study (assessing
the impact of an operational program) are being completed.   Final rulemaking promulgating
short-test procedures will allow for the establishment of emission warranties directly
related to I/M programs.  It will also be necessary to assess and follow through on
the I/M related parts of the State Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions submitted in
early 1979.

     Contracts of $6.9 million support such efforts as heavy-duty standard setting,
dynamometer emissions assessments, the quantification of emissions of unregulated
pollutants, t/M evaluations, and an assessment of the three-way catalyst.  Emissions
are being characterized for light duty diesels and vehicles using gasohol to determine
the need for control.  Contract resources also support test procedure improvements
and continuation of the National Academy of Sciences studies.
                                                                             A-51

-------
1979 Explantion of Changes from Budget Estimate

     A net decrease of -SI,541,300 results from several actions.  A net Increase of
+3227,400 results from Increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a result
of the Agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements
for its 1979 operating plan, -$1,768,700 was reprogrammed within this activity to
mobile sources in-use emission assessment ($1,684,500) and emission testing,
analysis, and data support ($84,200).

1980 Plan

     The 1-980 level of $5.8 million, and 110 positions will increase the emphasis on
the development of heavy-duty vehicle and hazardous pollutant standards and in-use
vehicle control.  This includes approximately $1.8 million for contracts.

     Five categories of activity will receive emphasis in 1980.  Emissions standards
for heavy duty vehicles will be one critical focus.  The standard development work
initiated in 1977 to meet the 90 percent reduction requirements for hydrocarbons and
carbon monoxide and the 75 percent reduction requirement for nitrogen oxide is
expected to be completed in 1980, as is the rulemaking for an evaporative emission
standard for the 1983 model year.  A particulates standard for 1983 model year
diesel engines will be promulgated in early 1981.

     Work in the area of emission standards for light-duty vehicles will be related
to gaseous exhaust emission standards' for light-duty trucks, evaporative emission
standards, high altitude emission standards and refueling emissions control.  Resources
will be required for technical studies related to standard setting as well as regulatory
process management.

     In 1980, aircraft emissions standards will be finalized.  Work will concentrate
on the completion of ongoing rulemakings and on the development of a standard for MOx
emissions.

     Hazardous pollutant control is another target of major attention in 1980.
During 1978 and 1979, guidelines and regulations were developed to ensure manufacturer
compliance with the Section 202(a)(4) of the Clean Air Act requirement that no emission
control device can be used if It will cause or contribute to an unreasonable risk to
public health.  In 1980 additional regulatory development work will be necessary,
given the significant health effects questions that are likely to remain unresolved
(e.g., carcinogenicity of the organics emitted).  Follow-up work will also be needed
on determinations of emissions under non-FTP conditions.  In the area of diesel
emissions, available health and characterization data, will be assessed and preliminary
determinations made of the health implications of widespread  use of diesel engines
in passenger cars.

     During 1980, the States requiring an inspection and maintenance program must
follow the implementation schedule included in the State Implementation Plan.  This
will require an EPA update of technical documentation developed in 1979, and the
provision of area-specific technical information.  Assistance to States in program
implementation will include inspection standards and calibration, quality assurance
procedures, and technical review of facilities and testing support equipment.  Analy-
tical evaluations of program effectiveness and new technologies will be conducted.
Short tests for NOx control and improvements in current test procedures will be
evaluated.  The Portland I/M study will be extended for a year to allow for the
accumulation of data on the emissions impact over a longer time period.  In addition,
I/M programs for heavy-duty vehicles will be initiated, because of the large potential
for emission reductions from these sources.
 A-52

-------
                     ciiiaatuii
1978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included $1.2 million for contracts.  The bulk of these resources
was dedicated to funding and managing contract testing of in-use vehicle populations
to determine and analyze their actual emission levels.  The data generated are
critical to the accurate calculation of emissions reductions to be achieved by the
State Implementation Plans for ozone, nitrogen oxide, and carbon monoxide, and to
a lesser extent lead and participates.  The data and procedures developed and
contained in AP42, (the official emissions factors source book) are mandated for
use by all planning agencies in assessing air pollution impacts of motor vehicles.
Updated emission factors for 1970 through 1977 model years light-duty vehicles were
made available.

1979 Program

     The monitoring of emissions from motor vehicles in actual use has been allocated
$3.2 million and 8 positions.  These resources include $3.0 million in contracts for
the testing of in-use vehicle populations in order to update emission factors for
vehicles currently in-use.  The development, improvement, dissemination, and use of
emission factors for all classes of motor vehicles is essential to the implementation
of the Clean Air Act mandated air quality planning process, especially as it relates
to the 1982 SIPs for oxidants and carbon monoxide.

     Work is being initiated in 1979 on determining actual emissions from in-use
light- duty trucks,  A contractor will perform chassis dynamometer based emissions
tests.  This testing will begin once the equipment has been procured and installed
at the contractor's site.  Analytical projects related to development of emission
factors for AP42 and supportive analytical tools are being provided.  An emissions
factors program for motorcycles will be completed during 1979.

1979 Explantion of Changes from Budget Estimate'

     The net increase of +$1,692,300 results from several actions.  A net increase
of $7,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a result of the
Agency's intensive ZB8 review of priorities and changing resource requirements
for its 1979 operating plan, +$1,684,500 was reprogrammed within this activity
from mobile sources standards and guidelines to enhance testing for the
determination of in-use mobile source emissions,

1980 Plan

     In 1980, $3.0 'million and 6 positions will be allocated to this program.
These resources will be used to continue work initiated in 1979 in testing in-use
vehicles, determining their emissions under various conditions, and providing
appropriate analyses for use in assessing program effectiveness and the need for
both State-based control programs and the national program.  Work will continue
with determining emissions from light-duty and heavy-duty trucks.  Ih-use
emissions testing will continue through 1980 and beyond as an aid to heavy-duty
standard setting and as a mechanism for reevaluating already established ftandards.
                                                                                 A-53

-------
1978 Accomplishments

     No contract resources were used in 1978.  Activities included track testing
of cars to determine effects of dynamometer power absorption characteristics on
fuel economy; testing aimed at determining tire and dynamometer roll  effects on
emissions and fuel economy measurements; data analysis support for reports  on
changes in sulfate emissions with vehicle age; testing to develop procedures
for measuring participate emissions; assessment of the applicability of the
Sealed Housing for Evaporative Determination (SHED) procedure (used in the
measurement of evaporative hydrocarbon emissions from engines or vehicles);
complete installation and review of a transient driving cycle dynamometer for
use in measuring emissions from heavy duty engines; and data analysis support
for the assessment of technology for meeting Tight duty vehicle emission standards,

1979 Program

     The 1979 level of resources is $2.1 million and 59 positions.  These
resources include 5330,000 in contract funds for data processing and testing
support.  Activities involve baseline testing in connection with standard
setting for heavy-duty engines; support for the characterization of emissions
from diesel vehicles; test procedure improvements in the areas of durability
evaluation and road load determination; and analysis of data gathered in I/H
assessment and emission factors programs,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$332,800 results from several actions.  Congress
applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and
Control and Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this
activity was -120,200.  A net increase of +$62,200 results from increased pay
costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the
October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's intensive ZBB
review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, +$84,200 was reprogrammed within this activity from mobile source
standards and guidelines and $206,600 was reprogrammed to this activity from
ambient air quality monitoring to provide additional resources for implementing
the mandates of the 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments, particularly in the area of
heavy-duty vehicle standard setting.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 level of resources for testing and data analysis in support of this
subactivity is $2.3 million and 46 positions.  Approximately 5480,000 is provided
for contracts.  Planned activities include baseline testing for a NOX standard for
heavy-duty engines; support for test procedure improvements aimed at assuring the
validity of the FTP; and efforts to characterize emissions of new technology
vehicle
 A-54

-------
                                            AIR

                                   Abatement and Control

                            State Programs Resource Assistance


                                         Budget     Current               Increase +
                                 Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate  Decrease -
                                  1978    1979        1979      1980      1980  vs. 1979
                                                  (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Control Agency Resource
  Supplementation	      $ 61,952 $ 7.5,000   $80,000   $  85,600   +5,600
Training		      2,533    1,061      1,609      1,061       -548
Grants for Planning for
  Control  of Carbon Honoxlde
  and Photochemical Oxidants
  in Nonattainment Areas	   	      25.OOP	50,000	         -50,000

          Total	     64,485  101,061    131,609      86,661    -44,948

Perrianent Positions
Control Agency Resource
  Supplementation..........           ...      ...        ....
Training......	          86          6           6
Grants for Planning for
  Control  of Carbon
  Honoxlde and Photo-
  chemical Oxidants
  1n Nonattainment
  Areas	      	•.,         	.. .•           	i^±___
          Total	          866           6

Full-time Equivalency
Control Agency Resource
  Supplementation.....	           •••       •-.          43          65       +22
Training	f	        •••       •••           7           7
Grants for Planning for
  Control of Carbon
  ftenoxide and Photo-
  chemical Oxidants
  in Ntmattainment
  Areas.,	,		-
          Total...	,	        ...       ...          50          72        +22


Budget Request

     The resources requested for this subactivity are $86,661,000 and  six  positions.
This reflects an increase of $5,600,000 over the 1979 level
for control agency resource supplementation.  These additional  funds will  provide
increased State and local agency activity in the development of revised State Implemen-
tation Plans (SIP-sj, adherence to SIP schedules for .developing  additional  control measures,
enforcement of the new SIP regulations, improved air quality monitoring, and implementation
of mandatory motor vehicle emissions Inspection and maintenance programs.   A decrease of
$50   million transportation planning grants reflects the Agency's plan to provide  total
funding for these programs in 1979.  The decrease In training reflects the discontinuation
of the acadenic training program.

                                                                                     A-S5

-------
      This  activity encompasses  tne grant  resources and assistance provided to support
 State and  local  governments  in  implementing  air  pollution  control programs, accom-
 plishing national  priorities and  meeting  requirements of the  Clean Air Act.  Support is
 provided in the  form of grants  to control  agencies for the conduct of air pollution
 control  planning,  monitoring and  enforcement activities, and  to organizations of local
 elected  officials  with air quality or  transportation planning responsibilities
 for the  development of plans in nonattainment areas.  Support is also provided in the
 form of  contractual  services to States, assignment of EPA  personnel to State agencies,
 and training provided for the personnel of State and local  agencies. The Clean Air
 Act Amendments of  1977 place increased requirements and workloads on State and local
 control  agencies.   A major task for these control agencies  in 1978-1980 is the development of
 revised  State Implementation Plans (SIP)  for areas where the  ambient air quality
 standards  have not been attained.  Special studies for specific pollutants, acquisition
 and analysts of  air quality  data  and emission data, and development of emission limita-
 tions and  other  regulations  are required.  Plans submitted in 1979 must Include emission
 limits reflecting  reasonably available control technology  and specific schedules for
 the adopting of  other measures, including mandatory I/M programs and control of trans-
 portation  sources.   In 1980, action implementing these schedules must be taken and
 reasonable further progress  maintained toward" the attainment  of ambient air quality
 standards.  In 1980, emphasis will  also be given to improvements in State/local air
 quality  monitoring.   In addition, State and  local agencies  will place added emphasis on
 new source review  programs,  particularly  for the prevention of significant deterioration.
 Increased  source inspections and  expeditious enforcement actions, as well as assessment
 of noncompliance penalties and  enforcement of NSPS/NESHAPS  requirements, all requiring
 additional State/  local  activity  are anticipated.

      Grants to State and local  control agencies  having a major role in developing and
 carrying out these SIP and other  requirements constitute the  major form of EPA resource
 assistance.  Grants  assistance  is supplemented by the assignment of personnel and
 provision  of services of contractors for  specific tasks identified by the States,
 localities, or EPA as required  for carrying  out  or revising the State Implementation
 Plan. Examples  of this type of support include  development of emission inventories,
 application of dispersion modeling techniques, special air quality monitoring, control
 strategy/regulation development and development  of procedures necessary for imple-
 mentation  of mandatory I/M programs.

      Control Agency Resource Supplementation --  Under the  Clean Air Act, States, in
 partnership with local agencies are responsible  for developing and implementing plans
 to attain  and maintain ambient  (air quality  standards).

      Training — Resource assistance is further  supplemented  by the provision of
.training in specialized areas of  air pollution control.  Since July 1, 1976, the EPA
 Air Pollution Training Institute  at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, has been
 operated under contract.  New courses  are developed as needed, instruction manuals and
 materials  are revised and updated, and laboratory courses  at  Research Triangle Park are
 conducted  and manuals and instructional materials are provided to university field
 centers.  A small  EPA staff monitors the  contract, maintains  liaison with regional
 offices  and State  and local  agencies,  assesses changing training requirements, and
 ensures  that those requirements are fulfilled.  The EPA staff also works with regional
 university centers to develop State and local  self-sufficiency in training by offering
 field courses closer to the  agencies.  Eventually, as many as eight to ten centers may
 be used.

 Grants for Planning Control  of  Carbon  Monoxide and Photochemical Oxidants
 in Nonattainment Areas

      The general objective of the planning assistance program is to assist urban areas
 where national ambient air quality standards have not been  attained in developing
 comprehensive planning and growth management processes which  permit both attainment of
 standards  and employment growth.   The  grants will provide  funding for planning agencies
 to participate in  the development or revisions to the State Implementation Plans for
 urban areas that have not attained the health protective primary standards for
 photochemical oxidants and/or carbon monoxide.

      The Act stipulates that there can be no construction  of  major new air pollution
A-56

-------
in tfie Nation's urban areas, especially the central  cities.

     The potential  constraints on growth in urban areas  Imposed  by the Clean  Air Act
Amendments can be avoided or minimized with the development  of appropriate  State
Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions which provide for overall  emissions reductions  from
new and existing sources and which provide for growth consistent with  attainment of the
NAAOS by the statutory deadlines.

     The air quality planning and analyses that will  have  to be  carried out to  implement
the Clean Air Act supplement DOT funded programs which are generally related  to inte-
grating the various aspects of transportation systems into a cohesive  whole that serves
an area's transportation needs.  The activities eligible for funding under  the  Section
175 grants emphasize concerns with the air Quality implication of proposed  transportation
 system changes and are intended to encourage the undertaking of transportation measures
which have a beneficial impact on air quality.  These include;

          Development and evaluation of longer range alternative growth and transportation
          system strategies.

          Development and evaluation of shorter range transportation improvement
          packages —including contingency packages to best  insure timely attainment of
          standards.

          A much more tightly managed transportation planning and programming process
          geared toward a regulatory product that best insures implementation of key
          measu res.

          Hew planning and evaluation activities that stress not only  detailed  air
          quality assessment, but also extensive consultation activities (with  other
          agencies, interest groups, elected officials)  needed for coordination,
          support and timely Implementation of strategies.

     treasures that will have to be considered include:  motor vehicle  emissions inspection
and maintenance; control of vapor emissions from fuel transfer and storage  operations
and operations using solvents; improved public transit;  exclusive bus  and carpool lanes
and areawide carpools; long-range transit improvements involving new transportation
facilities or major changes in existing facilities; control  of on-street parking;
construction of new parking facilities and operations of existing parking facilities
for the purpose of park-and-ride lots and fringe parking;  limitations  of portions of
road surfaces or certain sections of the metropolitan area to the use  of common carriers
or nonraotorized  vehicles or pedestrian use, both as to  time and place; employer
participation in programs to encourage carpooling, vanpooling, mass transit,  bicycling,
and walking; secure bicycle storage facilities and other facilities, including  bicycle
lanes, for the convenience and protection of bicyclists, in  both public and private
areas; staggered hours of work; road user charges, tolls,  or differential rates to
discourage single occupancy automobile trips; control of extended idling of vehicles;
improvements in traffic flows; conversion of fleet vehicles  to cleaner engines  or
fuels, or to otherwise control fleet vehicle operations; retrofit of emission devices
or controls on vehicles and engines, other than, light-duty vehicles, not subject to
emission standards; and additional methods or strategies that will contribute to the
reduction of mobile source related pollutants.  As a result  .of these assessments,
appropriate control measures are adopted as fiart of the  SIP.
CONTROL ASENCY RESOURCE SUPPLEHEHTATION

1978Accomplishments

     In 1978, J4.5 million in contracts and $57.5 million in  grants were used  to support
State and local programs.  States completed the designations of  nonattainment areas
and began the development of revisions to the State Implementation Plans (SIPs) in
nonattainment areas; continued priority work on programs associated with reviews of new
and/or modified sources; proceeded with compliance and enforcement work particularly in
the nonattainment areas; and began restructuring and modifying the ambient  monitoring
networks in accordance with the Standing Air f'onitoring  Work Group (SAMWG)  recommendations.
f'ajor efforts were directed at developing and updating emissions inventories  for TSP,
SOg, and VOC sources; evaluating existing control technology for consistency  with RACT;
                                                                               A-57

-------
drafting of new emission control regulations, ana canoranng mooeis rur
alternative strategies.

     State and local control efforts were also concentrated on obtaining final  source
compliance with existing participate and sulphur dioxide regulations for the balance of
the estimated 22,600 Class A sources across the country.  As of mid-1977,  94 percent of
these 22,600 Class A sources were complying with final  emission limitations or were
meeting increments in compliance schedules.  The Class A sources still  in  violation
were for the most part  large    and recalcitrant industries, and compliance by these
large volume polluters is known to be a major factor in attaining and maintaining the
primary National  Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAOS)  for TSP and SO,.   In addition,
the control agencies placed more emphasis on compliance by some 130,OoO Class B sources,
particularly those in nonattainment areas.

1979 Program

     The subactivity is allocated $30 minion in 197§,   This includes
approximately 35 pill ion of contracts and $73 nil!ion for
grants.  States concentrate on finalizing the revision of SIPs for nonattainment areas
following this schedule set forth in CAA amendments in such a way as to minimize the
application of sanctions contained in the Act.  Emphasis is placed on programs for
securing legislation for I/M, enactment of regulations  for control of VOC  from stationary
sources; and the evaluation of the contribution of urban fugitive dust to  nonattainment
problems.  Some States continue to implement EPA delegations for PSD and to adopt State
specific PSD regulations as part of the SIP revision process.  States move to upgrade
ambient monitoring sites for adherence to SAMWG recommendations and to develop new
daily air quality reporting mechanisms in conformance with the Act.  States continue
enforcement efforts to get Class A sources in compliance and initiated efforts to
secure compliance of VOC stationary sources with the VOC emission control  regulations.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The Increase of $5   million over the budget estimate reflects the increased
appropriation by the Congress for State/local control agency resources supplementation,

1980 Plan

     The    1980 plan for this program element has been allocated $85,600,000-
This represents an increase of ^b,6 million which will  provide
increased State and local agency activity in the development of revised State Implementation
Plans (SIPs), adherence to SIP schedules for developing additional control measures,
enforcement of the new SIP regulations, improved air quality monitoring, and imple-
mentation of mandatory motor vehicle emissions inspection and maintenance  programs.  Of the
S85-.6 million an  estimatau $5 million will be utilized for direct contractor assistance to
State and local agencies to continue control strategy reassessment and revision, and
other technical air pollution control work.

     The    1980 program will continue to support State and local air pollution control
agencies with priority given for the commitments and schedules outlined in 1979 SIP
submittals for:  (1) enactment of additional VOC regulations; (2) fugitive dust analyses
and regulations in urban areas; (3) analysis and demonstration of TCM measures; and (4)
establishment of I/M.  In addition, the increase will support the acquisition of
additional air quality and emissions data required for the submission of approvable
SIPs in 1982 for those areas given attainment data extensions for CO and 0,.  SIP
development for short term NO, and lead ambient air quality standards will be undertaken
jn all nonattainment areas.  Funding will be provided for States willing to undertake
effective new source review programs and to develop and implement plans'for PSD.
Eraphasis will he given to laboratory and field monitoring quality assurance programs.
Additional monitoring sites will be upgraded with emphases on 0,, CO, and  NO, in urban
areas.  Increased State enforcement will be accelerated on new regulations for VOC
sources, and new source review responsibilities.
A-58

-------
TRAINING

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, resources included $1,500,000 for grants and $380,000 for contracts.
Grant monies were used to support universities and associated fellowships based on a
forgivable loan concept, fellowships for State and local  air pollution control  agency
personnel, an environmental  management Institute, motor vehicle mechanic teacher
training, and an internship program for prospective control agency employees.  Contractors
wera used to conduct short term technical training courses and workshops and to develop
and revise course materials.  Eighty-six*short term technical training courses  were
conducted on 20 different subjects for 2100 trainees (a total of 9300 trainee-days) at
Research Triangle Park and at other locations across the Nation.  Five new courses were
developed and major revisions were made to 10 courses.  Self-instructional  courses were
provided on four subjects to 340 trainees.  Sixteen workshops were held for 800 attendees,
and 12 workshops were videotaped with a total of 12,000 person-viewings.  Fifty-six
fellowships for full or part-time study were awarded to employees from 27 State and
local agencies.  Thirty-eight forgivable loan tralneeships were provided at 11  grantee
universities.  Sixty people completed the intensive environmental management institute
and 24 interns were given job experience and/or educational opportunities.

1979 Program

     The training program has been allocated $1,609,000 and six positions.
These funds include approximately $540,000 in grants and 5/11,000 in
contract funds.  Sixty courses are conducted in 18 subjects at Research Triangle Park
and at 40 locations in the field for 1400 trainees (representing 6500 trainee days).
Three new training courses are being developed, five courses are being revised and four
Instructors Resource Manual  (IRH) packages are being developed.  Self-instructional
courses on four.subjects are being conducted for 440 trainees.  Eight workshops are
planned for 400 attendees, and four videotaped workshops are being conducted for a total
of 4000 person-viewings.  Fellowships are granted for 25 students from 22 State and
local agencies, and 32 forgivable loan tralneeships are available at eight grantee univer-
sities and 16 internships are offered.

1979 Explanation of Changes froni Budget  Estimate

     The net Increase of +$547I300 results from two actions.  Congress provided an add-on
of ^540,000  for academic training to tin's activity.  A net increase of 57,300 results
from increased pav costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution
of the October 1977 (1973) pay raise.
1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan Includes six positions and $1,001,000, of
which $711,000 has been allocated for contracts.  Grants for academic training  have
been eliminated as emphasis is shifted to State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision
activities.  Contract supported training activities include:  conduct 50 short  terra
technical courses on 16 subjects for 1200 trainees (5400 trainee-days); provide 440
trainees with self-Instructional courses in five subjects; prepare too new classroom courses,
revise four courses and develop three IR',-1 packages, and conduct of workshops for 350
attendees and videotape four workshops for an anticipated 4,000 person-viewings.

GRANTS FOR PLANNING FOR CONTROL OF CARBON MONOXIDE AND PHOTOCHEMICAL OXIDANTS IH
IJOMATTAW1EHT AREAS                                 ~~

1978 Accomplishments

     The planning assistance program did not exist in 1970.

1979 Program

     1P79 resources are 330mi 11 ion in grant funds.  Grants are awarded to organizations
of local elected officials in areas where local transportation related


                                                                               A-59

-------
                   material ty 10 air guanty stanaara violations for carbon monoxide
and oxidants.  To be eligible for grants, these Metropolitan Planning Organizations
(P'POs) must be designated by the Governor as having major responsibility"for trans-
portation and air quality maintenance planning.  These funds will  supplement trans-
portation planning funds provided 'by the Department of Transportation to the same
agencies.  During    1979, the urbanized areas designated nonattairanent for exidants
and/or carbon monoxide must follow a continuous, phased implementation of transporta-
tion control  measures.  Air quality related transportation measures must be included in
the Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) and the Annual  Element required by the
U.S. Department of Transportation.

     Specifically, the MPO's must develop appropriate data bases on ambient air quality
and emissions, as well as assess the impacts on air quality of changes in transportation
systems.  As a result of these assessments, control measures must be adopted as formal
regulatory provisions of SIP's.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The increase of $25 million results from a congressional add-on to the
budget request.

1980 Plan

     No additional funds are requested 1n 1980.  The $50 million available  in 1973 will
support two years of effort by eligible planning agencies.  In addition, funds will be
available  from the  Department  of Transportation's "transportation planning grants
for air quality  purposes.  The Department of Transportation's transportation
planning process  has  been integrated with  the  Environmental  Protection Agency's
air quality  planning  requirements.
  A-60

-------
                                               AIR

                                      Abatement and Control

                              Air Quality Strategies Implementation


                                      Budget   Current             Increase +
                               Actual Estimate Estimate  Estimate  Decrease -
                                1978    1979     1979      1980   1980 vs. 1979
                                                   (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Air Quality Management
  Implementation...,	   $6.406   $6.210   S8.901    $8,710     -$191	

     Total	    6,408    6,210    8,901     8,710      -191

Pennangflt Positions
Air Quality Management
  Implementation	      251	264	264       324	+60	

     Total		      251      264      264       324       +60

Full-Time Equivalency
Air Quality Management
  Implementation	      .....	....	357       357	...	

     Total...	       ...      ...      357       357

Budget Request

     The resources requested are $8,710,000, and 324 positions.
The increase of 73 positions over the 1978 level for air quality management
implementation will provide for greater EPA participation in all aspects  of the SIP
revision process required by the Clean Air Act.
Program Description

     This subactivity entails the provision of major policy direction and guidance to
states in the development of strategies for the attainment and maintenance of National
Ambient Air Quality Standards and the prevention of significant deterioration.  It
involves the review of State developed strategies for consistency with the requirements
of the Clean Air Act and EPA regulations as well as the tracking of State progress in
meeting the schedules set forth in these strategies in making reasonable further
progress towards attaining standards by the statutory deadlines.

     It also includes the development by EPA, of strategies for specific geographical
areas where States do not prepare adequate plans for attaining and maintaining standards;
the incorporation of these control strategies Into appropriate Federal regulatory
action; and the interaction with State and local governments in implementing these
strategies.  Other major activities include the audit of State and local control
agencies for adherence to Federal requirements and guidelines; consultation with
State and local control agencies on specific air pollution control problems; reviewing
impact of new sources of air pollution; and the management of State and local agency
grant resources and their allocation.
                                                                             A-61

-------
     Air Quality Management Implementation — The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977
specify stringent criteria for preparing State Implementation Plans (SIP)  and substantially
increase  the  number of plans required.  Therefore, major efforts are required for
the review and approval of the SIP and for the promulgation of plans where State
plans are inadequate.

     Major efforts are also necessary to provide guidance to States in meeting the
commitments made in SIP submissions which are essential to the attainment  of standards,
 establishment of mandatory automotive Inspection/maintenance programs, regulation of
transportation sources, control of urban fugitive dust and additional  stationary
source controls.

     Major EPA regional office activity is  also required to guide States  in developing
the necessary data base and strategy demonstrations which are required for the 1982
SIP submission for ozone and carbon monoxide where an extension to 1987 for attainment
under the Act has been granted.  This includes extensive involvement by local elected
officials, metropolitan planning organizations, state transportation departments as
well as the state air pollution control agencies and will require major EPA regional
office coordination and participation efforts.  EPA regions must participate actively
in the local planning processes to assure that air quality considerations  are taken
into account in a meaningful way and that the local plans developed, particularly the
transportation elements, are Integrated into the SIP as enforceable measures 1n a
time frame consistent with the requirements of the Act.  These activities  are expected
to extend through 1982.  Similar activities will have to be carried out to develop
and review SIPs for the recently issued lead standard and for other anticipated
revisions to standards as required by the Act,

     The 1977 Amendments also impose major new requirements on the process for reviewing
new sources of pollution to assure that they will not cause air quality to deteriorate
in areas already attaining   the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) or
that they will not delay attainment, or aggravate current problems, in areas that
have not yet attained the NAAQS.  Tfce determination of best available emission control
technology, analysis of air quality impact, selective source siting, and emission
trade-offs analyses are all integral to this review process and will require EPA regional
effice resources.  State program assistance increases over the past two years are supporting
State - assumption of these activities.

AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT  IMPLEMENTATION

1976 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included no contract funds.  The classification of all areas of
the country as to their attainment status as required by Section 107 of the Act was
completed by the EPA regions in conjunction with the States.  EPA regional office
work during    1978 concentrated on providing policy direction and guidance to States
and assisting States in data collection and analysis for the development of the
required State Implementation Plans (SIP) revisions 1n designated nonattalnment
areas, the assessment of the plans for other areas where the attainment status remained
in doubt or the adequacy of the current SIP was questionable  and the continuation of
efforts to secure the delegation of responsibilities to States for reviewing new
source permits where this responsibility resided with EPA.

1979 Program

     The implementation of air quality management strategies has been allocated
$8,901,000 and 264 positions.  These resources include
no contract funds.  With these resources, the 1979 program 1s directed towards the
SIP revisions required for nonattainment  areas.  States are required by the Act to
submit revised SIPs for SO., TSP, NO-, 0,, and CO for all ronattainment areas by
January 1, 1979.  EPA regional offices are providing'extensive effort and  guidance in
early 1979 to States by    preparing the final revisions for submission to EPA to
insure compliance with the Act.  Under the Act, EPA must then review the submissions,

 A-52

-------
and In those cases in which SIP revisions are disapproved, must promulgate
acceptable SIPs.  In addition, SIPs for lead are due in March 1979, and EPA
must review and approve/disapprove State plans for lead by August 1979.  If
a SIP is disapproved, EPA must promulgate a substitute plan for lead by October 1979.

     The regional offices are guiding the development and review of State
regulations controlling the emissions of volatile organic compounds, as well  as
plans and schedules for I/ fr'programs  and TC hplanning  efforts.
These three activities are required for an approvable Ox. SIP.  In addition, the
regions are guiding the States in the development and review of TSP SIPs for some
397 nonattainment areas.  A further major activity is the engineering and air
quality review of some 1500 new sources under the PSD regulations.  Where EPA
currently has the responsibility, the regions are actively seeking and guiding
State adoption of the PSD program to reduce the regional NSR workload by 1980.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$2,690,300 results from several actions.  Congress
applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control
and Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was
-$103,400.  A net increase of +$1,160,700 results from increased pay costs from
the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977
(1978) pay raise.  In addition, a net amount of +$956,400 was transferred into
this activity within the regional offices to reflect actual  operating conditions
as of the end of 1978 as well as the implementation of standardized accounting
for regional offices' program division overhead from manpower planning and
training ($741,000) and NEPA compliance/municipal waste treatment facilities
construction ($164,000) activities within the water quality media, as well  as
from ambient air quality monitoring activity ($51,400).  Finally, as a result
of the Agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource
requirements for its 1979 operating plan, +$676,600 was reprogrammed to this
activity from areawide waste treatment management planning/Section 208.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan contains $8,710,000 and 324 positions for air quality management,
No contract funds are included.  The major efforts to be undertaken with these
resources include the tracking, overview, and guidance of State efforts to implement
the various schedules contained in the 1979 SIP for analysis and development of
additional control measures necessary for the attainment of standards  by the
statutory deadlines (i.e. securing enabling legislation for mandatory I/M program;
enactment of regulations for control  of additional major source categories of
volatile organic compound emissions;  developing procedures and purchasing
equipment to establish an I/M program; analysis of reasonable transportation
control measures and demonstration of selected measures; and analysis and development
of measures for control of urban fugitive dust).  Also included is the annual
review of State progress in meeting the reasonable further progress (RFP)
requirement of the 1977 Amendments to the Act.  The meeting of these requirements
is essential to avoid imposition of sanctions specified In the Act.

     In 1980, the EPA regional offices will also provide guidance and direction to
States and review state submissions which result from new or revised National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (Pb, 03, N02, TSP).  Further EPA guidance and
consultation to States will be necessary in the development of the required 1982
SIP in those nonattainment areas for ozone and carbon monoxide where EPA has
approved a 5-year extension for attainment of standards.  In 1980, major guidance
In this effort will focus upon the development of adequate data bases and
capability for conducting highly complex diffusion modeling which will be
required to be included in the attainment demonstration portion of the 1982 SIP.
                                                                            A-63

-------
     EPA regional offices will provide essential guidance and direction to States
in preparing for SIP submissions for new or revised standards including  guidance
in the development of the new emission inventories and other data bases which may
have to be established, as well as necessary modeling capabilities to analyze
alternative control strategies and demonstrate attainment.

     Upon the issuance of regulations by EPA for the establishment of State new
source review programs for the prevention of significant deterioration for
Set II pollutant (ozone, oxides of nitrogen, carbon monoxide), EPA regional
offices will likewise guide and assist States in developing an approvable SIP
and programs for implementing these review requirements.  Efforts in 1980 will
concentrate on the initial steps required with final State preparation of
required plan and program expected in 1981.

     Other activities to be undertaken include the overview of all existing
State new source review programs including the audit of selected State reviews
to insure consistency with the requirements of the Clean Air Act and EPA
regulations.  EPA regions will actively assist States in developing programs
for the prevention of significant deterioration for total suspended partlculates
and sulfur dioxide where such programs were not established in 1979.  Limited
guidance and direction will also be provided to States in developing required
visibility protection plans for some 155 mandatory Class I areas where the
Department of Interior has determined visibility to be a major factor.
A-64

-------
                                            AIR

                                   Abatement and Control

                    Mobile Source Preproduction Compliance Verification

                                         Budget    Current                Increase +
                              . Actual    Estimate   Estimate     Estimate  Decrease -
                                1978      1979      1979          1980     198Q vs. 1979
 '•$                                              (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Preproducti on Compl 1 ance
  Verification.	.....     $ 2,811    $ 1,885    $ 2,880      $ 2,430    -$450
Emissions Testing, Analysis
  and Data Support for
  Preproduction Compliance
  Verification	       3.150     2.880      2.292	1.300     -992

          Total	       5,961      4,755      5,172        3,730   -1,442

Permanent Positions
Preproduction Compllance
  Verification		          65        64         62           50      -12
Emissions Testing, Analysis
  and Data Support for
  Preproduction Compliance
  Verification	,.          47	47	47  	21      -26	

          Total...,	         112       111        109           71      -38

Full-time Equivalency
Preproduction Compliance
  Verification	         •••       •••         71           59      -12
Emissions Testing, Analysis
  and Data Support for
  Preproduction Compliance
  Verification	,         •••'         	52	28      -24

          Total	         •••       •••        !23       .    87      '36

Budget Request

     The resources requested by this budget subactivlty are 71 positions and $3,730,000.
This reflects a reduction of 38 positions and 51,442,000 made
possible by full implementation of an abbreviated certification program.

Program Description

     This subactlvity includes:  (1) engineering review, end confirmatory testing of
prototype motor vehicles and engines in order to certify their compliance with emission
standards, and (2) related technical and data processing support.

     EPA is currently developing improvements to its certification program.  In previous
years, motor vehicle manufacturers'  complete lines of vehicles and engines have undergone
the full certification process.  However, the potential air quality impact of improperly
certifying a vehicle is not equal for all manufacturers or engine families.  Rather,
the air quality risk is related to the degree of failure and the number of vehicles
sold.  ConsequentlyiEPA has undertaken reforms to this program which will reduce the
paperwork, reporting, and testing burdens on the automobile, truck, and motorcycle
industries, while at the same time improving the control  of emissions from motor vehicles.
                                                                                A-65

-------
     The certification process Involves the manufacturers'  submission to  EPA of
applications; the development of emissions  performance information by manufacturers
or EPA on the basis of prototype vehicle testing;  and the review of these data by  EPA
for the purpose of determining compliance with standards.  Certification  testing also
results in the generation of vehicle fuel economy data.   These data are the  foundation
of EPA's fuel economy public Information activities (carried out jointly  with the
Department of Energy), and are used to support the Department of Transportation's
program of compliance with fuel economy standards  as retjuirad by the Energy  Policy
and Conservation Act.

     Manufacturers submit a Part I application for certification to EPA describing
vehicles and engines which they plan to offer for sale.   In the forthcoming  streamlined
compliance review process, EPA will decide  which engine  families are to receive full
certification review and which are to be subject to abbreviated review.   This deter-
mination will be based on considerations of projected sales, changes 1n technology,
the past performance of the manufacturers'  laboratories  in  providing accurate emissions
data, assembly line testing data, and in-use emission performance.

     For those engine families selected for full review, EPA indicates what  actions
manufacturers must take to demonstrate compliance with emission standards, and assures
the acceptability of proposed procedures for mileage accumulation, emission  testing
and maintenance of vehicles and engines,  EPA personnel  carry out surveillance of
manufacturers' testing.  During site visits to manufacturers* facilities,  EPA personnel
also inspect the procedures and controls used by the manufacturers to insure that
their facilities and certification procedures comply with Federal requirements and
that data submitted to EPA are obtained using valid procedures.  At various  points in
the mileage accumulation process, EPA chooses prototypes for testing in Its  own
laboratories to provide a check on manufacturer testing.

     After completion of the testing program. Including  confirmatory testing at the
EPA laboratory, manufacturers submit a Part II application  summarizing the certifi-
cation test results.  Approval of this application Involves final review  of  test
data, scrutiny of manufacturers' engineering reports, calculation of deterioration
factors to ensure that emission levels do not exceed the applicable standard at
50,000 miles, and the final decision to certify an engine family.  Certification
review also entails the review of manufacturers' maintenance Instructions  to the
ultimate purchaser, as well as manufacturers' service and technical bulletins.

     After the issuance of the certificate of conformity, manufacturers are  permitted
to submit reauests for "running changes" to their .certified products to reflect
technological changes and alterations in product lines.   Review of running changes
may involve, at EPA's discretion, additional testing at  the manufacturers' facility
or the EPA facility.  Since running changes are approved after the certificate of
conformity has been issued and vehicles may be in production, their impact on changing
emissions is monitored closely by EPA,

     For those engine families not selected for full review, an abbreviated  certifi-
cation program carried out by the manufacturers will replace the previous EPA review
and approval, with compliance to be assured by an EPA audit.  As with the full
certification review process, the manufacturers are responsible for complying with
the regulations, but .the amount of EPA involvement 1s reduced to a minimum.   The
audit team inspects the documentation of the manufacturers' certification process,
and confirms results through selective EPA testing,  (Certification testing  workloads
are summarized In Tables 1 and 2.)
 A-66

-------
                                  Table  1

                         Number of Certification
                      Tests at EPA by Vehicle Type
Vehicle Type 1978
Emission Data Vehicles... 1,113
Durability Vehicles.. 	 175
Fuel Economy Data Vehicles 175
Running Change Vehicles.. 415
Total 	 1,878

1979
700

* < «
300
1,000

1980
700

. * *
300
i jbbo

                                  Table 2

                         Number of Certificati-on
                       Tests at EPA by Model  Year

      Year                1978             1979             1980
1977 .....................     5
1978 ...... . ..............   598
1979.......... ........... 1,275              320
1980.. ......................              580              320
1981, .............. ......   ...            _              580
      Total... ........... TTsW            TTOT            T7BM
                                                               A-67

-------
MOBILE SOURCE PREPRODUCTION COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION

1978 Accomplishments

     1S78 resources included $450,000 in contract funds for data processing and
analytical support.

     The major accomplishment of 1978 was the development of the revised certification
program as part of EPA's regulatory reform initiative.   Restriction of the full  review
process to those engine families with the greatest air  quality impact will  improve  the
program while reducing the resources committed to it.

     The savings for manufacturers due to these changes in the areas of vehicle shipment,
test monitoring and administrative support are expected to amount to between $2-3
million each year.  The savings in time should also be  significant.  Manufacturers
should be able to spend more time in improving their products, assuring their marketability
earlier than has been the case under the former process, and reducing redundancy in the
testing of some of their durability vehicles.  Manufacturers could save an additional
$6.0 million in this manner.  Overall, therefore, manufacturers could save from $8-9
million from these changes in the certification process*

     The benefits to the government will also be substantial.  By concentrating  on
those engine families with the greatest impact on air quality, EPA will be able to
carry out its preproduction compliance program more efficiently and productively.   This
will result in an improvement in the quality of EPA's overall emission compliance
efforts.

     Another important effort undertaken in    1978 was a program to Increase the
computerization of the certification process.  It is anticipated that this measure  will
improve the accuracy of the process as well as reduce the paperwork burdens associated
with it.  Also in 1978, a change 1n the method of reporting fuel economy data improved
the correlation of EPA's consumer information with actual In-use results.

1979 Program

     The 1979 level of resources 1s $2.8 million  (including $1.0 million in contract
funds) and 62 positions.   Among contracted efforts will  be:
development of a computer assisted engineering and emissions data review program (which
allows the major motor vehicle manufacturers to submit  Information on computer compatible
media); services aimed at reducing the time 1t takes to process applications for
certification submitted by manufacturers; and a package of nontechnical  support.

     The    1979 certification process must take into account new stricter standards
for hydrocarbons (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) for model year 1980 light duty vehicles.
Technological changes In the automobile industry are being addressed through the development
of criteria for engineering review of vehicles using electronic control systems.  All
this is to be carried out while the certification process Itself is being gradually
revised to improve Its effectiveness and reduce its burden.

     The heavy duty engine program consists, of engineering review of manufacturers'
design information on new engines to identify engine configurations for durability
testing and potentially high polluting engine configurations for emission data testing.
A full review program Is being conducted for the four motorcycle manufacturers with the
highest volume of sales.

     EPA continues to support the Department of Transportation fuel economy regulatory
program in    1979.  Highway fuel economy tests are being run on vehicles tested for
emissions compliance to assure the validity of manufacturers' data.  City fuel economy
tests are also being run on vehicles, and review of manufacturer submitted data for
engine classes not reviewed for emissions control purposes are being performed.


A-68

-------
     The net Increase of +$995,300 results from several actions.  Congress provided an
add-on of $300,000 for mobile certification.  A net increase of +$80,300 results from
increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the
October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's ZBB review of priorities and
changing resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, +$615,000 was reprogrammed
within this activity from emission testing, analysis, and data support/preproduction
compliance verification.
1980 Plan                                          .

     In 1980 resources for this program element will be $2.4 million and 50 positions.
Contracted support of $900,000 will include implementation of the computer assisted
engineering and emission data review program developed in 1979.

     Light duty vehicles with lower air quality impact will be subject to abbreviated
review, while the complete engineering review and testing process will be performed
on those engine families with the highest sales and greatest air quality impact.
Criteria for the review of vehicles using electronic control systems, set to be
further refined in 1979, will be implemented in    1980,  as will parameter adjustment
regulations (aimed at reducing the adjustability of Idle  mixture and Initial  choke
settings).  Control of hazardous emissions by manufacturers will be encouraged through
a program of engineering review and testing,     1980 also marks the onset of new
light duty vehicle standards for carbon monoxide, oxides  of nitrogen, and evaporative
hydrocarbons, as well as a control program for vehicles to which high altitude standards
apply.

     For heavy duty engines,the 1980 program continues the review process implemented
In previous years.  Manufacturers' design information on  new engines will be reviewed
to identify engine configurations for emissions data testing.  A full review program
will be conducted for the few motorcycle manufacturers with the highest volume of
sales.

     Support to the Department of Transportation's fuel economy program will  continue
in 1980.

EMISSION TESTING ANALYSIS AND DATA SUPPORT FOR ^REPRODUCTION COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION

1979 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included $600,000 in contract funds for support of emission
testing and data processing activities.

1979 Program

     The 1979 level of resources Is $2,2 million and 47 positions.  These resources
Include $690,000 In contract funds for support of laboratory and data processing
activities associated with emission certification and fuel economy compliance.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -5587,800 results from several actions.  A net increase of
$27,200 results from'Increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as
we!" as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Also, as a result of
the Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its
1979 operating plan, -$615,000 was reprogrammed within this activity to mobile
source preproduction compliance verification to support efforts to revise the
certification process, as well as standard setting and in-use vehicle controls
required by the 1977 Amendments.

1980 Plan

     The 1930 level of resources for testing and data analysis and support will be
SI.3 mill-ion and 21 positions.  This includes approximately 5400,000 to support
operations of this emissions testing laboratory.
                                                                         A-69

-------
                                            AIR

                                   Abatement and Control

                         Trends Monitoring and Progress Assessment
                                            Budget    Current               Increase +
                                 Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                  1978      1979       1979       1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                                  (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Ambient Air Quality
  Monitoring	
Air Quality and Emissions
  Data Analysis and
  Progress Assessment	
$2,1.75     $3,230    $2,399     $2,209
         Total.
Permanent Positions
Ambient Air Quality
  Monitoring	
Air Quality and Emissions
  Data Analysis and
  Progress Assessment	
          Total,
Ful1-time Equivalency
Ambient Air Quality
  Monitoring	
Air Quality and Emissions
  Data Analysis and
  Progress Assessment	
          Total,
 2,011
    85
    43
   128
2,845     2,076
 4,186      6,075     4,475
   85
   58
  143
 85
 43
128
                         94
                         50
                        144
         2,021
                     4,230
 85
 43
128
                        89
                        50
                       139
                                -$190
           -55
                     -245
                       -5
                       -5
Budget Request

     The resources requested are $4,230,000 and 128 positions.  The decrease of
$190,000 reflects a shift in regional office workload.  The decrease of $55,000
reflects a slight reduction in contracts.

Program Description

     This subactivity covers work related to monitoring ambient air quality levels
and air pollution source emission levels, determining and analyzing their
relationships, and assessing the program made toward the attainment of environmental
goals.

     Ambient Air Quality Monitoring — Activity in this program includes EPA's
ambient air monitoring operations carried out by regional offices, the
requisite associated laboratory support, and special field monitoring studies.
Most ambient air quality and source monitoring is carried out by State and local
agencies which provide these data to EPA.  The regional offices oversee State
monitoring efforts, develop and carryout quality control programs to assure the
A-70

-------
quality and consistency of State data, and process and evaluate data submitted
to EPA by the States.  Determination of attainment or nonattainment of ambient
air quality standards is made on the basis of these data.  It is expected that
monitoring activities and data analyses will increase due to the need for
continuously reassessing the State Implementation Plans (SIP) in nonattainment
areas as to their adequacy to attain ambient air quality standards, and the
need to develop revised control plans.  In addition to the monitoring for
criteria pollutants required by the SIP, a limited program to acquire available
State data on currently unregulated pollutants is also being carried out.
These data aid in understanding relationships beteen sources and receptors of
currently unregulated pollutants, and are used for making long and short term
trends analyses supportive of decisions on the need for control.

     This program also  includes efforts directed at  Improving State and  local
monitoring programs.  To ensure State/local compliance with  the technical
guidelines developed by EPA headquarters relative to areas such as monitor
placement and network design,  the regions will be actively involved in
overseeing State/local  implementation of the comprehensive and  largely mandatory
regulations for air quality surveillance and reporting to be promulgated  in 1979.
Adherence to these criteria should promote  uniformity of siting, ensure  that the
several objectives of the State and local networks are met and produce ambient
data of uniformly higher quality.

     Air Quality Emissions Data Analysis and Progress Assessments --  Major activities
Include the preparation of the annual and special reports on air quality  and
emission trends, special analyses on the status of attainment of the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards  (NAAQS),  development and dissemination of  new or
improved'techniques for data analysis,  and  collection and analysis of emission
data.  Also included are the development, updating, and maintenance of systems
for storage and retrieval of air quality and emissions data gathered by monitoring
activities.  The data systems  are composed  mainly of an  inventory of point sources
and their emissions, and software and related procedures for storing and
disseminating ambient air quality and emissions data.  To assist the States
1n efficient and timely submission of data  to EPA, continuing support is  provided
to the 30 State and local agencies using the Comprehensive Data Handling  System.

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

1978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included essentially no contract funds.  Technical  guidance
and direction were provided to State and local agencies to ensure that State and
local monitoring sites  operated properly and generated valid data.  Data generated
by States and localities was edited and verified.  Activities concentrated on
auditing all  State laboratories and evaluating selected State/local networks and
monitoring sites,  EPA  continued to encourage State and local agencies and
and regional  councils to use the standardized'alrquality index developed in 1976.
A Federal/State program for rapid collection an,d analysis of ambient data for
nonregulated pollutants was continued in order "to ensure their availability for
national  assessments of the need for control or for determing trends for these
pollutants.
                                                                              A-71

-------
1979 Program

     The development of ambient air quality data and field monitoring operations
is allocated $2,398,900 and 85 positions.  These resources include essentially
no contract funds.  The major thrust of the 1979 program is to evaluate a
substantial portion of the monitoring networks and individual stations
operated or planned by State/local agencies.  Regional staffs play a key role
in designating the approximately 1000 State/local stations to be included
within EPA'i Network of National Air Monitoring Stations (NAMS) and the
5000-6000stations to  comprise the networks of State and local Air Monitoring
Stations (SLAMS) and in developing schedules for making these networks fully
operational and in compliance with all EPA criteria.  The submission and
validation of data from the States continues.  In an effort to improve and
document the quality of data used for SIP revisions and regulatory decisions,
the quality assurance program is receiving increased attention, with special
emphasis on the auditing of individual sites and State laboratories.
Regional staffs  technically oversee the  development of written plans for
expanded State/local quality assurance programs to be implemented in 1980 and 1981.

     The EPA regional staff is beginning the coordination necessary to have
daily reporting of air quality in all  major urban areas greater than 500,000
by the end of 1980.  EPA staff is also continuing its involvement in special
monitoring studies for noncriteria pollutants both in quality assurance
and sample collection.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$831,100 results from several actions.  A net increase
of +$242,100 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well  as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.
In addition, -$51,400 was transferred from this activity within the regional
offices to reflect the implementation of standardized accounting for regional
offices' program division overhead.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's
ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979
operating plan, -$498,700 was reprogrammed from this activity to emission
standards and technology assessment ($292,100) and emission testing analysis
and data support  ($206,600) within the air media -$324,900 to environmental
standards within the radiation media; -$36,600 to regional noise program
within the noise media and -$161,600 to agencywide support.

1980 Plan

     Resources for the 1980 program total $2,208,400 and 85 positions
including $21,000 in contract support.  A total of 3550 site evaluations of
National Air Monitoring Stations (NAMS) and State and Local Air Monitoring
Stations (SLAMS) will be performed, with emphasis on sites in major urban
areas not attaining standards.  All State networks will be reviewed for
adequacy-in terms of number of sites and thier geographical distribution.
Regions will perform detailed  reviews of Stats quality assurance programs
including on-site audits of all State laboratories.  All regional
laboratories will participate in ORD's national performance surveys.
The regions will also coordinate daily reporting of air quality as required
by Section 319 of the Clean Air Act in urbanized areas greater than 500,000
population.
 A-72

-------
AIR QUALITY AND EMISSIONS DATA ANLAYSIS AND PROGRESS ASSESSMENT

]97S Accomplishments

     1978 resources included approximately $650,000 In contract funds.
The National Air Quality and Emissions Trends Report, 1976 was published.
Regulations were proposed that require the standard air quality index
to be used in State monitoring programs.  A Federal-State program for
collection and analysis of ambient data for nonregulated pollutants
was continued.  The development of a rapid capability for obtaining
air quality information for special^studies was planned.  Computer software
providing expanded retrieval and analysis capabilities was developed and
distributed to all State and local users of the Comprehensive Data Handling
System (CDHS).  Regulation for the siting of ambient air quality monitors
was proposed.  In addition, advanced computerized techniques for graphical
analysis and display of county/State/national air quality were developed;
guidance on development of quality control checks for screening air quality
data, on developing ambient concentration isopleths, and on the use of
meteorological data in air analyses were published; and air quality isopleths
and population exposure assessments were prepared for eight cities.

1979 Program

     The assessment of environmental  trends and progress of control programs
has been allocated $2.07 million and 43 positions.  These resources include
approximately $620,000 in contract funds.  Major emphasis 1s given to national
management of the 5-year plan for implementing the recommendations of Standing
Air Monitoring Work Group (SAMWG) and carrying out Section 319 of the CAA
Amendments of 1977.  These requirements are reflected in new regulations for
monitoring and reporting to be promulgated in 1979.  A major goal of these
regulations is to establish a national air monitoring network which generates
high quality data and is operated by State and local agencies using nationally
uniform methods.  Effective implementation involves national oversight, the
provision of technical guidance to the regional offices and the development
of new software to facilitate reduced State reporting.  Key activities include
assuring the NAMS are being established in a nationally uniform manner, and
preparing periodic assessments of the plans and first year progress of the
implementing SAMWG1s recommendation and the regulations.

     Current programs to assess and report the Nation's progress in achieving
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and to operate EPA 's national air data
systems continue.  Substantial efforts continue toward making the States more self-
sufficient in data handling and analysis by increasing the capabilities of the EPA developed
systems used in 30 State and local agencies and providing  use of these systems to additional
agencies via an EPA computer.
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$768,400 results from several actions.  A net
increase of +$117,100 results from increased pa;y costs from the October 1978
(1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.
Also, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource
requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -1885,500 was reprogrammed from this
assessment ($40,300) and State program guidelines and regulations development
$845,200) within this medium.
                                                                                   A-73

-------
1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program element includes; $2.02 million and 43 positions.
Contract funds represent $620,000.  Major program emphasis will include data
storage, processing and retrieval; development and maintenance of systems used for
data processing; determinations of trends in air quality and emissions;
development of standard operating procedures and regulations for ambient
monitoring stations operated by State and local agencies; and management of
the National Air Monitoring Stations (NAMS).  In-house efforts will be complemented
by contract support in most areas.

     Specifically, a comprehensive audit of 150 NAMS will be performed.  Findinepfrom
these audits will serve as a primary source of data for assessment of NAMS and
provide clear documentation for the corrective actions needed to comply with EPA
criteria.  Trend data from NAMS will be coded to indiate reliability of trends based
on accuracy data collected as part of the EPA/State quality assurance program.
New software and related procedures which can display data graphically will be
developed and made available to States.  National air quality baseline statistics
needed to project air quality impacts of alternative national energy strategies,
revised national ambient standards, revised Federal automotive standards, and new source
performance standards will be developed.
A-74

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                            AIR

                                        Enforcement
                           Actual
                            1978
            Budget
           Estimate
             1979
          Current
          Estimate
            1979
          Estimate
            1980
                                               (dollars  in  thousands)
           Increase +
           Decrease -
         19BO  vs.  1979
           Page
Appropriation
Stationary Source
  Enforcement	
Mobile Source
  Enforcement	
$16,077
4,733.
$24,363
5,492
$24,362
6,143
$25,030
6,851
+$668
+708
        Total,
20,810
Permanent Pqs i tjon s
Stationary Source
  Enforcement	,
Mobile Source
  Enforcement	
        Total.
   481
Full-time Equivalency
Stati onary Source
  Enforcement	
Mobile Source
  Enforcement	
         Total,
29,855
   660
30,505
   609



   500

   151
                            651
31,881
   640



   517

   158
                           675
                                                              A-77

                                                              A-81
,376
366
115
502
158
471
138
502
1 38
+.31
 +31



 +17

  +7
                          +24
     The air enforcement program..is directed toward achieving compliance with the
standards and regulations established for stationary and mobile sources of air
pollution under the provisions of the Clean Air Act.  The stationary source enforcement
program is undertaken to bolster and stimulate State enforcement of State Implementation
Plans (SIP), New Source Performance Standards (NSPS), and National Emission Standards
for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP).  The mobile source enforcement program is primarily
a Federal effort directed toward achieving compliance with fuel and moter vehicle emission
standards and regulations.

     EPA's stationary source enforcement program .consists of bolstering and stimulating
State efforts to ensure compliance with SIP requirements with special emphasis on
major (Class A) sources and responding to situations involving substantial threats to
public health and safety, thus contributing to the resolution of attainment problems.
Also, emphasis is placed on implementing Clean Air Act provisions relating to sources
issued prohibition orders by the Department of Energy under the Energy Policy and
Conservation Act, and enforces SIP, NSPS, NESHAP requirements to ensure emission standards
are being met.

-------
     EPA initiated a major source enforcement effort in 1978 to expedite the compliance
of recalcitrant Class A violators.  This program is consistent with the Clean Air Act
Amendments' philosophy of no longer relying primarily on the administrative order
process for establishing compliance schedules for Class A violators, and also with the
provisions for mandatory civil actions for major noncomplying sources.  Also, EPA
will be seeking administratively imposed penalties to remove the incentive for
continued noncompliance in appropriate cases.  To obtain such penalties, EPA or a
delegated State is required under Section 120 to give notice of noncompliance to Class A
sources which are not in compliance by July 1, 1979, or 30 days after discovery of
the violation, whichever is later, and then to assess a penalty.

     The mobile source enforcement program will be placing.high priority on programs
aimed at reducing the failure of vehicles to meet emission standards at the time of
sale and while in use.  The 1980 program will focus on continued implementation of
the Selective Enforcement Auditing assembly line testing program, recall and
surveillance activity in support of recall, and warranty enforcement.  A new strategy
will place emphasis on enforcement of the antitampering and fuel switching provisions
concentrated primarily in areas of the country with significant mobile source pollution
problems requiring implementation of inspection/maintenance (I/M) programs to meet air
quality standards.  The program includes support of the Denver Clean Air Initiative
as well as targeted areas needing I/M,  The nationally coordinated antitampering
and antifuel switching efforts will be directed toward vehicle fleets, new car
dealerships, auto repair facilities, and service stations in potential I/M areas.

-------
                                             AIR

                                         Enforcement

                                Stationary Source Enforcement

                                      Budget     Current                  Increase +
                           Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate     Decrease -
                            1978       1979        1979        1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                            fdonars in thousands)

Appropri ation
Stationary Source
  Enforcement	  $16,077    $24,363     $24,362     $25,030          +$668

Permanent Positions
Stationary Source
  Enforcement	,.      366        502         471          502            +31

Full-time Equivalency
Stationary Source
  Enforcement	,.                             500         517            +17

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $25,029,800 and 502 positions is requested for 1980.   This  repre-
sents an increase of $667,500 and 31 positions over 1979.  The additional  resources  will
be used to increase the pace of implementation of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977,
primarily those provisions relating to mandatory civil actions against major source  viola-
tors and those establishing administratively imposed noncompliance penalties.

Program Description

     The stationary source air enforcement program is designed to utilize  effectively the
enforcement authorities provided by the Clean Air Act, as amended in 1977, to  ensure nation-
wide compliance with State Implementation Plans (SIPs), New Source Performance Standards
(NSPS), and National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP).  EPA's
stationary source enforcement program consists of bolstering and stimulating state efforts
to ensure compliance witJvSIP requirements with special  emphasis On major  (Class A)  sources
and enforcement actions in response to situations involving substantial  threats to public
health and safety, thus contributing to the resolution of attainment problems.  Also empha-
sis is placed on implementing Clean Air Act provisions relating to sources issued prohibi-
tion orders by the Department of Energy under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, and
enforcing NSPS, and NESHAP requirements to ensure emission standards are being met.

     EPA initiated a major source enforcement effort in 1978 to expedite the compliance  of
recalcitrant Class A violators,  this program consistent with the Clean Air Act Amendments'
philosophy of no longer relying primarily on the administrative order process  for estab-
lishing compliance schedules for Class A violators, and also with the provisions for manda-
tory civil actions for major noncomplying sources.  Also, EPA will be seeking  administratively
imposed penalties to remove the incentive for continued noncompliance in appropriate cases.
To obtain such penalties, EPA or a delegated State is required under Section 120 to  give
notice of noncompliance to all Class A sources which are.not in compliance by July 1, 1979,
or 30 days after discovery of the violation, whichever is later, and to establish a  penalty
for continued noncompliance.  Much effort will be made in 1980 to carry out this program (to
be initiated in late 1979) and to delegate this program to as many States  as possible.

     The responsibility for enforcement of State developed, EPA approved emission limitations
Is shared by EPA and the States.  The Clean Air Act, as amended in 1977, states that the
primary responsibility for achieving Clean air lies with State and local governments,  but

-------
grants, by providing specialized skill  and expertise and special  contractual  assistance,
and by taking the primary enforcement role with respect to selected sources when  the States
cannot or will not enforce,

     EPA has primary responsibilities for the enforcement of the  Federal  emission standards
it promulgates.  However, both Section III, New Source Performance Standards  (NSPS), and
Section 112, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS),  provide
for State enforcement of all  or any portio'n of these standards.   In accordance with the
intent of the Act, EPA continues to place a high priority on delegating enforcement
authority for NSPS and NESHAP to the States.  After delegation, EPA actively  monitors the
enforcement of these standards to assure national  consistency as  intended'by  these provi-
sions.

1978 Accomplishments

     Contract expenditures for 1978 totaled $5,513,400 including  approximately $2,323,100
for enforcement case support; $2,020,200 for compliance monitoring and field  surveillance
support; $230,000 for regional data system support; and $940,100  for regional industrial
studies support, national profiles, and enforcement strategies.

     Major program accomplishments for 1978 were:

     -  Implementation of the major source enforcement effort and referral of  120  facilities
        the Department of Justice for Civil action in 1978,

     -  The Class A source inventory increased from 23,033 to 24,036 sources.

     -  91 percent of the Class A sources were in  compliance with emission  standards; 8
        percent are in violation of emission standards of which 3 1/2 percent are meeting
        compliance schedules; and 1 percent are of unknown status.

     -  Completion of 1,905 inspections throughout the year.

     -  Maintenance of 91 percent compliance level for sources of hazardous  pollutants.

     -  Maintenance of 88 percent compliance level for NSPS sources.

     -  Issuance of 800 new source permits for HSR and PSD sources.

1979 Program

     The 1979 resource level  for this activity is  $24,362,000 and 471 positions.   Planned
contract expenditures are $12,366,200, including $5,211,200 for enforcement  case  support;
$4,535,000 for compliance monitoring and field surveillance; $495,000 for regional  data
system support; $1,600,000 for regional industrial studies support; and $515,000  to support
development of national compliance profiles and enforcement strategies.  During 1979, the
471 positions will be distributed approximately as follows: 7 percent for SIP revisions and
nonattainment strategies, 63  percent for Class A enforcement, which includes  establishing
a noncompliance .penalty program, 17 percent for the new source program, 4 percent for
energy-related authorities, and 9 percent for the  National Emission Standards for Hazardous
Air Pollutants (NESHAP) program and other noncn'teria pollutant programs.

     Major program accomplishments during 1979 will be to:

     -  Complete the first phase of the major source enforcement  effort by  referring the
        remaining cases to the Department of Justice, now estimated to be 107 actions.

     -  Improve State Implementation Plan (SIP) compliance of emission limitations by Class A
        sources with present total suspended particulates and sulfur dioxide  regulations  to
        93 percent.

     -  Conduct over 2,000 inspections.

     -  Develop strategy to ensure sources are in  compliance with the new hydrocarbon regu-

-------
      -  Implement  noncompllance penalty  program.

      -  Initiate enforcement actions  against  vinyl  chloride  sources  found  to  be  in  violation
         of NESHAPS regulations.

      -  Conduct  audits  to  assure adequacy  of  State  enforcement  programs  for new  source  review
         programs,  including review of State permits issued.

      -  Evaluate and  recommend improvements in  State field surveillance  and compliance
         monitoring programs.
                    v. \
 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget  Estimate

      The net decrease of -$500 results from several  actions.  First,  Congress  applied a
 $3 million reduction  for position -lapse  rate  to the Abatement and  Control  and  Enforcement
 appropriations;  the decrease applicable  to this activity was -$290,400.  An increase of
•+$1,218,200 is due to increased pay costs  associated with the October 1978 (1979) pay
 raise and the distribution costs of the  October 1977 (1978)  pay raise.  This increase
 is offset by the transfer  of -$700,000 to  other Agency activities  to  support  the cost of
 the most recent  pay rai.se.   Finally,  -$228,300  was  transferred  from  this element to
 regional  mobile  source  enforcement activities to  reflect actual operating  conditions at
 the end of 1978.

 1980 Plan

      The 1980 budget  for this activity is  $25,029,800 and 502 positions, an increase of
 31  positions and $667,500  over 1979 levels.   The  increase will  provide resources to carry
 out the requirements  of the Clean Air Act  Amendments of 1977.   The distribution  of  the
 total resources  requested  for 1979 will  be approximately 65  percent  devoted to various
 aspects of Class A compliance, including the  imposition of noncompltance penalties  under
 Section 120, 17  percent to new source programs, 10  percent to National Emission  Standards
 for Hazardous Air  Pollutants (NESHAPS) and other  noncrlteria pollutant programs, 5  percent
 to nonattainment strategies and State Implementation Plans (SIPs)  revisions,  and 3  percent.
 to energy related  programs.

      As a result of the changes to the basic  enforcement approach  for dealing  with  Class A
 violators, mandated by  the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, there will  be a  substantial
 increase in the  number  of  civil/criminal actions  required against  Class  A  violators and
 the issuance of  noncompliance penalties  (NCPs)  to virtually  all Class A  violators.  In
 1978, the major  source  enforcement effort  was implemented and 120  facilities were referred
 to the Department  of  Justice for civil action.  During 1979, an estimated  additional 107
 facilities will  be referred to DOJ for civil  action. Consequently,  the  emphasis in 1980
 will be on the expeditious conclusion of the  remaining settlement/litigation  actions.
 Besides the civil/criminal  actions associated with  the major source  enforcement  drive,
 there will be many anticipated enforcement actions  against major sources who were once
 in compliance but  will  slip out of compliance,  sources who will be in violation  of  new
 SIPs, and new sources who  will be violating NSR,  NSPS and P5D regulations. While mandated
 court actions increase  the resource demands on  EPA, since litigation  is  more  resource
 intensive than administrative enforcement, the  Vesulting benefit from expeditious compliance
 and air quality  improvement justifies the  resources it demands.

      The issuance  of  NCR's is also resource intensive.  NCP's must be developed  for all
 Class A sources (except  certain smelters  under Section 119 orders)  not meeting  SIP require-
 ments or not meeting  interim control  requirements.   In addition, NCR's must be issued to
 those sources violating New Source Performance  Standards  (NSPS) or NESHAP  requirements.
 EPA will have an estimated 700 NCP's  to  issue in  1980.

      Consequently, much of the increased resources  for 1979  will be  devoted to the  imple-
 mentation of this  powerful  new tool for  obtaining expeditious compliance,  and  also  facili-
 tating delegation  of  Section 120 authority to the states.

      The concept of preventing regression  from  achieved levels  of  compliance  applies to all
 stationary source  enforcement programs.  Failure  to support  an  effective program by ensuring
 the continued compliance of sources with either emission limitations  or  compliance  schedule

-------
The budget request reflects a continuing commitment to a strong field surveillance program
with a continuing use of contractors for much of this element of the program.  It should
also be noted that EPA intends to expand substantially its program for continuous monitoring
in the future, which should ultimately lead to more effective compliance monitoring with
ultimately less resources devoted to that effort.

     SIP revisions will be submitted for the large areas of nonattainment, especially for
hydrocarbon and particulates, in early 1979.  These SIP revisions will be promulgated before
and during 1980, which will increase the inventory of Class A SIP sources .by 4,000 hydrocar-
bon sources in 1980 and the promulgation of additional hydrocarbon regulations through 1981
will increase the inventory of Class A sources by 12,000, approximately a 50 percent increase
in the present inventory.  EPA has the responsibility of ensuring-all Class A sources are
in final compliance with SIP revisions within three years.

     An area of increasing focus is the relationship and balance between environmental and
energy concerns.  The Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Use Act of 1978 prohibits, with
exemptions, new power plants and new major fuel burning installations from using, as a
primary energy source, natural gas or petroleum.  Also prohibited is the construction of
these new sources without the capability to use coal or an alternate fuel as a primary
energy source.  Exemptions will be granted by the Department of Energy (DOE) where environ-
mental requirements could not be met if coal is burned as the primary energy source.  EPA
must work with DOE to ensure that these new sources are constructed in accordance with NSR,
NSPS, and PSD requirements.  In addition, certain existing power plants that have the tech-
nical capability to use coal or another alternate fuel may be issued a prohibition order;
thus, EPA enforcement will have to renegotiate compliance methods and schedules to ensure
that, upon conversion, these sources still meet environmental standards.

     Considerable attention will be devoted to new source programs which will deal with the
regulation of new sources to permit new construction or expansion of industrial sources in
a manner consistent with attainment and maintenance of air quality-standards and prevention
of significant deterioration of current air quality in clean areas.

     Consistent with the intent of Congress expressed in the Clean Air Act Amendments, the
scope of coverage of the offset policy has recently been expanded.  The SIP revisions to be
submitted in 1979 will have offset provisions, thus making the States responsible for the
new source review permitting program.  EPA will have to carry out an effective overview
program to ensure the quality, enforceability, and fairness of these permits.

     Similar concerns exist with respect to the prevention of significant deterioration
(PSD) of air quality in areas that are presently in attainment.  EPA has expanded the num-
ber of sources subject to the PSD regulations as directed by the Clean Air Act Amendments
of 1977.  Much effort will be devoted to working with States to develop acceptable PSD
regulations so that they can assume primary responsibility for the program with EPA limiting
as much as possible its role to one of assistance to the State and local permitting author-
ities and to monitoring State efforts, as appropriate.  By the end of 1979, approximately
half of the PSD activities should be carried out by the states and by the end of 1980, the
states should have responsibility for most of the PSD program.

     Another element of the overall program for dealing with new sources is the establish-
ment and enforcement of NSPS.  Thirty-three categories of sources were regulated under NSPS
at the end of 1978, an estimated three additional categories of sources will be added in
1979 and 13 in 1980.  This will result in a substantial increase in the number of regulated
sources.

     In line with EPA's increasing attention to toxic substances, increased emphasis is being
placed upon hazardous air pollutants subject to regulation under Section 112.  EPA, in 1979
and 1980, plans to implement new NESHAP programs; thus increased enforcement efforts will
be required.

     Contract funds requested for 1980, totaling nearly $12,434,500, include 55,379,500 for
enforcement case development, 54,735,000 for compliance monitoring and field surveillance,
51,310,000 for regional industrial technical and economic studies, $515,000 for national
profiles and enforcement strategy studies, and $495,000 for data support.

-------
                                            AIR

                                        Enforcement

                                 Mobile Source Enforcement


                                              Budget   Current             Increase +
                                   Actual     Estimate  Estimate  Estimate  Decrease -
                                    1.978       1979      1979      1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                                     (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Mobile Source Enforcement.....     $4,733      $5,492    $6,143    $6,851   +$708

Permanent Positions
Mobile Source Enforcement	        115         158       138       138

Full-time Equivalency
Mobile Source Enforcement	        ...          ...       151       158      +7

Budget Request

     The 1980 mobile source enforcement budget request provides an increase of
$708,000.  In 1980, a new mobile source in-use strategy will  be introduced to
target violations of the tampering and fuel  switching provisions and support the
Denver air initiative.  A team of 16 terra personnel and 21  permanent employees
managed from headquarters and operating out of two field offices will  conduct
Inspections of private and municipal fleets, perform new car dealership Inspections,
and utilize test vehicles to deter tampering and fuel switching in areas targeted
for inpsection/maintenance programs.

Program Description

     The mobile source enforcement program is directed primarily toward achieving
compliance with motor vehicle emission standards and fuels  regulations.

     The major objectives of the program are to (1) assure  that new vehicles meet
emission standards; (2) assure that vehicles meet emission  standards in-use;
(3) assure that emission control systems are not removed or rendered inoperative;
(4) assure compliance with vehicle miles traveled (VHT) measures; (5)  assure
control of hydrocarbon emissions during gasoline transfer operations;
(6) assure that harmful additives are removed from gasoline;  (7) administer
California waivers; and (8) administer the emission waivers.

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, the mobile source enforcement program continued to carry out its
responsibilities under Title I and Title II  of the Clean Air Act by emphasizing
programs aimed at reducing the failure of vehicles to meet  emission standards.
In 1978, the mobile source enforcement program issued 33 Selective Enforcement
Audit test orders to manufacturers to test vehicles on the  assembly line.
Twenty-seven recall investigations were completed resulting in the recall of 1,970,000
vehicles.  Manufacturers' certification and production compliance procedures, were
enforced by conducting 25 Inspections and  five investigations.  The tampering
provisions were enforced by performing 90  investigations.  Two thousand service
station inspections were conducted to assure compliance with  the Stage I vapor
recovery provisions, 21,000 unleaded gasoline inpsections were conducted, 560
complaints were issued, and 5250,000 were  collected in penalties as a  result
of regional enforcement activity.  A survey of 6,000 refuel ings was conducted
to determine the rate at which vehicles requiring unleaded  gasoline are being
fueled with leaded gasoline and indicated  that a rate of 10 percent fuel

-------
     Approximately 31,810,900 in contract funds were obligated in 1978 in support
of recall emission testing, METFac, computer program support, antitampering publicity*
tampering and fuel switching, surveys, vehicle testing, assistance to States
for the unleaded gasoline and vapor recovery programs, and assistance to States
and regions for implementation of inspection/maintenance (I/H) programs.

1979 Program

     In 1979, efforts in the program will be focused on reducing the failure of vehicles
to meet emission standards.  The program will  continue to emphasize the Selective
Enforcement Audit assembly line testing program and recall  with Increased
testing and investigative activity as a result of expanded surveillance activity.

     The major activities will be to expand the assembly line testing activity
for light-duty motor vehicles and to establish assembly line testing for heavy-
duty engines; implement warranty regulations,  develop maintenance instruction
regulations, and implement the after-market part certification program; administer
the emission waivers; expand the antitampering program, and reduce the improper
use of leaded gasoline.

     The enforcement activities will be to issue 35 Selective Enforcement Audit
vehicle test orders; conduct 35 recall investigations; conduct 20 warranty
investigations; initiate a new antitampering strategy directed at supporting
the adoption of I/M programs in major urban areas; review enforceability of State
Implementation Plans and Transportation Control Plans; conduct 50 imports
investigations; prevent the introduction of leaded gas into vehicles designed
for unleaded by conducting inspections of fleet facilities  and retailers; and
enforce Stage I vapor recovery provisions.

     Approximately $2,478,100 of contract funds will  be utilized in support
of recall emission testing, unleaded fuels inspection and sampling assistance,
tampering, publicity campaign and METFac.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$650,400 results from several actions.  First, Congress
applied a 13 million reduction for position lapse rate to the Abatement and
Control and Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this
activity was -$56,100.  Second, an increase of +$357,100 is due to Increased
pay costs associated with the October 1978 (1979) pay raise and the distribution
of the October 1977 (1978] pay raise.  Ttn'rd, '+$228,300 was transferred to this
element from stationary source enforcement activity within regional  offices to
reflect actual operating conditions at the end of 1978,  Finally, as a result
of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, +$121,100 was reprogrammed to this element and is attributed to
a reduction in regional drinking water enforcement.

1930 Plan

     The 1980 mobile source enforcement budget request provides for an inc ease
of $708,000,  In 1980, a new mobile source in-use strategy will be introduced to
target violations of the tampering and fuel switching provisions and support the
Denver air initiative.  A team of 16 term positions and 21  permanent positions
managed from headquarters and operating out of two field offices will conduct
inspections of private and municipal fleets, perform new car dealership inspections,
and utilize test vehicles to deter tampering and fuel switching in areas
targeted for inspection/maintenance programs.

-------
     In 1980, the new mobile source in-use initiative calls for comprehensive enforcement
of the antitampering and fuel switching provisions in selected nonattainment
air quality control regions targeted for inspection/maintenance and support of the
Denver Air initiative,  Inspection and investigatory efforts will  be coordinated
nationally to focus on major private and municipal fleets, new car dealerships,
commercial auto repair facilities, and service stations to maximize publicity
and deterrent effect when violations are detected.  Inspection/maintenance programs
not only serve to improve emissions from noncomplying vehicles in  use,  but
also will be used by the recall and SEA programs to identify classes of vehicles
exceeding standards.  This nucleus of 21 permanent and 16 term positions will be
managed from headquarters in 1980, but will operate out of two fieTd offices
resulting in maximal enforcement effectiveness.

     The Selective Enforcement Audit program is continued to deter the
production of nonconforming light-duty vehicles, and implemented for heavy-duty
engines to test the most suspect nonconforming configurations.  The SEA program assures
that new vehicles on the production line are in compliance with emission
standards before introduced in commerce.

     The recall  program will continue to assure compliance of in-use vehicles with
emission standards.  SEA activity, recall  testing, and increased public contract due to
federally enforceable warranty provisions  will serve to identify a greater
number of vehicle classes suspected of exceeding emission standards 1n-use.

     In 1980, activities of the fuels program will include conducting 25,000
combined unleaded and vapor recovery inspections at service stations and fleet
dispensing facilities.  These Inspections  will be performed under  contracts
with State and/or private testing firms.  Because of recent data which  Indicate
that substantial fuel switching is occurring, the fuels program will continue
to emphasize reducing the improper use of leaded gasoline.  The program will continue
to monitor lead usage reports and the status of refiner efforts to achieve
compliance with the lead phasedown program and administer the provision which
prohibits the use of fuel and fuel additives.

     The 1980 mobile source enforcement request is 138 positions and 56,,851,000.
Approximately $3,355,300 of contract funds will be utilized in support  of recall
emission testing (including aftermarket parts), HETFac, surveillance testing,
antitampering, fuel switching, vapor recovery, inspection/maintenance,  and fuels
activities*  In 1980, the mobile source enforcement program will continue to
place primary emphasis on the implementation of programs aimed at  reducing
the failure of vehicles to meet emission standards.

     During 1980, the major activities for the mobile source enforcement
program will be to:

     -  Issue 42 SEA test orders.               ;

     -  Conduct 5,000 fuel switching test  vehicle inspections.

     -  Conduct 880 tampering test vehicle inspections,

     -  Conduct 1,200 new car dealership inspections.

     -  Conduct 30 warranty investigations.

-------
Conduct 5,000 fuels fleet inspections.
Enforce unleaded gasoline and Stage I  vapor recovery requirements
through 25,000 combined fuels inspection tests.
Conduct 15 inspection/investigations  of auto manufacturers'  certification
and production activities.
Conduct 40 recall  investigations and  100 surveillance tests.
Administer emission waivers.
Conduct 1,400 tampering and fuels fleet inspections.

-------
Water Quality

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Research and Development:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency..

Abatement and Control:
  Appropriation....,....»
  Permanent Posi tions	
  Full-time Equivalency..

Enforcement:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency..

Total, Water Quality
  Program:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency..
  Out! ays	
  Authorization Levels...
                             Actual
                              1978
$72,406
    575
214,106
  1,923
 22,522
    843
309,034
  3.341

280,964
661,863
             Budget      Current
            Estimate     Estimate    Estimate
              1979         1979        1980
                     (dollars in thousands)
$56,898
    550
243,223
  1,891
 24,847
    831
324,968
  3,272
617,164
 $66,616
     531
     738
237,755
  1,796
  2,200
 27,640
    800
    918
332,011
  3,127
  3,856
307,452
745,229
$63,655
    503
    709
239,545
  1,774
  2,164
 28,247
    778
    917
331,451
  3.055
  3,790
284,800
703,758
                                      Increase t
                                      Decrease *
                                    1980 vs. 1979
-$2,957
    -28
    -29
 +1,790
    -22
    -36
   •K07
    -22
   -560
    -72
    -66
-22,652
NOTE:  Construction Grants—See Page WQ-129

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

     In passing the Clean Water Act of 1977, which served as "mid-course corrections" to
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (P.L. 92-500), Congress reaffirmed the
clean water goal established in 1972:  "... to restore and maintain the chemical,  physical,
and biological integrity of the Nation's waters."  The 1977 Clean Mater Act preserves the
basic structure of the 1972 Act, requiring uniform technology-based effluent limitations
for control of industrial and municipal point sources of water pollution; Federal  funding
for construction of publicly owned treatment works; establishment of a national  permit
system for all point source dischargers as the means for enforcement; and funding  for the
State and local governments to develop plans and to formulate solutions for point  and
nonpoint source water pollution problems.

     Although the objectives of P.L. 92-500 remain unchanged, the Clean Water Act  of 1977
added significant new emphases to the national water quality program.  The Act gives new
emphasis to the control of toxic water pollutants from industrial sources through
technology based effluent limitations.  A large number of amendments to the Title  II
construction grants program created incentives for the use of environmentally
justifiable, Innovative and alternative technologies in municipal treatment systems;
established funding for States to assist them In adopting and managing construction grants
programs; made special considerations for the needs of small communities; and increases
the emphasis on water reuse, recycling of usable pollutants, recovery of energy and
confined disposal of polluted wastes to prevent their migration to the water.  Tentative
results from the 1978 Municipal Needs Survey indicates that the Federal share of the
total municipal cost of meeting the 1983 best practicable waste treatment technology
(BPWTT) standard is $69 billion.  A long-term construction grants strategy, now being
developed, will address these needs in the context of total Agency priorities*
                                                                               WQ-1

-------
     me new Act aiso suostannai ly cnangea tne areage ana fill  program providing for an
increased role for EPA review of dredge and fill  permits and the delegation of permit
authority to the States.

     In the process of implementing requirements  set forth in the new Act,  the Agency will
concentrate in 1980 on improving the management and efficiency of its water programs.
Particular emphasis will be placed on integrating activities conducted under the Safe
Drinking Water Act. the Clean Water Act. and the  Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act.
The major program areas that the Agency will pursue include the integration and
consolidation of permit programs under the three  statutes; coordination of  construction
grant planning with a comprehensive municipal enforcement strategy; the Integration of
State water quality, drinking water and solid waste programs through the newly Initiated
StSte-EPA Agreement process; and the closer coordination of research and development
programs with operating program priorities.

Major program thrusts for 1980 - Although the Clean Water Act of 1977 forms the basis for
the water quality program in 1979 and 1980, Implementation will  be characterized by the
Integration of these programs with the other water related efforts.

New emphasis on toxic pollutants - Beginning with the 1976 Settlement Agreement between
EPA ana the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) et. al., the Agency has been and
will continue to increase its program emphasis on the control of toxic water pollutant
discharges.  This emphasis was reaffirmed and expanded by the Clean Water Act of 1977.

     In 1980 the emphasis on controlling toxic pollutants will emcompass and integrate
every water program.  Specific programs 1n 1980 which will have their primary focus
on toxic pollutants include:

     -  Industrial effluent discharge limitations:

           By 1984, industrial, sources of toxic pollutants will  be required to meet
     technology based toxic effluent discharge limitations for both direct  and indirect
     waste water discharges.  This effort entails detailing the presence or absence of
     65 toxic pollutants or classes of toxic pollutants 1n 21 major Industries, through
     sampling, analysis and verification programs that are at the "state of the art."
     An in-depth economic analysis of each industry is also conducted to ensure that
     regulations are economically  achievable and equitable.  This program  will peak
     in 1979 and 1980 and continue through 1981 with final promulgations and court
     defenses.

           The 1979 and 1980 program will also Include additional pollutant studies
     (e.g. "hot spot" analyses) that will concentrate on selected areas of
     Industrialization where monitoring data indicate high cancer Incidence or potential
     water pollution problems would persist after the Implementation of effluent
     limitations.  The studies will lead to the development and implementation of
     additional controls.  Efforts also will begin 1n 1979 and continue into 1980 to
     identify other toxic pollutants and industries that should be addressed in
     effluent guidelines.

     -  Mater quality standards for toxic pollutants:

           The Agency in 1979, and peaking in 1980, 1s developing and will  propose and
     promulgate water quality criteria for the 65 classes of toxic pollutants.  These
     criteria will then be used by the States to form the basis for their ambient water
     quality standards.
 WQ-2

-------
   naiaruuus spills;

     In 1979 and 1980, the Agency will implement and expand Its spill prevention
and response program to cover not only oil spills but also the discharge of those
substances determined to be hazardous by EPA.  The Agency is currently developing
and will promulgate regulations for hazardous substances designations, removability,
harmful quantities and rates of penalty.  An environmental emergency response team
has been established to provide immediate on-scene expertise In handling, clean up,
and disposal of the most critical oil and hazardous substance spills.

-  Municipal Discharges:

     EPA will initiate an extensive study 1n 1979 on the potential for toxic
pollutants being discharged from municipal treatment plants.  Based upon the
resultant data, EPA will determine what adjustments, 1f any, should be made 1n
the Agency's pretreatment strategy, what impacts toxic pollutants are having on
sludge disposal; and whether best practicable waste treatment technology (BPHTT)
should be revised to Include specific toxic pollutant limitations.

-  Pretreatment:

     Following the 1978 promulgation of Federal pretreatment guidelines, the
program will begin to shift in 1979 and 1980 to the local level.  Tpxlc pollutant
controls will proceed by Incorporating pretreatment requirements 1n municipal
permits to control indirect discharges.  Enforcement resources will be devoted
to the pretreatment programs, consider requests for modification of pretreatment
standards, and modify municipal permits to Incorporate pretreatment requirements.

-  Enforcement:

     Toxic pollutant and hazardous materials enforcement will be pursued through
enforcing reissued permits, bioassay Inspections, pretreatment requirements,
Section 404 requirements, and Section 311 hazardous substances requirements.  In
1980, the permit program will initiate Its Issuance of permits derived from
promulgated effluent guidelines for toxic pollutants.

     In addition, in 1980 the permit program will work to consolidate National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits under the Clean Hater Act
with hazardous waste permits under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
and underground injection control permits under the Safe Drinking Water Act.
Consolidation of these permit programs will eliminate dupHcative permit Issuance
procedures, inconsistent permit conditions, and repetitious monitoring and
reporting requirements for affected facilities.

-  Research and development:

     EPA's research and development activities are also shifting emphasis from
conventional to toxic pollutants control.  The 1980 program has three distinct
categories:  health and ecological effects, industrial research, and monitoring.
Research and development activities have been specifically planned in 1980 to
meet the Immediate and projected needs of the Agency's toxic pollutant abatement
and control and enforcement programs.   '

     Health and ecological research is designed:  (1) to determine the health
and ecological effects of selected pollutants; (2) to determine the health and
ecological risks of existing or emerging methods for treating or disposing of
waste waters and associated sludges, including ocean discharge or disposal, land
application, and renovation of waste waters for reuse; (3) to develop water quality
criteria for protecting the integrity of fresh water and marine ecosystems,
including associated wetlands; (4) to develop more efficient methods for assessing
the toxidty of wastes; (5) to determine the movement, transformation, and fate
of toxic pollutants In aquatic ecosystems, including the role of sediments in
these processes and the rates and character of bioaccumulation in the food chain;
and (6) to determine the effects of specific pollution sources such as dredging
and associated activities and discharges from nonpoint sources.            wo-3

-------
                    i  rescaruii lliwiuucd.   \l/  CH^IIIC^J my  aiiaijr^ia  aiiu  ^pc*.ta«  tiiwu^i.1 iwt
      problem solving  In support of Agency toxic  pollutant regulatory and permitting
      activities;  (2)  development of "best management  practices"  for industrial  pollution
      not readily  controlled by effluent  limitations;  (3)  development of control
      technologies for spills; and (4)  initiation of a major effort to  demonstrate
      industrial recycle/reuse technologies.

           The monitoring and technical support R&D program includes:  (1) development of
      specific and broad spectrum methods for  identifying  and measuring pollutants in
      ambient waters,  waste waters, sediments, and sludges, with  current emphasis  on
      toxic substances; {2} determination of reference methods for  regulated pollutants;
      (3) provision of quality assurance  services for  Agency programs requiring collection
      and analysis of  data on pollutants  in ambient or waste waters; (4) development and
      evaluation of sampling and monitoring systems; (5) technical  support to Agency
      spill and emergency response activities  through  aerial  and  remote sensing and data
      interpretation.

      -  Monitoring:

           An important fundamental transition is taking place In EPA's monitoring program
      with the reorientation to toxic pollutants.  Because of the complex analytical
      problems associated with monitoring toxic pollutants, EPA will be stressing  quality
      assurance/quality control programs  to ensure that EPA and State laboratories are
      taking samples,  analyzing them, and storing the  data properly.  In 1980,  a maximum
      priority will be placed on ensuring a minimum level  of quality control for toxics
      monitoring efforts.  These quality  control  efforts are critical to the new and
      expanded activities needed to provide adequate data  for "hot  spot" analyses,
      analysis of  toxic pollutants in publicly owned treatment works, urban storm  water
      run-off studies, and environmental  exposure/risk determinations,  as well  as  to
      support State/EPA agreements.

      -  Nonpoint  sources:

           Priority consideration will  be given by the Agency to  those  nonpoint source
      controls which reduce toxic pollutant discharges. For example, a major program
   "   to evaluate  the  effects and control of urban storm water run-off  Is being Initiated
      1n mid-1979  and  will continue well  into  1980. Between 15-20  urban areas are being
      thoroughly evaluated through the use of  State and areawide  agencies and EPA
      resources.

Construction Grants Program

      -  Water program operations:

           The keystone of the Agency's program remains the abatement of water pollution
      problems resulting from conventional pollutants, such as excess suspended solids,
      bacteria, and oxygen demanding loads that degradate   our waterways.  The problem
      of conventional  pollutants Is massive, and  will  still require a large commitment
      of personnel and dollar resources in the Immediate future

           Municipal point source control activities are addressed  principally through
      the waste treatment facility constructidn program.  The long-range goal of the
      construction grants program is to eliminate the  municipal discharge of untreated
      or inadequately treated pollutants  and thereby help  restore or maintain the
      quality of  the Nation's waters and  protect  the health and well-being of the  people.
HQ-4

-------
     The program strategy for 1980 recognizes that there are limited funds  available
to meet these pollution control  needs and that the funds available must go  toward
assisting municipalities in meeting the roost critical  needs  in the shortest possible
time.  Accordingly, the EPA strategy for 1980-1981 is  (a) to orient funding toward
meeting the environmental requirements of the Act through stringent cost-effectiveness
review on a project by project basis and (b) to stress innovative and alternative
approaches to waste treatment, including emphasis on water and energy conservation,
waste water reuse and recycling  of pollutants, and small systems.  Funds specifically
earmarked for State delegation under Section 205(g) of the Act will be directed
toward maximizing State assumption of pro.gram activities in  the shortest possible
time.  In all cases. State delegation will  be part of  an overall  agreement  that will
ensure that EPA policies and environmental  objectives  continue to be met,

     EPA will continue to pursue program strategies that provide sufficient
certainty and stability to States and municipalities to facilitate effective
planning and management at all levels.  The 1980 appropriation request of
$3.8 billion is a critical component of this management need.

     -  Advanced treatment:

          An amendment to the 1979 appropriation mandated that EPA closely  review
     funding of advanced waste treatment or projects proposing treatment greater
     than secondary,  EPA has developed and will implement a number of new  procedures
     in 1979 to comply with this new requirement.  The amendment requires detailed
     scrutiny of all advanced projects at several levels. The Appropriation
     Conference Committee directed that the Administrator personally review grant
     awards to all  projects with incremental costs above secondary which are greater
     than $1 minion.  In addition, EPA will pursue a  more rigorous review  of all
     projects requiring treatment above secondary to ensure  that State imposed
     limitations are properly applied and effective.  During 1979, EPA expects to
     review approximately 600 projects greater than secondary, of which roughly
     one^third will be reviewed  directly by the Administrator.

          Pretreatment planning  and advanced waste treatment planning are eligible
     for funding under both Sections 201 and 208.  In  previous years, these
     activities received Section 208 funding because they were accomplished on an
     areawide or water segment basis.  Beginning in 1980, all pretreatmeot  planning
     and advanced waste treatment planning related to  facilities  will be funded under,
     Sections 106 and 201, rather than Section 208.

     -  State delegation:

          The State management assistance grant program authorizes the use  of two
     percent or $400,000, whichever is greater, of each allotment to cover  the
     cost of delegation of the construction grants program and (to the extent
     that funds suffice) the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
     (NPDES) permit, dredge and  fill, and Section 208  management of programs to
     the States.  EPA's long-term goal is to allow the States, rather than  EPA,
     to assume responsibility for day-to-day management of construction grants
     activities.  The timing and extent of delegation  to each State depends on
     the State's ability to operate a program,that meets the necessary competency
     requirements and policy direction mandated by the law and EPA objectives.
     A grant is given to a State when it can show that it is able to assume
     delegated responsibility for a substantial portion of construction grants
     program activities.

          Approximately 26 States are expected to receive State management
     assistance grants during 1979, which will allow gradual phase-in of most
     program activities as the States staff up and are trained to accept each task.
     Most of the remaining interested States will have entered into preliminary
     negotiations during 1979, leading to a grant in 1980 and 1981.  A total of
     39 States are expected to have a grant by the end of 1980.  Resource benefits
     from this State delegation  strategy should begin  to be  evident in  1980 and 1981.


                                                                         WQ-5

-------
      -  Municipal  enforcement:

           Emphasis will  continue in  1979  on  the municipal  enforcement strategy  first
      formulated in 1978,   As  with other water  quality programs,  this strategy is an
      attempt to integrate program activities of the  grants, enforcement, and NPDES
      permit compliance programs, to  better coordinate and  reinforce planning and
      scheduling of municipalities to meet the  goals  of the Act.   The principal
      effort in 1979 will  be to  implement  a program of action  throughout EPA and
      the States, leading to:

           -  Integrated municipal permit  and grants  schedules;

           -  Compatible information  systems;

           -  Internally consistent operating procedures; and

           -  Coordinated grant  and enforcement sanctions for  noncomplying municipalities.

      The overall result is expected  to be more effective and  expeditious actions toward
      the municipal requirements established  1n the Act.

      -  Research and development:

           Research to support the construction grants program is directed at the
      management of municipal  or community sources of water pollution, Including:
      (1) development of protocols for urban  waste water effluent sampling to support
      the publicly owned treatment works  (POTW) toxics study and  development of
      technical alternatives for toxics control;  (2)  specific  technical support  for
      the innovative and alternative  technology provisions  of  the construction grants
      program, including guidelines for and assistance in evaluating candidate
      technologies, including  soil treatment; and  {4} development and assessment of
      small flows systems; (5) evaluation  of  conservation,  renovation, and reuse
      alternatives; (6) development and assessment of systems  for managing wet weather
      discharges; and (7) optimization of  existing treatment technologies  for
      efficiency, reliability, and economy.

      The Role of the States and Emphasis  on  Integrated Environmental Management -
Through the passage of the Clean Water Act the  Congress reaffirmed its intention that
States have a major and continuing role in environmental programs. The year 1980 will
mark the start of a new era in planning,  implementing and managing environmental
programs at the regional and State levels.   State/EPA Agreements will present
consolidated approaches to solving water supply,  solid waste,  and water pollution
control problems.  The Integration of these  program  areas will be a major  step toward
the objective of global comprehensive environmental  planning and  management.

      The process of Integrated management is being  initiated  1n  1979.  EPA  is
requiring all States to develop comprehensive State/EPA Agreements to cover  Clean
Water Act programs, including consolidation  of Sections 106, 208, 303, and the Clean
Lakes provisions of Section 314.

      State/EPA Agreements will  be the result of  a negotiation process between each
State and Its respective EPA region.   The.Agreements  will  describe activities  that
States and EPA will undertake during  the coming year.  An  agreement will  be  the  result
of an assessment of what environmental problems face an individual State,  development
of a long-term strategy to solve those problems,  and a determination of critical steps
to take during the next year.

      Each State/EPA Agreement will reflect  Important decisions on environmental and
programmatic problems, State and  EPA priorities,  timing, and responsibilities.   It
also will be a management tool which  focuses  attention on  the  evaluation  and
accomplishment of major environmental efforts.

 WQ-6

-------
      Initial Water Quality Management planning will be completed by all  States and
areawide agencies by the end of 1979,  The continuing planning effort by local and
State agencies in 1980 will focus on the highest priority problem areas with special
emphasis on toxics.  The Agency will stress implementation of the initial plans and
require that substantial implementation is occurring as a condition for future funding.
The key change in program management to assure Section 208 plans are being carried
out is the development of the State/EPA Agreement process.  State implementation will
utilize funds provided under Section 106 program grants to accelerate establishment
of regulatory programs and to provide for monitoring to assess the adequacy of clean
up efforts.

      Rural nonpoint source control will receive more attention with the goal  of
improving the Nation's agricultural water management practices.  With the cooperation
of the U.S. Department of Agriculture the Agency developed a program for promoting
the utilization of effective nonpoint source control technologies by fanners and
ranchers in seven pilot projects in 1978.  That program will be expanded so more than
30 projects will be underway in 1980.  These projects are directed at the most
significant water quality problems caused by rural erosion, pesticides, fertilizer,
and feedlot runoff.  The long-range impact of completing these projects 1s the
transfer of the program findings to other applicable problem areas across the Nation.

      The rural clean water program will also be initiated 1n selected agricultural
areas Identified 1n approved water quality plans.  This program provides cost share
funds to farmers and ranchers for installing best management practices to prevent
nonpoint source pollution.  The criterion for project approval place highest emphasis
on the severity of the problem and the demonstration of public benefits including
effects on human health.

      A national program effort to evaluate the effects and control of urban storm
water runoff is being Initiated In mid-1979 and will continue into 1980.   The program
will utilize 15-20 prototype projects to develop a technological base for assessing
the runoff problem and developing control practices to provide Agency and national
decision makers the information required to determine the significance of storm water
runoff as a national problem.  This 3-year project will analyze the impacts of runoff
including toxics and air pollutant contributions and develop cost-effective solutions.

      The quality of the Nation's ground vaters is deteriorating.  In 1980, the Agency
will direct additional attention to ground water utilization and protection by
initiating work in four to five areas in the Nation for use in establishing a more
cohesive ground water policy and providing a better framework for Agency actions.

      Protection of Wetlands Through the Dredge and Fill Program - The Increased
legislative attention to hydrologic modifications through Section 404 permits, parallels
significant improvements in our understanding of aquatic resources, especially wetlands
and shallow water areas.  These are spawning and maturation areas for fish and shellfish
species that constitute a substantial proportion of national fisheries resources.
These systems also provide flood protection to downstream areas; protection of beaches,
and other coastal lands; and water quality benefits through the absorption of nutrients
and the uptake of some toxic pollutants.

      Despite this background knowledge, there.is a dramatically and continuously
declining national inventory of such aquatic resources.  Destruction of wetlands
acreage, shallows, mudflats, streams, and even rivers through the drainage or
filling of these areas for Industrial, residential, or recreational use contl-ues.

      The burden of conserving our remaining resources falls on Section 404 of the
Clean Water Act.  Section 404 provides the principal protective tool and may underpin
other non-Federal activities.  EPA shares the responsibility for implementing
Section 404 with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
and, in the future, with the States.
                                                                            WQ-7   -

-------
        unuer  ttie  is//  «i>t,  cue worps  im i i  continue  w  at low areoge  ana  nil material
  discharge in the traditionally navigable  waters.   States may  assume  permit responsibility
  in  other  waters  if they are qualified,  EPA's  role in this process is  large and  includes
  responsibility for issuing regulations, establishing  State program approval criteria,
  reviewing and acting  upon  applications  from  States, and providing  continuing  oversight
  for both  States  and the Corps permit programs.  A  significant increase in Section  404
  responsibility for EPA will  occur  in 1980 as the Agency provides a responsible degree
  of  substantive review on at least  the most significant environmental permits, whether
  issued by the Corps or the States, and  responds to the variety of  new  program development
  mandated  by  the  Act.   Underlying the resource  needs to support these activities  is a
  sense  of  urgency greater than and  different  from the  problems of the control  of  industrial
  and municipal  discharge; the destruction  of  a  wetland or other aquatic areas  through
  filling is irreversible.

  SUMMARY OF INCREASES  AND DECREASES                         (in thousands of dollars)

  1979 Water Quality Program.	               $332,011

        Abatement  and Control	                  +1,790

         The  net  increase results from funding  for  the
         Corps of Engineers (+$6,800,000); effluent
         standards and guidelines (+$4,584,000); NEPA
         compliance-municipal  waste facilities
         construction  (+$1,869,000);  manpower planning
         and  training  (+$614,000);  and the clean lakes
         program  (+$279,000).   Decreases partially
         offsetting these increases are  for control
         agency support  (-$3,670,000);  areawide
         waste treatment management grants (-$1,000,000);
         municipal  waste treatment  facility construction
         (-$2,541,000); dredge and  fill  (-$2,291,000);
         municipal  waste treatment  operation  and
         maintenance (-$624,000); training grants
         (-$590,000);  Chesapeake Bay  program
         (-$500,000);  State programs  regulations and
         guidelines (-$424,000); ocean disposal
         (-$293,000);  monitoring and  data  support
         (-$273,000);  spill  prevention and response
         (-$240,000);  and a minor decrease in NEPA
         compliance/EIS preparation (-$10,000).

        Research and Development	                  -2,957

         The  net  decrease of $2,957,000  results from a
         decrease in the Great Lakes  program  ($2,025,000),
         a decrease to the  cold climate  research program,
         the  land application of waste water  and sludge
         program, clean lakes project evaluations,  and
         research on food chains (-$1,116,000); an
         increase to evaluate the potential health
         effects  of reuse of waste  water for   •
         industrial  and aquacultural  purposes  (+$757,000);
         an increase to expand water  quality  predictive
         models (+$78,000), 2™ increase  in the  Chesapeake
         Bay  program (+$500,000); an  increase for ocean
         outfall  research (+$282,000); an  increase  to
         establish a major  program  directed at
         demonstrating the  reuse and  recycle  options for
         industrial  waste water discharges (+$4,237,000);
         a decrease resulting from  a  nonrecurring
         Congressional add-on in 1979 for  potable reuse
         demonstration (-$8,000,000); a  decrease in waste
         water control technology (-$135,000);  an increase
WQ-8     1'n ur'3an to^C5 and residuals management

-------
       (+$1,266,000); and an increase in monitoring
       and technical  support activities (+$1,199,000).

     Enforcement	,	                   +507

       The increase is requested to  implement the
       Agency's pretreatment program and other high
       priority permits and water enforcement
       activities.
1980 Water Quality Program	,	...                331,451

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Summary of Budget Request

              An appropriation of $331,451,000 is requested for 1980.  This request,
by appropriation, 1s as follows:

                  Research and Development	  $63,659,000
                  Abatement and Control..,	  239,545,000
                  Enforcement.	   28,247,000

              This request  represents a net decrease of $560,000 from the 1979 level.
The net change comes about primarily from decreases to  Section 208 area wide waste
treatment management grants; control agency support;  municipal waste treatment
facility construction; dredge and fill activities; Great Lakes program; and potable
reuse demonstration.  Offsetting these decreases are  increases for the Corps of
Engineers agreement; effluent standards and guidelines; NEPA compliance;
demonstration of the reuse and recycle options for industrial  waste water discharges;
urban toxics and residuals management; and monitoring and technical support activities.

     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

          Changes from the budget are as follows:

                                                           (in thousands of dollars)

          Original 1979 estimate.....	             $324,968
          Congressional increases/decreases:
            Contractual services and monitoring and
              technical support	               -1,521
            Chesapeake Bay......	               +4,900
            Great Lakes	               +4,500
            Saginaw and Pine Rivers studies	                +275
            Section 208, areawide waste treatment	             -18,000
            Academic training	                +590
            Dredge and fill activities...,	               +2,500
            Ocean outfall	              +2,500
            Corps of Engineers agreement	;.	              -3,000
            Reduction in lapse rate	                -330
            Aquatic weed control	                 +600
            Agricultural reuse..	;              +8,000
          Effect of October 1978 pay raise partial
            absorption	,	                -546
          Proposed October 1978 pay raise supplemental               +2,186
          Distribution of October 1977 pay raise......               +4,619
          Transfer to  Department of Labor	                -502
          Office of Research and Development
            reprogramming.	,	               -2,316
          Headquarters and regional offices
            reprogranmiing.	      	+2.588   	

          Current 1979 estimate	             332,011       M.g

-------
     ww»*fi %.-»j swiiu t  •ta.nwnytj ww v**c **B (*ci  ^fUQ i I ^J uuvyc U I C^UCaV rC^U I LCU III WIG
following:   a $6 million reduction to the Research and Development contracts and
monitoring and technical support resulted in  a decrease of $1,521,000; add-ons
totalling $15,265,000 were applied to the request for Chesapeake Bay ($4,900,000),
for Great Lakes ($4,500,000), for an in-place toxic pollutant study for removal,
treatment,  and management of deposits of PCBs and PBBs in Saginaw and Pine River,
Michican ($275,000), for academic training ($590,000), for dredge and fill
activities ($2,500,000); for aquatic weed control research ($600,000), for
reuse of waste waters for agricultural  purposes ($8,000,000), and for ocean
outfall contractual services ($2,500,000); a  reduction of $18 million was applied
to the Section 208 areawide waste treatment management program; $3 million was
reduced from ttie Corps of Engineers agreement; and $330,000 was reduced from the
Abatement and Control and Enforcement appropriations to implement the $3 million
reduction in the lapse rate on filling positions.

     Pay raise costs, including absorption of a portion of the costs, results in a
net increase of $6,259,000.  The agency request included all funds for the
October 1977 pay raise in the management and  support media, to be distributed by
media at a later date.  The increase reflected represents the share of this later
distribution.  The transfer of the contract compliance activities to the Department
of Labor resulted in a decrease of $502,000.

     Finally, agencywide reprograranrtngs result in a net increase of +$272,000, of
which +$6 million is a "payback" from the air and radiation medias to the Section
208 areawide waste treatment management activity as approved by the Appropriations
Subcommittee; -$2,316,000 is reprogrammed within the Office of Research and
Development to the air media (-$1,223,000) and to the interdisciplinary media
(-$1,093,000).  Other reprogrammings are from the toxic substances media,
+$873,000; from the solid waste media, +$244,000; from the drinking water media,
+$121,000;  to management and support activities. -$3,745,000; and -$905,000 to
the air media.
ANALYSIS QF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
                                                            Current
                                                           Estimate
                                                             1979
               Estimate
                 1980
                                                           (in thousands of dollars)
     Prior year obligations.
       Effect of congressional changes	
       Effect of October 1978 pay raise....
       Transfer to Department of Labor	
       Effect of reprogramni ngs............
       Program increases	.	..
       Change in amount of carryover funds
         available	
       Change in rate of obligation	
$309,034

  +8,535
  +1,640
    -502
    +200
  +5,400

  +5,499
 +41.046
$370,852
  +6,300

 -38,841
  -2.350
       Total estimated obligations	
         (From new obligation authority).
         (From prior year funds)	
 370,852
(303,049)
 (62,803)
 335,961
(331,999)
 (23,962)
WQ-10

-------
EXPLANATION UF INCRbfl5b5 HHU Ubt-KbAStS 1U UBUIaHllUHS

     The congressional  changes discussed in the previous section are expected  to  result
in an increase of $8,535,000 to obligations.   The e'ffect of the October 1978 pay  raise,
as netted by absorption, will increase obligations by $1,640,000.  The transfer of the
contract compliance activities will  reduce obligations by $502,000.  The reprograimrings
made by the Office of Research and Development and other headquarters and regional
offices are expected to decrease obligations  by $6 million.

     The increase in budget authority over the 1978 level will  result in an increase
of $5.4 million in 1979 obligations; the" program changes requested in 1980 are
expected to increase obligations by $6.3 million.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is $53,286,000, an
increase of $5,499,000 over the 1978 level; in 1980, it is estimated'that
$14,445,000 of carryover funds will  be obligated, a decrease of $38,841,000 from
the 1979 level,

     A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979, which would create
an increase of $41,046,000 over the 1978 level.  In 1980, the rate will decrease
by $2,350,000.
                                                                            WQ-11

-------
                                       WATER QUALITY
PROGRAM LEVELS

State and Areawlde Water
  Quality Management (208)
  plans approved...............

State and Areawlde Water
  Quality Management (208)
  continuation grants awarded..

Clean Lakes Projects Awards	

Clean Lakes Projects completed.

Ocean Dumping Permits	

Construction Grants Awards	
  Step I Awards	
  Step II Awards	
  Step III Awards	

Active Construction Grants
  Projects	

State Program Approvals
  (National Pollutants Dis-
   charge Elimination System)..

Adjudieatery Hearings Settled
  (Major Sources)	
Permits issued by EPA:

  Municipal —
    Major	
    Minor..	
  Nonnmunicipal —
    Major	
    Minor	
Enforcement Actions (Adminis-
  trative Orders, Notices of
  Violation, and Referrals to
  U.S. Attorneys)	
Compliance Inspections.
Actual
1978
5
169
30
4
60
2,275
(926)
(589)
(760)
11,387
32
246
160
300
75
1,326
1,082
2,690
Budget
Estimate
1979

* * •
50
...
35
6,400
(2,100)
(2,300)
(2,000)
11,295
33
342
360
572
* * *
1,650
2,595
Current
Estimate
1979
210
200
50
10
53
3,200
(1,000)
(1,200)
(1,000)
11,100
35
237
455
572
1,650
2,725
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1980 1980 vs. 1979
40
198
60
20
47
3,400
(800)
(1,300)
(1 ,300)
10,700
37
60
207
441
' 1 ,684
2,586
-170
-2
+10
+10
-6
+200
(-200)
(+100)
(+300)
-400
+2
-177
-248
-131
+34
-139
  WQ-12

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                 Research and Development
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Health and Ecological
  Effects 	    $24,727  $21,001      $23,748       $22,224
Industrial Processes. . .     13,173   10,875       10,590        14,827
Public Sector Activities.     20,761   12,740       21,227        14,358
Monitoring and Technical
  Support . , 	     13.745   12.282       11.051        12.250

     Total. .......     72,406   56,898       66,616        63,659

Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
  Effects	        266      228          218           204
Industrial Processes. . .         71       62           60            57
Public Sector Activities.        Ill      114          117           117
Monitoring and Technical
  Support ........        127      146          136           125

     Total. .......        575      550          531           503

Full-time Equivalency
Health and Ecological
  Effects	         ...      ..„         324           288
Industrial Processes. . .         ...      ...          82            86
Public Sector Activities.         ...      ...         151           156
Monitoring and Technical
  Support ........         ...      ...         181           179

     Total	         ...      ...         738           709
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -
                                       -$1,524
                                       + 4,237
                                       - 6,869
                                            14
                                             3
                                            28



                                            36
                                             4
                                             5

                                             2

                                            29
Page
                                      wq-14
                                      WQ-32
                                      WQ-42

                                      WQ-54
     The role of research and development in EPA's water quality program is to provide
the scientific information needed to support Its standard setting and enforcement activities.
To do this, a multifaceted research program has been established.  The goals of this
program include the development of efficient and cost effective wastewater treatment
technology for both municipalities and industries; the determination of the health implica-
tions of existing technology for treatment and disposal of wastewater and sludge; the
determination of useful and defensible monitoring methods; documentation of the validity
of monitoring data; definition of criteria for water use in various aquatic environments;
the establishment of strategies for control of pollution from spills of hazardous materials;
and the prevention or control of pollution from agricultural and forestry sources.  An
overall goal is to provide the scientific basis for economical and socially viable environ-
mental management.
                                                                         WQ-13

-------
                                 Research and Development

                               Health and Ecological Effects
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Appropriation
Health Effects. ......   $3,538    $7,145
Transport and Fate
  of Pollutants .....      943     1,297
Chesapeake Bay	    5,527
Great Lakes *..,...    3,543     2,100
Marine Ecological  Effects    4,367     3,427
Freshwater Ecological
  Effects 	    6,809     7.032

     Total. .......   24,727    21,001

Permanent Positions
Health Effects. .  .  ...       19        26
Transport and Fate
  of Pollutants	        9         7
Chesapeake Bay	        •»
Great Lakes	 .        9         9
Marine Ecological  Effects       80        57
Freshwater Ecological
  Effects ....*...      149       129

     Total. .......      266       228

Fill 1 -time Equi val ency
Health Effects. .  .  .
Transport and Fate
  of Pollutants .....      ...
Chesapeake Bay. .....
Great Lakes .......
Marine Ecological  Effects
Freshwater Ecological
  Effects	

     Total........
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
            $6,316

             1,172
             2,400
             3,600
             3,111
                23

                 4
                 5
                 7
                49

               130

               218


                31

                 9
                 5
                14
                95

               170

               324
             $7,073

              1,251
              2,900
              1,575
              3,393
                 23

                  5
                  5
                  7
                 45

                119

                204


                 29

                 17
                  5
                  9
                 72

                156

                288
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -
               +$  757

               +    79
               +   500
               - 2,025
               +   282
                    4

                   11
                   14


                    2

                    8
                  e * •
                    5
                   23

                   14

                   36
Budget Request

     The 1980 budget request for water quality health and ecological effects is $22,224,000
and 204 positions.  This represents a net decrease of $1,524,000 and 14 positions from the
1979 level.  This request provides for the following increases: $757,000 to evaluate the
potential health effects of reuse of wastewater for industrial and aquacultural purposes;
$789,000 and one position to expand water quality predictive models to include the highest
priority classes of toxic pollutants Involved in the Natural Resources Defense Council
Consent Decree of 1976; $500,000 to increase the Chesapeake Bay Program; and $282,000 for
ocean outfall related research.  A four position decrease is also reflected in the marine
ecological effects area.  Decreases in the health and ecological area are:  $2,025,000 in
the Great Lakes Program and $1,117,000 and 11 positions in the freshwater ecological program.
WQ-14

-------
     Ttie health effects research program Includes the following areas:

     - Determination of the health implication of existing and innovative  technology
       for the treatment and disposal  of wastewater and sludge.

     - Development of rapid screening  tests suitable for extrapolation  to  man  for the
       characterization of toxic pollutants in complex effluents.

     - Development of recreational water quality criteria.

     - Determination of the feasibility of establishing criteria for the safe  reuse  of
       wastewater for potable, industrial  and aquacultural purposes.

     - Determination of the health effects of priority organic consent  decree  chemicals.

     The health effects research program supports three national goals  and policies  set
out in the Federal Water Pollution Control Act:  to eliminate the  discharge of pollutants;
to attain water quality which provides for recreation; and to prohibit  discharge of  toxic
pollutants in harmful amounts.

     The research addressing health impacts of innovative technologies  is  focused on land
application of wastewater and sludge.   It includes studies on the  health effects of
aerosols from land application to help establish safe siting practices. This  research
supports the national goal of zero pollutant discharge, the Title  II emphasis  on innovative
and alternative treatment, and the Section 405 guidelines on the disposal  of sludge.
Studies on potable Industrial and aquacultural reuse similarly support  the elimination of
pollutant discharges and the preparation of guidelines for aquaculture  (discussed in
Section 318).

     The remaining research is concerned with recreational exposures and other health
effects of water pollutants.  Recreational water quality studies are primarily concerned
with microbial contaminants which may  cause disease.  In FY 1980,  toxic organic contaminants
become an important area of water quality health effects research.  Health effects data
bases for the regulation of identified priority pollutants will be established and methods
for identifying currently unrecognized organic contaminants through biological  screening
will be developed.

     The water quality transport and fate program is designed to provide information
on. and methodologies for, assessing the movement, transformation, persistence, and
ultimate fate of pollutants in fresh surface water.  This program provides information.on
the interactions among various pollutants and natural constituents of water and soil.
Such a technical base is essential for gaining an understanding of the  water quality
impacts resulting from given rates of  release of various chemicals to the  environment,
With this type of information available, decisions can b'e made on the levels of control
of specific chemicals required to achieve water quality goals in a cost effective manner.

     The water quality transport and fate program covers two areas:  the development
of protocols, including mathematical models., for predicting point  and nonpoint source
pollution contributions and their impacts on fresh surface waters; and  the development of
procedures for systematically evaluating the effectiveness of alternative  point and
nonpoint source management strategies, with considerations of water quality, energy, and
socio-economic impacts.  These protocols and procedures are used by Federal, State,  and
local planning agencies.  Other results of this research are used  to:  assess  the adequacy
of best available control technology and/or best management practices for  meeting water
quality goals at specific locations; translate ambient water quality goals into current
and future control requirements—effluent limitations; identify the most cost  effective
combination of point and nonpoint source controls for achieving water quality  goals  at
specific locations; and develop water  quality management plans—as required under Sections
201, 208, and 303 of the FWPCA—for achieving and maintaining desired levels of water
quality in the most cost effective manner.
                                                                             WQ-15

-------
impacting the environment, develop research to address adverse factors,  and  define manage-
ment strategies to ameliorate degradation.  The Region III Administrator was identified  as
the National Program Manager and has directed efforts to develop a program to address  the
mandate through a cooperative effort between citizen groups,  state environmental  agencies
(Virginia and Maryland), and the EPA.

     A program of integrated studies has been initiated to provide a predictive capacity
to assess the consequences of pollutant loadings on the Chesapeake Bay in terms of effects
on the ecosystem, on organisms, on human health, and on the economic impact  of the uses
made of the system.  Capacity to predict these impacts will  aid management  decisions
at all government levels.  The three highest priority problem areas are considered to  .
be toxic substances management, nutrient management to halt eutrophication processes,
and management of the drainage basin ecosystem to control  major ecological changes, such
as the disappearance of submerged aquatic vegetation.

     The role of the Great Lakes Research Program is to provide a scientific basis for
assessing the source, fate, effects and the importance of chemical, physical and biological
pollutants in the Great Lakes.  An integral part of the program is to develop and improve
predictive models of pollutants to aid management strategies  and to protect  and enhance
water quality.  This research supports the U.S. - Canadian International  Agreement (1972)
and EPA responsibilities under P,L. 95-200 and P.L. 99-321 (Clean Water Act).

     EPA representation on the International Joint Commission assures that the research
program continues to respond to Great Lakes research needs.  Data obtained from this
research program also supports information needs in the areas of water quality management
and toxic effluents guideline development.

     To accomplish this purpose a multifaceted research program has been developed.
Its objectives are to characterize pollution problems of the  Great Lakes, determine the
dynamics processes affecting the pollution of large lakes, and develop predictive methods
for describing the fate and effects of pollutants in the Great Lakes.  Emphasis will be  on
the verification of phosphorus-phytoplankton models that have been used in load reduction
simulations.  New research will be on the fate of hazardous substances in the Great
Lakes.

     The marine ecological effects research program is designed to provide information
on which to base legally defensible criteria, standards, and  guidelines for  effective
pollution control programs and treatment strategies.  This program includes  research in
the following areas:

     - Determination of the effects of specific pollutants or pollutant combinations
       on representative or key sensitive organisms in aquatic ecosystems and on critical
       ecosystem parameters and processes.

     - Investigation of the physical, chemical, and biological transformation products
       of pollutants in marine ecosystems.

     - Development of mathematical ecosystem simulation and laboratory models to aid
       in the prediction of pollutant stress effects on aquatic biota and ecosystems.

     - Development of methods to measure the relative "health" of aquatic ecosystems.

     - Examination of the transport and effects of pollutants in marine environments.

     In addition, the program provides technical assistance to EPA Regional  and Program
Offices through short-term studies, consultation and expert testimony in legal
proceedings.
   MQ-16

-------
aquanc organisms,  tms includes researcn on tne recovery rates, monitoring methods, and
investigations of socio-economic factors.

     The characteristics of the physical, chemical  and biological transformation products
of pollutants in freshwater ecosystems are studied  to determine their impact and fate.
Laboratory models and mathematical simulations are  developed to aid in predicting pollutant
stress effects on aquatic biota and ecosystems.

     Some of the major areas of research include, 1) development and evaluation of test
methods and protocols for aquatic toxicants and/or detection of mutagenic/carcinogenic
alterations, 2) evaluation of the effects of complex effluents, 3) development of rapid
screening methods to predict the bioaccumulatidn potential of organic chemicals in biota,
4) field validation studies and definition of new problem areas, 5) determination of
best alternative waste treatment processes, 6) characterization and determination of the
effects of non-point source (NFS) pollutants on water quality in rural and urban areas, 7)
determination of the productivity and function of wetlands and pollutant impact within
these systems, 8) evaluation of the ecological effects of land application of treated
municipal wastes and 9) research on pollutant perturbations in cold climate ecosystems.

HEALTH EFFECTS

1978 Accomplishments

     During FY 1978, resources totaled $3,538,000 and 19 positions of which $2,571,800 was
expended on grants, $163,500 for contracts, and $7,000 for interagency agreements.
Specific accomplishments included the following:

     - An epidemic!ogical study of adults and children living near 400 meters of a
       conventional wastewater treatment plant found that there were no increased risks of
       acute and chronic disease.  This result indicates that present siting practices at
       this distance are acceptable from a health standpoint.

     - Pathogens in aerosols from wastewater applied to land were identified and measured*
       Concentrations above background were found at 600 meters but not at 800 meters
       downwind.  Viruses were found to be more hearty than the coliform bacteria.
       This research shows that coliform might not  be the appropriate indicator organism.

     - A model was developed to predict pathogen exposure from wastewater aerosols.
       The model provides information useful in the selection of land disposal sites.
       When minimum infectious dose information 1s  avail able,-actual risks of disease can
       be calculated.

     - A method for quantifying concentrations of Vibrio parahemolyticus in marine waters
       was developed and validated.  This pathogen  is found in contaminated shellfish
       and bathing waters.  It causes gastroenteritis and occasionally septicemia in
       exposed humans.  The test is now being used  in a study relating nutrient concentra-
       tion to concentrations of Vibrio parahemolyticus.  The study will contribute to the
       data base for setting appropriate recreational water quality standards.

     - Identification and development of bioassay/screening methods for characterizing
       effluents with regard to health effects was  begun.

-------
Of this amount, $4,606,000 will be expended for grants, $520,000 for contracts, and
$100,000 for interagency agreements.  Highlights of the FY 1979 research program include:

     - Continuation of studies on occurrence, movement and infectivity of pathogens in
       soil and food chains receiving wastewater or sludge.

     - Initiation of minimum human infectious and pathogenic dose studies to determine
       the virus exposure required to affect human health.

     - Continuation of studies of cadmium and other trace contaminants in wastewater
       and sludge to determine health impacts of various treatment and disposal methods.

     - Completion of aerosol studies on conventional  wastewater treatment facilities with
       a National symposium on aerosols to disseminate findings,

     - Development and validation of such bioassay methods as rapid screening tests
       to characterize toxics in water.

     - Establishment of a data base for final marine recreational water quality criteria.

     - Establishment of a data base for interim fresh water recreational water quality
       criteria.

     - Initiation of a coordinated research program to determine the feasibility of
       establishing criteria for the safe potable reuse of treated wastewater.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$829,2DO results from several actions.  Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual  services and
monitoring and technical  support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity was
-$50,000.  A net increase of +$81,700 results from increased pay costs from the October
1978 {FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.
Finally, as a result of a intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource require-
ments for the FY 1979 operating plan -$860,900 was reprogrammed from this activity to
health effects non-criteria pollutants within the air medium.

1980 Plan

     The requested resources for health effects research in FY 1980 are $7,073,000 and
23 positions, an increase of $757,200 over 1979.  Of this amount, $4,971,100 will  be
expended for grants, $677,900 for contracts, and $200,000 for interagency agreements.

     The $757,200 increase over the present level will be used to evaluate the potential
health effects of reuse of wastewater for industrial  and aquacultural purposes and to
increase the number of priority consent decree pollutants studied in FY 1980 from five to
ten.

     A major program thrust is to determine the health implications of existing and
innovative technology for the treatment and disposal  of wastewater and sludge, with
pathogens and trace contaminants receiving specaal consideration.  The program will focus
upon:  the health impact of utilizing sludge containing cadmium on food chain crops; the
health risk of fungi associated with sludge composting operations; and the occurrence and
transmission of parasites found in sludge.  The data gathered on these and other issues
will help EPA determine what constitutes safe treatment and disposal practices.
 WQ-18

-------
those conventionally used for assessing, threats to human health, this could result in a
large savings of time and resources in the evaluation of health effects of environmental
contaminants.

    Another program component focuses on the derivation of interim freshwater recreational
water quality criteria.  Research on marine recreational  water quality criteria will  be
completed in FY 1981.  This research links epidemiology with good microbiological  and
chemical analyses of recreational water.  Understanding the relationship of various water
quality parameters to disease in swimmers and participants in other water sports will make
it possible for EPA to decide which parameters, if any, should be controlled.

    The research program on potable reuse of treated wastewaters will continue.  This
program will be coordinated with research on drinking water health effects and treatment.
Advanced wastewater treatment effluents will be analyzed and toxicological assessments of
key constituents will be made.  Epidemic!ogic studies on populations where wastewater is used
for ground water recharge will provide some human health data on indirect potable reuse.
In FY 1980 the reuse program will be expanded to include aquaculture and industrial reuse.
Screening tests and long term toxicological studies will  be used to assess the impact of
10 priority consent decree pollutants on man via the aquatic food chain.

TRANSPORT AND FATE OF POLLUTANTS

1978 Accomplishments

     The 1978 transport and fate budget totaled $943,000; extramural expenditures were
divided as follows:  grants, $295,700; and contracts, $132,900.  During 1978 the
program:

     - Developed the first linked continous simulation model for stream-river-lake
       systems incorporating both point and non-point sources and in-stream transport
       and transformation of pollutants.

     - Developed a computerized version of a general water quality basin planning methodo-
       logy previously issued as a hand calculation technique.

     - Completed an additional evaluation of the environmental, energy and economic
       consequences of alternative strategies for water pollution control, based on
       the Willamette River case history.

     - Presented workshops, attended by planning and pollution control personnel, on
       techniques for estimating the magnitude of nonpoint source pollutant loads in
       streams.

     - Completed development of a methodology (employing regression analysis of historical
       data) for estimating "natural" background levels of selected contaminants in
       fresh surface waters.

1979 Program

     The 1979 resource level in the water quality transport and fate program area 1s
SI,172,500 and four positions.  These resources include approximately $480,000 in contracts
and $425,500 in grants.  The research in water quality transport and fate area is directed
at:

     - Completion of the development of the Section 208 areawide set of predictive models
       for the common pollution parameters and testing of the model set in two basins.
                                                                           HQ-19

-------
     - Testing of the completed basin scale model  set in two basins.  This set is  designed
       for conducting gross assessments of current and future point and nonpoint source
       induced water quality problems over relatively large areas—greater than 200
       square miles.

     - Initiation of expansion of the 208 areawide and basin scale sets of models  to
       provide a capability to address selected consent decree toxic  chemicals.

     - Initiation of the development of a method for conducting environmental  mass balances
       of consent decree toxic chemicals. •

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$124,500 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$12,200 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979)  pay  raise as
well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a  result  of
a ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for FY  1979  operating plan
-$136,700 was reprogrammed from this activity to health effects/transportation sources
($123,500) and health effects/non-criteria pollutants {$13,200) within  the air quality
medium,

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan calls for a resource level of $1,251,000 and five  positions. This is
an increase of $78,500 and one position over the present level to be  used  to increase
efforts on water quality predictive models.  Approximately $515,000 of  the total will be
expended for contracts and $455,000 for grants.

     Research in the transport and fate program will be directed primarily at  expansion
of the first generation basin scale and 208 areawide model  sets to include selected
toxic chemicals covered by the 1976 Consent Decree.  Expansion of the 208  areawide and
hydrologic unit model sets to address sediments, alone and  as a carrier of toxic chemicals,
will also be undertaken.  Limited testing of the completed  model sets will be  continued,
utilizing applicable existing data collected by others.

CHESAPEAKE BAY

1978 Accomplishments

    The resources for Cheasapeake Bay in 1978 were $5,527,200 of which  $5,460,000  was
spent on grants.  During 1978 the program:

    - Developed a program plan with and the states of Maryland, Virginia and Pennsylvania
      for studying the Chesapeake Bay and initiated major research efforts to  investigate
      three of the Chesapeake Bay's environmental  problems.  Products of this  research
      will be used by the regulatory authorities in planning and decision  making processes
      and will be applicable to other estuarine systems.

    - Initiated a $2.7 million dollar toxics management program to develop baseline
      information identifying and quantifying the distribution and concentration of toxic
      substances in the Chesapeake Bay.         4

    - Investigated was the decline of submerged aquatic vegetation in the  Bay. This
      involved a $2.3 million effort to define causes for the decline 1n aquatic grasses
      and to further understand their ecological significance within  the Chesapeake Bay
      ecosystem.
   WQ-20

-------
      NPS problems will be evaluated and recommended for further assessment and implementa-
      tion.

1979 Program

     The resources for Chesapeake Bay research in FY 1979 are $2,400,000 and 5 positions.
Of this amount $2,275,000 will be expended for grants.

     The FY 1979 Chesapeake Bay Program will continue its integrated approach in the
areas of toxic management, submerged aquatic vegetation and eutrophication.  This will
include development of a predictive capacity to assess the effects of pollutant loadings
to the system; development of a source assessment for toxic substances and nutrients
entering the estuarine system from point and non-point sources; validation of transport
and fate models for toxic substances in the system and evaluation of hazards to the
ecosystem and to human health through the use of exposure effects models (process studies);
and acquisition and synthesis of data to evaluate control options to halt eutrophication
and major ecosystem changes such as disappearance of submerged aquatic vegetation.

     In preparation for the initiation of a bay-wide system of monitoring stations,
a sampling program will quantify atmospheric loadings of toxic substances and nutrients to
the drainage basin and to the bay.  Research will be coordinated, and information shared,
with the Department of the Interior studies of the Potomac Estuary to record the ecosystem
changes in response to modified pollution control strategies.

FY 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net increase of +$2,400,000 results from a congressional add-on of this amount.

FY 1980 Plan

     Requested resources for the FY 1980 Chesapeake Bay Program are $2,900,000 and 5
positions. Approximately $2,400,000 of the total will be expended for grants.  The
$500,000 increase reflects an added emphasis on research in the areas of toxics,
submerged aquatic vegetation and etithrophication,

    The FY 1980 the program will continue the program of integrated study initiated in FY
78, so that management decisions at all the government levels can be based on a predictive
capacity to assess the consequences of pollutant loadings on the Chesapeake Bay in terms
of effects on-the ecosystem, on organisms, on human health, and on the economic impact of
the uses made of the system.  The three highest priority problem area studies will be
continued through ecosystem simulation, data acquisition and synthesis, and through
identification and evaluation of control alternatives in conjunction with the abatement
and control decision units of this program.

    Toxic substances source assessment studies will be comprehensive analyses of the
introduction of pollutants into the Chesapeake Bay Ecosystem from point and non-point
sources.  This information will be used to predict current and future loadings under
a series of alternative development projections and management strategies.  The transport
and fate models developed bay-wide projections.  These projections will be used in
exposure effect models to evaluate the management strategies proposed to achieve environ-
mental goals, standards, and criteria.
                                                                         WQ-21

-------
specific non-acceptable trends.

     A study program with other agencies to evaluate the water quality  problems  Induced
by dredging and spill disposal  and various hydrological  modifications will  be  initiated.
Management strategies to mitigate these problems and supplement the Department of  Interior
studies on the Potomac Estuary will  be developed.   These efforts are directed toward
hydro!ogic and basic water quality models which will provide  information to evaluate
the impact of modified waste treatment strategies  on this major tributary estuary.

GREAT LAKES

FY 78 Accomplishments

     During 1978 the budget totaled $3,543,300 and nine positions.   The extramural  expendi-
tures included $2,625,700 for grants and $156,200  for contracts. These funds were  expended
under the ecological process and effects program area.  Major accomplishments  included the
f ol 1 owi ng:

     - Model  simulations were provided to support  the 1978 Great Lakes  Water Quality
       Agreement which required that phosphorus loading be established  for  all of the
       Great Lakes.  Eutrophication modeling efforts included estimation of phosphorus
       load reductions, point and diffuse, which would be required  for  maintenance  of
       dissolved oxygen in Lake Erie, and to meet  water quality objectives  in Lakes
       Ontario and Huron.

     - PCB atmospheric input estimates were completed for Lake Michigan. Atmospheric
       inputs are now recognized to account for approximately 50 percent of the  lake
       loadings,  PCB sampling has been sufficiently defined  to determine the major
       transport pathways within a large lake system,

     - Development of two hazardous substances models continued, and a  mass balance of
       the inputs and major losses for PCBs and selected heavy metals was completed for
       Saginaw Bay.  These models are a part of a  series of hazardous substance  models
       being developed both inhouse and extramurally.

     - A two year study by the Philadelphia Academy of Science to investigate the  possibi-
       lity of biological control of the nuisance  alge Cladophora was terminated. Testing
       indicated that Cladophora appears to inhibit the growth and  reproduction  of  most of
       the test organisms.  With this inhibitory action, a suitable biological control
       could not be found.  This information will  be made available to  the  operational
       programs for control strategy development.

     - The analysis of planktonlc diatoms from the open waters of Lake  Michigan  continued.
       The intent of this effort was to provide year round water samples, which  would
       be analyzed for species of planktonic diatoms.  An analysis  of these samples
       will provide the first indication of separation between species  related to the
       nearshore and open waters, and will provide the first  complete data  set on these
       two communities.  These research results will be used  to assess  the  impact of
       pollutants on ne'er-shore phytoplankton community structure.

     - Study to refine and verify existing eutrophication simulations and to formulate
       a quantitative methodology for analysis of  sediment-water interactions in the
       Great Lakes continued.  Experimental efforts in support of this  activity  were
       directed toward an understanding of the rates of adsorption  and  desorption  of
       toxic organic molecules, settling rates, and sediment  oxygen demand  rates.   This
       activity will support not only existing and new simulation efforts,  but will
       be of considerable use to EPA and the Army  Corps of Engineers in understanding the
       impacts of dredged material disposal.

-------
       the hazardous substances models and in dredged  spoil  criteria documents.  A project
       was initiated in Lake Michigan to determine atmospheric  loadings  and  ultimate
       deposition rates of selected trace metals.   The metals being analyzed include zinc,
       cadmium, lead, copper, nickel, iron, cobalt, manganese,  calcium and magnesium.

     - Limnological  investigations to support requirements of the  Water  Quality Agreement
       and to satisfy public interest in the water quality of Lake Erie  continued.
       The results of the first studies indicate that  the dissolved oxygen problems have
       not changed in the last few years.  To detect the causes and to better understand
       the dissolved oxygen depletion, additional  studies were  undertaken in cooperation
       with NOAA and the Canada Centre for Inland  Waters.  These results will  support the
       joint U.S.-CANADIAN Eutrophication control  effort.

     - Fish larval surveys were conducted to accurately assess  the impact of-fish larval
       entrainment and fish impingement by an electric power plant.  The results indicate
       that the impact of the entrainment and impingement on the adult yellow perch
       population is of sufficient magnitude for the State of Michigan,  together with the
       power company, to investigate alternatives  to lessen  the impact.

1979 Program

     The resources for Great Lakes Research in 1979 are $3,600,000 and seven positions.
Of this amount, $2,224,000 will be spent for grants and $430,000 for contracts.

     Highlights of the 1979 program include:

     - Eutrophication and algal enrichment:  The Lake  Michigan  phytoplankton model will
       be completed.  (This completes the general  eutrophication modeling.)   Models
       are applicable for all the Great Lakes except Superior where a phytoplankton
       model is not required at this time.  As nutrient input reductions occur, field data
       will be collected to verify the model simulations made prior to the reductions.
       Field and laboratory studies during 1978 indicated the feasibility of developing a
       growth model  for Cladophora (a near shore nuisance alga  in  lakes  or reservoirs.)
       Field studies will proceed during the next  two  years  to  provide data  on Cladophora
       growth in response to various types of nutrient input and for the development of
       a predictive model which will be used to formulate a  management program.

     - Power production and related fish loss:  Utilizing data  collected in  previous
       years, effects of power production on the fish  populations  in the Central basin
       of Lake Erie will be assessed.

     - Dredged spot 1 dlspqsal:  Research on dredge spoil disposal  will be emphasized,
       increasing our predictive capability for long term pollutant losses from disposal
       sites.  Research gaps which now prevent the development  of  a dredged  disposal
       criteria document, will be identified.

     - Hazardous substances:  The greatest increase in research effort is in the area
       of organic pollutants and their pathways to and effects  on  man.   Studies to better
       define hazardous substances in the route and effects  of  organic pollutants will
       continue.  Studies on fish consumption and  human blood levels and their effects
       will provide the necessary data to link sources and man. It is expected that
       this research will not only provide a basis for exposure levels,  but  also, estimates
       on the persistence of the problem.
                                                                       UQ-23

-------
FY 1980 Plan

     Requested resources for the FY 1980 Great Lakes program are $1,575,000 and seven
positions Including approximately $980,000 for grants and $186,000 for Contracts.  This
is a decrease of $2,025,000 from 1979.  The program will continue along the lines established
in FY 1979


     The research program will emphasize:

     - Eutrophication;  The Cladophora growth model  will continue to be developed and
       verified for use in management programs.  Phytoplankton models will be updated.
       Studies on the dispersion and fate of contaminants in a stratified lake with
       emphasis on the deoxygenation in the hypolimnion will be continued.

     - Hazardous Substances:  The ecosystem research effort to establish the pathways,
       reservoirs and effects on humans of persistent organic pollutants and hazardous
       substances including those in suspended materials and sediments will continue.
       The studies on fish comsumption and human blood levels and effects of selected
       trace pollutants will continue to establish a basis for exposure levels and estimate
       the persistence of selected toxic chemical pollutants.  Research will be conducted
       on the effects of polychlorinated Biphenyls on Great Lakes phytoplankton community.
       Bioaccumulation, partitioning of PCBs into the lipid phase and the interference
       of this partitioning growth and nutrient uptake kinetics will be evaluated.
       The modelling of toxic substances in the Great Lakes food chains will continue.
       A compartment model of the principal features of the ecosystem will permit calculation
       of the transport of hazardous substances throughout each compartment.  Studies
       on atmospheric loadings of toxic materials will be expanded to cover the entire
       Great Lakes Basin.

MARINE ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS

1978 Accomplishments

     In FY 1978, the program had $4,366,700 and 80 positions.  Of this total, $807,500
was for grants, $388,600 for contracts and $121,600 for interagency agreements.  Major
ac c ornpli s hment s i nc1uded:

     - Completion of a study defining wetland boundaries for coastal marshes along the
       Pacific Coast and development of a field bioassay method for evaluating uptake
       of metals by marsh plants.  These studies will be useful in defining wetland
       boundaries for permit decisions involving disposal of dredge material and evaluating
       the effects of metals on wetland productivity.

     - Review of relevant scientific data relating to cooling systems and development
       of recommendations concerning the Seabrook Power Plant controversy.

     - Development of an approach to conduct environmental impact assessments for proposed
       power plants employing open once-through cooling.

     - Publication of a user's manual for determining chemical equilibrium to be used
       by Regional Offices in determining pollution potential of chemicals in aquatic
       systems.

     - Development of a technique for the rapid analysis of trace elements in selected
       small marine organisms.
    WQ-24

-------
       evaluating the utility of this system as a rapid toxicity testing tool.

     - Publication of guidelines for sampling and analyzing the marine macrobenthos;
       zooplankton and phytoplankton sampling; use of small trawlers in coastal  surveys;
       and use of numerical  classification in ecological  investigations.  These  guidelines
       will be useful in developing baseline and monitoring programs;  permit  decisions
       on where to dump wastes  or locate ocean outfalls;  and evaluating the impact  of
       a pollutant, or pollution event, and/or the recovery rate an area after such an
       event.

     - Completion of studies on the "in situ" biology of a dominant benthic deposit
       feeder (Nephtya Incisor) and the development of an "in situ" laboratory study
       system.  The new techniques and information will be utilized to observe pollutant
       stress responses in benthic bioassays.

     - Publication of a user's  guide for a transient water quality network model  for
       physical  transport and nitrogen cycling in rivers  and estuaries.  This model  can be
       used in predischarge evaluations to determine waste load allocations and  in  the
       prediction of effects such as phytopl ankton blooms.

     - Publication of a report  on circulation features of deep inlet coastal  environments,
       such as fjords, and their influence on primary productivity.  This information
       is also useful in predischarge evaluations and the prediction of phytoplankton
       blooms.

     - Completion of histophathologic examination of oysters, limpets, cockels and  razor
       clams collected from the AMOCO CADIZ oil  spill site showed an increase in mucous
       secretory cell activity  and hyaline degeneration of muscle bundles and connective
       tissue.  The same findings were noted in mussels,  mullet, flounder and coral
       exposed to oils in the laboratory.

     - Confirmation of laboratory studies showing inhibition of reproduction  in  macroalgae
       exposed to oil through observations of the AMOCO CADIZ oil spill.

FY 79 Program

     The resources for marine ecological effects research in FY 79 are $3,111,100 and
49 positions.  Of this amount $784,000 will be expended for grants, $60,000 for  contracts,
and $115,000 for interagency agreements.

     The FY 1979 program will continue to support Information needs In the areas of water
quality criteria development and evaluation of effects from ocean outfalls, ocean dumping
material and dredged spoil disposal on wetlands.  A new emphasis will  be placed  on  research
relating to ocean outfalls.   Other areas of study include research on the effects of
biocides/ antifoulants, chronic exposure to sublethal levels of oil and long  term exposure
to low levels of increased temperature.

     Highlights of the FY 79 program include:

     - Research  on:  water quality criteria development which emphasizes development
       and application of methods (biomathematiqal, behavioral  and physiological  indices)
       for quantitative assessment of effects on marine communities; the development and
       application of marine assays for detection and assessment of genetic toxicants;
       development of techniques to measure trace elements in water, sediment and organisms;
       studies of nutritional requirements of marine fishes; and the development of
       chronic/life cycle and in situ bioassay methods.  (This research is in response
       to Section 304 of the Clean Water Act, as amended, which requires the  publication
       and updating of water quality criteria to reflect  the latest scientific knowledge.
       Based on the criteria, water quality standards are set by the States and  EPA).
                                                                           WQ-25

-------
       ocean outfall; the optimum type of treatment for ocean outfalls for municipal
       wastes, based on the impact of various levels of sewage treatment;  the size and
       configuration of mixing zones; the effects of chromium and nutrient pollutants on
       phytoplankton populations; the response of a tropical  estuary to relaxation of
       sewage stress (measuring the extent and rate of recovery)  and the applicability of
       a chemical  equilibrium model.  {In addition, two special  studies are mandated  by
       the Clean Hater Act of 1977 are being conducted.  These are the effects of the
       discharge of raw wastewater from rum distilleries; and the impact of the disposal
       of seafood processing wastes, with emphasis on benthic macrofaunal  response and
       sediment quality.  Information gained from this research will be used to evaluate
       effluent limitations, establish ocean discharge guidelines, evaluate National
       Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits, and in particular to
       evaluate waivers from the secondary treatment requirement  for ocean outfalls
       (301h.)

     - Studies on ocean dumping which include the development and validation of various
       types of benthic bioassays for both solid phase and liquid phase materials and
       determination of those biological  indices which are most useful in  quantitative
       impact assessment.  Ocean dumping research is conducted to provide  information
       and methodologies for use in both the ocean dumping permit program and for the
       dredge material  disposal program.   Although current research has its emphasis
       on dredge material disposal, research in other areas are related to ocean dumping
       (e.g., bioassay development).  (It should be noted that the dredged material research
       is coordinated through a joint technical committee with the U.S. Army Corps of
       Engineers.)

     - Research on:  impact of dredged material on wetlands.   This research is related to
       the dredged material disposal permit program and to area wide planning requirements.
       Wetlands research is focused on wetlands boundary definition and productivity  and
       function studies.  This research is Important in the determination  of what constitutes
       a wetland is and which wetlands are most productive or functionally important, and
       therefore must be protected.

FY 79 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$315,900 results from two actions.   A net Increase of +$187,900 •
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979)  pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Secondly, as a result of the
agency s intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY
1979 operating plan -$503,800 was reprogrammed from this activity to health effects/non-
criteria pollutants ($225,600) within the air quality medium and to scientific assessment
($278,200) within the interdisciplinary medium.

FY 1980 Plan

     Resources for the FY 1980 marine ecological effects program are $3,393,000 and
45 positions.  Approximately $350,000 of the total will be expended for grants, $125,000
for contracts, and $150,000 for interagency agreements.  The $282,000 increase will
support research relative to the discharge of waste materials via outfalls,the development
criteria for such waste disposal practices and the field evaluation of modified practices.
Emphasis will be given to the determination of tl}e ecological effects of ocean disposed
wastes which have undergone various levels of treatment.  This research will permit a
comparison of effects under different environmental conditions and will be useful in  the
Devaluation of ocean outfall secondary treatment waivers.  The decrease of 4 positions
will reduce the in-house activities associated with the research program on urban stormwater
run-off and the development of criteria for toxics and other pollutants in sediments.
       UQ-Z6

-------
used In the ocean dumping and dredge material  disposal  permit program.

     The development, or refinement, of marine analytical  techniques will  be continued.
Emphasis will be given to those techniques which measure trace elements in sediments
and organisms.  The aquatic organism culture research program will,  in  addition to  providing
experimental stock for other areas of research, conduct research on  the nutritional
requirements of marine organisms and develop culture methodology for rearing and holding
experimental organisms.

     Continuing efforts in the area of ocean outfalls will emphasize the municipaal
discharge research, although some research will be conducted on industrial  discharges.
This research will determine the response of marine organisms and ecosystems to physical
factors influencing pollutant transport and retention:   the dispersal and  accumulation of
wastes discharged from ocean outfalls; the size and configuration of mixing zones;  the
effects of ocean discharges; the response of an estuary to the relaxation  of sewage
stress; and the optimum type of treatment for ocean outfalls for municipal  wastes,  based
on the impact of various levels of sewage treatment.

     Ocean dumping research will continue to focus on problems relating to the disposal
of dredged materials.  This research will be coordinated with the U.S.  Army Corps of
Engineers through a joint technical committee on criteria for dredged and  fill material.
Emphasis will be given to the validation of benthic bioassay procedures, studies of
pollutant availability from dump sites, and development of biological indices for use
in impact assessments.  It should be noted that bioassay research is also  related to
this problem area.  Information and methodologies from this research will  be used in both
the ocean dumping permit program and the dredge material disposal  program.

     Wetlands research will be shifted away from boundary definition work, and more
emphasis will be given to studies which will address questions of productivity and  function.
Information useful in determining which wetlands are the most productive or functionally
important will be used in the dredge material  disposal  permit program and  for area-wide
planning.  This research will be closely coordinated with the freshwater wetlands research.

FRESHWATER ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS

FY 1978 Accomplishments

     In FY 1978, total resources were $6,808,600 and 149 positions which included $1,072,600
for grants, $397,800 for contracts, and $162,100 for interagency agreements.

     The major accomplishments and areas of emphasis were as follows;

     - Development of a lake restoration workshop in cooperation with the  Water Resources
       Research Institute at Oregon State University.  This workshop was part of an
       on-going effort to rapidly transfer research findings to local agencies for  use in
       their lake projects.

     - Publication of "A Research Strategy for Social Assessment of  Lake Restoration
       Program."  This report will assure local agencies information about the cost/benefits
       of their proposed and on-going lake restoration projects for  use in decision making.

     - Completion of a study demonstrating acidification of lakes in the Boundary Waters
       Canoe Area of Minnesota and the present and potential significant adverse effects
       of atmospherically-induced change.

-------
       Publication of results defining the relationship between the ionic form of copper
       and resulting toxicity to aquatic organisms.  These results will be used for
       revising criteria for total and ionic copper.

       Publication of two reports which linked pollutant-induced stress to outbreaks of
       viral diseases in salmonid fishes.  This information will aid in preparing water
       quality criteria and standards.

       Determination of the maximum concentrations of 28 organic and 6 inorganic chemical
       pollutants which affect aquatic species.

       Initiation of a study to confirm existing temperature and dissolved oxygen criteria
       for fish in the presence of a toxic pollutant.  These results will allow preparation
       of standards for toxic substances.

       Completion of studies describing the effects on fish of lowered, constant and
       fluctuating concentrations of dissolved oxygen.  These research results will
       be used for standards development.

       Development of a new apparatus for conducting short-term tests using sensitive
       embryo and larval stages of fish in the laboratory and at field sites.  This will
       be used for screening individual toxicants and complex effluents.

       Completion of studies and development of a procedure for predicting the bioaccu-
       mulation potential of organic chemicals in aquatic organisms; the technique uses
       estimates of the lipid/water partition coefficient obtained by high pressure,
       liquid chromatography methods which were developed for this purpose.

       Completion of studies of chemical residues in fish.  Results suggest that the
       ratio of naturally occurring hydrocarbon (N-Heptadecane) to petroleum hydrocarbons
       in fish tissue may be a sensitive and inexpensive indicator of oil pollution.

       Further development of a method to predict the toxicity of classes of chemical
       compounds based on the relationship of the chemical structure of the compounds
       to their biological activity.  This method was confirmed for 12 phenol compounds.
       The information will be used as part of recommended toxics testing protocols
       required by regulations.

       Development of a method for relating-the degree of stream bed sedimentation to
       the reproductive success of salmon and trout.  These results will be used in
       criteria development and non-point source predictive modeling.

       Identification of fifty-seven non-PCB polychlorinated chemicals in fish tissue
       from nation wide samples.  These results show wide geographical use of these
       toxic materials and their non-localized distribution in the surface waters and
       biota of the U.S.

       Participation in the 4th US/Japan meeting on the management of bottom sediments
       containing toxic substances and publication of proceedings.  This activity was part
       of a continuing effort to give national and International visibility to this
       program.
WQ-28

-------
     - Completion of a study on Bromo-organic compounds.  Results indicate that these
       compounds bioaccumulate in fish.  This raises a question about suitability of
       chlorbromination as an alternative to chlon"nation for disinfection of municipal
       wastes.

     - Completion of a study of fine particles occurring in freshwater systems.  Results
       demonstrate that ingested asbestos fibers penetrate the gut wall  of humans and
       are excreted in the urine.  The study resulted in substantially improved methods
       for counting asbestos fibers.

FY 1979 Program

     The resources for freshwater ecological effects research in FY 1979 are $7,148,800
and 130 positions.  This includes $713,000 for grants, $308,000 for contracts, and $70,000
for interagency agreements.

     Overall, the research program focuses upon development of scientific information
in support of water quality criteria.  These criteria are necessary to determine both the
need for, and application of the control technology in abating pollution in freshwater
ecosystems.  In particular, the program addresses methods development in enviromental
toxicology, including bioassays and chemical structure analysis, validation of these
methods, characterization of pollutants, and the identification of effects from pollutants,
singularly and in combination, on stressed and non stressed biological systems.

     Methods development work, with emphasis on defining early indications of chronic
effects, improving reliability and reducing costs, includes:

     - Development of toxicology methods to predict the mode of action and rapid screening
       tests for chronic effects for aquatic organisms.  Indent ification of key physiological
       processes and effects for use as early warning predictors of chronic effects.

     - Development of new techniques for predicting toxicity through use of chemical
       structure.

     - Evaluate effectiveness of municipal and industrial waste treatment techniques
       on biological  components of ecosystem, especially those receiving BMT or BAT and
       which are suspected to contain chemical contaminants.

     - Development of methods to assess the impact of non-point source pollutants, such
       as suspended sediments and toxic chemicals, on the ability of both warm and coldwater
       streams to sustain an acceptable biological community.

     - Determination of validity of laboratory tests to predict the effects of pollutants
       In natural systems.

     - Development of methods to improve predictive capabilities for restoring degraded
       lakes.

The characterization aspect of the program focuses upon:

     - Determination of the dispersal of hazardous fine particles, such  as asbestos,
       in the environment.
                                                                      WQ-29

-------
The effects work includes:

     - Initiation of studies to determine the effect of pollutant - induced stress on
       susceptibility of salmonid fishes to bacterial  and viral  diseases.

     - Analysis of effects of intermittent exposure of freshwater biota to toxic chemicals.

FY 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net increase of +$116,800 results from several actions.  Congress provided
an add-on of +$600,000 for acquatic weed control research.  An increase of +$212,800
resulting from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978} pay raise is offset by the transfer of -$600,000
to other agency activities to partially absorb the costs of the most recent pay increase.
In addition, Congress applied a $6 million reduction for contractual services and monitoring
and technical  support activities; -$25,000 of this amount is applicable to this activity.
Finally, as a result of ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for
the FY 1979 operating plan -$71,000 was reprograrraned from this activity to scientific
assessment within the interdisciplinary medium.

FY 1980 Plan

     The requested resources for freshwater effects research for FY 1980 are $6,032,000
and 119 positions.  Of this total $100,000 will be expended for grants, $30,000 for
contracts and $20,000 for fnteragency agreements.  The decrease of $1,116,800 and 11
positions eliminates the entire research effort on cold climate environmental problems and
reduces evaluations of cost effectiveness of the Clean Lakes demonstration projects and
work on ecological studies of land application of wastewater and sludges will also be
reduced.

     Our program will concentrate upon environmental exposure work, which includes effects
and human food chain analyses, methods development in environmental toxicology (including
bioassays and chemical  structure analyses}, and characterization of pollutants.  The
research program also plans to identify and fill in research gaps in the analyses of the
129 Consent Decree chemicals to support preparation of Water Quality Criteria documents.

     The work on environmental exposure includes:

     - Indentification of the passage of select toxic chemicals through the food chain
       and the effect to man with emphasis on identifying those pathways by which man's
       exposure to pollutants is increased,

     - Analysis of the transfer of toxic pollutants through wetland food chains.

     - Evaluation of exposure risks to man from certain toxic pollutants accumulated in
       food chain.

     The methods development work will focus upon:

     - Development of methods for predicting effects of reduced nutrient loading to
       lakes with emphasis on the ver ification of methods developed and identification
       of costs associated with various restoration techniques.

     - Development of methods to assess impact of non-point source pollutants, such
       as suspended sediments, on stream systems.  Assess the effectiveness of BMP on
       protecting and/or enhancing stream quality.
WQ-30

-------
       composition and concentration over time.

     - Determination of the usefulness of aquatic organisms as biological  models for
       predicting human effects.

     - Determination of the utility of chemical structure activity correlations for
       indicating potential toxicity for classes of pollutants.

     The characterization effort focuses upon hazardous fine particulates.  In particular,
we will develop procedures for identifying the properties of small particles, (such as
asbestos fibers) which govern their biological activity with emphasis on fate of ingested
mineral fibers in the human body.  All research will use naturally exposed populations
such as those using    Lake Superior water.
                                                              WQ-31

-------
Appropriation
Industrial Processes
Renewable Resources.
                            Actual
                            1978
8,956
4,217
     Total	13,173
Permanent Positions
Industrial Processes
Renewable Resources.
     Total
Full-time Equivalency
Industrial Processes .
Renewable Resources. .
     Total
   35
   36

   71
  N/A
  N/A

  N/A
           Budget
          Estimate
           1979
$ 7,400
  3.475

 10,875
    33
    29

    62
    N/A
            Current
            Estimate
             1979
           Estimate
            1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
            -1980 vs. 1979
             Increase +
             Decrease -
$ 7,451
  3,139
$11,700
  3,127
                        10,590     14,827
    N/A
     33
     27

     60
     42
     40

     82
     29
     28

     57
     48
     38

     86
                          4,237
- 4
 +1

 -3
 +6
 +4
Budget Request
     The 1980 budget request for Water Quality Industrial Processes is $14,827,000 and 57
positions.  This represents an increase of $4,248,700 in industrial processes and a
decrease of $12,200 in the renewable resources area.  The increase will be used to estab-
lish a major program directed at demonstrating the reuse and recycle options for industrial
wastewater discharges, as well as providing evaluations and solutions for the reduction of
intermedia impacts from pollution abatement practices.  A four position reduction in
industrial processes and one position increase in renewable resources are also requested.

Program Description

     The industrial processes water quality research program deals with point and nonpoint
sources of pollution resulting from the industrial, agricultural, and forestry sectors of
the economy.  This program develops and demonstrates new or improved cost effective
technology.

     The industrial processes portion of the research program concentrates on point
sources of water pollution, resulting from the industrial sector of the economy in
those mining, manufacturing, service, and trade industries which must meet best available
technology (BAT) standards of the Federal  Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA).  This
program is the realization of the national policy established in the 1972 Amendments,
which called for a major research and demonstration effort to develop the technology
necessary to help eliminate the discharge of pollutants into the Nation's waters.

     This program thus develops new or improved technology having industry-wide
application,' nort term achievability, and long term viability.  Research results also
provide a significant data base for the establishment of economically and technically
feasible effluent guidelines and treatment parameters for industrial liquid waste
discharge permits.  As a result of the Natural Resources Defense Council Consent
Decree in June 1976, program emphasis has been shifted toward the development of the data
WQ-32

-------
pollutant-materials in industrial waste effluents.  High priority is put on the
development and demonstration of reuse and recycle options for industrial  wastewater
discharges.  In addition, this program addresses technology for the prevention and
control of spills of hazardous materials, in support of Section 311 of the FWPCA.

     The renewable resources research program conducts research related to the control
of environmental pollution associated with agricultural and forestry activities, including
crop production on both irrigated and nonirrigated lands, forest management practices,  and
animal  production.  This research program is integrated with those of the Departments of
Agriculture and Interior, and state universities and land grant colleges.   The program
encompasses the evaluation and development of total  management systems including best
management practices {BMPs) and pollution control predictive methodologies to control water,
land, and air pollution from the production and harvesting of food and fiber and from their
related residual wastes; and, to a lesser extent, the assessment of probable trends in  the
production of renewable resources and their resulting environmental and socioecononic
impacts.

     The renewable resources research effort also supports the development of guidelines
to identify and evaluate the nature and extent of agricultural and forestry nonpoint
sources of pollution, along with the necessary processes, procedures, and methods to
control pollution from these sources (as required in Section 304 (f) of the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1977, PL 95-217).  It is also responsive to the
requirement of Section 208 of the FWPCA to support assessment and management of pollutants
emanating from nonpoint sources, as required of State and local agencies in the execution
of their areawide waste management responsibilities.  In addition, Section 208(j)  provides
for the Rural Clean Water Program, and makes available cost-sharing grants to agricultural
producers for the installation of best management practices to improve water quality.
This section places an added urgency on the need for development of methods to select
and evaluate cost-effective management systems in order to ensure the effective expenditure
of limited Federal resources.  As a result of mounting pressure for increased production
of renewable resources, efforts must be initiated to better understand the potential
environmental impacts of alternative approaches to increased production in order to
maintain desirable levels of environmental quality.

     In order to develop a basis for selecting and justifying local management techniques
for controlling nonpoint source pollutants related to agricultural -and forestry production,
it will be necessary to (1) develop methodologies to estimate or determine background
levels of pollution in agricultural and forestry production regions; (2) provide tools  for
the planner/decision maker to determine the probable environmental consequences of the
major agricultural and forestry pollutants, including appropriate predictive methods; (3)
provide tools to select and evaluate both the pollution reduction and cost effectiveness
of individual and combined management systems; (4) develop cost effective methods that
minimize agricultural and forestry pollution by evaluating and demonstrating different
systems at different locations; and (5) develop, evaluate, and demonstrate implementation
strategies, including socioeconomic and institutional aspects for candidate best management
practices.

INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES
1978 Accomplishments

     The FY 1978 resource level for this activity was $8,955,900 and 35 positions which
included $4,811,000 for contracts, $2,153,000 for cost snaring research and demonstration
grants, and $457,000 for interagency agreements.
                                                                      WQ-33'

-------
     - Evaluated two technologies for treating bleach plant effluent from three different
       types of wood pulp mills.

     - Demonstrated the use of a rotating biological  contactor on raw wastewater from a
       liquid detergent manufacturing plant.

     - Developed and demonstrated a spill alert device for impounded hazardous materials.

     - Demonstrated countercurrent rinsing on a high speed halogen tin plating .line to
       reduce blowdown-

     - Designed and constructed a mobile wastewater treatment system for evaluation of new
       wastewater treatment technologies at coke plants.

     - Completed carbon and biotreatability studies on pesticide manufacturing wastewaters.

     - Developed a new method of regenerating activated carbon using solvent regeneration
       with supercritical fluids,

     - Evaluated technologies for control of pollutants in wastewater front organic chemical
       and related industries:  adhesives and sealants, truck washing terminals, industrial
       laundering and synthetic rubber manufacture.

     - Identified the conventional treatment technologies capable of removing priority
       pollutants from organic chemical and related industry's wastewaters.

     - Demonstrated the use of resin adsorption technology to the treatment of Endrin and
       Heptachlor manufacturing wastewaters.

     - Demonstrated on a pilot scale the use of hyper-filtration to remove toxic pollutants
       from textile wastewaters.

     - Completed field testing of existing control technologies for treatment of textile
       wastewaters.

     - Determined the degree of susceptibility of refractory organics to municipal
       waste treatment systems.

     - Assessed petroleum refinery effluents for the presence of toxic pollutants.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $7,451,300 and 33 positions have been allocated to this program,
of which approximately $3,973,000 will be expended on contracts, $1,005,400 for grants,
and $126,500 for interagency agreements.

     In FY 1979, activities will be focused on the research, development, and demonstra-
tion of control and treatment technologies.  These technologies are aimed at reducing
hazardous and toxic pollutant effluents from industrial point sources to acceptable levels.
Previously completed source assessments will serve as a basis for determining areas of
investigation.  Outputs will be used to validate^nd support technically feasible effluent
guidelines.
 WQ-34

-------
     Major research results to be achieved in FY 1979 include:

     - Demonstration of technology for the abatement of hazardous and toxic effluents
       from the organic nitrogen chemical industry.

     - Demonstration of ultraviolet ozonation for high priority organic chemical  waste
       streams.

     - Demonstration of control of toxic discharges from tailings ponds, hot and cold
       forming, and rolling steel mills.

     - Demonstration of the control of discharges of chlorinated hydrocarbons.

     - Demonstration of technology for the removal of emulsified oily wastes from the
       metal finishing and fabrication industry.

     - Evaluation of options for tracing the plumes of spilled hazardous materials
       in water and computerizing spill response data.

     - Determination of alternative means for removing hazardous materials from large
       ri vers.

     - Continuation of assessment of newly emerging technologies in controlling discharge
       of toxic pollutants.

     - Demonstration of the control of discharges of toxic, chlorinated phenolic compounds
       from bleach plants, wood preserving and pulp mills.

     - Demonstration of organic waste recovery by activated carbon and steam stripping in
       pulp industry.

     - Determination of wastewater recycle and reuse practices for 22 industries, with
       emphasis on the 11 identified as priority industries by the Effluent Guidelines
       Division.  The output of this study will be used-for the 1980 evaluation of
       recycle/reuse technologies.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$51,300 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978
(FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution   of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.

1980 Plan

     The requested FY 1980 resource level for this program is $11,700,000 and 29 positions,
an increase of $4,248,000 and a decrease of 4 positions.  These resources include approxi-
mately $7,900,000 for contract support, $1,300,000 for grants, and $15,000 for interagency
agreements.

    In FY 1980, activities will continue to concentrate on the research, development,
atid demonstration of control and treatment technplogies.  Currently available treatment
methods will be optimized and innovative technologies will be developed to reduce the
level  of, destroy or benefically reuse pollutants.  Outputs will be used to further
validate the revised effluent guidelines to be promulgated during 1979 and 1980.
                                                             WQ-35

-------
      ts sucn as:  uj reaucnon or wastewater volume, (Z) reduction of intake water, (3)
cost and energy savings, (4) conservation of water and other natural resources, (5)
containment of conventional and toxic pollutants, and (6) progress towards the national
goal of "Zero discharge of pollutants."

     The increased funds will also be used to evaluate and establish ways in which to
minimize intermedia impacts from wastewater pollution abatement practices.  Such impacts
will include those to the air and land as well as the effect on energy consumption.
Alternative technologies will be evaluated and/or developed and demonstrated to determine
those that are most effective in the control, elimination, or containment of wastewater
pollutant parameters with minimum intermedia impact.

     A research program will be initiated to develop best management pracice (BHPs)
in support of the 1977 amendments to the Clean Water Act.  BMPs are mechanisms that
will be used by industry to control pollution from sources (such as runoff, spills,
production leaks) that are not readily covered by current effluent guideline regulations.

     The hazardous incident program will continue the development of technology for
the prevention, identification, and control of hazardous and toxic material spills.
Criteria will be developed for use by spill response personnel  in determining priorities
for chemical spill cleanup and the extent to which cleanup must be conducted.  Techniques
will be assessed for mitigation of biological damage to and the accelerated restoration
of spill impacted water and land areas.

    Increased use of extramural  activity will offset the reduced staffing and allow use of
these positions for other priority efforts.

     Major research results to be achieved in FY 1980 include:

     - Determination of hazardous materials spill cleanup priorities.

     - Demonstration of technology for prevention of hazardous materials spills.

     - Development of control technology for control of toxic and hazardous materials
       spillage at plants and storage sites.

     - Evaluation of performance of existing BMPs to determine effectiveness.

     - Development of procedures for nondestructive testing of chemical storage tanks
       and other maintenance strategies.

     - Development of alternate BMPs where existing ones prove inadequate.

     - Determination of the extent of pollutant transfer between water and air during
       in-plant and end-of-p1pe wastewater treatment practices.

     - Determination of the extent of Intermedia impact to both land and energy
       consumption caused by wastewater control and treatment practices.

     - Development and demonstration of alternate technologies where crossmedia problems
       are significant,

     - Treatability studies for new potentially toxic chemicals, -•,

     - Demonstration and dissemination of advanced wastewater treatment and control
       technologies for wastewatars which are hard to treat.

-------
     - .engineering evaluation OT options to overcame technical  and economic contraints
       to extend reuse/recycle technologies.

     - Demonstration of recycle/reuse technology systems for selected industrial  segments.

     - Evaluation of wet air oxidation control technology for removal of priority pollutants
       from organic chemical manufacturing wastewaters.

     - Determination of minimum production water quality necessary for nonferrous metals
       processes to establish recycle/reuse/cascading options in-plant.

RENEWABLE. RESOURCES

1978 Accomplishments

     The fiscal year 1978 resources of $4,217,100 and 36 positions for the renewable
resources program were allocated among four subprograms:  (1) nonirrigated crop production,
(2) irrigated crop production, (3) animal  production and (4) forest management.  Resources
included $323,500 for contracts, $1,978,300 for grants, and $573,000 for interagency
agreements.  Accomplishments for fiscal year 1978 included the following:

     Noni'rri gated Crop P roductIon

     - Completion of a study on the transportation and runoff of agricultural  chemicals
       from small upland Piedmont watersheds,,  Results of the study will be useful in
       assessing pollutant losses from agricultural  lands and in developing cost-effective
       land management practices to improve water quality.

     - Application of pesticide transport  models to  estimate, for the Office of Pesticide
       Programs, potential  environmental exposures if the pesticide dimilin were used on
       cotton and soybeans in the Lower Mississippi  and Gulf Coast drainage areas.

     - Refinement of the Agricultural Runoff Model and Nonpoint Source loading models,
       publication of updated user's manuals, and Completion of an initial training
       workshop.

     - Completion of two reports outlining future technology trends in agriculture and
       silviculture that have a, potential  impact on  environmental quality, and assessment
       of the potential environmental effects of three major emerging agricultural production
       operations.

     Irri gatedCrop Production

     - Presentation of a National Conference on Management of Nitrogen in Irrigated
       Agriculture.  An integrated review of findings from a comprehensive national
       research effort was provided to users representing a diversity of interests.  This
       effort helped to ensure consideration of appropriate and viable solutions, sensitive
       to local and national needs and priorities, to water quality problems resulting
       from irrigated crop production.

     - Production of a sound film showing  those technologies which have been demonstrated
       to be effective in reducing soil erosion, and sediment and nutrient losses from
       irrigated lands.  The film is available for loan and distribution.

      - Examination  of  present water laws  in  the  17 western  states  and  evaluation  of
       potentials  for  implementing  improved  irrigation  water management  technology through
       law interpretations  or changes,  making  them consistent with present  and prospective
       water  quality  policies and  needs.
                                                                      WQ-37

-------
         water  quality  prooiems  Trom  irrigation.  The methodology was applied in three case
         study  areas.

        - Completion  of  an  extensive study  of  salinity control technology in Grand Valley
         of  western  Colorado.   Implementation  and evaluation of technologies and recommendation
         of  best management  practices were described.

        Animal Production

        - Completion  of  an  analysis of state laws and regulations that impact control and
         management  of  wastes  from animal  production facilities.

        - Publication of reports  evaluating:   (1) use of aquatic plants to improve quality
         of  water  in animal  waste lagoons; (2) alternative  systems and technologies used
         to  manage livestock wastes for the smaller confined production facilities in the
         U.S.,  including an  economic  analysis of these systems; (3) the state-of-the-art for
         the control of odors  from animal  production facilities and waste management systems-,
         (4) manure  storage  facilities for dairy barn wastes; (5) the environmental impact
         resulting from animals  produced on range and pasture; (6) conversion of cattle
         feedlot manure to ethylene and ammonia synthesis gas.

   Forest Management

        - Completion, in conjunction with the U.S. Forest Service, of a comprehensive,
         multi-year  research and development  plan to address environmental issues in silvicul-
         tural  and range management activities.

        - Completion  of  development guideline manuals for the site-specific selection of
         sil vicultural  management practices that minimize the potential for nonpoint pollution.

        1979  Program

        Resources devoted to  the  water quality renewable resources program in fiscal year 1979
   are  planned to be  $3,139,200 and 27 positions.  Research  will continue in the same four areas
   as outlined above.  Resources  include funds for contracts, $152,000; grants, $1,378,400; and
   interagency agreements,  $288,500.  Program activities include the following:

        Nonirrigated  Crop Production

        - Initiation  of  a full  scale field  evaluation program to evaluate the cost-effective-
         ness of best management practices to  improve water quality.  Emphasis in fiscal
         year 1979 will be directed to a site  in the Corn Belt Region to begin development
         of  an  assessment  of agricultural  nonpoint source pollution; methods to select site
         specific  cost-effective best management practices; evaluation of social and economic
         impacts of  the practices; and, an analysis of implementation strategies and institu-
         tional arrangements.

        - Refinement  and further  validation of the Agricultural Runoff Model and the Nonpoint
         Source Model through  the field evaluation program.

        - Completion  of  Input parameters for the Agricultural Runoff Model on pesticide
         and nutrient absorption/desorption processes and chemical transformation kinetics to
         make the  model more user-oriented.

        - Completion  of  studies to evaluate the effectiveness of vegetation buffer strips
         for controlling runoff  of sediment, nitrogen, and  phosphorus under a variety of
         topographic and climatic conditions.
WQ-38

-------
       tecnmques JO predict ano evaluate trenos in crop pruaucitun, puLentiai  auverse
       environmental impacts, and effectiveness of best management practices.

     Irrigated Crop Production

     - Continuation of field studies in southwestern Arizona evaluating the potential
       of modifying irrigation management to obtain higher irrigation water use efficiency
       and thus reduce the adverse effects of irrigation on water quality.   Any reduction
       in return flow achieved through irrigation management would result in an equal
       reduction in drainage water volume to be desalted by a planned desalination complex.

     - Completion of studies:  (1) demonstrating that improving the chemical quality
       of irrigation return flows through better farm practices is profitable due to
       increased crop yields and reduced fertilizer expense; (2) evaluating irrigation
       tailwater management technology; (3) developing manuals of best management practices
       for salinity and nutrient control from irrigated agriculture; and (4) assessing the
       regional economic and environmental benefits of an irrigation scheduling service.

     - Increased emphasis on transferring developed technology to the agricultural community
       through production of training-type films and support of on-farm implementation
       projects in which information dissemination is stressed.

     Animal Production

     - Completion of studies:  (1) developing management criteria for land  application
       of animal wastes for facilities in cold climates; (2) evaluating land application
       methodology and costs in the Southeast; (3) comparing dairy manure management
       systems; (4) evaluating vegetative filters as runoff control systems for small
       feedlots in the Midwest; (5) developing a manual for evaluating the  runoff potential
       from land application practices; (6) evaluating the cost effectiveness of animal
       waste application methods and runoff control measures; and (7) developing design
       factors for storage and retention facilities for animal waste runoff.

     - Continuation of studies:  (1) investigating the behavior of animal wastes in
       the soil environment and the groundwater pollution potential from these wastes;
       •(2) evaluating and demonstrating manure storage systems that conserve energy
       and nutrients prior to land application; (3) evaluating runoff from  range and
       pasture operations in different climatic regions; and (4) developing a manual which
       will present methodologies and approaches for the development of best management
       practices for facilities with livestock on pasture and range.

     - Expansion of activities for transfer of technology to livestock producers.  Transla-
       tion of research reports to farmer oriented manuals and increased program coordina-
       tion with USDA/Extension Service will aid in directly Impacting the  agricultural
       community.  Support of interagency field evaluation studies will serve to establish
       the relationships between animal management practices and water quality.

     Forest Management

     - Completion of development of a comprehensive planning model for managing a forest
       stand over a 20-year cycle to meet production, economic, and environmental goals.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$335,800 result from several actions.  A net increase of +$97,900
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise  as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of the  Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY'1979
operating plan -$433,700 was reprogrammed from this activity to urban systems,  toxic and
residuals management ($135,100) within this media  and to scientific assessment ($298,600)
within the interdisciplinary media.-

-------
ayrituiuurdi emu rurebLrjr iiunpuniL auurte pruuiem anu LU evaluate uei_ uiancyeiiieiiL |j>
for alleviating environmental problems from these sources.  Requested resources include
funds for contracts, $153,200; grants, $1,391,500; and interagency agreements, $290,800.

     Honirrigated Crop Production

     Major emphasis will be on a Field Evaluation Program (FEP), with an overall objective
of monitoring and assessing field evaluation sites in an effort to examine alternate
best management practices (BMPs) designed to improve water quality and to refine and
further validate assessment prediction methodology.  The program encompasses both the
validation of previously developed technology and development of new methodology to:
assess water quality problems resulting from agricultural management practices, including
identification of critical  or most significant problem areas within watersheds; select
site specific cost-effective BMPs; evaluate social and economic impacts of the BMPs; and,
analyze implementation strategies and institutional arrangements.  The complexity of field
evaluations will vary from site to site in the major crop production regions; however, a
goal  1s to produce methods that are appropriate for conducting evaluations over a wide
range of crops, climate and soil conditions.  Sites to be utilized in the FEP will include:
Office of Research and Development controlled demonstration sites; Model Implementation
Program sites being developed under an EPA - USDA cooperative agreement; and, Rural  Clean
Mater Program watershed sites being developed under Section 208{j), PL 95-217.  Also,
sites may be selected where work is being done under the Clean Lakes and Great Lakes
programs.  Close coordination with the Office of Health and Ecological Effects will  assure
that the evaluations include water quality (stream and lake) enhancement aspects.

     Irrigated Crop Production

     Major emphasis will continue to be directed to a field evaluation program assessing
improved water application techniques and the refining of measurement methodology to
reduce return flow pollutants.  Several projects will be completed Including Irrigation
efficiency improvement in Arizona, recommendation of best available practices for minimizing
pollution from irrigated agriculture in the Central Plains, development of fertilizer and
irrigation management practices for maximum nutrient use efficiency, development and
verification of a model for predicting sensitivity of irrigation efficiency to system
variables, and an assessment of spatial and geographic variability of hydraulic conductivity
of field soils.

     Studies will continue on pesticides in surface runoff and groundwater as affected
by pesticide applications and irrigation management practices, and on Implementation
of improved irrigated agriculture management practices to control sediment and nutrient
pollution in return flows.  Work will also continue on a field evaluation of the effects
of irrigation management practices on the quality of irrigation return flows ami the
use of field data to evaluate the detailed irrigation return flow model, developed in
conjunction with the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation.  The overall emphasis of the program will
be to produce information on management practices in the form of films, non-technical
manuals, demonstration field sites, and general brochures which will appeal to and be
easily used by farmers and others in the agricultural community.

     Animal Production

     Several projects will  be completed Including an investigation of the groundwater
pollution potential from animal wastes applied to irrigated cropland, an evaluation
and demonstratifn of systems for storage of manure which will conserve nutrients and
energy prior to land application, and an evaluation of the effects on water quality of
grazing animals in the Pacific Northwest, Central Plains, and the Midwest.  Also to be
completed is a manual which identifies the Issues related to water quality management

-------
Service and the production of research project information in a form more directly usable
by the agricultural worker.

     Forest Management

     The major thrust will be to work with the U.S. Forest Service and appropriate
universities to encourage them to undertake research on methods to reduce or control
pollution from forestry activities.  New research by EPA will be limited to evaluation of
best management practices developed by others.
                                                                     UO-41

-------
                                      Public Sector Activities
                            Actual
                            1978
Appropriation
Wastewater Control
  Technology	
Urban Toxics & Residuals
  Management ......
     Total
Permanent Positions
Wastewater Control
  Technology 	 .
Urban Toxics & Residuals
  Management 	
     Total
Full-time Equivalency
Wastewater Control
  Technology ......
Urban Toxics & Residuals
  Management 	
     Total
     67

     44

    111



    N/A

    N/A

    N/A
            Budget
           Estimate
            1979
         Current
         Estimate
          1979
         Estimate
          1980
                                                 {dollars in thousands)
$ 6,228    $ 6,113    $14,566

 14,533      6,627      6,661

$20,761    $12,740    $21,227
 60

 54

114




N/A

N/A

N/A
 63

 54

117



 81

 70

151
$ 6,431

  7,927

$14,358



     61

     56

    117



     82

     74

    156
            Increases*
            Decrease -
          1980 vs. 1979
- 8,135

+ 1,266

- 6,869



     -2

     +2
     +1

     +4

     +5
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $14,358,000 and 117 positions is requested for fiscal  year 1980.
The request provides for an overall decrease of $6,868,800.  This net decrease 1-s the
result of:  a decrease of $8,000,000 in the wastewater control technology program as
a result of a special increase in 1979 for a potable reuse demonstration that will  not be
available in fiscal year 1980, and a decrease of $134,900 and two positions in urban
runoff and aquaculture research; and increases of $600,000 in the urban system, toxics and
residuals management program (for grants to support excessive operation and maintenance
cost for certain previously funded demonstration projects), and $666,100 and two positions
to support the program for innovative and alternative technology for sludge disposal.

Program Description

     The public sector subactivlty develops cost effective technology in support of the
EPA's strategies for achieving the water quality goals of the Clean Water Act Amendments
of 1972 (PL 92-500). The program directly supports the research needs of construction
grants, Section 208 areawide planning, toxic pollutants control, permits and enforcements,
and nonpoint source programs.  These needs generally require that the Office of Research
and Development develop new technologies to meet effluent requirements, generate a data
base to support Agency regulations, develop guidelines and/or policy and provide technical
support.  The  research program is developing solutions to the following major EPA needs:

-------
     - Necessity to reduce the high cost of wastewater treatment, especially for small
       communities, and improve efficiency and reliability of publicly owned treatment
       works.

     - Requirements to improve design criteria for land treatment systems.

     - Solutions for the individual or small development type wastewater/disposal  problems,

     - Need for technology, methods and practices for the reduction of wet weather pollution
       from combined and storm sewers.

     - Necessity to develop and evaluate methods and technologies for water conservation
       and reuse, including aquaculture.

     - Requirements to provide technical assitance for the innovative and alternative
       provisions of the Clean Water Act.

     - Necessity for safe, reasonable cost, and publicly acceptable sludge processing and
       disposal methods and technology.

     - Necessity of determining source, cause and disposition for toxic compounds  and
       heavy metals in urban systems.

     - Need for improved operation and maintenance methods and practices for use in plants
       for both normal and special conditions.

    The program is divided into two program areas:  Wastewater Systems Control  Technology
and Urban Systems and Residuals Management.  Wastewater Systems Control Technology is
responsible for: (a) development of new treatment processes, (b) cost reduction methods
and practices, (c) land application processes, (d) small wastewater flows, (e)  urban wet
weather technology, (f) water conservation and reuse, and (g) technical assistance for
implementation of innovative and alternative technologies.  The urban systems toxic and
residuals management program is responsible for:  (a) Control of toxic compounds,  (b)
sludge treatment and disposal  technology and (c) Improved operations and maintenance
methods.

     The wastewater systems program develops new cost-effective technology to meet
higher water quality requirements in many areas.  Approximately half of the treatment
facilities in the country discharge to limited water quality streams, and many others
are overloaded because of growth.  The objective of this program is to develop, demorH-
strate, and evaluate the cost, reliability and efficiency of improved treatment systems.
A new test and evaluation facility for program support completed in FY 1979 will be
contractor operated.  ORD will use the facility to evaluate performances, operating
cost, and other scientific factors associated with newly developed technology for  waste
water treatment processes.  Design data will be examined in both the experimental  and
actual use modes for possible revisions.  This will allow researchers to maintain  a
constant state-of-the-art in treatment processes.

     Another significant effort in the wastewater management program is cost reduction  and
improved efficiency of publicly owned treatment plants (POTWS).  Construction and  operation
practices and POTW plant design will be studied ;to determine which factors have potential
for the greatest cost reduction and improved performance.  Modification to uprate  the
plant capability will be emphasized.  From the overall management view, the thrust is to
develop methodology and guidelines for systems analysis which will allow the user  to
improve operation efficiency.   Modifications to the process which can reduce both  capital
and operating costs will be investigated.
                                                                    WQ-43

-------
wastewater treatment research activities and with related research activities undertaken
by other agencies such as the Corps of Engineers and the Department of Agriculture.  The
research is oriented toward field evaluation and development of design manuals for three
major land application methods or processes which can be utilized to achieve "best practical
treatment" or "nonpolluting discharge" for municipal sewage treatment systems.  Recent
activity has been devoted to filling design gaps.  This is necessary to update and improve
the land treatment design manual.  Studies are also being conducted to better understand
those important mechanisms involved in successful operation of land treatment systems.
Operation and management of land treatment systems will also be addressed.  In addition,
aquaculture systems are being developed for treatment and management of wastewater.

     The treatment of small wastewater flows has recently been given high priority by
the Clean Hater Act Amendments of 1977.  The objective of this activity is to develop
practical handbooks or manuals with specific details on the design, operation, applica-
bility, capital and operating costs, and environmental implications of alternatives
available for the treatment and disposal of wastewater generated from individual homes,
rural communities, and recreational vehicles.  These handbooks will be used by regulatory
agencies, planning agencies, consulting engineers, and the general public.  Emphasis has
been placed on the improvement of septic tank treatment and effluent percolation in the
area of on-site disposal.  In addition, the RSD program has begun to investigate and
develop improved community-wide institutional arrangements for on-site disposal systems to
maximize the utility and reliability of such systems.  Work has also continued on small
flow collection systems.

     The urban runoff research program includes:  problem definition and development
of:  manuals and aids for planners and engineers; preventive land management techniques;
collection system flow control; storage, treatment, and disposal of wet weather flows
and sludges; and best management practices and integrated systems.  It also includes
the investigation of hydrologic modification effects.  Emphasis is also placed on urban
nonpoint pollution controls utilizing nonstructural methods to discover lower cost control
techniques.  The products of this research (guidelines, manuals, methods, management
tools, and supportive data) will be used by planners, designers, and policy makers in
carrying out assessments and formulating solutions to urban sewered and unsewered wet
weather pollution.  In combined sewer abatement, the emphasis is on the development of
dual use hardware or modification of existing waste treatment processes which will provide
short-term, high-capacity treatment processes and systems at existing POTW for wet weather
surge flows.

     The objective of the water conservation and reuse program is the development of
technology necessary to implement a nationwide program for water supply conservation
and wastewater reuse.  New direction will be given to development of devices, systems,
and policies to achieve maximum reduction of unnecessary water consumption.  Research
on wastewater reuse will concentrate on characterizing the constituents 1n renovated
wastewater and determining the potential health effects.  A field Investigation of
technology (performance, cost, reliability and feasibility) for the preparation of safe
and acceptable drinking water from renovated wastewater will be initiated.

     The technical assistance responsibility of the Wastewater Systems Control Technology
program is significant.  An example is the innovative and alternative provisions of the
CWA for the construction of improved    wastewater treatment facilities will require strong
R&D support in implementation of the I/A construction program.  Technical  assistance will
be directed to identifying, reviewing and evaluating innovative and alternative technologies.
The early products will be assessment manuals and participation in instructional seminars
for Regional  and State personnel.
 WQ-44

-------
merit. It is designed to provide the research support required by EPA's regulatory program
for the control of waierborne toxics and management of wastewater residuals in urban
environments and to optimize urban treatment system operations based on the criteria of
capital costs, operation and maintenance costs (O&M), efficiency, reliability, energy
sensitivity, and environmental improvements.

     The sludge management effort focuses on developing the solutions to a myraid of
problems:  technological, ecological, health effects, monitoring and analysis, and
socioeconomic.  The program is geared to broadening the technological base for sludge
utilization/disposal so as to protect the public health and the environment.  This can
be accomplished through an improved understanding of the fate and impacts of toxicants
and nutrients on sludge processing and disposal.  Sludge management research will continue
to focus on techniques which reduce energy consumption.

     The control of toxic pollutants in municipal wastewater effluents is a new high-
priority program.  Little definitive information is available concerning the extent of
toxic organics and heavy metals in effluents.  This program will attempt to characterize
various municipal effluents and develop control options.

     The urban systems program also has as a high priority area improved performance,
reliability and efficiency of publicly owned treatment plants through the application
of better operation and maintenance (OSM) practices, instrumentation, and control systems.
The relationships between plant design, influent characteristics, OSM practices and plant
performance have been studied to determine which factors have potential for the greatest
cost reduction or improved performance.  Emphasis in this area will be on development of
new design guidelines to correct operational deficiencies and on small plants where QSM
costs are high per unit production.  The instrumentation and process control work will
develop and evaluate strategies for process control of conventional plants.  This program
also develops cost-benefit analysis of competing urban-wide toxic control strategies and
residuals management.

WASTEWATER SYSTEMS  COflTROL TECHNOLOGY
1978 Accomplishments

     During FY 1978 extramural  resources were divided as follows:  grants $2,649,900,
contracts $924,800, interagency agreements $98,400.  in FY 1978 the program:

     - Demonstrated the capability of a properly designed wastewater treatment system
       to meet the National Interim Drinking Water Standards and to produce effluent
       concentrations of radioactivity, trihalomethanes and other volatile organics,
       metals, pesticides, TOC, turbidity, general  inorganic compounds and pathogenic
       organisms similar to those found in finished drinking waters.  This was a
       major finding of the EPA National Organics Reconnaissance Surveys.

     - Conducted a National Symposium on Hastewater Disinfection.  The symposium was
       attended by 500 consulting engineers, scientists, municipal design engineers
       and federal and state pollution control officers.  The technology examined in
       the symposium was the culmination of several years developmental  effort In various
       disinfection methods.  Indications are that the symposium will influence selection
       and design of disinfection systems now planned.  The result will  be better efficiency
       and performance of real  world facilities with attendant cost reduction.

     - Demonstrated conclusively that a bubble dtffuser ozone contactor provides the
       most cost-effective gas-liquid contactor for achieving given microbiological
       discharge limitations in filtered secondary effluent by ozone generated from air.
      .Disinfection efficiency 1s dependent on ozone utilization efficiency and independent
       of contact time.
                                                                 WQ-45

-------
would be less than the amount formed if chlorine were present.

Developed a computer-assisted high-probability spectral  library for the rapid
identification of compounds frequently encountered in waters and wastewaters.
System restricts initial phase of computerized matching  of unknown mass spectra
with library spectra of compounds most frequently encountered in the recent past.
This minimizes time and computer costs for conducting a  search to identify organic
compounds found in water and wastewater samples*

Completed studies of 10 existing so-il  treatment systems  to determine long-term
effects of applying municipal wastewaters.  The comparative evaluation is to
be published in FY 1979.

Published a two-volume report dealing  with the impact of water rights law on
soil treatment systems implementation.  Volume I deals with the general  implica-
tions of the two doctrines of water law—riparian and appropriative—while Volume
II examines the application of the law and administrative regulations in a repre-
sentative state.

Developed two computer programs for predicting storage requirements for land
application systems based on available standard weather  station data.  Programs
are valuable to designers especially in designing systems for extremely cold
or wet regions,

Developed an overland flow soil treatment system for municipal wastewaters.  This
system promises to be an effective and economical treatment system, particularly
for small communities.

Developed a mathematical model for predicting the phosphorus sprption capabilities
of various soil types used for treatment of muncipal wastewaters.  The model is
being used by system designers and evaluators.

Completed the first comprehensive state-of-the-art review of wastewater aquaculture.
This document will be the basis for planning future programs to develop aquaculture
for treatment and management of municipal wastewaters.

Established an urban rainfall-runoff quality data base for model calibration
and verification, urban runoff characterization and data synthesis.  This is
an ongoing compilation of data assembled on magnetic tape and in the EPA Storet
retrieval system.

Completed and published the Sewer System Evaluation. Rehabilitation and New
Construction - a Manual of Practiced  This manual has been proclaimed by professional
societies and trade associations to be "—a significant  contribution to the state-
of-the-art, and will become an invaluable reference for  the operator or designer
of sanitary sewer systems."  Its benefits will be in cost reduction of construction
and rehabilitation of sewers.  This is of significance when it is considered that
the cost of a sewer system is usually several times the  cost of the associated
treatment works.

Completed the first comprehensive study^on the management of small waste flows.
This study was to conceive, evaluate and develop satisfactory methods for on-s1te
treatment and disposal of wastewaters, regardless of site constraints.  The research
included studies on characterization of household and commercial wastewaters,
assessment of wastewater treatment alternatives, evaluation of soils for treatment
and disposal of wastewater, estimation of infiltration capacities of soils, design
and operation of alternative systems dependent upon soil design and operation of
alternative systems not dependent upon soil, management  of on-s1te disposal systems
and institutional and regulatory control of on-site systems.  This study was
conducted by the University of Wisconsin during'the period July 1971 to June
1977.

-------
       sewage and a pressure sewer system collecting domestic septic tank effluent.   The
       systems were operated and monitored for a period of approximately one year.   The
       systems were evaluated for construction costs, operation and maintenance costs,
       reliability, operating characteristics, and chemical  characteristics of collected
       sewage and septic effluent.  Both systems operated, collected and transported
       sewage successfully.

    -  Completed and published the findings on an innovative sewer construction method.
       This method is commonly identified as "trenchless" because it eliminated the  need
       for digging an open trench in which to place the pipe.  A side-by-side comparison
       was made between the innovative and conventional  methods.  The results were
       outstanding.  -Under like conditions the cost of conventional  methods was $23.15 per
       ft. and for the "trenchless method" $19.39 per ft.  This construction method  could
       result in a savings of millions of dollars to local communities where the construction
       method is applicable.

    -  Completed the developmental phase of the treatment of domestic wastewater by
       the Reed-Trench system.  The system consists of intermittent slow-sand filter
       trench in which reeds have been planted and a gravel  elimination trench in which
       bulrushes are grown.  It is inexpensive, requires minimum attention and little
       energy.  It is ideal for small communities, and when coupled with pressure collection
       systems, offers an alternative to conventional methods.

    -  Completed the manual of practice that analyzes the results of three flow equalization
       projects.  The manual provides a detailed method of analysis for selecting or
       rejecting flow equalization as a method of upgrading plant operations.

1979 Program

     The total resources for FY 1979 are 63 positions and $14,565,900.  Expenditures
planned for grants are $11,445,500; contracts, $617,000; interagency agreements, $105,000.
Highlights and trends of the FY 1979 program are as follows:

New Technology Alternatives and Process Development

     The thrust of the program is bioenglneering technology development.  The subdivisions
are pathogenic microorganism control, specific pollutant control and advancement of
state-of-the-art development.

     The pathogenic microorganism control program will be devoted mainly to summarizing
and evaluating several years effort in hardware development.  Many  extramural projects
will be terminating.  The results to date indicate good progress has been made in all
aspects of the program, especially in cost reduction for disinfection.  In 1979, a
characterization and ranking of disinfection processes will  be Initiated; each alternative
will be evaluated; and quantitative estimates will be made for specified categories  to aid
design engineers and municipal planners in deciding how best to approach pathogenic
organic control in a specific situation.

     With respect to specific pollutants, nutrient control research 1s being phased  down.
The state-of-the-art is well ahead of application.  No new projects are planned for  FY
1979, although the program will not be stopped completely*  In hazardous organic control,
the work is focused on coordinating with the toxic control program.  Efforts emphasize
its evaluation of various biological processes for removal of specific priority compounds.

     In advancing the state-of-the-art, the aim 1s to develop and/or evaluate a new
generation of biological  treatment processes.  Areas of concentration are reduced sludge
production and improved efficiency and conservation of natural  resources.  The efforts in FY
1979 will be directed to developing vertically aligned biological  reactors, hybrid biological
systems and control of organism infestations which adversely effect activated sludge
operation.

-------
     This effort brings together the findings of the O&M and instrumentation programs in
Urban Systems & Residuals Management with the new process development in Wastewater
Systems Control Technology to identify where 08M costs can be reduced by new or improved
processes.

     The mechanics for storing data on process cost are largely the responsibility of the
Urban Systems & Residuals Management program; however, process or system modifications
which reduce capital  costs, energy requirements and uprate plant capability are the
responsibility of the various programs within Wastewater Systems,  The continuing objective
is to identify the opportunities for cost reduction discovered by any one program for
application to, or direction of, other programs.  Presently, the principal  charge for this
objective lies within the Urban Systems area.

Land (Soil) Treatment Systems

     The principal thrust is completion of studies on the long term effects of soil
treatment systems and an interim assessment of research progress on overland flow design
information.  This material will serve to update the process design manual.  A major
project demonstrating the application of wastewater to the land will be underway at
Lubbock, Texas,  Currently, estimated to cost $9.5 million and to require about six-years
to complete, the project will accomplish a side-by-side comparison of the latest soil
treatment technology with a similar facility which has been in service for more than 40
years.  Information gathered from the project is expected to update the design manual and
resolve many of the potential health effects issues relating to soil treatment systems.
Current estimates indicate that $5.0 to $5.6 million will be applied to project design and
construction, and that $3.9 to $4.5 million will be utilized for several years of research.

     A task force of three specialists, one from EPA's Robert S, Kerr Research Laboratory
and one each from Regions VI and VII, has been formed to give technical assistance to, and
evaluation of, land treatment processes in operation.  This in effect is an implementation
program which marries the research developments with actual  operational findings.  It will
provide immediate application of research results and in turn give guidance to future R&D
needs.

Small Wastawater Flows

     The small flows program will concentrate on activities in septage handling at
community facilities, analysis of rural community wastewater alternatives;  identification,
evaluation and comparison of on-site wastewater alternatives; establishment of a clearing-
house for small wastewater flow systems and some continuing efforts on advanced collection
systems.  Anticipatory studies which will guide development of cost effective technology for
the 21st century will be initiated.  Development of design criteria for the most promising
alternative on-site systems as well as investigation of conservation and public health
aspects of individual home units will continue.

Urban Runoff (Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution Control)

     This program addresses the urban wet weather pollution problem in the total system
concept.  The program has five major subdivisions: (a) problem assessment (urban runoff),
(b) technology development/cost effectiveness, (c) management and user assistance tools,
(d) remedial considerations, and (e) best management practices.

     In 1979, urban wet weather pollution assessment activities will be maintained
for specific cases only.  At selected sites where remedial action is to be taken, base-
line receiving water conditions and the after-correction conditions will be established.
This program will be conducted in conjunction with best management practice projects.
 WQ-48

-------
treatment Wl I I  oe investigated in sucn naraware as nyuruursne appi itanuit, net itai  ueiiu
separators, sewer sealant development and "dual-use" treatment processes.  The production
of a manual for selecting urban runoff control techniques will be initiated along with
a statistical  data handbook for selecting design criteria and storage design considerations.
Remedial considerations will concentrate on sludge disposal methods since the characteris-
tics of urban runoff sludge and problems associated with it differ from normal wastewaters.

     Development and evaluation of best management practices will consume a major portion
of the program effort.  Several projects such as urban lake recovery, marsh or wet
land utilization and street cleaning methods will be continued.  New projects will  be
initiated in the area of improved porous pavement, sewer flushing and urban vegetative
practices for rate and volume attenuation.

Water Conservation, Renovation and Reuse

     The reuse program will develop feasible strategies to extend valuable water supplied
by source substitution and undertake long-term research aimed at evaluating the feasibility
of reusing wastewater for potable purposes.  Guidelines will be developed for municipalities
to implement source substitution projects and characterize the biological, organic, and
inorganic residues in wastewater effluents.  This program will be coordinated with the
Dept. of Interior's Office of Water Research and Technology and EPA's Office of Drinking
Water.

     Two major field projects will be initiated in FY 1979:  a seven million dollar five-
year project with the Denver Water Board will demonstrate the potential for producing
potable water from domestic wastewater and a one million dollar effort which will be
selected from competitive applications to demonstrate potable reuse technology.

Technical Assistance for Implementation of Innovative and Alternative Technology

     The Clean Water Act provisions establish an innovative and alternative technology
implementation incentive to local communities which will, over several years, amount
to billions of additional dollars.  This research area will provide the technical
assistance in implementing this program.  In FY 1979, the "Innovative Alternative
Technology Assessment Manual" will be finalized; a training program for regional and
other internal  units involved in funding decisions will be conducted; and technology
evaluation and on-site assistance will be provided as required.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increases of +$8,452,900 results from several actions.  The Congress provided
an add-on of +$8,000,000 for the reuse of wastewaters for agricultural    purposes.  A net
increase of +$493,200 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay
raise as well  as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978} pay raise.  Finally, as a
result of the Agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements
for its FY 1979 operating plan -$40,300 was reprogrammed within this activity to urban
systems toxic and residuals management.

1980 Plan

     Requested resources for FY 1980 are $6,431,000 dollars and 61 positions.  This is a
decrease of $8,134,900 and two positions from 1'379, of which $8,000,000 is associated
with 1979 Congressional add-on for potable reuse not carried forward 1n 1980.  The
remaining decrease of $134,900 and two positions is discussed below. Planned FY 1980,
extramural  expenditures are:  grants $3,408,400; contracts, $726,700, and interagency
agreements, $122,200.  Highlights of the FY 1980 plan are the following:
                                                                    WQ-49

-------
 particularly, low cost, highly efficient, more reliable, lower maintenance and  less  energy
intensive treatment methods.  Work on the bio-degradation of specific  hazardous  pollutants
will continue.  Research to evaluate the PhoStrip process and innovative  fine bubble
nitrification process in reference to design factors will be initiated.

Wastewater Treatment Cost Reduction

     Process control strategies will continue to be tested to determine cost effectiveness
and improvement of plant operations.  A project to improve the efficiency of air aeration
systems will be initiated.  Cooperative efforts in exchanging and integrating cost  reduction
methods will continue in FY 1980.

Land (Soil) Treatment

     The soil treatment program for FY 1980 will extend overland flow  process investigation
to colder climates; complete nutrient management models for nitrogen and  phosphorus;
develop management practices for irrigation and rapid infiltration to  colder climates;
continue data development for input into comprehensive design manuals  for the three major
soil systems; continue work on fate of toxics in soil; and begin to develop management
systems to minimize their effects.

     The aquaculture program will expand work on macrophytes (large leaf  plants) and  begin
to evaluate use of other natural  systems for wastewater treatment (1n  cooperation with  the
urban runoff program and other agencies).  However, planned work on field evaluations will
be reduced by $67,500 and one position.

Small Wastewater Flows

     In FY 1980 a program to develop seasonal and community sized subsurface disposal systems
will be initiated.  The fate of toxics in individual home treatment units will be determined.
A septage handbook for the collection, treatment and disposal of pumpout  from septic  tanks
will be completed and the basic investigation of forward-looking waste handling  systems
tailored to anticipated future construction priorities will continue.

Urban Runoff (Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution Control)

     During FY 1980, the major activity in technology development assessment will be  to
develop and evaluate best management practices via low and nonstructural  methods.
Efforts will continue on controlled release, up-system storage, and in-line liquid/solids
separation methods.  Continued efforts will be made in the development of flexible  treatment
methods which can be used at existing treatment works as dual or multi-use facilities.
These include high gradient magnetic separation and ultra-high-rate filtration.   Work in
bottom effects and toxicants for receiving water impact determinations will be continued.
Urban hydraulic controls for pollutant removal will continue to be evaluated. Emphasis
will shift from problem assessment to user assistance; reflecting a decrease of  $67,400
and one position.

Hater Conservation, Renovation and Reuse

     The efforts of this program will be directed to continuing the major projects
started in FY 1979.  This year and the next few years will be a period of data gathering,
project management and evaluation.

Technical Assistance Innovative and Alternative Technology (I/A)

     A limited amount of effort will be shifted to support the implementation of the
innovative and alternative technology construction grant program.  There  are a large
number of variable factors, such as reaction of the municipalities and states to the
I/A program, regional capability in technical review and others which  will  influence
the required R80 effort.

-------
     During 1978, resources totaled $14,532,900 and 44 positions.  Extramural  resources
were divided as follows:  grants, $12,370,700; contracts $1,001,800; and interagency
agreements $106,600.  During 1978 the program included:

    -  Developed first generation analytical methodology for assessing priority pollutants
       in municipal sludge and raw wastewater.  These methods will be used by the Effluent
       Guidelines Division during their 40-city priority pollutants survey and help
       to establish further agency pretreatment policy.

    -  Conducted a series of regional workshops and distributed a comprehensive publication
       on the latest design practices for sludge treatment, disposal and land application.
       This publication has been widely distributed for use by consulting engineers and
       municipalities.

    -  Completed an operations manual on sludge composting in cooperation with USDA
       Agricultural Research Service.  This method of sludge stabilization is gaining in
       acceptance because of its simple operation and design features and its relatively
       low initial capital cost.

    •»  Completed a national operation and maintenance (OSM) cause and effect survey;
       the first large scale research effort to identify and quantify specific cause
       and effect  relationships in problems of performance of biological wastewater
       treatment plants.  The results from this study indicate new research areas (such as
       clarifer design improvements, sludge flow controls) which should be addressed.

    -  Completed a comprehensive evaluation of high efficiency sludge dewatering equipment
       in order to reduce costs for incineration, further processing, and transportation
       costs.

1979 Program

     The resources for urban systems, toxics and residuals management research 1n FY 1979
are $6,660,900 and 54 positions.  Of this amount, the following extramural expenditures
are planned:  grants $2,494,000; contracts $1,776,000; and interagency agreements
$180,000. Highlights of the FY 1979 research program include:

     Toxics Control - This program was initiated in FY 1978 and concentrated on developing
the necessary analytical methodology for quantifying the priority pollutants in wastewater
and sludge.  In FY 1979 the emphasis will be on assisting the operating programs to assess the
magnitude and composition of toxics in wastes received and discharged by publicly owned
treatment works (POTWs), and to conduct urban-wide mass balance (source partitioning) of
toxics and hazardous wastes.  This information will be used in the development of a systems
analysis approach on the overall Impact of source control of toxics by pretreatment versus
treatment and/or detoxification at the POTWs. Another important area to be emphasized is
development of procedures which will allow for rapid determination of biodegradability
and/or treatabllity of a chemical in a POTW system.  This Information will also be used to
develop a treatabiHty manual in conjunction with a manual establishing pretreatment credits
for use by municipalities.

     Sludge Management - This program will continue to hold a high priority due to
the Agency's new regulations and policies resulting from implementation of RCRA and
the 1977 CWA amendments.  The program will concentrate on:  the evaluation of starved-air
combustion systems as a method for reducing fuel requirements and pollutant emissions;
addition of solid waste to sludge conbustion/pyrolysls processes (coincineration) to
upgrade heat value of sludge; characterization of emissions from conventional  sludge
incineration; evaluation of various novel approaches to anaerobic digester operation
and power generation front digester gas.  Land application of sludge is increasing despite
                                                                      WQ-S1

-------
some uncertainties concerning tne neattn ana ecological  eirects OT some siuage
components.  The current program is aimed at mitigating these uncertainties.  Emphasis
in FV 1979 includes:  development of management practices for controlling toxic chemicals
(organics) and heavy metals in sludge applied to land; development of a technique which
will allow designers to predict the response of plants or crops to a broad range of
sludge application rates and practices; identification of design principles of sludge
disposal in landfills with or without municipal refuse; evaluation of alternate nonfood
chain uses of sludge.  Work will begin on a sludge management planning document that
will aid designers and local officials.  The technology transfer design manual is undergoing
major revision and will be published in FY 1979.

     Urban Systems - In FY 1979, this program will focus on developing procedures and
design guidelines to improve the performance of POTWs.  A major effort will involve the
demonstration of improved performance through the Composite Correction Program (CCP5
approach on a state, county or region-wide basis.  Under CCP, all factors are addressed
simultaneously at a given plant rather than concentrating on only one "primary" cause of
poor performance.  A new initiative in FY 1979 will be the development and issuance of
design guidelines for correcting deficiencies in specific unit processes.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$33,900 results from several actions.  Congress applied a $6
million reduction to contracts and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease
applicable to this activity was -$225,400.  A net increase of +$83,900 results from
increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of
the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the agency's intensive ZBB
review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan
+$175,400 was reprogrammed within this activity from wastewater systems control technology
and point source technology development ($40,300) and from renewable resources ($135,100)
within this medium.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes a total of $7,927,000 and 56 positions.  This is an increase
of $1,266,100 and two positions over FY 1979.  The increase will be used for evaluation of
I/A sludge management technology projects and operation and maintenance costs associated
with previously funded (by ORD) demonstration projects, as authorized by section 105 (i)
of the CWA.

     During FY 1980, extramural expeditures are planned for grants, $3,004,300; contracts,
$2,140,300; and interagency agreements, $214,000.  Highlights of the FY 1980 program plan
are presented below.

     Toxic Control - This program will continue with the emphasis and direction of that
in FY 1979.  The program will expand the data collection to quantify the source and magnitude
of the toxics problem in municipal wastewaters.  It will also continue to emphasize the
treatability research work and applicability to solving pretreatment and combined treatment
problems.  The program will develop cost-benefit analysis and model technology to evaluate
advanced methods for reducing the discharge of potentially toxic pollutants and also
identify the impacts of urban-wide toxics control strategies.

     Sludge Management - The major part of thfs program will continue in the FY 1979
mode.  However, an increase of $650,000 and two positions will be used for the evaluation
of innovative and alternative sludge management technology projects built by construction
grants.  This activity will include technical assistance to the Regions as well as Indepth
post construction evaluations of projects selected for funding under Section 105(j) of the
CWA.  Focus will be on innovative technologies that conserve or recover energy, reduce
costs, beneficially use sludge, and improve efficiency and/or reliability.  Uptake studies
of pesticides and organics and evaluation of long term land application sites for transport
and transformation of heavy metals and microorganisms-will be continued.
 WQ-52

-------
input to the operating programs to Impact their program guidance documents.  This input
will continue to be in the form of brief design deficiency reports/manuals that result
from research studies of actual field verification studies versus original design.
This program will continue to evaluate instrumentation and control strategies as a means
to achieve improvements in process reliability and efficiency of PQTWs.  Central management
of a number of neighboring smaller POTWs will be further evaluated and recommendations
for state-wide implementation made.  The balance of the 1980 increase will be used to
cover increased operation  and maintenance costs of demonstration projects previously
funded by ORD; this activity is authorized under section .10.5(1) of the CWA.

-------
                                 Research and Devel opment

                             Monitoring and Technical  Support
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Appropriation
Characterization and
  Measurement Methods
  Development. . . . . . ,  $ 1,848   $ 2,112
Monitoring Methods
  and Systems	    3,763     2,623
Quality Assurance	    5,984     5,652
Technical Support	-    2.150     1.895

     Total	   13,745    12,282

Permanent Positions
Characterization and
  Measurement Methods
  Development. ......       27        37
Monitoring Methods
  and Systems. ......       53        50
Quality Assurance	       10        31
Technical Support. ....       37        28

     Total	      127       146

Full-time Equivalency
Characterization and
  Measurement Methods
  Development.	      N/A       N/A
Monitoring Methods
  and Systems. ......      N/A       N/A
Quality Assurance	      N/A       N/A
Technical Support. ....      N/A       N/A

     Total	      N/A       N/A

Budget Request
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars In thousands)
            $ 1,082

              3,820
              4,942
              1.207

             11,051
                 27

                 56
                 32
                 21

                136
                 32

                 75
                 37
                 37

                181
             $ 1,946

               2,907
               6,152
               1.245

              12,250
                  28

                  56
                  31
                  10

                 125
                  41

                  67
                  41
                  30

                 179
1980 vs. 1979
 increase +
 Decrease -
               +$  864
               + 1,199
                   - 1
                   -11

                   -11
                    +9

                    -8
                    +4
                    -7

                    -2
     An appropriation of $12,250,000 and 125 positions is requested for fiscal  year 1980.
This represents a net increase of $1,199,400 and a decrease of 11 positions  from the
fiscal year 1979 level.  An increase is requested for the characterization program,
$864,100 and one position.  This will be utilized for the Identification of  toxic chemicals  in
effluent samples from 21 categories of industry, as required by the court, and  for the
development of internal maker components (i.e., reference materials) needed  in  the applica-
tion of the master analytical  scheme for the analysis of volatile organic chemicals.
An increase of $1,209,900 in the quality assurance program will be used to expand the
development of protocols for.toxic pollutants; a one position decrease has also been made
in this program.  The Technical Support program reflects a slight dollar Increase of
$38,400 to support operational monitoring requirements for the spill prevention and
control program.  An 11 position decrease in this program reflects the shift of positions
to higher priority areas.  A decrease of $913,000 in the monitoring methods  program
reflects a planned reduction in resources for development of new methods for toxic pollutants.
 WQ-54

-------
     The water quality monitoring and technical  support program includes four major
components:  (1) characterization and measurement methods development for observing
pollutants contained in surface and ground waters, sludges and soils, and effluents
from municipal, industrial, and non-point sources; (2) monitoring methods, techniques and
equipment development which provide operation of monitoring methods through research and
development and selection, modification, and adaptation of available technology;  (3)
quality assurance which provides practices and techniques to document data quality and
monitoring systems performance for official EPA use; and (4) technical  support which
provides the unique expertise and facilities available in ORD for application to  needs of
the Agency operating programs and Regional offices.

CHARACTERIZATION AND MEASUREMENT METHODS DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     The FY 1978 level for this subactivity was $1,847,600 and 27 positions.  Of  these
resources, $685,600 was for contracts and $138,200 for grants.  These resources were
allocated to the development of analytical measurement methods applicable to water
and wastewater for the:  (1) identification and quantification of organic chemicals;
(2) simultaneous measurement of a wide spectrum of toxic elements (e.g., heavy metals);
(3) identification and quantification of different ionic species of elements; and
(4) identification and quantification of asbestos fibers.  The program:

     - Improved the method for identification and measurement of aquatic trace organic
       compounds that are not amenable to gas chromatography - mass spectroscopy  by
       developing a Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopic detector for  liquid
       chromatography, increasing the sensitivity and utility of FTIR spectroscopy, and
       enhancing separations with dense gas chromatography.

     - Improved techniques for identifying and measuring inorganic water
       pollutants by enhancing the utility of plasma emission spectometry
       through demonstrations of its capabilities, workshops, and prepara-
       tion of reference information.

     - Reviewed performance contractors using the Analytical Protocol for
       Priority Pollutants to identify and measure 129 toxic substances  in
       approximately 4000 samples from industrial wastewaters.  Resolved
       through laboratory experimentation technical problems in applying
       these protocol to complex wastes.

     •» Improved techniques for sampling and concentrating organic chemicals
       in water.

     - Developed a rapid screening technique for identifying and measuring
       chrysotile asbestos in water and established an optimum sample pre-
       paration technique for its electron microscopic analysis.

1979 Program

     The FY 1979 resource level for the characterization and measurement methods  develop-
ment program is $1,081,900 and 27 positions.  Of these resources approximately $23,000 will
be used for contracts and $27,000 for interagency agreements.

     Major activities 1n FY 1979 include the development of a master analytical scheme for
the analysis of volatile organic chemicals in water and wastewater.  This will also
entail the development of internal  marker compounds for use in accurate  quantification
of the compounds identified,

                                                                               WQ-55

-------
     me eTTort on nonvolatile organics win ce increased by shifting some resources from
the volatile organics activity.  Work on separation techniques will continue and a prelimi-
nary version of a spectral generating detector will be available for trial.  The procedures
needed to confirm the identity of these nonvolatile organics will be studied and utilized
on an interim basis to investigate emergencies involving these compounds.

     The work on methods for the simultaneous measurement of chemical elements will be
continued at the same level of effort.  Emphasis will be given to completion of a report
on the application of x-ray fluorescence to water analysis and demonstration of the
application of rapid multielement techniques for measurement of consent decree pollutants.

     The research effort on methods to identify and quantify inorganic chemical species
in water, needed for accurate toxicology assessments, will be continued at a low level.

     A significant level  of effort will be devoted to providing technical assistance to
identify and quantify all toxic organic chemicals present in industrial effluents.
Emphasis now will be on toxic chemicals other than those listed in the consent'decree.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,030,100 results from several actions.  Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services
and monitoring and technical  support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity
was -$250,000.  A net increase of +$95,900 results from increased pay cost from the
October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978)
pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and
changing resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan -$876,000 was reprogrammed
from this element to monitoring methods and systems ($430,800), within this activity and
to anticipatory research and development ($350,000) and to scientific assessment within
the interdisciplinary medi m ($95,200).

1980 Plan

     The requested FY 1980 resources are $1,946,000 and 28 positions,an  Increase of
$864,000.  Of these resources, approximately $42,000 will be used for contracts and
$50,600 for interagency agreements.

     Of the planned increase $364,000 will be used to accelerate the assistance being
given to the Effluent Guidelines Division in the identification of toxic organic chemicals
common to effluents from 21 categories of industry.  The remaining $500,000 of the increase
will be used to develop internal marker compounds needed for calibration purposes in
the application of the maste analytical scheme for analyzing volatile organic chemicals.

     This fiscal year, work on the first generation master analytical scheme for volatile
organic chemicals will be completed.  Work on methods for confirming tentative chemical
identifications in a more cost-effective manner will be continued.  Greater emphasis will
be given to the development of analytical methods for nonvolatile organic compounds,
employing reverse phase high pressure liquid chromatography and appropriate detectors.  In
the multielement methods area, work will be initiated on techniques applicable to soil and
sediment.  In the chemical spedation area, work will be initiated on a first generation
method for providing chemical  and physical characteristics of participates in water.

MONITORING METHODS AND SYSTEMS
1978 Accompl i shinents

     The 1978 resources of $3,763,200 supported research, development, adaption, and
evaluation of analytical  measurement methods for use in Federal and State monitoring
and enforcement programs.  Approximately $140,000 was obligated for contracts, and $120,000
for interagency agreements.


 WQ-56

-------
     Outputs of the 1978 program included:

     - Test procedures for identification and quantification of polybromated biphenoJs
       (PBBs).

     - Analytical techniques for continuous measurement of heavy metals by x-ray
       fluorescence.

     - Analytical procedures for determination of volatile organic;..

     - Analytical procedures for trihalomethanes and other carcinogenic trace organics.

     - The publication of procedures for measurement of toxic waste effluents.

     ~ A revised edition of Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment.

     - A revised methods manual to include Consent Decree pollutants.

1979 Program

     The FY 1979 resources for this program are 13,820,000 and 56 positions including
$260,000 for contracts, $500,000 for an interagency agreement, and $200,000 for research
grants.  These, resources are being used to develop, adapt and evaluate monitoring and
analytical reference methods for field application to support the Agency's programs and
activities concerned with the measurement of pollutants in fresh and marine waters.

     Planned outputs for FY 1979 are:

     - Monitoring and analytical reference methods in support of the National
       Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).

     - Revised editions of methods manuals for monitoring chemical pollutants,
       pathogens and biological Indicators of water quality.

     - Improved techniques, including automated techniques for recovery, concen-
       tration and detection of viruses and other pathogens contained in sewage,
       sludges, and municipal and industrial effluents.

     - Bioassay techniques for monitoring the toxicity of wastewaters and
       ambient waters.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net increase of +$1,197,000 results from several  actions.  Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual  services
and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity
was -1501,000.  A net increase of +$200,800 results from Increased pay cost from the
October 1978 (FY 1979} pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977  (FY 1978}
pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the  gency's Intensive review of priorities and
changing resource requirements for Its FY 1979 operating plan +$1,497,200 was  reprogrammed
within this activity from characterization and measurement methods development ($430,800),
quality assurance ($759,500}, and technical support ($306,900).

1980 Plan

     The FY 1980 budget request is $2,907,000 and 56 positions,a decrease of $913,000
to reflect a curtailment 1n the development of new methods for toxic pollutants related to
the consent decree.  This program will apply $550,000 for contracts and $60,000 for
research grants.
                                                                                WQ-57

-------
     Activities and outputs will  include:

     - Development of reference methods and instruments for monitoring  waters  in  support
       of the NPDES program.

     - Development of a system for monitoring nonpoint source pollutants in semiarid
       regions;

     - Development of procedures for concentrating pathogens from high-rate processing  of
       wastewater and a comparative study, on cell  lines for recovery of waterborne patho-
       genic material from dredges, sludges, and wastewater.

     - Development of methods for associating phytoplanktpn populations with trophic
       classification.

     - Development of wide-area sensors for chlorophyll and petroleum detection.

     - Development of unattended waterborne pollutant sensors for specific  ions,  dissolved
       nutrients, and pesticides.

 QUALITY ASSURAMCE
1978 Accomplishments

     The 1978 resource level  for quality assurance was $5,983,300 and 10 positions  in-
cluding $3,712,000 for contracts, $195,000 for interagency agreements, and  $259,300 for
research grants.

     Accomplishments of the 1978 program included:

     - Interlaboratory studies for 20 chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, 26  volatile
       organics on the toxic  pollutants list, and two methods for the analysis of
       radium-228 in water.

     - Awarded contracts to refine analytical procedures for:  (!) analysis of haloethers
       in water; (2) use of macroreticular resins for isolation and clean up  of phenols
       in water; (3) test procedures for analysis of terrachlordibensodioxin, polychlorin-
       ated biphenyls, and pesticides in sludges; and (4) field shakedown test procedures for
       organic toxic pollutants in wastewater for the Best Available Technology (BAT) survey.

     - Distributed quality control samples to Regional, State, and local  laboratories
       Including:  (1) sixteen thousand reference samples for evaluation of water pollution
       laboratories; (2) 8000 reference samples for nine volatile organic pollutants; (3)
       16,000 reference samples in two series for 18 volatile toxic pollutants; (4) 3000
       nonfilteerable, filterable, and volatile residue quality control  samples; (5)
       200,000 quality control check samples for trace metals, nitrate/fluoride, chlorinated
       hydrocarbon pesticides, herbicides, and minerals; (6)  1000 quality control check
       samples to EPA, Federal, State, local government, and  private laboratories for the
       National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) compliance and enforcement
       needs,  for ambient monitoring, and fosr research; and  (7) 300 radio-nuclide  reference
       solutions.  These samples are provided ;to assure that  analytical  laboratories and/or
       analysts are conducting the analyses in an acceptable  manner, in  terms of data
       precision and accuracy.  Through this mechanism, the quality of the  resulting
       data is known.

     - Developed a new quality control sample for oil  and grease measurements,

     - Developed a new performance evaluation sample series for cyanide  and residual
       chlorine analysis,


WQ-58

-------
       for use in microbiological analysis quality control.

     - Evaluated 119 laboratories for analytical  proficiency in the analyses  of 44
       water pollution parameters.

     - Expanded mass spectral data base from 25,557 to 31,613.

     - Completed improvements to laboratory automation systems  in two Regional
       and two RSD laboratories.

1979 Program

     The 1579 resources for Water Quality-Quality Assurance  are $4,942,100 and  32 posi-
tions including $3,602,800 for contracts and $40,700 for research grants.   The  outputs of
the FY 1979 program will include:

     - Standardized measurement systems to support the current  NPDES permits  system.

     - Approved reference methods for 28 toxic pollutants.

     - Initiation of studies of new reference methods for 39 additional  toxic pollutants.

     - Quality assurance guidelines for sampling  and flow measurement.

     - Equivalency evaluations to include radiochemical  analytical  methods for  NPDES
       support.

     - Technical  assistance to implement a pilot  program for evaluating  the performance
       of the NPOES sel^monitoring laboratories.

     - 65 new quality control samples developed for NPDES and Section 307{a)  toxic pollutants.

     - 3000 quality control samples for distribution to support the NPDES  permits system.

     - Nine series of samples for water quality analyst performance evaluation  studies.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -$709,900 results from several  actions.  A net increase of +$49,600
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 {FY. 1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a result  of the
agency intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements  for its
FY 1979 operating plan - $759,500 was reprogrammed within this  activity  to monitoring
methods and systems.

1980 Plan

     The FY 1980 appropriations request includes  resources of $6,152,000 and  31 positions
of which approximately $4,488,000 will be used extramural ly. The 1980 quality  assurance
program will focus on support of the NPDES permit system, the equivalency  program, and
Regional  laboratory automation efforts.  The quality assurance  program is  increased
by $1,209,900 to expand the development of protocols for toxic  pollutants; however this
program reflects a one position decrease.

     - Analytical methodology for monitoring pollutants in the  three categories of
       purgeables, acrolein acrylonitrile dichlorodifluorqmethane, and toxic  metals
       through testing and evaluating studies to  meet the requirements of  Section 307
       Of PL 95-217.

     - Methods validation studies to meet Agency  requirements for monitoring  trace
       metals and PCBs in marine environments and for the NPDES monitoring require-
       ment for pesticides.


                                                                                  UQ-59

-------
       laboratories including:   (I)  Quality control  samples  for the measurement  of water
       quality effluents to support  BAT; (2) Quality control  samples  for measuring
       pollutants regulated under Sections 104,  106, 208,  304(h)  and  307{a)  of PL 95-217;
       (3) Quality control  samples for measuring pollutants  in marine samples in support
       of the NPDES; and performance evaluation  samples  for  water quality laboratory
       evaluation studies.

     - Quality assurance manuals, guidelines, and reports  and manuals of verified
       and validated quality control procedures  for analytical  methods.

     - Assistance to Regions and States in the evaluation  of regulated water/wastewater
       monitoring activities.

     - Evaluation and validation of  the equivalency of analytical  measurement systems.

     - Development of National  guidances to assure uniformity in laboratory  evaluation of
       NPDES compliance monitoring laboratories.

     - A working, computerized  inter!aboratory test system for EPA, State, and other
       NPDES laboratories,

     - Expanded and improved Mass Spectral Search program  for toxic pollutants.

     - Quality assurance guidelines  for proper pretreatment  or separation of industrial
       effluents containing toxic substances prior to discharging into publicly-owned
       treatment works;

     - Quality assurance guidelines  for analyzing sludges  resulting from pretreatment
       or separation of industrial effluents to  ensure that  leachates from these
       sludges will not contaminate  drinking water supplies;

     - Quality assurance guidelines  for measuring radionuclides in effluents and
       wastewaters.

 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978 resources obligated for technical  support were $2,150,400 and  37  positions.
Approximately $301,000 was obligated for contracts.

     Major activities in 1978 were:

     * Testimony on health hazards of viruses in treatment plant effluent that contri-
       buted directly to a court decision in favor of EPA.

     - Deployment of Enviro-pods to Regions IV  and VI and the Environmental  Research
       Laboratory, NarragansetU

     - Completed water surveys of the Atchafalya Basin and Lake Tahoe to assist in development
       of basin management plans;             •

     - Completed a field study in the Lake Tahoe Basin to assess the effectiveness of
       meadows and marshlands in reducing nutrient loading.

     - Developed, in conjunction with NASA, a method for determining trophic classi-
       fication of many lakes over large georgraphic areas using LANDSAT data  together
       with limited in-sttu sampling.

     - Analyzed chemical and radiological water samples for the Rural  Water Survey including
       56 water samples for gross alpha, and radium 226/228.

WQ-60

-------
     - Expanded the nationwide EPA application of remote sensing using aerial photography
       and aircraft/satellite multispectral scanning techniques for more effective environ-
       mental assessment and surveillance of water quality conditions and impacts.  Data
       gathering and analysis projects were conducted for the following programs:  14 for
       Office of Enforcement, 12 for Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure, 14 for
       Regional impact analysis, 2 for Section 208, of PL 92-500, and 9 for application
       engineering;

     - Initiated a program to study wetlands in the Southeastern and gulf coast regions of
       the United States.

     - Responded to requests for assistance for eight emergency spills.

     - Provided assistance to the Office of Water Programs in determining the presence and
       extent of pollution in and around hazardous waste sites.

     - Provided liaison with Regional Offices.

1979 Program

     The 1979 resources for Water Technical Support are $1,206,600 and 21 positions,
including approximately $517,000 for extramural programs.  The 1979 program includes:

     - Support in the areas of spill prevention control and countenpeasure, hazardous
       storage site assessments, and emergency oil and hazardous spill assessments.

     - Assistance to the Office of Federal Activities in the preparation of Environmental
       Impact Statements.

     - Support of Regional  office requests for analytical services, field work, and
       overhead monitoring for programs such as the Lake Tahoe Water Quality Program, the
       Chesapeake Bay Study, the Kentucky Strip Mine Survey, the Atchafalaya River Basin
       Survey, and the Pit, Pond and Lagoon Survey in New England.

     - Data collection and analysis support for eutrophication studies of lakes in
       Illinois and Texas;

     - Analytical services for monitoring viruses in wastewater.

     - Collection and analysis of sludges, river, and ocean samples for Regional
       Offices.

     - Liaison with Regional Offices.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Current Estimate

     The net decrease of -$688,400 results from several actions.  Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services
and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity
was -$470,000.  A net increase of +$88,500 results from increased pay cost from the
October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978)
pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and
changing resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan -$306,900 was reprogrammed
within this activity to mom't-ring methods, measurement, and systems.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 resources requested for Technical Support are $1,245,000 and .1.0 positions.
It is expected that approximately $460,000 will be applied to extramural  activities*
The technical support program reflects a slight dollar increase of $38,400 to support
operational  monitoring requirements for the spill prevention and control  program.  An
11 position decrease in this program reflects the shift of positions to higher priority



                                                                                       WQ-61

-------
areas.  Technical  Support is a level  of effort program responding to the real-time needs
of the Regions and Program Offices.  Based on past experience and documented plans, the
following types of projects will be accomplished:

     - Continued support in the area of spill prevention control  and countermeasure
       programs, emergency oil  and hazardous materials spills program assessments, and
       hazardous storage sites assessments;

     - Overhead materials monitoring support for Environmental  Impact Statement preparation.

     - Consultation on analytical  test procedures  for the analysis of municipal, industrial,
       ambient marine and freshwater samples.

     - Analytical  Services such as the Atchafalaya River Study and the Chesapeake Bay
       Program.  Efforts will include programs in wetlands,  point and nonpoint source
       surveys and land use analyses.
    WQ-62

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                   Abatement and Control
                                          Budget     Current              Increase +
                                 Actual  Estimate   Estimate  Estimate    Decrease -
                                  1978     1979       1979      1980    1980 vs. 1979  Page
Appropriation
Hater Quality Planning
  and Standards	
Effluent Standards and
  Guidelines	
Brants Assistance Programs
Water Quality Strategies
  Implementation	
Water Quality Monitoring
  and Analysis	
Municipal Source Control..

     Total	-..	

Permanent Positions
Mater Quality Planning
  and Standards...........
Effluent Standards and
  Guidelines		
Grants Assistance Programs
Water Quality Strategies
  Impl ementation.	
Water Quality Monitoring
  and Analysis	
Municipal Source Control..

     Total	

Full-time Equivalency
Hater Quality Planning
  and Standards..		
Effluent Standards and
  Guidelines	
Grants Assistance Programs
Mater Quality Strategies
  Implementation.	
Water Quality Monitoring
  and Analysis	
Municipal Source Control..

     Total		

$40,363
40,935
74,221
7,782
8,161
42,639
214,106
406
91
170
203
1.053
1,923
. . »
...
...
...
(do!
$31 ,508
26,051
102,400
10,695
6,584
65,985
243,223
342
IT]
176
157
1.105
1 ,891
• * *
...
...
...
lars In
$39,844
24,427
93,990
14,397
8,835
56,262
237,755
346
95
195
157
1.003
1,796
438
139
6
214
239
1.164
thousands)
$39,189
29,111
88,730
11,572
8,562
62,381
239,545
359
113
196
175
_J3L
1,774
446
152
7
232
244
1.083

-$655
+4,684
-5,260
-2,825
-273
+6,119
+1 ,790
+13
+18
+1
+18
-72
-22
+8
+13
+1
+18
+5.
-81

WQ-66
WQ-83
WQ-91
WQ-97
WQ-106
WQ-109










2,200     2,164
                                                                              -36
Purpose

     The objectives of the water quality abatement and control programs are to abate
water pollution from Industrial and municipal sources and to assist State, areawide, and
local agencies in controlling water pollution from point and nonpoint sources by
providing management, technical, and resource assistance.
                                                                               WQ-63

-------
     Industrial point source control is accomplished By the development of technology-
based effluent limitations.  The current emphasis is on development of effluent
limitations for toxic pollutants which reflect best available technology economically
achievable for existing sources and which represent new source performance standards
for new sources.  In particular, the emphasis on toxic pollutants has required the
concurrent development and use of new analytical methods, substantial increases in
resources devoted to sampling and analysis activities, development of new and
cost-effective analytical methods for routine monitoring of individual toxic
pollutants, examination of waste water treatment technologies for effectiveness
in removing toxic pollutants, and more intensive and thorough engineering
investigations of specific industrial categories.  These effluent limitations will
be aimed at controlling the discharges of 65 classes of pollutants from 21 primary
industry categories.  Industrial effluent limitations are implemented through
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) discharge permits.

     Pretreatment standards for existing and new industrial users of municipal
treatment works will be developed for the 21 primary industry categories along
with effluent limitations for direct dischargers.  Pretreatment standards will
regulate toxic pollutants which are incompatible with municipal works.
Municipal point source control proceeds via Federal grants to municipal,
intennuniclpal, State, and interstate agencies which assist in financing the
planning, design, and construction of municipal waste water treatment facilities.
The grants program helps municipalities to achieve the effluent limitations required
by the Act.  As Is the case with industries, effluent limitations are implemented
through NPDES permits and construction grants are made to assist municipalities
in meeting their permit conditions.  Construction grant funds are allotted to each
State on the basis of formulas set forth in the Clean Water Act.  Within these
allotments, grants are awarded on a priority basis for Individual projects.
Generally each project is eligible for 75 percent Federal assistance, although
grants may provide  up to 85 percent for projects using innovative of alternative
technology in  treatment facility design.

     As part of the municipal construction grants program, the State management
assistance grant program authorizes the use of two percent or $400,000, whichever
is greater, of each State's allotment to cover the cost of delegation of the
construction grants program to the States.  To the extent that funds suffice,
they can also be used for NPDES permit, dredge and fill, and Section 208 management
of programs.  The goal of this program 1s to allow the States, rather than EPA,
to assume management of the day-to-day responsibility of construction grants
activities.  Because a primary responsibility for the control of pollution lies
with the States, EPA's abatement and control efforts are oriented toward support
of State and local efforts to develop and maintain their technical institutional
and financial mechanisms in water quality management.

     The primary mechanism for accomplishing this and related objectives will
be comprehensive, Integrated State/EPA agreements covering all water quality
and directly related resource assistance programs.  State/EPA agreements are
the primary vehicle for accomplishing national water quality management priorities
in a cost-effective way, as well as State and local priorities based on particular
localized problems.

     The cornerstone of the State/EPA agreement is the management, technical, and
resource assistance and guidance provided to State, areawide, and local water
quality planning and management agencies under the Clean Water Act.  These agencies
develop water quality problem assessments, water quality standards, and detailed
water quality management plans with Agency assistance and national priority guidance.

     Implementation programs meeting national, State, and local priority needs are
supported under Section 106 State program grants, Sectipn 314 Clean Lakes grants,
and under the municipal waste treatment construction program.  In addition, delegated
State management of municipal waste treatment, National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES), and dredge and fill programs can be encouraged and
supported with Construction Management Assistance grants under Section 205(g).

 WQ-64

-------
     Combine  and integrated with other abatement and control, enforcement, and
research programs in EPA and other Federal agencies under the State/EPA agreements,
the water quality management program functions to assure sound management of
surface and ground water resources, including drinking water; promotes the
development and implementation of techniques, management practices and regulatory
programs to control nonpoint sources of pollution; promotes the consideration of
cost-effective alternatives to advanced waste treatment construction; promotes
water conservation; and assures that effective pretreatment and industrial source
control programs are implemented.

     The abatement and control program also includes: the development and
publication of water quality criteria to reflect the latest scientific knowledge
on the kind and extent of all identifiable effects.on health and welfare relating
to Section 304(a) and in support of Section 307(a) for adding substances to the
list of toxic pollutants; the review of State water quality standards to ensure
that acceptable standards are established in each State, through the adoption of
State proposals or the Federal promulgation process; the development and defense
of hazardous substances regulations and the expansion of hazardous substances
designations under Section 311; the development of guidelines, standards and
regulations to correct water pollution problems resulting from such sources as
in-place toxicants and discharges from vessels and aquaculture projects; the
regulation, implementation and national management of a grants assistance program
for the classification and restoration of the Nation's eutrophic lakes; and the
national management, coordination and program development regulating the discharge
of dredged or fill material, including the review and recommendation of requests
from States for Section 404 permit authority.

     EPA monitoring and analysis activities are coordinated with State and other
Federal efforts and include ambient water quality monitoring, data collection, and
dissemination of water quality data.  Current programs include the establishment of
basic national water monitoring programs and  the analysis of monitoring data to
assist in development and implementation of standards and regulations.
Increasing emphasis is being placed on monitoring the toxic materials, nonpoint
sources, and biological impacts.  "

     The Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, as amended,
authorizes EPA to regulate the disposition of materials into the oceans, excepting
dredged material.  Under this authority, a permit program for ocean disposal of
waste has been underway since  1973.  In addition, EPA has reoriented Its oceans
program to include a coordinatsd approach to the problems in the ocean environment.
This reorientatton includes close interaction with other Federal agencies having
ocean related activities.

     Primary objectives for 1980 include:

     -  Repromulgate revised best available technology (BAT), New Source Performance
        Standards (NSPS) and pretreatment standards for 22 of the 34 industries under
        the Settlement Agreement,

     -  Develop human health effects criteria for 41 toxic pollutants and promulgate
        revisions to State water quality standards to include those substances.

     -  Pursue maximum State participation in construction grants program
        administration through delegation of Federal activities under Section 205{g)
        of the Clean Water Act, where capability exists.

     -  Continue management of a long-range construction grants program to plan, design
        and construct waste  treatment  facilities.

     -  Implement national agricultural and urban storm water planning and management
        demonstration programs.

     -  Complete 20 Clean Lake projects.

     -  State operation of the basic water monitoring program to include toxics and
         -

-------
Appropriation
                          Water Quality Planning and Standards

                                              Budget   Current              Increase +
                                   Actual     Estimate  Estimate  Estimate  Decrease -
                                    1978      J9.79      1979      1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                                   Tdoilars in thousands)
State Programs Regulations
 and Guidelines	     $14,423     $12,861    $15,937   $15,513    -$424
Great Lakes Program	       5,659       3,465      6,500     6,500
Clean Lakes Program	..      16,201      14,977     14,721    15,000     +279
Chesapeake Bay Program	       4,085         ...      2,500     2,000     -500
NEPA Corapliance/EIS
 Preparation.	                     205	186	176      -10

          Total	      40,368      31,508     39,844    39,189     -655

Permanent Positions

State Programs Regulations
 and Guidelines	         366         314        306       331      +25
Great Lakes Program	          30           7         21        15       -6
Clean Lakes Program	         ...          15          6       ...       -6
Chesapeake Bay Program	          10         —          5         5
NEPA Compliance/EIS
 Preparation	         ...	6          8	8	...

          Total	         406         342        346       359      +13

Full-time Equivalency

State Programs Regulations
 and Guidelines..	         ...         ...        392       412      +20
Sreat Lakes Program	,..         ...         ...         26 *      20       -6
Cl ean Lakes Program	         ...         ...          6       ...       -6
Chesapeake Bay Program.	         ...         ...          6         6
NEPA CompHance/EIS
 Preparation...	,	         ...	8         8	...

          Total	         ...         ...        438       446       +8

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $39,189,000 and 359 positions is requested for this
activity in 1980,  This is a net increase of 13 positions and a net decrease of
$655,000 over the 1979 current estimate.  This includes an increase of 38
regional positions.  This increase, however, 1s offset by a decrease of 16
headquarters positions under State programs regulations and guidelines.  The
Great Lakes program is reduced by six positions, mainly 1n the water quality
surveillance activity.  The decrease of six positions  in the clean lakes
program reflects consolidation of the grant management function under water
quality management, while the Increase of $279,000 will provide additional
grants,  The $500,000 reduction in the Chesapeake Bay program reflects an
equal and offsetting increase under the research and development appropriation.
Included in the total request Is $26,800,000 for contracts and grants.
  WQ-66

-------
Program Description

     The water quality planning and standards subactlvlty Includes five program elements:

     State program regulations and guidelines - This element covers a broad range of
activities, including technical guidance, assistance and Information to State,
areawide, local and other Federal agencies to assist in the planning, development, and
implementation of integrated and cost-effective water pollution control programs.
A major reorientation of this program was developed in 1978, which in 1979
requires integrated State/EPA agreements (SEAs) covering all water programs involving
resource assistance.  These include grants authorized under the Clean Water Act (CWA),
the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA),
where feasible.  State/EPA agreements, including SDHA and RCRA Integration, become
the prerequesite for funding in 1980.  Adequate public participation must also be
assured to facilitate meeting water quality management (WQM) objectives.   Nonpoint
source pollution is also addressed in this element.  Control activities Include:
institutional and financial mechanisms at State, areawide, and local levels to
assure sound management of surface and ground water resources; promoting  the
development and implementation of control techniques, management practices and
regulatory programs; and performing economic impact and cost-effectiveness analyses
of nonpoint source controls.  Specific program outputs Include:

     - Major EPA/USDA efforts to Implement agricultural best management practices
       (BMPs), including model Implementation projects, rural clean water program
       management practices, mining projects, and special water quality projects
       by the Agricultural Conservation Program of the Agricultural Stabilization
       and Conservation Service (ASCS).

     - Development of a comprehensive salinity control plan for the Colorado
       River Basin.

     *• Integration of water quality components In national forest land management
       and State forestry resource plans.

     - Development with States of some control programs for mining and construction
       related pollution, emphasizing existing, effective State programs.

     - Development and Implementation of a coordinated EPA ground water
       assistance program.

Also included in this program element 1s the promotion and development of cost-effective
alternatives to advanced waste treatment construction; major urban storm  water runoff
studies; and assuring implementation of effective pretreatment programs.   Finally,
the management of the clean lakes program is included and addresses several concerns:
improving the knowledge basic for controlling nonpoint sources of pollution in
lake watersheds; developing and further evaluating in-lake restorative procedures;
establishing a permanent program within the States to systematically evaluate the
conditions of their fresh water lakes and assist them to implement the necessary
actions to protect or improve lake quality; and developing and implementing
standards and regulations that will help meet the 1983 goals of the Act.

     Great Lakes program - The second program element covered by this subactivlty
is the Great Lakes program, which includes both funding for the Great Lakes
initiative program as well as demonstration grants authorized by Section  108(a)
of the Clean Water Act of 1977.  The Great Lakes National Program Office  was
established in 1978 to integrate and consolidate EPA Great Lakes activities and
to provide coordinated support to the International Joint Commission's (IJC)
Great Lakes Water Quality Board.
                                                                                  WQ-67

-------
     Clean lakes program - The third program element covered by this subactivity
is the clean lakes program.  Under this grant mechanism financial assistance 1s
provided to States to classify their publicly owned fresh water lakes according to
trophic conditions and to carry out methods and procedures to restore the quality
of such lakes.  The Congress has appropriated $36.3 million for fiscal years 1975-1978
to cover the requirements under Section 314.  The Agency has received 144 applications
for lake restoration.  In 1980, the clean lakes program will be fully incorporated
with the State/EPA agreement process.

     Chesapeake Bay program - The fourth program element covered by this subactivity is
the Chesapeake Bay program wh1 ch is responslbV for developing a management system to
maintain and improve the overall water quality of the Chesapeake and to enable the states
and localities to supplement information requirements of national water quality
programs.  The program emphasizes coordination of existing programs of Federal,
State, and local planning and regulatory agencies and represents a significant
attempt by a Federal program to understand a large ecosystem as an entity,
incorporating many interdependent components.

     NEPA comp11ance/EIS preparation - The f1fth program element covered by this
subactivity Involves environmental impact statement (EIS) preparation in voluntary
compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).  These EISs are
prepared at the discretion of the Regional Administrators.

STATE PROGRAM REGULATION AND GUIDELINES

1976 Accomplishments

     In 1978, $14.4 million was obligated with principal program emphasis
being placed on completion of initial Section 208 planning by the majority of
State and areawide agencies.  Water quality management regulations covering
programs under Sections 208/106/303(e) of the Clean Water Act were revised and
published for comment.  The proposed regulations emphasize planning and Implementation
activities that follow development of the Initial plans; implements new provisions
of the 1977 Clean Water Act; corrects certain problems encountered with parts of
the existing regulations; and implements. 1n significant ways Presidential initiatives
to consolidate Federal requirements for State and local planning and to reduce the
burden of regulations on State and substate agencies.  A key change in the regulation
shifts the emphasis of the State/EPA agreements from the coordination of Initial
State and areawide planning outputs to the incorporation of additional grant programs
under other statutes and a strict requirement for the implementation of Section 208
planning outputs as a condition for future funding.  Development of 1979 State/EPA
agreements consistent with the new regulations was begun 1n every State, six of
which were signed by the start of 1979.

     A total of $1.7 million was committed for contracts in 1978, Including $800,000
coranttted to fostering involvement by public and local government officials 1n
Section 208 programs.  An additional $200,000 was committed for water quality
management support contracts and $600,000 for development of nonpolnt source best
management practices and technology transfer.  Approximately $100,000 was committed
on water quality standards studies.  Accomplishments 1n 1978 included:

Nonpolnt Source Control

     -  Issued national policies on State/EPA agreements, Sections 201/208 and 208/404
        relationships, advanced waste treatment {AWT), pretreatment, Sections 208/106
        funding priorities, urban runoff, agricultural and construction runoff
        controls.
WQ-68

-------
     -  Established Interagency Agreement (IA6) with USOA on the Rural  Clean Water
        Programs (RCWP); reviewed and concurred in RCWP regulations  issued by
        USDA.

     -  Jointly with USDA, selected seven agricultural  model implementation program (MIP)
        projects from 50 grant applications, and initiated implementation of best
        management practices.

     -  Selected 19 potential prototype urban storm runoff projects  and initiated
        implementation of eight projects.

Sections 208/106 Grants Management

     -  Developed comprehensive 5-year funding and management strategies to
        direct the national  water quality management program, including consideration
        of Section  201, RCRA, SDWA, and other sources  of funding in prioritizing
        the use of Section 208 funds and to avoid duplication and overlap
        of planning programs.

     -  Strengthened WQM grants/financial management in four regional offices
        through review by teams of EPA program and grant specialists.

     -  Received more than 175 State and areawide draft 208 plans submitted
        for EPA review; 54 areawide plans were sumitted with prior State
        certification; 10 plans were approved by EPA, while others were
        under review by States and/or EPA.

     -  Approved for Implementation nearly 150 water quality problem solutions
        developed as part of Section 208 plans.

     -  Awarded Section 106 grants to all States and Interstate agencies, and
        100 Section 208 continuation grants.

Public Participation

     -  Provided funding support, averaging $7,000 in each State for  grassroots
        activities to inform and Involve: 201 management agencies in Section 208
        planning; State legislators in development and  support of water quality
        management agency legislative initiatives; citizen leaders in statewide
        coalition efforts to strengthen public Involvement at the State level.

Criteria and Standards

     -  Continued to formulate the basis for the water  quality criteria documents
        covering the 65 toxic pollutants, pursuant to the Settlement Agreement
        in support of the Agency's toxic strategy.

     -  Continued to evaluate State water quality standards and recommended
        appropriate actions—20 State water quality standards were completely
        approved, 21 received partial approval and one  {Nebraska) was promulgated.
                                                                                  WQ-59

-------
Toxic and Hazardous Substances Control

     -  Published final hazardous substances regulations under Section 311.

     -  Completed the mitigation feasibility study of Kepone in the James River,
        Virginia.

Clean Lakes Management

     -  Conducted a national conference on lake restoration; drafted a proposed
        regulation for granting lake restoration projects under Section 314.

1979 Program

     The current 1979, allocation for this effort is $15,937,000 and 306 positions.

     The water quality management program will  be entering a new phase of effort to
ensure that 1979 State/EPA agreements (SEAs), particularly annual  outputs
funded under Sections 208, 106, and 314, are realized.   In addition, primary
emphasis for 1979 for water quality management (WQM) personnel will be to
participate in negotiations of broader, more comprehensive 1980 agreements
to guide WQM and other programs under the Clean Water Act (CWA), the Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery act (RCRA),
Coordinated approaches to toxic problems will be addressed as a priority in
the SEAs.

     Also in 1979, a major program effort will  be to ensure implementation of
initial Section 208 plans.  Initial planning was completed for most areawide
agencies by the end of 1978, and all States and other areawide agencies will
be completed by July 1979 under the provisions of the CWA of 1977.  Working
with States to facilitate their plan certification responsibilities, completing
the EPA review and approval of initial plans, and awarding continuing planning
grants to successful agencies will be a major work load.

     Grant programs under Sections 208 and 106 of the CWA will provide
approximately $150 million through negotiated SEAs to States, interstate*
areawide, and local agencies.  1979 new obligational authority is  $41 million
available for 2-years under Section 208, and $52.4 million under Section 106,
also available for 2-years.  (See the grants assistance program subactlvfty
for further description.)

     Approximately $900,000 Is available for the management of the clean
lakes grant program, providing program coordination and developing regulations,
standards, and polciy guidance for correcting water pollution problems resulting
from toxic pollutants, hazardous substances, in-place toxicants, discharges
from vessels and aquaculture projects.  An additional $275fcQQO will be used to
contract for a feasibility study on the mitigation of polychlorinated blphenyls (PCBsj
and polybrominated biphenyls (PB8s) 1n the Saginaw and Pine Rivers, Michigan.

     In 1979, $3,135,000 is planned for contracts Including $980,000 for fostering
involvement by public and local government officials 1n Section 208 programs.  An
additional $650,000 1s planned for water quality management support contracts and
$900,000 for nonpoint source control, including urban runoff, erosion and soil
conservation studies.  Toxics removal from the Pine and Saginaw rivers in Michigan
will receive $275,000.  Strategy development win require about $330,000.
  WQ-70

-------
in is/a, program plans inciuae:

State/EPA Agreements (SEAs)

     -  Develop in all  regions and most States comprehensive Integrated SEAs  for
        1980, incorporating to the extent feasible programs under CWA,  SOWA,  and
        RCRA (including toxics problems).  Negotiations of comprehensive SEAs
        with additional States are to be concluded early 1n 1980.

Nonpoint Source Controls

     -  Provide expert technical  assistance to State and areawide agencies
        through contracts, grants, and interageney agreements (IAGs)  for
        advanced waste treatment  (AWT), urban runoff, and nonpolnt source
        areas including agriculture.silviculture, and ground water.

     -  Participate in State Rural Clean Water Coordinating Committees  to
        assure activity and focus on WQM implementation in priority areas;
        evaluate Rural  Clean Water Program (RCWP) applications and review
        BMPs proposed for cost share assistance under this USDA funded  program.
        Control of pesticides and other hazardous substances on toxic materials
        in rural runoff will be emphasized,

     -  Select   seven projects from 50 priority area candidates under  the  EPA/USDA
        Model Implementation Program (MIP) and monitor the projects selected
        in 1978.  Provide incentive funds up to $150,000 per project.

     -  Work with USDA Agriculture Stabilization and Conservation Service,
        Agricultural Conservation Program (ACP) to implement special  water
        quality projects focusing on BMPs, particularly addressing toxic
        problems.  USDA has $190  million in ACP funding.

     -  Coordinate development of a comprehensive salinity control plan among
        user States for the Colorado River Basin.

     -  Manage eight current projects out of 30 problem areas identified to assess
        the magnitude and extent  of urban runoff Impact on water quality and
        work to develop nine more potential projects.  Impact review  will
        emphasize heavy metals and other toxic hazardous materials, and the
        effectiveness of a variety of management practices,

     -  Begin EPA/USDA Forest Service prototype silviculture management
        practices projects; Implement educational programs for State  foresters
        and forest land owners; and seek an IAG that will  make the Forest
        Service the focal  point for BMP implementation.  Pesticide and
        herbicide problems will be addressed.

     -  Pr&mote Implementation of the strongest, most effective State coal
        mining regulatory programs and formulate EPA noncoal mining
        implementation strategy and implementation program.  These programs
        will Include control of toxic and hazardous material pollution  from
        mining sources.                     .   ;

     -  Encourage States to develop and enact laws to control construction
        activities pollution.

     -  Develop, with other Office "of Water and Waste Management (OWWM) program
        offices, a coordinated ground water policy, emphasizing protection  of
        ground waters from toxics and hazardous materials pollution.
                                                                                WQ-71

-------
Sections 208/106 Grants Management

     -  Complete the water quality/water allocation study mandated by Section  102{d)
        and prepare report for submission to Congress.

     -  Update survey of State and areawide needs for priority funding under
        Sections 208 and 106 and determine ways to utilize available Section 106
        funds most efficiently in water quality management by the States.

     -  Provide financial  management and related Institutional development
        assistance for regional/State/local officials who must review or
        develop Section 208 plan implementation alternatives, make critical
        budget choices, and manage the programs in the waste treatment
        facilities, construction runoff and on-lot disposal  problem areas.

     -  Review 300 or more AWT projects  as legislatively  required.


     -  Develop pretreatment coordination strategies under Section 201/208.
        Fund 5-10 selected AWT planning projects.

Public Participation

     -  Provide public participation funds to enhance public involvement at
        statewide and local levels for WQH program priorities, such as SEA
        development, urban runoff and nonpolnt sources (NPS) projects.   These
        efforts will include $500,000 to States for public participation in
        WQM priority areas, and $200,000 for (1) regional public participation
        activities, (2) training courses on public participation/management
        for EPA field staff and State MOM officials, and (3) for State and
        local planning agency staffs on coordination of public participation
        activities with programs under the CWA, RCRA, and SOWA.
              *r
Criteria and Standards

     -  Develop and publish water quality criteria documents Involving
        health and aquatic life on the €5 toxic pollutants mandated by
        the Settlement Agreement and publish in the Federal  Register.

     -  Continue to propose and promulgate State water quality standards
        when State standards are disapproved by the Regional Administrator.
        Develop proposed regulation on water quality standards as an
        outgrowth of comments received on the July 10, 197S, Federal Register
        advance notice.  This is an action to require States to address toxic
        pollutants in standards.

     -  Develop criteria to be used by States in petitioning EPA under
        Section 312(f)(4)(B) for prohibition of vessel waste discharge to
        drinking water Intake zones; process State petitions for no discharge
        enforcement authority to control vessel sewage discharges.
 WQ-72

-------
Toxic and Hazardous Substances Control

     -  Evaluate the rationale for designating a pollutant as "toxic" under
        the toxic strategy and initiate action to add substances to the
        Section 307 toxic pollutant list.   Act on petitions to remove
        individual  pollutants from the Section 307 11st of toxic pollutants
        as required by law; this requires  Federal Register notice and decision
        notice.

     -  Expand the selection rationale under Section 311 to include bioaccumulation
        and chronic effects for designating a substance as "hazardous",
        including public health effects such as carcinogens.  As appropriate,
        add substances to the Section 311  list of hazardous substances.

     -  Develop under Section 311  new regulations establishing limits of
        liability for oil and hazardous substance discharges; develop new
        hazardous substances removal  regulations and provide legal  defense
        of Section 311 regulations proposed in 1978.

Clean Lakes Management

     f  Promulgate clean lakes grant regulation; publish proceedings of the
        national lake restoration  conference; and continue to review and
        recommend actions on clean lake grant proposals.

Program Plans and Assessments

     -  Develop a basic water quality strategy to provide for a balanced and
        integrated long-range water quality program, Including analysis and
        resolution of fundamental  issues.   Include State, regional  and local
        participation in its development.

     -  Initiate minimal economic  Impact analyses for all nonpolflt source
        controls, with emphasis on agricultural sources and urban storm
        water runoff.

     -  Develop the Section 516(a) report  on the Agency's water quality accomplishments.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$3,076,000 results from several actions.  Congress provided
an  add-on of $275,000 for Saginaw/Plne River Studies.  A net Increase of $938,400
results from increased pay costs from the  October, 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as
of the October, 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, two functional transfers Increased
this element by +$1,822,100: the transfers  are from the clean lakes program ($228.900)
and effluent standards and guidelines ($1,593,200).  The transfer from effluent
standards and guidelines was primarily of economic analysis functions more
appropriately allocated to this element.  The transfer from clean lakes is for
the management of the grants program.  None of these transfers affected the
1979 plans for these activities.  Finally, +$4q,500 was reprogrammed to this
element from NEPA conpliance/EIS preparation as result of the agency's review of
resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan.
                                                                               WQ-73

-------
198D Plan

     In 1980, $15,513,000 and 331 positions are requested for this activity,
which i's a decrease of $424,000 and a net increase of 25 positions.  Included in this
change is an increase of 38 regional positions, offset by a reduction of 16
headquarters positions.

     Approximately 10 percent of the positions are for national direction of
the grant programs under Sections 208 and 106 of the Clean Water Act (CWA),
nonpoint source Control, and State/EPA agreements (SEAs)coordination.  Seventy
percent are for regional administration of those programs.  The remaining 20 percent
of these positions are for direction and implementation of the criteria and standards
and clean lakes programs, and for economic and statistical analyses of program
impacts, and for water planning and standards integration and strategy development
efforts.

     In 1980, the water quality management (WQM) program will  be emphasizing broader
involvement of related programs in EPA and other Federal  agencies, both to support
continuing Section 208 planning and the implementation of completed plans, particularly
those aspects dealing with improved advanced waste treatment (AWT) needs decisions,
urban runoff control, and agricultural nonpoint source control.  Control of toxics
from all those sources will be emphasized.  Implementation of approved plans will
continue to be stressed, and successful plan Implementation and approved SEAs will
become a criterion for future Sections 208/106/314 funding eligibility.  Improvement
of State and local capabilities to obtain and manage Implementation resources
will continue as a high priority.  In 1980, the financial  management assistance
program will disseminate the tools and techniques to help plan Implementation
funding that was developed during 1979 and will Initiate development of an assistance
program for agricultural and urban runoff activities.

     Grant awards for State Section 106 programs, continuing Section 208 planning
and Section 314 Clean Lakes programs will be committed and awarded according to
priorities and phasing established in State/EPA agreements.  The agreements also
will include and integrate other support programs and will reflect both national
priorities and major localized problems identified 1n the updated 1979-1981 needs
survey.  Funding support of national and grass roots public involvement
by concerned groups will be continued with emphasis on groups with significant
interests 1n national WQM priorities.

     Clean Mater act (CWA) Sections 208 and 106 grant programs, as requested, would
provide approximately $89 million through negotiated State/EPA agreements (SEAs) to
State, Interstate, areawide, and local agencies.  However, these resources will
also be required to develop, negotiate and implement the Integrated SEAs which
include the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and the Safe Drinking
Water Act (SDWA) grant programs,  1980 new obligatlonal authority requested Is
$40 million under Section 208 and $48.7 million under Section 106.  These funds
will be available for 2-years.  (See grants assistance program for further
description.)

     Toxic pollutant water quality criteria will continue to bs developed
and promulgated.  In 1980, 41 new toxic pollutants will be addressed through
water quality criteria for control and regulation by State water quality standards
under the Agency's toxic strategy.  New substances wfll be added to the Sections 307
and 311 lists to increase the protection to humans from cancer and from other long-
term (chronic) health risks.
 WQ-74

-------
     In 1980, 1600,000 will be spent on encouraging participation in the Section 208
planning management process by public and local government officials.  An additional
$900,000 will be committed for Section 208 case studies, planning review assistance,
and water quality management assistance.  The nonpoint source program will  use about
$1,500,000 on urban runoff control and agricultural nonpoint source pollution.
Approximately $400,000 will be committed to developing water quality criteria
on hazardous and toxic substances.  Statistical support and economic impact
analyses of nonpoint source controls and other regulations will  require about
$1,000,000.  In 1980 the program will:

State/EPA Agreements (SEAs)

     -  Promulgate final State/EPA agreements (SEAs) regulations in the last quarter
        of I960.

     -  Develop in essentially all States comprehensive integrated SEAs for
        1981, Incorporating programs under CWA, SDHA and RCRA (including toxic
        problems).

     -  Track implementation and provide national  policy guidance to EPA regions
        and States on content and development of SEAs.

Nonpoint Source Controls

     -  Complete prototype urban runoff project selection, work plan development
        and funding for all prototype projects, participate 1n project management
        and evaluation, and provide national  technical assistance.

     -  Complete work with five selected States In developing effective State laws
        and local ordinances to control  construction related pollution, including
        associated toxic and hazardous materials pollution.

     -  Participate 1n national and State Rural Clean Water Programs (RCHP.)
        Coordinating Committees and complete selection of first round RCWP
        implementation cost sharing projects  for USDA funding, with the Administrator's
        concurrence.  Control of toxic pollutants  will continue to receive  emphasis,

     -  Review new applications from potential RCWP cost sharing implementation
        projects and recommend projects for funding to the Administrator, considering
        toxic and hazardous materials control and  a. priority 1n selection.

     -  Complete Model  Implementation Program (HIP) project funding;
        provide guidance and monitor projects jointly with the Department of
        Agriculture (USDA).

     -  Obtain commitments of Section 314, research, and other funds to support
        Implementation of HIP plans, particularly where toxics control is Involved.

     -  Develop interagency agreement (IAS) and work with USDA programs to  assure
        support of Section 208 agricultural nonpoint source (NPS) plan implementation
        with available resources other than those  for RCHP and HIP projects.

     -  Work with EPA and other agencies' R&D monitoring programs to provide
        technology transfer, including technology for control of toxics and other
        hazardous materials to Federal regional staff and Section 208 agencies.
                                                                                WQ-75

-------
     -  Implement ground water assistance program, with high priority given to
        protection of ground water from toxics and hazardous materials pollution.

     -  Issue expanded policy guidance, regarding water quality management (WQM)
        roles, in programs for the control of toxics from NPS, building on initial
        policies established in 1979.

     -  Continue to work with the Office of Water and Waste Management (OWWH)
        ground water policy group to implement a hands-on ground water
        technical assistance program in four to seven selected test areas.

Sections 20S/106 Grants Management

     -  Implement the policy for distribution of Section 106 funds developed
        during 1979; base funding of State water pollution control programs
        on consideration of needs and national priorities, including toxic and
        hazardous materials control.

     -  Provide financial planning and fiscal management training and technical
        assistance to WQM agencies and State/local officials in implementing
        municipal waste treatment, construction runoff, and on-lot disposal
        programs.  Additional financial/fiscal tools and techniques applicable
        to agricultural and urban runoff problem areas will also be developed
        for use in 1981.

     -  Revise and expand policy guidance regarding WQM roles in solving water
        qua!ity/water quantity problems, based on findings of the joint report
        to Congress due October 31, 1979.

     -  Evaluate WQM procedures, processes, requirements, and accomplishments,
        through a continuing series of selected studies; and provide
        recommendations and/or management improvement action plans.

Public Participation

     -  Inform and promote participation in WQM of those groups and Individuals
        most interested in and impacted by WQM planning and implementation,
        including: WQM agencies, Federal, State, local; WQM planning consultants;
        business and industry associations; public Interest organizations;
        agricultural associations; urban groups; and professional associations.

     -  Provide necessary training to regions, States, and WQM agencies to
        carry out public participation requirements of agtncywlde regulations.

Criteria and Standards

     -  Develop human health and environmental effects criteria for 41 toxic
        pollutants beyond current efforts on the 65 and publish the same for
        public comment.  Integrate Office of Research and Development data
        updates and health risk extrapolations ,into draft criteria documents.
        Develop notice of availability, coordinate Agency and interagency
        comments and prepare draft criteria for 4] substances for control under
        the Agency's toxic strategy.
WQ-76

-------
     -  Promulgate revisions to water quality standards regulations requiring
        the States to include toxic substances in their State water quality
        standards.  Propose and promulgate selected water quality criteria
        for toxic pollutants to be required in State water quality standards.
        Review revised water quality standards to assure Incorporation of toxic
        pollutant criteria Into State water quality standards, and promulgate
        standards as necessary.

     -  Continue to process petitions to add to or remove substances from the
        Section 307 toxic pollutant list.

     -  Promulgate regulatory criteria under Section 312 for State petitions  to
        prohibit discharges of vessel sewage to drinking water Intake zones.

Toxfc and Hazardous Substances
     -  Promulgate regulations under Section 311{j){l)(B) on liability limits
        for oil  and hazardous substances and continue to add substances to the
        list for control  and regulation under Section 311.

     -  Continue to.expand selection criteria to include carcinogenic, mutagenic,
        and bioaccumulative substances for highly persistent substances under
        Section  311 of the Act.  Propose regulations under Sections 311{j)(l )(A),
        311{j)(l)(C), and 311(f)(2).

Clean Lakes Management

     -  Assist States with implementation of State/EPA agreements on clean lakes  program
        requi rements.

     -  Complete effort to Input clean lakes grant water quality data Into STORE!,
        and review input of program to Improve water quality.

     -  Conduct  four EPA regional/State workshops to explain operational  procedures
        of the clean lakes program.

     -  Publish  a users'  manual on grant assistance offered under the clean lakes  program.

     -  Complete and distribute public awareness Information about lake restoration
        methods  and benefits.

     -  Continue to provide technical review for clean lakes grant applications
        and recommend appropriate award actions.  Provide administrative attention
        to approximately 115 operating clean lakes grants.

     -  Assist State efforts to classify publicly owned fresh water lakes according
        to trophic condition.

     -  Develop  agenda and conference arrangements for an International (North
        America/European) symposium, tentatively scheduled for New England in  the
        fall of 1980 on clean lakes restoration.  The objective of the symposium
        1s to obtain the comprehensive national and international information
        available on methods and procedures for lake resotration.  This information
        will be included in the Administrator's Section 304(j) report in 1981.
                                                                                 WQ-77

-------
     -  Initiate a comprehensive cost/benefit analysis of the clean lakes program.

Program Plans and Assessments

     -  Expand the scope of the water quality strategy to a water and waste
        management strategy, which also includes water supply and solid waste
        programs.  Emphasis will be placed on integration of all  three program
        areas to provide overall environmental management.

     •r  Conduct economic analyses on cost and benefits of nonpoint source
        controls and assist regions and States in determining tradeoffs between
        point and nonpoint source controls.  Also, provide guidance and analytical
        support to States for economic analyses required as part  of water
        quality standards downgradings.

     -  Develop the Section 516{a) report on the Agency's water quality
        accomplishments.

6REAT LAKES PROGRAM

1978 Accomplishments:

     In 1978, the Sreat Lakes National Program Office obligated $5.7 million.
Two new Section 108(a) demonstration grants were awarded to control sediment
erosion and combined sewer overflow and four Section 108(a) projects were
continued to address nonpoint source problem areas.   Total grants awarded
under Section 108{a) were $1.4 million.

     EPA continued to cooperate with Canada through  the Joint Sreat Lakes
surveillance plan to monitor water quality trends and to evaluate the effectiveness
of regulatory programs.  Final reports on the Lake Michigan intensive survey
were published, and the first year of the Lake Erie  intensive survey was conducted
with special emphasis on toxics, heavy metals and nutrients.  Total grants and
contracts for surveillance ship operations, field Investigations, and data
analysis totaled $2.7 million.

     Special assessments were conducted on dredging, air pollutant fallout,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's), gas drilling and  fish contaminants In
cooperation with the States, Canada and other Federal agencies.  Staff support
emphasized efforts to Increase the effectiveness of U.S. remedial programs
and on Integration of special studies to assess compliance by problem categories
of dischargers,

1979 Program

     The 1979 allocation for the Great Lakes National Program Office effort is
$6,500,000 and 21 positions.

     In 1979, the decrease in positions reflects a major shift to contractor
assistance for data collection, laboratory analysis  and quality control for the
Sreat Lakes surveillance effort related to International Joint Commission (IJCj
acitvities.  The second year of the Lake Erie intensive survey will be Initiated
with continued emphasis on toxic substances.  Contract and other  costs will
be $3.3 million.
 WQ-78

-------
uuu nu new awaras wni oe initiated,  me storm event tributary monitoring, initiated
in 1978, will be continued.  Total cost for Section 108(a) awards is $1.6 million
and grants for the Pollution from Land Use Activities Reference Group (PLUARG)
are $435,000,

     Staff support for the U.S. Chairman of the Great Lakes Water Quality Board
and the Water Quality Board's working committees will be continued, including
implementing the new Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement of 1978, especially
as it relates to phosphorus loadings, dredging, toxic substances, water quality
objectives, and atmoshperic loadings.

     Technical support for Great Lakes enforcement actions will be provided
and impact assessments will be conducted on key Great Lakes issues.  Industrial
and municipal facilities, water resource development projects, dredging
proposals, and lake level fluctuations will be analyzed for their effect on
Great Lakes water and air quality.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The new increase of +$3,035,000-results from several  actions.  Congress provided
an add-on of $3,000,000 for the Great Lakes program.  As a result of the Agency's
ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979
operating plan, +$35,000 was reprograraned to this element from the clean lakes
program.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, $6,500,000 and 15 positions are requested for activities related to
the Great Lakes National Program Office, which is a reduction of six positions
from 1979.  Other efforts Include support for data analysis, Integration of Great
Lakes planning efforts, impact assessments, and support for key enforcement actions.
     The EPA Great Lakes surveillance program will  concentrate on Lake Huron
open lake and near shore problem areas.  All  field  investigations and data
interpretation will be conducted by contract.

     Two Section 108(a) projects will be completed, those projects already
in place will continue, and one new grant will be initiated to demonstrate new
techniques in waste water management and sediment control.

     Technical assistance and staff support will be provided to the U.S.
Chairman of the International Joint Commission's Water Quality Board and limited
consultation will  be maintained with Canadian, Federal, State and local authorities
on Great Lakes pollution problem areas and issues.   Implementation of the new
Great Lakes agreement will continue.

CLEAN LAKES PROGRAM

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, $16.2 million was obligated on grants; the program:

     •  Funded 14 new projects and 14 amendments to existing projects.

     -  Reviewed nine proposals which ended in a nonaward category.

     -  Completed four lake restoration projects.
                                                                                 WQ-79

-------
 t j/ j rruyrgHi

      In  1979,  $14,721,000  is  available  for  grants.   EPA will continue to  provide
 financial  assistance  for lake restoration projects and State classification of their
 lakes by trophic  conditions.   This  fiscal year EPA will:

      -  Fund approximately 30 State grants  for lake  classification.

      -  Fund approximately 15 new lake  restoration projects.

    . --  Fund approximately 10 amendments for  existing lake projects.

      <•  Complete  approximately 10 projects.

 1979 Explanation  of Changes from Budget Estimate

      The net decrease of -$256,100  results  from several actions.  A net increase
 of +$7,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979)  pay raise
 as well  as distribution of the October  1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a result of the
 Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for  Its 1979
 operating  plans,  -$35,000  was reprogrammed within this activity to the Great
 Lakes program.  In addition,  all headquarter  management of the clean lakes
 program, -$228,900 was functionally transferred to state program regulations and
 guidelines.  All  remaining funds within this  element are for clean lakes  grants and
 regional management of the program.

 1980 Plan

      In  1980,  the increase of $279,000 will further  expand the program to meet
 fund  demands for  projects  by  States.  In 1980, EPA will:

      -  Fund approximately 25 phase -1 (planning and  feasibility) grants.

      -  Fund approximately 20 phase 2 (implementation) grants.

      -  Fund approximately 15 amendments to existing ongoing grant projects.

      -  Fund activity to evaluate cost/benefit of clean lakes program.

      -  Fund activity to Identify new and revise existing lake restoration
         methods and techniques for  better utilization of available funds.

      -  Fund the  preparation  of Information regarding the program for
         distribution  and greater public awareness.

      -  Complete  approximately 20 clean lakes projects.

 CHESAPEAKE BAY PROGRAM

 1978  Accomplishments

      During 1978, the Chesapeake Bay program  obligated $4.1 million and
 initiated  major research efforts to Investigate three of the Bay's environmental
 problems.   This Included a toxics program of  approximately $2.7 million to
 develop  baseline  Information  Identifying and  quantifying the distribution
 and  concentration of  toxic substances in the  Chesapeake Bay.  A second area
 investigated was  the  decline  of submerged aquatic vegetation.  This Involved
 a  $2.3 million effort to research potential causes for the decline in aquatic
 grasses  and to further understand their ecological significance within the
 Bay's ecosystem.
WQ-80

-------
     The third area Investigated was eutrophication (excess enrichment) of
the Bay.  Projects here are designed to produce an understanding of nutrient
enrichment in an estuarine system.  Also included are extensive watershed
studies in subbasins In Maryland and Virginia to better understand nonpoint
sources of pollution and to demonstrate both predictive models and best
management practices designed to abate nonpoint source problems.

     The 1978 public participation program concentrated on Involving the
Bay area citizens in the development and implementation of the Chesapeake Bay
program.  The result was the increased awareness of the Bay area public
relative to the environmental problems that beset the Chesapeake Bay,

1979 program

     In 1979, $2,500,000 and 5 positions have been allocated for this effort.
Major 1979 program efforts are targeted toward the development of a mathematical
computer model of the circulation and hydrologlc processes of the Chesapeake Bay
and the development and implementation of an environmental assessment strategy
for sources of toxic substances.  Management studies will be conducted to
determine what units of government have management responsibility for the
environmental quality of the Chesapeake Bay.  These Investigations will also
include a review of in-place ecosystem management structures (Title II Commission,
River Basin Commission, etc.), their origin, and successes or failures.  In
addition, 1979 public participation efforts will continue and emphasize environmental
threats to the Bay.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net Increase of $2.5 million results from a congressional add-on.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, $2,000,000 and five positions are requested for this activity,
The 1980 program will emphasize the Identification of control options and
management alternatives available to abate pollution problems quantified by
1978 and 1979 research. Additionally, the environmental assessment activities
will stress the conduct of chemical and biological analyses of identified and
potential toxic effluents Inputting to the Bay system.  Management study efforts
are designed to analyze the units of government identified 1n the 1979 study
to determine how such units might best be structured to improve communication
and coordination.

     The 1980 public participation program will continue the high level of
public involvement in the Chesapeake Bay program.  Emphasis will be in the
area of citizen understanding and involvement in the development and implementation
of control options and of management alternatives available to abate Bay pollution
problems.
                                                                              WQ-81

-------
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ACT (NEPA) COMPLIANCE/ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT STATEMENT PREPARATION - HATER QUALITY

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, funds and positions for this activity were included in the element
municipal  waste water facilities construction/NEPA compliance.  While EPA Is exempted
from preparing environmental impact statements {EISs) for activities under the
Clean Water Act (CWA), except for waste water construction grants under Section 201
and new. source discharge permits under Section 402, EPA regions prepared 11 final
EISs on Section 208 water quality management (WQM) plans submitted for approval.
The 11 final EISs on plans with major controversial environmental impacts were
based on environmental assessments developed as part of the Section 208 planning
process for all WQM plans.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $186,000 and eight positions will be used for this activity.  In
August 1978, EPA revised its policy and no longer requires the regions to
prepare EISs for Section 208 WQM plans.  However, as part of this policy,
detailed EISs being developed on specific WQM plans will be completed.  Under
this provision the regions will complete another 18 final EISs.  In addition,
the regions continue to be responsible for assuring that the environmental
assessments required 1n the WQM planning process are conducted 1n a manner
consistent with the spirit and intent of NEPA, including appropriate citizen
and public agency participation.

1979 Explanation of Change from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$18,700 results from several actions.  A net Increase
of +$21,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a
result of the Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource
requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$40,500 was reprogramned within
this activity to State program regulations and guidelines.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, $176,000 and eight positions are requested for this activity.
Under the new EPA policy on NEPA compliance, the regions are responsible for
assuring that environmental assessments required in the WQH planning process
are conducted in a manner consistent with the spirit and intent of the NEPA.
Appropriate citizen and public agency participation must also be assured.
Here than 200 continuation planning projects funded under Section 208 will
either be underway or are being developed In 1980.  In addition, the last
13 final EISs will be completed on initial Section 208 WQM plans.
 WQ-82

-------
                                        WATER QUALITY

                                    Abatement and Control

                               Effluent Standards and Guidelines


                                          Budget      Current                 Increase +
                               Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate     Decrease -
                                1978       1979        1979        1980      1980 vs.  1979
                                                  {dollars In thousands}

Appropriation
Effluent Standards and
  Guidelines..............    $40,935     $25,051     $24,427     $29,111        +$4,684

Permanent Positions
Effluent Standards and
  Guidelines		         91          111          95         113           +18

Full-11me Egu1va1ency
Effluent Standards and
  Guidelines	        ...          ...         139         152           +13


Budget Request

     An appropriation of $29,111,000 and 113 positions is requested for 1980.
This is an increase of $4,684,000 and 18 positions over the 1979 level of $24,427,000
and 95 positions.  The additional positions will be used to expand best available
technology economically achievable (BATEA) studies to concentrate on toxic pollutants,
to Incorporate the development of recycle and reuse technologies into BATEA efforts,
to sample and to analyze toxic pollutants discharged to and by publicly owned
treatment works (POTW), to identify problems with BATEA applications, and to formulate
and perform Initial economic Impact analyses of best management practices (BMP) to
reduce pollutant loads.  The funding increase will provide for identification of
pollutants not currently controlled, and for development of best conventional
pollutant control technology (BCT) regulations for primary Industries and an additional
group of secondary industries.

Program Description

     The program was mandated in 1972 to develop uniform, national effluent limitations
and standards for 43 major Industrial categories that discharge waste Into the Nation's
waters.  The regulations implementing these effluent limitations guidelines were
promulgated under the combined authorities of Sections 301, 304, 306, and 307 of the
Clean Water Act.  These authorities provided for different levels of treatment
technologies for the Industrial categories identified by the Agency as substantial
contributors to water pollution.  The regulations developed were based on the
demonstrated use.of the best practicable control technology (BPT) then available.
Designated Industrial categories were to be in compliance by 1977.  As a second step
toward reducing the Industrial contribution to water pollution, limitations based on
the best available technology economically achievable {BATEA} were to be promulgated,
with industrial compliance required by 1983.  Section 306 of the 1972 Act required
Institution of standards for new industrial sources of waste water.  Section 307 mandated
development of pretreatment standards for those Industries that discharge waste water
into municipal waste water treatment works.
                                                                                  WQ-83

-------
     Although the effort to promulgate BPT standards has been completed for almost
all of the designated 43 categories, further economic impact assessments and technical
evaluations have been required and will be continued to respond to BPT issues and
remands as determined by the Courts.

     Beginning with the 1976 Settlement Agreement between EPA and National  Research
Defense Council at al, the Agency has continued to shift its program emohasis toward
the control of toxic water pollutant discharges.  In 1977 this shift was reemphasized
and expanded by the Clean Water Act of 1977.  The mandated expansion of the effluent
guidelines program to include toxic pollutants represents a major transition from the
previous program, which essentially was limited to conventional measures of water
pollution.  During the past 2-years this change has required a redirection of program
activities and a reallocation of available resources.  In particular, the emphasis on
toxic pollutants has required the concurrent development and use of new analytical
methods, substantial increases in resources devoted to analytical sampling and analysis
activities, development of new and cost-effective analytical methods for routine
monitoring of individual toxic pollutants, examination of waste water treatment
technologies for effective removal of toxic pollutants, and more intensive and
thorough engineering investigations of specific industrial categories.

     Toxic pollutants now are being addressed by the Agency in effluent guideline
program efforts including development of regulations for BATEA and new source
performance standards and pretreattnent standards as required by the Settlement
Agreement and the 1977 Clean Water Act.  These regulations will be aimed at controlling
the water discharge of 65 classes of pollutants for 21 primary industrial categories.
Two of these industrial categories (miscellaneous chemicals, machinery and mechanical
products) were deemed too large for separate study and were divided into subparts to
be treated as major categories; 34 industries were thus identified for candidate
regulation.  Every one of these 34 industry categories 1s under investigation, and
some of the studies are near completion.  Each category requires examination of processes
in the industry, water usage, waste water characteristics, and treatment technologies
either in use or potentially applicable.  In addition, the requirement of economic
achievability has led the Agency to conduct exhaustive studies of the financial and
economic structure of each Industry to assess the economic achievabillty of various
regulatory options.

     Under  Section  304, the Agency is formulating best management practices (BMP)
for controlling toxic pollutants originating from plant site runoff, spillage or
leaks, sludge or other waste disposal, and drainage from raw material storage facilities
which are associated with or ancillary to the industrial manufacturing or treatment
process.  Section 304 also requires EPA to develop technology based effluent limitations
for so called "conventional" pollutants.  Presently, conventional pollutants include only
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), total suspended solids  (TSS), ph, and fecal conform,
but other "traditional" pollutant may be defined as conventional under this authority.
The 1977 Act removes best available technology economically achievable (BATEA) as the
appropriate control mechanism for conventional pollutants but adds a new level of
technology for establishing such limitations, termed best conventional pollutant control
technology (BCT).

     Generally, the new technology based limitations for conventional pollutants cannot
be less stringent than BPT or more stringent than BATEA standards.  In this regard, the
Agency is conducting a general review of existing limitations for those industries not
under the toxic limitations specified in the 1977 Act.  These industries have been
termed  "secondary industries" to differentiate them from the 34 "primary industries".
The secondary industries include subcategories for which limitations were in effect
at the time of passage of the 1977 Act amendments.
 WQ-84

-------
     Consistent with Section 3Q7(b) and (c), pretreatment standaras for both existent
and new industrial sources are forthcoming.  These standards will include pretreatment
limitations on the discharge of toxic pollutants to municipal publicly owned
treatment works  (POTW), consistent with the demonstrated operating performance of
PDTW's in effective treatment of toxics.

     In developing new regulations and in reviewing existing ones, there is a
major effort to incorporate legislative requirements of the Clean Water Act with those
of other statutes.  For example, in the development and review of BATEA regulations,
new technology for recycle and reuse of industrial waste water will be developed and
incorporated with the related Resources Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
requirements for the disposal of hazardous wastes.  Studies of how best to integrate
the regulatory requirements of the BATEA toxics control effort with RCRA have been
initiated.  RCRA hazardous waste management regulations will be coordinated with
those BATEA regulations that are scheduled for promulgation over the next two years.
To meet the Clean Water Act and RCRA statutory requirements for the disposal of
residues, a joint effort by several EPA programs is being made.  The Office of Water
Enforcement will be developing guidance on best management pratices for control of
toxic discharges from sludge and water waste disposal for the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit authorities.  The Office of Solid Waste
will be developing, under RCRA authority, specific regulations dealing with any
sludges that are hazardous.  The Office of Water Planning and Standards will provide
data support and formulate specific best management practice regulations for the
control of residues in coordination with both the Office of Water Enforcement and
the Office of Solid Waste.,

     In 1980, the Agency will collect and analyze the technological, economic, health,
and general environmental factors as fundamental inputs to the development of
specific regulations.  To complete the revision of the existing BATEA limitation
guidelines for ttie industries identified in the Act, EPA will continue to characterize
effluents with respect to the 65 classes of priority pollutants and to evaluate the
effectiveness of appropriate treatment technology in removing or reducing toxic
pollutants concentrations.  Technical, statistical, and economic support too will
be provided to respond to litigation against promulgated BATEA regulations.

     To initiate the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT) regulations,
new technical, economic, and statistical data bases must be compiled to allow
determination  of the necessity of revising existing BATEA regulations to meet the
added test of economic reasonableness imposed by the Act for conventional pollutants.
This effort will ensure that the most appropriate control mechanism for conventional
pollutants has been established, that the required level of technology has been defined,
and that applicable regulatory approaches will be selected from technically viable
alternatives.  Thorough economic Impact analyses of affected Industries will be
conducted to assess the economic ramifications of alternative limitations, and, in
particular, to assure that the ultimate regulation is economically achievable, fair,
and equitable.

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, $40.9 million was obligated Including $37.9 million for contracts.
The contract obligations include $28.3 million for toxic intensive technical studies,
$5.5 million for economic Impact and statistical support, analyses, $2.4 million for
determination of health effects, and $1.7 million for analyses of environmental
pollutant distributions and overall exposure and risks.  To help meet the requiremen' s
of the Act, an additional $1.7 million was committed for technical contractual efforts
to begin the following studies:  seafood processing study, best management practices
(BMP) for raw material storage and in plant spills; and the reasonableness of the best
conventional pollution control  technology (BCT) regulations.
                                                                                 KQ-85

-------
       Promulgated general pretreatment guidelines that are the nationwide
       enforcement mechanisms for pretreatment standards, and that define
       the municipal. State and Federal responsibilities for administration
       and enforcement of the program.  The promulgation also allows for
       partial exemption from the regulations for dischargers to publicly
       owned treatment works {POTW} that achieve large toxic pollutant reductions.
       These are the arrangements through which all regulations on direct discharge
       of toxic pollutants will be administered.

       Began a sampling and analysis project to determine levels of toxic pollutants
       discharged to and discharged by POTW through both effluent and sludges.

       Began a parallel project to determine relative levels of toxic pollutants
       discharged to POTH for general classes of sources.

       Conducted further work for development of analytical methods designed to
       detect toxic pollutants in various waste water media and sludges.

       Continued efforts to verify the capabilities of analytical methods to detect
       toxic pollutants in waste waters from various industrial categories.

       Initiated and continued technical studies to develop best available technology
       economically achievable (BATEA) effluent guidelines, new source performance
       standards (NSPS), pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES), and
       pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) for 34 industries ascertained
       to be primary pollution problems.  These technical efforts encompass
       investigation of several major aspects of each of the industrial categories.
       Information was compiled and analyzed to determine the processes and materials
       used, and the volume and concentrations of toxic pollutants in waste waters
       generated by those industries.  Waste water treatment technologies having
       potential application in a given industrial category were examined with regard
       to performance in removing pollutants, engineering feasibility of the technology,
       space requirements, energy requirements, cost of installation, and operation and
       maintenance costs.  These efforts were augmented by collection of field samples
       of industrial Influent, raw effluent, and treated waste water for laboratory
       analysis.  Resultant data 1s the fundamental technical evidence used to
       formulate regulatory options for and to defend promulgated standards.

       Initiated and continued economic studies for all 34 industry groups and all
       four types of regulations cited above.  For each industry, economic analysis
       required review of all existing information of the financial and economic
       structure of the Industry, development of models appropriate for assessing the
       economic status of the industry, and, in some cases, surveys of the plants 1n
       the industry.  The economic Information gathered and analyzed was used with
       treatment  cost information to project economic ramifications of the respective
       regulations, including employment, production, and Inflationary effects.

       Proposed pretreatment standards for existing sources in the electroplating point
       source category.  Prior to proposal, the Agency examined impacts of dozens of
       different regulatory options, including the possible use of three levels of
       regulation, based on flow rates of process waste water.  Each alternative was
       analyzed for cost to the industry, economic Impact, and environmental benefit.
WQ-86

-------
          After proposal, the Agency received and examined economic, environmental,
          and technical  comments on the regulations and performed additional  analyses,
          ranging from consideration of alternative economic assumptions to statistical
          and technical  scrutiny of the removal  capabilities of treatment systems.

          Proposed, promulgated, and amended best practicable technology (BPT), existing
          and new source performance and pretreatment standards for 10 industrial
          categories.

          Continued to prepare  for and to respond to public comments on proposed
          regulations and court remands and lawsuits related to promulgated regulations.
          This work included reexamination of technical, economic and environmental data
          bases and, in some cases, performance of new analyses, or thorough review of
          analyses already preformed.

          Continued environmental studies of the geographic distribution of toxic
          pollutants and assessments of relative contributions to water pollution
          of various industrial categories.  This was to identify areas requiring
          concentrated attention in the development of regulations and toxic pollutant
          control strategies.

          Provided statistical and computer support for planning and executing data
          collection efforts, analyzing resultant data, analyzing data on analytical
          methods and sampling activities, and numerical aspects of final regulation
          development.

          Initiated studies on best management practices (BMP) for raw material storage
          and 1n-plant spills for some industries.  This tends to reduce the need for
          expensive treatment systems, and decreased the likelihood of accidental
          release of toxic pollutants into the environment.

          Proposed regulations setting the best conventional pollution control
          technology (BCT) for conventional pollutants in 13 secondary industrial
          categories.  These regulations involved research on unit Incremental removal
          costs (at BATEA treatment levels) for plants of various sizes in each of 93
          industrial subcategories.  These Incremental costs of pollutant removal  were
          compared to incremental costs for POTW treatment, to determine the
          reasonableness of setting BCT requirements at the old BATEA levels.  For all
          93 subcategories, BCT was either proposed to be set at existing BATEA levels,
          or suspended,  pending further analysis.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $24,427,000 and 95 positions have been allocated for this activity.
Planned contracts of $16,640,000 Include $11,700,000 for technical analytical studies;
$2,200,000 for economic and statistical analysis: $540,000 for determiniation of
health effects: $2,200,000 for analysis of environmental distributions of pollutants
and exposure/risk.  An additional $1,760,000 in extramural  funds is included for
analysis of toxics 1n publicly owned treatment works  (POTH).

     The principal planned accomplishments of the program are to:

     -  Begin actively to address and to Incorporate substantive needs of other statutes,
        in particular the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, into technical and
        economic studies to develop industrial effluent guicrlines. Specifically
        engineering studies, field Investigations, and economic analyses will compile
        information on sludge generation and disposal, and the handling of hazardous
        materials and other solid waste with regard to potential water pollution.
        These new efforts will supply appropriate data bases to allow for an Integrated
        approach to regulation development.


                                                                                 WQ-87

-------
       of Innovative and alternative treatment technologies, and recycling and
       reuse of wastewater that can be economically beneficial and mitigate
       negative environmental impacts.

       Collect and analyze for toxic pollutants influent and effluent samples of
       domestic waste waters in POTW as part of the Agency's multimedia POTW toxics
       control strategy, characterize the toxic removal capability of POTW, including
       an evaluation of sludge contamination; and using a projection of the industrial
       effluent burden upon POTW, analyze the content of combined sewer influents to
       POTH.

       Complete technical studies initiated in 1978 for 11 of the 34 primary industries
       and continue technical study of 23 industries.  This work includes detailed
       laboratory analysis of effluent samples collected from plants in each subcategory
       of each industry, evaluation of the treatment performance of pollution abatement
       equipment currently used in each industry,  engineering assessment of the
       applicability of treatment technologies not yet employed in the given industry,
       accounting for plant size variations, expansion space available, location, age,
       and production process.  The technical studies further will address feasibility
       of process changes to recycle or reuse water.  For each treatment option, process
       change, and alternative technology considered, the costs incurred by plants in
       the industry must be determined.

       Complete economic analyses  of the potential impacts of each treatment alternative
       for 11 of the 34 primary industries and continue economic analyses of 23 industries.
       Because full economic impact Information 1s required before a preferred treatment
       option Is selected, each treatment alternative will be subjected to an economic
       analysis. These analyses will  be successively more detailed as the range of options
       narrows; the final small group of options considered will be exa-nined separately for
       impacts on prices,production,employment, industry size and concentration, foreign trade
       regional economics, the economics of related Industries and capacity. A precursor to
       this step is the analysis of economic data on the industry to determine the
       economic and financial structure of model plants most appropriate for regulatory
       economic assessment of the Industry.  When necessary, economic impacts are
       determined according to several alternative economic organizational assumptions.
       Following final synthesis of technical economic and environmental studies, the
       Agency will promulgate or propose regulations for best available technology
       economically achievable (BATEA) effluent guidelines, new source  performance
       standards (NSPS), pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES), and
       pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) for 12 primary industries.

       Resolve issues raised through public coimtent on proposed regulations through
       further technical and economic analyses of data gathered prior to proposal.

       Conduct environmental studies, Including geographical and quantitative industrial
       profiles, for an environmental risk assessment of 11 additional  BATEA industires.
       This study involves extensive data gathering 1n each region of the Nation to
       determine the concentration of pollutants 1n the environment 1n  those regions.
       This information will identify the regions and Industries that require special
       attention because of the severity of their point pollution problems.

       Initiate measures to add substances to the Administrator's list  of toxic pollutants,
       as required in Section 307{a) of the Clean Water Act, by developing a selection
       rational for choosing pollutants and by documentation of the human health and
       environmental effects of those pollutants.
yQ-88

-------
         Initiate best conventional pollution control  technology (BCT) studies for
         11 of 34 primary industries.  This requires examination of  data on incremental
         cost of conventional pollutant  removal by appropriately sized plants in each
         subcategory of each industry and    POTW.  These cost data will  be systematically
         compared and analyzed for each alternative level of conventional pollutant
         treatment to conventional pollutants in each subcategory.

         Continue studies of Industry best management practives (BMP) for raw material
         storage and handling, and control of in-plant spills.  Appropriate BMP regulations
         ensure  cost-effectiveness in pollutant control  by reducing the required capacity
         of waste water treatment equipment.  They also can reduce the likelihood of
         accidential pollution by other means of environmental contamination through sludge
         and other wastes disposal.  The studies will  require a thorough examination of
         inventory handling and production processes from an engineering and operations
         research perspective different from that necessary for development of effluent
         guidelines and pretreatment standards.   Economic analyses of the implications
         of BMP regulations must be performed to determine the feasibility of BMP's in
         each industrial subcategory.

         Conduct economic analysis for support of Section 301(c) variances and all
         nonpoint source controls.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,623,800 results from several actions.   A net increase of
+$258,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1378 (FY 1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978)  pay raise.  As a result of the
Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979
operating plan, -$289,300 was reprogrammed from this activity to spill prevention
and responses.  In addition, -$593,200 was functionally transferred to State program
regulations and guidelines. This transfer does not affect the 1979 operating plan for
this activity,

1980 Program

     The 1980 request for this activity is for $29,111,000 and 113 positions.
This includes $24,933,200 for contractual support to complete technical, economic
and environmental studies and to propose and promulate best available technology
economically  achievable  (BATEA) effluent guidelines,  new source performance
standards for existing sources (PSES), and pretreatment standards for new sources(PSNS),
for the remaining primary industries.  It also provides for additional analysis to
respond to anticipated litigation and comments, assistance in preparation of court
records, continuation of the development of regulations for best management practices (BMP),
best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT) regulations for the remaining
secondary and primary industries, and development of a preliminary POTW toxic pollutant
regulatory strategy.

     In 1980 the program will:

         Continue to incorporate needs of other statutes, in particular the Resource
         Conservation and Recovery Act, into technical and economic studies to develop
         industrial effluent guidelines.  Specifically, information on sludge generation,
         stage, and disposal and the handling of hazardous materials and other solid
         wastes will have a  major rc.rinthe final development and proposal of effluent
         guidelines regulations.  This effort will reduce corporate and governmental
         administrative burdens in data collection and compliance.  It too will result
         in an integrated approach to the Issuance of permits^

         Incorporate into new regulations detailed consideration of innovative and
         alternative treatment technologies, and enhance recycling and reuse of water
         waste to reduce costs to industry and to enhance environirental benefits.

                                                                                    WQ-89

-------
Continue to investigate levels of toxic pollutants discharged to and by
POTW through waste water and sludge.  The results will guide  the Agency's
approaches to implementation of pretreatment programs, to sludge disposal
or beneficial  use, and to reexamination of standards for waste water
discharges from PQTW.

Complete technical studies for 22 of the 34 primary industries.  This work
includes detailed laboratory analysis of effluent samples collected from plants
in each subcategory of each industry, evaluation of the treatment performance
of pollution abatement equipment currently used in each industry, accounting
for variations in plant size, expansion space availability, location, age,
and production process.  The technical studies will also explore the
feasibility of process changes to recycle or reuse water and the range of
treatment technologies used in other industries that might apply to the
industry under study.  For each treatment option, process change, and alternative
technology, the costs incurred by plants in the industry must be determined.

Complete economic analyses of the potential impacts of each treatment alternative
for 24 of the 34 primary industries.  Because full economic impact information
is required before a preferred treatment option is selected, each treatment
alternative must be subjected to an economic analysis.   These analyses must be
successively more detailed as the number of options is  reduced.  This will
culminate in the synthesis of  environmental  and  technical  work
to propose regulations for best available technology economically achieveable
(BATEA) effluent guidelines, new source performance standards (NSPS),
pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES), and pretreatment standards
for new sources (PSNS) for as many as 22 primary industries in 1980.

Between proposal and promulgation, all public comments  must be examined and the
issues raised must be resolved, often through additional technical and economic
analyses of data gathered prior to proposal.

Conduct environmental studies, including geographical and quantitative Industrial
profiles for an overall environmental risk assessment of 11 additional BAT
industries. This study Involves extensive data gathering in each region of the
Nation to determine the concentration of pollutants in  the environment in  those
regions.  This information will identify the regions and industries that require
special attention because of the severity of their point source pollution problems.

Initiate further measures to add substances to the Administrator's list of toxic
pollutants, as required In Section 307(a) of the Clean  Water Act, by developing
a selection rationale for choosing pollutants; and by documenting the human
health and environmental effects of those pollutants.

Initiate best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT) studies for 22 of
the 34 primary industles.  This requires examination of data on Incremental cost
of conventional pollutant removal to determine a reasonable level for treatment
of conventional pollutants in each subcategory.

Continue ongoing studies of industry best management practices (BMP) for raw
material storage and handling, and control of in-plant spills.  Incorporate BHP
study results into industrial effluent guideline regulations where appropriate.

Initiate technical support for implementation of the standards in National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) integrated  permits.  The individual
plants in each industry will face different limitations, depending on their own
process mixes and water use.  For MPDES permit writing, methods will be developed
to interpret each regulation or set of regulations applicable to each plant in the
light of process waste water and sludge generation, waste treatment and waste stream
combination within the plant.  Recycle and reuse of waste waters as well as other
innovative technologies will be major factors incorporated into permit writing
procedures.  Because of this and because of the many possibilities for chemical
reaction and waste dilution within the plant, these methods will be based on a
process and chemical engineering knowledge of the plant's production and discharge
nr-sctiree. anrf their relaHnnshin to the standards.

-------
                                       WATER QUALITY

                                   Abatement and Control

                                 Grants Assistance Program
                              Actual
                               1978
           , Budget
           Estimate
             1979
           Current
          Estimate
            1979
           Estimate
             1980
Appropriation
Control Agency Resource
  Supplementation
  (Section 106)	
                                                    (dollars  in  thousands)
$53,484     $52,400
Areawide Waste Treatment
  Management Resources
  (Section 208)	
Trainina Grants
  (Section 104).
 17,631
  3.107
50,000
           $52,400
41,000
               590
            $48,730
40,000
            Increase +
            Decrease -
         1980 vs.  1979
             -$3,670
-1,000
                             -590
       Total,
 74,222     102,400
            93,990
             88,730
              -5,260
Permanent Position	

Fun-time Equivalency	
Budget Request

     An  appropriation of $88,730,000 is requested for 1980.   This  represents a  decrease
of $5,260,000 from the 1979 level  for this subactivity and  includes a  decrease of  $1,000,000
in the Section 208 areawide waste treatment management program resources, a  shift  of
$3,670,000 from the Section 106 water pollution control  agency grant program to  the
Agency's consolidated environmental  grants program, and a reduction of $590,000  due to
a nonrecurring 1979 congressional  add-on for academic training.

Program Description

     The water quality grants assistance program Includes three grants assistance
activities:  water pollution control State program grants under Section 106, Section
208 planning grants, and Section 104 training grants.

     The Act provides for financial  support of State and designated areawide water
quality planning and designation of management agencies under Section  208.   This
authority, combined with Sections 106 and 303 of the Act, provides  the basis for
control of nonpoint and point sources under the Act and calls for integration of
water quality management programs.  The Section 106 program provides Federal
support to State and interstate water pollution control  agencies in virtually all
major water quality abatement and control and enforcement program areas.

     In 1979, EPA Introduced a major water quality management reform under Sections
208 and 106 of the Clean Water Act.   The reform was aimed at integrating water quality
and directly related grant assisted planning, Implementation, and management of  environ-
mental programs, and particularly focused on improving EPA management  of the Sections
208 and 106 grants programs.  The mechanism for improving the Agency's management  of
these grant programs is the State/EPA agreement.  The State/EPA agreements negotiated
annually by individual States and EPA regions with the participation of affected local
agencies and the public, will cover all strategies and work programs intended to integrate
water quality and directly related program approaches funded under a number  of EPA grant
programs.  Passage of pending consolidated grant legislation (for which $25  million
is requested in 1980) would increase the potential funds available  for-priority  State
and local water quality related efforts.

                                                                             WQ-91

-------
      The Section 106 program provides Federal support to 63 State and interstate water
 pollution control agencies.  In every major 106 funded State program activity, EPA and
 the States jointly perform activities requiring extensive coordination to be effective.
 EPA regions will award Section 106 grants according to identified annual priorities
 for water pollution control activities and conduct periodic reviews of State accomplish-.'
 merits.

      Section 208 grants are awarded to State and designated areawide planning agencies for
 continuing planning programs which address highest national, State, and local priorities.
 The Section 208 awards afford State and areawide agencies the unique opportunity to plan
 and manage a comprehensive water quality management program dealing with such problems
 as storm and combined sewer runoff, agricultural runoff, construction runoff, other
 nonpoint sources, and municipal and industrial waste water.  In implementing a more
 comprehensive approach to water quality management, water quality, water supply and
 solid waste programs and related financial assistance may be used together to assist
 States and localities in addressing identified priority problems in an integrated, more
 cost effective way.  Although Section 208 allows State and areawide agencies to evaluate
 all major sources of pollution within their jurisdiction,  management of the water quality
 program in 1979 and 1980 Is focused on identified priority problems.

      Academic training grants are awarded to institutions of higher education to meet a
 variety of professional manpower needs.  Efforts in this area are divided into three
 primary categories:  the professional graduate training grant program, the State agency
 fellowship program, and undergraduate training grants.

 CONTROL AGENCY RESOURCE SUPPLEMENTATION (SECTION 106)

 1978 Accomplishments

      In 1978, $53.5 million was obligated for Section 106 grants.  State program activi-
 ties and accomplishments in 1978 include:

           -  Continued support of priority program areas including permits,
              municipal facilities management, compliance and trend monitoring,
              enforcement, and planning related activities.

           -  Issuance, reissuance, or modification of over 1,300 major permits
              for primary industries and publicly owned treatment works (POTW).

           -  Over 11,000 compliance sampling and evaluation Inspections con-
              ducted.

           -  State administration of more than $2.3 billion awarded in
              construction grants.

 1979 Program

      In 1979, $52,400,000 is allocated for Section 106 grants.  As the States assume
 greater responsibilities In the management of the municipal construction program and
 qualify to receive Section 205(g) delegations and funding for this purpose, Section 106
 funds will become available for emerging program priorities including, for example,
 additional delegations to States of responsibilities for dredge and fill permits,
 emergency response programs, toxics related activities, and nonpoint source regulatory
 programs.  In addition, funding of tfuditional Section 106 program areas, with priority
 on permit issuance and compliance, will continue.

      State program activities and outputs projected for 1979 include:

           -  Issuance, reissuance or modification of over 1,100 major permits
              for priority municipal and industrial facilities.

           -  Conduct over 11,500 compliance sampling and evaluation inspections,
              including toxics-.

WO-92      "  implement 140 municipal (POTW) pretreatment programs.

-------
          -  Assure 3,700 State responses to emergency situations.
          -  Initiate over 650 enforcement actions against major pollution
             sources, including final effluent violations.
          -  Conduct 750 intensive water quality surveys,
          -  Establish 280 ambient fixed stations with data for Section 307(a)
             toxic compounds.
          -  Issue 180 State dredge and fill permits.
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
     There is no change from the budget estimate.
1980 Plan
     In 1980, $48,730,000 is requested for Section 106 grant allocations.  Beginning in
1980, to the maximum extent feasible, a new Section 106 funding allocation will  be
developed and initially implemented, based upon priority State and national needs
identified in national policy and State/EPA agreements.
     Additional State delegations and funding of municipal construction
management responsibilities under Section 205(g) are expected to allow further shift
of 106 and State funding to support emerging   priority programs.  Traditional State
activities, Including monitoring, permits, compliance assurance, and municipal con-
struction program management (where delegations have not been made), will continue
to receive Section 106 support as determined by the State/EPA agreements.
     A formal consolidated grants program would also provide an opportunity for
increasing funding of high priority State water quality programs.
     Planned 1980 State program activities and accomplishments in 1980 include:
          -  Issuance, reissuance or modification of nearly 1,000 major  permits
             for priority municipal and Industrial facilities,
          -  Conduct over 10,500 compliance sampling and evaluation inspections,
             including toxics.
          -  Implement 100 municipal publicly owned treatment works (POTW) pre-
             treatment programs.
          -  Assure 2,700 State responses to emergency situations.
          -  Initiate over 600 enforcement activities against major pollution
             sources, including final effluent violations.
          -  Conduct 650 intensive water .qua! ity surveys.
          -  Establish 230 ambient fixed stations with data for Section  307(a)
             toxic compounds.
          -  Issue 130 State dredge and fill permits.
                                                                              WQ-93

-------
  AREAWIDE WASTE TREATMENT MANAGEMENT

  1978 Accomplishments

       In 1978,  $17.6 million  was  allocated  for  Section  208  grants.   Limited additional
  funding was  made.avail able to  successful areawide  agencies  to  develop water quality
  recommendations for the control  of national  and  State/local  priority problems not
  covered by initial  grants.  States became  increasingly involved  through  the certifica-
  tion process in the coordination of the areawide planning  process,  A long-term  funding
  and management strategy was  developed  together with  policies aimed  at the integration
  of Clean Water Act  programs.   Five-year priorities for Section 208  planning were
  established, giving high priority to agricultural  runoff based on needs, likelihood of
  implementation, relative impact  on water quality,  and  other factors.

       Policy  defining  the relationship  between  Sections 208 and 201  funding of municipal
  facilities planning was established, placing a limited requirement  for Section 208
  funding in determining the need  for AWT municipal  facilities,  pretreatment programs and
  alternative  municipal  waste  treatment  approaches.

       Likelihood of  implementation has  been established as  a condition for continuing
  funding and  the relationship of  Section 208 planning activities  to  other water pollution
  related programs has  been established  and  clarified.

       Development of Agency policy on ground water  management and urban storm runoff has
  accelerated  during  1978.   Additional 1978  water  quality management  program accomplish-
  ments are described in detail  under the State  program  regulations and guidelines section.

  1979 Program

       In 1979,  $41,000,000 is allocated for Section 208 grants.  At  the start of  1979, 54
  initial areawide plans had been  certified  and  12 plans had been  approved by EPA.  States
  and EPA will have completed  review and approval  of essentially all  initial plans by the
  middle of 1979.    Approximately 200  continuing planning  awards will be made, empha-
  sizing urban runoff,  agriculture, water conservation,  AWT  and  pretreatment, to successful
  agencies with  funds targeted to  planning projects  with high priorities established by
  national policy and 1979 State/EPA agreements.  It is  expected that most previously
  funded agencies will  qualify for 1979  grant support.  However, some will receive funding
  through the  States  rather than in the  form of  direct grants.  A  few new  areawide agency
  designations are projected for 1979.   Improved integration of  planning and management
  requirements under  Sections  208, 201,  106, and 303 is  being strongly emphasized.

       Projected 1979 water quality management program outputs are described in detail
  under the State program regulations and guidelines section.

  1979 Explanation of Changes  from Budget Estimate

       The net decrease of -$9,000,000 results from  several  actions.  First, the Congress
  reduced this activity by -$18,000,000. Secondly,  funds available for the program were
  increased by +$11,000,000 due  to the payback of  funds  "borrowed" 1n 1978 and approved
  by the Appropriations Subcommittees» from  municipal  waste  treatment facilities construc-
  tion ($5,000,000),  emission  standards  and  technology assessment  within the air media
  ($3,000,000) and radiation abatement and control activities ($3,000,000).  Finally,
  -$2,000,000  was transferred  to other Agency activities to  support the cost of the most
  recent pay r-nse.

  1980 Plan

       In 1980,  $40,000,000 is requested for Section 208 grants  allocation.  Successful
  agencies will  be funded to perform continued planning  only in  nonpoint sources priority
  areas, including Irrigated and nonirrigated agriculture, ground  water protection,
  water conservation, hydrologie modification, feedlots, noncoal mining,
  construction runoff,  silviculture, and urban storm runoff.   Selection of projects for


WQ-94

-------
funding will be governed by selection criteria used in 1979 funding.  In addition,
beginning in 1980, unless some significant portion of completed planning is being
implemented, continuing funding will not be provided.  A continuing level of more
than 200 funded State and areawide agencies will be maintained during 1980.

     In past years, Section 208 funds and, to a limited extent, Section 201 funds
were available for pretreatnient planning.  Advanced waste treatment planning related
to facilities was funded under Section 201.  The water quality analyses and waste load
allocations were funded under Sections 106 and 208.  Beginning in 1980, these activities
will be funded entirely by Section 201, allowing the Section 208 appropriation to be
devoted to nonpoint sources of pollution.  The above activities to be funded by Section
201 funds will be performed by State areawide planning agencies through the State/EPA
agreement process.

     Increasingly comprehensive State/EPA agreements covering Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) and Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) programs will be established
in all regions and States.  Additional 1980 water quality management activities and
outputs are described under the State program regulations and guidelines section.

     Highlights of these outputs include:

          -  Selection, funding and implementation of up to 20 prototype urban runoff
             control projects.

          -  Contingent upon Department of Agriculture (USDA) appropriations, up
             to 40 agricultural nonpoint source cost sharing programs under the
             Rural Clean Water Program will be implemented.

          -  Continuation of seven model implementation programs (HIP) and 5-10
             additional agricultural water quality demonstration projects will
             be developed and funded in coordination with USDA.

          -  Public participation activities among WQH agencies, planning con-
             sultants, business and industry associations, public interest
             organizations, agricultural and professional associations and
             urban groups.

TRAINING BRANTS

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, $3.1 million was expended under this program.  The professional
training grant program provided $370,000 for training graduate level students in
water related engineering and environmental sciences.  In 1978, 93 graduate trainees
were supported at 29 institutions.  The State agency fellowship program provided
$350,000 for 101 State employees from 31 State and territorial water pollution con-
trol agencies.  They were selected to spend one-year in a water related graduate or
undergraduate program.  Upon completion of this training, the employees returned to
their respective agencies.

     Professional training activities for 1978 Included $100,000 for continuation of
curriculum development.  The Bachelor of Engineering Technology program is being
developed at Clemson University, the University of Maryland, and Pennsylvania State
University.  Undergraduate training grants were provided for five institutions in
water related engineering and environmental disciplines to support approximately
86 students for $120,000.

1979 Program

     In 1979, 5590,000 is being provided to support trainees, including graduate
training programs at $125,000, undergraduate training programs at $65,000, and State
agency fellowships at $175,000.  Also, $175,000 is provided for the Manpower Report
to Congress and the Engineering Co-op Student Demonstration Project.
    The training  grants  provide  funding  support primarily for  tuition,  fees,  and
stipends for students enrolled in water quality control technology curricula.
                                                                                   UQ-95

-------
  1979  Explanation  of  Changes  from  Budget  Estimate
       The net  increase of +5590,000 results  from a  congressional  add-on  for academic
  training.
  1980  Plan
       There will be no program in  1980.
VJQ-96

-------
KKHBKftB HIGHLIGHTS

                                      Budget     Current               Increase +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980    1980  vs. 1979
Research and Development:
  Appropriation	 $21,270   $23,470    $23,462    $27,752      +$4,290
  Permanent Positions	     120       112        111          95          -16
  Full-time Equivalency...     ...        ...        149        121          -28

Abatement and Control:
  Appropriation	..  41,655    49,287     40,231      48,230       +7,999
  Permanent Positions	     107       170        170        160          -10
  Full-time Equivalency	        ...        251         253           +2

Enforcement:
  Appropriation	  16,447    20,816     19.608     15,583       -4,025
  Permanent Positions	     186       208        217        227          -HO
  Full-time Equivalency...     ...        ...        242        261          +19

Agency and Regional
 Management:
  Appropriation...	  81,954    84,263     90,503     95,858       +5,355
  Permanent Positions	   1,936     1,941      1,981       2,059          +78
  Full-time Equivalency...     ...        ...      2,625      2,693          +68

Total, Management and
 Support Program:
  Appropriation	 161,326   177,836    173,804    187,423      +13,619
  Permanent Positions	   2,349     2,431      2,479      2,541          +62
  Full-time Equivalency...     ...        ...      3,267      3,328          +61
  Outlays	 157,539   160,980    181,880    178,210       -3,670
  Authorized Levels	  19,000*      *       24,060*       *

          * Funds are currently authorized under the Environmental Research,
            Development, and Demonstration Authorization  Act of 1979;  this
            authorization 1s pending for 1980.   Remaining funds are  authorized
            by virtue of the Appropriation Act.


OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

     This media encompasses overall program direction and related management activities
carried out by the following program offices: Office of  Water and Waste Management;
Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation; Office of Toxic Substances; Office of Enforcement;
and Office of Research and Development.  The management functions covered  Include
development of program policies and strategies,  planning  of media activities, and
monitoring and review of program performance. Also Included 1n the  Enforcement
appropriation is the Office of General Counsel  (headquarters) and the Office of Regional
Counsel located within each of the 10 regions.

     The agency and regional management portion  of this media provides executive
direction, management,and support for all EPA programs at both the headquarters and
the 10 regional offices.  It Involves those activities which are not directly associated
with a given progra .rniatlc activity.  Agency and  regional  management  activities are
personnel related and, as such, Include the salaries and  related expenses  of the
Administrator and the Regional Administrators, their immediate staffs and  the staff
offices which report directly to them.  In addition, it includes those organizations
within the Agency which provide centralized management and administrative  services.
These centralized management activities include  program planning and evaluation,
economic analysis, budgeting and financial management, personnel, contracts and grants
management, audit, and other activities required for the  effective management of
                                                                                  MS-1

-------
        	 	 _._- ..,„,., ...„ w-jv-. ui  u>jEii<.jniuc ouupui L acr v n.=i wiiii.fi are aiiotaiea
   to each of the four appropriations listed above, as well  as certain program support
   costs which are charged directly to the Abatement and Control  and Research and
   Development appropriations.  These costs  consist of a wide assortment of other-than-
   personnel costs* such as office and laboratory services,  building operations and
   maintenance, communications, facilities lease costs, and  centralized ADP services.   In
   most instances, these services cannot be directly attributed to a specific organization
   or program.  For this reason, the total costs under this  category are allocated on  a
   prorata basis and charged to the four Agency "operating program" appropriations. The
   share of these support costs which is prorated to the four appropriations Is included
   under each appropriation listed above but will be discussed fully under the Agency
   support and regional support subactivities for purposes of clarity.

        The scope of these management and support activities Is determined by the programs
   they serve.  As a result, the increases shown under this  media are confined to high
   priority needs or to mandatory increases.

   SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
                                                                 (in thousands of dollars)

   1979 Management and Support Program.	        $173,804

      Research and Development,....	-.	          +4,290
        This increase is primarily to cover additional costs
        associated with both direct and prorated support services
        and ADP support, offset by a decrease resulting from a
        transfer of the Science Advisory Board activity to the
        Agency and Regional Management appropriation.

      Abatement and Control	,	          +7,999
        This net increase related primarily to Increased charges
        for both direct and prorated support services and ADP
        support, and provides additional contract support for
        management studies and alternative approaches to
        implementing TSCA for the Office of Toxic Substances.

      Enforcement	          -4,025
        This decrease is due primarily to an adjustment in the
        proration formula for agencywide support services and
        tc nonrecurring legal Information contracts.

      Agency and Regional Management		,,—          +5,355
        This increase 1s primarily to cover additional costs
        associated with prorated support services and ADP
        support and the transfer of the Science Advisory Board
        from the Research and Development appropriation, offset
        by Agency management decreases due to nonrecurring
        contracts, administrative services, and training
        activities.                                                       	^
   1980 Management and Support Program	,	         187,423
MS-2

-------
     An appropriation of $187,423,000 is requested in 1980.   This request,  by
appropriation account, is as follows:

            Research and Development	,	  $27,752,000
            Abatement and Control	   48,230,000
            Enforcement....	   15,583,000
            Agency and Regional Management	   95,858,000

     This represents an increase of $13,619,000 over the 1979 management and support
media.  This change reflects increases in management support and personnel  costs  for
the Office of Toxic Substances; an increase in staff for the Office of Regional
Counsel; an increase for agencywide support services prorated to all  four appropriations
covered  under this media; additional direct support costs for  laboratories operated
by the Offices of Research and Development; A-ir, Noise, and Radiation; and  Toxic
Substances; an increase in ADP support services; and decreases  in agency management
activities,

     2,  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

     Changes from the budget are as follows:
                                                          (in thousands of  dollars)

          Original 1979 estimate	       $177,836

             Congressional reduction in lapse  rate	
             Distribution of October 1977 pay raise	
             Effect of October 1978 pay raise	
             Proposed October 1978 pay raise supplemental.
             Transfer to Department of Labor	
             Reprograimri ng actions —.,	

          Current 1979 estimate	        173,804

     Congressional changes result from the $3  million reduction to the Abatement
and Control and Enforcement appropriations to  the lapse rate on filling of  positions;
this reduction to management and support activities amounted to $225,000.

     Pay raise costs result in a total decrease of $10,045,000  from the original  estimate.
The Agency request Included all funds for the  October 1977 pay  raise 1n this media  to  be
distributed to other media at a later date.  The decrease reflected represents this
later distribution to other media.

     The transfer of contract compliance activities to the Department of Labor Is
reflected by the decrease of $899,000.

     Reprogrammlng actions result 1n a net increase of $7,137,000 to the management
and support media and include a transfer to the interdisciplinary media ($418,000);
from the radiation media ($13,000); from the water quality media ($3,745,000); from
the solid waste media ($4,247,000); to the air media ($617,000); from the toxic
substances media ($524,000); from the drinking water media ($1,420,000); to the
pesticides media ($1,777,000).
                                                                             MS-3

-------
                                                       Current
                                                       Estimate           Estimate
                                                         1979               1980
                                                       (in thousands of do! 1 ars)

        Prior year Obligations		 $161,326          $183,207

           Effect of October 1978 pay raise...	   +2,800
           Transfer to Department of Labor.,.,	     -899
           Program increase	,	   +9,500            +6,700
           Effect of reprogramming	.,	   +7,101
           Change in amount of carryover funds
            available	   -1,375            -9,403
           Change in rate of obligations	,	   +4.754            +6,902

        Total estimated obligations...	,	  183,207           187,406
           (From new obligation authority)		 (172,659)         (186,261)
           (From prior year funds)	  (10,548)           (1,145)

   EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

        The effect of the October 1978 pay raise and annualization of the October 1977
   pay raise will increase obligations by $2.8 million.  The contract compliance
   transfer will reduce obligations by $899,000.

        The increase in 1979 budget authority over the 1978 level  will  increase obligations
   by $9.5 million.  In 1980, the increase in budget authority will result in an Increase
   to obligations of $6.7 million,

        Reprogramming actions are expected to increase obligations by $7 million.

        The amount of carryover funds to be obligated 1n 1979 1s $10,548,000  a decrease of
   $1,375,000 over the 1978 level.  In 1980, 1t  is estimated that $1,145,000 will be
   obligated, a decrease of $9,403,000.

        A change in the rate of obligation 1s expected to occur 1n 1979, Increasing
   obligations by $4,754,000.

        A change 1n the rate of obligation is expected to occur 1n 1980, increasing
   obligations by $6.9 million.
MS-4

-------
Research and
Development

-------
                                Research and Development

                                   Program Management
                                         Budget
                               Actual   Estimate
                                1 978      1979
    Appropriation.	 $6,441
    Permanent  Positions	    120
    Full-time  Equivalency	

    Budget  Request
$8,529
   112
 Current
Estimate
  1979

 $5,233
    111
    149
                                Increase  t
                     Estimate   Decrease  -
                       1980    1980 vs. 1979
$4,596
    95
   121
-$637
  -16
  -28
         An  appropriation of  $4,596,000  is requested for 1980.  This is a decrease of
    $636,500 from  the  1979  level.  The decrease in this account is primarily due to the
    transfer of the  Science Advisory  Board staff to the Agency management activity,
    partially offset by  an  increase for  additional research grants for the continuing
    Minority Institution Research  Support program.

    Program  Description

         The program management  activities associated with the Agency's research and
    development program  include  the overall direction and centralized management of the
    Office of Research and  Development.  It covers the salaries and other expenses of the
    Assistant Administrator for  Research and Development and his principal deputies, their
    immediate staffs,  and specialized staff groups which assist them.  It also covers the
    costs of research  grants  for the  Minority  Institution Research Support program.
    In  1979  and prior  years,  the Agency's Science Advisory Board is included in this
    account.  In 1980, this Board, which provides scientific advice to the Administrator,
    is  reflected under the  Agency  and Regional Management appropriation within the Agency
    management activity. The resources  associated with these activities are as follows:
    Office of Research  and  Develop-
     ment, program  management...	    95

    Science Advisory Board	    16

         Total	   Ill      5,233      95    4,596     -16     -637

    1979 Explanation of Changes  from  Budget  Estimate

         The net decrease of -$3,296,500 results  from  several actions.  An increase of
    +$405,400 results from  increased  pay costs  from the October 1989  (FY 1979) pay raise
    as well as distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  The increase in
    pay costs for employees in this activity is offset by the transfer and distribution
    of -$3,600,000  Included in the budget estimate for this activity  for research and
    development pay costs.   In addition, -$101,900 was reprogrammed within this media
    from this activity  to research and  development program support to cover increased
    agencywlde common services costs.
1979
Pps.
95
16
$(000)
$4,397
836
1980
fas.
95
* * .
$(000)
$4,596
* • •
Change
Pos,
-16
5(000)
•(•$199
-836
MS-6

-------
                                   Program Support

                                      Budget     Current               Increase +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                             1978      1979      1979        1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                             (dollars In  thousands)

Appropriation	  $14,829   $14,941     $18,229      $23,156      +$4,927
Permanent Positions	      ...       ...
Full-time Equivalency	


Budget Request

     An appropriation of $23,156,000 is requested for 1980.   This represents an
increase of $4,927,000 from the 1979 level  and will  provide  for  increased agencywide
support costs, AOP support services, and support costs  at the Office of Research and
Development laboratories.

Program Description

     This subactivity covers the overhead services  needed to support the research and
development effort.  Two types of support costs are included.  The first consists of
the share of the cost of agencywide support services which are prorated to the Research
and Development appropriation.  These costs  include common services provided to
programs located in Washington, D.C.; Research Triangle Park,  North Carolina; and
Cincinnati, Ohio; as well as certain agencywide charges such as  facilities lease costs,
communications, and centralized ADP services.  The  second type of cost includes support
services which are directly Incurred in connection  with the operation  of the Office of
Research and Development's laboratories.  These direct  costs consist mainly of
laboratory and office services, utilities, building maintenance  and similar
"housekeeping" costs at research and development Installations other than those
located at Research Triangle Park and Cincinnati.  The  estimated cost  of program
support services are as follows:

                                              1979  •      .  1980           Change
                                                   Tdollars  In thousands)

Prorated costs and ADP services	  $14,987        $18,819        +$3,832

Direct charges..	   '3.242 	4.337	+1.095

     Total..	,	   18,229         23.156         +4,927

     The increase in prorated charges covers the increased cost  of agencywide common
services.  These increases are discussed in detail  under  this  media within the Agency
support subactivity under the Agency and Regional Management appropriation.  The
Increase In direct charges relates  to projected cost increases for utilities, building
operations, laboratory services and housekeeping activities  at Office  of Research and
Development laboratories.                 ;

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$3,288,200 results from several  actions.  A  Presidential
Detenuination Order transferred personnel and related costs  for  contract compliance
activities from EPA to the Department of Labor; of  the  $1,401,000 transferred by this
action, -$27,000 was applicable to  this activity.  During the development of the
Agency's 1979 operating plan, +$3,732,900 was reprpgrammed from  research and development
program management ($101,900), from an allocation of Research Triangle Park computer
center costs to research and development ($2,169,100),  and from  savings 1n ADP support
($1,461,900).  Finally, -$417,700 was reprogratnmed  to technical  information in the
Interdisciplinary media.
                                                                                 HS-7

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                Abatement and  Control
Actual
1978
Appropriation
Program Management 	 $5,549
Program Support 	 	 36,106
Total 	 41,655
Permanent Positions
Program Management 	 107
Program Support 	
Total 	 	 1 07
Full-time Equivalency
Program Management 	
Proqram Support 	
Total 	
Budget
Estimate
1979
$13,640
35,647
49,287

170

170

...

Current
Estimate
1979
$7,001
33,230
40,231

170

170

251
251
Estimate
1980
$6,938
41 ,292
48,230

160

160

253
253
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 193
-$63
+8,062
+7,999

-10

-10

+2
+2
'9 Page
HS-9
HS-10








     This activity covers the centralized  program direction  and management functions
for the following EPA offices:   Water and  Waste Management;  Air, Noise and Radiation;
and Toxic Substances.  It also  covers the  prorata share  of agencywide support  services
which are prorated to the Abatement and Control  appropriation  as well as those
program support costs Incurred  directly at field installations managed by the  Office
of Air, Noise and Radiation and the Office of Toxic  Substances.
                                                                          MS-8

-------
                                     Program Management


                                           Budget     Current              Increase  +
                                 Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease  -
                                  1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                                [dollars  in thousands)

     Appropriation.....	  .$.5,549    $13,640    $7,001     $6,938        -$63
     Permanent Positions	     107        170      170        160         -10
     Full-time Equivalency	        ...      251        253          +2


     Budget Request

          An appropriation of $6,938,000 and 160 positions  is requested for 1980.  This
     represents a net decrease of $63,000 and 10 positions  from the 1979  level  and reflects
     a net change in the staff and contract support of the  Office of Air, Noise and
     Radiation and the Office of Water and Haste Management.

     Program Description

          This subactivity provides for  the overall  program direction and management
     activities of the Offices of Air, Noise and Radiation; Hater and Waste Management;  and
     Toxic Substances.  The resources shown above cover the salaries and  other expenses  for
     Assistant Administrators who head each of these offices, their Immediate  staffs,  and
     the management and other specialized staff groups which assist them.  These resources
     also provide for the Deputy Assistant Administrators who direct the  specific programs
     carried out within each of these offices together with their supporting staffs.  The
     resources associated with each of these offices are  as follows:

                                             1979              1980             Change
                                         Pos.  ${000")      Pos.   $(OOT))     Pos.    $(00*0)
     Office of Air, Noise and
       Radiation,.	  57   $2,345       55    $2,000       -Z    -$345

     Office of Water and Haste
       Management....	,.	  53    2,690       48     2,121       -5    -569

     Office of Toxic Substances	  60    1,966	57     2.817       -3    +851

          Total	 170    7,001      160     6,938     -10      -63

          The decrease of 10 positions within this subactivity reflects the shift of staff
     from management functions to higher priority programmatic activities.  The slight
     decrease in funding reflects the Increase 1n the Office of Toxic Substances which is
     due to additional contract support  and the annualIzed  costs for new  staff added in
     1979.  The additional contract support will provide  for management studies of more
     effective program integration between TSCA and FIFRA,  as well  as poTlcy analyses  of
     alternative approaches to implementing TSCA.  The offsetting decreases are related  to
     reductions in staff and contract support for the Office of Air, Noise and Radiation
     and the Office of Mater and Waste Management.

     1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

          The net decrease of -$6,638,800 results from several  actions.   .Congress applied a
     $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the  Abatement and Control  and Enforcement
     appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was -$109,600.  An Increase of
     $462,700 results from Increased pay costs from the-October 1978 (FY1979)  pay raise  as
     well as distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.   This  increase is offset  by
     the transfer and distribution of -$7,300,000 for Abatement and Control pay raise  costs
     to the applicable activities.  In addition, as a result of the Agency's review  of resource
     requirements for its 1979 operating plan, +$308,100  was reprogrammed-to this activity from
     radiation technology and environmental assessment ($12.,600) and from program support
     activities ($295,500).
MS-9

-------
                                  Program Support


                                      Budget     Current               Increase  +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate    Estimate    Decrease  -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                            fdollars  in thousands)

Appropriation	  $36,106  $35,647    $33,230     $41,292       +$8,062
Permanent Positions.......
Full-time Equivalency	


Budget Request

     An appropriation of $41,292,000 is requested for 1980.   This represents an increase
of $8,062,000 over 1979 and provides for increased agencywide support costs, ADP  support
services, and support costs at the Ann Arbor, Montgomery,  and Durham field  installations.

Program Description

     This subactivity covers a variety of overhead services  needed to support the program
activities funded under the Abatement and Control appropriation.  Two types of  support
costs are included.  The first consists of the share  of the  cost  of  agencywide  support
services which are prorated to this appropriation for support provided to abatement  and
control programs located at EPA headquarters; Research Triangle Park (RTP), North
Carolina; Cincinnati, Ohio; and in the 10 regional offices.   These costs cover  office and
building services, utilities, communications, supplies, equipment, facilities lease  costs,
centralized ADP services, and the like.  The second type of costs includes  the  support
costs for the facilities operated by the Office of Air, Noise and Radiation and the  Office
of Toxic Substances.   These include costs such as building operations and maintenance,
utilities, local telephone service, supplies, equipment, etc., and are charged  directly to
the Abatement and Control appropriation.  The estimated costs of  these two  categories of
support services are  as follows:

                                              1979            1980           Change
                                           ~(dollars  in thousands)

Prorated costs and ADP services	  $31,987         $39,867         +$7,880
Direct charges		    1.243	   1.425	+182

     Total	.,		   33,230          41,292         +8,062

     The increase in  prorated charges covers the increased cost of agencywide common
services.  These increases are discussed in detail under this media  within  the  Agency
support subactivity under the Agency and Regional Management appropriation. The  increase
in direct charges reflects expected increases in the  cost  of utilities and  similar charges
for field installations at Ann Arbor, Michigan; Montgomery,  Alabama; and Durham,  N.C,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$2,417,000 results from several  actions.   First,  a Presidential
Determination Order transferred personnel and related costs  for contract compliance
activities from EPA to the Department of Labor; of the $1,401,000 transferred by  this
action, -$19i,OQO was applicable to this activity. Second,  as a  result of  the  Agency's
ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan,  as  well as changes  In the
proratlon of agency support and ADP cost savings, -$6,900,800 was transferred from this
activity to Agency management activities ($1,696,500), to  program management ($295,500), to
pesticides activities ($1,777,500), to air activities ($676,600), and to water  quality
activities ($2,454,700) and +$4,678,800 was reprograransd to this  activity from  Agency
support ($78,200), from RTP computer center costs ($1,565,400), from Agency support
($761,500), from hazardous waste guidelines, regulations,  and policies ($1,294,400), from
air "quality :and emissions data analysis ($111,000), and  from regional municipal waste
treatment facilities  construction ($868,300).
                                                                               MS-10

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                            Actual
                             1978
 Budget     Current         •    Increase +
Estimate   Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
 _1?79       197=1       1980    1980 vs  1979
         (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Pro gram Ma na genien t . . .
Program Support 	
Total 	
Permanent Positions
Program Support 	
Total 	 , , .
Full-time Equivalency
Program Management. , .
Program Support 	
Total 	 t..
... $5,970
..-. 10,477
... 16,447
186

186



19,378
11,438
20,816
208'

208



$7,774
11,834
19,608
217

217
242

242
$7,561
8,022
15,583
227

227
261

261
-$213
-3,812
-4,025
+10

+10
+19

+19
Page
                                                                                   MS-12
                                                                                   MS-13
     This activity provides for the overall  program direction and management of the
Office of Enforcement.  It also covers the salaries and related expenses for the
headquarters Office of General Counsel and the Office of Regional Counsel  in the
Agency's 10 regional offices as well  as the prorata share of agencywide support costs
which are allocated to the Enforcement appropriation.
                                                                             MS-11

-------
                                           Budget     Current              Increase •*•
                                 Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                  1978       1979        1979        1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                               TdblTars  in  thousands)

     Appropriation	  55,970    $9,378     $7,774     $7,561         -$213
     Permanent Positions......,,     186       208        217         227           +10
     Full-time Equivalency	    ....        242         261           +19

     Budget Request

          An appropriation  of $7,561,000 and 227 positions is  requested for 1980.  This
     represents a decrease  of $213,000 due to nonrecurring contracts and an increase of 10
     positions over the 1979 level  for the Office of Regional  Counsel.

     Program Description

          This subactivity  provides for  the overall  direction  of  the Office of Enforcement and
     national  enforcement programs for all  media.  Activities  performed under this subactivity
     include strategy development, penalty policy implementation,  program planning, and
     management support. The salaries and other expenses of the  assistant Administrator for
     Enforcement, his immediate staff, and management and other specialized staffs are covered
     under this subactivity.  It also provides for the  salaries and other expenses of the
     Office of General Counsel  which provides legal  advice and assistance to the Administrator
     and other Agency components and for the Offices of Regional  Counsel which provide similar
     services within each of the 10 regional offices.   The resources under this subactivity are
     allocated as follows:
                                               1979          1980           Change
                                                                            Pos.   $(000)
Office
Office
nf
of
Enforcement.. .
General /Regional

Counsel
17
180
$1
6
,343
,431
37
190
$1
6
.232
,329

+10
-$111
-102
               Total.,	217    7,774     227      7,561    +10     -213

          The 10 position increase requested  for the Office of Regional Counsel will provide
     the additional  staffing required to handle workload  Increases  due  primarily to
     construction grant awards, revised State NPDES programs,  new SIPs, and  the permit programs
     under RCRA and  the Safe Drinking Water Act.  This  increase  Is  offset  by a decrease
     attributed mainly to nonrecurring contracts awarded  in 1979 for the development of legal
     information systems.

     1979 Explanation of Changes to Budget Estimate

          The net decrease of -$1,604,400 results from  several actions.  First, Congress
     applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse  rate to the  Abatement and Control and
     Enforcement appropriations; -$115,600 was applied  to this activity.   Second, an increase
     of +$587,500 is due to increased pay costs associated with  the October  1978 (FY 1979)  pay
     raise and distribution of the October 1977, (FY 1978} pay  raise. Third, the Increase for
     pay costs 1s offset by the transfer and  distribution among  other enforcement activities of
     -$2,600,000 which was included In the budget estimate for enforcement pay raise costs.
     Fourth, as a result of the Agency's ZBB  review of  resource  requirements for Its 1979
     operating plan, +$523,700 was reprogrammed to this activity to strengthen overall Office
     of Enforcement program management and planning, Including litigation  management and
     penalty policy implementation ($264,500) and to expand General/Regional Counsel activities
     ($259,200), due to a reduction in toxic  substances enforcement.
HS-12

-------
                                   Program Support


                                      Budget     Current              Increase  +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate   Decrease  -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                          (Hollars in thousands}

Appropriation...,	  $10,477  $11,438    $11,834    $8,022       -$3,812
Permanent Positions...	
Full-time Equivalency.....      ...      ...


Budget Request

     An appropriation of $8,022,000 is requested for 1980.  This  represents  a decrease
of $3,812,000 from the 1979 level and represents a change in the  percentage  of  costs
prorated for the agencywide support accounts.

Program Description

     This subactivity covers the Enforcement appropriation's share of costs  allocated
for support services provided to enforcement programs located at  EPA headquarters and
in the 10 regional  offices.  These costs, which cover office and  building services,
utilities, communications, centralized ADP services, facilities lease costs, etc., are
discussed in detail under this media within the Agency support subactivity under the
Agency and Regional Management appropriation.  The decrease shown above results from
an adjustment 1n the formula used to prorate these costs to the several  EPA
appropriations.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$396,500 results from several actions.   A Presidential
Determination Order transferred personnel and related costs for contract compliance
activities from EPA to the Department of Labor; -$79,000 was applicable to this
activity.  In addition, +$475,500 was reprogrammed to this activity from ADP support
($207,900) and from municipal waste treatment facilities construction ($267,600).
                                                                             MS-13

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Agency and
  Regional
Management

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      Budget     Current
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate
                             1978    _J 979       1979
                                           "TdolTars in thousands)
Appropriation
  Agency Management	 S53.07Q  $52,893    $59,717    $59,198
  Agency Support	  13,302   17,150      9,854     14,624
  Regional Management	  14,606   13,293     19,867     19,690
  Regional Support,.	     975      927      1.065      2.346

       Total......	  81,954   84,263     90,503     95,858

Permanent Positions
  Agency Management...	   1,349    1,382      1,385      1,382
  Agency Support	
  Regional Management......     587      559        596        677
  Regional Support	     ...	...        ...

       Total.	   1,936    1,941      1,981      2,059

Full-time Equivalency
  Agency Management....	     ...      ...      1,868      1,886
  Agency Support	.
  Regional Management......     ....      ...        757        807
  Regional Support	     ...	...           	...

       Total	      ...      2,625      2,693
           Increase +
Estimate   Decrease -
  1980    1980 vs.  1979   Page
               -$519
              +4,770
                -177
              41.281
              +5,355


                  -3

                 •+81
                 +78


                 +18

                 +50
MS-IS
MS-19
MS-22
MS-24
                 +68
     The agency and regional management portion of this media provides executive
direction, management and support for all  EPA programs at both the headquarters  and
the 10 regional offices.  It involves those activities which are not directly
associated with a given programmatic activity.  Agency and regional  management
activities are personnel related and, as such, include the salaries  and related
expenses of the Administrator and the Regional Administrators, their immediate staffs
and the staff offices which report directly to them.  In addition, it includes those
organizations within the Agency which provide centralized management and administrative
services.  These centralized management activities include program planning and
evaluation, economic analysis, budgeting and financial management, personnel, contracts
and grants management, audit, and other activities required for the  effective
management of Agency programs.  The full cost of these program direction and
managerial activities is charged to the Agency and Regional Management appropriation.

     Support services consist of a wide assortment of other-than-personnel  costs, such
as office and laboratory services, building operations and maintenance, communications,
facilities lease costs, and centralized ADP services.  In most Instances, these  services
cannot be directly attributed to a specific organization or program.  For this reason,
the total costs under this category are allocated on a prorata basis and charged to the
four Agency "operating program" appropriations.
                                                                              HS-14

-------
                                   Agency Management


                                        Budget     Current              Increase +
                              Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                               1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                             (dollars in thousands)

   Appropriation	 $53,070  $52,893    $59,717    $59,198         -1519
   Permanent Positions	    1,349    1,382      1,385      1,382            -3
   Full-time Equivalency,	,      ...       ...      1,868      1,886           +18


   Budget Request

        An appropriation of  $59,198,000 1s requested for 1980.  This represents a
   decrease of $519,000 and  three positions  from  the 1979 level.

   Program Description

        The Agency management subactivity provides for agencywide policy direction and
   management activities and Includes the salaries and associated costs for the immediate
   office of the Administrator, the staff offices which report directly to the
   Administrator,  and  the  Office  of Planning and  Management.

   OFFICE OF THE ADMINISTRATOR/STAFF OFFICES

        The Office of  the  Administrator includes  the Administrator and Deputy
   Administrator and their immediate staffs.  The Administrator/Deputy Administrator are
   responsible for providing policy direction to  the Agency and for insuring the
   Implementation  of these policies.  The staff offices perform a variety of functions
   which are closely related to the development and implementation of Agency policies
   and programs.   These staff groups are responsible for legislative services and
   congressional relations,  public  awareness, international activities, civil rights,
   liaison with other  Federal  agencies, coordination of regional operations and
   relations with  State and  local governments.  The Office of Administrative Law
   Judges is also  attached to the Office of  the Administrator,  In 1980, the Agency's
   Science Advisory Board  1s included under  this  appropriation; 1t was Included 1n the
   Research and Development  appropriation 1n 1979 and previous years.  The Board
   consists of a number of expert consultants, supported by a small staff.  It provides
   expert advice to the Administrator on scientific and technical issues.

        The 1980 request  provides for a net  decrease of five positions and $47,000 for
   the Office of the Administrator  and the staff  offices.  This decrease, which 1s
   summarized below, reflects the transfer of the Science Advisory Board to this
   account, as well as  a  two position Increase 1n the Office of Civil Rights which is
   needed for the  development and coordination of the President's Minority Business
   Enterprise program.  The decreases 1n the other staff offices reflect the transfer
   of resources to higher priority  activities elsewhere in the Agency.
MS-15

-------
Office of Legislation	   37
Office of Public Awareness...	   61
Office of International  Activities...   26
Office of Civil Rights	   28
Office of Federal Activities	   43
Office of Regional and Intergovern-
  mental Operations	    9
Administrative Law Judges	   18
Science Advisory Board,...

     Total	.,...  271
                                              1,148
                                              3,137
                                              1,217
                                              1,038
                                              1,632
            36
            52
            24
            30
            41
1,049
2,964
1,116
1,088
1,500
-1
-9
-2
+2
-2
 -99
-173
-101
 +50
-132
9
18
*
503
687
*
7
17
15
434
629
780
-2
-1
+15
-69
-58
+780
                                             11,594    266     11,547
                             -5
                                                                        +7
                  -47
Full-time Equivalency	  348       ...     355

            *Carried under Research and  Development  appropriation.

     The significant contracts for the staff offices in 1979  and  1980 are listed below:

Office                         1979       1980      Change     Purpose
                                 ^dollars in thousands)
Office of the Administrator...  $178
Office of Public Awareness	1,197
Office of Regional and
  Intergovernmental
  Operations	
                                 50
                                          $125        -$53      Contract studies on policy
                                                              and  scientific  issues of
                                                              direct  interest to the
                                                              Administrator.

                                         1,197         ...      Production and distribution
                                                              of Information/educational
                                                              material, including
                                                              publications, films, T.V, and
                                                              radio announcements; Visitor's
                                                              Center  maintenance; and press
                                                              office  support.
50        ...     Contracts for seminars  on
                  environmental  programs  with
                  public interest groups  and
                  national  organizations
                  representing elected
                  officials of State and  local
                  governments.
OFFICE OF PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
     The Office of Planning and Management (0PM) 1s responsible for the  agencywide
analytical and management functions which are required to plan and implement  the
Agency's programs^  It also provides centralized Agency administrative services for
EPA headquarters and the Agency's two largest field installations, which are  located  at
Research Triangle Park, N.C., and at Cincinnati, Ohio.  There are five organizational
components within the Office of Planning and Management (0PM).  The immediate office
of the- Assistant Administrator provides the direction of all  0PM act-'vities and also
carries out the Agency's Occupational Health and Safety Program.  Tht Office  of
Management and Agency Services develops agencywide policies and procedures and provides
services in the areas of personnel administration, contracts  management, data systems,
facilities management and services, security and inspection,  and management planning
and analysis.    The Office of Resources Management is responsible for the Agency's
program analysis, budgeting, financial management, and grants administration  activities.
                                                                              MS-16

-------
                                                 's comprenensi ve auait program, which
    Involves  independent appraisals of the  economy and efficiency of the Agency's
    programs  and  financial  operations.

         The  1980 request for  the  Office of Planning and Management provides for a net
    increase  of two  positions  together with a decrease  of 5472,000,   The increase in
    staffing  reflects  the need for six additional positions for the Office of Management
    and Agency Services  and seven  positions in the Office of Planning and Evaluation which
    are partially offset by decreases in the immediate office of the Assistant Administrator
    and the Office of  Resources Management. The additional staff for the Office of
    Management and Agency Services is needed to handle the increased workload associated
    with the  implementation of the recently enacted civil service reform legislation and
    to provide effective administrative services for staff being added in the headquarters
    in 1979.   The seven  positions  for the Office of Planning and Evaluation will permit
    that office to expand its  economic and  other analytical capabilities to address
    regulatory reform  implementation and to perform energy economic analysis and analyses
    of new economic  incentive  programs.  The decrease in funding can be associated with
    nonrecurring  costs for administrative services and employee training activities.
         The resources  associated  with  the  Office of Planning and Management are as follows:

                                                 1979          1980         Change
                                              Pos.
Office of the Assistant Administrator	   29
Office of Management and Agency Services..  647
Office of Resources Management..,	  247
Office of Planning and Evaluation..	   81
Office of Audit..	  110

     Total	1,114  48,123 1,116

Full-time Equivalency	1,520    ...   1,531
29
647
247
81
no
$1,113
22,148
8,414
7,686
8,762
27
653
238
88
no
$1,128
21,661
8,414
7,686
8,762
-2
+6
-9
+7
...
+$15
-487
* • •
* * •

                                                                   47,651   +2    -472
         The major contracts  for the Office  of Planning  and Management  for 1979 and 1980 are
    summarized below:
    Office
                                1979
1979     1980     Change
 (dollars in thousands)
    Office of Management and
      Agency Services	........$704     $217      -$487
    Office of Resources tenagement.  $1,382  $1,382
                                                             Executive development  and
                                                             supervisory training,
                                                             specialized computer support,
                                                             and other miscellaneous
                                                             administrative services.

                                                             Contract assistance for the
                                                             development and Implementation
                                                             of agencywide ZBB system
                                                             contract studies related to
                                                             disaster response requirements;
                                                             AOP support for accounting,
                                                             program reporting, and grants
                                                             information systems; and
                                                             payroll  services.
MS-17

-------
  Evaluation	-.	 $4,661
S4.66T
Office of Audit	  3,595
 3,595
Contracts to assess the
economic impact of EPA
regulations on major
Industries, the energy
impact of environmental
regulations, environmental
impact of energy legislation
as well as the performance
of statistical studies.

Contracts with CPA firms
and State agencies for the
conduct of construction
grants audits.
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
     The net increase of $6,823,600 results from several  actions.   An increase of
$4,317,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978     (1979)  pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977    (1978) pay raise.   This Increase 1s
offset by the distribution of the $3.3 million included in the budget estimate for
increased Agency and Regional Management pay costs.  Reorganization Plan No.  1  of 1978
transferred personnel and related costs for contract compliance activities  from EPA  to
the Department of Labor; of the $1,401,000 transferred by this action, $56,300 was
applicable to this activity.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's intensive ZBB
review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan
as opposed to the budget estimate developed one-year earlier, $5,862,200 was
^programmed to this activity from abatement and control  activities in the  solid
waste (+$2,536,100), program support ($1,696,500), and drinking water (+$1,213,500)
medias and from research and development activities in the drinking water(+$206,500)
and solid waste (+$209,600) medias.
                                                                           MS-18

-------
                                          Budget      Current               Increase +
                                Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                 1978      1979       1979        1980     1980  vs. 1979
                                            (dollars in  thousands!

    Appropriation	,.  $13,302  $17,150     $9,854     $14,624      +$4,770
    Permanent Positions.....,,.
    Full-time Equivalency.	      ...  •    ...        ...          ...          —


    Budget Request

         A prorata share of $14,324,000 of the total agency support requirements  is requested
    for 1980.  This represents an increase of $4,770,000 over the 1979 level.

    Program Description

         The Agancy support subaetivlty provides  general  support services to all  program
    operations at EPA headquarters;  Research Triangle Park  (RTP), North  Carolina; and
    Cincinnati, Ohio,  It also includes a number  of support activities which serve the  needs
    of all agency programs and which are managed  at the  headquarters level.  The  agency
    support subaetivlty can be summarized in terms  of the following major areas of cost:

         Office Services -- Common services requirements at the  three locations referred  to
    above including laboratory and office supplies, maintenance  of office equipment, printing
    and duplicating, audio-visual equipment and contracts,  motor pool operations, etc.  .

         Building Services -- Utilities, local  telephone service, building alterations  and
    space relocations, building maintenance contracts, guard  and janitorial service,
    employee health service contracts,  and the like for  the office and laboratory facilities
    at the three locations.

         Library Services — Books,  journals, equipment,  and  service contracts for the
    branch libraries at headquarters, Research Triangle  Park, and Cincinnati,  as  well as
    specialized ADP services, literature searches,  technical  reports processing library
    systems development, etc., for the agencywide library system.

         Nationwide Costs— All Agency costs for the following  support  activities:
    facilities rental and associated costs; payments to  the U.S. Postal  Service;  Federal
    telecommunications service (FTS), security investigations; reimbursements  to  the Federal
    Employees Compensation Fund; payments to the  Public  Health Service for personnel
    administration services for commissioned officers assigned to EPA; and contracts which
    support the Agency's Occupational Health and  Safety  Program.

         ADP Technical Support -*- Contracts for systems  development/evaluation and other
    technical services required to support the Agency's  centralized ADP  activities.

         ADP Timesharing Services — Centralized  ADP services provided to all  Agency programs
    through timesharing contracts with commercial suppliers or by in-house computer facilities.

         Agency support costs are distributed to  the various  EPA appropriations according to
    their personnel levels and the amount requested above reflects only  that portion of the
    total support costs which are prorated to the Agency and  Regional Management  appropriation.
    However, in order to provide a more complete  explanation  of  the total scope of the
MS-19

-------
                                          (.in thousands of dollars)
Office Services 	 ,
Building Services... 	 ,
Library Services 	 ,
Nationwide Costs. 	 ,
ADP Technical Support 	
ADP Timesharing 	 	 —
	 $3,086
	 8,869
	 941
	 29,662
	 2,275
....... 16,690
$3,007
12,522
1 ,043
34,815
3,385
19,190
+5521
+3,553
-1-102
+5,153
+1 ,310
+2,500
     Total	  61,523      74,762        +13,239

     The requested increase of   $521,000 for office services will  provide for expected
increases in the cost of printing and duplicating, expendible office supplies, equipment
maintenance, motor vehicle operations, and audio-visual  services,

     The $3,653,000 increase for building services is associated with anticipated cost
increases for utilities, local telephone services, equipment rental  and for contracts
for building operations and maintenance and guard service.

     The $102,000 increase requested for library services will cover increases in the
cost of library materials and support contracts as well  as acquisition of some
additional materials which are required for the toxics program.

     Of the $5,153,000 increase requested for nationwide costs, $2,741,000 can be
associated with the 1980 annualized costs of additional  space which is being leased to
accomodate additional Agency personnel authorized in 1978 and 1979  or to replace
existing leased space which is Inadequate for program purposes.  The remaining amount
is required to cover needed modifications to existing leased space  and for expected
increases for postal and Federal telecommunications services.

     Of the Increase of $1,310,000 requested for ADP technical support activities,
$510,000 is needed for studies relating to the development of new data systems or the
refinement of existing systems, development of software for the minicomputers which are
becoming more widely used within the Agency, and for improvements in communications
between computers and data management systems.  These systems improvements, in
combination, have the longer range potential for reducing the Agency's overall timesharing
requirements.  The remaining amount will be used for feasibility studies associated with
planning for the procurement of equipment which will meet the Agency's need for ADP
services in the period through 1990.

     The requested increase of $2,500,000 for ADP timesharing services will cover the
additional need for data systems which support the public water supply and ground
water protection programs under the Safe Drinking Water Act and those which relate to
RCRA regulations.  It also covers the implementation of a system of common codes to be
used by the Federal agencies concerned with the regulation of chemicals, the data needs
for health research initiatives, and the expanded management information systems
required for the Agency's zero based budgeting (ZBB) contracts and  personnel
management activities.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$7,295,300 results from several actions.   To support the
additional costs of the most recent pay raise, $1 million was reprogrammed from ADP
savings to other activities agencywide.  Reorganization Plan No. 1  of 1978 transferred
                                                                             MS-20

-------
     U^CII^JF amu ic^iutiai iHQiiaijcriicij u nwr jaunty, ^4» t , y-r; , uuu  was  I CJ/f uyi anuiieu f rum Mils
     activity to abatement and control agency support  ($839,700)  and enforcement agency
     support ($207,900).  An additional $32,400 was  rsprograrraned  to abatement and control
     IDP support costs.  The transfer and proration  of RTP  computer center costs plus savings
     resulted in a reduction of ^$5,164,000 which was  reprogramraed to research and
     development support ($1,350,000), to research and development A0P support ($2,169,100),
     and to abatement and control ADP support ($1,644,000),   With the exception of the $1  million
     used for pay raise absorption and the $51,300 transferred  to the Department of Labor,
     all transfers were within the management and support media and represent an adjustment
     to the prorata/user's shares.
'rfS-21

-------
                                 Regional  Management


                                      Budget     Current              Increase +
                            Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs.  1979
                                               (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation	  $14,606  $13,293    $19,867    $19,690       -$177
Permanent Positions	      587      559        596        677         +81
Full-time Equivalency.....      ...      ...        757        807         +50


Budget Request

     An appropriation of $19,690,000 1s requested for 1980.  This represents a decrease
of $177,000 from the 1979 level.

Program Description

     This subactivity provides for the salaries and related expenses of the Regional
Administrators, their immediate staffs, and those staff offices reporting directly to
them, such as intergovernmental relations, public affairs, and civil rights.  In
addition, It covers the regions' centralized management activities such as program
planning and analysis, budgeting, financial management, and personnel management and
administrative services.

     In 1980, an increase of 81 positions is requested for regional program direction
and management activities.  Twenty-nine of these positions will be used for program
direction and related staff activities.  This reflects the emphasis which the Agency
is placing on achieving greater public participation in regulatory activities,
strengthening relations between the regional offices and State/local governments; and
implementing the President's Minority Business Enterprise program as it relates to the
construction grants program.

     Sixteen of the additional positions will be used to improve the regions'  analytic
capabilities by establishing Regional Project Centers.  These Centers, the first of
which will be established In 1979, will bring a core group to the regions with a high
degree of analytic and management skills.  These core groups will focus on crosscutting
issues and will provide the skills needed to allow the regions to participate more
effectively 1n agencywlde efforts toward regulatory and management reform and 1n the
integration of Federal, State, and local programs.  This new analytical capacity will
assist the Regional Administrators in developing integrated strategies for stronger
State environmental programs 1n each region and in addressing difficult problems
requiring analytical and project management skills (e.g., State/RA agreements,
regional energy problems, economic development Issues, etc.).  The additional  positions
requested in 1980 will allow Centers to be established in two additional regions.

     The remaining 36 positions will enable the regions to strengthen their existing
services in the areas of personnel management and administrative services to more
effectively handle the workload resulting from the expansion of regional programs which
has occured over the past several years, and to implement recently enacted civil
service reforms.

     The cost of this additional staffing for the regional offices management activities
is more than offset by reductions 1n nonrecurring costs associated with the procurement
of minicomputers and other ADP equipment, and in contracts such as those for the
development of innovative methods for implementing the Minority Business Enterprise
effort.

                                                                                MS-22

-------
    ji,jui.,juu ICSUILS  ir-uin  inureaseu \iay i_ui Lb Train trie uttooer  13/0 ^rf  \yrij pay raise
    as well as distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Reorganization Plan
    No, 1 of 1978 transferred personnel and related costs for contract compliance activities
    from EPA to the Department of Labor; of the $1,401,000 transferred by this action,
    $466,200 was applicable to this activity.  In addition, a net of $916,700 was
    transferred into this activity within the regional offices to reflect actual operating
    conditions as of the end of 1978.  The transfer includes +$712,300 from abatement and
    control water quality; municipal waste treatment facility construction ($651,300);
    manpower planning and training ($61,0.00); and +$204,400 from water quality enforcement
    permit issuance.  Finally, as a result of regional offices' review of priorities and
    changing resource requirements for its' 1979 operating plans, as opposed to its budget
    estimates developed one year earlier, $4,243,600 was reprogrammed to this activity  ,
    including $207,200 from solid waste abatement and control/technical assistance delivery,
    $3,803,000 from water quality abatement and control/municipal waste treatment
    facilities construction ($3,075,000) and manpower planning and training ($727,400),
    $182,200 from water quality enforcement permit issuance, and $51,300 from ambient air
    quality monitoring.
MS-23

-------
                                  Regional  Support


                                      Budget     Current              Increase +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs.  1979
                                              (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation,...	 $976      $927        $1,065    $2,346       +$1,281
Permanent Positions	  ...       —           ...
Full-time Equivalency	


Budget Request

     A prorata share of $2,346,000 of the total  regional support requirements  is
requested for 1980.  This represents an increase of $1,281,000 over the 1979 level.

Program Description

     This subactivity covers the costs of common services for the Agency and Regional
Management appropriation within all of the  regional  offices.  These services include,
but are not limited to, office supplies and equipment, telephone service, and  guard
and housekeeping services.  As in the case  of agency support, the total cost of the
support services required by the regional offices is prorated to the various EPA
appropriations, as follows:

                                             1979          1980          Change
                                                  fdbllars in thousands!"

     Abatement and Control	  $4,761        $4,275        -$486
     Enforcement	   2,380         2,296          -84
     Agency and Regional Management.......   1,065         2,346       +1.281

               Total	   8,206         8,917         +711

     The changes in the funds requested for 1980 are due to a change in the regional
distribution of positions by appropriation  and to the increased costs of the regional
support services described above.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of $137,900 results from several actions.  Reorganizaton Plan
No. 1 of 1978 transferred personnel and related costs for contract compliance
activities from EPA to the Department of Labor; of the $1,401,000 transferred by this
action, $24,200 was applicable to this activity.  Additionally, as a  result of regional
office reviews of changing resource requirements for T979 operating plans, as  compared
to budget estimates developed one year earlier, $162,100 was reprograimed to this
activity from municipal waste treatment facilities construction activities within the
water quality media.
                                                                              MS-24

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Buildings and
  Facilities

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      Budget    Current                 Increase  +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate     Decrease  -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980     1.960 vs.  1979
                                     ~"     [dollars in thousands)

Buildings and Facilities:
  Appropriation..........    $2,424     $2,563     $1,053    $1,425        +$362
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency..
  Outlays	     1,274      2,000      1,800     2,000         +200
  Authorization Level	        Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act


OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

     This appropriation covers design and construction of all  new EPA owned facilities
as well  as necessary repairs and improvements to all  federally owned  facilities which
are occupied by EPA.

     The Agency has  no plans for significant additions or expansions  to its facilities
through 1980.  Rather, emphasis will  be given to maintaining or replacing existing
structures at the 23 separate Federal  installations which EPA owns or occupies.  As  has
been the case over the past several  years, primary attention will be  given to projects
which are required to protect the health and safety of EPA employees, provide more
effective pollution  control, or prevent costly deterioration to structures and  equipment.
Projects which are needed  for improved program operations or for other purposes have
been assigned lower priority.

     The Agency's 1980 budget request departs from that of previous years in that
budgeting for a number of  projects  is on a "phased* basis.  Under this approach,  design
funds for some projects are being requested in 1980,  while requests for actual
construction funding will  be deferred to subsequent years.  This will  enable EPA  to  move
ahead with a number  of priority projects while at the same time limiting the 19RO request
to reduce the relatively large unobligated balances previously associated with  this
appropriation,


SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
                                                            (in thousands of dollars)

1979 Buildings and Facilities Program	      $1,063

     Increase related to proposed construction projects
     which are needed to protect the health and safety
     of EPA employees, effect pollution control, and
     1imit property deterioration	
1980 Buildings and Facilities Program...	

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Suittnary of Budget Request

         An appropriation of $1,425,000 1s requested for the Buildings and Facilities
account, an increase of 1362,000 over 1979.  Of the total  amount requested,  $1,375,000
will be used for repairs and improvements to existing facilities, and $50,000 for the
design of a shop and storage building at the Environmental  Research Laboratory at fiulf
Breeze, Florida.
                                                                                BSF-1

-------
         Original  1979 estimate	       $2,563

           Congressional  reduction	,	       -1,500

         Current 1979 estimate	        1,063

     The Congress  applied a reduction of $1.5  million  to  the  Buildings and  Facilities
budget request.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
                                                          Current
                                                          Estimate         Estimate
                                                            1979             1980
                                                          (in  thousands  of  dollars)
          Prior year obligations.	           $2,424          $2,140

             Program increase	           +1,063            +362
             Change in amount of carryover funds
               available	           -1.347	-1.077

          Total estimated obligations	           2,140           1,425
            (From new obligation authority)..	           (1,063)         (1,425)
            (From prior year funds)	           (1,077)

EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

     The increase of 1979 budget authority over the 1978 level  will  increase obligations
by $1,063,000.  The change in 1980 will Increase obligations by $362,000.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated  In 1979 is  $1,077,000, a decrease of
$1,347,000 from the 1978 level.  In 1980, no carryover funds are expected to be
available, thereby reducing obligations by $1,077,000.
 B&F-2

-------
                                      Budget    Current                 Increase  *
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate     Decrease  -
                             1978      1979       1979       1980     1980  vs.  1979
                                            (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Repairs and Improvements.. $2,382    $2,063      $563      $1,375        +$812
Ntw Facilities............     42       500       500          50	-450
     Total.	  2,424

Permanent Positions	    —

Full-time Equivalency.....    ...
          2,563
1,063
1,425
+362
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $1,425,000 is requested 1n 1980,  representing an  increase of
$362,000 over the 1979 level.

Program Description

     The appropriation covers the design and construction  of new EPA owned facilities
as well as necessary repairs and improvements to federally owned installations  which
are occupied by EPA.  Payments made for modifications and  repairs to leased facilities
are covered under the agency support subactivity which is  described  under  the management
and support media.

REPAIRS AND IMPROVEMENTS

1978 Accomplishments

     Thirty-three repair and improvement projects to correct health  and safety  conditions,
effect pollution control, or maintain property have been completed or are  underway.
The estimated cost to complete these projects 1s $2,912,000.

1979 Program

     Work on 10 projects at eight separate locations will  be initiated in  1979.  These
projects, which have a total estimated cost of $563,000, are needed  to correct  health and
safety deficiencies or to prevent serious deterioration to structures.  They Include
hazardous materials storage areas and disposal systems, modifications to ventilating
systems, fencing, and a specialized laboratory for handling carcinogens.

1979 Explanation of Changes to Budget Estimate

     The reduction of $1.5 million from the budget request reflects  the congressional
reduction applied to this appropriation.

1980 Plan

     Work will be initiated on a total of 44 separate projects at 16 locations.  Of
these projects, 18 will  involve actual construction while  the remainder will  cover
the design work on projects for which construction funds will be requested in
subsequent years.  The projects planned for 1980 include:
Location

Narragatisett, R.I.
Project Description

Lab Entrance Design
Security Lighting
Meter Interlock
Pump Replacement
                          Amount

                          $3,000
                           4,500
                           2,500
                          26,500
                                                                                   BSF-3

-------
Beltsville, Md.
Vint Hill, Va.
Bears Bluff, S.C.
Athens, Ga.
Gulf Breeze, Fla.
Montgomery, Ala.
Bay St. Louis, Miss.
Chicago, 111 .
Duluth, Minn.
Ada, Okla.
Denver, Col .
Corvallis, Ore.
Wenatchee, Wash.
Manchester, Mash.
Edison, N.J.
Gulf Breeze, Fla.
Cincinnati , Ohio
Duluth, Minn.
Grosse He, M1ch.
Ada, OJda.
Denver, Col.
Con/all is, Ore.
Wenatchee, Mash.
Manchester, Wash.
'-4
Lab Mods (Bldg. 306)
Carcinogen Storage Construction
Pollution Abatement Design
Water Supply System Design
Replace Cooling Tower Roof
Sprinkler System Design
Fume Hood/Scrubber System
Fume Hood System Design
Containment Lab Design
Pollution Abatement Design
Carcinogen Storage Design
Fire Suppression Design
Safety Mods Design
HVAC Construction
Sanitary Sewer Design
Water Supply System Design
Sanitary Sewer System
Water Supply System Design
Heating System Design
Electrical System Mod. Design
Security Fencing Design
Sprinkler System Mods.
Relocate/Renovate Bldg. 34
Renovate Bldg. 7 Design
Remove Bldg. 25/26
Concrete Pavement Repairs
Roof Repairs
Storage/Paint Shop Design
Lab Waste Drain Lines
Design to Upgrade for Labs
Air Conditioner Equipment Design
Egress Mod Design
HVAC Mod Design
Electrical Service Mods
Security Fence
Access Road Design . •
Bldg. 60-Mod Design
Pier Repair Completion
Total 	
100,000
75. ,0.00
3,000
5,000
4,000
15,000
35,000
10,000
3,000
65,000
15,000
4,000
20,000
420,000
2,000
6,000
150,000
20,000
50,000
20,000
8,000
12,000
60,000
2,000
4,000
33,000
8,000
3,000
5,000
30,000
30,000
5,000
24,000
15,000
2,000
6,000
3,000
35 ,000
1,375.000

-------
     A contract was awarded in November 1977 for the construction  of the  central regional
laboratory for Region X.  This facility,  which is located  at Manchester,  Washington,  Is
scheduled for completion in the spring of 1979.   Design  work was also initiated  in
August 1978 on a laboratory building located at  the Environment Research  Laboratory at
Gulf Breeze, Florida, which will  house high hazard studies of toxic  materials  related to
energy production and use and industrial  effluents.  This  building is the first  phase of
a 3-phase program aimed at replacing existing frame structures at  the fiulf Breeze
installation which are unsafe for high hazard operations and which cannot be
economically upgraded.  This first replacement laboratory  is now scheduled for completion
in the apring of 1980; its total  estimated cost  is $500,000.

1979 Program

     Contracts will be awarded for the design and construction of  the second phase of
the Gulf Breeze replacement program.  The building to be constructed will  be a
laboratory to house studies on the physical and  chemical degradation of pesticides and
other toxic chemicals, many of which are carcinogenic.  This structure also has  an
estimated cost of $500,000; its projected completion date  is the fall of  1980.

1980 Plan

     Funds are being requested to initiate the third phase of the  Gulf Breeze
replacement program.  This will involve the design of a  building to  house shop and
storage areas and electric switch-gear equipment.  The structures  now being used for
these purposes are frame buildings which are badly deteriorated and  which present a
fire hazard when used for shop and storage activities.  The estimated cost of  this
design work is $50,000.  Funds for construction, now estimated at  approximately
$450,000, will be requested in 1981.
                                                                             B&F-5

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Scientific Activities
     Overseas

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                               SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS

 PROGRAM  HIGHLIGHTS
                                         Budget      Current                 Increase +
                                        Estimate    Estimate    Estimate     Decrease -
                               1978       1979        1979        1980      1980 vs. 1979
                                                (dollars in thousands)

Scientific Activities
  Overseas:                         '
  Appropriation	      $2,220      $4,000      $2,500      $4,000       +$1,50.0
  Permanent Positions...
  Full-Time Equivalency.         ...         ..>
  Outlays...............       1,422       5,000       2,500       3,600        +1,100
  Authorization Levels..      Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

      Scientific Activities Overseas (SAO) programs are funded from excess foreign
currencies accruing to the United States under various U.S. programs.  The use of
these currencies in Egypt, India, and Pakistan enables EPA to engage in unique
environmental research programs which form a link between EPA and foreign agencies
and institutions that have mutual interests in seeking solutions to environmental
problems.  The cooperative activities are designed to supplement and/or complement
EPA's domestic goals and frequently fill the gaps in EPA's research and demonstration
programs.

      The SAO activities cover a broad spectrum of environmental concerns in
air and water pollution, energy, radiation, solid waste management, pesticides,
and toxic substances.  These activities are undertaken by foreign investigators
in leading institutions abroad, with the cooperation of-EPA scientists and
engineers and consultants from U.S. industries and universities.  Cooperative
projects initiated include those dealing with the determination of potential
hazards to human health of certain toxic substances; studies of the management
and disposal of hazardous industrial and municipal waste discharges; determination
of the fate and effects of fresh water, coastal, and ocean disposal of waste
materials; analysis, assessment, and control methodology for toxic discharges
from fertilizer and basic organic chemical industries; environmental effects
of persistence and degradation of pesticides and toxic residue.  Other studies
examined irrigation by waste water and related health effects; impacts of
fugitive and stack emissions, and comparative pollution impacts on urban/rural
communities; correlation between the effects of air pollution load and
urban/rural communities; and, land use management including attempts to
characterize land resources, evaluate these resources, and implement a
land-use plan.

      Project related activities include workshops on topics such as reclamation
of strip mined lands and environmental effects of pesticides.  These workshops
provide a forum for exchange of technology among U.S. and foreinn experts in
the subject areas, prospective participants in the SAO program, and reoresentatives
from universities and industries.

      The SAO review procedure for approving projects closely parallels the
procedures for EPA domestic programs.  Proposals are initiated by institutions
in the participating countries after informal communications have identified
mutual research interests.   Scientific evaluations are made of each proposal
by appropriation EPA scientists and engineers.  Industrial and university
consultants are frequently requested to provide technical comments.  Official
approval of each project is made with the concurrence of the responsible EPA
program office, the EPA Office of International Activities, and the Department
of State.

                                                                              SAO-1

-------
      In addition to the scientific and technological benefits obtained from
the interrelationship of U.S. and foreign scientists and engineers, the
SAO program stimulates environmental protection activities in the participating
countries.  Without exception, these countries have significantly increased
their mechanisms to deal with environmental  problems.  A most recent example
of this occurred in India where a central office was established within the
Department of Science and technology to manage SAO cooperative programs.

      Furthermore, the SAO programs are recognized in the U.S. and in all
participating countries as visible evidence of U.S. efforts to engage in
peaceful endeavors directed toward the development of knowledge and
technological advancement to benefit our global environment.

SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND...DECREASES                              (dollars in. thousands.),

      1979 Scientific Activities Overseas Program	              $2,500

         Increase relates to additional support
         for Egypt and Pakistan	~	,	
      1980 Scientific Activities Overseas Program

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
          An appropriation of $4 million is requested for the Scientific Activities
Overseas activity.

      2.  Changes from Original  1979 Budget Estimate

          The decrease of $1.5 million was made by the Congress.

ANALYSIS _OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

                                                    Current
                                                    Estimate    Estimate
                                                      1979      ^,1980,
                                                    ( i n thousands o f dol 1 ars )

      Prior year obligations .............. ..          $2,220-     $5,377
        Program increase.. ., ................             ...      +1,500
        Change in amount of carryover funds
         available ........ , .................          +1,841      -2,877
        Change in rate of obligation ...... ..          +1^311      __juii

      Total estimated obligations ...........           5,377       4,000
        (From new obligation authority) .....          (2,500)     (4,000)
        (From prior year funds), .......... ,.   !       (2,877)       (...)

EXPLANATION OF INCREASES L AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

      The increase in budget authority requested in 1980 is expected to increase
obligations by $1.5 million.

      The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is  $2,877,000, an
increase of $1,841,000 over the 1978 level.  In 1980, no carryover funds are expected
to be available, thereby reducing obligations by 52,877,000.

      A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979, which would result
in an increase of 51,315,000 to obligations.


 SAO- 2

-------
                              SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS

                             (Special Foreign Currency Program)
                              Actual
 Budget     Current
Estimate    Estimate    Estimate
  1979        1979        1 980
        (dollars in thousands)
Program Levels
SAO Projects ........ , ........
Technology Transfer Seminars.

Appropriation
Egypt ........................  $2,061
Pakistan ---- . ......... .......     143
India ............. ____ ..... ..      16
           Total

Budget Request
2,220
                                              10
                                               2
                                          $2,500
                                             500
                                           1.000

                                           4,000
                                                       2,500
                              10
                               2
                          $2,500
                             500
                           1 ,000

                           4,000
                                                                             .Increase +
                                                                             'Decrease -
                                                                            1980 vs.  1979
                                                                                 +5
                                                                                 +1
                                                                            +$1,000
                                                                               +500
                                                                             +1,500
      An appropriation of $4 million is requested in 1980, representing a $1.5
million increase over the 1979 level.

1978 Accomplishments

      -  Obtained final reports on projects initiated approximately three years
         ago in Poland.  These reports are being published through the EPA and
         in U.S. scientific journals.  Research results shown in the reports
         are useful  to the EPA, environmental  decision makers, regulatory officials,
         and the public and private sectors.

      -  Initiated four new projects— three were started in Egypt, one in Pakistan.

      -  Participated in the U.S. /Indian B1 national  Workshop on Environmental
         Pollution.   This workshop, sponsored by the Indian Department of Science
         and Technology, represented a significant breakthrough in the development
         of cooperative programs.  EPA team members  and representatives from
         Indian governmental offices, research laboratories, universities, and
         industries  identified 10 projects dealing with air pollution, health
         and ecological effects, and water pollution.

      -  Held workshop in Poland on environmental aspects of open pit mining in
         follow-up to the highly successful seminar held in the U.S. in 1976.

      -  Participated in Science and Technology Subconrniission meetings relating
         to SAO programs in Egypt and India.  These meetings provide a forum
         for setting research priorities that are compatible with environmental
         interests of EPA and the participating countries.
                                                                                 S.AO-3

-------
 1979  Program

       Intensive  efforts were  made  to  capitalize on  unique  control data on
 health and  environmental  effects,  collect  data needed  under  EPA's legislation
 on  industrial  chemical control, and improve  EPA's ability  to measure the effects
 of  human  and  environmental  exposure to  conmerclal chemicals.   New programs
 addressing  innovative multi-media  treatment  control  technology, and limited
 development and  demonstration of waste  management practices  applicable to
 specific  U.S.  conditions  were initiated.   An  increased  capability to
•evaluate  the  effects of pollutants on human  health  was  gained, along with
 new knowledge of health and ecological  effects of pollutants in fresh water,
 coastal,  and  marine ecosystems.  In Egypt, and important study on desertification
 was begun that will produce a valuable  end product  for  Egypt,  the United States,
 and other countries where there is a  growing  concern for this  ecological problem.

       New programs in the participating countries included studies on the safe
 application of waste waters,  development of  waste water management strategies,
 and research  on  new control technologies for  water  as well as  for particular
 industries; studies on toxicity, including the effects  of  selected commercial
 chemicals on  human health,  testing procedures, and  tracing the fate of heavy
 metals and  toxic substances in water  systems; and finally, the development of
 sampling  techniques for the determination  of organic emissions from various
 processing  plants.

       An  EPA-Indian workshop  will  be  held  in  the U.S. as a follow-up to the
 1978  workshop held in India.   The workshop will examine and  disseminate
 the accomplishments of the  1978 workshop projects,  as well as  identify
 future projects  of mutual interest in monitoring, evaluation,  prevention,
 and control of environmental  pollutants.

 1979  Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

       The decrease of $1.5  million from the  budget  estimate  reflects a congressional
 reduction to  the appropriation request.

 1980  Plan

       In  1980, $4 million is  requested  for the Scientific  Activities Overseas program,
 an  increase of $1.5 million over the  1979  level.  The overall  goals of the 1980
 program will  relate directly  to environmental problem areas  of concern to the
 EPA,  including;  studies to  provide increased  capability to evaluate the environmental
 impact of chemicals, increased activity 1n the development of waste management
 technology  and in improving capabilities for  reuse  of limited water resources,
 the gathering of primary  data on health consequences of the  use of toxic substances,
 the collection of data on oil  pollution to permit better clean-up practices, the
 development of new technology to further reduce the level  of industrial air
 pollution,  and the demonstration of best available  technology  for pollution
 control.

 EGYPT .(S2.5 million)                           ;

       The U.S./Egyptian Joint Commission on  Science and Technology gives priority
 to  environmental  programs and provides  a mechanism  for  establishing overall
 U.S./Egyptian priorities  for  SAO program funding.   EPA  active  participation
 in  the Commission meetings  provides a stimulus for  planning  environmental studies.
 In  addition to specific projects,  seminars are planned  to  disseminate the results
 of  ongoing  and completed  projects, including: health hazards of certain toxic
 substances, management and  disposal of  hazardous industrial  and municipal waste
 discharges, and  the fate  and  effects  of fresh water, coastal,  and ocean disposal
 of  waste  materials.
 SAO-4

-------
      Areas of importance emerging from the 1978-1979 Water Qualities Studies of the
River Nile/Lake Nasser are being pursued, including such studies as the use and disposal
of industrial waste water; and the fate of fresh water, coastal, and marine disposal
of such waste water.  Other ongoing projects include studies on the spread of
enteric pathogens from land application of waste water; development of air pollution
controls in the cotton industry; and health effects of air pollutants in heavy
traffic areas.

      In 1980, specific activities will include:

      -  Determination of potential hazards to human health of certain toxic
         substances,

      -  Studies of the management and disposal of hazardous industrial  and
         municipal waste discharges.

      -  Determination of the fate and effects of fresh water, coastal,  and
         ocean disposal of waste materials.

      -  Environmental effects of persistence and degradation of pesticides
         and toxic residue.

         Investigations of the fate and ecological  effects of oil  and
         derived hydrocarbons.

INDIA ($1 million)

      U.S.  and Indian environmental resources identified during the EPA/India
Workshop held in 1978 were brought together through cooperative planning
mechanisms  developed during the Workshop.  SAO projects are being given
added support under the aegis of the U.S./India Joint Commission on Science
and Technology which meets annually to determine broad areas of cooperation
and to stimulate cooperative activities.

     The proposed 1979 U.S./Indian Binational Workshop points toward increasing
Interest in identifying new areas of study.  Areas  of mutual interest under
continuing study include the establishment of human and environmental  effects
of exposure to toxic substances; development of sampling techniques for
organic emissions from processing plants, development of waste water
management strategy and research on new technologies for the treatment and
control of waste water, and a comparison of the fate of toxic substances 1n
fresh water and marine ecosystems.  Seminars will be held to disseminate the
results of these projects.

     Activities will include:

     -  Studies of environmental health effects associated with the reuse
        of waste waters for irrigation.

     -  Analysis, assessment .arid control methodology development for the
        toxic discharges from fertilizer, coke oven, and basic chemical
        industries.

     -  Correlation of health effects of air pollution in urban-rural
        communities.

     -  Studies of fugitive and stack emission impact on air quality.
                                                                                 SAO-5

-------
PAKISTAN ($500,000)

     The SAO program in Pakistan is supported through the environmental  division within
the Ministry of Production, Environment and Urban Affairs.  The organizations
and universities identified by the Ministry as having resources to support
SAO programs have prepared several projects for SAO funding.  The studies
involve highly trained professional and technical talent and give promise
of producing data that would be useful to the control and abatement of pollutants.
In addition, seminars are planned to discuss municipal and industrial waste
water treatment and reuse, and identify further Pakistani research areas
of concern to the U.S. and Pakistan.

     Ongoing studies include investigations of by-product recovery from industrial
waste waters, an assessment of waste waters in small plants, and studies on low
cost control technologies for industrial and trade wastes.
 SAO-6

-------
U.S Regulatory
   Council

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                     REGULATORY COUNCIL

 PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS

                                         Budget     Current                    Increase +
                              Actual    Estimate   Estimate     Estimate       Decrease -
                               1978       1979       1979       	J..9.8Q...	     1980 vs., 1979
                                               fdol 1 ars i n thousands)
 Regulatory Council
   Appropriation	        ...        ...        ...       $3,238         +53,238
   Permanent Positions,.        ...        ...        ...           10             +10
   Full-time Equivalency        ...        ...        ....           16             +16
   Outlays	        ...        ...        ...        2,600          +2,600
 OVERVIEW. AMD STRATEGY

      This appropriation covers the salaries and expenses of the Regulatory Council and
 its supporting staff.  The Council, established in October 1978 at the direction of the
 President, is composed of the heads of those agencies within the Executive Branch which
 have regulatory responsibilities.  Its purpose is to maintain an overview of Federal
 regulatory activities and to assist the President in managing them in a coordinated man-
 ner so as to limit their adverse impacts on the Nation's economy.  The departments and
 agencies whose heads -serve as members of the Council are the Department of Treasury;
 Justice; Agriculture; Commerce; Interior; Labor;  Health, Education and Welfare; Housing
 and Urban Development; Transportation; Energy, General Services Administration; Environ-
 mental Protection Agency; Veteran's Administration; Equal Employment Opportunity Commis-
 sion; National Credit Union Administration; and the Administrative Conference of the
 United States.  The independent regulatory commissions will also be Invited to join the
 council.

      The Council will report directly to the President; however, for administrative
 convenience, its 1980 budget request is included with EPA's overall budget submission,

 S_UMMARY_OF INCREASES AND DEC RE ASES                              (in thousands of dollars)

   1979 Regulatory Council Program.,...		
     This increase w111 provide for the salaries
     and other expenses of the Regulatory Council	....               ; +S3?238  i
  1980 Regulatory Council Program	               "  3,238

 SUMMARYQFBUDGETESTIMATES

     1,  Sunroa ry of., Budget__Reguest_

         An appropriation of $3,238,000 is requested to provide for staff salaries, related
expenses, contracts, and grants and cooperative agreements for the Regulatory Council.

     2.  Changes from Original 1979 BudgetEstimates

         No appropriation was requested for the Regulatory Council in 1979,

 ANALYSIS OF INCREASES	AND. DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
 —_	,	,	             _        Estimate 1980
                                                                  (In thousands of dollars)
       Prior year obligations			

          1900 prog ran increase.,		            +£3,23
-------
                                    REGULATORY COUNCIL


                                        Budget     Current                    Increase +
                             Actual    Estimate   Estimate     Estimate       Decrease -
                              1978     _ 1979;:      1979         1980       1980 vs. 1979
                                              fdol 1 ars in thousands)

Appropriation
  Regulatory Council...         ...         ,,.        >..       $3,238         +13,238
                                           «*. ^
Permanent Positions
  Regulatory Council...         ...         ...         ...           10             +10

Full-time Equivalency
  Regulatory Council...         ...         	         ...           16             +16

BudgetRequest

     An appropriation  of $3,238,000  is requested for  1980, representing the entire in-
crease over 1979.

Program	Oescrl Ption

     The Regulatory  Council  has been established to provide the President with a complete
picture of the  regulations development efforts of the various agencies under his direct
control and to  help  him manage  the cumulative and cross-cutting effects of regulatory
activities.  The Council will be assisted  by a small  staff which will work in areas such
as  the following:

     CalendarDevelopment -  This will involve developing and maintaining a consolidated
     cal entlar of all major significant regulatory actions proposed by the member agencies.
     This calendar will help make it possible to identify the interrelationships among
     planned regulations and to develop coordinated plans for dealing with regulatory
     issues which are  common to several agencies.

     Development of  Improved Techniques for Decision  Making  - The  Council's  staff will
     take the lead in  developing improved  decision making tools for regulatory applica-
     tion.  This will  be done by adapting  methods already used In  the more sophisticated
     agencies for use  by the less experienced agencies.  Among the techniques to be con-
     sidered are marginal cost  analysis, consistent risk assessment approaches, and
     improved benefits analysis.

     Special Projects  - The  staff will also undertake a number of  special projects aimed
     at resolv ing spec1f1c regulatory problems.  These will range  from the development of
     common policies affecting  a number of agencies to analyses of the combined impacts
     of current and/or combined regulations on selected hard-hit industries.

     Li a1 son -  A substantial amount  of effort wjll be assigned to  maintaining liaison
     with interests  groups and  the public  over the effects of various regulations and the
     ways in which the Administration is attempting to cope with regulatory problems and
     reform.

     The Council's staff will consist of a mix of professionals trained in law, economics,
and the sciences supported by research assistants and clerical personnel.  Because of the
small size of its staff, the Council will  place heavy reliance on  contracts, grants, and
cooperative agreements, examples of  which  are described below:

Project                              1980 Costs                      Purpose
                              (dollars in  thousands)
Development of  Decision                                Economics and statistically oriented
  Making Tools..	         S650            studies aimed  at demonstrating the
                                                       use of advanced regulatory decision
                                                       making techniques.
RC-2

-------
Project                             1980 Costs                      Purpose
                              (dollars in thousands)
Coordinated Regulations                                 Detailed economic and other analy-
  Development Support..	        $200              sis of the impact of a single regu-
                                                        lation or group of closely related
                                                        regulations on a single industry,

Micro/Macro Modelling.	         360          .    Assessments of the combined impacts
                                                        of planned regulations on various
                                                        segments of the national  economy.

Analysis of Combined Impacts                            Studies of- the combined impact of
  on Hard-Hit Industries	         850              current or planned regulations on
                                                        severely impacted industries.
                                                                                 RC-3

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Special Analyses

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                                          SPECIAL ANALYSES
                                                              Contents
                                                                                           Paje
EPA Organization Chart	           SA-2
EPA Regional Offices - Locations	           SA-3
Summary of Resources	•.			           *:V*
Positions and Budget Authority, By Media and Appropriation, 1979	..."	           SA-7
Positions and Budget Authority, By Media and Appropriation, 1980		...           SA-8
Total Funds Obligated, 1979			           SA-9
Total Funds Obligated, 1980		,	           SA-ll
Positions by Grade and Average Employment	           SA-13
Classification by Objects:
     Research and Development	•	• • •           SA"15
     Abatement and Control.	.-•		• •           SA-20
     Enforcement		           SA-25
     Agency and Regional  Management		.		           SA-29
     Buildings and Facilities	           SA-33
     Scientific Activities Overseas			           SA-35
     Regulatory Council				           SA-36

-------
                          U. S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AGENCY
                                                      ADMINISTRATOR
                                                      DOUGLAS COSTLl

                                                    DEPUTY ADMINISTRATOR
                                                       BAHBAHA BLUM
              —_L
of net t>f
CIVIL mums
InllllS IIICIMI'SON
UFFICt Of
FEDERAL
ACTIVITIES
Wll HAM DICKINSON
AC tints
OFFICE OF
GENERAL COUNSEL
JUAN Z. BERNSTEIN
   r~     :
MJMINISIHAKW
« PLANNING
MANMiEMllNI
IAMDMAVION
         III f let Of
       ADMINlUIIAllUN

       WM HAM MINIMI
         •AUJNIiJ


         UftlCt Uf
        H AMNINU rtNU
         tWAIUAIION
         onn:i oi
         HI StHMlCf S
        MANAfttMl-NI
r"
zrz.
ASST ADMINISTI1ATOR
FOH
INFONCEMLNI
MAF1VIN DUMNtNG

™
,~
or
Gt
tIMFO
HK:HA
Ot^F
w
INfO
Jt H H
«H>
     •M:I or
     KHIHCi AND
NOISI INFUKCIMINI
                                   in NJAMIN JACK si »
OFFICE OF
INTERNATIONAL
ACTIVITIES
ALICE B POPRIN
OFFICE OF
LEGISLATION
CHARLES WARHEN

OFFICE OF "
PUBLIC AWARENESS
JOAN M NICHULSOM
                                        ASS1 AOMINISTRAIOM
                                           FOR WAI EH AND
                                         WASTE MANAGEMINT

                                          THOMASC JOHLING
                                                   WATtn PLANNINU
                                                    ANUSfANI>Af*DS
                                                                 WtHAIIONS

                                                                 JCHIH HME11
 OlUCt OF

VM:IUH KIMM
                                                                 Sllllf MPKHN
                                                             OFFICE Of
                                                            AlHOUAtlfV
                                                           PLANNING AND
                                                            StANUAHOS
                                                                                   or F icc "OF
                                                                                  MiMIILE SOOItCI
                                                                               AIR POilliriON CONIHOL

                                                                                  Mfi:ilAH WAISH
                                                                                     ACHNti
                                                                                   OJfllll Ul
                                                                                 NOISt AHA f I MINI
                                                                                  AND CON III Ql-

                                                                                 CHAHllStl KINS
                                                                                               (JtftCE OF
                                                                                               HfitMAflOW
                                                                                               PHOURAMS
ASST ADMIMIS1HAIOU
FOR ULSt AHCH
ANODFVf LOPMtNI
STEPHCNGACiE



L,



-
* UM
MUNHO
ItCMNlOA
AlHI Ml 1
Olf
INHIUV
AND IN
S If V* H
IAI:
OIF
AMI.I/
wAie
»lf)MAS

OKI
Ml Al
ICOIUUM:
                                                                                                                       flHIMAS MUHi'MY
I1EOIONAL Of riCES
!
I I IIHilON Ml
I j t'lltl AIH1I1OA
1 JAC:K j santAMM

III III
HEUONIV 1
ATIANIA 1
JOHNi: WHIK j
HiGIONV 1
CHICAGO j
HIMN Mf,lilflllf j
HfcUIONVI J
O All AS j
ADI INC HAHHISONJ
HEUIUft VII
KANSAS <:t!V
KAIIUIiNO CAMIfr
j HtUiON VtH
I DtNVtH
1 ALAN ME H SON
1 IICUIONIX
j SAN » MANCtSCO
I CAUL IWAiCU
f fllMtUN K I
I ;;(Aiiti I
I IHJNAI 0 UODOIS 1
                                                                                                                                    	
ASSI. ADMINftlRAIUH
FQH TOXIC SUUSlANCtS
SltVtN JTLLINLK












rf —




— -



01 1 It
PI SI
MIOU
i OWIN «
urn
CHLl
CON
hlHN 1

lEStlN
EVALO
WAinu
rHaii
iNritwi
AMll IWf ti

-------
                                                         EPA Regions
                                                    locations and States
Region F   Headquarters. Boston, Massachusetts
           Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts,
           New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont

Region II  Headquarters, New York»  New York
           Hew Jersey,NewYork, Puerto Rico,
           Virgin Islands

Region III Headquarters, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
           Delaware, Maryland, Pennsylvania,
           Virginia, West Virginia, District of
           Columbia

Region IV  Headquarters, Atlanta, Georgia
           Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky,
           Mississippi, North Carolina, South
           Carolina, Tennessee

Region V   Headquarters, Chicago. Illinois
           Illinois, Indiana, Michigan,
           Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin
Region VI   Headquarters, Dal las,  Texas
            Arkansas, New Mexico,  Texas
            Oklahoma, Louisiana

Region VII  Headquarters, Kansas City, Missouri
            Iowa, Kansas, Missouri,  Nebraska
Region VIII Headquarters.Denver,  Colpradp
            Colorado, Montana, North Dakota,
            South Dakota,  Utah, Wyoming
Region IX   Headquarters, San Francisco, California
            Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada,
            American Saoma, Guam, Trust Territories
            of Pacific Islands, Northern Mariana
            Islands

Region X    Headquarters, Seattle. Washington
            Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington

-------
                                                       Summary of Resources
                                                      (dollars in thousands)
Research andDeyelopment
  Budget authority	
  Obligations	
  Outlays		..
  End-of-year employment	
  Full-time equivalency	

Abatement and Control
  Budget authori ty	
  Obligations	
  Outlays	
  End-of-year employment,	
  Full-time equivalency.	

Enforcement.
  Budget authority	
  Obiigations.	
  Outlays	
  EndrOf-year employment	
  Full-time equivalency	

Agency and Regional Management
  Budget authority	
  Obligations.	
  Outlays	
  End-of-year employment.......
  Full-time equivalency	

Buildirigsi andFacilities
  Budget authority	
  Obligations	
  Outlays	•.	
                                                      Actual
                                                        1978
$317,246
 329,716
 281,914
   1,762
 520,877
 495,562
 459,614
   4,633
  73,730
  72,965
  64,842
   1,721
  82,750
  81,954
  71,089
   1,936
   2,424
   1,274
                      Current
                     Estimate
                        1979
$334,034
 331,975
 329,800
   1,803
   2,525
 685,733
 736,513
 569,500
   4,928
   5,897
  96,812
  96,851
  92,700
   1,922
   2,157
  90,503
  90,503
  90,000
   1,981
   2,625
   1,063
   2,140
   1,800
                    Estimate
                      1980
$368,741
 368,641
 353,800
   1,751
   2,479
 718,300
 752,050
 608,455
   5,122
   6,083
  95,676
  95,676
  91,000
   1,939
   2,184
  95,858
  95,858
  87,425
   2,059
   2,693
   1,425
   1,425
   2,000
                    Increase  +
                    Decrease  -
                  1980  vs.1979
+$34,705
 +36,G6E
 +24 ,OOC
     •"52
     -46
 +32,567
 +15,537
 +38,955
    +194
    +186
  -1,136
  -1,175
  -1,700
     +17
     +27
  +5,355
  +5,355
  -2,575
     + 78
     +68
    +362
    -715
    +200

-------
Construction Grants
  Budget authority	—
  Obi igations	-.	
  Outlays	

Scientific Activities Overseas
  Budget authority	.	
  Obligations		
  Outlays	

Operations. Research^^ and Facjljties
  Obligations	
  Outlays....	..	
  End-of-year employment.	
  Full-time equivalency.		.

Revolving Fund
  Obligations	
  Outlays,..,	.,
  End-of-year employment	
  Full-time equivalency."	

TrustFunds
  Budget authority	
  Obligations.			
  Outlays	

Reimbursements
  Obi igations	
  End-of-year employment	
  Full-time equivalency.	

Regulatory Council
  Budget authori ty	
  Obligations..	
  Outlays		
  End-of-year employment	
  Full-time equivalency....	
                                                      Actual
                                                        1978
$4,500,000
 2,859,908
 3,186,825
     4,000
     2,220
     1,422
     6,611
     5,001
       500
        64
        26
        19
    13,044
       104
                       Current
                      Estimate
                        1979
$4,200,000
 3,400,000
 3,100,000
     2,500
     5,377
     2,500
     2,480
     8,000
       580
        18
    17,390
        64
        71
                          Estimate
                            1980
$3,800,000
 3,600,000
 3,600,000
     4,000
     4,000
     3,600
     5,000
       580
        30
        80
    15,510
        64
        62
                                                 3,238
                                                 3,238
                                                 2,600
                                                    10
                                                    16
                    Increase +
                    Decrease -
                 1980 vs.  1979
-$400,000
 +200,000
 +500,000
   +1,500
   -1,377
   +1,100
   -2,480
   -3,000
      +12
      +80
   -1,880

       -9
                                                +3,238
                                                +3,238
                                                +2,600
                                                   +10
                                                   +16

-------
I
en
    Conso1Jdated Wo r king Fund
      Obligations	
      Outlays...	
    Total, Environmental Protection Agency
      Budget authority	...			
      Obiigations	
      Outlays	
      End-of-year employment	
      Ful1-time equivalency.	
                                                          Actual
                                                            1978
      -83
5,498,602
3,864,930
4,071,981
   10,156
                     Current
                    Estimate
                      1979
       47
5,410,645
4,683,827
4,194,347
   10,698
   13,275
                      Estimate
                        1980
5,087,238
4,937,008
4,753,960
   10.94E
   13,517
                       Increase +
                       Decrease -
                    1980 vs.  1979
                              -47
-323,407
+253,181
+559,613
    +247
    +242

-------
                                                        1979 Resources
                                                  By Media and Appropriation
                                                    (dollars in thousands)
                                Research and
                                 Development
              Abatement
             and Control
                     Enforcement
                                Pos.
 Amount
Pos.
Amount
Pos.
Amount
                            Agency & Regional
                              • Management
Pos.
Amount
                                            Tot
Pos.
Air	   431      $53,207     892    $186,905    609     $30,505     ...         ...     1,932
Water Quality	   531       66,616   1,796     237,755    800      27,640     ...         ...     3,127
Drinking Hater		   132       18,017     367      52,305     32         729     ...         ...       531
Solid Wastes	    20        8,148     248      64,790     26         855     ...         ...       294
Pesticides....	   168       15,159     689      39,996    146      13,314     ...         ...     1,Q03
Radiation	    26        1,970     179       8,360    ...	         ...       205
Noise	          ...      75      10,008     22       1,005     ...         ....        97
Interdisciplinary	   174       20,593      87       4,413    ...         	         ...       Z61
Toxic Substances....	    61       14,825     425      40,970     70       3,156     ...         ...       556
Energy	   149      112,037     ...         	         	         ...       149
Management and Support	   Ill	23.462     J70      40,231    211   ^9.608   1.981      90.503     2.479

     Subtotal	 1,803      334,034   4,928     685,733  1,922      96,812   1,981      90,503    10,634

Buildings and Facilities	
Scientific Activities Overseas  ...
Reimbursements	          ...     ...         	         ...     ...         ...        64
Construction Grants	          .».
     Total	 1,803
334,034   4,928     685,733  1,922
                            96,812   1,981
                                      90,503   10,634

-------
                                                            1980  Resources
                                                     By Media  and Appropriation

                                                      (dollars  in  thousands)
Research and
 Development
Pos
velopme
,    Amo
        mount
                                                      Abatement                         Agency & Regional
                                                      and Control          Enforcement        Management
                                                    ¥5s~.    Amount       Pos.    Amount     Pos.   Amount
                                                                                   Total
Pos.
Air..	               440   $71,963       943    $151,966       640   $31,881      ...        ...      2,023    $2!
Water Quality	               503    63,659     1,774     239,545       778    28,247      ...        ...      3,055     3:
Drinking Water.,..               131    23,669       367      57,815        31        835      ...        ...        529      I
Solid Waste	                20     8,143       261      59,972        46     2,174      ...        ...        327      ',
Pesticides	               133     9,638       735      40,456       116    12,156      . .,.*      ...        984      (
Radiation	.	               29     2,930       179      14,271       ...        	"~*     ...        208      1
Noise	,               ...        ...        74      11,949        23 ,   1,004      ...        ...         97      1
Interdisciplinary                168    24,549        76      28,553       ...        	        ...        244      J
Toxic Substances                  92    33,977       553      65,543        78     3,796      ...        ...        723     1(
Energy	                140   102,461       ...         ...       ...        	        ...        140     1(
Management and Support            95    27.752160      48.230       227    15.583    2.059    $95,858      2.541     It

    Subtotal		     1,751   368,741     5,122     718,300     1,939    95,676    2,059     95,858     10,871   1,23

Regulatory Council	        ...        ...       ...         ...       ...        ...      ...        ...         10
Buildings and Facilities.
Scientific Activities
  Overseas		
Reimbursements		      __jLii	...                    	...                  	._._,	64	

    Subtotal		      1,751   368,741     5,122     718,300     1,939    95,676    2,059     95,858     10,945   1,21

Construction Grants	      __ii^	i^	.__..    _.	.._.	„_.	._._,	._._.	._._.	...,„,...,.„. jjjBC

       Total		      1,751   368,741     5,122     718,300     1,939    95.676    2,059     95,858     10,945   5,0£

-------
                                            ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                                              Total (t'nds Obligated, 1979

                                                 (dollars In thousands)
Research and Development;	
1	Ai?.";.7..,:;;..;:..;;.;........
  Mater Qual 1 ty	
  Drinking Water.	
  Solid Wastes	
  Pesticides	
  Radiation.	
  Interdisdpl inary	
  Toxic Substances	—
  Energy	
  Program Management and Support.

Abatement and Control
  Air	
  Water Qual 1 ty..	
  Drinking Water	
  Solid Wastes	
  Pesticides	
  Radiation	
  Noise....	
  Interdisciplinary...	
  Toxic Substances	
  Program Management and Support.
 Budget
Authority

 $334.034
                                                                      Unobligated
                                                                        Balance
                                                                        Brought
                                                                        Forward
                                                                                     1979
                  Unobligated
                    Balance
                    Carried
                    Forwa rd

                   	-$9.972
                      Tot
                   Qbllga

                      $33
   53,207
   66,616
   18,017
    8,148
   15,159
    1,970
   20,593
   14,825
  112,037
   23,462

  685,733
  +1,504
  +1 , 355
    +175
  •  +620
  +3,196

  +1 ,040
+113.680
 +17,808
 + 61,448
  + 8,337
  +1,039
  +JUS22,
    +646
    +384
  + 1,401
  + 7,'236
 +10,509
 -4,000
 -2,896

   -201
 -2,044

   -831
-62.900
- 26,178
-21,066
 -5,244
   -963
 -2,418
  51
  6!
  1!
   I
  1!
   1
  21
  1'
 11;
  2:

 73«
171
 27f
  5E
                                                                 1C
                                                                  5
                                                                 42
186,905
237,755
 52,305
 64,790
 39,996
  8,360
 10,008
  4,413
 40,970
 40,231
    -87

 -5,799
 -1,145

-------
I
o
Enforcement	
~TTr	
  Water QualIty		
  Drinking Water.	
  Solid Wastes	•.	
  Pesticides		
  Noise....	,.
  Toxic Substances..	
  Program Management and  Support.....

Agency and Regional Management	
  Agency Management and Support	
  Regional Management and Support	

BuiTdingsand Facilities	

Scientific Activities Overseas	

Construction Grants	

Operations,....Research> and Facilities

             Total	
  Budget
Authority

   96.812
 Unobligated
   Balance
   Brought
   Forward

       +39
                                                                                  1979
                                                                                          Unobligated
                                                                                            Balance
                                                                                            Carried
                                                                                            Forward
                                                                                                                    gbjjgatlj

                                                                                                                         96.!
   30,505
   27,640
      729
      855
   13,314
    1,005
    3,156
   19,608

   90,503
       +39
                                                                                                                         30,!
                                                                                                                         27,<
                                                                                                                             ^
                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                         13,:
                                                                                                                          i,<
                                                                                                                          3,1
                                                                                                                         19,(

                                                                                                                         9.0.,!
   69,572
   20,931

  	TjO'63	
    +1,077
                                                                                                                         69,!
                                                                                                                         20,!

                                                                                                                          2,1
    2.500
    +2.877
4,200,000
+3,671.358
                                                                                              -4.571.358
...3,30.0,(
                       +2,480
5,410,645
+3,799,423
                                                                                              -4,644,230
 4,565,f

-------
                                                 Environmental  Protection Agency

                                                   Total  Funds  Obligated, 1980

                                                    (in thousands  of dollars)
                                                                            1980
Research and Development _
  A1r ....... .....................
  Water Quality,. ................
  Drinking Water ............. -----
  Solid Waste..... ....... ........
  Pesticides ---- .................
  Radiation. . ....................
  Interdisciplinary ..............
  Toxic Substances .......... . ----
  Energy.... . ............... . ----
  Program Management .and Support.

 batem^^       _
  Air ................... . . .....
  Water Qua 1 ity __________ . .........
  Drinking Water ... ----- ......
  Solid Waste ........... ..... ____
  Pesticides ...... ..... ..........
  Radiation, ..... ........ ........
  Noise ..... ...... . ....... . .. ____
  Interdisciplinary. ....... ..... .
  Toxic Substances. . ...... .......
  Program Management and Support.

Enforcement _
  Air ....... . ............... .....
  Wa ter Qual ity . . . . .......... ----
  Drinking Water... ......... .....
  Solid Waste ..... -... ........ .....
  Pesticides ..... . ...............
  Noise ..... .................... .
  Toxic Substances ...............
  Program Management and Support.
                                                 Budget
                                               Authority

                                               $368.741
                                                           Unobligated
                                                             Balance
                                                             Brought
                                                             Forward
                                 llnobl igated
                                   Balance
                                   Carried
                                   Forward

                                	-lj.071.
                    Total
                 Obligations

                    368.6|1
                                                 71,962
                                                 63,659
                                                 23,669
                                                  8,143
                                                  9,638
                                                  2,930
                                                 24,549
                                                 33,977
                                                102,461
                                                 27,753

                                                718,300
                  +4,000
                  +2,896

                    +201
                  +2,044

                    +831


                 +62.900
 -2,940
 -3,164
   -412
   -661
 -2,140

   -755


-29.150
 73,022
 63,391
 23,257
  7,683
  9,638
  2,930
 24,453
 33,977
102,537
 27,753

752.1150
                                                151,966
                                                239,545
                                                 57,815
                                                 59,972
                                                 40,456
                                                 14,271
                                                 11,949
                                                 28,553
                                                 65,543
                                                 48,230

                                                 95.67.6...
                 +26,178
                 +21,066
                  +5,244
                    +963
                  +2,418

                     +87

                  +5,799
                  +1,145
 -2,238
-16,288
 -5,099

   -200
   -871
   -127

 -3,164
 -1,163
175,906
244,323
 57,960
 60,935
 42,674
 13,400
 11,909
 28,553
 68,178
 48,212
f
31,881
28,247
   834
 2,174
12,157
 1,004
 3,796
15,583
                     31,881
                     28,247
                        834
                      2,174
                     12,157
                      1,004
                      3,796
                                                                                                         15,583

-------
1980

Agency and Regional Management
Agency Management and Support...,
Regional Management and Support..
Buildings and Facilities
Scientific Activities Overseas
Regulatory Council
Construction Grants
Total 	 	
Budget
Authority
95,858
74,822
21,036
1,425
4,000
3,238
3,800,000
5,087.238
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward




+4.571,358
+4.644,230
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward

...


-4,871.358
-4.910.580
Total
Obligations
95,858
74,822
21,036
1,425
4,000
3,238
3,500,000
4.820.888

-------
                                                              EPA
                                           Positions By Grade and Average Employment
 Grades

 Executive Level  II-.
 Executive Level  III.
 Executive Level  IV..

      Subtotal	

 GS-18	
 6S-17	
 GS-16	
 6S-15	
 GS-14...	
 GS-13...	
 GS-12	
 GS--11	
 GS-10	
 GS-9		
 GS-8		•.	
 GS-7...	
.GS-6	
 GS-5	
 GS-4	
 GS-3....	
 GS-2	
 GS-1	

      Subtotal	
Actual
 1978

     1
     1
     6
     8
    11
    43
   146
   455
   901
 1,368
 1,566
 1,082
    51
   858
   170
   783
   552
   867
   572
   176
    36
     5
Estimate
  1979

       1
       1
       6
       8
      11
      43
     146
     455
     901
   1,380
   1,591
   1,129
      51
     911
     179
     825
     600
     927
     630
     235
      63
      39
Estimate
  1980

       1
       1
       6
       8
      11
      43
     146
     468
     924
    ,418
    ,634
    ,156
      51
     936
     184
     841
     615
     949
     645
     240
      63
      39
 9.642
  10,116
  10.363

-------
                                             Actual                    Estimate                      Estimate
    Grades                                     1978                       1979	                        1980
C/l                                            ^_^«^™^                                                ~"
>
.L   Positions  established  by  act of  July  1,  1974
**     (42 U.S.C.  207):
        Assistant Surgeon  General, $25,022
        to  $36,468	        1                           1                             1
        Director  Grade  $19,547  to $32,040.        91                          91                            91
        Senior grade, $14,836 to $26,143..       149                        149                           149
        Full grade,  $12,506 to  $21,863	        61                          61                  .          61
        Senior assistant grade,  $11,621
        to  $18,904		.	        18                         18                            18
        Assistant grade, $10,130 to
        $14,026	        1                           1                             1
        Junior assistant grade,  $8,795  to
        $11,066	        1	1   	1_

               Subtotal	       322   ..    ..               ,322              	^	__.^	_	322.

    Positions  established  by  act of
      November 16, 1977  (  42  U.S.C.  201)
      compensation for which  1s  not  to
      exceed the  maximum rate payable  for
      a  GS-18:	        30                         30                            30
   Upgraded		.	       222  	    .	  .._lg
-------
                                                        RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

                                                        Classification by Objects
                                                    Includes Direct Obligations Only
                                                        (in thousands of dollars)
Personnel Services..•.	

Other Objects:

  21  Travel and transportation of persons	
  22  Transportation of things	
23.1  Standard level  user charges	
23.2  Communications,  utilities, and other rent.	
  24  Printing and reproduction	
  25  Other services.	
  26  Supplies and materials		
  31  Equipment.	.	
  32  Lands and structures	
  41  Grants, subsidies, and-contributions	
  42  Insurance claims and indemnities....	

         Total other objects...	

         Total obligations,....	

PositionData:
  Average salary, GS positions	.	
  Average grade, GS positions		

EXPLANATION 0£ INCREASiSANp_pECREASES TO  OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS





Personnel services	•	•	
                                                                           Actual
                                                                            1978
  $54,322
    3,114
      430
    2,743
    5,996
    1,770
  167,891
    4,839
    9,310
      197
   73,816
        3
  270,109
  324,431
  $21,703
    10.03
 Actual
  1978
             Current
            Estimate
              1979

             $61,220
               2,967
                 500
               3,174
               6,500
               2,200
             153,087
               5,200
              10,000

              80,666
             263,628
                      Estimate
                        1980

                       $60,840
                         3,141
                           600
                         3,770
                         6,600
                         2,500
                       181,450
                         5,400
                        10,000

                        90,666
                       303,461
  Budget
Estimate
  1979
             324 ,'848               364,301
             $21,564               $21,695
                9.85                  9.85
 Current              Increase +
Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
  1979       1980    1980 vs.  1979
$54,322     $55,280     $61,220    $60,840
                                     -$380

-------
     The increase in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate is the result of:
          October 1978 pay raise	•,	          4-2,900
          Increase in average paid employment (FTE workyears)	          +3,040                               ,
                                Total	         ~F5,94t)

     The decrease In the 1980 estimate is the result of:
          Decrease in average paid employment (FTE workyears),...            -893
          Increase in number of paid days	            +513
                                Total	'.		,            -380


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                         Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980    198QI  vs.  1979

Travel,, and Transportation of persons.	         $3,114     $3,025      $2,967     $3,141       +$174

     The decrease of -$58 in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate Is the result of a reduction  in administrative
travel costs.

     The increase of +$174 in the 1980 estimate is the result of Increased mileage and travel  costs.


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                         Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980    1980  vs.  1979

Transportation of things	           $430       $500        $500       $600       +$100

     There is no change from the 1979 budget estimate for this item.

     The Increase of +$100 1n the 1980 estimate results from anticipated cost Increases re\ated to the handling and shipping  of
toxic substances for laboratory research.

-------
                                                                                    Budget      Current .             Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease  -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 vs.1979

Standard level user charges	          $2,743      $3,769      $3,174     $3,770      +$596

     The decrease of -$595 in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate results from a redistribution of the $19,838 i
SLUG contained in the budget estimate among appropriations based on anticipated  actual  facilities usage by personnel.

     The increase of +$596 In the 1980 estimate results from the GSA set increase of +$3,725 agencywide.


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease  -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980    1980I ys, 1979

Communica11 onsf u ti 1 i11 es, and other rent	          $5,996      $6,000      $6,500     $6,600      +$100

     The increase of +$500 in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate results from:
          Decrease in agency prorated costs based on 1978 actual  costs                -200
          Increase in direct costs due to Increased paid employment                   +700
                                                  Total	                       +5W

     The increase of +$100 in the 1980 budget estimate results from Increased prorated costs for nationwide telephone services and
utilities costs related to the Increase In average paid employment within this appropriation.


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease  -
                                                                          1978       1979      	1979	   	1980    1980 vs. 1979

Printing and reproduction		          $1;770      $2,200      $2,200     $2,500      +$300

     There is no change from the 1979 budget estimate for this item.

     The increase of +$300 in the 1980 estimate for this item results from an anticipated increase in the  volume of printed reports
and materials to be generated.

-------
                                                                                    Budget    ,  Current               Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980     1980  vs.1979

Other services.	            $167,891     $177,754    $153,087    $181,450      +$28,363

     The decrease in the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate for this item results  from:
          Congressional reduction for R&D contract activity              -6,000
          Transfer to Grants subsidies and contributions, R&D           -11,500
          Transfer to Personnel Comp & Benefits to support pay
            raise costs                                                 . -1,000                           .1
          Transfer to other R&D activities to support increases          -6.167                           "
                                                  Total	         -24,667

     The increase of +$28,363 in the 1980 budget estimate will primarily support expanded contracted research and development  in
the health affects area.


                                                                                    Budget      Current               Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                          1978     	1979	      1979     	1980	   1980  vs. 1979

Supplies and .materLais	•.	              $4,839       $5,600      $5,200      $5,400         +$200

     The decrease of -$400 In the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate reflects adjustments based on actual  1978 costs.

     The increase of +$200 In the 1980 estimate Is based on Increased costs  for  this item.


                                                                                    Budget      Current               Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980     1980  vs. 1979

Equipment	              $9,310       $8,900     $10,000     $10,000

     The increase of +$1,100 In the  1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate results from an  Increase 1n planned acquisitic
of laboratory equipment.

     There is no change in the 1980  budget estimate.

-------
Lands and structures.
 Actual
  1978

   $197
                                                                                    Budget       Current               Increase +
                                                                                   Estimate     Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                                     1979         1979        1980     1980  vs. 1979
                                                                         Actual
                                                                          1978
Grants, subsidies, and contributions.
            Budget
           Estimate
             1979
$73,816     $58,100
 Current
Estimate
  1979

 $80,000
Estimate
  1980
           Increase  +
           Decrease  -
	  1980  vs.  1979

 $90,000    +$10,000
     The increase in the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate for this  item results  from:
          Congressional  add-ons for R&O activities                      +10,400
          Transfer from other services                                  +11,500
                                                  Total	             +21,900
                                                                                    Budget       Current               Increase +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979        1980     1980  vs. 1979
Insurance claims and indemnities.
     $3

-------
                                                               ABATEMENT  AND  CONTROL

                                                             Classification by  Objects
                                                         Includes  Direct  Obligations  Only
                                                             (In thousands of dollars)
t\>
o
     Personnel  Services	•	

     Other Objects:

       21   Travel  and  transportation  of persons	
       22   Transportation  of things	
     23.1   Standard  level  user charges	.	
     23.2   Communications, utilities,  and other  rent.	
       24   Printing  and  reproduction	'....,	
       25   Other  services	
       26   Supplies  and  materials	
       31   Equipment	".		
       32   Lands  and structures	
       41   Grants, subsidies,  and  contributions.	
       42   Insurance claims and Indemnities	'	

             Total  other  objects	

             Total  obligations	 —	

     Position Data:
       Average  salary, GS  positions....	
       Average  grade,  GS positions	

     EXPLANATION  OF  INCREASES  ANDDECREASES  TO OBJECTCLASSIFICATIONS





     Personnel  services	.	
   Actual
    1978

 $115,977
    6,91Z
      763
    7,888
   1-1,039
    3,282
  138,860
    3,398
    6,080
      151
  199,938
        6
  378,317
  494,294
  $21,703
    10.03
 Actual
  1978
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
              Current
             Estimate
               1979

             $139,020
                7,678
                  800
                9,126
               12,000
    4
  201
    4
                  000
                  304
                  000
                6,500

              350,000
              595,408
                                                                                                                          Estimate
                      $145,230
  8,186
    900
 10,839
 13,000
  4,500
267,140
    300
    000
                       289,955
              734,428              751,050
              $21,564              $21,695
                 9.85                 9.85
 Current              Increase •
Estimate   Estimate   Decrease
  1979       1980    1980 vs.. 1'
$115,977   $115,094    $139,020   $145,230     +$6,210

-------
           The increase  in  the 1979 current  estimate  over  the  1979 budget estimate  is the result of:
                October  1978 pay raise	          +6,700
                Increase In average paid  employment  (FTE workyears).....         +16,495
                Within grade increases	            +731

                                              Total.	         +23,926

           The increase  in  the 1980 estimate is  the result of:
                Increase in number  of paid days	          +1,244
                Increase in average paid  employment  (FTE workyears)	          +4,966

                                              Total	,          +6,210


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                                1978       1979        TJ79     _1980_  1980 vs. 19

      Travel  and transportation of  persons	       $6,912      $7,788      $7,678     $8,186        +r.oa

           The decrease  of  -$110 in the 1979 current  estimates over the 1979 budget estimates is the result of a reduction In adminis
      travel  costs.

           The' increase  in  the 1980 estimate is  the result of:
                Additional  positions  requested	,	.»	.;.,..,            +237
                Increased mileage and travel  costs.	            +271

                                              Total....		            +508



                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                                1978       1979        1979       1980    1980vs.19

      Transportation of  things	         $763        $535        $800       $900       +$100
trt
^          The increase  In  the  1979 current  estimate  from  tlie 1979 budget estimate results from:
-1               Adjustment  to  budget estimate to reflect actual 1978 costs          +228
                Relocation  of  household goods  of EPA  personnel to states             +37

                                              Total	'	            +265

           The increase  of  +$100 in the 1980 estimate results from anticipated household relocation costs for shortage    scientific
      In toxic substances abatement and control  areas.

-------
                                                                                  Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                       Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                        1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 vs.  1979

andard level user charges	              $7,888      $8,927      $9,126    $10,839     +$1,713

   The increase of +$199  in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate results from a redistribution of the $19,838
 SLUG contained in the 1979 budget estimate among appropriations based on anticipated actual facilities usage by personnel.

   The increase of +$1,713 in the 1980 estimate results from the GSA set increase of +$3,725 agencywide.


                                                                                  Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                       Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                        1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 vs.  1979

immini cat ions, utilities,  and other rent.	t.             $11,039     $13,509     $12,000    $13,000     +$1,000

   The decrease of -$1,509 in the 1979 Current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this Item results from a decrease in
•orated costs based on 1978 actual costs.

   The Increase of +$1,000 in the 1980 budget estimate results from increased prorated costs for nationwide telephone services
id utilities costs related to the increase 1n average paid employment within this appropriation.


                                                                                  Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                       Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                        1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 VS.  1979

In ting ...andreproduction	                $3,282      $2,781      $4,000     $4,500       +$500

   The increase in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this item results from:
        Adjustments based on 1978 actual costs....,	                       +501
        Unanticipated increase 1n regulation printing and publication         +718

                                      Total.......	                     +1,219

   The increase of +$500  in the 1980 estimate for this item results from an anticipated Increase in the production of printed
terials and other increases related to the increase 1n average paid employment within this appropriation.

-------
                                                                                          Budget       Current               Increase +
                                                                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                                1978     _ 1979         1979        1980     1980 vs. 19:

      Other services	         $138,860     $219,487     $201,304    $267,110     +$65,836

           The decrease in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate  for this item results  from:
                Decrease in actual  unobligated balances brought forward             -11,664
                Transfer to ARC Personnel  Comp 8 Benefits for increased pay costs      -4,000
                Congressional  reduction for Army Corps/IAG—k	                  -2^519

                                              Total	                -18,183

           The increase in the 1980 estimate for this item results from:
                Planned carryover for DOT/IA6	                +25,000
                Increase in requested budget authority for Army Corps/IAG (6,800),
                  emission standards and technology assessment (14,843),effluent
                  standards and guidelines (4,684),  radiation environmental
                  standards (4,421) and other program contracts within  the
                  toxic substances  (ARC) program	                +40.836

                                              Total	                +65,836


                                                                                          Budget       Current               Increase +
                                                                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                               J978       1979         1979        1980     1980_vs._L9J

      Supplies and materials.	,	           $3,398       $3,629       $4,000      $4,300        +$300

           The Increase of +$371  In the 1979 current estimate over the  1979 budget  estimate results  from  increased costs associated
      with the Increase In average  paid employment within the ASC  appropriation.

           The increase of +$300 in the 1980 estimate similarly results from increased costs associated with the  increase  in average f
      employment within the A&C appropriation.
C3     Equipment.
Actual
 1978

$6,080
 Budget
Estimate
  1979

  $6,527
                                                                                                      Current               Increase +
                                                                                                     Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                                                       1979       1980    1980 vs. T93
                                                                                                       $6,500     $7,000
+$500
      costs.
           The decrease  of -$27  In  the  1979  current  estimate  over  the  1979  budget estimate  results from an adjustment based on actual
           The  Increase of +$500  in  the  1980  budget  estimate  results from  the planned acquisition and replacement primarily of reqiona
      water quality monitoring  laboratory  equipment.

-------
                                                                         Actual
                                                                          1978
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
 Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
 Increase +
 Decrease -
1980 vs.  19
Lands and structures	             $151


                                                                                    Budget      Current               Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980     1980  vs. 19

Grants, subsidies, and contributions.	         $199,938     $287,350    $350,000    $289,955      -$60,045

     The Increase In the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate results from:
          Congressional add-ons Increasing the budget authority
            for this Item	                +11,450
          Increase In actual unobligated balances brought forward             +51,200

                                        Total		                +62,650

     The decrease of -$60,045 1n the 1980 estimate results from a decrease In unobligated balances  to be brought  forward  from  1
as compared to 1978 to 1979.


                                                                                    Budget      Current               Increase  +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                         	1978	       1979        1979	    	1980     1980  vs. 19

Insurance claims and Indemnities	               $6

-------
          ENFORCEMENT

   Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
   (1n thousands of dollars)
      Personnel Services.	

      OtherObjects:

        21  Travel and transportation of persons	..i—	
        22  Transportation of things	
      23.1  Standard level user charges.	
      23.2  Communications, utilities, and other rent...	
        24  Printing and reproduction	
        25  Other services	
        26  Supplies and materials	
        31  Equipment	
        32  Lands and structures	...»	•.			
        41  Grants, subsidies, and contributions	
        42  Insurance cla,1ms and indemnities.	

               Total other objects	

               Total obligations	

      Position Data:
        Average salary, GS positions	
        Average grade, GS positions	,	

      EXPLANATION OFINCREASESAND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS



in
I
r\>
01
      Personnel services	• •
                      Actual
                       1978

                     $40,142
                       2,631
                         185
                       2,572
                       4,424
                         414
                      14,707
                       1,208
                       1,361
                           6
                       5,310
                           5
                      32,823
                      72,965
                     $21,703
                       10.03
                    Actual
                     1978
              Current
             Estimate
               1979

              $49,275
                3,200
                  250
                2,976
                5,000
                  750
               22,900
                1,500
                2,000

                9,000
               47,576
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
               96,851
              $21,564
                 9.85
 Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
                      Estimate
                      _JL98p_._

                       $50,205
                         3,837
                           200
                         3,534
                         5,000
                           750
                        19,900
                         1,500
                         2,000

                         8,750
                   $40,142     $42,568     $49,275    $50,205
                       JldZl

                        95,676
                       $21,695
                          9.85
 Increase +
 Decrease -
1980VS.V97

    +$930

-------
       The Increase  In  the  1979  current  estimate over the 1979 budget estimate Is the result of:
£           October  1978  pay  raise	               +2,500
£,           Increase In average  paid  employment (FTE workyears)	               +4,207
en
                                         Total	               +6,707

       The Increase  In  the  1980  estimate 1s  the result of:
         •   Increase in the number of paid days	                 +373
            Increase In average  paid  employment	•.                 +557

                                         Total	                 +930


                                                                                     Budget      Current              Increase
                                                                          Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease
                                                                           1978       1979        1979       1980    1J1LVS.J

 Travel  and transportation of persons.....	        $2,631      $3,247      $3,200     $3,837      +$637

       The decrease  In  the  1979  current  estimate over the 1979 budget estimate 1s the result of a -$47 reduction in admlnistrati
 staff travel  costs.

       The increase  1n  the  1980  estimate is  the result of:
            Additional  positions  requested	                   +7
            Increased mileage and travel  costs	                 +192
            Increased enforcement activities requiring travel......                 +438

                                         Total	                 +637


                                                                                     Budget      Current              Increase
                                                                          Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease
                                                                           1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 vs. 1

 Transportation of  things	          $185        $215       $250       $200        -$50

       The Increase  of  +$35 1n the 1979  current estimate from the  1979 budget estimate results from unanticipated costs assoclat
 the relocation of  households for market sample analysis labs to  the NEIC and headquarters.

       The reduction of -$50  in  the 1980 estimate is due to the stabilization of the level of enforcement program personnel  and
 resulting anticipated reduction In  the need for household relocation.

-------
                                                                                 Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                      Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                        1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979

inda.rd ...level  user  charges ____ . ..... ................ . ---- . ----          $2,572      $3,373      $2,976     $3,534       +$558

   The  decrease of -$397  in  the  1979  current  estimate  from  the  1979 budget estimate  results from the redistribution of the $19,838 in
JC contained  in the 1979  budget  estimate  among  appropriations based on anticipated actual facilities usage by personnel.

   The  increase of +$558  in  the  1980  estimate results  from  the  GSA set increase of +$3,725 agencywide.


                                                                                 Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                      Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                      .......... 1978 ............      1979        1979       1980    1980 vs. ...1979

                       »  and other  rent ......................          $4,424      $5,445      $5,000     $5,000
   The  decrease  of  -$445  in  the  1979  current  estimate over  the  1979 budget estimate for this  item results from a decrease in prorated
its based on  1978 actual  costs.

   There is no change In  the 1980 estimate  for  this  item  due  to the stabilization of the enforcement program at the 1979 personnel
rel.


                                                                                 Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                      Actual    Estimate     Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                        1978       1 979        1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979

 nti ng  a nd reergduc 1 1 on. ..... ...................... ..........             $414        $523      .  $750       $750

   The  Increase  of  +$227  In  the  1979  current  estimate over  the  1979 budget estimate for this  Item results from the more than 250
:  workyear increase in  average paid employment  within this  appropriation.

   There is no change in  the 1980 estimate  for  this  item.


                                                                                 Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                      Actual    Estimate     Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                        1978       1979        1979     ._ 1,980__  1980 vs. 1979

ier ...... services'. . ............... ... ......... ................ ....          $14,707     $26,776- ,    $22,900    $19,900     -$3,000

   The  decrease  In  the  1979  current estimate  from  the 1979  budget estimate results from:
        Transfer to Enforcement  Personnel Comp. &  Benefits  for  pay raise costs            -700
        Adjustment  based  on  1978  actual costs ...... ..........                           -3.176

                                      Total.... ------ ..... : ----                           -3,876

   The  decrease  of  -$3,000 in the 1980 budget estimate results  from planned reductions in contractual services use within the
orcement program.

-------
                                                                              Actual
 Budget      Current              Increase  +
Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease  -
  1979        1979       1980    1980  vs. 197?
SS    Suppl les and materials	        $1,208      $1,517      $1,500     $1,500
\j
50         The decrease of -$17 In the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate results from an adjustment  based  on  actual  1
     costs.

          There Is no change In the 1980 estimate for this Item.


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase  •*•
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                               1978       1979        1979     __J980_.  IfJLVs^JlTj

     Equipment	        $1,361      $2,119      $2,000     $2,000

          The decrease of -$119 In the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate for this item results from an adjustment b
     on actual 1978 costs.

          There Is no change in the 1980 estimate for this Item.


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase  +
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                               1978       1979        1979       1980    1980L^si_117J

     lands and structures.• • •	 —	            $6


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase  +
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                               1978       1979       J97J     _J9§L_  1980  vs.197?

     Grants. subsidies, and contrlbutlpns			        $5,310      $9,700      $9,000     $8,750      -$250

          The decrease of -$700 In the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate for this item reflects revised projections
     the actual use of funds available for pesticides enforcement grants.

          The decrease of -$250 In the 1980 estimate reflects  the pesticides enforcement grant program contribution to  the  consoHdat*
     grants program.


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase  +
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease  -
                                                                               1978       1979      __J9Z?___     1980    i?80_ vs^_L97<

     Insurance claims and Indemnities.	            $5

-------
                                                         AGENCY AND REGIONAL  MANAGEMENT

                                                            Classification by Objects
                                                        Includes Direct Obligations  Only
                                                            (In thousands  of  dollars)
                                                                               Actual
                                                                                1978

    Personnel Services	            $52,113

    Other Objects:

      21  Travel and transportation of persons	              2,339
      22  Transportation of things.,	                158
    23.1  Standard level user-charges.	              3,944
    23.2  Communications, utilities, and other rent...	              2,962
      24  Printing and reproduction	                577
      25  Other services...	             17,150
      26  Supplies and materials	.	                805
      31  Equl pment	              1,542
      32  Lands and structures	                 43
      41  Grants, subsidies,  and contributions	.	                321  	

             Total other objects	             29,841	

             Total obiigations	             81,954

    Position Data:
      Average salary,  GS positions	            $21,703
      Average grade, GS positions	              10.03

    EXPLANATION OF INCREASES  AND DECREASES  TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS

g                                                       .                                Budget
•                                                                           Actual    Estimate
10                                                                             197g        1979

    Personnel services			.'....	          $52,113     $52,686

         The increase  In the  1979 current estimate over  the  1979  budget  estimate  is the  result of:
              October, 1978 pay raise.	                 +3,000
              Increase in average paid employment  (FTE workyears)..                 +4,963

                                            Total	                 +7,963
  Current
 Estimate
   1979

  $60,649
    2,588
      200
    4,562
    3,100
      700
   15,854
    1,000
    1,500

      350
   29.854
Estimate
-JML^.

 $62,860
   2,556
     300
   5,420
   3,500
     800
  17,372
   1,200
   1,500

     350
  32,998
   90,503               95,858
  $21,564              $21,695
     9.85                 9.85
 Current              Increase +
Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
  1979       1980    1980 vs..197
 $60,649    $62,860
   +$2,211

-------
          The Increase In the 1980 estimate Is the result of:
•w              Increase In the number of paid days ...................              +416
>              Increase In average paid employment .......... . ........            +1 ,795
to
°                                            Total ...................            +2,211


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                              Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                               1978      ^ 1 979       ..... 1979 ........   _J980L__  i?80_ys_._Ji7j

     Travel .^QrjmsjMrJatlqn of persons ..... .. .. ........... ........         $2,339      $2,641      $2,588     $2,556      -$32

          The decrease In the 1979 current estimate over ^he 1979 budget estimate 1s the result of a -$53 reduction 1n administrative
     travel costs,

          The decrease of -$32 In the 1980 estimate is the result of savings from planned reductions 1n executive development and tra
     activity.


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                              Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                               1978       1979      ................. 1979       1980    1980 vs. 197!

     Transportation of things .......................... ,. ........ .....           $158        $155        $200       $300     +$100

          The Increase of +$45 In the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate and the Increase of +$100 In the 1980 estiiii;
     is the result of anticipated Increased costs related to the transport of household goods for shortage personnel.


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                              Actual     Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                               1978.     . ............ 1979      .................. 1979       1980
     Standard 1 eve! user charges ............................. . .......         $3,944      $3,769      $4,562     $5,420     +$858

          The increase of +$793 In the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate results from the redistribution of the $19
     In SLUG contained in the 1979 budget estimate among appropriations based on the anticipated actual facilities usage by personnel

          The Increase of +$858 In the 1980 estimate results from the GSA set Increase of +$3,725 for SLUG agencywide.


                                                                                         Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                               1976       1979        1979       1980    19JOLvi_-_Jl7'

     Communications, utilities,., and other rent ......... . .............         $2,962      $4,624      $3,100     $3,500     +$400

          The decrease of -$1,524 in the 1979 current estimate over +'•• 1979 budget estimate for this item results from a decrease in
     prorated costs based on 1978 actual costs.

-------
     The Increase of +$400 for this Item In the 1980 estimate results from Increased prorated costs  for nationwide  telephone  ser
and utilities related to the Increase 1n average paid employment within this appropriation.


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979     _JL?80_   1981 vs^JjJ?

Print 1 ng and reproduction.	           $577         $691         $700       $800        +$100

     The Increase of +$9 1n the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this item results  from adjustments  basec
1978 actual costs.

     The Increase of +$100 1n the 1980 estimate results from Increased average paid employment within this appropriation  and  a
planned increase in analytic activity and reports.


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                          1978       1979        1979       1980     1980  vs.  1.9J

Other services.			.-	•	        $17,150      $17,991      $15,854    $17,372      +$1,518

     The decrease 1n the 1979 current estimate from the 1979 budget estimate results from:
          ADP contractual services cost savings	-.	                -1,000
          Transfer to ARM Personnel Comp. & Benefits for pay raise costs        -1,000
          Reduction 1n contract support for executive.development and
            training program..	,	.-.	                  -137

                                        Total	                -2,137
                                                    \

     The increase of +$1,518 1n the 1980 estimate  results from requested Increases in contractual  support  for  science advisory t
activities transferred from R&D and professional training.


                                                                                    Budget      Current              Increase +
                                                                         Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                          1978     _1979        1979       1980     1980  vs.  19?

Supplies and materials	           $805       $1,026       $1,000     $1,200        +$200

     The decrease of -$26 in the 1979 current  estimate from the 1979 budget estimate is an adjustment based on actual  1978  costs

     The Increase of +$200 1n the 1980 estimate results from increased costs associated with the increase  in average paid emplo)
within the dgency and regional management appropriation.

-------
                                                                                 Budget      Current              Increase •*•
                                                                      Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                       1978       1979        1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979
                                                                      $1,542
              $602
$1,500
$1,500
   The  Increase  of  +$898  1n  the  1979  current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this item is an adjustment based on actual
'8  costs.
   There  is  no  change  in  the  1980  estimate  for  this  item.
ids  and  structures.
ints.  subsidies,  and  contributions.
Actual
 1978

   $43
Actual
 1978

  $321
                                                                                 Budget
                                                                                Estimate
                                                                                  1979
                                                                                 Budget
                                                                                Estimate
                                                                                  1979
Current
Estimate
1979
Current
Estimate
1979
Estimate
1980
Estimate
1980
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
Increase +
Decrease -
19BO vs. 1979
  $350
  $350
   The  increase  of +$350  in  the  1979  current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this item is due to the omission of funds
  grants  to  public interest  groups  from the 1979 budget estimate.
   There  is  no  change  in  the  1980 estimate  for this  item.

-------
                                         BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES

                                        Classification  by  Objects
                                      Includes  Direct Obligations  Only
                                         (in  thousands  of  dollars)
                                                                        Actual
                                                                         1978
Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
)ther  Objects:
>1    Travel  and  transportation  of persons	                       $21           $30          $35
?4    Printing  and  reproduction		:...                       ...             5            5
!5    Other  Services	..                     1,330           995          660
!6    Supplies  and  materials	,	                         6            10           10
11    Equipment	                        49           100          100
)2    Lands  and structures	                   -liOjJt	Ii229	JJ-.-L,..

           Total obligations..		      (               2,424         2,140        1,425

EXPLANATION OF INCREASES ANDDECREASESTOOBJECT  CLASSIFICATIONS

                                                                     Budget    Current                 Increase  +
                                                          Actual    Estimate  Estimate    Estimate     Decrease  -
                                                            1978       1979        1979        1980      1980  vs.  1979

Fray el andtranspprtatiqix jrf Jgrjsons—	          $21         $30        $30         $35         +$5

     There  is  no change  from  the  1979 budget  estimate  for  this  item.

     The  Increase  of  +$5 in the 1980 estimate is  the result  of  a planned  increase in the  number of repair  •
ind improvement  projects to ERA facilities  in 1980.

                                                                     Budget    Current                 Increase  +
                                                          Actual    Estimate  Estimate    Estimate     Decrease  -
                                                            1978       1979        1979        1980      1980  vs.  1979

'rlntlng  and reproduction			         ...          $3         $5          $5

     The  increase  of  +$2 in the 1979 current  estimate  over the  1979  budget estimate for  this  item
•esults from an adjustment to anticipated  actual costs.

     There  is  no change in the  1980 estimate  for  this  item.

-------



Other

item










services 	 	
The decrease in the 1979 current
results from:
An unanticipated increase
A Congressional reduction
Transfers to support other




Supplies and materials 	




There is no change from the 1979



Equipment 	 	 	 	 	
The Increase of +$60 in the 1979

Actual
1978
	 	 $1,330
estimate from the 1979 budget

in unobligated balances carried
applied to this item
Buildings and Facilities items


Actual
1978
$6
budget estimate for this item.

Actual
1978
	 	 $49
current estimate over the 1979
Budget
Estimate
1979
$2,180
estimate

forward


Total
Budget
Estimate
1979
$10

Budget
Estimate
1979
$40
Current
Estimate
1979
$995
for this

+1,077
-1,500
-762
-1,185
Current
Estimate
1979
$10

Current
Estimate
1979
$100

Estimate
1980
$660







Estimate
1980
$10


Estimate
1980
$100
Increase +
Decrease -
I960 vs. 1979
-$335






Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979


Increase +
Decrease -
1 980 vs . 1 979

budget estimate results from
an adjustment in anticipated actual costs.
There is no change in the 1980 estimate for this item.



Lands



and structures 	 	 	

Actual
1979
	 	 ' $1,018
Budget
Estimate
1979
$300
Current
Estimate
1979
$1 ,000

Estimate
1980
$61 5 >
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
'„ -$385
     The increase of +$700 in  the  1979  current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this item
is based on estimates of actual  need  for  1979.

     The 1980 estimate for this  item  is decreased  by -$385.

-------
                                           SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS
                                              Classification by Objects
                                          Includes Direct Obligations Only
                                              (in thousands of dollars)

                                                           1                 Current
                                                                Actual       Estimate          Estimate
                                                                 1978         1979            	198Q
erspnnel service^	•....•	,	        •...            ...               ...
ther objects:
1   Travel and transportation of persons.	          27             20                25
5   Other services-	       2,193	5,357	3,975	
          Total, other objects			       2,220	  5,377     	4,000
          Total, Obligations.	        2,220        5,377         .    4,000

XPLANATION QFINCREASESANDDECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
                                                                    Budget    Current                 Increase +
                                                          Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate     Decrease -
                                                           1978      1979       1979       1980     1980 vs.  1979
ravel and Transportation of persons	,.	,.          $27        $20        $20        $25           +$5
    There is no change from the 1979  budget estimate  for this item.
    The increase of +$5 In the 1980 estimate 1s the result of increased overseas  travel  costs.
y>er Services	       $2,193     $3,980     $5,357     $3,975       -$1,382
    The Increase of +$1,377 in the 1979 current estimate over the 1979 budget estimate for this  item
esults from a $2,877 Increase in unobligated balances brought forward from 1978 offset by a  congressional
eduction of $1,500.
    The decrease of -$1,382 in the 1980 estimate results from the anticipated reduction  in unobligated
alances to be brought forward.

-------
                                                                 REGULATORY COUNCIL

                                                              Classification by Objects
                                                          Includes Direct Obligations Only
                                                              (In thousands of dollars)
                                                                                 Actual
                                                                                  1978
 Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
      Personnel  Services....	>	               ...                     ...                  $423

      Other.Objects:

        21   Travel and transportation of persons.	               ...                     ...                    20
        23   Rent, communications, and utilities	               ...                     ...                    35
        24   Printing and reproduction	—               ...                     ...                    17
      .  25   Other services	v	               ...                     ...                2,728
        26   Supplies and materials	               ...                     ...                    12
        31   Equipment	            _ ....	......     	3

              . Total other objects	,	            	_._„	._._.	?_»!15

               Total obligations	.'	               ...                     ...                3,238

      EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AKO  DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS

                                                                                          Budget      Current               Increase +
                                                                               Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                                                                1978       1979        1979        1980    1980_vs._l?

      Personnel  services	.	               ...          ...          ...        $423        +$423

           The increase of +423 for this Item results from the proposed establishment of the Regulatory Council with the EPA Admlnist
      as Chairman.


»                                                                                         Budget      Current               Increase +
i.                                                                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
^                                                                               1978       1979        1979     _J380__  !J80,J!!-_Jl

      Travel  and transportation of  persons	•••              •••          •••          •••        $20

           The Increase of +$20 in  the 1980 estimate for this Item results from the proposed establishment  of the  Regulatory Council
      EPA's Administrator as Chairman.

-------
                                                                                          Budget      Current               Increase -i
>                                                                              Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
A,                                                                               1978        1979         1979        1980    1980 vs. 19
      Rentrccpmjnlcat ions,  and utilities,  and  other rent ..... . ..... . ..             ...          ...          ...        $35       +$35

           The  Increase  of +$35 In  the  1980 estimate for  this  item results  from the  proposed establishment of  the Regulatory Council i
      EPA's Administrator as Chairman.


                                                                                          Budget       Current              Increase +
                                                                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                                1978       1979         1979      _JL?jCL__  l?8CLvs_._19;

      Printing jnd ^ jreBrgductlpn ........ . .......... ........... . ........             ...          •••          •••        $17       +$17

           The  Increase  of +$17 In  the  1980 estimate for  this  Item results  from the  proposed establishment of  the Regulatory Council \
      EPA's Administrator as Chairman.


                                                                                          Budget       Current              Increase +
                                                                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate   Decrease •-
                                                                                1978       1979         1979       1980    198Q..ys^J_9j

      Other services. ....... ..................... . ..... . ..............             ...          ...          ...     $2,728    +$2,728

           The  Increase  of +$2,728  in the 1980  estimate for this  Item results  from the  proposed establishment  of the Regulatory Counci
      with  EPA's  Administrator as Chairman.


                                                                                          Budget       Current              Increase +
                                                                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                                1978       1979         1979       1980    1980 vs. 19?

      Supplies  and  materials ................ ..........................             •••          •••          •••        $12       +$12

           The  Increase  of +$12 in  the  1980 estimate for  this  item results  from the  proposed establishment of  the Regulatory Council
      with  EPA's  Administrator as Chairman.
                                                              , *'•

                                                                     .. .                    Budget       Current              Increase +
                                                                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate   Decrease -
                                                                                1978       1979       _J979_.
      Equipment ............................. ............. ---- ..... ....             ...          ...          ...         $12       +$12

           The  increase  of +$12  in  the  1980 estimate  for this  item  results  from the  proposed  establishment  of  the  Regulatory  Council w
      EPA's Administrator as  Chairman.

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Noise

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                            NOISE

                                     Abatement and Control

                           Environmental Noise Strategies and Standards
                                             Budget     Current               Increase +
                                   Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                    1978      1979       1979       1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                                      (dollars In thousands)
Appropriation
Noise Standards Development.
Noise Control Technology
  Assessment and Criteria
  Development	
$5,564    $3,583      $3,660   $3,564
 3.127     2.098
         2.047    2.598
                               -$96
                   +551
        Total.
 8,691     5,681
         5,707    6,162
                   +455
Permanent Position
Noise Standards Development.
Noise Control Technology
  Assessment and Criteria
  Development	
    22
    15
21
14
21
14
21
14
        Total.
    37
35
Full-Time Equivalency
Noise Standards Development.
Noise Control Technology
  Assessment and Criteria
  Development	
35
                          26
                          22
35
                     28
                     24
                     +2
                     +2
        Total..

Budget Request
                          48
                     52
     The resources requested are $6,162,000, and 35 positions.  This reflects an
Increase of $455,000 over the 1979 level for initiation of a health effects
Investigation program.  This program Is mandated by the Noise Control Act of
1972, as amended by the Quiet Conmunlfles Act of 1978, and will provide Improved
criteria for regulations development as well as overall support for State
and local noise control programs.

Program Description

     This program focuses on the development and promulgation of emission and
labeling regulations that will reduce harmful noise emissions from new products.
These regulations are developed through the gathering and analysis of data on
noise and Its health effects to determine exposure criteria and levels of noise
reduction required for abatement options and for specific regulatory actions.
Evaluations of private and public sector technology development are performed
to determine best available technology, and assessments of economic, environmental
and health data are  made to ascertain the costs and benefits of
regulation.  This program also includes continuation of a noise health and
welfare effects Investigation program.
                                                                           N-8

-------
Noise Standards Development

     The objective of noise product regulation is to effectively regulate products
which are major contributors to environmental noise exposure.  Such regulation
is necessary to the achievement of overall environmental noise control goals of
reducing environmental levels below Ldn 75 dB as soon as possible and ultimately
below Ldn 65 dB.

     Section 6 and 8 of the Noise Control Act require the Environmental Protection
Agency to develop and promulgate regulations for control of noise from products
which are major noise sources through the use of new product noise emission
limitations and/or new product noise labeling requirements.  The analysis
leading to and supporting these regulations includes the preliminary investigation
of potential products for regulation, economic and technological feasibility
and the evaluation of health, welfare, and other benefits derived from
specific product regulation.  Otter activities include the preparation of
necessary background and supporting material, such as EIS and economic assessments,
and the preparation of rule making material for the promulgation of standards.

Noise Control Technology Assessment and Criteria Development

     The objective of this activity is to provide support to EPA for noise product
regulation and State and local control efforts through investigations and
documentation of noise health effects and availability of noise control technology.
This also includes overall strategy developetnent for national noise control efforts.


     Specific activities include the development of health and welfare criteria
for the assessment of general exposure to noise; the assessment of the
environmental, economic, social and health impacts of noise abatement options;
and the assessment of advanced and/or future noise control technology for
the development and evaluation of noise abatement options, including coordination
and evaluation of noise research and development conducted by other Federal
agencies.  Other activities encompass the development of an overall noise control
stategy and subsequent substrategies, and the expansion of the noise health
effects program.

NOISE STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishment

     1978 resources included approximately $3.1  million in contract support.
These funds were used for development of noise emission and label  regulations
and for initial studies of products which may require regulation or labeling.
Major accomplishments for 1978 included proposal of a noise regulation for
motorcycles and the holding of public hearings on proposed regulations for
buses and motorcycles.  In addition, work was carried out which will lead to
future promulgation of emission regulations for railroad facilities, buses,
wheel and crawler tractors, lawnmowers, and pavement breakers and rock drills
and revision of interstate motor carrier regulations.  Development of general
labeling regulations and labeling of hearing protectors, was continued and
preregulation studies were Initiated on medium and heavy trucks, light-duty
vehicles, and other noise sources.
N-9

-------
1979 Program

     This program element has been allocated $3.6 million and 21  positions.
These resources include an estimated $2.6 million in contract funds.

     The 1979 program provides for the promulgation of emission regulations
for buses and solid waste compactors.  It also provides for the proposal  of
emission regulations controlling pavement breakers and rock drills.  Other
regulatory activities Include both the proposal and promulgation of a
court ordered revision of the railroad regulation; the promulgation of general
provisions for labeling and specific requirements for hearing protectors;
initiation of work on revision of the medium and heavy-duty truck regulation
and Interstate motor carrier regulation;  and developmental work for possible
regulation of tires and light-duty vehicles.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Request

     The net increase of +$76,900 results from two actions.  An Increase of
+$57,200  results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979)
pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 {1978) pay  raise.
In addition, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource,
requirements for its 1979 operating plan, +$19,700 was reprogrammed to
this element from noise control technology assessment and criteria development.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $3.6 million and 21 positions.  During 1980,
regulatory  activities will Include promulgation of emission regulations
for motorcycles and pavement breakers and rock drills, and the proposal
of revisions to Interstate motor carrier regulations, emission regulation
for lawnmowers, and proposal of labeling regulations for a major consumer
product.  Work will continue on medium and heavy-duty trucks, tires,
Interstate motor carrier revision and light-duty vehicles.  In addition,
work will continue on the labeling program, with the selection of
additional products — possibly chainsaws.  Work will be reinitiated on
emission regulations for earthmoving equipment.

NOISE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT AND CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     Fiscal year 1978 resources included  approximately $1.7 million  1n contract
support.  These funds were used for technology research studies on quiet
trucks and Internal combustion engines.  These technology studies were
intended to provide support to on-going and future regulatory activities.
Although these technology demonstration efforts are still underway, some
results have already been obtained.  With regard to the truck program
(four vehicles being tested), and initial review of some of the results
indicate that 1t may be possible to attain lower noise levels than presently
required by the current EPA regulations on medium and heavy duty trucks.
With regard to the internal combustion engine study, a survey of engine types
and designs with accompanying noise levels has been completed.  This survey
1s identifying the correlation between cylinder pressure ratio, ignition
temperature, engine speed, and engine design with noise levels.
                                                                           N-10

-------
     Also, during 1978, health and welfare assessments were carried out for
regulatory actions under development and work was initiated on the development
of a simplified version of the "levels document" to be used by State and local
governments and any others who lack specific noise expertise.

1979 Program

     The work on activities related to the development of health and welfare
criteria, the assessment of noise control technology, and noise control
strategy is allocated $2.0 million and four positions.  These resources include
an estimated $1.5 million in contract funds for health effects advanced/or future
noise control technology investigations, and noise substrategies developments.
During 1979, work will continue on the quiet truck and internal combustion
engine technology demonstration studies.

     The noise health effects program will continue.  This program is designed
to generate improved criteria for the development of regulations and to provide
overall support for State and local programs.  A health and welfare study on the
cardiovascular effects of noise begun in 1978 will continue as will work on
health and welfare assessments of current regulatory actions.

     In addition, studies will be carried out to support the preparation of
program substrategies for construction site noise and household and customer
product noise.  These substrategies are an expansion of the national noise strategy
document and provide more detailed program direction for addressing specific
noise problem areas.

1979 Expanation of Changes from Budget Request

     The net decrease of  *-$51,000 results from two actions.  A net increase of
$18,100  results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a
result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, -$69,100 was reprogrammed from this element to noise standards development
($19,700), noise strategies Implementation ($900) and regional  noise program
implementation ($48,500).

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $2.5 million and 14 positions.  During 1980,three
previously initiated technology Investigations on engines, trucks, and tires
will be continued.  Also the noise health effects research program will
generate dose/response criteria primarily 1n the area of nonauditory effects.
This program would represent the first attempt at systematically identifying
and characterizing the broad spectrum of detrimental  health effects generated
by noise.  The results of this effort will serve as basis guidance in the
establishment of future program priorities for all Federal, State, and local
noise abatement activities.  These criteria will serve as both the basis of
EPA's regulatory and standards setting actions, as well as a basis for the
establishment of overall program priorities in all program areas.
N-ll

-------
                                        NOISE

                                Abatement and Control

                       Noise Program Strategies  Implementation

                                         Budget     Current              Increase  +
                               Actual     Estimate   Estimate  Estimate    Decrease  -
                                1978       1979       1979       1980     1980 vs  1979
                                                        [Hollars  in  thousands)

 Appropriation
 Noise Control Implementation
   and Evaluation.....	,   $1,706       $2,892     $2,913    $4,392   +$1,479
 Federal  Agency
   Coordination	      704          672        684       672      -12
 Noise Regional  Program
   Implementation	      661	522        704	723      +19	

      Total	    3,071        4,086      4,301     5,787    +1*486

 Permanent Positions
 Noise Control Imp!mentation
   and Evaluation	       13          16        16       16
 Federal  Agency Coordi-
   nation	        7            9          9         9       ...
 Noise Regional  Program
   Imp! ementation	       15  	15        15	14	-1	

      Total	,	       35          40        40       39      -1

 Full-Time Equivalency
 Noise Control Implementation
   and Evaluation..	      ...          ...        43       52      +9
 Federal  Agency Coordination      ...          ..,        12       12
 Noise Regional  Program
   Implementation	                  ...	22	23      *1	

      Total	,	      ...          ...        77       87      +10

 Budget Request

      The resources  requested for this budget subactivity  are $5,787,000  and 39  positions.
 This  reflects an increase of $1,486,000 over the  1979 level  for  expanded  assistance
 to States and localities.   This program, a requirement of  the Noise  Control
 Act of 1978, will  encourage State and local governments to develop  or Improve  their
 noise control programs,

 Program Description

      This program provides assistance to State  and local  noise control programs,
including but not limited to consultation with States and  localities on specific  noise
abatement problems.   Effective State and local noise control  programs are essential  1f
the Nation is to reduce noise to levels commensurate with  the protection of public
health and welfare.   In recognition of this need,  the Noise Control  Act, as  amended
by the Quiet Communities Act, and the EPA
                                                                            N-12

-------
noise program strategy document call for EPA to conduct technical assistance programs
to service both State and local governments.  The objective of the assistance program
is to substantially increase the number of communities having effective noise control
programs with special emphasis on the following noise program components:  motor
vehicle control (motorcycles, trucks, autos), stationary source control (fence line
standards), construction noise control, noise abatement planning (zoning, land use
planning, airport planning), and public information.

     This program also includes the implementation of regulatory requirements for
which the Federal Government has primary responsibility (i.e., the control  of noise
emissions at Federal facilities and review of EIS's for their noise impact), and the
overall coordination of all Federal programs for noise abatement and control.  The
objective of this program 1s to bring the major noise authorities of other Federal agencies
to bear on the noise problem in a total national effort.  Included are such agencies
as the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Urban
Mass Transit Administration, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the
Department of Defense.

Noise Control Implementation and Evaluation

     The Noise Control Act, as amended fay the Quiet Communities Act of 1978, directs
the Environmental Protection Agency to deliver assistance to States and
localities 1n order to encourage the development of effective noise control, including
encouragement of State and local actions to complement EPA's noise emission regulations.
One of the objectives of this program Is to have 1n place, by 1985, 400 effective local
noise control programs and 40 effective State programs.  The local programs may cover
one or all of the noise program components Identified above depending on local  need.
The goal of 400 operational noise program is targeted to cities with populations
over 50,000 since noise problems tend to be greater in more highly populated areas.
However, smaller cities that are a part of larger urban aggregations are also included
in some instances since they share "urban" characteristics.  In addition, some smaller
communities may have particular problems which will require regulatory actions and EPA
assistance.  EPA has an additional goal of adding 400 program components to existing
noise control programs.  Effective  State and local programs are needed to complement EPA
regulations for major sources of noise.  This will include State and local  enforcement of
1n-use controls which supplement EPA's manufacturing controls, and assistance in enforcement
of Federal antltampering provisions.

     Further efforts are needed to assist State and local control programs, the programs
of other Federal agencies and EPA noise control  regulations in a combined effort to reduce
noise exposure in highly Impacted urban areas.  This will require effective local  noise
control and planning, the cooperation of all concerned Federal agencies and special EPA
efforts.

     This program also provides funding for limited financial  assistance to States and
localities and the design and administration of assistance programs for State and  local
use.  Such assistance Includes the Each Community Helps Others (ECHO) program, development
of State and local program "tools", e.g. model laws and codes, and administration of the
noise control demonstration and assistance program.

Federal Agency Coordination

     The activities of this program are directed toward assuring that Federal Sovernment
responsibilities for noise control are met.  Such activities Include assisting other
Federal agencies to consider and include where appropriate, noise abatement and control
practices in their programs and comply with Federal, State, interstate, and local  requirements;
coordinating noise control programs carried out by Federal agencies; monitoring the progress
of other Federal facilities' noise abatement activities; and reviewing Federal  environmental
impact statements Insofar as their noise impacts are concerned.


N-13

-------
     In the aviation areas, the EPA will continue to review Federal Aviation Agency actions
concerning aviation noise.  This includes tracking FAA follow-up to regulations previously
recommended by EPA,  There will be some work on possible reproposal of the EPA recommended
regulations in the future concerning small propeller driven aircraft and turbo jet aircraft.
These were previously rejected by the FAA, and the EPA will review and update them prior to
reproposal.

Noise Regional Implementation

     The regional offices occupy a key role in the development of effective State
and local programs.

     Specifically, regional offices provide the focal point for interaction with
State and local governments, and the development of State and local government
capabilities to implement noise abatement activities.  As such, they provide
general technical support, as well as regional coordination and support of
national public awareness programs, demonstration projects and regulations
development.

NOISE CONTROL IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALUATION

1978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources Included approximately $1,3 million in contract support.
These funds were used for development and delivery of assistance to States arid
localities and for demonstration projects with other Federal agencies.

     During 1978, the EPA greatly enhanced its capability to develop and
deliver technical assistance to States and localities In developing noise control
programs.  A major accomplishment was the initiation of Quiet Communities Program (QCP)
experiment through a demonstration effort 1n Allentown, Pennsylvania.  This program
Is designed to develop and demonstrate the best available techniques for noise
control 1n various types of communities.  Another effort, the Each Community Helps
Others program, was also begun.  Under this program, local noise control experts
volunteer to assist other communities one or two days a month with EPA paying out
of pocket expenses.  At the end of 1978, 10 of these volunteers had been recruited
and were providing technical assistance.  EPA also initiated a "State Assignees" program.
These assignees are temporary Federal employees serving in State governments to
assist in the development of noise control programs.  During 1978, EPA allocated 10
assignees to States (one each to New York, Connecticut, Maryland, Florida, Michigan,
Iowa, New Mexico, North Dakota, California, and Washington).  Other activities Included
the development and Implementation of general public information and education programs
concerning noise abatement and control.  Other efforts Included the support of airport
noise abatement planning programs in five communities; these projects are designed to
produce an airport plan which will produce the most minimum noise impact on people
through modification of take-off and approach procedures, runways, scheduling and
other controls.

1979 Program

     The work on State and local program development has been allocated $2.9 million
and 15 positions.  These resources include an estimated $2.3 million in contract funds.
                                                                     N-14

-------
     In 1979, the EPA-run ECHO program 1s being maintained with nine States expected
to initiate ECHO programs of their own.  The number of Community Noise Advisors is
being increased from 10 to 25.  Two cities are being added to the QCP program
experiment.  The major change in EPA noise technical assistance to State and local
communities during 1979 is greater emphasis in the targeting of local noise programs
to focus on the local noise program components of greatest need (e.g., motor vehicle
control, stationary source control, construction noise control, planning, and public
information).  These programs are mandated by the floise Control Act, as amended by
the Quiet Communities Act of 1978.  The State Assignee program will continue at the
1978 level.
 1979  Explanation of Changes From Budget Request

      The net  increase of +$21,700 results from two actions.  A net Increase of
 $20,600 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
 as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition,
 $900  was reprogrammed to this element from noise control technology assessment
 and criteria  development.

 1980  Plan

      The 1980 plan Includes $4.4 million  and 16 positions. During 1980, the
 noise programs will provide Increased assistance to State and local governments.
 This  will include equipment loan, training, survey work, and development of
 community ordinances and limited financial assistance.
      In  addition,  the  EPA will enter into agreements with some States.  These agreements
 will  enable  the  State  to carry out a statewide ECHO  (Each Community Helps Others) program,
 taking over  from the EPA the  ECHO function,  which involves recruiting Community
 Noise Advisors (individuals already in active local noise control programs) to provide
 assistance to other communities  in the same State requesting assistance.  Although the
 advisors are volunteers, the  State will pay their travel costs with EPA funds.  In
 addition, EPA will be  encouraging States to buy equipment and make it available to
 communities  on a loan  basis.

      The main focus for EPA's 1980 transportation planning effort will be on highways.
 A  project to demonstrate or evaluate one of several highway noise abatement techniques
 will  be  in cooperation with the  Department of Transportation.  Such techniques Include
 building barriers, new roadsurfacing material, truck rerouting on an existing road,
 zoning the undeveloped land around an existing road, and planning a new road.

      Projects to enable EPA to evaluate various techniques for controlling noise will
 be initiated. These will include testing model legislation and ordinances, evaluating
 enforcement  techniques, methods  of assessing noise Impacts, and the specific impact
 of certain noise sources.
N-15

-------
     This program will continue to support development and testing of comprehensive
(all components) noise control programs.  These projects will be increasingly tied
1n with EPA noise control emission regulations, other Agency programs (such as the
Department of Energy's program for energy conservation), and the EPA's motor vehicle
emissions control and fuel economy programs.

     The State Assignee program will  be continued at its 1979 level.  However, the
States in the program may change.

     A continuing level of national public Information support will  be carried out in
1980 covering such areas as:  development of educational curricula for schools and
people who receive high noise exposure; information on health and other effects of
noise; publicizing EPA's State and local assistance activities and State and local
efforts to control noise; and information support to the EPA noise labeling program.

     EPA will carry out a new study with the Department of Transportation of aviation
noise at one U.S. airport {Philadelphia) as required by Section 8 of the Quiet
Communities Act of 1978.  The purpose of the study 1s to determine the aircraft noise
effects front an airport on communities located in a state other than the State in
which the airport Is located.

     Efforts will continue to deliver program tools to States and localities through
assistance.  Among the most Important of these tools 1s the Local Information System
to Evaluate Noise (LISTEN).  This 1s  a computer program which localities can use to
evaluate attltudinal and physical noise data and to Incorporate them Into a noise
control strategy tailored to meet the locality's needs,  EPA will provide this
computer analysis service to localities.

FEDERAL AGENCY COORDINATION

1978 Accomplishments

     1978 resources included $400,000 In contract support.  All of these funds were used
to support interagency agreements with other Federal agencies.  This approach accomplishes
three things:  a noise control demonstration is carried out and techniques are tested;
the EPA funds are enhanced by contributions from other Agencies; and the results of
the demonstrations can be Incorporated into the appropriate program of the Federal
agency.  For example, the study of shipyard noise being carried out with the Department
of Navy will result in techniques which can be applied at all Navy shipyards as well
as the private sector metal fabrication facilities.  The 1978 funds  were also used
for the continuation of three Interagency agreements and the Initiation of six new
ones.  These Included work on vehicle inspection (Department of Transportation), off-road
vehicles (Department of Interior), highway noise mitigation (Department of Transportation),
bus transit (nails (Department of Transportation), general construction sites (Army Corps
of Engineers), shipyard occupation exposure (Department of Navy), power plant occupation
(Tennessee Valley Authority), and community noise exposure and Improved building
construction design (Department of Energy).

1979 Program

     Federal programs coordination has been allocated $684,000 and nine positions.
                                                                    N-16

-------
These resources will continue and complete funding for interagency agreements begun
In earlier years to carry out noise abatement demonstrations on bus transit mall retrofit,
power plant occupational and environmental exposure, and building construction techniques
to produce quiet and energy efficient dwellings, the Federal hearing conservation program
with OSHA, the construction site environmental noise exposure demonstration, Federal
procurement experiment to acquire quiet products, joint DOD/civilian airport study,
off-road vehicle noise reduction, highway noise mitigation, and noise compatible land
use planning.

     A final report will be issued on each Interagency demonstration in 1980 or 1981,
These reports will describe the control techniques area and results obtained.  The EPA
and the agencies involved will work together to insure that successful  techniques will
be applied elsewhere in the Federal and private sectors as a result of this documentation.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Request

     The net increase of +$11,700 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978)pay raise.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $672,000 and nine positions. During 1980, EPA will
initiate interagency agreements to carry out noise control demonstrations
on rapldrall noise, Industrial noise exposure, and building techniques
to control dwelling noise and energy consumptions.  EPA will try to Integrate these
demonstration effects Into Its Interagency urban noise control program which was begun
in 1979.  The EPA has set up an Interagency urban noise task force to Insure that
noise control is an Integral part of the "urban Initiative".  The vehicle diagnostic
Inspection Interagency agreement with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
will be continued. The agency will also continue to be active 1n developing an overall
strategy for urban noise control.  The EPA will continue to review FAA activities
concerning aviation noise abatement.

NOISE REGIONAL PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION

1978 Accomd 1shments

     Major activities for 1978 included regional staff participation 1n the
initiation of three major programs:  Each Community Helps Others (ECHO), Quiet Communities
Program experiment (QCP) and State Assignees.  Although funding and primary administration
is carried by the headquarters staff, the regions act as project managers for these
projects in their specific regions.  This Includes on-site assistance 1n QCP demonstration
and arranging for ECHO "Community Noise Advisors" to provide assistance to communities
In the region.  Other activities carried out Included:  the review of environmental
Impact statements, the holding of noise abatement workshops for State and local officials,
the providing of direct technical assistance to local communities and public education
on noise abatement and control.  Regional review of Federal facilities, to assure
compliance with noise regulations, and regional support to headquarters for the development
of railroad regulations were also provided for.

1979 Program

     The regional noise control effort has been allocated $704,000 and 15 positions.
N-17

-------
This includes approximately $175,000 for contracts and equipment.

     1979 will see a continuation of all 1978 activities with nine States taking
over the EPA ECHO program in their States.  The regions will take the lead rola in
managing the national EPA ECHO program and will be involved in assisting the States
in taking over this program.  Quiet Community Program experiments will be carried
out in three regions (one from the previous year and two new ones).  1979 regional
activities will also include a project management role in administering the State
and local noise control start-up assistance program.  The regions will continue to
operate the loan equipment program on an expanded basis in 1979.  The regions will
also continue to deliver technical assistance in the form of on-site visits and workshops,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Request

     The net increase of +$181,600 results from several actions.  A net
increase of +$96,500 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979)
pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In
addition, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements
for Its 1979 operating plan, +$85,100 was reprogrammed to this element from
noise control technology assessment and criteria development ($48,500) and
from ambient air quality monitoring ($36,600).

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan includes $723,000 and 14 positions. This includes
 approximately $175,000 for contracts and equipment.

     During 1980, the regions will continue to administer the assistance
program to State and local governments.  They will assist headquarters in the operation
of noise control demonstrations.  They will also continue to manage QCP experiments
in two communities and continue to manage the ECHO Program and will assist some
States in taking over the EPA ECHO program in their States,  The equipment loan program
will be continued as will noise control workshops and on-site visits.
                                                                      N-18

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                           NOISE

                                        Enforcement


                                          Budget     Current                  Increase +
                              Actual    Estimate    Estimate    Estimate      Decrease -
                               1978       1979        1979        1980     1960 vs.  1979
                                                (dollars in thousands}

Appropriation
Noise Enforcement..	...   $1,048        $916      $1,005      $1,004        -$1

Permanent Positions
Noise Enforcement	       22          22          22          23         +1

FuTl-Time Equivalency
Noise Enforcement....	      ...         ...          38          39         *1

Budget Request

     The request for $1,004,000 and 23 positions will provide:  (1) for the enforcement
of the new product noise emission standards for portable air compressors and medium and
heavy duty trucks; (2) for the development of enforcement assistance and guidance to
State and local noise enforcement programs; and (3) for the development of enforcement
strategies and the attendant regulatory packages for additional noise emission standards
and informational labeling requirements.

Program Description

     The noise enforcement program provides for the enforcement of new product noise
emission standards and labeling regulations pursuant to Sections 6 and 8, respectively,
of the Noise Control Act of 1972.  It also provides for development of enforcement
strategies and regulations for additional new product noise emission standards and
for labeling requirements as necessary, anti-tampering Inspections, surveillance
activities, recalls, and continued participation 1n providing assistance to State and
local jurisdictions for the development of in-use noise enforcement programs.

1978 Accompl1shments

     In 1978, the noise emission standards for portable air compressors and medium
and heavy duty trucks became effective.  The primary emphasis of the noise enforcement
program was the enforcement of these standards.  Records of all major truck and com-
pressor manufacturers were inspected.  Enforcement activities that were conducted 1n
1978 included the review of 935 production verification reports, the monitoring of
four production verification tests and six selective enforcement audits, and the
conducting of six test site comparison studies.  Also, enforcement assistance and
guidance was provided to approximately 30 State and local noise enforcement programs.
A general noise enforcement training course for police officers was developed and
adapted for and presented to police in Allentown, Pennsylvania, the first Quiet
Community.                                  ;

     Additionally, the enforcement regulations for the proposed noise emission
standard for new motorcycles and for after-market motorcycle exhaust systems were
proposed on March 15, 1978.  A regulation for conducting administrative hearings
under the Noise Control Act was proposed on August 3, 1978.  Regulations for the
enforcement of the noise emission standards for buses, and trash compactors were
being finalized for promulgation in 1979.  Enforcement sections of the general
labeling provisions and of the labeling requirement .for hearing protectors was
also being finalized for promulgation in 1979.


                                                                         N-19

-------
     The 1978 resources Included $325,000 for contracts that were used to conduct
surveillance testing of in-use, regulated portable air compressors; to provide
technical expertise on the manufacture, distribution, and operation of both compressors
and trucks; to develop and present noise enforcement training packages for State and
local police officers and for police academy training directors and junior college
instructors; to compile a catalog of experts in State and local noise enforcement; and
to develop a noise enforcement guidance manual for State and local prosecutors.

1979 Program

     Activities relating to the enforcement of new product noise emission standards
for portable air compressors and medium and heavy duty trucks will continue in 1979.
Production verification reports will be reviewed; production verification tests will
be monitored (15) and conducted (5).  Selective enforcement audits will also be monitored
(12).  Inspections of manufacturers' records and facilities (18) will be conducted as will
test site comparison studies between manufacturers' test sites and the Noise Enforcement
Facility's test sites (7).

     Assistance and guidance to State and local noise enforcement programs continues.
Noise enforcement training courses for police officers, police academy training
directors, and public health officers will be held; a guidebook for State and local
prosecutors, a catalog of experts, and a "handbook" of State and local noise enforce-
ment legal issues will be finalized and distributed.  Direct assistance to Individual
State and local noise enforcement programs will be provided at the request of the
individual agency through advice and assistance and through loan of the Mobile Noise
Enforcement Facility (HoNEF).  Also noise enforcement programs will assist the Office
of Noise Abatement and Control (QNAC) in planning and implementing the new Quite
Communities Act of 1978.

     Enforcement regulations for noise emission standards for trash compactors and
buses will be promulgated.  An enforcement regulation for the proposed noise emission
standard for pavement breakers and rock drills will be proposed.  Also, the enforce-
ment regulations for general labeling provisions and, specifically, a regulation for
conducting administrative hearings under the regulations promulgated under the Noise
Control Act will be promulgated.

     The 1979 resources include approximately $376,300 for contracts.  These resources
are primarily for the continuation of the surveillance testing of regulated, in-use
compressors and trucks; for continued technical support on the manufacture, marketing,
and operation of compressors and trucks; for the development and implementation of a
computerized noise emission data base for trucks and compressors; and for the develop-
ment and presentation of a noise enforcement training package for public health officers
and for obtaining expert assistance on State and local enforcement Issues.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net Increase of +$88,900 results from two actions.  First, an Increase of
+$57,000 is due to increased pay costs associated with the October 1978 (1979)
pay raise and distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Second, as a
result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, +$31,900 was reprogrammed to this element and is attributed to decreases in
toxic substances enforcement activity.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, the resources that are requested are $1,004,000 and 23 positions.  This
represents a decrease of $1,000 and an increase of one position over the 1979 resources.
This will allow for a continuation of the activities that are undertaken in 1979 with
a small increase in supporting State and local enforcement efforts.  Of these requested
resources, $249,800 will be used to continue the surveillance testing of in-use compres-
sors and trucks and for efforts in providing assistance and guidance to State and local
noise enforcement programs.

N-20

-------
     However, program resources will still be concentrated on the enforcement of new
product noise emission standards for medium and heavy duty trucks and portable air
compressors, because compliance with these regulations will provide the greatest
environmental benefit, such as reduced levels of environmental noise and associated
adverse impacts on the public health and welfare, for the resources expended.

     Specifically, these resources will allow the Agency to review 880 manufacturers'
noise production verification (PV) reports, to monitor and conduct 27 production veri-
fication tests and 20 selective enforcement audits, and to conduct 39 investigations
of manufacturers' records to ensure that only complying products are distributed in
commerce. Also, as necessary, EPA will conduct investigations of alleged noncompliance,
prepare administrative orders, and participate in administrative hearings.  EPA will
also correlate manufacturers' noise testing facilities with Its facility located at
Sandusky, Ohio.  The development of enforcement strategies and attendant regulations
will continue in accordance with the schedule of controlled products- developed by the
Office of Noise Abatement and Control.

     Assistance and guidance to State and local noise enforcement programs will be
provided 1n two ways:  (1) to individual programs that request assistance and guidance
on specific issues and problems, and (1) by the development of training and guidance
for State and local noise enforcement.  Additionally, guidance on the field enforce-
ment of the Federal labeling requirements will be prepared and distributed to State
and local noise enforcement programs which want to ensure that the national Federal
labeling program is successful in providing consumers with the noise generating or
noise reducing properties of the products labeled under the Noise Control Act.
                                                                        N-21

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Interdisciplinary

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                        INTERDISCIPLINARY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Research  and
 jQe'velonraent	
  Appropriation. . . . .
  Permanent Positions. .
  Full-tiine Equivalency
Abatement  and-Control
  Appropriation  . 	
  Permanent Positions . ..
  Full-time Equivalency ...

 Total, Interdi scipl i nary
  Program: 	
  Appropriation  ......
  Permanent Positions . ..
  Full-time Equivalency ..
  Outlays	
  Authorization  Levels	
                            Actual
                            1978
;12,761
     93
  5,496
    126
 18,257
    224

 31,503
 43,273
            Budget
           Estimate
            1979
$20,186
     158
   4,404
     114
 24,590
    272

 27,080
    *
             Current
             Estimate    Estimate
              1979        1980
          (dollars  in  thousands)
                      Increase +
                      Decrease -
                    1980 vs.  1979
    •174
    261
  4,413
     87
     91
25,006
   261
   352
41,900
46,285
$24,549
     163
     296
  28,553
      75
      37
  53,102
     244
     383
  44,200
 -$3,956
     -  6
     +30
 +24,140
      -11
      -  4
+28,096
    -17
    *31
 +2,300
 •Authorizations are contained within amounts  authorized for Federal Hater Pollution Control
 Act.  Clean Air Act, Solid Waste Disposal  Act,  Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide
 Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, as well  as  certain  portions by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
 In addition, funds are authorized in 1979 specifically under the Environmental Research,
 Development, and Demonstration Authorization  Act  of  1979.  In 1980, author!zatiors- have  been
 proposed for  the  Research and Development activities.
 OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
     Although many problems are best approached directly by specific media programs,
 effective management of environmental  problems  also  requires cutting across the usual
 media lines when the problem, skill, or technique involved is not readily assignable  to a
 specific medium. This interdisciplinary approach  is  consistent with the original  concept
 behind the establishment of the Agency;  an integrated organization to regulate pollution
 in all media and to assure that control measures  applied to one media do not result in
 adverse impacts on other media.  EPA applies  this intermedia concept to those parts of
 the abatement and control and the research and  development programs where the problems,
 tools, and results are multidisciplinary  in nature.

    The Scientific assessment program has principal  responsibility for developing Agency
 guidelines for assessing carcinogenic, mutagenlc  and chronic risks, and exposure estimates.
 Responsibility for these functions has been placed in this program to assure that consistent
 approaches are developed for assessing pollutant  impacts across all media and pollutants.
 In addition, the program is responsible for producing air and water criteria documents for
 use by regulatory offices. This criteria development function requires the integration of
 scientific information on a multimedia and interdisciplinary basis.  It represents the end
 point of the ORD process, wherein results of  many experiments must be synthesized and
 translated for use by regulatory decision makers.

    The anticipatory research program, first  identified as a separate effort in 1978,
 includes research to:  (1) identify or characterize  long-range problems which may be
 perceived but for which no specific regulatory action Is currently planned; (2) support
 baseline studies which may require several  years  to  complete; and (3) support basic
 environmental research.  This program provides the scientific foundation for future work
 to solve specific problems and provides the scientific information necessary for future
 regulatory research.
                                                                                1-1

-------
     The technical information program assures the effective dissemination of the products
 of the research and development programs to users within the Agency and throughout the
 public and private sectors.

     In abatement and control the interdisciplinary portion of the environmental  impact
 statement (EIS) program prepares EI-S'-s and negative declarations for new source  discharge
 permits.  Other responsibilities Include reviewing proposed actions by other Federal
 agencies that will affect the environment and assuring that other Federal  agencies comply
 with pollution control requirements.

     The consolidated grants initiative is a legislative proposal that will  be sent to
 Congress in    1979.  It proposes to reform Federal environmental assistance programs to
 State and local governments to encourage a "total* environmental approach.   The  initiative
 is designed to support comprehensive environmental planning and management,  Increased
 flexibility, and more efficient program administration.  This request provides $25 million
 supplementary assistance awards to State and local governments in order to provide
 incentives and support for States that integrate their environmental programs.  Other
 awards would be made to recognize good perfnuance and support special projects.


 SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES                     (in thousands of dollars)

      1979 Interdisciplinary Program	     $25,006

       Abatement and Control	     +24,140

        The net increase 1n the abatement and
        control program includes a reduction of
        $859,500 in environmental impact state-
        ments offset by an increase of $25 mill ion
        in consolidated grants to initiate a new
        supplementary assistance program.


       Research and Development.....	      +3,955

        The requested net Increase includes
        reductions in health and ecological effects
        ($2,597,700) reflecting the completion of
        the Consent Decree water quality criteria
        documents, and monitoring and technical
        support ($904,600) resulting from change
        of funding mode; offset by an increase in
        anticipatory research ($7,458,100) to fund
        research at new research centers, and expand
        support of continuing activities initiated
        1n 1979.

      1980 Interdisciplinary Program	      53,102

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATE

     1-  Summary of Budget Request

            An appropriation of $53,120,000 is requested for 1980.  This request
         by appropriation, 1s as follows:

            Research and Development....	   $24,549,000
            Abatement and Control	;	    28,553,000

     This represent an increase of $28,096,000 over the 1979 interdisciplinary program.
The net increase results from a decrease of $859,500 for environmental impact statements;
an increase of $25,000,000 for consolidated program grants; a decrease of $2,598,000
for health and ecological  effects; a decrease of $905,000 for monitoring and technical
support; and an increase of $7,458,000 for anticipatory research.

-------
     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

            Changes from the budget are as follows:

                                                       (In thousands of dollars)

            Original 1979 estimate..,.....,	 .         $24,590

            Congressional increases/decreases:
              Anticipatory research	          -6,000
              Flathead River study	            +400
              Pop! ar R1 ver study.	            4211

            Effect of October 1978 pay raise partial
             absorption....	,	            +165
            Proposed October 1978 pay raise
             supplemental		,	...            4219
            Distribution of October 1977 pay raise..            +961
            Office of Research and Development
             reprograranrfngs	          +5,299
            Headquarters and regional offices
             reprogrammings	            -839

            Current 1979 estimate	          25,006

     Congressional  changes to the interdisciplinary net to -$5,389,000.  A
reduction of $6 million was applied to the anticipatory research program.  An
increase of $400,000 was provided for an environmental impact study of natural
resource development in the Flathead River Basin, Montana.  An increase of
$211,000 was also provided for an environmental impact study of power plant
operation on the Poplar River, Montana.

     Pay raise costs result in a total increase of $1,345,000 over the
original estimate.   The agency request included all funds for the October 1977
pay rtase In the management and support media, to be distributed to other
media at  a  later date.  The increase reflected represents the share of
this later distribution.

     Agencywide reprogrammings resulted 1n a net Increase of 54,460,000  tothe
interdisciplinary media.  The Office of Research and Development reprogrammed
funds within their programs, primarily for the establishment of the Office
of Health and Environmental Assessments, from toxic substances ($687,000); from
water quality ($1,093,000); from solid waste ($576,000); from energy f$2,526,000);
and from program support activities ($417,000).  Other reprogramnlngs result in
a transfer of $839,000 to the pesticides media.

ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

                                                       Current
                                                       Estimate  Estimate
                                                         1979      1980
                                                       (in thousands of dol1ars)

     Prior year obligations	    $19,377   $27,559

       Effect of October 1978 pay raise	.....       +400
       Effect of reprogrammings	     +4,000       ...
       Program increases			        ...    +3,000
       Consolidated grants.......	        ...   +25,000

     Change in amount of carryover funds available..     +1,601    -2,553
     Change in rate of obligation,....	     J?'18I    .  11'
     Total estimated obligations	     27,3a3    53,006
      (From new obligation authority)	    (22,962)  (50,962)
      (From prior year funds)	     (4,597)   (2,044)

-------
   EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

        The effect of the October 1978 pay raise and annualizatlon  of the
   October 1977 pay raise will Increase obligations by $400,000.  The effect  of
   all reprograramings is an increase of  $4 million.

        The increase in budget authority requested in 1980 is  expected to
   increase obligations by $28 million, of which $25 million is  for consolidated
   grants.

        The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979  1s  $4,597,000,  an
   increase of $1,601,000 over the 1978 level.  In 1980, it is estimated  that
   $2,044,000 of carryover funds will be obligated, a decrease of $2,553,000
   from the 1979 level.
                                                                              .v
        A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979,  which would
   create an increase of  $2,181,000  over the  1978  level.
1-4

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Appropriation
Health and Ecological
  Effects	$ 2,057     $ 2,457
Public Sector Activities.    1,3.68          25
Anticipatory Research . .    6,010      14,932
Monitoring and Technical
  Support . . .	   .l-iSgl       2,772

  Total	   12,761      20,186

Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
  Effects . .	       25          33
Public Sector Activities  .       6           1
Anticipatory Research ...     40          93
Monitoring and Technical
  Support . . .	     27          31

  Total ..........     98         158

J-ull-tiing Equivalency
Healthand Ecologicai
  Effects . . .	
Public Sector Activities  	
Anticipatory Research ....   	
Monitoring and Technical
  Support .........

  Total ..........

Purpose
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
                  51

                  92

                  31

                 174



                  88

                 118

                 _55

                 261
                59

                85

                24

               168



               119

               118

               ..,..59

               296
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -
                                     -$ 2,598

                                     +  7,458
                                     +•  3,956
                  +31
Page
                                       1-7
                                      1-10
                                      i-n

                                      1-16
    The interdisciplinary research and development program  includes three major components
which address multidisciplinary and multimedia research.  These are (1) Scientific Assess-
ment, which provides guidance and review to the Agency's regulatory programs on evaluating
the effects from exposure to pollutants and estimating the  level of risk involved; and,  in
certain cases prepares risk assessments and criteria documents; (2) Anticipatory Research,
which is designed to give the Agency an opportunity to get  ahead of problems and to
improve the basic quality of environmental science; and (3) Technical  Information, which
assures the effective dissemination of the products of the  research and development
program to users within the Agency and through out the public and private sectors.
                                                                                      1-5

-------
ethyl enedichloride; completed assessments for cadmium and polycycllc organic material;
developed a special assessment document dealing with altitude as a factor in air pollution;
and completed a background technical  report on photochemical  oxidants.   The need for
specific assessments are identified by the program offices and the completed products almost
always are incorporated into Agency regulatory packages as supporting scientific information.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for the scientific assessment program are $7,696,700 and 51  positions.
Approximately $4,413,700 will be spent on contracts.  The 1979 program is divided into  two
components, criteria and effects assessment and risk/exposure assessment.

    The criteria and effects assessment activity is expanding to accommodate increased
needs from the Agency's air regulatory program and a new initiative is being undertaken to
start a criteria and assessment program to serve the Agency's needs in water quality.

    The air criteria and effects assessment activity is Increasing Its work for the air
regulatory program as compared to 1978.  Specific work plans include:  finishing air
criteria documents for oxides of nitrogen and carbon monoxide; starting a criteria document
for hydrocarbons; finishing health assessments for perchloroethylene, ethyl enedi chloride
and cadmium; starting new health assessments for asbestos, haleothers, polynuclear aromatic
hydrocarbons, and polycycllc organic material (multimedia), as well as for nickel,  antimony
and zinc.  In addition, three special reports will be started and completed, including
reports to Congress on sulfur emissions from mobile sources, health and welfare effects
associated with particulates, and a special assessment of the acid rain problem.

    A new water quality criteria program is being initiated in 1979. This program is being
established to develop health and aquatic criteria for ambient water In response to
provisions of the Age/icy's Consent Decree.  During 1979, known human health and aquatic
toxicologic data are being reviewed and interpreted with the objective of producing 65
criteria documents with a health and aquatic segment.  These documents will be used to
reevaluate the scientific basis for the Agency's water quality program.  In addition to
the 65 chemicals to be assessed, criteria documents for fifteen other pollutants are being
prepared.

    The other major segment of the scientific assessment program deals with risk assessment.
In 1978, the CAS represented the only risk assessment activity.  In 1979, this capability
is being extended to include activities in reproductive effects assessment (mutagenic
only) together with plans for a limited development of an exposure assessment capability.

    In 1979 the CAG will continue to prepare risk assessments for certain program offices
with primary attention to the needs of the Pesticide, Air Quality and Water Quality
programs.  A risk assessment is basically a review of toxicity data, in this case
cardnogeirfcity data, with an analysis of the qualitative weight of evidence for
carcinogenic potential and quantitative risk estimations that can be derived from the
 1-6

-------
                                    Health and Ecological  Effects

                                        Budget      Current               1980 vs. 1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase  *
                            1978        1979         1979        1980        Decrease  -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Scientific Assessment . .  $ 2,057     $ 2,457      $ 7,697    $ 5,099      -$ 2,598

Permanent Positions
Scientific Assessment . . .     25.         33           51         59           +8

Full-time Equivalency
Scientific Assessment ...     ...         ...            88        119           +31

Budget Request

    The 1980 budget request for this program is $5,099,000 and 59 positions, a decrease of
$2,597,700 and an increase of eight positions.  The position increase will  expand the
existing Carcinogen Assessment Group.  The $2,597,700 decrease reflects  the completion of
the Consent Decree water quality criteria documents and completion of an effort to
develop guidelines for exposure analysis and assessment.

ProgramDescripti on

    The scientific assessment program provides the Agency's regulatory programs with a
centralized capability for evaluating information on health and ecological  effects from
exposure to pollutants and estimating the level of health risk involved.  The program is
capable of reviewing known information about pollutant effects, interpreting this information,
and producing scientific data summaries for subsequent risk assessment or other regulatory
decision making.  It is intended that the hazard assessment portion of the program will be
responsible for maintaining consistency and quality among the risk assessments prepared
throughout the agency.  To insure this, the program will establish agency-wide guidelines and
review  completed assessments.  In certain media, ths program conducts risk assessments and
prepares criteria documents itself.  Typical outputs from the scientific assessment program
include:  Reviews, guidelines (including guidelines on exposure assessment), health criteria
documents, aquatic effects criteria documents, health assessments, reports on special health/
exposure situations and both preliminary and full risk assessments dealing with carcinogenic
potential, as well as a new intiative dealing with mutagenic effects. Organizationally, the
Carcinogen Assessment Group (CAS) and the Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office (ECAO)
carried out the activities 1n 1978 with expansion slated for 1979.

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, $2,056,800 was obligated of which $452,000 was spent on contracts.

    In 1978, the scientific assessment program had two components; the Carcinogen Assessment
Group (CAS), and a criteria and effects assessment activity which served the Air program
requlatory office.  The CAG developed guidelines for the evaluation of carglnogenic potential
and risk, performed risk assessments for the major EPA regulatory offices, reviewed assessments
for some Agency program offices; and acted as a health policy advisor to the Agency. Approxi-
mately 90 guidelines and assessments were processed.
                                                                                        1-7

-------
being reviewed ana 4b new cancer rissc summaries are oeing developed.
the Agency's Toxics program will be reviewed for both Section 4 and 5 substances and as
many as 12 special problems of regional  or enforcement significance are being assessed.
Considerable effort is being devoted to improving existing Agency cancer policy guidelines
both for the Air Quality program and the Interagency Regulatory Liaison Group (IRLGK

    A Reproductive Effects Risk Assessment Group is being initiated in 1979 to develop
guidelines and procedures for conducting risk analysis of mutagenic effects as a first
priority. The new assessment activity will be modeled after the CAG in that methodologies
for Agencywide use will be developed, followed eventually by an operational status 1n
which reviews of assessments are conducted and assessments are developed as needed.  This
group will serve as the Agencywide quality control point for assessment of adverse repro-
ductive effects and a center of expertise for the analysis of mutagenic effects.

    Also in 1979, guidelines and methodologies for exposure assessment will be developed
using Agencywide expertise.  This activity would serve as the foundation for an exposure
assessment group if, in the future, it was decided to be a useful initiative.  The develop-
ment of guidelines for Agencywide use will serve as a quality control mechanism for the
Agency and serve to insure uniformity of scientific principle.

    During 1979, the scientific assessment program within the Office of Research and
Development will be institutionalized with the establishment of an Office of Health and
Environmental Assessment (OHEA).  A basic management framework Is being established to
oversee the expanding criteria development and health assessment/risk activities.  Organiza-
tionally, OHEA incorporates the previously existing criteria and effects assessment
program for air quality and the CAS, together with the new 1979 initiatives in criteria
and effects assessment for water quality, exposure assessment and reproductive effects
risk assessment. The formation of OHEA as a staff office in the Office of the Assistant
Administrator for Research and Development is centralizing the ORD scientific assessment
program and Is in concert with recommendations of the National Academy of Sciences.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +15,239,700 results from several actions.  A net Increase of
+$853,900 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979} pay raise as
well as  distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for Its 1979
operating plan +$4,385,800 was reprogrammed to this activity from other media as follows:
toxic substances ($686,700), energy ($2,355,400), water quality ($743,000), solid waste
($575,700) and Interdisciplinary ($25,000).  The resources were reprogrammed from other
areas to establish the Office of Health and Environmental Assessments with two components:
hazard risk assessment and criteria development-effects assessments.

1980 Plan

    In 1980, $5,099,000 and 59 positions are requested for the development of scientific
criteria and the assessment of health effects.  Approximately $1,729,000 will be used
for contracts.  There is a increase of eight positions in this request which will enable an
expansion of staffing the cancer risk assessment function of the scientific assessment
program.  The $2,597,700 decrease reflects the completion of the Consent Decree water quality
criteria documents and completion of an effort to develop guidelines for exposure analysis
and assessment.
  1-8

-------
estao11snment of a criteria development and effects assessment program for water quality,
reproductive (mutagenic only) risk assessment and the establishment of an Office of Health
and Environmental Assessment (QHEA) are continued in 1980. The development of exposure
assessment guidelines in 1979 will be completed and the activity not continued in 1980.

    The criteria development and effects assessment program has two distinct activities;
one serving the Air regulatory program and one for the Water regulatory program. In air,
activities will operate at a level similar to 1979 completing scientific criteria documenta-
tion started prior to 1980 and beginning documentation for pollutants nominated by the A1r
program office.  Criteria documents for hydrocarbons, SOx and particulates will be completed
in 1980 and four of seven existing criteria documents will be updated as required by the
Clean Air Act.  Assessments of pollutant effects will be Initiated for about eight pollutants
yet to be specified and one special regional problem will be evaluated.  The report on
acid rain will be completed and three other topics will be investigated and documented as
special reports.

    The water quality criteria development and effects assessment program will initiate
criteria document development for 13 pollutants.  These documents will include assessments
of both human health effects and aquatic effects; together with risk assessments for
certain pollutants to be selected from Appendix C of the Consent Decree.  In addition, the
pending promulgation of criteria documents for 36 Consent Decree pollutants due around
January 1, 1980, will require a considerable review and update activity in early FY 1980.

    In the risk/exposure assessment area, the CAS will be expanded in FY 1980 for a total
of 19 positions.  The Increased, consisting of health science specialists will
enable the CAG to increase its assessment outputs for the program offices. The estimation
of risk for suspect cancer causing agents was the first risk assessment activity within
the Agency.  Virtually every regulatory office within the Agency has a requirement for
assistance from the CAG,  The larger staff will enable the CAG to increase its output of
assessments and reviews to a level which is more In line with Agency needs. For the
pesticides office, approximately 60 units of work will be developed including pre-RPAR
risk evaluation, rebuttal review, slide reviews and full risk assessments.  For the air
quality program, 40 risk reviews will be developed and approximately 36 risk summaries
developed in 1979 for the water quality program will be reviewed for regulatory purposes.
In addition, the 13 new water quality assessments to be initiated in 1980 nay require a
cancer risk evaluation. Section 4 and 5 risk assessments performed by the Agency's Office
of Toxics Substances will be reviewed for consistency of methodology and uniformity.
These could number up to 49 documents.  Risk assessments for approximately 23 pollutants
in Drinking Water will be developed along with 12 special problem assessments for the
Agency's regional offices.

    The reproductive effects risk assessment (mutagenesis only) activity initiated in
FY 1979 will be continued at a reduced level in 1980.  As the first year's activity was
primarily devoted to developing risk analysis guidelines for Agencywide use, FY 1980 will
signal  the start of a capability to review assessments for the mutagenic potential from
exposure to specific chemical agents.  All major regulatory programs of the Agency have a
potential need for services of the mutagenic risk group.

    The science of exposure analysis is complex with many unresolved issues and data gaps.
The guidelines and methodologies developed in 1979 will serve as a basis for general Agency-
wide exposure analysis and a foundation for future Initiatives In exposure assessment with
ORD.
                                                                                       1-9

-------
                                       Public Sector Activities

                                        Budget      Current              igso vs> 1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979,         1979  .    ,1980.    	Decrease-,.
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Environmental Management . $ 1,368        25

Permanent Positions
Environmental Management . .     6         1           —         —           -*

FuJ1.-t1.PB Equivalency
Env 1 rbrment al Management .      ...         . • •          —         --

Budget Request

    There is no budget request for 1980.

ProgramDescription

    The objective of the environmental management research program was to develop and
evaluate information and methods for environmental  management and planning that address
these shortcomings.  The program was designed to provide regional planners and managers
with methods to determine and evaluate alternative solutions to specific regional environ-
mental problems.  The research was divided into two major area:

    (1) Comprehensive multimedia planning develops methods for use by planners which
        emphasize: (a) undertaking no more sophisticated planning analysis than is required
        to provide the information necessary to make decisions; i,b) analyzing the sodoeconomic
        impacts of management alternatives; and (c) assessing intermedia impacts*

    (2) Incentives research develops and evaluates alternatives to existing regulatory
        approaches, particularly economic incentives, as means to accomplish environmental
        quality objectives.

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, $59,100 was utilized for extramural contracts, $285,000 for grants, and
$745,000 for interagency agreements.  The program accomplishments included:

    - A report on the study of the effect of different regulatory approaches in reducing
      emissions from stationary air pollutant sources will be completed March 1, 1979.

    - Report on the effectiveness of effluent discharge permitting systems will  be
      completed December 1979.

    - Report on the feasibility of using economic incentives to Insure compliance by
      stationary sources of hydrocarbons emissions will be completed by April 1980.

1979 Program

    This program terminated in 1878.

1979Explanation of Changes from BudgetEstimate

    The decrease of -$25,000 results from the reprogramming of this amount to scientific
assessment within the interdisciplinary madia.
      1-10

-------
                                      xesearcn ana ueveiopment

                                       Anticipatory Research

                                        Budget      Current               1980 vs. 1979
                            Actual      Estimate     Estimate    Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease ^
                                                 (dollars In  thousands)

Appropriation
Anticipatory Research . .  $ 6,010       $14,932      $9,425    .  $16,883      $+7,458

Permanent Positions
Anticipatory Research ....    40            93          92           85          - 7

Full-time Equivalency
Anticipatory Research . . . .   ....          ...         118          118

Budget Request

    The 1980 budget request for Anticipatory Research is $16,883,000 and  85  positions.
This represents a total increase of $7,458,100 and a net decrease of seven positions from
the 1979 level.  The dollar increase will  fund research to be initiated at several  new
Institutional research centers and  will expand support for activities initiated  in 1979
including acid rain.

Program Description

    The National  Academy of Sciences and the Office of Technology Assessment have previously
expressed concern over the lack of  long-term fundamental  and  anticipatory research in
EPA. In addition, Public Law 95-155, Section 6(b)  of the Research and Development Act of
1978 contains a Congressional request for EPA to examine alternative approaches  for
conducting long-term environmental  research, recognizing the  need to insulate such
activities from the Agency's day-to-day regulatory pressures.  The Anticipatory  Research
Program was initiated as the key mechanism by which the Agency addresses  these concerns
and takes action. The Program is designed to give EPA an opportunity both to get ahead  of
problems and to improve the basic quality of environmental science.  To achieve  these
ends, the Program was organized in  FY 1979 into three components with the following
purposes:

    - Innovative Research Program - Provides opportunities to individual  scientists
      within EPA and the academic community to propose relevant research  with long-range
      impacts or applicability.  This component of the Program facilitates a "bottoms-up"
      planning approach for identifying fundamental and long-term research needs as
      related to EPA's overall mission.

    - Center Support Research Program - Provides long-term support for exploratory research
      which provides the link between basic and applied research in key areas, e.g.,
      in epidemiology and in groundwater research.  Centers and their programs will have  a
      multimedia orientation, to supplement our long-term research capability and shall
      provide support to all EPA laboratories whose activities are related to the center
      objectives. The intent of EPA in employing the Center mechanism is  to  Integrate and
      build upon the expertise and  resources of existing institutions. Support  for
      moderate increases in staff facilities and equipment will be provided.

    - Directed Research Program - It is expected that new problems identified within
      the Innovative Research Program and Center Support Program might grow  into small
      multidisiciplinary programs.   Likewise, programs once developed may eventually
      move into other components of the ORD program or be terminated if new  knowledge
      determines that no serious problems exist.  Moreover, these activities require
      broad interdisciplinary approaches that pool intellectual talent from  within and
                                                                                 i-n

-------
      monitoring techniques and comprehensive epidemiplogical  studies;  (2)  conducting a
      national  assessment of the problems associated with acid rain; (3) developing
      methodologies for assessing environmental  benefits of pollution control  activities;
      and (4) developing an analytical  capability to forecast/analyze emerging environmental
      problems resulting from societal  changes.

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978 EPA transferred several  existing programs into the Anticipatory Research
Program. The following is a list of FY  1978 accomplishments within the program:

    (1)  In the area of chemical transformation, research in aquatic systems,  exposure
         models, and laboratory procedures for predicting the  pathways  of potentially
         harmful chemicals in freshwater environments were developed and applied to nine
         chemicals associated with fossil fuel  and to two agricultural  pesticides:

         The water/octanol partition coefficient was established as a reliable indicator of
         sediment/soil adsorption coefficients for a wide range of hydrophobic compounds;

         Reproducible rate constants were determined for mlcrobial hydrolytic  transformation
         of toxic substances in waters  representative of most  of the United States; and

         The photoreactivity of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in water was established;
         and a field study on the fate  of pentochlorphenol and a laboratory study on
         environmental transformations  and fate of dichlorobenzidine was completed.

    (2)  In the area of integrated exposure research, a methodology was developed for
         the determination of mass balances for pollutants in  an urban region.  This
         method was applied to lead, zinc, cadmium and arsenic in the Los Angeles Basin:

         Studies were completed on the  effect of pH and selective organics on  the H.
         oxidation rates of A. parodoxus, a candidate screening microorganism  for determin-
         ing the bioavailabilty of pollutants in soil systems;

         An analytical methodology sensitive to 0.05 parts per billion was developed for
         dimethylnitrosamine, diethylnitrosamine, dipropylnitrosamine and N-nitrosomorpholine
         in animal tissue; and

         Research aimed at determining  the biosynthetic and chemical kinetics  of formation
         of dimethylnitrosamine (DMN) and N-nitrosomorpholine  was undertaken.   Feeding
         of precursors to mice resulted in significant elevations of nitrosamines in
         their tissues.

    (3)  In the cancer research area, the First Annual Report  of the Task Force on Environ-
         mental Cancer and Heart and Lung Disease was completed.  This report  presented an
         overview of the problem of environmentally related cancer and heart and lung
         disease.  It also described the current Federal research devoted toward these
         problems:

         A pilot study on the development and use of methodology for estimating ambient
         exposures to carcinogens and the development and field testing of an  approach for
         epidemic!ogic study was completed;

         Epidemic!ogic studies were initiated in California and New Jersey on  the incidence
         of cancer as related to industrial emissions in heavily industrialized areas; and
    1-12

-------
                                               ..
         benzene.

    (4)  In the area of biological  sciences research,  a field study has been completed
         revealing a direct relationship between body  burden of heavy metals and  petroleum
         and reduction of growth potential  in marine mussels:  and, in addition,  methodologies
         were developed on the use of polychaete eggs  and larvae as bio-indicators  for
         assessing genetic effects of oil  pollution on marine life.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for Anticipatory Research are $9,424,900 and 92 positions.  Approxim-
ately $2,370,000 will be spent on contracts, $3,107,000 on grants,  and $325,000 on  inter-
agency agreements.  The program provides support for each of the three following  components:

    Innovative Research - A competitive internal  effort open to scientists and engineers
      in all ORO laboratories is being initiated in FY 1979.  Projects reflecting funda-
      mental and unique research ideas are being funded in the general  areas of health  and
      ecological effects, environmental  chemistry and  physics, new  measurement techniques
      and advanced control technology approaches.  Projects will be competitively selected
      with the advice and counsel of external  scientists.

    Center Program - Three institutional centers are being established in FY 1979 to  conduct
      long-term studies.  Research areas to be investigated include:

    Epidemiology Center - The Center is responsible for fundamental research to develop
      new methodologies and improved statistical  techniques, and the exploration  of
      potential correlations between environmental  pollutants and diseases such as  cancer,
      emphysema, and hypertension.  The Center is intended to enhance EPA's capability
      to examine the increasingly complex data and long-term problems of identifying
      pollution impacts on man.

    Advanced Technology Center - The ability to adopt  known treatment techniques  to
      varying uses is being hampered by lack of understanding of the basic chemical,
      biological, and physical processes that govern treatment methods.  This Center
      provides stable support for the long-term exploratory research necessary to
      produce needed basic knowledge, thereby improving the effectiveness of future
      treatment technologies.

    Groundwater Center - A center is being established to support fundamental  and long-
      term research on groundwater characteristics and the transport and fate of  contamin-
      ants in soils and subsoils profiles.   The center is integrated with EPA's Robert  S.
      Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory,  which has been designated as the lead EPA
      laboratory for groundwater research.   It serves  as a link between the Agency's
      scientists and those of the academic community.   Initial studies will  support EPA
      activities aimed at examining the Garber-Wellington aquifer in Oklahoma.

    Directed Programs - The 1978 efforts of the Anticipatory Research Program are
      being continued in fiscal 1979 in the following  areas:

    - Cancer Assessment - The principle objectives of  this program  are to provide
      new information, i.e., profiles of known or suspect chemical  carcinogens In
      the ambient air, drinking water, and food, and to assess the  impact of environ-
      mental exposure to carcinogens upon the frequency of cancer occurrence in the
      general human population. (These profiles will serve to indicate if regulation
      will have to be proposed in the future).  These  objectives are being accomplished
      through comprehensive epidemiology studies coupled with extensive Integrated
      exposure monitoring in areas demonstrating high  cancer incidence or known
      exposures to excessive levels of environmental carcinogens.  The 1979 program
      emphasizes the development of laboratory methodologies in the areas of
      biompnitoring, exposure assessment, demographic  data collection, and
      identification of critical receptors.

                                                                                     1-13

-------
      anu ii i ui a LCI appeal  LU nave ni^ieaaeu tnc oi.iuii.jr ui \it et.i(Ji ta.iun in vnue reyiunai
      areas.   In the northeast region of the nation, pH levels of 4.0 and lower have
      been recorded in rainfall.  The objectives of this program are to determine the
      national  scope and distribution of acid rain, the biological effects on natural,
      aquatic, forest, and agricultural  ecosystems, and the atmospheric transport and
      transformation processes governing acid rain formation and distribution.

    - Environmental Benefits - It is expected that the Agency will need improved capabilities
      to assess the benefits of future environmental protection measures.  The objective
      of this program is to develop improved methodologies for determining the benefits of
      national  and regional  pollution control programs.  Two studies to be completed in
      FY 1979 assess the national economic damages associated with air and water pollution.
      Other benefit research subjects for FY 1979 include determining the benefits
      of improved water quality at the regional level; benefits of improved visibility in
      Class I Western Federal areas; and estimates of soil damages resulting from particulates.

    - Forecasting Environmental Problems - In FY 1979, planning activities will aim
      to identify existing environmental forecasting capabilities in the Federal government
      and industry.  Agriculture and societal trends will be analyzed in order to identify
      candidate subjects for special studies.  In addition, the Mussel Watch Program
      will continue developing methodologies and the use of marine bivalves as real
      world indicators and forecasters of pollution along all  three of the Nation's
      coastlines.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -$5,507,100 results from several actions.  The Congress reduced
this activity by -$6,000,000.  A net increase of +$142,900 results from increased pay
costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October
1977 (FY 1978)  pay raise.  Finally, +$350,000 was reprogrammed to this activity from
characterization and measurement methods development within the water quality medium to
support National Bureau of Standards activities.

1980 Plan

    The FY 1980 plan includes $16,883,000 and 85 positions, of which approximately
$4,600,000 will be used for cooperative agreements.  This is a $7,458,000 increase and a
seven position decrease from the 1979 level:  $2,000,000 for the Innovative Research
Program; $2,650,000 for the Center Support Research Program; and $2,808,000 for the
Directed Research Program. The plan will provide for a continuation of the long-term
research conducted in FY 1979 within the three components of Anticipatory Research.

Innovative Research Program

    The in-house effort will be expanded and an extramural program will be initiated.
Projects will aim to support unique ideas for addressing long-term environmental problems.
Internally, the program will seek to stimulate projects of a fundamental nature in the
areas of health and technology to complement continuing research in the areas of chemistry,
physics, and  environmental biology.  Four participants in the program will be backfilled
with term appointments, or Interagency Personnel Act (IPA) appointments.  Three
positions previously utilized to enable laboratory managers to accomdate for the selection
of personnel  to the program will be eliminated* Representative areas to be supported
extramurally include studies of the environmental implications and beneficial applications
of recombinant DNA technology to environmental problems, the pollution effects on important
and representative terrestrial wildlife and other species, and chemical fluxes, (particularly
organics, nutrients, and metals) between mdeia.
 1-14

-------
    The three centers established In FY 1979 win  acquire full  status with additional
funding. Four additional  centers will be established in FY 1980 in the following key
areas:

    - Integrated Exposure Monitoring - Develop approaches and principles to evaluate
      total  multi-media exposure and determine human body burden levels over the long
      term.   This center will complement the Epidimiology Center established in FY 1979.

    - Ultimate Disposal  - Develop fundamental understanding and conduct long-term studies
      of the transport, transformation, fate, and  environmental effects of materials in
      waste  applied to land.  •

    - Intermedia Transport - Study the fundamental  chemical and physical  processes that
      result in exchange of pollutants from one medium to another with emphasis on land/
      atmosphere exchanges, natural  emissions, and changes in large land areas.

    - Integrated Water Shed - Develop a comprehensive ecological  study of a water shed,
      to use as a prototype system for evaluating  laboratory approaches.

Directed Research Programs

    - Cancer Assessment - A major field effort will  be conducted to determine and characterize
      the link between environmental exposure to carcinogens and the frequency of cancer
      incidence in the general population.  An area with a known high incidence of cancer
      will  be subjected to a comprehensive epidemiology case study coupled with an extensive
      integrated exposure assessment.  Due to the  latency in the expression of a cancerous
      disease state, a retrospective exposure model  will be employed to assess historical
      exposure of the population to carcinogens.  FY 1979 laboratory studies aimed at
      developing field methodologies will be continued but at a reduced level.  Four
      positions will be reduced in the program with the added emphasis on field studies.

    - Acid Rain - In FY 1980 increased emphasis will be placed on determining the biological
      effects of acid rain on soil, forest, and natural  ecosystems.  Expanded atmospheric
      chemistry studies will be conducted in Support of modeling activities aimed at
      producing improved predictive models for nitric and sulfuric acids.  Preliminary
      forecasts/analyses will be made on the productivity of the Nation's forest, agriculture,
      soil,  and aquatic ecosystems in view of the  upward trends in energy production and
      acid  precipitation.

    - Environmental Benefits - Studies will be initiated to determine benefits of improved
      visibility in eastern U.S. and prototype benefit analyses of Agency strategies
      will  be expanded.

    - Forecasting Activities - Three kinds of environmental forecasting activities initiated
      by the Office of Research and Development will be continued or expanded in FY
      1980 under the Anticipatory Research Program.   The first of these is the continued
      development of a system for projecting a set of environmental quality indicators to
      be used to identify future environmental problems.  Design work beginning in FY  1979
      will  be continued 1n FY 1980.   It is intended  to improve and extend EPA1s capability
      by upgrading existing data base and adding projections of other pollutants and a
      much wider range of environmental quality indicators.  The second king of forecasting
      activity will be to expand EPA's capability  to forecast the likely environmental
      effects of alternative regulatory approaches,  other U.S.  government actions, and the
      activities of other countries.  Detailed analysis to identify and define the research
      needed to prepare the Agency for either preventing or dealing with these problems
      will  be performed.

    The third kind of forecasting tool, i.e., the  use of bioindicators for monitoring
pollution trends will be continued in FY 1980 through the Mussel  Watch Program.  Pilot
projects similar to the mussel watch concept will  be'initiated  for freshwater and terrestrial
systems, thereby providing the basis for eventual  monitoring "hot spots" on a nationwide
basis.
                                                                                       1-15

-------
                                      xesearcn ana ueve i opmerrc

                                  Monitoring and Technical  Support

                                        Budget      Current                1930 vs.  1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Technical Information . . .$ 3,326     $2,772       $3,471       $2,567         -904

Permanent Positions
Technical Information . . * .   27         31           31           24           -7

Full-time Equivalency
Technical Information .......         ...           55           59           +4

Budget Request

    The 1980 budget request for technical  information is $2,567,000 and 24 positions*
This represents a total decrease of $904,600 and seven positions from the 1979 level.
This reduction reflects a management shift from direct funding of some of the products of
the technical information/technology transfer program (i.e. design manuals, technology
capsule reports, symposia and manuals of practice) to supporting such efforts via the EPA
program offices, the Regions and other user groups.  Such direct funding by the ultimate
consumer of technical information will assure its relevance while, at the same time,
centralized funding of our technical Information transfer capability will assure its
quality.

Program Description

    The-technical information and technology transfer efforts assure the effective dissemina-
tion of the products of the research and development programs to users within the Agency
and throughout the public and private sectors.  This activity includes the publication and
general distribution of scientific and technical reports, response to requests for specific
information, and information dissemination whereby available information or technology is
matched to the needs of officials who frequently do not possess a technical or scientific
background.  Specialized publications and symposia are also developed to be most useful
and readily understandable to the targeted user.  The program also provides coordination
and support for such Congressionally mandated activities as the Small Wastewater Flows
Information Clearinghouse and the annual EPA Research Outlook (Five-year Plan).

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, a preliminary assessment and design was produced to speed the implementation
of a Small Wastewater Flows Information Clearinghouse.  In  addition, the final design for
a system to improve access to information on EPA's more than 2,500 active research projects
was completed.  The following publications were produced and distributed to the technical,
industrial design and state and local environmental control audiences:  the Industrial
Handbook for Air Pollution Control, the Design Manual for Land Treatment of Wastewater,
and the Design Manual for Landfilling of Sludge (developed  in conjunction with the Office
of Solid Waste).  Major seminar series were presented throughout the United States and
covered the following subjects:  pretreatment of industrial effluents, treatment of small
waste flows, control of pollution from irrigation return flows, pollution control in the
asphalt industry, lake restoration (in conjunction with the Office of Water Programs), and
biodegradation (in conjunction with the Office of Pesticides Programs).
 1-16

-------
    In 1979, in response to a requirement written into the Clean Water Act Amendments  of
1977, Section 1Q4Q, a major new research grant is being funded to create the Small  Waste*
water Flows Clearinghouse.  This Clearinghouse will  provide a centralized source of
information on pollution control alternatives for rural  areas and areas where collection
and treatment by conventional  means is impractical.   In addition, to improve access to and
manageability of information on EPA's research projects, a system is being initiated in
cooperation with the Smithsonian Science Information System to collect, assure the  quality
of and automate search and retrieval of data on EPA's more than 2,500 active research
projects.

    The Technical  Information Program continues to provide tailored publications, manuals
and symposia for its user community, and is shifting toward greater reliance on the EPA
Regions and Program Offices for the selection of topics, information formats and, to a
growing extent, for resources.  In addition, the Research Highlights and Research Outlook
reports are being produced for Congress-  A manual on sludge control is being produced and
a number of symposia will be held to focus on innovative/alternative municipal  wastewater
treatment technologies and industrial wastewater pretreatment.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$699,600 results from several  actions.  A net increase of  +$111,500
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well  as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978} pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's
intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979
operating plan +$588,100 was reprogrammed to this activity from flue gas paniculate
control within the energy medium ($170,400) and from Research and Development program
support ($417,700).

1980 Plan

    In 1980, $2,567,000 and 24 positions are requested for the Technical Information
Program of which $752,000 will be spent on contracts.  This is a decrease of $904,600  and
seven positions.  Most of the above decrease results from a planned program management
change which will  shift from direct funding of some technology transfer activities  (i.e.,
design manuals, technology capsule reports, symposia and manuals of practice) within the
technical information program to supporting such efforts via resources from the EPA
regulatory program offices, the Regions and other user groups.  Direct funding of our
technical information program will be used to maintain a centralized capability
and provide quality control.

    Such Congressionally mandated requirements as the Small Waste Flows Information
Clearinghouse and the EPA Research Outlook/Five-year Plan will be fulfilled.  Centralized
control of ORD publications management/distribution and of ORD conferences will continue,
and the Research Highlights summary report, publications bibliography and program guide
will be produced.   In addition, the quality control  function for the research project
status system that allows direct access to information concerning the 2,500-plus active
EPA research projects will continue.

    A centralized capability will be maintained to assure adequate quality control
over, and improve the efficacy of, resources expended for design manuals, conferences,
symposia, manuals of practice, technology summary reports, and other technology transfer
activities intended to communicate the latest technological information to the State and
local  officials and design engineering community.
                                                                                   1-17

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                        Abatement and Control
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
 Increase +
 Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
Appropri ati on
Environmental Impact
Statements 	 S$5 496 $4 404
Integrated Environmental
Assistance 	 	 	 •••
Total 	 5,496 4,404
Permanent Positions
Environmental Impact
Statements ........ 126 114
Integrated Environmental
Total 	 126 114
Full-time Equivalency
Environmental Impact
Integrated Environmental

Purpose
$4,413

4,413

87

87
91

91

$$3,553
25,000
28,553

76

76
87

87

-$860
+25,000
+24,140

-11

-11
-4

-4

Page
                                                                                          1-19
                                                                                          1-23
    The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 requires Federal agencies to prepare
environmental impact statements (EISs) on major actions significantly affecting the
quality of the human environment.  This EIS requirement applies to new source discharge
permits issued by EPA.  Section 309 of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA review proposed
actions of other Federal agencies to assure that they do not adversely affect the quality
of the environment.  Executive Order 12088 requires that all Federal agenices comply with
Federal, State, interstate, and local substantive standards and limitations for prevention
and control of environmental pollution.  EPA's Federal facilities compliance program is
designed to assure compliance with these requirements.

    The consolidated grants initiative is a legislative proposal that will be sent to
Congress in FY 1979.  It proposes to reform Federal environmental assistance programs to
State and local governments to encourage a "total" environmental approach.  The initiative
is designed to support comprehensive environmental planning and management, increased
flexibilty, and more efficient program administration.  This request provides $25 million
for this proposal.  Supplementary assistance awards will be made by the Agency to State
and local governments in order to provide incentives and support for States that Integrate
their environmental programs.  Other awards would be made to recognize good performance
and support special projects.
                                                                                      1-18

-------
                                       Abatement and Control

                                     Environmental  Impact Statements
                            Actual
                            1978
Appropriation
Federal Activities/EIS
  Review (Air)	$   812
Federal Activities/EIS
  Review (Water)	    1,679
New'Source E1S
  Preparation	  3,005

  Total                      5,496

Permanent Positions
Federal Activit1es/EIS
  Review (Air)	      31
Federal Act1vities/EIS
  Review (Water)	       62
New Source E1S
  Preparation ,	     33

  Total                        126

Full-time Equivalency
Federal Activities/EIS
  Review (Air) ... 	
Federal Activities/EIS
  Review (Water). ....
New Source EIS
  Preparation .......

  Total

Budget Request
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
                 24

                 55

                J2

                 91
                22

                53

               _12

                83
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -
                                        -160

                                         -79

                                        -621

                                        -860



                                          -5

                                          -6
                 -11




                  -2

                  -2



                  .4
    The budget request for this subactivlty is $3,553,300 and 7€ positions.  During
1979, program activities will focus on the review of other Federal agency environmental
impact statements (EISs), regulations and other proposed actions; preparation of new
source EISs and negative declarations; and on Federal facilities compliance.

Program Description

     Executive Order 12088 requires that all Federal agencies comply with Federal,
State, interstate, and local substantive standards and limitations for prevention
and control of environmental pollution.  EPA's activities Include monitoring
Federal facilities, providing technical assistance, reviewing compliance strategies
and budget requests for pollution abatement measures, and taking enforcement action
as necessary to assure compliance with environmental laws.

-------
quality of the environment.  The review activity at EPA consists of reviews of Federal
agency EISs and actions, pre-draft and pre-final liaison, technical assistance, and
referrals to the Council of Environmental Quality.

    The National Environmental Policy Act requires that all agencies of the Federal
government prepare detailed EISs on proposals for legislation and other major Federal
actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The new source NEPA
compliance activity at EPA Includes complete environmental reviews, preparation of either
an EIS or negative declaration, evaluation of alternatives to proposed actions, and
mitigation measures to prevent adverse environmental impacts.

FEDERAL ACTIVITIES/EIS REVIP.-1 (AIR)

1978 Accompl1shments

    In Federal facilities compliance, primary emphasis was placed on ensuring adherence to
consent declarations and delayed compliance orders by noncomplylng facilities.  Increased
efforts were directed toward Improving the effectiveness and timeliness of air new source
reviews and coordination with the EIS review process.  The major emphasis was on EPA
assistance to other Federal agencies 1n order to integrate effective environmental planning
with basic programmatic decision-making processes on major energy, transportation, and
other development projects that might cause  environmental harm.  Approximately 2,200
draft and final EISs, as well as 100 proposed Federal agency regulations and other proposed
Federal actions, were reviewed for air quality impact. Revised EIS review guidelines on
Highway projects were also drafted.

1979 Program

    Federal activities and EIS review is allocated $613,000 and 22 positions in the
1979 pi an.

    In Federal facilities compliance, primary emphasis will continue to be placed on
negotiating delayed compliance orders with noncomplylng Federal facilities and Identifying
pollution control problems and funding needs to ensure adherence to the July 1979 statutory
deadline. The increased State role under the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 will necessitate
substantial EPA interaction with the States. No significant change in the regional EIS
review activity from the current year is anticipated. The major regional emphasis will be
on pre-draft EIS liaison and pre-final EIS consultation.  Revised EIS review guidelines on
highway projects will be finalized and issued.  Work will begin on EIS review guidelines
on airports.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$72,900 results from two actions.  An increase of +$60,000 results
from increased pay costs from the October 1978  .(1979)    pay raise as well as distribution
of the October 1977  (1978)    pay raise.  In addition, as part of the agency's ZBB review
of resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan +$12,900 was reprogrammed to
this element from Federal activities/EIS reviews-water quality.

1980 Plan

    The budget request for Federal activities and EIS review 1s $453,300 and 17 positions,
a decrease of $159,700 and five positions.  All this work will be performed intramurally.

    In Federal facilities compliance, primary emphasis will be placed on Identification
of problems, encouragement of funding and enforcement actions as necessary. The major
regional emphasis will be on the reviews and pre-draft EIS liaison and pre-final EIS
consultations.
                                                                                     1-20

-------
1978 Accomplishments

    In Federal facilities compliance, emphasis was on new source review and on review
of self-monitoring reports to ensure adherence to permit requirements.  In addition,
efforts continued to focus on early Identification of needed pollution abatement projects
to ensure inclusion in Federal agencies' budget proposals.  Approximately 2200 draft and
final EISs, as well as over 100 proposed Federal agency regulations and other proposed
Federal actions, were reviewed for water quality impact.  Pre-draft EIS liaison was
emphasized where a series of projects had significant cumulative effects on a large area.
Emphasis was also placed on preventing and mitigating water quality degradation from
energy development, water resources development, and urban development.

1979 Program

    Federal activities and EIS review is allocated $1,442,500 and 53 positions in the
1979 plan.

    In Federal facilities compliance, emphasis will also be placed on bringing enforce-
ment actions against major violators.  Emphasis will be on helping Federal agencies
budget for pollution abatement projects.  This procedure involves preparing a report to
OMB each year identifying needs etc.   No significant change in the regional  EIS review
activity from the current year is anticipated.  The major regional emphasis will be on
pre-draft impact statement liaison and pre-final impact statement consultation.  Work
will begin on EIS review guidelines for nuclear power plants, impoundments, and
channelizations.

1979 Explanation of Change from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -$57,500 results from two actions.  An increase of +$144,100 is
due to increase pay costs from the October 1978    (1979) pay raise as well as distribution
of the October 1977    (1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a result of the Agency's ZBB
review of resource requirements for its    1979 operating plan, -$201,600 was reprogfammed
from this element to Federal  activities/EIS review - air ($12,900) and to pesticides
use management ($188,700).

1980 Plan

    The requested resources in this program are $1,364,000 and 47 positions,  a decrease
of $78,500 and six positions.  This work will be performed intramurally.

    In the Federal facilities compliance program, emphasis will beplacedon identification
of problems, encouragement of funding, and enforcement actions as necessary.   Certain major
sources will be inspected to assure adherence to compliance schedules. In the EIS  review
program, the major regional emphasis will be on the reviews and pre-draft EIS liaison and
pre-final EIS consultation.
    1-21

-------
1978 Accomplishments

    Over $1.6 million of the 1978 resources was used for extramural funding.   A total  of 11  EISs,
both drafts and finals,were filed on water new source discharge permits.  In addition, a
total of 54 negative declarations were filed.  Technical guidelines on three industries
were finalized and three industrial guidelines were drafted.

1979 Program

    New source EIS preparation is allocated 52,357,300 and 12 positions in    1979 plan,
including approximately $2.0 million for extramural funding.

    Several additional States will assume the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System program, however they are not expected to be States with any significant new source
construction activity.  Technical guidelines on seven industries will  be finalized and
nine others drafted.  Two areawide studies on coal mining and energy-related industries
will be completed.  Approximately the same number of EISs will be prepared as in 1978.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -56,900 results from several actions.  Congress provided an add-on
of +$611,000 for two environmental impact studies; $400,000 for a study of natural resource
development in the Flathead River Basin, Montana and $211,000 for a study of power plant
operation on the Poplar River, Montana.  An increase of +$32,700 results from increased
pay costs from the October 1978     (1979) pay raise as well as  distribution  of the
October 1977     (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the agency's ZBB review of
resource  requirements for its    1979 operating plan, -$650,600 was reprogrammed from
this element to pesticides use management.

1980 Plan

    The requested resources In this program are $1,736,000 and 12 positions, a decrease
of $621,300.  $1.4 million 1s included for extramural funds.

    Approximately the same number of environmental Impact statements are expected to be
filed as in 1978 and 1979.  Technical guidelines on  10 Industries will be finalized.
                                                                                           1-22

-------
                                       Abatement and Control

                                  Integrated Environmental Assistance

                                        Budget      Current               1980 vs. 1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate    Estimate     Increase  +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease  -
                                                 (dollars in  thousands)

Appropriation
Integrated Environmental                                       |25 000      +$25,000
  Assistance....	     •«•         •••           •••
Permanent Positions
Integrated Environmental
  Assistance...,	

Fjjl1--t1me Equivalency
Integrated Environmental
  Assistance.....	
Budget Request

    The resources requested for this budget subactivity are $25,000,000 to initiate a new  .
program of supplementary assistance for integrating assistance awards  and  providing  incentives
for superior performance and program innovations.  No new positions are requested for
this activity because the work will be accomplished with personnel working with the
various grant programs involved.

Program Description

    This supplementary assistance is in support of a major new Administration legislative
proposal, the Integrated Environmental  Assistance Act of 1979, to be   forwarded to Congress
in FY 1979.  The supplementary assistance includes funds to:

    - Provide an incentive to States to deal with cross-media implications by consolidating
      their environmental efforts under the  Integrated  Environmental  Assistance legislative
      proposal,

    - Provide the Agency with the ability to support grantees demonstrating extraordinary
      environmental initiative,

    - Provide necessary support for developing State and local capacity to integrate the
      management of their environmental programs, and

    - Provide the Agency with the ability to support and encourage special innovative
      projects (as was provided for the Connecticut civil penalities program).
    1-23

-------
to obtain EPA nonconstructlon grant assistance.  It Is a voluntary option for State
and local governments.  It is designed as a way to support integration of the various
elements of a "total" environmental program by combining comprehensive environmental
planning, implementation, and management.  The proposal allows State and local  governments
increased flexibility to determine environmental protection priorities and allocate
resources.  The proposal will also promote simpler and more efficient program administration.

    The legislative proposal is important to help accomplish the integration of environ-
mental programs and concerns for which EPA was created.  EPA has experimented with con-
solidating grant programs administratively, but legislative constraints limited the
potential of this administrative effort, further emphasizing the need for a legislative
approach.

1978 Accompl1shments.

    During FY 1978, the Agency developed a draft legislative proposal following an extensive
development phase which involved meetings in three regions with State and local representa-
tives, and active participation by public interest groups.

1979 Program

    In FY 1979, the Administration will submit the  Integrated  Environmental Assistance
legislative proposal to Congress.  The proposal is likely to get multiple referrals 1n
Congress because of the array of committees concerned with EPA programs.  The Administrator
will publish regulations with 180 days of passage.  Simultaneously, Agency regional office
staff will work closely with State and local officials to prepare to Implement the program
1n FY 1980.

1980 Plan

    During FY 1980, the regional office staff will assist State and local officials in
preparation of integrated  plans.  These plans will be reviewed for Inclusion in the
program.  State and local governments with approved  integrated  environmental  plans are eli-
gible for a portion of the $25,000,000 supplementary assistance.  The applications will be
reviewed by the Administrator and awards will then be made.
                                                                                         1-24

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Toxic Substances

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      TOXIC SUBSTANCES
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Research and Development:
  Appropriation		
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency,.

Abatement and Control
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Posi ti ons
  Full-time Equivalency..

Enforcement:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions..,.
  Full-time Equivalency..

Total, Toxic Substances
  Program:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Posi ti ons...
  Full-time Equivalency.
  Outlays	
  Authorization Levels..
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Budget
Estimate
1979
Current
Estimate
1979

Estimate
1980
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
(dollars in thousands)
15,709
61
...
41,598
428
...
4,630
85

61,937
574
...
27,200
17,700
14,825
61
92
40,970
425-
412 -
3,156
70
75"
58,951
556
579
34,300
30,482
33,977
92
136
65,543
553
549
3,796
78
82
103,316
723
767
70,400
it
+$19,152
+31
+44
+24,573
+128
+137
+640
+8
+7
+44,365
+167
188
+36,100

                             Actual
                              1978
$8,861
    42
11,582
   199
 1,250
    31
21,693
   272

12,090
22,325
                             *  Authorization pending.
     The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) establishes a program with the objectives
of insuring that adequate data are developed with respect to the effects of chemical
substances and mixtures on health and the environment and that those chemicals which
present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment are regulated to
reduce their risk.  The Act's coverage is broad, encompassing as many as 65,000
chemicals currently in commerce with up to 1,000 additional new chemicals introduced
each year.  About 115,000 manufacturers and processors are subject to the Act.

     The major programs EPA must develop and implement to carry out the provisions of
the Act are those to:  (a) require testing of chemicals and submission of reports of
existing information by industry and review these and other data to determine chemical
hazards; (b) review and act on new chemical and significant new use notifications by
industry and control the manufacturing, processing, distribution, use and disposal of
existing chemicals that pose unreasonable risks to health and the environment; (c)
enforce these statutory and regulatory programs; and (d) conduct research and develop-
ment to support the implementation of the law.

     There was a limited organizational and conceptual base upon which to build the
toxic substances program when the law was first enacted.  Consequently, the first
years of implementation have had the development of the foundations for program
operation as a major accomplishment.  We have established and begun staffing the
organization to carry out the program.  At the same time we have arrived at the initial
approaches to many basic program functions and have taken selected actions where warranted.
                                                                                 TS-1

-------
     Some of the major base programs that we have begun to put in place Include a scheme
of test standards and its use for chemical test regulations; a multistage assessment
process for reviewing suspect chemicals to determine potential risks; the first control
regulations on chemicals posing unreasonable risks; the premanufacture review program
with the initial regulations, forms, and other supporting documents; basic data manage-
ment facilities and operations; approaches for using reporting requirements for informa-
tion gathering and mechanisms for setting priorities for action; enforcement policies
and procedures for inspections, hearings, penalties, emergency actions, and imports;
reorientation of existing research to toxic substances; and a basic plan for toxic
substances research.

     Many of these foundation building elements will continue into the next years, with
an evolution of these basic program approaches and more extensive implementation of
them, resulting in an appreciable increase in associated outputs (i.e., chemical control
regulations, test standards, reporting requirements, etc.).  Of course, staffing and
organization, particularly of required scientific skills, will remain a key element
in this beginning operational phase.

     The 1979 and 1980 programs will reflect this move into operation for most program
areas, but to varying degrees.  Many elements of the toxic substances program are
interrelated and their implementation must be carefully balanced and staged.  In order
for the overall program to continue operation In future years, certain long lead time
activities must be started at a high level.  The time required successively to implement
testing requirements, have industry develop the data, evaluate the potential hazards,
and take appropriate control action for particular chemicals may extend over several
years.  In addition, the program has presently been operating on an established informa-
tion base carried over from previous years.  This backlog of information will  be rapidly
used up and will have to be replenished.  For these reasons, the testing and evaluation
of chemicals continue to receive major emphasis in order to establish an adequate
information and assessment base upon which to take actions now and in the future under
TSCA and other toxics related programs.

     Another key operational program will be the review of industry notifications before
the manufacturing of new chemicals in order to assess their risks and take appropriate
action.  Premanufacture review will begin during 1979 and will be fully operational In
1980.  The nature of this program as one of the Agency's major preventive health programs
necessitates that adequate emphasis be placed on it to insure protection from risks
before they are posed.

     Control actions will be taken on a selected number of chemicals expected to be
identified in these first years of operation as posing unreasonable risks.  Nonregula-
tory approaches, such as information dissemination and informal discussion, will also
be used when appropriate to effect protection from potential risks.  Adequate economic
analysis, Information planning and reporting, information systems and services, and
monitoring support will be provided to these high priority programs.  The implementation
and operation of information systems enabling us to enter, sort, and retrieve available
data; track submissions; refer to data sources in other systems; and conduct analyses
will be emphasized to improve the program's efficiency and effectiveness.  The program
will rely extensively in all areas on other programs and agencies to take action when
appropriate, and to establish coordinated approaches to problems, as the Act requires.

     The toxic substances enforcement program is responsible for protecting public
health and the environment from risks posed by chemical substances through enforcement
of TSCA and its implementing regulations.

     In 1980, emphasis will be focused on compliance monitoring of existing chemical
control regulations (PCS Mar king and Disposal, PCB Ban'and Chlorofluorocarbon Ban),
and initiation of appropriate TSCA enforcement actions in response to toxic chemical
emergency situations.  Enforcement efforts will also be directed toward limited com-
pliance monitoring and enforcement of chemical testing, new chemical notification,
chemical reporting, and chemical import regulations.  Technical and legal support
will be provided to the regions in major enforcement actions.

-------
     The 1980 research and development program contains a new initiative designed to
advance markedly our ability to define and predict human exposures to toxic chemicals
that are released or escape into the environment.  The program seeks to provide better
answers to the following questions:

          -  If a toxic substance enters the environment, is it likely
             to reach humans and, if so, by what pathways—air, water,
             soil, or food?

          -  To how much «>.the substance will  man be exposed as a
             result of his pattern of behavior, e.g., food habits,
             mobility, and occupational  activity?

          -  If multiple sources or pathways of a toxic substance
             contribute to human exposure, what is their relative
             significance and which, if reduced or controlled, would
             result in the greatest reduction of exposure?

     The 1980 research will comprise the first year of a 5-year program aimed directly at
the gaps in knowledge and methods which preclude us at this time from providing answers
to these questions which are necessary for anticipated regulatory analyses.

     In addition to the 1980 program on human exposure, EPA will conduct research to
provide validated protocols for testing the environmental hazards of toxic chemicals in
support of Sections 10(c) and 10(e) of TSCA.

     Also included in the research program are provisions for the improvement of methods
of measurement, Identification, collection, and separation of selected toxic chemicals
in the air, and, to a limited extent, in water and sediments.  This area of the research
program provides data on exposure levels of toxic chemicals to be used in risk assessment
and validation of exposure models.

     Additional work in the program will be in support of a moderate expansion of efforts
to identify and document the nature and extent of toxic burden in the environment, in-
cluding the adaptation of measurement and monitoring techniques to specific toxic
substances.

     The 1980 program will, in addition to health and ecological effects and monitoring
and technical support research areas, provide funding for (a) assessments of alternative
processing routes and in-process modifications required to minimize production of toxic
contaminants in chemical feedstocks, intermediates, and products, and (b) development
of a "new" chemical manufacture predictive model based on the unit process approach.

SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES                        (in thousands of dollars)

     1979 Toxic Substances Program	              $58,951

       Abatement and Control	              +24,573

          The increase is to make the TSCA implementation
          program more fully operational.  It will allow
          expanded development of testing requirements
          and conduct of assessments to provide an
          adequate information base for present and
          future actions.  The increase will provide for
          a fully operational new chemical review program
          and for action on identified existing chemical
          risks.  Adequate information gathering and
          management, monitoring and economic analysis
          support for these programs will be provided.


                                                                                 TS-3

-------
                                                          (in thousands of dollars)

       Enforcement	—	 >	,	                 +640

          Increased resources are for the enforcement
          of TSCA, emphasizing responses to emergencies
          involving substantial threats to public health
          and safety including inspections and legal
          actions; preparation and execution of enforce-
          ment strategies to enforcement regulations to
          control specific chemical substances and
          mixtures; and the improvement of enforcement
          methods through greater cooperation with States
          and Federal agencies.

       Research and Development	               +19,152

          The increase reflects a major new integrated
          research approach to assessing total human
          exposure to, and adverse health effects from,
          toxic substances.  Preventive public health
          research activities, contained in both the
          health and ecological effects research, focus
          on the development of short-term screening tests;
          the development of predictive models for total
          body burden; the refinement of neurotoxicologic
          detection methods and new work on evaluative
          laboratory techniques.  The increase in the
          ecology program will support research initia-
          tives focused on predicting the movement and fate
          of toxic substances.                                       _____
     1980 Toxic Substances Program..	               103,316

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Summary of Budget Request

         An Appropriation of $103,316,000 is requested in 1980.  This request, by
appropriation account, is as follows:

            Research and Development,	          $33,977,000
            Abatement and Control		           65,543,000
            Enforcement.			            3,796,000

         This request represents an increase of $44,365,000 over the 1979 level.  The
primary increase is for toxic substances strategies ($24.6 million) and reflects imple-
mentation of a more fully operational  TSCA program.  These resources will permit expanded
development of testing requirements and conduct of assessments to provide an adequate
information base for present and future actions under TSCA and other toxics related
programs.  The program for review of and action on new chemical notifications will become
fully operational.  Enforcement activities will increase by S.6 million, emphasizing
responses to emergencies involving substantial threats to public health and safety
including inspections and legal actions.  Research and development activities will
increase by approximately $19.2 million primarily in health and ecological effects
($17.4 million) and 1n industrial processes (1.2 million) to emphasize preventive public
health research activities.
TS-4

-------
     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

         Changes from the budget are as follows:

                                                          (In thousands of dollars)

         Original 1979 estimate,	                  $61,937
         Congressional increases/decreases:
           Contractual services and monitoring and
           technical support	                     -410
           Reduction in lapse rate....	                     -733
         Effect of October 1978 pay raise	                     -107
         Proposed October 1978 pay raise
           supplemental	                     +341
         Distribution of October 1977 pay raise..                     +274
         Office of Research and Development
           reprogramming	,                     -687
         Headquarters and regional offices
           reprograrmring	                   -1,664
         Current 1979 estimate..		                   58,951

         Congressional changes to the toxic substances media include a reduction of $410,000
for research contracts and monitoring and technical support and a decrease of $733,000 as
a result of the $3 million reduction applied to the lapse rate in filling positions of the
Abatement and Control and Enforcement appropriations.

     Pay raise costs result in a total increase of $508,000 over the original estimate.
The agency request included all funds for the October 1977 pay raise in the management
and support media, to be distributed to other media at a later date.  The increase
reflected represents the share of this later distribution.

     Agencywide reprogrammings resulted in a decrease of $2,351,000.  The Office of
Research and Development reprogrammed $687,000 to the interdisciplinary media; other
reprogrammings reflect a transfer of $236,000 to pesticides; $32,000 to noise; $837,000
to water quality; and $523,000 to program management.

ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

                                                           Current
                                                          Estimate         Estimate
                                                            1979            198.0
                                                          (in thousands of dollars}

     Prior year obligations		'            $21,693          $60,388
     Effect of congressional changes	                -200              ...
     Effect of October 1978 pay raise	                +250
     Effect of reprogrammings	              -2,000
     Program increase		.	.	             +35,000          +42,000
     Change in amount of carryover funds
       available			              +5,645           -1,437
     Change in rate of obligation..		                 ...	+5.000
     Total estimated obiigations	              60,388       :   105,951
     (From new obligation authority)		        '     (53,152)        (100,152)
     (From prior year funds)	              (7,236)          (5799)
                                                                                 TS-5

-------
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES  TO OBLIGATIONS

     Congressional changes as discussed in the  previous section result in a decrease to
obligations of $200,000.  The effect of the October  1978 pay raise and annualization of
the October 1977 pay raise will  increase obligations by $250,000.  The effect of all
reprogrammings is a decrease of  $2 million.

     The increase in 1979 budget authority over the  1978 level will increase obligations
by $35 million.  In 1980, the increased budget  authority will result in additional  obliga-
tions of $42 million.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is $7,735,000, an increase of
$5,645,000 over the 1978 level.   In V980, it is estimated that $6,298,000 will be obligated,
a decrease of $1,437,000.

     A change in the rate of obligation is expected  in 1980, which would  create an
increase of  $5  million over the 1979  level.
TS-6

-------
                                   TOXIC SUBSTANCES
PROGRAM LEVELS
                                   Actual
                                    1 978

Test standards initiated,
 proposed, final	.	         4

Chemicals subject to proposed/
 final  testing requirements	       ...

Evaluations of new chemical
 notifications	

Preliminary assessments
 undertaken. ^	       277

Final  risk assessments
 undertaken	         2

Control  actions  on  existing
 chemicals proposed/final	         3

New chemical notifications
 processed,	

Control  actions  on new chemicals
 taken	

Recordkeeping  & reporting
 actions taken	         3

Literature searches for
 assessment and  testing
 conducted	,...	.....        15

Material balance studies for
 assessment conducted	

Inspections of facilities
 subject to Section 6 rules..,..

Inspections of facilities
 subject to Section 5{e)
 and (f) rules,	

Inspections of facilities
 subject to Sections 4, 5, 8
 and 13 requirements	

Cases/prosecutions initiated
 or supported  (Headquarters  and
 Regions combined)	

Criminal cases,  civil penalty
 appellate review cases initiated
 or supported	,.
 Budget  Current
Estimate  Estimate
  1979      1979
                25
                40
               no
               350
           Increase +
Estimate   becrease -
  1980    1980 vs.  1979
               20.0
                41
               171
                16
               484
                •31
               103
      37


      90


     275


     375


      1.0


       6


     400


       9


      51



     178


      54


     594



       .5



      43
  +12


  +50


+165


 +25


  +3


  +2


+200


  +6


 +10



  +7


 +38


+110
 +12
     134     +31
                                  +4
                                                                                  TS-7

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
      other prganpnitrogen toxicants.  The activity focused on:  (1) chemical  process
      evaluation with emphasis on feedstock, intermediate, co- and by-product  and final
      product compositions; (2) substitute production methods; (3) in-process  toxic
      pollutant control; and (4) the evaluation of techniques with a potential  for recovery,
      recycle and reuse of residuals for total  plant control of toxic materials,

1979 Program

    There are 8 positions and $452,400 allocated to this program.  Of this amount it is
estimated that $100,000 will be expended through contract efforts and $75,000  for grants.
The FY 1979 industrial process toxics program will focus upon the following activities:

    - Technical  assistance on specific pollutant identification/prediction and assessment
      of specified industrial  processes to the Office of Toxic Substances, Office of
      Enforcement, Office of General Counsel, and other EPA operating program  offices,
      including regional offices.

    - Documentation, for Agency reference, of summaries of industrial R&D experiences
      regarding in-process changes for TSCA priority chemicals.

    - Definition of alternative processing routes and modifications to minimize public
      exposure to toxic substances that result from the manufacture of:

      (!) Two specific high volume organonitrogen chemicals in which the potential
          for nitrosamine occurrence is high, both in the product and in waste streams;
          and

      (2) one specific high volume halogenated hydrocarbon (e.g., vinylidene
          chloride, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclopentadiene) in which
          the potential for environmental  contamination is high during
          manufacture.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$12,400 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978
FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay  raise.

1980 Plan

    The requested FY 1980 resource level for this subactivity is $1,742,000 and 12 positions.
Of this amount it is estimated that $900,000 will be expended in contracts and $200,000
in grants.  The $1,289,600 and four position increase in FY 1980 resources Is  the response
to an OTS need to expand significantly the "new" chemical manufacture predictive model
based on the unit process approach. Such a model will provide the Agency with  a source of
industrial information concerning chemicals, their manufacturing process, distribution and
use patterns, waste disposal methods, and control options, together with a viable analytical
model to predict human risk and how the chemical product moves through Commerce.  Specific-
ally, the program will provide:

    - Expansion of toxic pollutant identification analyses for three to seven  products
      including feedstocks and intermediates.  Development of product flow diagrams for
      specific OTS priority chemicals.

    - Significant expansion of "new" chemical manufacture predictive model to  Identify:
      (a) anticipated processes involved in manufacture, commercial and consumer use,
      transportation, and disposal; (b) expected releases associated with individual
      processes; (c) quality and quantity of releases; (d) recommended control  methods;
      and (e) risk analyses relative to feedstocks, byproducts, impurities, and degradation
      products.

    - Expansion of regional  technical support to include toxic chemical spills and emergency
      response techniques,
                                                                                          TS-26

-------
Appropriation
Characterization and
 Heasurement Methods
 Development, . , . .
 Technical  Support .
  Total
Permanent Positions
Characterization and
 Measurement Methods
 Development	
Technical Support . .
  Total
Full-time Equivalency
Characterization and
 Measurement Methods
 Development. ....
Technical Support , .
                                         TOXIC SUBSTANCES
                                      Research and Development

                                 Monitoring and Technical Support
                            Actual
                            1978
 88
465

553
         Budget
        Estimate
         1979
$  790
 2.445

 3,235
            Current
            Estimate
             1979
          Estimate
           1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
 19
    2.3
  Total
$  592
 1.734

 2,326
     3
    18

    21
                           5
                          26

                          31
$  637
,2.201

 2,838
     3
    18

    21
                             6
                            23

                            29
           1980 vs.  1979
            Increase +
            Decrease -
$  45
  467
  512
                             +1
                             -3

                             -2
Budget Request

    An appropriation of $2,838,000 and 21 positions is requested for FY 1980.  This
is a net increase of $512,100 over 1979 level.  Of this increase, $46,000 will allow
initiation of work on the development of measurement methods development for toxics
in sediments and $466,000 will support a moderate expansion of efforts to Identify
and document the nature and extent of toxic burden in the environment, including
the adaptation of measurement and monitoring techniques to specific toxics.

Program Description

    The Characterization and Measurement Methods Development program is designed to
provide improved methods for collection, separation, identification and quantification
of toxic substances in the environment.  The program scope includes air, water and soils/
sediments.  Primary emphasis for 1979 and 1980 will be on airborne toxic organics and, to
a ver,  limited extent, on toxics in soil-sediments and water.  This program will also
provide exposure data on toxic chemicals to be used in the validation of exposure models
for risk assessment of toxic chemicals under TSCA.

    The Technical Support Program for Toxics currently focuses on providing support
to the Office of Toxic Substances (OTS).  As a nea Agency program and operating office,
OTS has not yet developed a suitable data collection capability either in-house or
extramurally.  Moreover, at present, there is only a limited extramural capability that
can be drawn upon.  Accordingly OTS will require substantial support from ORD in adapting
and applying advanced state-of-the-art measurement, monitoring and analyses techniques to
specific toxic compounds.  During FY 1980, ORD's support will assist the OTS in : (1)
identifying the nature, source, and extent of toxic pollution; (2) extending the mass
spectral search capability to cover some 25,000 materials for which spectra are needed;

-------
    As the program matures and OTS's capabilities develop, the Technical Support Program
will begin to shift in FY 1981 to the pattern of support provided other media program
areas, including extending support to enforcement and regional programs.

CHARACTERIZATION AND MEASUREMENT METHODS

1978 Accomplishments

    During 1978, resources were $88,400.  Of this $1,500 were spent on contracts.  The
accomplishments included (1) collection and evaluation of technical information needed in
initiating a measurement methods development program for toxic substances in air; and (2)
development of measurement methods for identification and quantification used in the Love
Canal Landfill, Niagara Falls, New York Study.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for characterization and measurement methods development are
3592,200 and 3 positions.  The resources include $262,500 for contract work and $140,000
for grants.

    The main research objective is to develop improved analytical methods and instrumental
techniques for the identification, quantification, and monitoring of toxic chemicals
in air, water, soils, and sediments.  Emphasis will  be given to the development of prototype
instruments for the monitoring of toxic chemicals in air; evaluation of improved methods
for the measurement of ambient air concentration of toxic chemicals; development of
methods for systematically identifying previously unknown toxics in environmental samples.
Chemicals to be studied will include priority chemicals as identified by the Office of
Toxic Substances and other environmentally significant toxic chemicals.  The work will
primarily aid the implementation of the Toxic Substances Control Act, as well as the Clean
Air Act*  Specific research included under this work is described as follows:

    - Technical assistance will be provided to the OTS on complex problems related to the
      development for quantification and identification of toxic chemicals in air, water
      and soils/sediments.

    - Improved analytical  instrumentation techniques for identification of the structure
      of toxic chemicals will be developed.  This work will include studies involving
      spectroscopic techniques and high pressure liquid chromatography-mass spectroraetry.
      These studies will provide information on the structure of complex organic chemicals
      in air.  these methods will be used in measuring exposure concentration of toxic
      chemicals in air.

    - Research will be carried out to develop improved methods for sample collection,
      separation, and quantification of toxic organic compounds on particulate matter.
      Rapid, simple, and more sensitive methods are needed to measure the ambient concen-
      tration of toxic chemicals around production sources, processing and storage areas,
      and end use and disposal areas.  The output from this research will result in
      improved mass spectrometry gas chromatography methods for the measurement of airborne
      toxic organics and will enable the Agency to measure organic chemical  concentration
      in plumes and particulate matter more efficiently and accurately, and will provide
      better sample collection procedures and separation methods for toxics in air.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -$197,800 results from several  actions.  Congress applied a $6
rail!ion reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services and
monitoring and technical  support activities;  the decrease applicable to this activity was
-550,000. A net increase of +$10,700 results from increased pay costs from the October
1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of tne October 1977 {FY 1978} pay raise.
Finally, -$158,500 was reprograramed from this activity to scientific assessment within the
interdisciplinary -nedia. .

                                                                                      TS-2B

-------
1980 Plan

    The 1980 resources for characterization and measurement methods development are
$637,500 and 3 positions.  This is an increase of $15,300 to initiate work on the develop-
ment of measurement methods for toxics in sediments.  Of the total, $285,000 will be
devoted to contracts and $151,700 to grants.  These resources are assigned to develop
improved collection, separation, identification and quantification techniques for toxics
in air and to a limited extent in soil/sediment and water.

    The characterization and quantification of toxic chemicals in the ambient environment is
essential in evaluating hazards and risks to man and the environment.  Under TSCA, the
number of toxic chemicals to be evaluated runs into several thousands.  The Act also
requires regulation of new chemicals.  For many such chemicals reliable measurement
methods must be developed.  Unless adequate methods for measurement of toxic chemicals
at environmentally significant levels are available, it would be difficult to evaluate to
which chemicals and to what levels humans are exposed.  Thus, precise risk estimation
cannot be made.  The improved measurement methods will be used in monitoring programs for
measuring exposure levels of toxics in the environment.  The exposure data are also needed
in the validation of predictive models and In carrying out tests for screening of toxic
chemicals.  Toxic chemicals investigated will include priority chemicals.  Specifically,
the work will include the following:

    - Technical assistance will be provided to OTS on complex problems associated with the
      measurement methods development, exposure measurements and identification of toxic
      substances in air, in soil-sediment and water.

    - Work will be carried out to develop improved separation and characterization
      techniques for toxic chemicals in air.  High pressure liquid chromatography, XA-0
      type resins and extraction methods will be tested in developing separation techniques.
      The output from this work will enable the Agency to separate toxic chemicals in air
      samples representing complex mixtures.  The availability of good separation techniques
      is essential in identifying and quantifying toxics in environmental samples.

    - Work will be carried out to develop improved and inexpensive devices for collection
      of toxic chemicals in air.  These collection devices will be used in determining
      exposure levels of toxic chemicals via monitoring methods.  The output from this
      work will assist the OTS in determining the exposure of toxics to man and the
      environment,

    - Methods for characterization and separation of toxic chemicals in the soil/sediment
      matrix will be developed.  Solvent extraction, resins, high pressure liquid chromato-
      graphy and gas-chromatography mass-spectrometry methods will be used in developing
      these methods.  The output from this work will provide the Agency with the urgently
      needed methods for analysis of toxic chemicals in the soil-sediment matrix.  Our
      current knowledge of the measurement of toxics in soil-sediments is extremely
      limited.  Soil-sediments are major sinks for many classes of toxic chemicals.
      The output will also assist in the estimation of multimedia exposure levels of
      toxics under TSCA.

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

1978 Accomplishments

    The 1978 resources were $464,800 and 19 positions, including approximately 320,000
for extramural work.  The Technical Support Program for Toxics was initiated in this
ysar.  Accomplishments for 1978 include the following:

    - Established procedures for "fence-line" monitoring in which documented ambient
      concentrations of aryl phosphates at the "fence line" of several industrial sites.
      Data collected contradicted previous reports on the subject.

  TS-29

-------
    - Conducted several aerial photographic studles'te determine demographic alteration
      coincident with  industrial development.

    - Completed trend  assessments to determine impact of Endrin label restrictions for
      areas  in Alabama, Lousiana, Mississippi, Oklahoma_and Arkansas.  Results to date
      indicate that permitted usage would be greatly reduced if the restriction limits
      were set at 1/4  of a mile rather than the proposed 1/8 mile.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for technical -support are $1,733,700 and 18 positions, of which
approximately 5418,400 will be used for contracts and $20,000 for interagency agreements.
The resources will be  used to carry out the following types of projects:

    - Monitor ambient  air to  identify nature and extent of toxic emissions at 20 industrial
      sites.

    - Conduct multimedia assessments at four or five production sites for two or three
      classes of chemical  compounds to determine if such chemicals are being released to
      surrounding air, water or soil,

    - Supplement aryl  phosphate studies to extend documentation from fence line to several
      kilometers, to better define boundary of possible impact.

    - Conduct aerial photographic studies to determine demographic alteration coincident
      with industrial development at ten industrial  sites.

    - Initiate expansion of Mass Spectral  Search System to begin to include spectra for
      some 25,000 materials for which spectra are still needed.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net decrease of -$711,300 results from several  actions.  The Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to RSD contracts and monitoring and technical  support activities;
the decrease applicable to this activity was -$360,000.  A net increase of +$59,900
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979} pay raise as well as
dis'ribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1973} pay raise.  In addition, -$411,200 was re-
programmed from this activity to scientific assessment within the interdisciplinary
media.

1980 Plan

    The 1980 resources for Technical Support are $2,200.500 and 18 positions of which
$1,021,000 will be used for extramural  projects.  This is an increase of $456,800 to
support a moderate expansion of efforts to identify and document the nature and extent of
toxic burden in the environment, including the adaption of measurement and monitoring
techniques to specific toxics.   During 1980, the majority of effort of this program will
be devoted to assisting the OTS in defining the nature, extent and source of the toxic
burden in the environment.  The 1980 program will:

    - Monitor ambient air emissions of to ics at 40 additional
      industrial  sites*

    - Conduct environmental, multimedia assessments on an additional
      five classes of chemical compounds.

    - Conduct photo-interpretive studies at an additional  10 sites to
      determine demographic alteration coincident with industrial
      development.

    - Add an additional 1,000 spectra (about 4% of those still  needed)
      to the Mass Spectral  Search System.

                                                                                  TS-30

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                          TDXIC SUBSTANCES
                                      Research and Devel opment
                            Actual
                            1978
Appropriation
Health and Ecological
  Effects ........  $ 8,213
Industrial  Processes
Monitoring and Technical
  Support ,
  Total
Permanent Posit ions
Health' and Ecological
  Effects 	
Industrial Processes . .
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	
  Total
Full-time Equivalency
Health and Ecological
  Effects .......
Industrial Processes . .
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	
   95

  553

8,861
 20
  3

...1-9

 42
  Total
         Budget
        Estimate
         1979
        $12,034
            440
        Current
        Estimate
         1979
      Estimate
       1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
30
 8

23

61
        $12,047
            452
      $29,397
        1,742
32
 8

21

61
59
12

21

92
        1980  vs.  1979
        Increase +
        Decrease -..    Page
        +$17,350
          +1,290

            +512
                                              +19,152
+27
+ 4
+31
53
8
31
92
93
15
29
136
+40
+ 7
- 2
+4/!
        TS-9
        TS-25

        TS-27
    Ths-Toxic Research and Development Program is designed to furnish EPA with sufficient
knowledge to:  (.1) develop first generation testing rules and regulations pertaining to
screening techniques for health and ecological effects; (2) provide analyses for transport
and fate of ambient pollutants; (3) determine the ambient presence of selected toxic
substances; (4) recommend alternative'manufacturing process options for the processing
and/or production of potentially hazardous or toxic materials; (5) provide a broad
spectrum of technical  expertise and specialized equipment to agency operating programs.

    Most of the FY 1979 research activities to support the Toxic Substances Control
Act (TSCA) will continue into FY 1980.  The increases in the FY 1980 budget both expand
the base programs and  provide the resources for the Agency's public health initiative.
This initiative provides the first truly integrated focus on assessing human exposure to,
and the adverse health effects of, toxic substances as they impinge upon humans through
various environmental  pathways.  The initiative assesses both individual chemical sub-
stances in the human environment, and complex mixtures of these substances and thefr end
products.
                                                                                     TS-8

-------
                                           TO HC SUBSTANCES
                                      Research and Devel opment

                                    Health and Ecological  Effects
                            Actual
                            1978
Appropriation
Health Effects ....
Ecological Effects . . .
Transport and Fate . .
Stratospheric
  Modification-Health
  Effects . . 	
Stratospheric
  Modification-Ecological
  Effects 	
$ 6,
683
581
418
  Total
Permanent Positions
Health Effects . . . . . .
Ecological  Effects ....
Transport and Fate ....
Stratospheric
  Modification-Health
  Effects 	
Stratospheric Modification
  Ecological  Effects . . .
    297
    234

  8,213
  Total
     20
Full-time Equivalency
Health Effects . ".''.. . .
Ecological  Effects ....
Transport and Fate
Stratospheric
  Modification-Health
  Effects 	
Stratospheric Modification
  Ecological  Effects . . .
             Budget
            Estimate
             1979
$ 8,094
    500
  2,170


    651


    519

 12,034
                 12
                  9
                  9
                     Current
                     Estimate
                      1979
                        Est imate
                         1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
             30
$ 7,540
  1,187
  2,150
                         651
                         519
                          12
                           9
                          11
                  32
                              16
                              11
                              22
$15,025
 10,402
  2,5.66
               781
               623
                      12,047     29,397
                             26
                             20
                             13
                5.9
                                     48
                                     23
                                     18
                       1930 vs. 1979
                        Increase +
                        Decrease -
+$ 7,485
+  9,215
+    416
                  130


                  104
                        + 17,350


                          '  + 14
                            + 11
                            +  2
                  +27
                                          +32
                                          +12
                                          - 4
  Total
Budget Request

    An appropriation of 329,396,600 and 59 positions is requested for FY 1980. This
represents an increase of $17,349,800 and 27 positions over the FY 1979 level,

    Of the increase, $15,000,000 and 16 position are for the Agency's public health
Initiative.  The initiative will enable EPA to rapidly expand development of screening
techniques and protocols to predict neurotoxicological effects, predictive models for
determining extent of human exposure to toxic substances, evaluation methods for determin-
ing impact of exposure to toxic chemicals on humans, models for identifying persistence of
substances in the environment and movement of toxicants.  This initiative provides an
integrated approach to assessing human exposure and human health effects of toxic chemicals.
The public health initiative is described in more detail under the FY 1980" plan for Health
Effects and Ecological Effects.

-------
    An increase of $1,699,800 and 8 positions in the health and ecological subactivity
will allow increased work on long-term, low-dose research, on a time-to-tumor model, and
on development of biological screening indicator methods.  This information is needed to
provide a better understanding of carcinogenic processes, screening techniques and regu-
latory testing protocols to predict toxicant effects.

    An increase of $416,000 and 3 positions will be used to initiate research on cha-
racterization of soils and sediments as well as to develop an environmental forecasting
system to predict potential environmental  problems associated with toxic substances in
multimedia envirorments.  An increase of $234,000 for the Stratospheric Modification
program is provided.  The requested1 increase will be applied to expand work on development
of precise, accurate, portable instruments for the generation and measurement of ultraviolet
rays (t)V-B) in order to calibrate field instruments, thereby improving the reliability of
studies on the effects of UV-B and improving estimates of the economic costs of future skin
cancers related to UV-B increases.

Program description

    Specific research to serve the needs of the new Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
was first initiated in FY 1978.  A limited research program was initiated to provide high
priority technical  service activities to address the starting needs of the regulatory
program.  Investigations supporting the immediate requirement to provide criteria for
first generation screening techniques and protocols were also started.  In FY 1980, the
increased resources permit expansion of testing and assessment techniques which will
determine the amounts of pollutants moving to humans by means of ecological processes.

    The health effects research program has a long term goal  of developing new and
improved techniques for rapid, reliable and economical  screening of toxic substances.
These screening techniques will be used by manufacturers to predict the carcinogenic,
mutagenic, teratogenic and other deleterious effects on human beings from exposure to
chemical substances.  The ecological  effects research program is also aimed at improving
the state-of-the-art for rapid, reliable,  and economical screening techniques for predict-
ing adverse effects of the exposure of animal species to toxicants.  The transport and
fate research program is designed to yield methodologies and data which will provide an
understanding of the movement, transformation, and fate of toxic chemicals in air, water,
and soils.  This information will be used  to test toxic substances and to develop exposure
assessment models.

HEALTH EFFECTS
1978 Accomplishments

    The FY 1978 resources were $6,682,700 and 8 positions.  Of this, $722,200 was spent on
contracts, $345,000 on grants and $5,131,000 on interagency agreements.   Accomplishments
under this program include the following:

   — An in vivo/in vitro teratology study procedure was developed and standardized
      for use as a short-term screening technique,

   — A procedure for using skeletal variants as an indicator of biological  effects of
      environmental  contaminants was developed and evaluated.

   ~ A report was issued on the effects of acute and chronic cadmium exposure on the
      known metabolic activity of lindane.  In rats, pretesting with cadmium caused
      inhibition of lindane metabolism, which was of long duration and was not appreciably
      relieved by chronic exposure to the metal.  Thus, in humans, repeated exposure to
      cadmium may impair the ability of the liver to detpxify other toxic substances.


                                                                                       TS-10

-------
    — Validation of the  Chinese  hamster  ovary mammalian  cell  bloassay for mutagenesis,
       chromosomal  aberrations  and  sister-chromatid  exchanges  using  14 carcinogen/non-
       carcinogen pairs was completed.  This multi-end  point bioassay provides  for  the
       simultaneous evaluation  of cytotoxicity mutagenicity, and  presumptive carcino-
       genicity  (thus saving time and costs) and  allows more accurate correlation between
       primary DNA  damage and mutagenic behavior.

    — Ten high  priority  toxic  substances (selected  for their  ability to  induce gene
       mutation, chromosomal  aberrations,  primary  DNA damage,  and oncogenic transformation
       in procaryotic and eucaryotic  systems) were evaluated.   The tests  performed  provided
       data which may be  used for evaluation of large numbers  of  chemicals regulated under
       TSCA and  demonstrated what test parameters  should  be recommended to industry.

    — A primary liver culture  system was developed  and used to evaluate  the
       cytotoxicity of a  series of  inorganic and  organic  chemicals.

 1979 Program

     The 1979 resources for health  effects research  total  $7,539,700 and  12 positions.
 This includes S449.900 for contracts, $906,000 for  grants, and $4,467,400 for  interagency
 agreements.

     The health  effects research  program  will continue  toward  its goal of developing
 new and improved techniques for  rapid, reliable,  and economical  screening of toxic
 chemicals.  The 1979 program focuses on  selecting and  validating known techniques  for
 screening so that  testing protocols  can  be developed,  and on  accelerating the  development
 of promising techniques  from the research and development state  to  practical utility.   It
 includes:

 Neurotoxlcology and Behavioral Screening/

     Neurobehavioral  studies and  neurotoxicology  have not  yet  been developed and used to
 a level which will permit their  immediate use as  screening tests.  This  area of research,
 however, is very promising for developing sensitive, early-detection methods for rapid
 screening of chemical substances.  Candidate pollutants  will  be  studied  to develop and
 validate testing methods for behavioral  effects  that are  reliable,  economical  and
 applicable on a routine  basis.

 Human Sterilant Effects/

     Human sterilant effects and  interference with reproductive efficiency serve as poten-
 tial Indicators of toxic effects.  Epidemic!ogical  study  criteria will be developed which
 will define the method for documenting reproductive efficiency.   Epidemiological studies
 in industrial communities where  exposure is high, and  in  groups  of  individuals using
 chemicals, have proven useful  in documenting reproductive failure from exposure to
 selected pesticides. Previous studies have emphasized male sterility only, but females
 will also be studied,

 Utilization of  Tlme-to-Tumor Model
     The time-to-tumor concept  involves lab experiments in test animals to determine
 carcinogenic effects from exposure to toxic substances through correlation with total
 tumor formulations over  time.  Current research  on  utilizing  time-to-tumor models will  be
.expanded to examine the  feasibility  of developing a model  that will correlate  the  total
 number of tumors generated in  a  test with the length of  time  from the initiation of the
 test to the discovery of the first tumor.

 Exposure Measurement of  Toxic  Substances on Specific Populations

     To determine the true amount of  a toxic substance  which actually reaches the human
 and creates a harmful effect—the  absorbed dose—specific populations must be  studied
 at close range. Correlations  between absorbed dose and  population  effects must then
 be made to assess  the risk from  environmental levels of  toxic substances.  To  better
 derive such data,  investigations will be conducted  to  directly measure exposure for such
 situations as the  following:  a  person spraying  a household product in a room  or out-
 doors; people residing downwind  from an  emitting  source;  and  a person using laundry

-------
Utilization of Hutagenlcity'Data

    The TSCA explicitly states that EPA should gather data on the mutagenic behavior of
certain substances within its purview and utilize this information to estimate the risk of
heritable mutations.  Since the state-of-the-art for lower animals to man extrapolations
is controversial, it can be anticipated that questions will be raised concerning any
decision based on experiments such as the Ames test.  To validate action in this area, EPA
must gain experience in estimating risk based on mutagenicity data.  This proposed research
will build on past attempts to develop a standardized system which can be used to generate
quantitative estimates of risk.

Effects of Toxic Substances on the Immune System

    This research effort will develop short-term methods for predicting adverse effects
of environmental  chemicals on the immune response.  A variety of new techniques have been
developed to assess the functional capacities of the humoral and cell-mediated systems
which can serve as the focus of this effort.  It is essential that standard techniques
which assess the biological  importance of such alterations be developed.

Teratology and the Effects of Toxic Substances on Reproductive Function

    Research is currently conducted within the broad area of prenatal toxicology. The
research program is active at two levels:  the testing of compounds to characterize
their potential to induce alterations in the developing organism, and the determination
of the significance of toxicity to the fetus expressed in other than anatomical defects.
Recent events have made it apparent both that the standard protocols are inadequate
as predictors of all postnatal effects induced by prenatal  exposure of the mother to
toxicants, and that the tests are extremely time consuming considering the number of
chemicals to be covered.  As a result, research is being conducted to develop criteria for
using nonanatomical  effects as a measure of impact as well as to improve the capabilities
of existing standard testing methods*

Screening Techniques Using Bioindicators

    Biochemical assays and metabolic indicators that are predictive of a chemical's
ability to induce chronic effects are being developed.  As results from exposure are
systematized and validated they become an effective screening procedure for prioritizing
compounds for more sensitive whole animal toxicological  evaluation.  Research efforts
also focus on several  promising areas in the bioindicator field.  Investigations to define
biochemical  thyroid indicators for carcinogenic potential  and liver carcinoma are to be
initiated.  The development of in vitro tests to predict in vivo chronic effects are
expanding.  Protocols are being~"3eveloped for human cell mutagenic and neoplastic trans-
formation bioassays.  New bioindicators, including markers for fetal  metabolism, are
being evaluated for utility in screening systems.  Screening with bioindicators for the
purpose of early warning is being investigated and will  focus on urine and tissue screening
for mutagenic metabolites.  Regulatory measures based on mutagenicity test results will
have to rely to a large extent on confirmatory evidence obtained from a battery of test
systems.  The Environmental  Mutagen Information Center (EMIC) a computerized data base of
mutagenicity test results, will  be tapped to provide information on substances which are of
immediate concern.

Center  for Toxicological  Research

    The Environmental  Protection Agency and the Food and Drug Administration jointly
fund the national  Center for Toxicological  Research  ( CTR)  with a mission to conduct
research programs designed to increase understanding of the biological  mechanisms of
potentially toxic chemical substances.  In  order to obtain the scientific information
needed to provide research for making regulatory decisions, research  is conducted to
determine the health effects of long-term,  low-level exposure to chemicals; to develop
inproved methodologies and protocols to determine the effects of these chemicals; to
develop data and  techniques  to facilitate the extrapolation of toxicological data from
laboratory animals to  man; and to study the basic biological processes affecting chemical
toxicants in animal  organisms.  This research will  enhance the ability of regulatory
agencies to deal  effectively with a variety of sensitive risk-benefit decisions.

-------
1979JExplanatl.on of Changes from Budget Estimate:

    The net decrease of -$554,300 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$42,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as
well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1973) pay raise.  In addition, -$539,000
was reprogrammed within this activity to ecological effects and -$58,000 was reprograramed
to scientific assessment within the interdisciplinary media.

1980iiPlan

    The request for FY 1980 is for 315,025,000 and 26 positions of which $6,000,000
and 6 positions support the agency's public health initiative.  This is an increase
of $7,485,300 and 14 positions over the 1979 level.  The total funds include 32,384,800
for contracts, $4,452,100 for research grants, and $5,308,900 for interagency agreements.
Our base program includes the following programs:

Anajy^ical Hejhodsvjfor Detection and rdentification pf Toxic Substances

    Development of analytical  methodology for broad classes of chemical substances
and their metabolites in human and animal body tissues and body fluids is ,an important
aspect of evaluating these substances for harmful human health effects. Scientific techni-
ques and laboratory management processes will be adapted from experience gained with
pesticide analytical procedures, and new procedures will also be devised to provide
quality control of laboratory tests and to provide good standardized inter-laboratory
practices.  Support of the toxic substances hazard assessment research will include the
isolation, identification, chemical characterization, and confirmation of chemical com-
pounds in environmental samples.

Comparative Toxicology of Aquatic and Mammalian Organisms

    Toxicity testing based on mammalian animal studies alone encounters many difficulties
when applied to evaluation of large numbers of chemicals.  For example, they often require
great numbers of expensive animals, testing periods are long, and care of the animal is
expensive and labor-intensive.  Testing overall is very costly to perform and extrapolation
of test results to the human is inexact.  Often submammalian species of animals have
systems which can be related to similar systems and effects in humans and also can be used
to reduce most of the difficulties encountered in the higher life forms.  The research
goal is to examine the feasibility of using a series of experimental results from studies
of cold-blooded species as indicators of the need to initiate testing in mammalian systems.
Literature review comparisons will be made of the responses to toxic insults to cold-
blooded mammalian species.  The information derived from this project could lead to
a better integration of the environmental and human health effects systems of tier
screening.

Effects of Toxic Substances in immune Systems

    The techniques for detecting immune system competence following toxicant ^exposure will
be further investigated with the development of simple and inexpensive testing procedures
and techniques will be developed which measure depression of host immune defense mechanisms
which protect humans from disease caused by the'presence of bacteria, viruses, fungi,
spontaneous tumors and other antigenic foreign materials.  Toxic substances will be
selected for validating screening techniques which are likely to depress host defense
mechanisms.  Lymphocyte Bond T blood-cell systems are to be studied for candidate test
systems.

Exposure Measurement of Specific Populations of Toxic Suj)st_ances

    Research will continue relate to more closely absorbed dose of a toxic substance
to the elicited effect in the human organ or life system.  Association of the presence
of chemicals in the environment with human disease using methods currently available to
epidemiologists is at best indirect.  Quantitative estimations of exposure are rare and it
is generally necessary to rely on occupational histories in particular industries.
Disease processes correlated with occupational exposure in such industries can rarely be
attributed to single agents.  Methods for analytically determining the exposure history to
chemicals in general would greatly increase the confidence that could be nlar»rt in

-------
Epidemiology of Susceptible Human Populations

    Development of methods for screening toxic substances requires that the technique be
validated for its applicability to prediction of human health.  In order to assess the
relationship of methodology to human effects, epidemiological  studies of the reaction of
human populations to environmental toxic chemicals must be performed.  The FY 1980 program
will apply epidemic!ogical research, including supporting exposure assessments,  to determine
susceptible human populations and the acute and chronic health  effects found in  such '
populations identified with occupational and community exposures to suspected substances.

Human Reproductive and Sterilant Effects

    Research will determine the relationship of toxic substances to reproduction
and sterility.  Such areas may yield screening techniques, such as a community fertility
index.  Additionally, new and improved procedures, including isozyme studies and postnatal
metabolic and toxicologic assessment, will be evaluated as indicators of the effects of
toxic substances to reproductive function teratology.

Increases in the base program of 51,540,000 and six positions will be used as follows:

Utilization of Time-to-Tumor Model

    Research will apply this technique to reducing time required for obtaining carcino-
genicity test results.

Screening Techniques Using Bioindicators

    This promising area for producing many rapid, reliable and  low-cost screening
procedures will be expanded to assist the development of tier battery of screening tests.

Center for Toxicologlcal Research

    Research particularly for long-term biological assessment will continue for  substances
of importance to the Federal  regulatory agencies.  The research will expand the  FY 1979
program slightly to:  determine the health effects of long-term, low-level  exposure to
chemicals; develop improved methodologies and protocols to determine the effects of these
chemicals; develop data and techniques to facilitate the extrapolation of toxicologies!
data from laboratory animals to man; and study the basic biological  processes affecting
chemical toxicants in animal  organisms.

Public Health Initiative

    This research includes an increase of $6,000,000 and six positions to support the
Agency's public health initiative by providing an integrated approach to assessing the
significance of human exposure and adverse human health effects from chemicals and chemical
mixtures which have been or might be released into the environment.

    The initiative recognizes the need for pharaacokinetic modelling, which enables
prediction of the significance of human exposure to a toxic substance; taking into considera-
tion the influences of other chemicals, the mode of entry into  the body, the actions of
various immunologic, hormonal, and enzymatic systems the rate of excretion of substances
and the effect on body organs or systems.  The public health initiative further  recognizes
the need to provide evaluation of both the predictive models and the effectiveness of
preventative measures such as regulations and controls to decrease an adverse health
impact.  Furthermore, special attention is given to the refinement and verification of
short-term neurological  and behavioral  tests for evaluating the toxicity of chemical
substances.  Implicit within these three areas vrill  be requirements for improving existing
and developing new methods for physiological  and biochemical  measurements.   The  fulfillment
of these needs will permit greater precision in the selection of adverse substances and
complex mixtures to be subject to more extensive testing.


                                                                                       TS-14

-------
    Research on human exposure will be approached from two aspects.  One approach,
the predictive, projects before a chemical substance has been permitted to enter the
environment how a substance will be handled by the body, what target organ would be
affected and what the significance of a potential effect would be. The second approach,
the evaluative assesses human exposure to chemical substances by actual measurement of
the entry, transport and fate of substance within the body after the chemical has been
released into the environment.  The first objective of this portion of the initiative is
to provide data usable to establish the feasibility of developing predictive toxicity
models and toxicity indicators which are discriminating, relatively simple to utilize, and
inexpensive to analyze.  The second objective is to provide methodology which accurately
and .inexpensively monitors and verifies the performance of the predictive models and the
effectiveness of any controls imposed upon the release of a substance into the environment.

    Predictive approaches basically rely on the development of models, or analytical
.schemes, which assess exposure by estimates of the degree of absorption, of metabolic
change, and of distribution of chemicals in the human body modified by the rate of excretion
and removal from the tissues.  In developing and applying these predictive pharmacokinetic
models existing knowledge of biochemical, physiological  and immunological systems will be  .
employed.  Data derived from our own research as well as that developed by the interspecies
relationship project will provide coefficient for the models.  Such models should also
establish relationships between concentration of substances in tissues such as hair, nails
and saliva, and the ambient levels to which a person was exposed.

    Evaluative methods will be developed to assess exposure to chemical substances which
depend upon specific intermediate metabolities of chemical  substances binding to protein
(adducts) in a manner which permits ready identification.  The protein in red blood cells,
hemoglobin, has been observed to engage in this binding activity, and because of its easy
accessibility, hemoglobin is the tissue of choice for these studies.  A person's own blood
then becomes an integrating dosimeter for quantifying exposure to specific chemicals.
Methods which utilize living organisms to quantify the levels of toxic chemicals in the
environment will also be developed.  These can replace costly and sophisticated chemical
analyzes in many instances.

    Especially in the area of neurotoxicology, major deficiencies exist in the avail-
ability of rapid, reliable, and economical testing methods which are to be used by
inanyfacturers, as required by TSCA.  The public health initiative will complete the
establishment of a National Neurotoxicological Research Facility to serve, particularly,
the Federal Agencies forming the Interagency Regulatory Liaison Group (IRLG).  This center
will carry out a comprehensive, cooperative program to determine means of detecting the
often subtle effects of toxic substances on the nervous system and to evaluate the
significance of these effects to humans.  Determining these effects can lead to highly
sensitive screening and long-term research techniques.  Research activities planned
include:  development and validation of new stiort-tenrn tests and currently existing
methods to enhance stability, sensitivity, and cost effectiveness; performance of toxicity
testing using existing methodologies to establish preliminary guidelines for methods
to be used in toxicity testing of chemicals; conducting research to determine mechanisms
by which agents .produce neurotoxic effects; and assessment of the effects of toxic substances
on the central nervous system (CMS) and developing methodologies to assess specific CMS
indicators of toxicity.

ECOL06IQALEFFECTS

1-978 Accomplishments

    The 1978 resources for ecological  research on toxic substances amounted to 5580,700
and 5 positions.  Of this amount S56.000 was expended for grants and $262,800 for contracts.
Overall emphasis was on development and validation of rapid, reliable screening procedures.
Accomplishments of note on development of these screening procedures include:


   T5-15

-------
    - Conduct of rDirndl-robin tests to develop protocols for acute bioassays between
      four in-house laboratories and four contractors using fish, shrimp, copepods and
      aquatic algae as the test organism.  These tests are critical  in developing
      reliability of the measurements as all laboratories must be able to do the
      same test the same way and obtain the same results.  As a result of using intact
      organisms arid due to other causes, a'ccuracy is often lacking from similar tests run
      in different laboratories.

    - Evaluation of rapid methods of determining in vitro fish enzyme sensitivity to
      various chemicals.  This may permit quicker, more accurate tests than using
      an intact whole organism.

    - Determination of early development stages of fathead minnow suitable for use in
      embyro/larvae fish toxicity tests.  Selection of the most sensitive stage(s)
      contributes to accuracy of the screening method.

    - Evaluation of a new and potentially very accurate fish embryo/larvae toxicity
      test system for complex effluents.

    - Validation testing of a special assay procedure using benthlc  polychaetes.  This is
      the only benthic test the Office of Toxic Substances is using  in assay methods for
      marine environments.  In view of the importance of ocean dumping and outfalls, the
      validation of this test for use is important.

FV 1979 Program

    The 1979 resources are $1,187,000 and nine positions.  Approximately $518,000 will
be spent on contracts and $204,000 on grants.  Ecological effects research emphasizes
the development of rapid, reliable procedures for screening chemical  substances and
mixtures, and develops the scientific protocols for these screening  techniques.  There
will be continued effort to refine, validate, and calibrate ecological screening procedures
which provide the scientific basis for making initial decisions concerning the safety and
acceptability of a chemical or chemical  mixtures in the environment.   A variety of tests
for marine, freshwater, and terrestrial  organisms and communities are  being examined as
are biological  processes and effects of various pollutant concentration levels for both
plants and animals.

    Although new screening techniques are under development, emphasis is on validation and
calibration of existing procedures and modifications of existing procedures.  The validation
and calibration work is essential to the immediate regulatory needs.   The research program
is developed in cooperation with the Office of Toxic Substances to meet their defined
needs.  In addition, screening tests developed under this research program are examined
and modified, where appropriate, for use in other program areas, such as the ocean dumping
permit program and the registration and reregistrati on of pesticides.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

    The net increase of +3587,000 results from several actions.  A net increase of +$48,000
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay  raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Finally, as  a result of the Agency's
Intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its 1979
operating plan +5539,000 was reprogrammed within this activity from  health effects.

1980 Plan

    In 1980 $10,402,000 and 20 positions are being requested for ecological  effects
research (SI,402,000 and 10 positions for base programs and expansion thereof and;
S9.,000,000 and 10 positions to support the public health initiative).  This includes
37,223,000 in grants and contracts.
                                                                                    TS-16

-------
    The proposed FY 1980 base plan calls for increased effort of $215,000 and one position
to refine, validate, and calibrate ecological screening procedures for the Office of Toxic                  ^
Substances.  This validation and calibration work will continue to use in-house and contract
laboratories.  Round-robin methods testing for acute bioassay work will continue with
emphasis shifting to testing of bioconcentration methods.  The expected output of this
effort is a number of approved ecological screening procedures, covering both plants and
animals.

    An increase of 59,000,000 and 10 positions is provided for research to support the
public health initiative which is briefly described below:
                                        V. \
Human Exposure to Environmental Toxics

    The Agency faces many very complex and difficult scientific questions regarding
the regulation of potential ly toxic substances.  The capability to predict human exposure
to environmental toxic chemicals is seriously limited at this time.  Further, until now,
the scientific effort to overcome these limitations has been wanting in resources and in
direction.

     In FY 1980, a major effort will be undertaken to expand the knowledge about how
exposures occur and to develop methods which will allow us better to predict exposures and
to determine those that occur now and may have happened in the past.  The program will
continue from three to five years and will be centrally directed.  The research will be
focused on specific objectives designed to provide timely and relevant outputs that will
eliminate some of the major deficiencies in our current exposure assessment capability.
Research will proceed along three routes of inquiry as follows:

Predictive Knowledge and Methods

    The FY 1980 program in this area will accelerate the progress of the development,
validation, and verification of several promising exposure models, including field testing
of available modelling approaches and an evaluation of the potential of such short and
qualitative approaches as "benchmark" and "structure-activity" models.  Research will be
expanded considerably to define and characterize those environmental processes and pathways
that significantly influence, both within a single medium and across media, the transport
and transformation of substances which result in human exposure.  Of particular importance
are the biological  and biochemical  transformation occurring in the human food chain.
Also, the program includes a major effort to evaluate the utility of selected laboratory
ecosystems (or "microcosms") as consistent and reliable mechanisms for possible use as
screening devices, validation tools for models, and predictive devices.  If this evaluation
is favorable, further development and validation of these systems will be accelerated
considerably.  Finally, several specific problems relating to human exposure will be
addressed.  For example, for the first time, it is planned to evaluate the role of the
terrestrial/soils/sediment pathway as a sink and source of human exposure to environmental
toxic substances.

Evaluative Methods and Integration

    One of the. major gaps in the knowledge concerns the range of actual exposures to a
toxic substance that occurs in a population owing to the variability in human behavior.
In many cases, general  levels of the substance in various compartments of the environment
can be measured or predicted.  However, the populations vary widely in their mobility,
activity, place of residence and work, food consumption patterns, etc.

    A two-pronged research program will address this problem.  First, field surveys and
monitoring studies will be carried out to determine representative frequency distribution
for exposurss that are likely to occur under various types of exposure.  Part of this
program will  require the development of specialized personal  monitors to record actual
individual exposures.  Among other purposes, this program will provide the first major
"ground truth" data by which to validate and/or calibrate exposure prediction models.

   TS-17                                                                    -                                    ]

-------
    The second portion of this effort will be to integrate and to design improvements
in the operation and use of existing data bases on human exposure.  A relatively large
number of data bases exists at the Federal and State level.  They are not consistent in  the
type of data format, nor do they include relatively accessible data critical  for exposure
estimation.  The objective is to remove inconsistencies and expand the system where
appropriate to provide an integrated source of human exposure data.

Measurement Methods

    Progress in both the predictive and evaluative components of the human exposure
research program wil 1 require advances in measurement methods.  (Currently, the capability
to identify and measure toxics in human pathways economically and efficiently is severely
lacking).  Included in this research initiative are projects tp meet the most critical
requirements.  Particularly, procedures will  be improved for collecting and preserving
samples of soils, sediments and plants.  Similarly, standardized procedures will  be
developed for sample preparation, i.e., extraction of the toxic substances from different
soil  or tissue matrices without alteration.  Finally, standard reference materials
will  toe developed for those substances which  are the focus of coordinated studies.

STRATOSPHERIC MODIFICATION - HFA1 TH FFFECTS

1978 Accomplishments

    Resources in 1978 amounted to $297,500 and 0 positions.  This included $159,900 for
grants and $23,800 for contracts.

Major program accomplishments include:

    - Completion of three epidemiological  studies to establish a quantitative relationship
      between the incidence of skin cancer and UV-B dose.  A statistically significant
      correlation showing higher incidence of non-melanoma skin cancer at southern  latitudes
      with higher UV-B flux was established,  but a wide range of uncertainty  remained
      concerning the incidence of melanoma and the actual dose received by subjects
      surveyed for both types of skin cancer.

    - Completion of studies that found qualitative increases of 10% to 40% in non-melanoma
      skin cancer with a 10% increase in UV-B.  Non-melanoma incidence is increasing
      generally.  Artificially generated UV-B was shown to induce non-melanoma skin cancer
      in mice, and solar U¥-B produced the same effects in rats.  The immune-defense
      system of mice was shown to be suppressed by artificially generated UV-B.

    - Initiation of work to develop a prototype personal  dosimeter that measures  the actual
      dose received by individuals and correlates with Robertson-Berger measurements of
      UV-B at the earth's surface.

    - Development of alternate models to make an integrated assessment of causes, effects
      and controls of ozone depletion and evaluation of their continuing utility  to supply
      information for making regulatory decisions.  Specific outputs will  include (a)
      comparison of the effectiveness of international  versus national  Controls,  (b)
      evaluation of the effectiveness of non-market versus market control  instruments, (c)
      evaluations of the cost of delayed skin cancer to future generations, and  (d)
      identification of research priorities.

    - Submission to Congress in January, 1978, of state-of-the-art report on  causes and
      effects of stratospheric ozone depletion, and initiation of work on.the full
      National  Academy of Sciences (NAS) contract required under PL 95-95.

    - Establishment of the Interagency Committee on Stratospheric Ozone Protection  (ICSOP)
      which is coordinating Federal  research  on ozone protection.

                                                                                      TS-18

-------
1979 Program

    The 1979 resources are 5651,000 and 0 positions.  Approximately $299,000 will be
spent for interagency agreements, $157,000 for contracts, and $98,000 for grants.

    The research program will conduct epidemiological studies on the correlation of
melanoma and non-melanoma skin cancer, UV-B and life styles.  A limited number of
personnel dosimeters will be produced and used'in a pilot application.  Work on a model  to
forecast anticipated increases in non-melanoma and melanoma skin cancer from increased
UV-B will be initiated.

    Computer modelling will be initiated to examine the hypothesized relationship
between increased UV-B and increased photochemical smog.

    Data for use in making integrated assessments of causes, effects, and controls of
ozone depletion will be updated, with special attention to sensitivity of results to
health data variations.  A report on alternate economic measures of health costs to
future generations will be completed,

    The MAS state-of-the-art report on causes, effects, and alternate controls of
stratospheric ozone protection will be completed.  To further provide information for
regulatory decision making ICSOP meetings will be held, Federal research on ozone
depletion coordinated, research priorities identified, and anticipated health effects
research by the National Cancer Institute indicated.  Material for a second biennial
report to Congress will be prepared.

1979 Explanation of ChanBesfrom Budget Estimates

    There is no change from the budget estimate.

1980 Plan

    In 1980 funds of $781,000 and 0 positions are requested for Stratospheric Impact
Research and Assessment,  this is an increase of $130,000 which will be used to reduce the
uncertainties regarding the health effects of ozone depletion. Approximately $50,000 will
be spent for interagency agreements, $155,000 for contracts, and S350,000 for grants.
This program is an integral part of the Health Effects program and obtains some minimal
manpower assistance from it.

    The program is focused on improving knowledge of the relationship of UV-B to both
melanoma and non-melanoma skin cancers; attempting to determine if UV-B increases may
affect human health by augmenting the generation of photochemical  smog; improving
measures of the economic and social costs of skin cancers; and continuing to provide
updated state-of-the-art knowledge, integrated assessments of causes, effects and control
of stratospheric ozone depletion.

    To enhance understanding of UV-B and skin cancer relationships personal dosimeters
will .be applied; UV-B flux at epidemiological survey sites will be measured; UV-B data
will be correlated with cloudiness, turbidity, and ozone levels; and a forecasting model
for projecting skin cancer incidence and relationship with UV-B enhancement will be
developed.

    Initial  model calculations on UV-B and photochemical smog will be reported, and
smog chamber studies Initiated.

    Sensitivity analyses of health damages will continue, economic and social measures
of skin cancer costs will be tested, and these and other data will be combined to make
integrated assessments of causes, effects, and alternate controls of ozone depletion.
Federal research will be coordinated by ICSOP, and data used for assessments.  To streng-
then such assessments and to provide additional information for biennial reports to the
Congress, design of a model and data specifications to identify future potential causes,
effects and control of ozone depletion will be completed.

 TS-19

-------
 STRATOSPHERIC r.ODIFICATIOM -  F/OLACliAL EFFECTS

1978 Accomplishments

    FY 1978 resources amounted to $233,700, including $56,000 for grants  and  $100,000
for contracts.

    Major program accomplishments include:

  •  - Correlation of Robertson-Berger meter measurements of global  UV-B  irradiance
      with Dobson ozone measurements indicated approximately 20% change  in global  UV-B
      flux for every 105 ozone fluctuation.  Work has been initiated to develop  and  deploy
      two automated spectrophotometers to perform UV-B and ozone measurements simultaneously
      to reduce the uncertainty of this correlation.

    - A workshop on Regional  Climate and Stratosphere Change contributed  to improved
      state-of-knowledge regarding possible effects of continued emissions of chlorofluoro-
      carbons (CFCs) on surface temperatures. Current indications are that a  slight
      cooling, possible local  perturbation of wind and storm tracks, and  atmospheric waves
      may accompany a 10X ozone depletion.

    - Experiments identified  UV-B dose-response relationships for mortality,  brain and  eye
      lesion incidence, and retardation of growth/development of the larval stage  for
      northern anchovy and Pacific mackerel; that DNA is the most likely  "target"  molecule
      for such effects; and that UV-B may be detrimental  to other near-surface zooplankton
      species.  Also, it was  established that for anchovy larvae doubling the cumulative
      dose which induced 50%  mortality in 12 days would induce the same mortality  in four
      days; predicted that there would be 50% mortality at 4 meter depth  in clear  ocean
      water and at 0.8 meter  in turbid waters; and that 19% reduction 1n  ozone thickness
      would retard  growth and development and produce significant incidence  of  eye  and
      brain lesions after four days exposure in clear water.  Preliminary findings that
      natural UV-B levels affect surface and near surface primary productivity were
      confirmed.  Techniques  to calculate UV-B flux at various depths in  any  ocean water
      in the presence of chl orophyll-containing organisms were developed.

    - Plant experiments showed that exposure to UV-B decreased epidermal  transmittance  but
      had no effect on the plant growth hormone abscissic acid.

    - Estimates of the effects of climate changes potentially caused by CFM increases,
      C02 increases, or increased nitrous oxides releases, using an econometric  model,
      indicate small effects  of each of these causes treated separately,  on U.S. wheat  and
      corn production, but large effects where combined.   Effects on the  rest of the world
      are more severe, and CO- is estimated to have the largest effect.   Since effects
      are sensitive to both technical (e.g. CFM release and concentrations) and  economic
      (e.g. changes in values of crop in response to pollutant impact on  climate)  parameters,
      current results are speculative, but can be improved with research.  A  bioeconomic
      model of the impact of  ozone depletion on fisheries (assuming fishery regulation)
      shows wide variance with previous estimates.

1979 Program

    The FY 1979 program is funded for $519,000.  Approximately $75,000 will be spent for
grants, 585,000 for contracts, and 3270,000 for interagency agreements.

    Controlled field experiments on crop yield and'photorepair effects for sensitive crops
under varying UV-B levels will be initiated.  Laboratory  experiments to examine  effects of
UV-B on photosynthesis will be undertaken.

                                                                                       TS-20

-------
    UV-B marine and freshwater penetration studies win be expanded, the specific goal
being to attempt to determine the effects of increased tJV-B penetration on plankton
organisms.  Studies of UV-B effects on northern anchovy and Pacific mackerel, as well
as shrimp and crab larvae in natural waters will be conducted.  Attempts to more closely
identify molecular targets of UV-B will be made as a basis for predicting effects on
marine and other organisms.

    Priorities for further research in biological  effects will be identified and these
effects/priorities will be incorporated into both the January 1980 report to Congress
and integrated assessment models of costs and benefits of controlling ozone depletion.
The MAS study will contain a "state-of-the-art" report on biological effects of
stratospheric modification.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    There is no change from the budget estimate,

1980 Plan
-  -     -
    In 1980, $623,000 and 0 positions are requested for research on ecological  effects  of
stratospheric modification.  This is an increase of $104,000 which will be used to improve
understanding of the ecological and climatic effects of ozone depletion. Approximately
$130,000 will be spent on grants, $185,000 on contracts, and $170,000 on interagency
agreements.  This program is an integral  part of the Health Effects program and obtains
some minimal manpower assistance from it.

    Studies of field crop sensitivity and effects of UV-B on photosynthesis will continue,
with interim reports as advances in the state-of-the-knowledge occur.  Ongoing  studies
of effects of increased UV-B on plankton organisms will be completed, and an evaluation of
results and possible value for estimating effects on other marine organisms will be
reported.  Final results of studies of UV-B effects on shrimp and crab larvae and on
northern and Pacific mackerel will be available.  The study of critical molecular targets
of UV-B, and the ability to predict effects on a range of marine organisms from the
results will also be completed.

    All new ecological and biological  effects data will be used in updating integrated
assessments of causes, effects, and possible controls of stratospheric ozone depletion.
Further research needs on ecological effects will  be presented to the Interagency committee
on Stratospheric Ozone Protection (ICSOP) for transmission to Federal Agencies  identified
in the Clean Air Act of 197? (PL 95-95) as responsible for continuing research  on ecological
effects of stratospheric ozone depletion.

TRANSPORT AHD FATE

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, resources were $418,100 and 7 positions extramural  expenditures were as
follows:  558,400 for contracts, $139,900 for grants, and $5,000 for interagency agreements.

The program:

    - Developed (in coordination with anticipatory research) prototype environmental
      exposure analysis models and laboratory procedures for predicting the pathways of
      potentially harmful  chemicals in freshwater environments,  and applied the procedures
      to nine chemicals.

    - Established (in coordination with anticipatory research) that the relationship
      between the sediment/soil sorption coefficient and'the octanolwater partition
      coefficient for a wide range of hydrophobfc compounds of varying solubilities is
      reliable for most sediments and soils.

    - Established (in coordination with anticipatory research) that rate censtants
      for mlcrobial  hydrolytic transformation of toxic substances in waters representative
      of most of the United States are constant and reproduced front site to site.

-------
    - Developed concepts and prepared an R&D plan for creating a tested computerized
      data analysis system for calculating concentrations of toxic chemicals in various
      portions of aquatic environments under a variety of conditions, using data acquired
      under the Toxic Substances Control Act.

    - Assessed the state-of-the-art of multimedia modelling for toxic chemical  exposure
      assessment.

    - Co-sponsored a symposium on the use of microcosms in ecological research,

    - Produced a status report on the potential problem of ozone depletion in the
      stratosphere resulting from the release of freons and other halogenated hydrocarbons.

    - Identified numerous toxic organic compounds being released from the Love Canal
      Landfill, Niagara Falls, New York.

1979 J'rggram

    In the transport and fate area, 11 positions and $2,150,100 were allocated for FY 1979.
These resources are assigned to the study of transport, fate and exposure of toxic
chemicals in air, water and soil-sediment environments.  The extramural  funding includes
$530,000 for contracts and $870,400 for grants.

    The main research objective is to obtain information and to develop a better under-
standing of the transport, transformation, fate and persistence of toxic substances in
air, water, and soils.  The research work will involve the characterization of environ-
mental processes, measurement of rate parameters, determination of persistence of chemicals
and identification and quantification of degradation products of toxic chemicals.  This
information will be integrated into the development of an exposure assessment technology
to be used in predicting transport and transformation of toxic chemicals in the environment.
Work on environmental simulation and microcosms will also be carried out in order to
validate the models representing real  environments.  It is anticipated that the above work
will also lead to the development of testing protocols to be used by the Office of Toxic
Substances (OTS).  Toxic substances to be investigated will include priority chemicals as
Identified by (ITS as well as other environmentally important toxic chemicals.

Specific research will include the following:

    - Technical assistance to the OTS in the development of protocols and regulations, and
      provision of expert witness, scientific review and consultation.

    - Development and validation of exposure models for toxics.

    - Detailed multimedia exposure analysis and assessment methods development applied
      to selected toxic chemicals in various media and in the food chain.  The output
      from this work will aid the risk assessment of toxic chemicals to man and/or the
      environment.

    - Acceleration of research on the characterization of environmental  transport and
      transformation processes such as photolysis, adsorption/desorption, volatilization
      and microbial  degradation as applied to toxic chemicals.  Emphasis will be placed in
      defining the role of sorption, temperature, and organic humci matter on the environ-
      mental  processes.  The output from this work drill provide information about the rate
      parameters and mechanisms.of the environmental processes, as applied to toxic
      chemicals.

    - Research efforts toward the development of modelling capabilities for toxic chemicals
      will be intensified.  Various inputs will be used in building models and  will
      include the models based upon physical-chemical properties and environmental  rate
      parameters, structure activity,  simulation of environmental  systems for validation
      and a use of microcosm technology, aquatic ecosystems (AEcoS), filled channels and
      raodel  systems.  Once models, environmental parameters, microcosms and simulation

-------
      techniques are fully developed and validated, they will be transformed into suitable
      protocols for testing of toxic chemicals. The output from this work will  include
      papers or reports describing various modelling techniques for the prediction of fate
      and transport of toxic chemicals, microcosm technology, use of AEcoS, exposure
      assessment technology and structure activity relationship applied to toxic substances.

    - The transport, transformation and persistence characteristics of toxic chemicals
      in air will be determined.  Emphasis will be placed on measuring the concentration,
      persistence, identification and quantification of toxic chemicals in selected U.S.
      urban atmospheres and along roadways.  The output from this research will provide
      needed information on the- exposure of toxic chemicals and their degradation products
      in the ambient air, and will be used in exposure model  development.  The fate and
      transport of selected toxic chemicals in relation to their effects on ozone layers
      will also be studied.  The output from this research will provide a better under-
      standing of the effect of toxic chemicals on the stratospheric ozone layer.

    - Study of the vapor phase photolysis of selected toxic chemicals will be carried
      out. . This work will focus on defining the role of photodegradation and hydrox-
      yradical reactivity in testing of toxic chemicals.  The output from this work will
      include the development of air transport models for exposure assessment of toxics in
      air, photodegradation protocol for toxics in air, and information on vapor phase
      photolysis.

    - Study of the leaching of toxic chemicals in soils will  be initiated on selected
      chemicals.  Emphasis will be given to defining the leaching potential of chemicals
      in relation to chemical structure and soil  characteristics.  The output from the
      work will assist in the development of models for predicting leaching, diffusion and
      exposure of chemicals in soils.  This work will aid in providing a better leaching
      protocol to be used in testing of toxic chemicals.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

    The net decrease of -$19,900 results from several actions.  A net increase of +539,100
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 [FY 1978) pay raise.  In addition, -$59,000 was reprogrammed
from this activity to scientific assessment within the interdisciplinary medium.

1980 Plan

    In the transport and fate of toxic substances area, 13 positions and S2,565,600
were allocated for 1980.  This is an increase of $415,500 and two positions which will be
used to initiate research on characterization of soils and sediments for toxic substances
as well as to develop an environmental forecasting system to predict potential  environmental
problems associated with toxic substances in multimedia environments.  The extramural
funding includes $636,300 for contracts and $1,046,800 in grants.  These resources are
assigned to develop exposure assessment methodologies and testing protocols for toxic
chemicals in air, water, soils and sediments.  To develop the exposure assessment methodology,
a precise knowledge of the transport and transformation of toxic substances is needed.
Therefore, effort will be intensified to carry out transport and transformation studies on
toxic substances.

    The main research objective is to carry out researc... for the development of exposure
assessment models for toxic chemicals in multimedia envirorments and to develop improved
protocols for testing of toxic chemicals.  The research will  involve the characterization
of environmental  processes, measurement of rate parameters, developing quantitative
expressions for environmental process description, determination of persistence of
chemicals and identification and quantification of degradation products of toxic chemicals.
The environmental process work will  be validated in laboratory model ecosystems.  The
information obtained from the environmental processes work will be used in the development
of exposure assessment techniques to be used in the evaluation of the risk which toxic
chemicals may produce on humans or the environment under TSCA,  It is anticipated that
the above work will also lead to the development of improved'testing protocols to be used
by the OTS in screening of toxic chemicals.  Toxic substances to be studied will include
priority chemicals identified by OTS and other environmentally significant chemicals.
Specific research will include the following:

-------
Technical assistance will be provided to QTS in the development of testing protocols,
exposure assessment and  regulations and provision of expert witnesses, scientific
review and consultation.

Exposure models for toxic chemicals in air, water, soils and sediments will be
developed as well as the single models for multimedia exposure models.  Such factors
as mass-balance and intermedia transfer coefficients will be considered in the
model development.  Attempts will be made to validate these models using available
data in the literature and model ecosystem (microcosms).  These models will be used
to carry out exposure analysis on selected toxic chemicals.  The output from this
work will be used to estimate the exposure*Vtd risk toxic chemicals may produce on
humans and the environment, as required by ^SCA.

Work will be carried out to examine the reactivity of toxic chemicals in air.
This will include investigation on the identification and reactions of organic
toxic chemicals in air, and photolysis of toxic chemicals.  Photolysis products will
be identified.  The output from this work will be helpful in developing the exposure
models and testing protocols for toxic chemicals.  These protocols are needed in
the implementation of Section (4) and Section (5) of TSCA.

Studies will be carried out toward characterizing the photolytic process for toxic
chemicals on soils, sediments and plant surfaces.  These studies will be aimed
to develop testing protocols to be used in the implementation of TSCA.

The microbial degradation process (anerobic and aerobic) of toxic chemicals will
be investigated.  Special emphasis will be given on developing quantitative methods
for estimating rate constants and persistent characteristics of toxic chemicals.
The output from this work will be used in developing exposure models and testing
protocols.

Work on smog chamber and model-ecosystems will be continued toward improving and
standardizing the system.  The system will be tested for reproducibility.  The
output from this work will assist in the validation of laboratory data and exposure
models.

Work on leaching of toxic chemicals in soil and sediment matrices will be expanded
on other toxic chemicals.  {Attempts will  be made to develop mathematical models and
testing protocols for predicting leaching of toxic chemicals).

Soils and sediments from various locations of the U.S. will be characterized in
terms of organic contact, clay content, exchange capacity, etc.  The soils and
sediments will be tested for adsorption-desorption, degradation and leaching of
toxic chemicals.  The soils and sediments will be classified and evaluation will be
made as to the feasibility of using selected number of soils and sediments for
testing of toxics, so that results could be extrapolated to any geographical  location
in the U.S.   The output from this work will aid in Improving the testing of toxics
in soils and sediments and will reduce cost associated with testing under TSCA.

Improve methods for Octanol/water partition'coefficients will  be developed. Effect
of temperature and concentration will  be studied.  The reproducibility, precision
and accuracy of the method will be evaluated.  The output from this work will  assist
in predicting the exposure of toxics in biota and sediments.  The output will  also
result in an improved protocol for partition coefficient determination.

Work will be initiated to select representative chemicals to serve as benchmarks
from various classes of toxic chemicals.  Physical-chemical  properties and environ-
mental  transport and transformation parameters of the benchmark chemicals will
be determined.  These data, in conjunction with use, production, disposal  and
toxicity information, will be integrated to develop benchmark  environmental profiles.
These benchmark profiles will be used  in screening of new toxic chemicals under
TSCA.  The output from this work will  serve as an environmental  forecasting system
for predicting potential  environmental problems with toxic substances.

                                                                                  TS-24

-------
                                              TOXIC SUBSTANCES

                                          Research and Development

                                            Industrial Processes


                                           Budget      Current               1980 vs. 1979
                               Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                               1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                    (dollars in thousands)

   Appropriation
   Industrial Processes . ,        95        $440        $452      $1742        +$1290

   Permanent Positions
   Industrial Processes ...       3           8           8         12           +4

   Full-time Equivalency
   Industrial Processes . . .       ...        ...          8         15           + 7

   Budget Request

       In FY 1980, a request for this program is $1,742,000 and 12 positions an increase of
   $1,289,600 and four positions to provide funding for (a) assessments of alternative
   processing routes and in-process modifications required to minimize production of toxic
   contaminants in chemical  feedstocks, intermediates, and products, and (b) development of a
   "new" chemical  manufacture predictive model  based on the unit process approach.

   Program Description

       A research program is being conducted to support directly the current needs of the
   Office of Toxic Substances (OTS).  Major objectives of the program include:  (1) provision
   of technical assistance relating to toxic identification and quantification for industrial
   processes and products; (2) evaluation of process alternatives in terms of environmental
   acceptability based on toxic pollutant criteria; (3) definition of the occurrence of
   toxic substances as impurities in commercially available chemicals from a knowledge of
   process chemistry and waste composition; (4) provision of technical assistance in terms of
   participation in working groups, review of reports, documents, and development of expert
   testimony as required by OTS; (5) provision of perspectives on the occurrence and use of
   high priority TSCA chemicals for industrial  processes; (6) provision of'information on the
   availability of substitute chemicals to replace chemicals for which TSCA mandates decreased
   consumption, including information on the economics of substitution; and (7) provision
   of in-plant manufacturing process quality control assessments.

   1978 Accomplishments

       The FY 1978 resource level for this program Activity was $94,700 and three positions.
   Resources were expended for personnel costs only." Specific accomplishments include the
   following projects;

       - Available data bases wei j reviewed for the following types of information: (1) data
         on the use occurrence of high priority TSCA chemicals in industrial processes; {2}
         information on the availability of substitute chemicals as replacements for those
         chemicals that are suspect Including information on the economics of substitution;
         (.3) information on the production and use by industry of selected toxic chemicals,
         including toxic contaminants or impurities in selected feedstocks, intermediates and
         products.

       - An assessment of the manufacturing process for nitrobenzene/aniline was conducted to
         evaluate alternative processes as options for the chemical  production.  The current
         process was suspect because of the potential  for the presence of nitrosamines, and
TS-25

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    TOXIC SUBSTANCES

                                  Abatement and  Control


                                       Budget    Current                 Increase  +
                             Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate     Decrease  -
                              1978      1979       1979       1980     1980  vs.  1979    Page
                                             Rollers  in thousands)

Appropriation
Toxic Substances
  Strategies	     $11,582     $41,598    540,970    $65,543     +$24,573      TS-32

Permanent Positions
Toxic Substances
  Strategies	         199         428        425        553         +128

Full-time Equivalency..         ...         ...        411        549         +137
     The abatement and control  appropriation encompasses  activities  relating  to
implementation of the Toxic Substances Control  Act's  (TSCA)  policy that  (1) adequate
data should be developed with respect to the effect of chemicals on  health and the
environment and that the development of such data should  be  the responsibility of
those who manufacuture and process the chemicals, and (2) adequate authority  should
exist to regulate chemicals which present an unreasonsable risk of Injury to  health
or the environment.  Toxic substances abatement and control  covers the following
subactivity:

     Toxic Substances Strategies - This subactivity includes the information  related
activities of developing test standards and applying then to specific chemicals by
rule to obtain test data from industry, establishing reporting and recordkeeping
requirements to obtain existing information on  chemical substances,  setting
requirements far submission of information by industry on new chemicals  and
significant new uses, monitoring for field data, implementing and operating data
management systems, and exchanging nonconfidential  information with  other
programs, Federal agencies, States, public interest groups and the general
public.  It also includes scientific assessments of effects, exposures,  and
risks for new and existing chemicals based upon this information and technical
determinations of control options, including economic considerations. Control
related activities include taking formal actions on the manufacturing, processing,
distribution, use, and disposal of new and existing chemicals under  TSCA
authorities, referring action to other programs or agencies, and taking
nonregulatory approaches.
                                                                                  TS-31

-------
                                     Toxic Substances

                                   Abatement and Control

                                Toxic Substances Strategies
                             Actual
                              1978
           Budget
          Estimate
            1979
          Current
          Estimate
            1979
          Estimate
            1980
           Increase +
           Decrease -
         1980 vs. 1979
                                              (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Testing and Evaluation..
Chemical Control..	
Information Integration.
Toxics Management	
$5,239
1,225
4,361
757
$17,501
7,987
14,876
1,234
$17,196
7,800
14,741
1,233
$36,645
12,131
15,547
1,220
+$19,449
+4,331
+806
-13
     Total,
11,582
41,598
4-0,970
65,543
+24,573
Permanent Positions
Testing and Evaluation..
Chemical Control	
Information Integration.
Toxics Management..	
74
33
69
23
171
117
94
46
171
117
94
43
243
164
103
43
+72
+47
+9

     Total,
   199
   428
Full-time Equivalency
Testing and Evaluation..
Chemical Control	
Information Integration.
Toxics Management	
   425
                           154
                            98
                           111
                            49
   553
                           223
                           149
                           130
                            47
   +128
                            +69
                            +51
                            +19
                             -2
     Total
                           412
                           549
                           +137
Budget Request
     An appropriation of $65,542,800 and 553 positions is requested for 1980.  This
is an increase of $24,573,000 and 128 positions over the 1979 level, reflecting
implementation of a more fully operational TSCA program.  These resources will permit
expanded development of testing requirements and conduct of assessments to provide
an adequate information base for present and future actions under TSCA and other
toxics related programs.  The program for review of and action on new chemical
notifications will become fully operational.  Control actions will be taken on
selected chemicals identified as posing unreasonable risks.  Required information
gathering and management, monitoring and economics support for these activities
will be provided.

Program Description

     The toxic substances strategies subactivity is comprised of the testing and
evaluation, chemical control, information integration, and toxics management
elements.  These elements cover the Agency's testing, assessment, new chemical
review, existing chemical control, economics, recordkeeping and reporting, data
management, monitoring, toxic substances coordination, and industry assistance
responsibilities under the Toxic Substances Control Act.
TS-32

-------
     Testing and Evaluation - The goals and objectives of the TSCA testing and
evaluation program aim   to increase efficiency and scientific credibility of
toxic substances program assessments and regulations.  They are:  (1) to develop
a cost-effective testing scheme for determining experimentally the health and
environmental effects of chemicals; related to tfiis goal is the annual review
of all test standards for revision as necessary to maintain an up-to-date and
comprehensive scheme; (2) to obtain test data where required for making
evaluations of risk and to assure the quality of data; (3)"to develop a
scientifically sound chemical assessment system; and (4) to provide assessments
of risk and exposure required to support toxic substances control actions.

     A major feature of TSCA is the authority to require industry to test
selected chemicals for their possible adverse effects on health and the
environment.  Adequate test data, which are currently unavailable for most
chemicals, are a prerequisite to the evaluation of a chemical's risk.  Such
evaluations are needed to define and implement appropriate regulatory actions
under TSCA and other statutes aimed at protecting health and the environment.

     The testing authority of TSCA is implemented by promulgating rules
specifying the chemicals to be tested and the "test standards" that are to
be followed in performing the testing.  The test standards, which TSCA requires
to be reviewed and updated annually, specify the effects to be evaluated and
the nature of the tests and test protocols to be followed in so doing.  EPA
will propose a structure of test standards to be referenced in adopting
test rules for specific chemicals.  These standards will first be based
on existing validated test methods, and then will be expanded to cover
other effects such as nuerptoxicity and overall ecosystem impacts.  Based
upon the required annual review, these test standards will be refined and
improved.


     Promulgation of test rules applying the relevant test standards to specific
chemicals will be done in response to the semiannual recommendations of the TSCA
Interagency Testing Committee (ITC) established by Section 4(e) of TSCA, as well
as for other chemicals whose needs for testing have been Identified through the
evaluation process described below.  As TSCA requires, within 12 months of
receiving recommendations from the ITC, EPA will either initiate rulemaking to
require the recommended testing or publish Its reasons for not so doing.

     Evaluating the hazards associated with production, use, and disposal of
chemicals to determine if such activities pose unreasonable risks is the
cornerstone of the TSCA program.  Certain evaluation efforts, such as evaluating
"notices of substantial risk" submitted by Industry as required fay Section 8(e),
evaluating citizen petitions submitted under Section 21, and evaluating notices
submitted by industry prior to the manufacture of a new chemical as required by
Section 5 are based upon outside input.  Other evaluation activities, such as
systematic Identification and assessment of potentially high-risk existing or
new chemicals, are Initiated by EPA and are critical to the effective
application of TSCA regulatory authorities.
                                                                                TS-33

-------
      Chemicals  of concern  identified  through  review of substantial  risk  notifications
 and other sources will  be  entered into  a  multistage hazard  evaluation  process,  with  a
 decision being  made at  the end  of each  stage  whether to continue  on to the  next, more
 intensive stage of evaluation.   Alternate decisions at a given  stage include  dropping
 current consideration because of apparent low hazard potential, subjecting  the
 chemical  to testing requirements to fill  critical  data gaps,  or referring the
 chemical  to another program or  agency having  authority to deal  with any  apparent
 hazards.   Chemicals having completed  all  evaluation stages  will have received a full
 evaluation of their sources,  exposure potential, and adverse  effects,  as well as an
 investigation of their  existing regulatory controls and identification of possible
 control  options to reduce  health and/or environmental  risks associated with their
 production, use,  and disposal.   Such  evaluations will  provide a basis  for initiating
 suitable regulatory actions under TSCA  or other relevant authorities.

      Chemical,, Control  - The goal  of the chemical control  program  is to protect  human
 health and the  environment by controlling new and  existing  chemical  substances  that
 present unreasonable risks of Injury  to health or  the environment.   This goal will
 be accomplished through implementation  of the premanufacturing  notification,  control
 regulations,  and imminent  hazard regulatory provisions of TSCA.   The major  objectives
 are determination of unreasonable risk  based  upon  evaluation  of chemical substances
 on health, environmental,  social, and economic factors; use of  the  least burdensome
 type of control (regulatory or  nonregulatory) necessary to  reduce or prevent
 unreasonable  risk; and  provision of all the economic analysis necessary  to  implement
 TSCA.

      One of the major functions of the  chemical control program is  to  review
 notices and information regarding the manufacture   of new chemicals (i.e.,  those
 not listed in the inventory of  existing chemicals)  and the manufacture or processing
 of chemicals  for significant new uses.  This  includes review  of the notices for
 compliance with applicable rules and  guidelines and for "newness",  action on
 exemption requests, review of data in the notices  and information gathered  through
 data systems  searches and  reporting requirements,  determination of  unreasonable
 risks, and taking of appropriate control  actions informally,  and  under TSCA or
 recommending  referrals  to  other programs  within EPA or other  Federal,  State,  and
 local  government  entities.  Significant  new  use rules which  require notification
 to EPA of new uses of new  or  existing chemicals determined  to be  significant  based
 on exposre and  other factors  will be  established.

      Another  function is to review information on  the hazards,  social, and  economic
 aspects of existing chemicals (those  listed in the  inventory) in  order to determine
 unreasonable  risk and to limit  or control  the manufacturing,  processing, distribution,
 use, or disposal  of chemicals which pose  or may pose unreasonable risks  to  health or
 the environment.   An additional  function  is to conduct economic studies  to  support
 these actions as well  as testing and  evaluation, reporting  and  recordkeeping  and to
 prepare necessary special  economic analyses.

      Information Integration  -  The TSCA information integration program  is  involved
 in a multiyear  effort which wi 11  ultimately provide the toxic substances program,
 other EPA programs, and other Federal agencies dealing with toxic substances  with
 comprehensive toxic chemical  information  development and storage  and retrieval
 capabilities, and a cohesive  Federal  approach to controlling  unreasonable risks
 associated'with chemicals.
TS-34

-------
     This will be accomplished through programs to:  (1) obtain production,  use,
exposure, and similar information from industry using reporting and recordkeeping
rules promulgated under the authority of Section 8 of TSCA for the use of the
toxic substances program and others in assessing and regulating chemical  hazards;
(2) establish and use information storage and retrieval  systems to serve  the
information needs of toxic substances and other programs, while maintaining
adequate control of chemical information and data to assure the security  of
confidential business information; (3) provide environmental, human, animal, and
biota monitoring and exposure studies to conduct analyses to  predict future
problems with chemicals in the environment, and to support risk assessments,
premanufacturing review, and chemical control activities; (4) provide mechanisms
and analytic support for coordinating and integrating the toxic substances
program policies and activities with those of other EPA programs, EPA regions,
State and local governments, public interest groups, other Federal agencies,
and other countries; (5) provide information to assist industry In complying
with TSCA provisions and provide feedback from industry regarding TSCA implementation.

     Toxics Management - The goals of the regional toxics management program
are to implement the objectives of TSCA at the State and local levels and to
integrate the Agency's regional implementation of toxics activities 1n all media.
The major objectives and functions to be accomplished are:

     -  More efficient and effective conduct of regional toxics activities
        through development and implementation of an integrated toxic
        substances control program within each region through media
        program coordination.

     -  Incorporation of State and local expertise into the national
        toxic substances program through establishment of cooperative
        programs with State and local programs on toxic substances
        program activities.

     -  Insuring the provision of adequate, timely and responsive assistance
        to industry within the region through management of a toxic
        substances industry assistance program.

     -  Insuring that the public is made aware of and provides Input to
        toxic substances program activities through conduct of public
        information programs,

     -  Incorporation of regional perspectives into the national toxics
        program through participation in toxic substances strategy and
        regulations development.

     -  More efficient and effective Federal implementation and conduct
        of toxic substances activities through cooperation with other
        Federal agencies at the regional level on toxic substances
        program activities.

     -  Action on local problems and/or inclusion of them into the
        national program through identification, priority setting, and
        assessment of regional toxic substances problems,

     -  Incorporation of field data, into action on toxic substances
        through coordination and conduct of monitoring within the
        regions in support of the toxic substances program.
                                                                            TS-35

-------
 TESTING AND EVALUATION

 1978 Accomplishments

      In 1978, $5,239,000 and 74 positions were expended for this program.  The
 implementation of a testing scheme was begun with the initial development of
 four health effects standards including oncogenicity, nononcogenic chronic
 effects, combined oncogenicity/nononcogern'c chronic "effects and good laboratory
 practices.  Testing rule development was initiated for chemicals recommended
 by the Interagancy Testing Committes.  A multistage assessment process was
 inaugurated through which suspect chemicals are reviewed for hazard, and
 evaluations are made of potential risk of injury by hazardous chemicals to
 health and the environment:  35 early warning hazard assessments and two
 intermediate assessments were completed; two final assessments, asbestos
 and NTA, were initiated; and 240 notices from chemical manufacturers
 concerning substantial risk were evaluated.

 1979 Program

      In 1979, $17,195,600 and 171 positions are available for this program,
 including $13,100,000 for extramural scientific support of test standards
 development and assessment.  We plan to have approximately 25 test standards
 under varying stages of development, including finalization of those initiated
 in 1978.  These test standards will cover both health and ecological effects
 and will significantly expand the structure initiated in 1978,  Test rules
 will be developed based upon these standards.  Based on the work begun In 1978,
 test rules will be proposed covering approximately 40 chemicals, including those
 recommended by the ITC.

      Depending upon the number of industry submitted substantial risk notices
 received by the Agency, we plan that 350 preliminary assessments {substantial
 risk evaluations, early warning, and intermediate assessments) will be completed.
 In addition, seven final assessments will be undertaken including completion of
 those begun in 1978.  Testing and evaluation will also support the premanufacture
 review process which will begin in mid-1979 by providing as many as 110 total
 evaluations, as part of its multistage new chemical hazard/risk assessment process.

 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

      The net decrease of -3305,200 results from several actions.  Congress applied
 a S3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control and
 Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was -$311,400.
 A net increase of +5221,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1-97.8
 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.
 This increase was offset by the transfer of -$215,500 to other agency activities
 to support the costs of the most recent pay raise.

 1980 Plan                                    '•

      In 1980, $36,645,000 and 243 positions are requested, including $26,258,000
 for extramural testing and assessment support.  These extramural resources will be
 used to obtain scientific data, evaluations, and laboratory work on effects, expose
 and test methods from universities, institutes, and laboratories in support of the
 development of test standards and the conduct of assessments.  Development efforts
 will be in progress on approximately 37 test standards needed to cover critical
 health and ecosystem effects.  We will begin to develpp additional test rules
 covering approximately 50 chemicals and complete those from 1979.  This will begin
 to establish a testing data base for future assessments.
TS-36

-------
     Multilevel hazard/risk evaluation support to the premanufacture review program
will be expanded to cover as many as 275 evaluation reports.  Assuming that the
rate of substantial risk notifications will be similar to 1979, existing chemical
assessments will be expanded to include 375 preliminary assessments, and 10 final
assessments.  These assessments will form the basis for present and future control
actions which may be warranted.

CHEMICAL CONTROL

1978 Accompli shments

     In 1978, $1,224,800 and 33 positions were expended for this program. Development
of the program for implementation of the premanufacture review section of TSCA
(Section 5) was begun.  This included development of draft rules,  a draft notice
form, and instructions for completion of the form.

     For existing chemicals (Section 6), two final regulations were promulgated.
The two were the Mark-ing and Disposal Rule on polychlorinated biphenyls mandated
by TSCA and the ban on chlorofluorocarbons in aerosol containers, which was a joint
action with FDA and CPSC.  A regulation banning manufacturing, processing,
distribution and uses of polychlorinated biphenyls as called for by TSCA was proposed.

     Economic analysis was provided to support the inventory regulation, the three
regulations on existing chemicals listed above, and the development of the
premanufacture review program.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $7,800,400 and 117 positions are available for this program, including
$4,800,000 for extramural support to economic analysis primarily and to the development
of control regulations, with some support of the new chemical review process.
Regulations and guidelines were proposed January 10, 1979, for the contents of
premanufacture notices.  Promulgation is expected by mid-1979.  All of the 200 new
chemical notices expected to be received will be reviewed for compliance and initially
screened  for hazard based on the notice data.  Effects and exposure data will be
screened and selected chemicals subjected to further scrutiny.  Notices that do not
comply or that have insufficient data will be reviewed for a possible prohibition or
limitation order pending development of additional information; it is.estimated that
two of these actions may possibly be taken.  Complete assessment packages will be
prepared for only the most significant chemicals based on notice data, supplementary
information, and risk assessments from testing and evaluation.  If an unreasonable
risk is determined to exist, an injunction or administrative order banning or
controlling the chemical will be issued within the notice period.  It is expected
that one of these actions may be taken in 1979.  Chemicals that are found to pose
significant risks, but on which action cannot be taken within the time constraints,
will be referred after expiration of the notice period for formal control action on
an expedited schedule.

     A few chemicals that do not warrant immediate controls but might do so in the
future (e.g., if exposure were to increase) will be the subject of significant new
use rules.

     Arrangements will be made to provide to other offices or agencies information
received in premanufacture notices that would be useful to implementing other statutes.
                                                                           TS-37

-------
      For  existing  chemicals,  final  rules  regarding  the TSCA  bans  on  the  manufacture,
 processing,  distribution,  and use of  PCBs will  be published,  nonaerosol  uses of
 chlorofluorocarbons will be addressed,  development  of generic labeling regulations
 will  be started, a program relying  on voluntary State/local  action to control
 asbestos  in  school ceilings will be established, and the  regulatory  process will  be
 initiated on several  additional chemicals,  some of  which  are  expected to be
 referrals from  premanufacturing review  for  expedited control  action.

      In addition to regulatory activities,  EPA  will develop  procedures to  issue
 quality control orders  (used  when a manufacturer or processor is  producing a chemical
 or  article with an undesirable contaminant)  and to  deal wif.-v imminent hazards
 (Section  7).

      Activities will  also  include provision  of  economic analyses  necessary to complete
 determinations  of  unreasonable risk and to  assure cost-effective  regulations;
 determination of the  cost  to  the chemical industry  of complying with recordkeeping
 and reporting regulations  under TSCA; economic  analyses to support regulation
 activities on chlorofluorocarbons,  PCBs,  labeling,  and other  chemicals;  support  to
 developing guidelines for  submitting  economic data  with a premajiufacture notice;
 support in assessing  the economic impact  of testing regulations.  EPA will also
 perform studies required by TSCA to determine the circumstances and conditions under
 which indemnification should  be accorded  to  any affected  person for any  actions  taken
 under TSCA;  to  determine fair and equitable  reimbursement to  be paid those who develop
 test  data which is then used  by other chemical  companies; and to  define  "small business"
 for purposes of exemption  from recordkeeping and reporting requirements  of TSCA.

 1979  Exp1 a na t i on of Changes from Budget Estimat e

      The  net decrease of -$186,600  results  from several actions.  Congress applied a
 $3  million reduction  for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control  and
 Enforcement  appropriations; the decrease  applicable to this  activity was ^$241,000.
 An  increase  of  +$151,500 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978  (1979)
 pay raise as well  as  distribution of  the  October 1977 (1978)  pay  raise.  This Increase
 was offset by the  transfer of -$97,100  to other agency activities to support the  costs
 of  the most  recent pay  raise.

 llSQJan

      In 1980, $12,131,400  and 164 positions  are requested for this program including
 $6,357,800 for  extramural  support to  control regulations  development, premanufacture
 review, and  economic  analyses.  By  this time, the premanufacture  review  program will
 be  fully  established.  About  400 notices  are expected to  be  reviewed.  Data provided
 from  the  notice, as well as additional  data  received from literature searches and
 reporting, will be used to select chemicals  for complete  assessments.  Of  these,  nine
 may possibly warrant  regulatory action.  Procedures for other regulatory actions, such
 as  significant  new use  rules  will be  in place and will be used as appropriate.

      For  existing  chemicals,  rulemaking will continue on  those chemicals selected in
 1979.    Additional chemicals will  be selected  for  control in conjunction  with the
 risk  assessment process and referrals of  new chemicals which  rnaypresent an unreasonable
 risk. In addition to regulations on  individual  chemicals, work will continue on  generic
 regulations  for classes of chemicals, perhaps including solvents, flame  retardants, and
 benzidene dyes.  A generic labeling regulation  will be proposed.
TS-38

-------
     Economic analyses will be completed for existing chemicals that are being
regulated.  Analyses will also be conducted on regulations under Section 5, and
to support other toxic substances program regulations, including testing guidelines
and recordkeeping and reporting.

INFORMATION INTEGRATION

1978 Accomplishments

     •In 1978, $4,360,900 and 69 positions were expended for this program.  Information
integration programs were established in the areas of Section 8 recordkeeping and
reporting, toxic substances integration, chemical information systems and services,,
monitoring survey and analysis, and assistance to industry.  In each of these area's,
basic work was begun including planning and organizing the programs as well as
providing needed support.  In the case of industry assistance, the program was
fully implemented and included maintaining nationwide toll-free telephone service for
efficient response to inquiries, and distributing literature, copies of regulations
requiring industry action, and requisite forms to industry. .Specific program
accomplishments in 1978 included:  (1) promulgating the inventory reporting
regulation; (2) processing 135,000 chemical reporting forms (65,000 chemicals) in
preparation for inventory publication in 1979; (3) promulgating a rule to require
submission of health and safety studies, as well  as a substantial risk notification
policy and interim guidelines on exports; (4) conducting feasibility and design
studies and establishing basic data management systems; (5) preparing guidelines
for protecting confidential chemical identities;  (6) establishing basic data
security procedures and facilities and making confidential data available under
secure conditions; (7) providing information to industry to comply with requirements
to report chemicals for inclusion in the Initial  TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory,
as well as other regulations; (8) conducting literature searches and monitoring
studies as needed to support chemical testing, control and risk assessment activities;
(9) establishing a pilot public participation program in one region; and
(TO) participating in the Interagency Regulatory Liaison Group (IRLG) and Interagency
Toxic Substances Data Committee (ITSDC) which are establishing coordinated Federal
policies and programs for risk assessments, information collection and exchange,
common chemical identification codes and common work plans for 24 chemicals that
are candidates for regulation,

1979 Program

     In 1979, $14,741,000 and 94 positions are available for this program, including
$11,216,000 in extramural support for information systems and services, monitoring
and industry assistance support.  Information integration will promulgate five new
recordkeeping and reporting rules and use these and other rules to obtain chemical
information from industry to continue building a  comprehensive body of chemical
information for support of regulation under TSCA and other laws.  Guidance will be
prepared for regional toxics personnel to assist them in developing and operating
coordinated regional programs.  Procedures for referrals of chemicals for regulation
under authorities other than TSCA will be developed.  Four regional programs (three
of which are new) to encourage public participation in, and public Input to toxic
substances program activities will be funded.  Cooperative efforts with other agencies
will continue through the IRLG, ITSDC, and other interagency pro,rams.  Contracts will
be funded in seven to 12 States for special projects, under the authority of Section 28
of TSCA.  A secure, fully dedicated computer facility will be put into operation and the
basic systems to provide data storage and retrieval will be available by the end of 1979.
                                                                            TS-39

-------
 The  initial  TSCA  Chemical  Substances  Inventory will  be published in 1979.
 Literature searching and other  information support will be provided as required
 to support risk assessment,  premanufacturing review, testing and regulatory
 actions.  Systems design for a  comprehensive interagency Chemical Substances
 Information  Network (CSINj, of  which  the internal EPA system is an integral
 component, will be done in support of Section 10 of  TSCA.  The objective of the
 network is to  link existing systems so that all available data on chemical
 substances are considered  in regulatory decisionmaking.  Materials balance
 studies wm be conducted  on the chemicals undergoing intermediate or final
 risk assessment to identify  the sources of these chemicals in the environment.
 Field  studies  will be conducted to support risk assessments, testing and chemical
 control activities.  A comprehensive  monitoring program plan will be prepared,
 which  will take into consideration toxic substances  program needs and the ability
 of ongoing programs in other parts of EPA to meet those needs.  Contact with
 Industry will  be  provided  by personal meetings and site visits,  industry will be
 assisted in  complying with all  regulations with services established in 1978.  A
 special industry  assistance effort will be launched  in support of the newly
 implemented  premanufacture notification program.

 1979 Explanation  of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$135,200 results from several actions.  Congress applied
 a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control and
 Enforcement  appropriations; the decrease applicable  to this activity was -$71,400.
 An increase  of +£121,800 results from increased pay  costs from the October 1978
 (1979) pay raise  as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.
 This increase  was offset by the transfer of -$185,600 to other agency activities
 to support the costs of the most recent pay raise.

 1980 Plan

     In 1980,  $15,546,500  and 103 positions are requested for this program, including
 $11,524,000  for extramural support of information systems, monitoring and industry
 assistance.  The  1980 program will build on the basic program capabilities and
 facilities put in place in 1978 and 1979.  Three reporting and recordkeeping rules
 will be promulgated to (a) develop a  broad base of information on a large number
 of chemicals in order to select high  priority chemicals for further action,
 (b)  gather specific information on selected chemicals in order to support the risk
 assessment and regulatory  development processes, and (c) follow-up on the economic
 fate of new  chemicals entering  commerce through the  premanufacture notification
 process.  Interagency integration functions will continue to be carried out as a
 result of cooperative efforts with other Federal agencies through the IRLS.
 Regional efforts  will be supported by establishing new programs to encourage
 public participation, updating  the regional guidance, and maintaining day-to-day
 contact with regional toxics program  personnel.  The information systems and
 services program  will maintain  the dedicated computer facility established in 1979
 to assure protection of confidential  data and will develop computer linkages to
 several new  data  bases, and  improve program compatabilities In data search, retrieval
 and  analyses through system  refinements and through  the continued development of the
 Chemical Substances Information Network.  The available information systems and services
 data analysis  capabilities will be used to support risk assessment, testing and control
 actions and  review of new  chemicals which will be undertaken in 1980.  The Initial
 TSCA Chemical  Substances Inventory will be updated to include information reported
 by processors  which was not  included  in the initial  inventory and procedures for
 providing resolution of nomenclature  problems associated with "new chemical"
 identification will be put in place.  Environmental, human, animal and biota monitoring
 will be conducted to predict future problems with chemicals in the environment, and to
TS-40

-------
support risk assessments, premanufacturing review, and chemical  control.  Materials
balances studies will be conducted to identify the sources of chemicals undergoing
risk assessment.  In addition, field studies and data analyses will  be conducted to
provide data with which to validate exposure and fate models developed in 1979 by
testing and evaluation.  The toxic substances program will also cosponsor monitoring
projects with other EPA programs to identify risks posed by chemical  substances in
the environment.  The industry assistance program will continue to maintain close
liaison with industry through services developed in 1978 and 1979.  In 1980, the
program will provide extensive support to the premanufacturing review program by
printing and mailing reporting forms, and by assisting industry in complying with
the premanufacture notification requirements through technical information and
training.  These types of support will also be provided for testing  requirements,
control actions and reporting requirements that will be developed in 1980.

TOXICS MANAGEMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, $757,000 and 23 positions were expended for the regional toxic
substances program.  The regions have begun formulating and establishing the regional
role in the toxic substances program.  They have also begun staffing and organizing
to implement the regional toxic substances program and some have completed these
actions.  The majority of program activity in almost every region has been
provision of the required response to the initial influx of requests for assistance
from industry on the inventory reporting, PCB, chlorofluorocarbon and other
regulations.  Essentially all regions have begun strong efforts to establish
integrated toxic substances programs within the region.  In a few Instances regions
have completed the first stages of development and are beginning implementation and
operation.  Most regions have also begun cooperative efforts with their States and
localities on toxic substances program activities.  The regions with the greatest
amount of toxic substances related activity within the region have put some limited
effort into the remaining toxic substances objectives of public information,
strategy and regulations development, Federal agency cooperation, regional problems
and monitoring, as well.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $1,232,800 and 43 positions are available for this program.  In
1979, most of the foundation building (organisation, staffing, etc,} for regional
program implementation begun in 1978 will be completed.  Efforts toward all of the
regional objectives will Increase over 1978 and the relative levels  of effort among
the objectives will remain much the same.  The integration function  will receive the
most substantial effort.  Host regions will be actively developing their integration
programs and moving to implement them, while those few which have already completed
development will be operating and refining their programs.  Almost all regions will
increase their efforts to cooperate with the States and localities,  primarily
through exchange of information.  A greater number of regions will be able to
provide their input to increasing strategy and; regulations development activities.
As the national toxic substances program becomes operational, the regions will
provide more support through increased coordination and conduct of monitoring,
particularly in those regions with a hf.-h level of toxic substances  activity.
The regions will also expand their efforts to identify and assess regional toxic
substances problems.  Most regions will put a small amount of effort into
coordinating with other Federal agencies and conducting public information programs.
                                                                               TS-41

-------
 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,200 results from several actions*  Congress applied
 a  S3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control and
 Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was
 -$36,200.  An increase of +$116,600 results from increased pay costs from the
 October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as annualizatlon of the October 1977
 (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the agency's ZBB review of resource
 requirements for its    1979 operating plan, -$81,600 was reprogrammed from
 this element to pesticides use management.

 1980 Plan
      In 1980, $1,219,900 and 43 positions are requested for this program*  The
 1980  regional toxics management program will be similar to that of 1979.

      The regional toxics management program will consist of the following activities:

      Integration programs begun in previous years will be maintained, improved,
 and refined  in essentially all regions.  This function will remain as the highest
 priority program for regional efforts.

      Essentially all regions will continue their efforts to ensure that assistance
 to industry  is provided.  The demand for regional assistance overall is expected to
 remain at  a  level somewhat lower than the first-year of program implementation.  Most
 regions will maintain their efforts to cooperate with States and localities to
 exchange information and develop approaches to control on toxic problems.

      The regions will continue to conduct problem identification and assessment and
 monitoring activities in support of the toxic substances program, particularly in
 the regions  with a  greater level of toxic substances related activity.  Most regions
 will  continue their public Information programs and will respond  to public
 inquiries  and requests.  The regions will also continue their  participation in
 strategy and regulations development and cooperation with other Federal agencies.
TS-42

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      TOXIC SUBSTANCES

                                         Enforcement


                                           Budget      Current                Increase +
                                 Actual   Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                                  1978      1979        1979        1980     1980 vs. 1979
                                                     (dollars 1n thousands)

Appropriation
Toxic Substances Enforcement     $1,250    $4,630      $3,156      $3,796        +$640

Permanent Positions
Toxic Substances Enforcement         31        85          70          78           +8

Full-time Equivalency
Toxic Substances Enforcement        ...       ...          75          82           +7

Budget Request

     A total of 78 positions and $3,796,000 is requested in 1980.  These resources
are to carry out the enforcement provisions of regulations implementing the Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA) and to enforce the provisions of the Act.  The increase
of eight positions and $640,000 is necessary because of the increased number of
enforceable rules promulgated under the Act which will  require enforcement in 1980.

Program Description

     The EPA toxic substances enforcement program is administered pursuant to
the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).  The toxic substances enforcement
program is responsible for developing the enforcement provisions of regulations
implementing the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and for enforcing the Act.
The enforcement program is involved 1n the development of regulations to control
specific chemical substances and mixtures and in the preparation and execution
of enforcement strategies to Implement these regulations.

     The toxic substances enforcement program also engages in response to toxic
emergencies involving substantial threats to public health and safety and in
taking appropriate action to abate such emergencies, either through l.ega.1
proceedings or by other appropriate means-

     ft major function of the toxic substances enforcement program is the
inspection of chemical manufacturing, processing, and distribution facilities
whose activities are regulated under the Act and its implementing regulations.
Inspections of such facilities In turn lead to prosecutions of violators
discovered during the inspections.  Violators may be prosecuted either through
civil proceedings, or by judicial proceedings in which a court may impose a
number of civil or criminal sanctions.
                                                                               TS-43

-------
1978 Accomplishments

     During 1978, the delegation of TSCA inspection and enforcement authority to
the regions was completed.  Rules of practice for enforcement and compliance
related hearings and an Interim penalty policy were developed,  A feasibility
study on enforcement ADP needs was completed.  Identification of regional and
headquarters personnel for coordinated response to emergencies was made.
Enforcement strategy, compliance monitoring policy, and inspection procedures
for the PCS marking and disposal regulations and Section 8(b) inventory were
developed.  Also  developed were draft enforcement strategies for the PCB ban,
the chlorofluorocarbon regulations, and initial procedures for chemical imports.

     In the regions, 1978 marked the start-up year for the program.  The regions
supported the development of integrated toxic substances control plans and
investigated several Section 8(e) Substantial Risk situations.

     Resources for this program were $1,250,000 and 31 positions.  Contracts
in the amount of $167,000 were established for inspection support, analyses
of cooperative State agreements and toxic penalty policies, and revision of
inspector, attorney, and case proceedings manuals.

1979 Program

     The 1979 toxic substances enforcement program will have as its first
priority at both heaquarters and in the regions the initiation of enforcement
actions in emergencies involving substantial threats to public health and
safety.  Other programwide responsibilities include an emphasis upon toxic
substances control enforcement as developed under TSCA, the improvement of
enforcement methods through greater cooperation with States and Federal agencies,
and emphasis upon development of cases of national or regional significance.
Additional important activities include development of a final penalty policy
and completion of PCB ban and "chlorofluorocarbon enforcement strategies,
compliance monitoring policies, and inspection procedures.  Final chemical
import procedures will be developed.  Headquarters staff will provide support
to the regions in case development and prosecution and assistance to the
Office of Toxic Substances in the development of new regulations.  Identification
of regulatory audiences affected by, and development of enforcement strategies,
compliance monitoring policies, and regional implementation guidance for, all
new regulations will be completed.

     In addition to the programwide priorities noted above, the regional offices
will conduct about 500 inspections related to Section 6 chemical control
regulations including PCB marking and disposal, PCB ban, and chlorofluorocarbon
ban, and about 30 inspections of facilities subject to the requirements of
Section 4 (testing), 5 (premanufacture notification and unreasonable risk), 8
(chemical information and substantial risk), and 13 (imports), including
investigations of noncompliance with Section 8fe) requirements of notification
of substantial risk.  Enforcement action will be Initiated as appropriate.

     Fiscal year 1979 resources for this program are $3,156,000 and 70 positions.
Contract funds amount to approximately $1,310,000 and will be used for sample
chemical analysis and compliance monitoring inspections.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The.net decrease of -$1,474,000 results from several actions.  First, Congress
applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate to the Abatement and Control
and Enforcement appropriations; -$72,600 was applied to this activity.  Second, an
increase of+$181,400 is due to increased paycosts associated with the October 1978
(1979) pay raise and distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise. Finally, as
a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, -51,582,800 was reprogrammed from this element and is attributed to increases
in regional water quality enforcement ($373,000), noise enforcement (S3!.9001. reaional

-------
1980 Plan

     A total of 78 positions and $3,796,000 is requested In 1980.  These resources
are to carry out the enforcement provisions of regulations implementing the Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA) and to enforce the provisions of the Act.  The increase
of eight positions and $640,000 is necessary because of the increased number of
enforceable rules promulgated under the Act which will require enforcement in 1980.

     In 1980, the toxic substances enforcement program will have as, 1'ts first
priority the initiation of enforcement actions in emergencies involving substantial
threats to public health and safety.  Toxic substances control enforcement as
developed under TSCA and the improvement of enforcement methods through greater
cooperation with States and Federal agencies will be emphasized, as will the
development of cases of national or regional significance.  Headquarters staff
will be responsible for the management and execution of national programs to
implement and enforce Section 4 testing regulations, Section 6 chemical control
regulations (PCB marking and disposal, PCB ban, and chlorofluorocarbon ban},
Section 12 export requirements, and Section 13 import requirements.  Headquarters will
be responsible for enforcement input into regulation development directed by the
Office of Toxic Substances, and for support to the regions in case preparation
and prosecution.  In selected criminal cases and appealed civil cases, the
headquarters staff may participate directly in case prosecution.  Response to
suits brought under Section 20 (citizens civil actions) will also be a headquarters
function, as will establishment and managemnt of a national contract for contract
for inspection and sample analysis functions, and the audit, appraisal, and
evaluation of the national TSCA enforce'ment program.  Technical support will be
provided to the regions in major enforcement cases.  Finally, toxics enforcement
policy statements (TEPS) will be prepared and published to alert the public to
major enforcement policy determinations.

     In addition to the programwide priorities noted above, the regional offices
will conduct about 600 inspections of facilities subject to Section 6 chemical
control regulations including PCB marking and disposal, PCB ban, and chloro-
fluorocarbon ban, with emphasis on PCB enforcement activities. Inspections of
about 40 facilities subject to Section 4 testing requirements, Section 8 chemical
information reporting requirements, and Section 13 import requirements will be
made and enforcement actions will be initiated as appropriate.  Voluntary
compliance with statutory requirements by Industry will be stressed through
contacts with State enforcement personnel and affected industry representatives,

     The 1980 resources requested for the toxic substances enforcement program
are 78 positions and $3,796,000,  Approximately $1,025,000 is designated for
contracts and will include laboratory analyses of samples, inspection support,
revision of enforcement strategies, and implementation of interagency enforcement
projects which will support the toxic substances enforcement program.

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Energy

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Energy

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                        ENERGY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
                           Actual
                            1978

Research and Development:
  Appropriation,......... $133,063
  Permanent Positions	      160
  Full Time Equivalency..
                                       Budget
                                      Estimate
                                        1979
                                      $114,765
                                           146
 Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
                                                (dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs 1979
$112,037
     149
     268
$102,461   -$9,576
     140       -9
     265        -3
Total, Energy Program:
  Appropriation.......... $133,063
  Permanent Positions....      160
  Full Time Equivalency..
  Outlays.		  118,245
                                      $114,765   $112,037   $102,461  -$9,576
                                           146        149        140       -9
                                                      268        265       -3
                                       125,500    127,148    125,000
  Authorization Levels... Authorization is contained within the Federal Water Pollution
                          Control Act and the Clean Air Act.  Authorization levels for
                          these Acts are shown under the water quality and air media
                          descriptions.

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

     Environmental quality is Influenced both by the structure of the Nation's economic
activities for resource extraction and manufacture and by the technological capabilities
of available pollution controls.  The Nation 1s now striving to reduce Its dependence
upon scarce clean fuels, particularly foreign petroleum.  The development of domestic
energy resources to power the Nation's industry may pose a variety of threats to environ-
mental quality.  One of the Agency's major objectives is to protect the public health
and welfare from adverse environmental effects associated with the shift from petroleum
and natural gas to coal.  Research and development toward this end 1s mandated by the
Clean Air Act and the Federal Hater Pollution Control Act.  Effective control of the
environmental impact of changes in the Nation's energy systems must be based on a sound
understanding of the likely course of energy development and must be accomplished in a
reasonable manner at an acceptable cost.

     The increased use of coal has the potential of degrading environmental quality.
Potential problems include increased exposure of the population to air pollutants, de-
gradation of water quality, increased add rain and soil leaching, decreased visibility,
and Impaired productivity of strip mined land.  The air pollutants of greatest concern
are sulfur and nitrogen oxides in both gaseous and particulate forms, otter fine partic-
ulate material, and organic carcinogens.  Water pollution problems include acid rain
drainage, salt leaching, run-off and flow reduction.  The environmental significance of
many of these problems is not presently well understood.  Decisions on energy develop-
ments will have unnecessary adverse consequences if they are made without the benefits
of improved understanding.  Improved knowledge of the behavior and effects of coal
pollutants will allow more rational decisions1 as to acceptable development levels and
required control measures.

     Accelerated coal use will engender a variety of environmental issues.  The program
is designed to provide the technical information necessary to sound decision making.
The environmental problems of energy processes must be understood.  Information on the
costs  and capabilities of control alternatives must also be developed.  Some of the
areas in which information is lacking include: (1) the effectiveness of mining and re-
clamation measures to control air and water pollution and to restore land productivity,
(2) the biological effects of oil spills, (3) the characterization of toxic materials
from combustion or fuel processing operations, (4) the behavior, persistence and fate
of air and water pollutants released from energy production and (5) understanding of
cumulative regional environmental Impacts of energy development and the costs of control
programs for mitigation.

-------
     New energy technologies, particularly those based on incomplete combustion for the
generation of synthetic fuels, have the potential of creating new pollutants with seri-
ous implications for public health.  The Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
(DHEW) and the Department of Energy (DOE) are working with EPA to identify the health
and environmental effects of each advanced technology.  EPA and DOE are developing
procedures for establishing environmental standards for new technologies.

     Because of the potentially acute health and ecological effects associated with
these energy initiatives, and with both existing and new technologies for fuel process-
ing, conversion, and utilization, EPA has made a major commitment to ensuring that the
environment and human health are protected.  Many of the problems are long term, and
many technologies will not be available before 1985 or in commercial use before 1995.
However, EPA must have programs under way now to develop the health and technical data
necessary to support energy related environmental quality standards and source discharge
or emission regulations.  The lead times for health assessment and control technology
development are such that research programs must be implemented now if energy development
is to be compatible with environmental protection.

     Several long term problem areas are anticipated for the regulatory and enforcement
components of the Agency.  The utilization of substitute fuels from coal and oil shale,
requiring cleaning, gasification, liquefaction, and other processing techniques, can
generate new pollutants whose effects are not known and must be defined.  For example,
coal gasification processes may emit unacceptable quantities of carcinogenic materials.
Another problem area concerns the potentially cumulative chronic health and ecological
effects of pollutants from new and emerging energy sources such as advanced combustion
systems and geothermal facilities.

     The Agency must also address many energy related environmental problems 1n the
near-term.  The problems are not limited to the control of air pollution from coal com-
bustion.  The Increased use of coal and oil shale will accelerate in semiarid western
areas, raising serious questions about restoration of mined lands and degradation of the
quality of available ground and surface water resources.  The expanded Interest 1n off-
shore oil may lead to Increasing the severity of the environmental problems associated
with petroleum extraction and transportation and the coastal refining facilities.

     The primary short term goals of the energy research and development program are:
(1) to provide a sound data base necessary for the Agency to establish regulations and
incentives to encourage the use of environmentally acceptable practices in extraction,
processing and utilization of energy resources, and {2} to provide environmental control
options, as soon as practicable, for those extraction, processing and utilization prac-
tices which cause significant health and ecological damage.

     The approach for addressing the near-term pollution problems Involves reducing the
air and other pollution effects associated with expanded coal use.  At the present time,
the available options for controlling nitrogen oxide emissions from stationary sources
are not capable of halting the growth of the national emissions inventory.  New Source
Performance Standards are based upon best demonstrated control technology.  The nitrogen
oxide emissions limitation for coal combustion is more than two times that for oil and
three times that for natural gas.  Combustion modification techniques can reduce emis-
sions and the program will develop and demonstrate new burner designs that can reduce
coal-fired emissions to levels comparable to those obtainable with oil or gas.

     The determination of the environmental problems and requirements for control of the
longer-term energy supply systems is of particular importance.  Although EPA is not re-
sponsible for energy technology development, per se, it is working in concert with the
Department of Energy and other agencies to ensure the environmental compatibility of
such technology.  The approach used is to: (1) conduct environmental assessments of
emerging energy extraction, processing and utilization techniques to identify new pollu-
tants and determine their potential health and ecological effects; (2) develop an ade-
quate scientific basis for new environmental regulations; (3) provide guidance on control
technology requirements to Federal and industry groups developing new technologies; (4)
assist in the development of control technologies, especially where the Office of
Research and Development has particular expertise; and (5) assess the adequacy of exist-
ing control technologies.

-------
     The implementation scheme, designed to maximize the useful  output of the program,
involves an extramural approach with EPA relying heavily on expertise available within
both the Federal and industrial sectors.  In fact, EPA manages,  coordinates and inte-
grates the efforts of 17 Federal agencies under the auspices of  the Interagency Energy/
Environment Program.  In addition to the major interagency components of the program,
much of the research and development program is performed by industrial organizations
and universities via contracts and grants.

     Each of the participating Federal agencies or departments has its own charge —
management of Federally owned resources, management of Federal lands, the development of
new fuel sources or cycles, etc.  In pursuing its own programs and responsibilities,
each agency must have access to the available information on the environmental  effects
Of energy development and must also perform the research necessary to provide needed
additional data.  The EPA management of the interagency program  attempts to minimize
the overlap of the separate research programs and assure a comprehensive coverage of
all environment/energy questions.  In addition, the results of the multiagency research
program are disseminated and reviewed through a system of publications, joint confer-
ences and symposia supported by EPA's Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry.

     The energy research and development program is reviewed within the Agency's
research planning and zero based budgeting procedures.  The Agency has formed a number
of research coordinating committees to review activities in support of regulatory
programs.  The activities on inhalable particulates were included in the control, trans-
port and health effects purview of the research coordinating committee on fine particu-
lates.  Research on cooling tower blow down and discharges from  ash and sludge ponds
was reviewed in the coordinating committee in support of effluent guidelines.

SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES                         (in thousands of dollars)

1979 Energy Program	,	            $112,037

  Research and Development	              -9,576
  The decrease is comprised of reductions in conservation,
  utilization, and technology assessment $5,702,200 and 1n
  health and ecological effects, $4,045,100.  These reduc-
  tions are offset by an increase in fuel extraction and
  processing technology $171,400.                            	
1980 Energy Program	             102,461

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

1.  Summary of Budget Request

    An appropriation of $102,461,000 is requested for 1980 under the Research  and
Development account.  This represents a net decrease of $9,575,900.  EPA's zero based
budget review reflecting overall priorities dictated this reduced funding level.

    An increase of $545,700 is requested in fuel processing.  The increase will be used
to expand the capability to participate in the environmental assessments of oil shale
retorting and coal liquefaction and gasification processes.  An increase of $287,200 is
also requested in nitrogen oxide control in order to accelerate our low NOX pulverized
boiler activities.

    The other control technology programs will be decreased by $6,363,700.  Of this
amount the environmental assessment of conventional and advanced energy systems will
be decreased by $3,834,300 and the evaluation of participate control alternatives by
$863,300; the development and evaluation of alternative mining practices by $374,300
and the development of flue gas sulfur oxide technology by $1,291,800.

-------
 $1,429,800 will  be in the area of ecological  effects  of energy production
 of which 1.7 million will be in the area of health effects research.
 Baseline surveys in offshore oil development areas will be curtailed.
 The program in transport and fate will  be decreased by $1,196,700
 and the program in raeasureiwnt and instrumentation increased by $271,900,


 2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

      Changes from the budget are as follows:

                                                      (in thousands  of  dollars)

      Original  1979 estimate...	              $114,765

      Congressional  increase/decreases:
        Contractual  services and monitoring
          and technical  support	                  -730
      Effect of October 1978 pay raise partial
        absorption	                   +83
      Proposed October 1978 pay raise
        supplemental		.......                  +149
      Annualization of October 1977 pay  raise...                  +296
      Office of Research and Development
        reprogrammi ng.	, —	        	-2,526	

      Current 1979 estimate	,	               112,037

      Congressional  changes result from  the $6 million reduction to  contracts  and
 monitoring and technical support, of which $730,000 is applied to the  energy  media.

      Pay raise costs result in a total  increase  of $528,000 over the original
 estimate.  The agency request included  all funds for  the October 1977  pay  raise in
 the management and support media, to be distributed to other media  at  a  later date.
 The increase reflected represents the share of this later distribution.

      The Office of Research and Development reprogrammed $2,526,000 to the
 interdisciplinary media.

 ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO  OBLIGATIONS

                                                      Current
                                                      Estimate         Estimate
                                                        1979             1980
                                                      (in thousands  of  dollars)

      Prior year obligations...	       $131,943         $112,246
        Effect of congressional changes	           -500
        Effect of October 1978 pay raise	           +250
        Effect of reprograiranings	.,	         -1,500
        Program decrease.	;>.        -15,000           -9,500
      Change in amount of carryover fun'ds
        available....	         -2,947              -209
      Change in rate of obligation	            ...	         ...
      Total  estimated obligations	        112,246           102,537
        (From new obligation authority)...	       (111,206)          (101,706)
        (From prior year funds)	          1,040)              (831)
E-4

-------
tAKLMHH I JUtl ur
     The effect of the congressional  change discussed in the previous  section is
a decrease of $500,000.  The effect of the October 1978 pay raise and  annual ization
of the October 1977 pay raise will  increase obligations by $250,000.   The effects  of
the Office of Research and Development reprograraning is a decrease of  $1.5 million.

     The decrease in 1979 budget authority from the 1978 level  will decrease
obligations by $15 million.  In 1980, the decreased authority will  result in  a
reduction to obligations of $9.5 million.

     The amount of carryover funds  to be obligated in 1979 is $705,000,  a decrease
of $2,947,000 from the 1978 level.   In 1980, it is estimated that $496,000 will  be
obligated, a decrease of $209,000.
                                                                          E-5

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------

Appropriation
Fuel Processing, Preparation
and Advanced Combustion . . .
Fuel Extract! on 	
Impact of Conventional and
Advanced Energy Systems ...
flue Gas Sulfur Oxide Control
Nitrogen Oxide Control 	
Flue Gas Particulate Control.
Effects of Energy-Related
Pollutants on Organisms
and Ecosystems 	
Transport and Fate of Energy
Rel ated Pol 1 utants 	 	
Measurement Systems and Ins-
trumentation Development
for Energy Related
Pol 1 utants. 	 	 	 	
Health Effects of Energy
ENERGY TOTAL
Permanent Positions
Fuel Processing, Preparation
and Advanced Combustion 	
Fuel Extraction 	 	
Impact of Conventional and
Advanced Energy Systems ...
Flue Gas Sulfur Oxide Control
Ni trogen Oxide Control . , 	
Flue Gas Particulate Control.
Effects of Energy Related
Pollutants on Organisms
and Ecosystems 	
Transport and Fate of Energy
Rel ated Pol 1 utants. 	 	
Measurement Systems and Ins-
trumentation Development
for Energy Related
Pol 1 utants * 	 •
Health Effects of Energy
Related Pollutants 	
ENERGY TOTAL
Actual
1978

S24J53
7,091
17,407
11,604
21 ,275
14,183
11,200
4,528
9,344
12 278
133,063
43
24
24
10
20
15
2
2
15
5
Tlo
Budget
Estimate
1979

$11,949
3,370
17,459
2,099
14,850
9,889
15,844
9,110
9,485
20 710
\U,76S
43
24
27
6
23
17
2
1
1
2

Current
Estimate
1979

$12,598
3,407
17,228
3,181
13,528
8,863
16,078
8,811
8,265
20,078
112,03?
44
24
28
5
23
15
3
3
1
3
W
Estimate
1980

$13,144
3,033
13,394
1,889
13,815
8,000
14,648
7,614
8,537
18 387
102,461
47
22
20
5
23
13
3
3
1
3
T40
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs 197

+$546
- 374
-3,834
-1 ,292
+287
-863
-1 ,430
-1 ,197
+272
-1 691

+3
-2
-8
-2



t$
'9 Pas.

E-1.0
E-14
E-17
E-27
E-30
E-33
E-37
E-40
E-44
E-48








E-6

-------
                              1978      1979     1979      1980    1980 vs 1979

Full-Time Equivalency
Fuel Processing, Preparation
  and Advanced Combustion	   ...       ...      62        72       +10
Fuel Extraction	       , .      38        32       -6
Impact of Conventional and
  Advanced Energy Systems	       ...      36        32       - 4
Flue Gas Sulfur Oxide Control                       7         8       + 1
Nitrogen Oxide Control...	       ...      33        35       +2
Flue Gas Parti oil ate Control.   ...       ...      21        23       +2
Effects of Energy-Related
  Pollutants on Organisms
  and Ecosystems...	       ...      17        16       -1
Transport and Fate of Energy
  Related Pollutants	       ...       8         7       - 1
Measurement Systems and Ins-
  trumentation Development
  for Energy-Related
  Pollutants	       ...      39        34
Health Effects of Energy
  Related Pollutants	       ...       7         6
        ENERGY TOTAL                              WB       1B~5

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $102,461,000 and 140 positions is requested for 1980.  This
represents a decrease of $9,575,900 and nine positions from 1979.

Program Description

     The energy research and development program is designed to determine the environ-
mental implications and effects of the Nation's energy development efforts.  This energy/
environment research and development program involves 17 Federal agencies.  A compre-
hensive plan to classify program content and resources has been developed to assure
that the entire range of Federal energy/environment research and development program is
woven together into a manageable framework.  This plan identifies research areas by the
type of energy resource, the processes in obtaining and using the energy, and the scien-
tific disciplines required for research on environmental impacts.  The program also
includes the development of pollution control options for conventional energy systems
and the assessment of the environmental problems or advantages of new energy technologies
being developed by the Department of Energy

     In addition to its activities with other agencies, EPA conducts, within its own
laboratories, a widely diversified program.  EPA coordinates with other Federal agencies
now performing related research and development.  This is accomplished by annual reviews
resulting in updated program planning documents which, when approved, serve to obligate
that year's "pass-through" funds.  EPA coordination minimizes the duplication of effort
of the other Federal agencies.

     The program is divided into two broad segments.  The health and ecological effects
program consists of the research activities associated with the behavior and effects of
energy related pollutants once they are in the environment.  The control technology
program is designed to provide information on the types and quantities of pollutants
released by energy supply activities and to develop or stimulate the development of
control options where necessary.  This technology research program is further divided to
group research on the activities associated with fuel extraction and processing separ-
ately from that research on energy conservation and utilization.  The control technology
program consists of six subprograms — fuel processing, preparation and advanced combus-
tion; fuel extraction; environmental impacts of conventional and advanced energy systems;
flue gas sulfur oxide control; nitrogen oxide control; and flue gas particle control. The

-------
environmental effects research program has four subprograms — the effects of energy
pollutants on organisms and ecosystems; transport and fate of energy related pollutants;
measurement systems and instrumentation development; and health effects of energy re-
lated pollutants.

     The specific objectives of the program's major components are discussed below:

     Fuel Processing. Preparation and Advanced Combustion ~ This program participates
in the development of advanced technologies for fossil fuel processing by providing
environmental assessments; bench-scale research, technology assessments and guidance in
process control technology.  The program will work in close cooperation with the Depart-
ment of Energy process development and environmental programs to identify and quantify
all residuals from fluidized bed combustors, synthetic fuels from coal processes, oil
shale development, and coal cleaning.  Comprehensive environmental assessments will be
performed for these technologies to anticipate the severity of each environmental threat
and corresponding means for control.

     Fuel Extraction ~ the energy resource extraction program deals with environmental
quality problems associated with the technologies and processes for obtaining fuels; oil
or natural gas extraction; oil shale development; and coal mining.  The major purposes
of the research program are: (1) to assess the existing and potential adverse environ-
mental impacts from active and planned oil and gas production, storage and transportation
(2) to develop methods, technology, and equipment to prevent, control, and abate environ-
mental pollutants from these operations including spill clean-up; and (3) to document
the technical/operational feasibility and cost effectiveness of environmental control
options.

     Environmental Impact of Conventional and Advanced Energy Systems -- Research 1n this
program is designed to assess environmental risks, conduct bench-scale system and/or
control technology research and identify environmentally, socially, and economically
acceptable alternatives for modified conventional energy systems, advanced energy supply
concepts, and energy conserving techniques.  The program, which will assist EPA in
selecting policies and 1n setting environmental standards, comprises comprehensive
environmental assessments of energy systems.  These integrated technology assessments
quantify the cost/risk/benefit tradeoffs of energy systems and pollution control alter-
natives.  A comprehensive assessment of unregulated and regulated residuals from conven-
tional combustion sources is one major project of this program.  Other environmental
assessments included in this program will examine:  industrial energy conservation,
wastes as fuels,  solar energy, energy-related solid and waterborne residuals, geother-
mal energy, waste heat recovery, and advanced energy cycles.

     Flue Gas Sulfur Oxide Control — This program develops and evaluates alternative
technologies for the reftoval of sulfur oxide emissions from flue gas at electricity
generating plants and industrial boilers.  The aim of the program is to develop tech-
nical  data on which EPA may establish emission standards for sulfur-emitting sources.
Efforts are underway to evaluate existing sulfur oxides removal installations, to assess
other impacts of flue gas desulfurization technology, and toassess the applicability of
FGD technology to Industrial boilers and other sulfur oxide sources.

     Nitrogen Oxide (NOV) Control  — The purpose of this program is to develop the best
practicable combustion technology for the control of HOX emissions from the leading
categories of stationary sources and diesel engines.  Stationary source categories
include utility boilers, -commercial/industrial boilers, resldental heating systems,
stationary engines, and advanced combustion processes.  Advanced combustion processes
such as advanced coal  burners and coal  burner systems are being studied and fundamental
engineering and analytical support studies are also being conducted to evaluate the
potential of these advanced methods for NOx emission control and energy conservation.
The research on controlled combustion also include fuel conditioning for sulfur oxide
removal.

-------
     Flue Gas Part]culate Control -- This program identifies and develops effective
practicable technology to control aerosol emissions from man-made sources.  Source
categories addressed include industrial  combustion, or energy processes.   Major
research efforts in the program are:  assessment and extension of the capability of
conventional systems (electrostatic preci pita tors, scrubbers, or fabric filters) for
abating aerosol emissions; exploration of new and improved methods of control; and
bench-scale investigation of specific control methods for major problem sources (low
sulfur coal combustion, new fuels, power production, and selected industrial  processes).

     Effects of Energy Related Pollutants on Organisms and Ecosystems —  Research efforts
develop the ecological data on freshwater, marine, estuarine and terrestrial  ecosystems
which will permit reliable estimates of the risk associated with accelerated development
and utilization of domestic energy resources.  This work is accomplished  by the Depart-
ment of Energy, Department of the Interior, National Institute of Environmental Health
Sciences, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority,
U.S. Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency with funds made
available to the Federal Interagency Energy/Environment Program.  The various partici-
pating agencies have an array of technical expertise covering many disciplines.

     Transport and Fate of Energy Related Pollutants — The transport processes area
traces the transmission by alr.^water, and soil  of pollutants emitted from energy
operations from their sources to their destination in man and the environment.  Addit-
ionally, it covers the physical  and chemical changes that the pollutants  undergo
during their transport.  Emphasis in air transport research is on conversion of sulfur
and nitrogen oxides, chiefly from coal burning power plants, to sulfates  and nitrates.
Formation and transport of photochemical oxidants from various energy sources is also
emphasized.

     Measurement Systems and Instrumentation Development ~ The purpose of this activity
is to focus and coordinate the research and development on energy-related measurements
and instrumentation which is being performed by the Department of Energy, National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Bureau of Standards, National  Institute
of Occupational Safety and Health, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and
the Environmental Protection Agency.  This activity has two closely related but distinct
research objectives.

     The first objective is to provide baseline and trend data in those geographical
regions where expanding energy development Is projected to have a major impact on air,
water, or land.  Advanced monitoring techniques are needed to support such studies,

     The second objective is to develop measurement methods and Instrumentation for
energy-related pollutants in ambient air and water which result from new  energy tech-
nologies and expanding energy development.

     Health Effects of .Energy-Related Pollutants *~ Tht purpose of this activity is to
provide a coordinated effort in the energy-related health effects research undertaken
by the Department of Energy, National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences,
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, and the Environmental Protection
Agency with the funds made available to the ;Interagency Energy/Environment Program.  The
objective of this activity is the development of energy-related health data which will
permit reliable estimates of risk to human health associated with increased development
and utili2ation of domestic energy resources.  The health effects program examines
possible chronic toxic effects of pollutants, Including respiratory effects and cancer
product! on.
                                                                         E-9

-------
                               ENERGY

                    Research and Development

     Fuel Processing, Preparation and Advanced Combustion

                                  Budget     Current            Increase +
                      Actual     Estimate   Estimate  Estimate  Decrease -
                       1978        1979       1979      1980    1980 vs 1979
                                              (dollars in thousands}"

Appropriation	,$24,153    $11,949-    $12,598   $13,144   +$546
Permanent Positions..      43         43         44        47      +3
Full-time Equivalency     ...        ...         62        72     +10
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $13,144,000 is requested for 1980.  This represents an in-
crease of $545,700 and three positions over 1979.  The increased resources will be
used to provide additional support for characterizing emissions fronu and developing
control technology for, oil shale processes.

Program Description

     The program includes the characterization of effluents and emissions, assessment
of related environmental Impacts", and development and evaluation of necessary
pollution control technology for various fuel processes.  The results of this
effort are used as input 1n the Agency's standard setting process.  Fuel processes
assessed Include:  (1) coal cleaning f2) fluidlzed bed combustion and synthetic
fuels generation from coal, biomass and oil shale.

1978 Accomplishments

     As of September 1978, obligations Included $17,835,000 for contracts,
$2,173,700 for grants and $1,332,000 for fnteragency agreements.  Significant
accomplishments in 1378 in the areas of coal cleaning, fluidlzed bed combustion,
synthetic fuels from coal and Biomass and oil shale processing are as follows:

     Coal Cleaning

     -  Studies of the microwave desulfurlzation process indicated up to 95%
        reduction of pyritic sulfur and 66% reduction of organic sulfur in coal.

     -  A major international symposium to discuss the potential of coal cleaning
        for compliance witn sulfur dioxide  CSOg) emission regulations was hold.

-------
Fluldlzed Bed Combustion (FBC)

-  Tests on the pressurized FBC Miniplant, operated by Exxon, Indicated
   that three stages of conventional cyclones may provide sufficient participate
   removal to protect the gas turbine,

-  Two-stage-combustion studies in the bench-scale atmospheric FBC unit at our
   Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory (IERL-RTP) indicated simultaneous
   high SQz removal CUP to 90%} and low nitrogen oxide (NOX) emissions (less than
   ,2 Ibs per million BTUsl.

-  Initial environmental testing at the Miniplant FBC facility has revealed trace
   metals in solid wastes at levels which could cause environmental damage.
Synthet ic j^je 1 s From Coal

-  An EPA-funded synthetic fuels environmental control facility (the
   first of Its kind) was dedicated at N.C. State University.  Tests were
   initiated to evaluate control techniques for the generation of clean synthetic
   gaseous fuels.

-  Initial environmental assessment of low BTU coal gasification processes identified
   discharges with potential health and ecological problems.

-  Studies of the Solvent Refined Coal process Indicated S02 reduction of
   60% to 75% and parti cu late removal of up to 35%.

-  Studies to characterize pollutants generated during 1n-s1tu coal gasification
   of Western coal, Eastern coal and Texas lignite were initiated.

Fuel From Blomass

-  Biomass production and energy conversion processes were described and evaluated.
   Six regional scenarios were described and subjected to environmental analysis.

Oil Shale

-  Methodology and results of sampling and analysis of waste streams at the Paraho
   oil shale demonstration facility were described.

1979 Program

     The total resource allocation for this program Is $12,598,300.  Of this
amount, $7,671,000 is for contracts, $2,450,100 1s for grants and $414,000 Is
for Interagency agreements.  For 1979 the total allocation 1s divided among
the various sub-program areas as follows:

                     ,   Coal Cleaning                 $ 1,325,000
                        Fluldtzed Bed Combustion        4,354,000
                        Advanced 011 Processing           428,000
                        Synthetic Fuel from Coal        4,850,300
                        Synthetic Fuel from Shale       1.641.000
                        TOTAL FUEL PROCESSING         $12,598,300
                                                                    .£-11

-------
     During 1979, EPA is conducting a major environmental assessment effort in low
and high BTU coal gasification, coal liquefaction and fluidized bed combustion, and
oil shale processing as well as the chemically active fluidized bed (CAFB) process.
This effort will provide a data base and recommendations for the Agency's standard
setting offices.  Planned activities include:

     -  Conduct environmental testing at the GPU-Penelec Homer City, Pa. physical
        coal cleaning site.

     -  Startup, shakedown and operation of the chemically active fluidized bed
        CCAFB) demonstration facility at San Benito, Texas.

     -  Update data base for New Source Performance Standards (NS.PS) for fluidized
        bed combustion tFBC) based on environmental assessments at Rivesvllle, West
        Virginia and Georgetown University boilers.

     -  Conduct comprehensive analysis of emissions from Hellman-Galusha and
        Willaputte-Chapman low BTU coal gasification processes.

     -  Conduct bench-scale tests for pollution control methods and devices
        for the Paraho reporting of oil shale.

     -  Characterize effectiveness of existing add-on devices for cleanup on the
        Georgetown University boiler,

     -  Evaluate FBC solid waste disposal methods.

     -  Conduct environmental assessment of SRC II Csolvent refined coal) coal
        liquefaction process.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$649,300 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$68,300 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979} pay raise
as well as distribution  of the October 19.77 CFY 1978] pay raise.  As a result of
congressional appropriation changes affecting the planned exchange of functions with
the Department of Energy, +$581,000 was reprogrammed within this activity from
environmental assessment of conventional and advanced energy systems,

1980 Plan

     The total resource allocation for this program Is $13,144,000.  This represents
an increase of $545,700 and three positions over 1979.  The Increased resources
will Be used to provide additional support for characterizing emissions from,
and developing control technology for oil shale processes.  Of the $13,144,000
requested for 1980, $8,025,000 1s planned for contracts, $2,550,500 is planned for
grants and $443,600 1n planned for interagency agreements.  The environmental
effects of the selected technologies will 4be characterized to provide input for
EPA standard setting offices.  The program plans provide for:

     -  Methods for sampling, analysis and continuous monitoring of
        emissions to quantify total organtcs, characterize toxics and
        determine inorganic compounds from coal processing technologies
        will be developed.

-------
Environmental assessment activities including characterization of emissions,
and incorporating health, ecological and economic data, will be conducted
at processing facilities such as Anvil Points (oil shale), Rlvesville  (FBC),
Homer City (coal cleaning), University of Minnesota (low BTU coal gasification)
and San Benlto (CAFB).

The data base for FBC will be expanded by characterizing electrostatic
precipitators on EPRI atmospheric FBC facilities and by characterizing
particulate control devices on DOE industrial FBC facilities.

The data base for low BTU coal gasification will be expanded by evaluating
associated sulfur compound control technology.

Standard Support Plans (SSP) providing a schedule of outputs for Agency
standard-setting offices will be produced for coal cleaning, FBC and
synthetic fuels from coal.

Environmental assessment reports (EAR) will be prepared for low BTU coal
gasification and FBC.

Oil shale control technology needs will be assessed.

The mechanism of NOx formation 1n FBC will he Investigated.

Air pollution control technologies for 1n-s1tu coal gasification will  be
evaluated.

EPA regional offices will be provided with technical support In the form of
discharge permit limits relating to coal cleaning, oil shale and coal  gasifi-
cation processes.
                                                                  E-13

-------
                                  ENERGY

                            Research and Development

                               Fuel Extraction

                                     Budget      Current                     Increase*
                           Actual   Estimate     Estimate         Estimate   Decrease-
                            1978      1979         1979             198Q    1980 vs 1979
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation	     $7091     $3370       $3,407             $3033     -$374
Permanent Positions. .        24        24           24                22        -2
Full-Time Equivalency.       ...       ...           38                32        -6
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $3,C33,000 and 22 positions is requested for 1980.  This repre-
sents a decrease of $374,300 and two positions from 1979.  This reduction in resources
will come from research on oil shale and tar sands development.

Program Description

     The fuel extraction program is designed to be responsive to the legislative mandates
of the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Safe Drinking Water
Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Act as well as the
Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977.  This responsiveness is encompassed
in research and development activities directed toward the prevention, alleviation and
abatement of all types of pollution caused by fuel extraction (oil, gas and coal) and
related transportation activities.  The major program areas include environmental
assessments of problems related to Eastern surface mines, Eastern underground mines,
treatment of mine drainage, Western coal mines, oil shale, uranium, transportation of
fuels, solid waste from mining and oil spill control.  Control techniques for advanced
oil recovery are also included,

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, obligations included $2,626,000 for contract support, $2,096,400 for grants
and $398,500 for interagency agreements.  The major emphasis of the 1978 program was
placed on active mining, especially on newly emerging extractive efforts, while
continuing minimum efforts on abandoned mines to keep abreast of the latest reclamation
and restoration techniques.  In addition, the assessment, development and demonstration
of methods, equipment and techniques to control and cleanup spills of oil on land and
water continued.  Among the specific 1978 accomplishments were:

     -  Development of field-oriented manuals of practice on the environmentally
        acceptable techniques for the productive restoration of ocean estaurine inland
        and marsh shorelines impacted by oil spills.

     -  Evaluation of 20 oil spill control systems at the Oil and Hazardous Materials
        Simulated Environmental Test Tank.

     -  Development and delivery of an air jet boom designed 'to contain spilled
        oil in waters of up to 3-knot currents.

-------
     -  Presentation of five workshops throughout the country to acquaint state and
        local planning officials with the methodology pertaining to the identification
        of the onshore impacts of DCS oil and gas development and the siting of onshore
        facilities associated with that development.

     -  Presentation of most recent developments to emergency response teams on oil spill
        debris disposal and on chemical dispersants for the control of oil spills.

     -  Development of a petroleum oil gelation technique utilizing amine reagent and
        carbon dioxide to facilitate the removal of oil spilled on inland water.

     -  Assessments of (1) the pollution potential of coal stock piles, (2) ground water
        pollution from eastern underground coal mines, (3) reclamation of spent oil shale
        and (4) impacts of surface mining on the Northern Great Plains.

     -  Publication of user manual for treatment methods of acid mine drainage and
        control methods for eastern surface coal mines.

     -  Demonstration of reclamation techniques on western coal mines.

1979 Program

     The 1979 estimate is $3,407,300.  These resources include approximately $957,500
for contracts, $1,126,600 for grants and $78,000 for interagency agreements.

     During 1979 the extraction research program will complete assessments on control
technology as well as instructional packages for inspectors and mine operators.  It
will further demonstrate the applications of technologies in the recovery programs
at oil and gas production facilities and the onshore treatment of ballast waters.  The
1979 program Includes:

     -  Assessment of the pollution potential of enhanced oil and gas recovery techni-
        ques and development of strategies for minimizing the environmental impacts from
        these new extraction practices.

     -  Specification of operation and maintenance practices to reduce pollutant dis-
        charges from offshore oil and gas production facilities.

     -  Assessment of current capabilities for treatment of oil contamination spills and
        ballast water at shore reception facilities.

     -  Development of field manuals for utilizing chemical dispersing agents to control
        oil spills.

     -  Production of feasibility reports on the storing of waste underground.

     -  Providing the technical data base for establishing water pollutant discharge
        regulations for eastern and western coal mining operations.

     -  Development of prototype instructional package for training mine inspectors and
        operators in environmental control methods for coal mining.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net Increase of +$37,300 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution of  the October
1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.
                                                                      E-15

-------
      The 7980 estimate is  $3,033,000  and 22  positions.   This  represents  a
 reduction of $374,300 and  two positions  from 1979,   The  reduction  in  resources
 will  come from research on oil  shale  and tar sands  development  because these two
 emerging technologies are  the furthest from  commercial implementation.   Of  the
 $3,033,000 requested for 1980,  approximately $870,000  is for  contracts,  $986,000
 for grants and $77,000 for interagency agreements.

      The 1980 plan for the fuel  extraction research program is  to  assess, develop,
 identify, and verify control  technology  for  solid fuel,  oil and gas extraction  which
 will  assure that the recovery of the  nation's fuel  reserves is  conducted in an
 environmentally acceptable manner.  To this  end,  equipment, methods,  and technology are
 assessed and developed to  prevent,  control,  and  abate  the discharge of environmental
 pollutants from both point and nonpoint  sources.  Pollution sources include facilities
 for exploration, production,  storage, and transportation of coal,  uranium,  oil  shale,
 oil and gas.  Both normal  operations  and accidental  spills are  examined.

      Planned accomplishments  for 1980 include:

      -   Continue efforts in environmental assessment of  toxic pollutants, problem
         definition, and control  technology development for the  extraction,  beneficiation
         and handling of energy resources, including coal, oil and  natural gas.  Work will
         be in support of program and  agency  needs,  regional needs, and special  requests
         from local, State, and Federal  departments.

      -   Produce user manuals  to summarize and describe previously  verified  environmental
         control and abatement procedures relating to coal extraction,  beneficiation,
         and handling in the United  States (both  surface  and underground  operations).

      -   Develop techniques and systems for use by regional  on-site coordinators for
         determining the extent of oil contamination and  for directing spill  cleanup and
         response efforts.   Included will be  field expedient measures  for reducing spill
         impact.  Federal,  State and local government response personnel  as  well as their
         industry counterparts will  use this  information  in responding to oil  spills.

      -   Initiate new development in the  area of  shoreline protection  and restoration
         following oil spills.  Hardware  and  techniques will be  used by Regional personnel
         responsible for oil spill cleanup and will  assist them  in  developing decisions
         on the best available approaches for given  spill circumstances.

      -   Continue assessment of available control  technology in  support of the Effluent
         Guidelines Division to ascertain the best available technology and  develop data
         in support of the  new source  performance standards for  offshore  and onshore
         oil  and gas production facilities.   Levels  of treatment will  then be established
         based on realistic information relating  to  technology available  to  the  oil and
         gas producing industries.

      -   Initiate development  of guidelines for the  installation and operation of  oil/
         water separators to meet the  best available technology  and new source performance
         standards.

      -   Develop equipment  and techniques to  contain and  control  oil spills  under  cold
         climate conditions.  A cold climate  spill response capability {presently  non-
         existent) is necessary to cope with  the  Increasing number  of  oil spills
         occurring under cold  weather  conditions.
E-16

-------
                                     ENERGY

                            Research and Development

        Environmental Impact of Conventional  and Advanced Energy Systems
Appropriation ....
Permanent Position  .
Full-Time Equivalency
                              Actual
                               1978
$17,407
     24
           Budget    Current             Increase +
           Estimate  Estimate  Estimate  Decrease -
             1979      1979   .   1980   1980 vs 1979
                     {dollars in thousand!]
$17,459
     27
$17,228
     28
     36
$13,394
     20
     32
-$3,834
     -8
     -4
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $13,394,000 is requested for 1980, representing a decrease
of $3,834,300 and eight positions from the 1979 level.   This reduction in resources
results from a decision to snarply curtail wastes-as-fuel  technology development.
This decision stemmed from RCRA regulatory requirements which led to a de-emphasis
on resource recovery and an emphasis on waste disposal.  In addition, DOE's pro-
gram will take up some of the slack left by EPA's reduced efforts in this area.

     This program includes environmental assessments of conventional combustion
in electric utility and industrial power production, energy conservation, solar
energy, and geothermal energy systems, and Integrated technology assessment.
The industrial and utility conventional combustion program emphasizes the
characterization and quantification of the air, water,  and land pollution
potentials, the evaluation of environmental risk and the assessment of control
techniques for criteria and noncriteria residuals.  Major efforts are being
directed toward the development of procedures for disposal of fly ash and flue
gas desulfurization sludges.  Integrated technology assessments provide an
analysis of the environmental, economic, and social impacts of alternative
energy supply and use scenarios on both 1-ocal and regional levels.  The
conservation and advanced systems studies provide an assessment of the environ-
mental and economic impact of energy conservation and of advanced energy systems,
Including solar, geothermal, and biomass systems.  Environmental assessments
are detailed characterizations of the air emissions, water effluents, and solid
wastes released to the environment from energy sources, and anticipate the
severity of associated environmental risks, provide preliminary targets for
emission-!imitation goals, and assess the ability of existing control methods
to attain these goals.  The program also contains limited efforts in pollution
control development and evaluation.

1978 Accomplishments                       *

     As of 1978, obligations included $9,633,600 for contra ts, $4,657,400 for
grants, and $1,403,700 for interagency agreements.
                                                                      E-17

-------
     During 1978 results on regional impacts of increased energy development
in the Western United States and the Ohio River Basin were completed, as were
economic and environmental impact analyses for the revision of NSPS for
utility boilers.  Federal, State, and local laws and regulations that apply to
geothermal energy development were categorized and analyzed as a continuation
of the industry "guidance" strategy.  The techniques available for the control
of toxic effluents from utilities were assessed.  The sources and ambient
concentrations of polycyclic organic matter (POM) were reviewed and analyzed,
and methods to protect health and welfare from the adverse effects of POM
pollution were evaluated in support of Agency efforts mandated by Section 120
of the Clean Air Act.  Construction of the first wastewater treatment plant
to use both solar energy and methane recovery to provide energy for in-plant
needs was completed.

1979 Program

     The total resource allocation for the program is $17,228,300,  Of this
amount, $10,621,900  is for contracts, $2,858,000 is for grants and $1,734,000
1s for interagency agreements.  The allocation of 1979 funds in the environ-
mental impacts of conventional and advanced energy systems program follows:

          Waste Heat/Waste Products                    $  3,319,000

          Conventional Combustion Environmental
            Assessment                                    4,709,200

          Conservation and Advanced Systems               4,134,800

          Integrated Technology Assessment                5,065.300

               TOTAL                                   $ 17.228.300

1979 Explanation of  Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$230,700 results from several actions.  Congress
applied a $6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for
contractual services and monitoring and technical support activities; the
decrease applicable  to this activity was -$67,200.  A net increase of +$279,100
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise
as well as  distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978} pay raise.  As a result
of changes in Congressional appropriations affecting the exchange of
functions with the Department of Energy, -$581,000 was reprogrammed within
this activity to fuel processing, preparation, and advanced combustion.  In
addition, +$138,400  was reprogrammed within this activity from flue gas
sulfur oxide control.

1980 Plan

     The total resource allocation for this program is $13,394,000.  Of this
amount, $8,1-94,100 is planned for contracts, $2,224,100 is planned for grants,
and $1,287,700 for interagency agreements.  The allocation of the 1980 funds
in the environmental impacts of conventional and advanced energy systems pro-
gram is given below:
E-18

-------
          Waste Heat/Waste Product                $  3,450,000

          Conventional Combustion Environmental
               Assessment                            3,374,000

          Conservation and Advanced Systems          3,200,000

          Integrated Technology Assessment           3,400,000

               TOTAL                              $ 13,3.94,000

     Support for this program will be reduced by $3,834,300 and eight positions
from 1979 levels.  These reductions are brought about by shifting EPA priorities
and by increasing complementary DOE efforts which somewhat offset the need for
ongoing EPA efforts.  The leading factors involved are:   (1) the RCRA regulatory
requirements which lead to a de-emphasis on resource recovery R&D and an increase
in R&D to assure safe disposal of hazardous residuals generated by the energy
industry, (2) the development of a strong energy conservation program at DOE,
(3) the judgment that regional analytical studies of energy developments and
conservation impacts are of lower priority in 1980, and  (4) the judgment that
after several years of emphasis a reduced level of effort is adequate to under-
stand the environmental problems of conventional combustion.

     As a result of these program priority realignments, "wastes-as-fuel"
technology development efforts are being sharply curtailed.  Wastes-as-fuel
RSD will be largely limited to the highest priority problems identified by
DOE.  Efforts to identify the environmental threats posed by unregulated
emissions from conventional combustion will also be limited.  Analytical efforts
to evaluate cross-media, regional, or national environmental impacts of and
policy options for energy development and use will be limited.

     To minimize the risk in these resource cutbacks leading to environ-
mental problems from future energy developments, the EPA will increase its
activities in assessing and overseeing DOE programs and  will look to DOE to
aid in identifying potential environmental concerns arising from conventional
combustion, the use of waste and biomass as energy sources, solar energy
systems, geothermal energy development, and energy conservation methods in
industry and in buildings.  R&D will be largely limited  to emissions and
control technology performance assessments.  Alternative energy systems (solar
and geothermal) and energy conservation-related environmental R&D will be
limited to the highest priority problems identified by DOE and EPA.  Efforts
to identify the environmental threats posed by unregulated emissions from
conventional combustion will also be limited.

     Haste and Water

     The overall objective of this activity is the identification,
characterization, and assessment 07 liquid and solid effluents (including
waste heat) from electricity generating facilities, and  development, where
appropriate, of control technology for the environmentally acceptable
                                                                   E-19

-------
ultimate disposal of these effluents.  The efforts conducted as part of this
activity are designed to identify potential environmental  effects and to de-
fine and reduce the costs of power plant waste disposal  options.

     Primary emphases in this activity are focused on developing the data
required to promulgate effluent guidelines required by the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act and on providing the background information required
to promulgate regulations required by the Resource Recovery and Conservation
Act for the disposal of wastes generated by the utility industry.

     1978 Accomplishments

     The total allocation for this program area for 1978 was $2,565,600.
Major accomplishments Included:

     -  Demonstration of the use of utility condenser cooling water to provide
        heat to warm greenhouses for commercial crop production at a substantial
        savings in fuel oil consumption.

     -  Assessment of the technologies available for the control of toxic
        effluents from utilities.  Four technologies were evaluated and the
        data is to be utilized in the promulgation of effluent guidelines.

     -  Initiation of an evaluation of lime precipitation as a means for
        treating boiler tube chemical cleaning wastes.  This data is required
        to support the currently proposed 0,1 mg/liter standard for iron and
        copper.

     -  Initiation of studies on scrubber sludge dewatering and disposal
        techniques to determine the most environmentally acceptable disposal
        method which is economically achievable.

     1979 Program

     The total allocation for this program area for 1979 is $3,319,000.  These
funds will be utilized primarily to provide direct support to EPA regulatory
program offices in the following two areas:

     -  Expanded regulatory support programs to obtain sufficient data and
        information to enable the promulgation of guidelines or regulations
        for the storage, treatment, and disposal of coal ash and flue gas
        desulfuMzatioo scrubber waste from coal-fired steam electric generators.

     -  Regulatory support efforts to provide the data required for the pro-
        mulgation and implementation of effluent guidelines for the utility
        industry.

     1980 Plan

     The total request for this program area in 1980 is $3,450,000.  These
funds will ba utilized to complete the acquisition of the data required to
promulgate the regulations for liquid and solid waste from coal-fired steam-
electric generators.  The following information will be provided:

-------
     -  A characterization of fly ash alone and fly ash/sludge mixed to
        determine if different disposal  techniques are required for each
        of the two situations.

     -  An examination of disposal  techniques for fly ash only and fly ash/
        sludge disposal to identify private industry practices.

     -  An evaluation of the effects of promising disposal  techniques on
        ground water and surface waters.

     -  An evaluation of the costs of promising fly ash/sludge disposal
        techniques and of the econpmic impacts of these on the utility industry.

     Conventional Combustion Environmental  Assessment

     The objective of this program is the comprehensive assessment of the
environmental, economic, and energy impacts of multimedia emissions of
pollutants from stationary industrial, utility, residential, and commercial
conventional combustion processes.   Primary emphases of the program are
identifying and evaluating (1) the relationships between various emissions
and residuals from conventional combustion, (2) multi-pollutant synergistic
impacts, (3) cross-media impacts, (4) environmental impact tradeoff as relative
emission levels of individual pollutants are adjusted by control systems, and
(5) unregulated pollutant emissions, impacts, and control methods.  The program
seeks to integrate information and data from previously separate environmental
efforts (e.g., the SO*. N0x* etc* R&D programs) into a systematic, coordinated,
environmental assessment structure.

     1978 Accomplishments

     The total allocation for this new program area for 1978 was $3,170,000.
Major outputs included initial program definition and organization, as well as
the following:

     -  The comprehensive environmental  assessment of a 10MW industrial boiler
        conducted by the CCEA program Indicates that the National  Energy Plan
        objective of extensive conversion of oil to coal can be accomplished
        without unacceptable environmental  degradation.  The assessment
        concludes that the difference in environmental insult resulting from
        coal and oil emissions is insignificant if appropriate control
        technologies are carefully applied,

     -  A draft report on the sources of emissions of ROMs and on  protecting
        health and welfare from the Injurious effects of POMs was  issued to
        support Agency reviews mandated by Section 120 of the Clean Air Act.
        The report includes a review and analysis of the sources and ambient
        concentrations of POMs.

     -  A national survey of conventional combustion process data  sources was
        completed.

     -  A draft report was issued containing a comprehensive emissions
        assessment of electricity generation and industrial internal combustion
        sources.

-------
     -  A draft report was issued containing the most comprehensive
        emissions assessment ever compiled of gas-fired and oil-fired
        residential heating systems.

     -  A report was issued providing a comprehensive emissions assessment of
        residential coal combustion.

     -  A special study was completed characterizing the emissions of
        stationary NOv sources with an emphasis on unregulated pollutants.
        The study evaluates methods to modify combustion conditions to
        minimize NOX emissions.

     1979 Propram

     The total allocation for this program in 1979 is $4,709,200.  The program
plans Include:

     -  Defining emission rates of unregulated pollutants from some major
        conventional combustion sources.

     -  Continuing a major emissions characterization program of conventional
        combustion processes (150 sites), ranging from residential burners to
        large utility boilers.

     -  Continuing the comparative environmental assessment of oil and coal
        firing in (controlled) utility and industrial boilers.

     -  Undertaking a special series of studies on high priority issues,
        including:

          ,  Defining the carcinogenic potential of emissions from
             residential oil-fired boilers.

          .  Defining the potential environmental threat posed by heavy metals
             from coal-fired combustion sources.

          .  Defining the carcinogenic potential of emissions from industrial
             and residential wood burning.

     1980 Program

     The total allocation for this program 1n 1980 is $3,344,000.  Major
planned activities include:

     -  Assembly and evaluation of the emissions data base (multi-media,
        with an emphasis on unregulated pollutants) from major categories of
        stationary conventional combustion processes.

     -  Completion of the major emissions characterization program of con-
        ventional combustion processes begun in 1978.

     -  Completion of source emission assessment and bioassay studies of
        industrial internal and external combustion processes.  These studies
        will contribute to Agency development of the industrial boiler NSPS.

-------
     -  Completion of annual update assessing, by conventional combustion
        processes, emission rates of unregulated pollutants (including
        cadmium, arsenic, POM and sulfates).

     Energy Conservation Methods and Advanced Energy Systems

     The general objectives of this program are to develop environmental
assessments of energy conservation methods and advanced energy systems and
to contribute to the development of pollution control technologies for
resource recovery, energy-conserving industrial processes, advanced energy
conversion cycles, and advanced energy systems—solar and geothermal energy.
Techniques and technologies are under development by the Department of
Energy, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and other agencies in
these areas, and by the EPA in the resource recovery area.  Outputs will
support two interagency working groups—the Interagency Task Force on Energy
Conservation in Buildings and the Interagency Task Force on Energy Conservation
in Industry, as well as EPA regulatory responsibilities, by assuring the
environmental compatibility of techniques and technologies in each subject
energy area,

     1978 Accomplishments

     The total allocation for this program area in 1978 was $7,050,000.  The
major 1978 accomplishments include the following:

     -  Performed economic, technical, and environmental evaluations of
        eight resource recovery systems, refuse-derived fuel processing,
        and energy recovery equipment and systems.  These evaluations
        assess the potential for successful, environmentally-compatible
        implementation of the numerous systems being developed by EPA, DOE,
        and private industry.

     -  Identified and characterized various waste streams emitted and
        residual pollutants produced in several resource recovery and
        energy conservation processes.

     -  Continued development of a system for cofiring densified refuse-
        derived fuel with coal in industrial and utility boilers.

     -  Developed final designs and operational criteria with the State of
        California for a mobile pyrolysis demonstration unit capable of con-
        verting agricultural wastes to useful char and fuel oil.

     -  Completed construction (using wastewater construction grant resources)
        of the first facility to use both solar energy and methane recovery to
        provide in-plant energy (70%-BQ% self-sufficiency projected).

     -  Completed a catalogue and analysis of Federal, State and local laws
        and regulations that apply to geothermal energy development.

     1979 Program

     The total allocation for this program area in 1979 1s $4,134,800,  The
major 1979 planned activities include:
                                                                  E-23

-------
     -  Completion of the industrial waste heat utilization studies.

     -  Performance of limited technology development studies of the  two most
        promising wastes-as-fuel systems.

     -  Provision of data to the Office of Solid Waste for the special studies
        required by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.

     -  Continued limited development of the densified refuse-derived fuel
        for industrial-sized boilers process and construction of the  mobile
        agricultural and forestry waste pyrolyzer.

     -  Continued assessments of key potential geothermal and solar energy
        environmental problems.

     -  Completed a study of the environmental issues associated with co-
        generation of electric power and district heating.

     -  Completed an assessment of the impact of high Implementation  rates of
        energy conservation and solar energy on ambient air quality in
        specific air quality control regions.

     -  Evaluated hydrogen sulfide emission control devices for geothermal
        energy production sites.

     -  Completed preliminary evaluation of the first solar-assisted  waste-
        water treatment plant.

     1980 Plan

     The total request for this program area in 1980 is $3,200,000.  The major
work areas for this reduced program planned in 1980 include:

     -  Performance of environmental assessments of two wastes-as-fuel systems
        that are presently in advanced states of development.

     -  Continuance of limited technology studies and environmental testing
        of the densifled refuse-derived fuel system and the mobile waste
        pyrolysis system.

     -  Continuation of limited assessment and control technology evaluation
        research for geothermal air and groundwater emission problems.

     -  Preparation of initial industry guidance studies for solar energy
        systems entering the commercialization stage.

     Integrated Technology Assessment

     The overall objective of the integrated technology assessment (ITA)
program is to identify environmentally, socially, and economically acceptable
alternatives for meeting national energy objectives, and to assist in the
selection of "optimum" policies for the attainment of associated environmental
quality goals.  This objective will be met by:
E-24

-------
     -  Performing studies to evaluate the cost/risk/benefit trade-offs
        of energy production and pollution control  alternatives.

     -  Conducting technology assessments which evaluate alternative
        energy technologies and approaches for implementing energy
        development, preventing environmental damage, and securing related
        benefits.

     -  Identifying gaps in present research programs and indicating new
        priority research topics which must be addressed in order to support
        direct Agency responsibilities.

     1978 Accomplishments

     The total allocation for this program area in  1978 was $4,621,000.
Accomplishments included:

     -  Completion of regional and national economic environmental impact
        analyses contributing to the Agency's revison of NSPS for utility
        boilers,

     -  Completion of comprehensive review of existing air quality models
        and initiation of development of a specialized model for regional air
        quality.

     -  Issuance of Phase I report from the Ohio River Basin Energy Study
        (ORBES).  Phase I provides tentative identification of potential
        environmental, social, and economic Impacts that might result from
        varying levels of electric energy facility  development in the Ohio
        River Basin.

     -  Completion of further analyses of the economic impacts of the develop-
        ment of western energy sources, including identification of industries
        whose growth rates and pollutant residuals  levels would be signifi-
        cantly stimulated by regional energy development, and of some inter-
        actions between proposed environmental regulations and the prospects
        for economic growth in the western region.

     1979 Program

     The total allocation for this program 1n 1979  is $5,065,300.  In 1979, the
integrated technology assessment of western energy  development will be completed.
In addition, the program plans include-.

     -  Performing Congresslorally-mandated analyses of the environmental and
        energy conservation aspects of Federal non-nuclear research programs
        and preparing a report to the Congress on the findings.

     -  Studying the consumptive water use 1n power plant cooling in the
        western United States and assessing opportunities for energy-
        associated water conservation in the western region.

-------
      -  Completing the Ohio River Basin Energy Study defining  the  social,
         economic, environmental, institutional  and public  health impacts of
         energy development in the Ohio River Basin.

      -  Publishing interim reports describing significant  early results of
         the technology assessment of the electric utility  industry.

      -  Completing the 1979 Report to Congress—The Environmental  Outlook--
         analyzing trends and sources of pollution from major source  categories.

 1980 Plan

      The total request for this program area in 1980 is $3,400,000.   The program
 will include:

      -  Extending the regional  integrated technology assessments (ITA) of  the
         Ohio River Basin and Appalachia to identify energy-development policy
         options for local, State, and/or regional governments.

      -  Extending the coal technology, electric utility, coal  development  and
         oil shale development ITAs to evaluate impacts of  new  conversion
         technologies and deployment strategies on residuals disposal, toxic
         and trace elements levels, and water use.

      -  Performing analyses of Federal non-nuclear energy  research programs,
         and publishing the annual Report to Congress based on  the  findings
         of the analyses.

      -  Assessing, through ITA mechanism, industrial pollution control options,
         with an emphasis on inter-industry interactions, cumulative  pollution,
         and opportunities for area-wide treatment and recycling.
E-26

-------
                                       ENERGY

                              Research and Development

                            Flue Gas Sulfur Oxide Control

                                       Budget     Current                     Increase  *
                            Actual     Estimate   Estimate     Estimate      Decrease  -
                             1976        1979        1979         1980        1980 vs.  1979
                                    (dollars in thousands)


Appropriation.....	  $11,604        $2,099      $3,181        $1,889      _-$1,292
Permanent Positions	       10             6           5             5      "...
Full-Time Equivalency ..                                  78+1
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $1,889,000 and five positions is requested for 1980,  repre-
senting a decrease of $1,292,800 from the 1979 level.  The reduction 1n resources
results from completion in 1979 of full-scale testing of adipic acid/limestone flue
gas desulfurization.

Program Description

     This program includes sulfur oxide pollution control research and development
relating to electric utility and industrial power generation.  Major efforts are
directed towards flue gas desulfurization (FGD) technology development and assessment;
assessment of the capital and operating costs of FGD systems; research and development
directed towards increasing FGD system reliability and reducing sulfur oxide emission
levels with little or no cost impact; and transferring the technological  innovations
to the public sector.

1978 Accomplishments

     As of September 30, 1978, obligations Included $5,423,800 for contracts,  $601,000
for grants, and $5,387,000 for interagency agreements.  The following were accomplished:

     -  Demonstrated successful, long-term operation of the Wellman-Lord/AllJed
        Chemical FGD process at a 115 MM electrical generating facility of Northern
        Indiana Public Service Company.  The system reduced the sulfur oxide emissions
        by 90 percent and produced elemental; sulfur as a by-product.

     -  Demonstrated the effectiveness of adipic acid as an additive to enhance the
        sulfur oxide removal capabilities and rallability of lime/limestone FGD
        systems.

     -  Completed an assessment of FGD systems applied to utility and industrial
        boilers in Japan.

     -  Assessed various FGD technologies with regard to their applicability to
        industrial boilers.  This assessment will form the basts of a potential
        New Source Performance Standard (NSPS) for Industrial Boilers.

-------
1979 Program

     The total resource allocation for the program Is $3,180,800.   Of this  amount,
$2,394,000 is for contracts, $50,000 is for grants, and $400,000 is for interagency
agreements.

     The 1979 program will initiate the evaluation of two recent breakthroughs  in flue
gas desulfurization technology.  These breakthroughs include dry S02 control  and  adipic
acid modified limestone wet scrubbing , Both of these technologies offer the  potential
for increased S02 removal, Increased reliability, and reduced operating and capital
costs.  Additional planned accomplishments include:

     -  Demonstrate at full scale {for two months) adipic acid modified limestone
        FGD at the Tennessee Valley Authority's Widows Creek No. 8 boiler and
        Kansas City Power and Light's LaCygne No. 1 boiler.

     -  Initiate compliance tests and the long-term test program at the dual  alkali
        FGD Installation at Louisville Gas and Electric's Cane Run No. 5 boiler.

     -  Conduct the Fourth International Symposium on Flue Sas Desulfurization.

     -  Initiate a coordinated program to evaluate the applicability of dry sulfur
        oxide control processes on high and low sulfur coal.

     -  Complete the final year of the Wellman-Lord/Allled process evaluation at
        Northern Indiana Public Service Company's Mitchell Station.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$1,081,800 results from several actions.  A net increase  of
+$17,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as
well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of
congressional changes to appropriations affecting the exchange of functions with  the
Department of Energy, +$1,258,000 was reprogrammed within this activity from  nitrogen
oxide control.  In addition, -$194,000 was reprogrammed within this activity, $138,400
to environmental assessment of conventional and advanced energy systems and $55,600
to effects of energy related pollutants on organisms and ecosystems,

1980 Plan

     The total resources planned for this program are $1,889,000.  This represents  a
decrease of $1,291,800 from the 1979 level.  The reduction in resources results from
completion in 1979 of full-scale testing of adipic acid/11mestone flue gas  desulfuri-
zation.  Of the $1,889,000 requested for 1980, $1,310,400 is planned for contracts,
$31,200 is planned for grants, and $218,400 1s planned for interagency agreements.
The 1980 program is intended to complete the evaluation of the dual alkali  process;
to continue the dry SOz control; and to maintain the technology transfer efforts
included in previous fiscal years.  Other planned accomplishments include:

     -  Complete the dual alkali evaluation program at Louisville Sas and Electric.
        The final report will provide an evaluation of performance and economic
        factors; this technology offers potential for cost and reliability  advantages
        over commercial lime and limestone FGD systems.

     -  Document the full scale evaluation of the adipic acid modified limestone  FGD
        process evaluation.  Special attention will be given to the economic  impacts
        of this process modification and any secondary operational or environmental
        factors.
E-28

-------
Continue to issue quarterly updates of the performance and status of existing
FGD systems for new F6D installations.

Complete the preliminary evaluation of dry sulfur oxide control processes.
Such processes offer the promise for low cost energy-efficient alternatives
to coranercial FGD systems.
                                                             E-29

-------
                                     ENERGY

                            Research and Development

                             Nitrogen Oxide Control


                                    Budget      Current                Increase +
                           Actual  Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                            1978     1979        1979        1980      1980 vs. 1979
                                                 Cdollars in thousands)
Appropriation	    $21,275 $14,850     $13,528     $13,815     +$287
Permanent Positions	         20      23          23          23
Full-time Equivalency..        ...     ...          33          35        +2

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $13,815,000 1s requested for 1980 representing an increase
of $287,200 from the 1979 level.  The increased resources will be used to accelerate
the low NOx coal burner program,

Program Description

     This program includes nitrogen oxide pollution control research and development
relating to emissions of nitrogen oxide from electric utility boilers, industrial
boilers, process furnaces, and other stationary sources.  Successful conduct of
such a program 1s Important since NOx emissions from stationary sources are
projected to increase at an alarming rate over the next two decades.  This is
primarily due to the projected increased combustion of coal and the current absence
of cost effective NOX control technology.  The program focuses upon two major
nitrogen oxide control technologies:  combustion modification and flue gas treat-
ment.  The combustion modification program is divided into technology development
and technology application.  The smaller flue gas treatment sub-program maintains
an awareness of Japanese NOX control technology developments and involves pilot
scale testing of promising concepts.

1978 Accomplishments

     The total allocation for this program In 1378 was $21,274,700.  As of
September 30, 1978, extramural obligations Included $18,331,100 1n contracts,
$2,032,000 in grants, and $349,800 In Interagency agreements.  The program to
develop and demonstrate a low NOx burner has made significant progress; a utility
boiler scale burner has been evaluated and the NOx emissions were about 0.2 pounds
per million BTU wH1cft can Be compared to the current emission limit of 0.7 pounds
Construction of the two pilot scale flue gas treatment facilities is nearing
completion.

     -  Demonstrated a low NOv, fuel efficient residential oil furnace.  This
        furnace increases fuel efficiency 'by about 20 percent while simultaneously
        decreasing HOx emissions by 65 percent.

     -  Demonstrated on a 100 minion BTU per hour low NOx coal burner a 0.2 pound!
        HOx per million BTU emission rate.  This emission rate can be compared to
        the current emission rate of 0.7 pounds of NOx per million
        BTU.

     -  Initiated the survey to Identify host utility and industrial sites to
        demonstrate the low NOx coal burner.

-------
   Demonstrated at prototype scale a fuel efficient, low NOX combustion chamber
   for stationary gas turbine engines.

-  Completed construction of the pilot scale flue gas treatment facilities on
   two coal fired Boilers.  The first unit controls only NOx and is designed
   to achieve a 90 percent NOX reduction.  The second unit reduces the emissions of
   both NOX and SOx, each by 90 percent.

-  Provided technical data and assistance to the Office of Air Quality Planning
   and Standards to help establish new emission limits for industrial boilers.

-  Completed the corrosion test program at a boiler which could comply with the
   0.7 pounds of NOX per million BTU regulation.

1979 Program

     The total resource allocation for the program is $13,527,800.  Of this amount,
$11,213,800 is for contracts:  $290,000 is for grants; and $272,000 is for inter-
agency agreements.  The 1979 program will continue the evaluation and demonstration
of the low NOx coal burner utility and industrial host sites.  Program activities
and planned accomplishments Include:

     -  Demonstrate the NOx emission levels which are achievable using multiple
        low NOX burner arrays to simulate a utility boiler application.

     -  Select the host sites and Begin engineering design for the demonstration
        of the low NOx coal burner.

     -  Complete the test program at the flue gas treatment facilities to determine
        the cost of achieving 30 percent NOX reduction.

     -  Work with the California Atr Resources Board to determine how EPA's exper-
        tise can Be used to aid industry to comply with California's recently
        proposed NOX regulations.

     -  Initiate the evaluation of combustion modification concepts to reduce NOX
        emissions from stationary Internal combustion engines.

     -  Complete the field monitoring program to collect data to support the Office
        of Air Quality Planning and Standards Industrial boiler rule-making efforts,

     -  Initiate efforts to develop low NOx burners for residual oil and synthetic
        liquid fuels from coal and shale.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,322,200 resets from several actions.  Congress
applied a $6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for
contractual services and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease
applicable to this activity was -$100,000.  A net increase of +$35,800 results
from Increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 13791 pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 CF\f 13781 pay raise.  As a result of congressional
changes to appropriations affecting the exchange of functions with the Department
of Energy, -$1,258,000 was reprogranmed with this activity to flue gas sulfur
oxide control.

-------
 1980 Plan

      The total request for this program area in 1980 is $13,815,000.  This
 represents an increase of $287,200 from the 1979 level.  The increased  resources
 will be used to accelerate the low NOX burner program.  Of the $13,815,000 requested
 for T980, $11,682,000 is planned for contracts, $368,900 is planned for grants
 and $245,300 is planned for interagency agreements.

      The major activities planned for 1980 are to continue the development and
 demonstration of the low NOX coal burner, continue field testing of combustion
 modification concepts, and development of energy efficient HOx control  concepts for
 stationary Internal combustion engines and stationary gas turbines.   In addition,
 the following are planned:

      ~  Demonstrate the low NQX coal burner on an industrial boiler and on a
         utility boiler.  The program goal is an emission rate of 0.2  pounds of NOx
         per million BTU.

      -  Evaluate dry NOX control technology for stationary, high efficiency gas
         turbines to support the Congresstonally-mandated review of the  New
         Source Performance Standard for Sas Turbines,

      -  Demonstrate combustion modification concepts to simultaneously  reduce NOX
         and particulate emissions from stationary internal combustion engines.

      -  Conduct assessment and applications testing of combustion modification
         technology for stoker coal-fired commercial and industrial boilers.

      -  Document the status of NOx control for utility boilers to support the 1982
         review of the Utility Boiler Standard of Performance for N0x« as required
         by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977,

      -  Continue bench-scale research and assistance to California on the technical
         and economic factors relating to flue gas treatment for NOx and simultaneous
         NQx/SOx control.
E-32

-------
                                   ENERGY

                           Research and Development

                          Flue Gas Particulate Control

                                     Budget    Current                        Increase*
                           Actual    Estimate  Estimate         Estimate      Decrease-
                            1978     J979       1979             1980       1980 vs 1979
                                               (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation .....     $14,183*  $9,889*   $8,863            $8,000       -$863
Permanent Positions .  .          15       17        15                13          -2
Full-Time Equivalency .          ...       ...        2                 2
Budget Request

     An appropriation of $8,000,000 1s requested for 1980.  This represents a decrease
of $863,300 and two positions from the 1979 level.  This reduction will come from
research on dry SOX removal by baghouse filters.

Program Description

     The goals of this program are to assess and develop technological methods for the
control of all forms of man-made (and induced) emissions of particulate matter, parti-
cularly those that affect human health and welfare.

     The objectives of the program are to:

     -  Assess and Improve the effectiveness of conventional particulate control
        technology to meet existing and proposed particulate emission regulations.

     -  Assure that technology is available to permit increased use of low sulfur
        western coals such that particulate emissions can be controlled within
        existing and proposed standards.

     -  Develop and evaluate new  inhalable particulate matter control technology
        for stationary and fugitive emission sources.

     -  Assess and develop control of particulate emissions from mobile diesel engines
        to support the Agency mandate to set a best available technology standard by
        1981.

1978 Accomplishments

     The total allocation for this program in 1978 was $14,183,100.  As of
September 30, 1978, extramural obligations Included $11,747,000 in contracts,
$1,363,100 for grants, and $99,800 for Interagenc^ agreements.

     -  Developed an assessment of control technology for industrial fugitive particulate
        emissions to support the Agency decision to set an inhalable particulate
        standard.
                                                                    E-33

-------
     -  Provided Standards Revision  Working Group data on  parti oil ate control
        capabilities of scrubbers  for formulating revised  utility boilers  New
        Source Performance Standards (NSPS).

     -  Developed state-of-the-art on flue gas  conditioning to support justification
        for implementing interim particulate standards compliance for utility  boilers
        switching to low sulfur coal (LSC).

     -  Provided technical support for Agency's efforts aimed at setting an  NSPS
        for industrial  boilers.

     -  Initiated the program for  mobile diesel particulate emission control to support
        the Agency mandate to establish a 1981  emission standards.

     -  Completed (US/USSR) bilateral agreement obligation for developing and  hosting
        a joint symposium on electrostatic precipitator (ESP) and scrubber technology.
        Conducted a fabric filter  symposium and established the first international
        conference on all aspects  of particulate control  technology, measurement,
        effects and standards,

     -  Established new version of ESP Model.  Both ESP and Scrubber models  reduced
        for use on programmable calculators.  Revised fabric filter model  for
        easier use by regional  personnel, industry and TVA.

     -  Demonstrated baghouse filter for a 350  MW power plant burning low sulfur
        coal in full operation.  Initiated pilot scale test of SOX removal by  an
        industrial boiler baghouse.

     -  Achieved successful pilot  test for removing steel  plant sinter operations
        dusts using a new high gradient magnetic separator device.

     -  Achieved successful bench  scale verification on cleaning high temperature-
        pressure gases using ceramic bag filters and dry particle scrubbers.

1979 Program

     The 1979 estimate 1s $8,363,300.  These resources Include approximately $5,936,000
for contracts, $680,800 for grants and $1,300,000 for Interagency agreements.   The
1979 program will Initiate a major expansion to quantify inhalable particulate matter
emission sources to support the Agency strategy to establish guides to
the States, or national standards  for the control of Inhalable particulate matter
in the early 1980's,  Additionally,  program activities and planned accomplishments
are to:

     -  Complete Phase I evaluation  of baghouse usage on large  low sulfur coal
        utility boiler, Including  Issuing a final report on pulse-jet modifica-
        tions for Improved baghouse  performance.  This technology is expected  to
        find greater application for low sulfur coal burning utilities.

     -  Conduct applications workshop for partlculate control devices, with  emphasis
        on the uses of a validated fabric filter (baghouse) model.

     -  Conduct field evaluations  of flue gas conditioning agents for compliance with
        emission regulations.  This  effort is to assure and monitor the prospective
        Agency directive requiring conditioning as a method of Interim compliance  with
        particulate standards.

-------
     -  Complete lab and field evaluation of improved ESP (prechafger) for high
        resistivity fly ash.  Development of an ESP precharger will  complement and/or
        obviate the need to condition flue gases by the use of chemical additives.

     -  Continue development of the fine particulate emissions information system (FPEIS).
        This program provides the initial data base for the quantification of the
        inhalable particulate matter emission sources.

     -  Evaluate participate control performance for boilers using low sulfur coal
        and a laboratory evaluation of ESP performance when using cleaned coals.

     -  Continue conventional technology assessments to support 1982 revisions to NSPS
        for utility boilers.  Issue compliance NSPS support document for industrial
        boilers.

     -  Complete initial assessment of urban fugitive particulate emissions, including
        a review of applicable technologies for fugitive emissions,  and a bench
        evaluation of the charged fogger for fugitive dust control.

     -  Report on potential of high temperature/high pressure control technologies
        to meet NSPS for combined cycle power plants.  This will include bench
        testing integrated systems for dry gas scrubbing and hot gas filtration.

     -  Complete dlesel emission characterization and Identifying potential after treat-
        ment control devices and initiate mobile evaluation of after-treatment
        particulate trapping devices for diesel emission control.  This effort is
        directed to meet the requirement for setting a standard for particulate
        emissions from mobile sources as indicated in the 1977 Amendments to the Clean
        Air Act.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimates

     The net decrease of -$1,025,700 results from several actions.  Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services
and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this
activity was -$60,000.  A net increase of +$53,300 results from Increased pay costs  from
the October 1978 {FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977
(FY 1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a result of the agency's Intensive ZBB review  of
priorities and changing resource requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan, -$1,019,000
was reprogrammed from this activity to scientific assessment ($848,600) and technical
information ($170,400) within the interdisciplinary medium,

1980 Plan

     For 1980, the total allocation for this program 1s $8,000,000.  This represents  a
decrease of $863,300 and two positions from the 1979 level.  This reduction will
come from research on dry SOX removal by baghouse filters because the DOE will
be Increasing Its resource allocation in this area.  Of the $8,000,000
requested for 1980, $5,337,600 1s planned for contracts, $640,500 for grants and
$1,138,700 for interagency agreements.  During 1980 the Stationary Sources Standards
support will continue with a major effort to develop Inhalable particulate matter
emission factors for Important sources as requested by the A1r Program Office.  In
addition, efforts 1n dlesel standards setting support, expanded coal usage, and
fundamental supporting research programs will continue.  In 1980 this program's
objectives are to:

     -  Characterize inhalable particulate matter emissions from important sources.
        Such information will be required to allow selection of the appropriate control
        technology to achieve a possible ambient inhalable particulate matter (fine)
        particulate standard.  Such a revised ambient standard is under active
        evaluation by EPA.

-------
      Review utility boiler particulate control technology adequacy in order to
      help the Air Program Office evaluate the appropriateness of revising the NSPS
      In 1982.

      Initiate evaluation of optimized (SOX - Particulates) mini-plant wet scrubber
      with the objective of achieving the proposed 1982 NSPS for particulates and SOX
      with a single control device.

      Continue assessment and development of flue gas conditioning additives and the
      engineering evaluation of a 30,000 SCFM electrostatic precipitator (ESP)
      precharger for enhanced particulate control.  Subsequently, perform evaluation
      of control enhancement options for low sulfur coal boilers with low performance
      ESPs.

      Complete the initial mobile evaluation of after-treatment particulate trapping
      devices for diesel emission control, and assess the prospect of their use to
      support a mobile emission standard.

      Continue technology transfer efforts in the inhalable particulate matter control
      area, including the sponsorship of conferences and issuance of technical
      reports.

      Complete evaluation of a full scale baghouse on low sulfur coal utility boilers,
      and continue assessment of electrostatic enhancement of fabric filtration for
      baghouse applications.  Baghouses represent the most cost-effective control
      alternative for stringent particulate emission limitations particularly for
      low sulfur coal applications where ESPs are costly.
E-36

-------
                                          ENERGY

                                 Research and Development

                           Effects of Energy-Related Pollutants
                                on Organisms and Ecosystems
                         Actual
                          1978
Appropriation 	$11,200
Permanent Positions ...       2
Full-time Equivalency .

Budget Request
  Budget
 Estimate
   1979
$15,844
      2
Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
  Increase +
  Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
$16,078
      3
     17
$14,648
      3
     16
-$1,430

   * '-1
     An appropriation of $14,648,000 and three positions is requested for 1980.  This
represents a $1,429,800 decrease from the 1979 level and will come from research on
the long-term effects of hydrocarbons, biological indices for fresh water eco-
systems, and trace contaminant effects.

Program Description

     This program has the overall goal of assessing the environmental effects of
present and proposed energy development activities on fresh surface and groundwater,
marine and estuarine, and atmospheric/terrestrial ecosystems.  The program includes
research on (!) the nature and effects of energy-related pollutants resulting from
extraction of raw fuels on the terrestrial ecosystem; (2) the determination of
background contamination levels in both the marine and estuarine environments
resulting from oil and gas drilling operations; and (3) the accumulation of baseline
information needed to predict the impacts of heat on the freshwater ecosystems of
lakes, rivers, and ponds.

1978 Accomplishments

     Program obligations for 1978 included $6,966,900 for interagency agreements;
$18,600 for contracts; and $2,741,700 for grants.  The accomplishments for 1978
include the following:

     -  A sequence of toxicity tests were developed to assess the ecosystem effects
        of pollutants that result from oil and gas exploration and extraction in
        the Sulf of Mexico,

     -  Studies on the chemical and biological effects from coal extraction at
        Colorado sites on aquatic ecosystems were completed.

     -  Thermal effects evaluation on marine organisms, stressing response to
        coexposures to heat and metals was completed.
                                                                     E-37

-------
     -  Analyses of halogenated organic compounds from power plant effluents  in a
        low salinity estuary were completed.

     -  Experiments on plants, including fast-growing trees, to assess growth support
        capabilities of specific land reclamation sites in relation to water  quality
        and soil characteristics were completed.

     -  A laboratory was developed on an offshore research platform to compare effects
        of drilling fluids observed on estuarine  organisms with the effects on
        organisms from the open ocean.

1979 Program

     The estimated 1979 allocation for this program is $16,077,800.  Of these resources
$11,038,000 are for interagency agreements; $100,000 are for contracts; and $3,636,500
are for grants.  Program activities and planned accomplishments for 1979 include:

     -  Identification of compounds found in marine and estuarine waters as a result
        of chlori nation.

     -  Investigation of toxicity and bloaccumulation of polynuclear aromatic
        hydrocarbons (PAH's) in freshwater animals.

     -  Publication of a state-of-the-art report  on cooling water intake structures
        and their effects on aquatic organisms.

     -  Determination of the toxicity of metals end hydrocarbons to marine organisms.

     -  Development of methods to evaluate the effects of petroleum-derived diesel
        fuel on marine organisms.

     -  Completion of the environmental impact studies of coal-fired power plants
        at Col strip, Montana; the environmental assessment of Northern Puget  Sound
        and Gulf of Mexico; the ecological analysis of effects on natural oil seeps
        in Santa Barbara channel; and the coastal ecosystem characterization  studies.

     -  Determination of which halogenated organlcs are formed as a result of
        ozonation and chlori nation.

     -  Initiation of studies on the formation of faromoform and its transfer  in
        the marine food web.

     -  Initiation of study on the environmental  effects of increased commercialization
        of groundwater heat pumps in semi arid regions of the Western United States.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of •'•$233,800 results from several actions.  Congress applied a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services
and monitoring and technical support activities;  the decrease applicable to this
activity was $28,900.  A net increase of +$10,700 results from increased pay costs
from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October
1977 (FY 1978} pay raise.  As a result of congressional changes to appropriations
affecting the exchange of functions with the Department of Energy, -$174,000 was
reprogrammed within this activity to transport and fate of energy related pollutants.
In addition, +$426,000 was reprogrammed within this activity from flue gas sulfur
oxide control ($55,600) and transport and fate of energy related pollutants ($370,400).

-------
1980 Plan

     The total allocation for this program for 1980 is $14,648,000.  This represents
a $1,429,800 decrease from the 1979 level.  A number of projects in the Federal
Interagency Energy/Environment R&D Program terminate in 1979.  These terminations
(decreases) Include research on the long-term effects of hydrocarbons, biological
indices for freshwater ecosystems, and trace contaminant effects.  Of the $14,648,000
requested for 1980, $10,012,000 are for interagency agreements; $90,300 are for con-
tracts; and $3,247,100 are for grants.  Planned activities for 1980 include the
following:

     -  The Marine Environmental Research Facility of the University of Rhode
        Island will be used for ecological effects studies of "consent decree"
        pollutants.

     -  Studies will be initiated at the Texas Flower Gardens (living coral reef
        area offshore) that will emphasize the fate and effects of drilling fluids
        and cuttings in the study area.  The results of these experiments will be
        used in EPA Region 6 policy decisions regarding the discharge of drilling
        fluids adjacent to coral reefs.

     -  Studies will be initiated near Georges Bank (New England area) to determine
        the effects of drilling fluids on marine community structure and function.
        Potential effects on the American lobster will also be evaluated.  The
        results of these experiments will be used as the basis for EPA Region 1
        policy decision on ttie disposal of drilling fluids in the Georges Bank area.

     -  The USDA acid rain monitoring network will be augmented to cover additional
        geographic areas throughout the midwestern farm belt.

     -  Interagency (EPA, DOE, and HEW) workshops to define the state-of-the-art
        relative to the health and environmental impacts of advanced energy
        technologies will be conducted.

     -  Multi-media environmental impact studies of coal-fired power plants in
        the northcentral states will be completed.

     -  Studies on the marine effects of blocides used in cooling systems will be
        continued.
                                                                    E-39

-------
                                     ENERGY

                            Research and Development

                 Transport and Fate of Energy-Related Pollutants

                                     Budget      Current                 Increase  +
                          Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate      Decrease  -
                           1978       1979         1979       1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation  	  $4,528     $9,110    •   $8,811     $7,614       -$1,197
Permanent Posi ti ons  .  .       2          1            3          3
Full-time Equivalency  ....         ...            8          7            -1

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $7,614,000 is requested  for 1980.   This represents a decrease
of $1,196,700 from the 1979 level.  This decrease will come from development of trans-
port and fate studies of secondary pollutants by  means of novel  remote sensing
techniques.

Program Description

     The goals of this program are to characterize, assess  and develop predictive
models of the transmission of energy-related pollutants in  air,  water and soil;
their transformation enroute into secondary pollutants; and their ultimate sink
and impact on man and the environment.  The objectives of the program are to
determine the sources and characterize energy-related pollutants, including
emissions into the air from coal-, oil-, and gas-fired power plants;  emissions of
pollutants into the air and water from advanced energy technology development, such
as coal liquefaction and gasification, oil shale  extraction, and geothermal energy
exploitation; effluents and leachate reaching ground-, stream-, and ocean-waters
from power plant processes, including solid waste disposal; and thermal  pollution
of air and water.  Also included is the determination of the transformation of
above-mentioned primary source pollutants into secondary pollutants by means of
their interaction with entrained ambient air, water vapor,  rain and ice, and solar
irradiation.

1978 Accomplishments

     Program obligations for 1978 included $1,239,600 for interagency agreements;
$1,839,100 for contracts; and $1,179,500 for grants.  Among the 1978  accomplishments
are the following:

     -  The atmospheric transport and transformation was determined for sulfur
        oxide from coal-fired power plants in the Tennessee Valley.  The emphasis
        was on conversion of 502 *Q sulfate fine  particulates in single plumes on
        the multi-hundred kilometer scale under various weather conditions,
        including stagnation periods.

-------
     -  Project VISTTA (Visibility and Interstate Sulfur Transformation and
        Transport in the Atmosphere) was initiated.  The project concentrates on
        the western energy development region to determine the Impact of regional
        visibility from long-range transport and transformation of single plumes
        and aggregate regional power plant related pollution on regional weather
        systems.  The 1978 summer field studies results were analyzed and published.

     -  Field studies were initiated to assess the levels and distribution in the
        atmosphere of the organic fraction of secondary fine participates due to
        coal-fired power plants in the Ohio River Basin.

     -  A study was initiated on advanced fuel technology pollutant assessment.
        This study encompasses the characterization, transport and fate, of
        pollutants from technologies such as (a) atmospheric fluidized bed
        combustion; (b) oil shale extraction techniques, and (c) coal gasification.

     -  The Power Plant Scrubber Secondary Pollutant Study was initiated.  This
        study assesses the transport and transformation of secondary fine
        participates, sulfates, and nitric acid aerosols from conventional power
        plants equipped with S02 scrubbers and particle removal devices.

     -  The mechanism and rate of formation was investigated for Inorganic
        compounds formed from leaching of strip mines and their solid waste;
        the mechanisms by which these contaminants enter and are transported
        in waterways, and mathematical models were developed to predict water
        quality in streams in coal mine areas.

1979 Program

     The estimated 1979 allocation for this program 1s $8,810,700.  Of these
resources, $4,457,000 are for Interagency agreements; $2,609,000 are for contracts;
and $1,365,000 are for grants.

     In 1979 we expect Intensification of the regional Transport, Transformation
and Fate {TTF} programs designed to determine the environmental impact of
existing and planned energy activities In various regions of the United States,
especially the Ohio Valley, the Tennessee Valley, the Northeastern States, and
the western energy development region.  The program will obtain a significant
impetus by the addition of the Multlstate Atmospheric Power Production Pollution
Study (MAP3S) which DOE initiated and transferred to EPA 1n 1979.  In 1979 this
program will:

     -  Investigate the sulfate fine particulate formation resulting from power
        plants in the Western U.S. and the relationship of sulfate partlculates
        to the visibility degradation.  This 1s a continuation of Project VI5TTA.

     -  Investigate the formation of nitrate and organic fine particle formation
        process and transport 1n plumes from Ohio Valley power plants.

     -  Continue the studies (both laboratory and field) on the determination of
        pollutant sources, transport, transformation and fate from advanced fuel
        technology, such as fluldized bed combustion, pollution control technology-
        equipped power plants, coal liquefaction and gasification.
                                                                     E-41

-------
     -  A master analytical scheme is being developed for the simultaneous
        identification and quantification of all volatile organic compounds
        likely to be encountered in waste streams from energy sources.

     -  Develop quality assurance procedures for pollutant measurements in
        the marine environment.

     -  Develop predictive model for coastal oil spills.

     -  Monitor circulation in Strait of Juan De Fuca in  support of the Puget
        Sound oil transport environmental assessment.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$299,300 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$10,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise
as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of
congressional changes to appropriations affecting the exchange of functions with
the Department of Energy, +$157,200 was reprogrammed within this activity from health
effects of energy related pollutants ($80,000) and measurement systems  and instru-
mentation development for energy related pollutants ($77,200).  In addition, -$196,400
was reprogrammed within this activity to effects of energy related pollutants on
organisms and ecosystems, and -$270,800 was reprogrammed  to scientific  assessment
within the interdisciplinary medium.

1980 Plan

     The total allocation for this program for 1980 is $7,614,000.  This represents
a decrease of $1,196,700 from the 1979 level.  A number of projects in  the Federal
Interagency Energy/Environment R&D Program terminate in 1979.  These terminations
(decreases) include development of transport and fate studies of secondary pollutants
by means of novel remote sensing techniques.  Of the $7,614,000 requested for 1980,
$3,836,700 are for interagency agreements; $2,244,100 are for contracts; and
$1,158,200 are for grants.

     In 1980 it is expected that a unified management, as well as a common technical
approach and facilities utilization (where appropriate) will be implemented to
assess the primary and secondary pollutants resulting from coal-fired power plants
throughout the U.S.  This assessment is at present developed under the  various
regional programs, such as EPA'-s project VISTTA and DOE's project MAP3S.  Co-
operation and coordination will be sought with the Electric Power Research
Institute's Project SURE (Sulfate Regional Experiment).  The coal-fired power
plant pollution assessment will be based on actual field  measurements,  chamber
simulation, basic laboratory studies, and predictive model formulations.  The
determination of present day pollution (or "pristine") levels, trends due to
increased coal usage, and development of predictive models, will be utilized
in 1980 as input and guidance to the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
and the Regional Offices for setting air quality standards, and for issuance of permits
for new coal-fired power plants.  In 1980 this program will:

     -  Determine levels of sulfate and sulfuric acid formation in scrubber plumes.

     -  Study in smog chambers the secondary pollutants from advanced fuel
        technology processes.

     -  Determine rate and mechanisms of NOX to nitric acid aerosol transformation
        in plumes (laboratory and field studies).

     -  Determine TTF of petroleum hydrocarbons, organic  and inorganic  pollutants
        and metals in marine and estuarine ecosystems.

-------
Initiate studies on the transport and fate of mercury compounds originating
from coal extraction operations in the western part of the United States.

Initiate projects which will describe transport, transformation and
mixing of contaminants which may be in the discharge from power plants.

Verify evaluative models of energy-related pollutant transport in
aquatic systems.
                                                              E-43

-------
                                          ENERGY

                                 Research and Development

                    Measurement Systems and Instrumentation Development
                               for Energy-Related Pollutants


                                  Budget      Current                      Increase*
                                 Estimate     Estimate      Estimate       Decrease-
                                   1979         1979          1980        1980 vs.  1975
                                              {dollars 1n thousands)

Appropriation	   $9,344    $9,485      $8,265         $8,537        + $272
Permanent Positions..       15         1           1              1
Full-time Equivalency.     «••       ••-          39             34            -5

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $8,537,000 is requested for 1980.  This  represents  an
increase of $271,900 from the 1979 level, which will be used for  strengthening quality
assurance and air monitoring support in areas of Midwest and Eastern U.S.

Program Description

     Host of the reserve energy resources of this Nation are located in the  relatively
environmentally pristine western states.  This program ,is directed toward  identifying
and quantifying ambient pollutants associated with expanding energy development and
toward development of associated pollutant measurement capabilities.  The  major
objectives of the program are to establish a baseline of environmental  data  so that
the multimedia impact on environmental quality from anticipated energy development can
be quantitatively established, and to develop validated sampling  and analytical
methods and procedures to ensure a measurement capability for pollutants from emerging
energy technologies.

1978 Accompl1s hments

     Current standards address the gross pollutants - SOX> NO*, particulates, etc.  -
but results from characterization studies show that a variety of very hazardous sub-
stances are emitted in small amounts.  The monitoring equipment provided by this
program will be used to identify and measure both the hazardous substances that
originate from energy-related facilities and the secondary pollutants that arise when
these primary emissions either decompose by interaction with sunlight or react with
other molecules in the atmosphere.  In many cases, secondary pollutants could be more
hazardous than the primary ones, or hazardous pollutants could be rendered relatively
innocuous within a very short residence time in the atmosphere.  This information
will enable the EPA to establish regulations which provide an adequate margin of
safety where the hazard posed by a pollutant so warrants, while avoiding unnecessary
or overly stringent controls.  Program obligations for 1978 Include $5,597,900 for
interagency agreements; $2,050,000 for contracts; and $262,800 for grants.  Among the
1978 Accomplishments are the following:

     -  The first major comprehensive chemical analysis of energy-related  wastes
        was completed.  It covered coal liquefaction and gasification plants,
        coal-fired power plants and oil shale process plants.  More than one hundred
        aqueous and solid samples were characterized.  Some samples contained more
        than 200 different specific organic compounds, among which were polynuclear
        aromatic hydrocarbons, a class of chemical species suspected of causing
        cancer.

-------
     -  A regional  visibility monitoring network  was  established  in  the  energy
        resources development areas  of the Southwest  U.S.  and  a research station
        was set up at Canyonland National  Park for  evaluation  of  visibility
        monitoring techniques.

     -  A regional  sulfate/nitrate monitoring network encompassing the entire
        Western Energy Resource Development area  was  established.

     -  The data base for analysis of the environmental  impact of coal strip mine
        development in the Western Energy Resource  Development area  was  expanded by
        U-2 aircraft reconnaissance  support from  NASA.

     -  Quarterly blind performance  audits for parameters  of six  different air
        pollutant analyses were conducted on schedule among the 18 laboratories
        participating in the Western/Energy Environment  Monitoring Study.

     -  The long-standing artifact problem encountered in  making  accurate measure-
        ments of sul fates, free acid and nitrates in  ambient aerosols was solved
        by the substitution of high  purity quartz filters  for  the commonly used
        glass fiber filters.

     -  Several contractor efforts were successfully  completed including development
        of:  continuous monitoring device for-total dissolved  gas pressure; sample
        concentration techniques via ion-exchange membranes; an o1l-in-water monitor;
        and special ion-exchange chromatographic  columns for toxic metals from energy
        sources.

     -  A video tape method for measuring stream  velocity, a microwave technique for
        measuring river stages  (depths) and artificial controls for  measuring
        sediment-laden river flows were developed.

     -  Hardware and software for LANDSAT and aircraft multi-spectral scanning (HSS)
        data analysis for strip mine impact assessment were developed.

     -  Advanced remote sensing imagery techniques  for assessment of environmental
        impacts surrounding western  strip mines were  defined,  tested and demonstrated.
        Procedures and guidelines for using these techniques were prepared for
        regional, State and local offices to enable the  transfer  of  the  technology to
        these offices.

     -  The first stage of development of a second-generation  air-borne  laser light
        detection and ranging system for characterizing  atmospheric  participates in
        industrial  and urban plumes  has been completed.

     -  Two phases of the groundwater quality monitoring methodology; the identifica-
        tion and priority ranking of potential pollutant sources; and design and
        development of monitoring procedures for  such sources  of  groundwater pollution
        as oil shale processing facilities were completed.

1979 Program                               '

     The 1979 allocation for this program is $8,265,100.  Of these resources,
$4,418,000 are for interagency agreements; $1,981,000 are  for  contracts; and $802,200
are for grants.  The 1979 program represents essentially a continuation  of the 1978
program.  Program activities and planned accomplishments for 1979 include:
                                                                    E-45

-------
     -  Development of a master analytical  scheme employing a  gas  chromatograph/mass
        spectrometer system for the simultaneous  identification  and  quantification
        of all volatile organic compounds likely  to  be encountered in waste streams
        from energy sources.   The system uses  internal  reference standards  and  a
        computer containing the "fingerprint"  of  more than 313,000  chemical
        species.

     -  Continuation of the Water and Air Monitoring Quality Assurance  Program  for
        the Western Energy/Environment Monitoring Study at the same  level and
        initiation of full  implementation of the  Eastern Quality Assurance  Program.

     -  Completion of the development and testing of the stream  sediment sampler  and
        the video tape system for measuring river velocity and flows.

     -  Determination of the composition and concentration of  primary and secondary
        air pollutants from oil shale processing  plants.

     -  Characterization of inorganic secondary pollutants from  a  low-BTU Lurgi coal
        gasification plant in Yugoslavia.

     -  Continuation of the NASA aerial  surveys to expand the  data base for strip
        mine impact assessment.

     -  Initiation of a joint EPA/NASA program to utilize satellite  imagery for
        studying sulfate transport and transformation in air masses.

     -  Development of analytical methods for hazardous organics In  the effluents
        from coal gasification and liquefaction plants.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimates

     The net decrease of -$1,219,900 results from several actions.  Congress applied
a $6 mill ion reduction to Research and Development activities  for  contractual services
and monitoring and technical  support activities;  the decrease  applicable to this
activity was -$196,300.  A net increase of +$3,600 results from  increased pay costs
from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977
(FY 1978}  pay raise.  As a result of congressional changes to  appropriations affecting
the exchange of functions with the Department of  Energy, -$77,200  was reprogramtned
within this activity to transport and fate of energy-related pollutants. In addi-
tion, -$950,000 was reprogrammed to scientific assessment within the inter-
disciplinary medium as part of the agency's ZBB review of its  resource  requirements  for
the FY 1979 operating plan.

1980 Plan

     The total allocation for this program for 1980  is $8,537,000,  This represents
an increase of $271,900 from the 1979 level, which will be used  for  strengthening
quality assurance and air monitoring support in areas of Midwest and Eastern U.S.
Of the $8,537,000 requested for 1980, $4,559,600  are for Interagency agreements;
$2,092,900 are for contracts; $822,200 are for grants.  The 1980 plan includes
maintaining the 1979 emphasis on potentially hazardous organics  from energy tech-
nologies while continuing to perform baseline air and water quality  monitoring
in those areas of the nation, both eastern and western, where  greatly expanded
energy development is occurring.  Planned activities for 1980  include:

     -  Development of specific and sensitive water  monitoring systems  for  toxic
        and hazardous materials.

-------
Development of a more sensitive and flexible field instrument to measure
the presence of oil In water.

Continue the A1r and Water Quality Assurance Program to support the Western
Energy/Environment Monitoring Study.  This includes provision of quality
control check samples and performance samples for all  laboratories partici-
pating in the Western Energy/Environment Monitoring Study.

Publication of a report on inorganic secondary pollutants found in scrubber
pi umes.

Completion of field tests and verification of artificial controls for
measuring sediment-laden flows in streams.

Completion of five site-specific hydro!ogic-related studies in coal mining
areas in the eastern states.

Extension of the gas chromatograph/mass  spectrometer Master Analytical  Scheme
to include procedures for solid samples  and sediments.
                                                             E-47

-------
                                          ENERGY

                                 Research and Development

                        Health Effects Of Energy-Related Pollutants


                                   Budget       Current                 Increase*
                          Actual   Estimate     Estimate      Estimate    Decrease-
                           1978     1979  •      1979           1980     1980  vs.  1979
                                               (dollars In  thousands)

Appropriation,	  $12,278  $20,710      $20,078      $18,387     -  $1,691
Permanent Positions	        5        2            3           3
Full-time Equivalency..      	       ...            7           6           -1

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $18,387,000 and three positions 1s requested  for 1980.
This represents a decrease of $1,690,500 from the 1979 level.   The reduction  1n
resources comes from research on  exposure to the oxides of  nitrogen and sulfur.

Program Description

     The health effects research program is  dedicated to improving the ability
to estimate the long-term adverse health impacts that can ensue as a consequence
of implementing a particular energy policy.   Of major concern  are those health
endpolnts which may result as a consequence  of long-term, low-level exposures
and that manifest themselves only after a long period of time  — cardnogenlcity,
teratogenicity, mutagenicity and system dysfunction such as cardiopulmonary system
disorders.  The necessary data are obtained  through a coordinated program of
clinical, epidemiological, and toxicologlcal studies, and through the  development
and use of more rapid and sensitive bioscreening techniques.

     The program 1s divided Into five related areas which collectively develop
the data base necessary to reduce the uncertainties in the  estimates of risk  to
human health.  The research In these areas 1s divided into  five categories:

     1.  Identification of hazardous agents  - to utilize simple, inexpensive,
         and reliable biological  assay systems in detecting the presence  of
         toxic, carcinogenic, teratogenic, and/or mutagenic agents associated
         with energy-related activities.

     2.  Dose and damage Indicators - to develop more rapid and sensitive
         biological methods to detect and quantify early, sublethal, reparable
         changes in various target organs or systems  which  can be useful
         Indicators of irreparable health effects resulting from long-term,
         low-lev el exposure.

     3.  Metabolism of hazardous  agents - to define the routes and rates  of
         incorporation, metabolism, deposition, and elimination of hazardous
         agents in order to ascertain specific tissues, organs, and functions
         at risk.

     4.  Evaluation of hazards to man - to quantitatively evaluate short- and
         long-term hazards to man -- normal, susceptible, and  stressed
         populations — through simultaneous exposures to combinations of
         stresses.

-------
     5.  Damage, repair, and recovery processes - to determine the processes
         of damage, repair, recovery, protection, and amelioration in biological
         systems exposed to hazardous agents associated with energy technologies.

1978 Accomplishments

     Program obligations for 1978 Include $9,253,200 for interagency agreements;
$1,689,500 for contracts; and $1,404,100 for grants.  Among the 1978 accomplishments
are the following:

     -  Systematic collection of samples from new energy technologies — coal
        liquefaction, gasification and combustion, oil  shale processing and use—
        and distribution of these samples to participating scientists for a unified
        and comprehensive program of biological testing to identify carcinogens  and
        other .hazardous substances.

     -  Fractionation and evaluation of shale oil and synthetic fuels derived
        from coal using Ames mutagenic bioassay has indicated some increased
        biological activity as compared to conventional sweet crude.  The
        increased activity appears to be related to the presence of aza-arenes
        in the shale oil .

     -  A symposium on the utility of short-term tests  (nonmammallan and
        mammalian) for evaluation of biological activity associated with mixtures
        was held and indicated the need for stepped-up  effort to address questions
        of accuracy, precision, sensitivity and reliability of such systems before
        attempting to interpret a positive or negative  response in terms of
        quantitative estimates of risk.
     -  In ^yltro liver culture systems have been developed as dose and damage
        indicators and are in the evaluation stage.

     -  An assay for sulfite in plasma has been developed as a dose and damage
        Indicator which is ultra-sensitive.

     -  Several multi -marker mammalian cell bioassay systems have been developed
        for evaluation of single agent dose and damage and appear to be adaptable
        for mixtures.

     -  Computer automated recognition patterns have been developed and appear to
        be useful behavioral testing procedures for  primates exposed to a  variety
        of agents.

     -  A number of final reports of studies on the  toxlcity of energy- related
        agents have been made available.

     -  Contributions were made to the development of a blue-ribbon panel  report
        (Rail Committee) to the President on the health Impacts of increased coal
        utilization in response to his request in the energy message.

     -  EPA, HEW and DOE developed and Implemented the concept of Interagency
        workshops to evaluate the state of knowledge relative to the total  spectrum
        of health and ecological effects  of advanced energy systems 1n response to
        the President's request in his environmental message.

1979 Program

     The 1979 allocation for the health effects program Is $20,077,500, Of
these resources $16,097,000 are for Interagency agreements; $580,000 are for
contracts; and $2,567,000 are for grants.  This represents a continuation  of

-------
accomp MS (intents include:

     -  Evaluation of raw water and drinking water suspected of contamination by
        leachates from ash piles and sludges using nonvalidated (level  1)
        bioassay screening systems.

     -  Evaluation of emissions from industrial  combustors  (emphasis  on organics -
        particulate and vapor phase) using ijr^ vivo and In vitro bioassay systems.

     -  Evaluation of heavy metals using several different  mammalian  cell  bioassay
        test systems - emphasizing teratogenicity.

     -  Ascertaining validity of In, vitro mutagenie/carcinogenic assays for use 1n
        evaluation of hazards from energy-related wastes  1n drinking  water.

     -  Development of bioassay screen for specific behavioral  response subsequent  to
        exposure to mixtures of agents.

     -  Improvement 1n dosimetry techniques for use in epldemiological/chemical
        studies, e.g., detection of early changes in lung cell  cytology by flow
        systems analysis techniques.

     -  Development of model for transfer of energy-related agents across  placental
        barrier.

     -  Development of model for deposition, metabolism,  and fate of Inhaled organic
        coated particulates.

     -  Evaluation of synerglsm of multiple stresses In the gas/aerosol complex
        (organic particulates/NOx/SOx} 1n a well-defined  animal model.

     -  Development of risk assessment modeling techniques  for extrapolation for
        carcinogenic and systemic damage (pulmonary) biological endpoints.

     -  Performing epidemiologlcal studies of general populations Impacted by
        drinking waters contaminated by leachates from sludges/ash piles or
        abandoned mines.

     -  Development of information pertaining to Interference (modification of exchange
        rates) of intestinal absorption of essential nutrients by cadmium and
        nickel.

     -  Development of model of damage and repair process of biological molecules--
        primarily DNA by organic materials and their metabolites.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$632,500 results from saveral actions.  Congress applied  a
$6 million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services
and monitoring and technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this
activity was -$277,200.  A net increase of +$10,700 results from increased pay costs
from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977
(FY 1978) pay raise.  As a result of congressional changes  to appropriations affecting
the exchange of functions with the Department of Energy,  -$80,000 was reprogrammed
within this activity to transport and fate of energy-related pollutants.  In addition,
-$286,000 was reprogrannned to scientific assessment within  the interdisciplinary
medium as part of the agency's ZBB review of its resource requirements for the FY 1979
operating plan.

-------
               	,	 ._.  	„.      .      .
This represents a decrease of $1,690,500 from the 1979 level.  A number of pro-
jects in the federal Interagency Energy/Environment RSD Program terminate in 1979.
These terminations (decreases) include research on exposure to the oxides of nitrogen
and sulfur.  Of the $18,387,000 planned for 1980, $14,799,300 is for interagency agree-
ments; 5528,500 is for contracts; and $2,290,400 is for grants.  These resources will be
used to fund the first year of a new five-year coordinated interagency program in
energy-related health effects research and to fund the second year of the energy-
related health projects transferred to EPA management from DOE in 1979 as well as to
complete funding for several tasks/projects which could not be completed during the
first five-year interagency program.  Specific activities to be undertaken are as
follows:

     -  Support repository of energy-related materials (residuals, products) at
        Oak Ridge National Laboratory to provide uniform samples from various
        energy facilities and operations to" biological effects researchers.

     -  Develop short-terra In vitro tests for nonmutagenic endpoints
        (cardiovascular disease developmental toxicology, renal function,
        liver function).

     -  Validate in vivo models for use with energy-related agents found in
        drinking waters.

     -  Ascertain significance of in vivo mutagen/carcinogen assays in use for
        determining biological activity of energy-related agents in drinking
        waters.

     -  Develop rapid i£ vivo screens applicable to evaluate the teratologic
        potential of ingested energy-related agents.

     -  Continue to develop rapid bioassay screens for assessing pulmonary dys-
        function, pulmonary carcinogenesis, pulmonary infection, cardiovascular
        dysfunction from sulfates/SQx, nitrates/NQx and parficulates.

     -  Continue to develop models of mechanisms and rates of Incorporation,
        transport, transformation fate and excretion of energy-related agents -
        singly and in combination.

     -  Initiate new animal toxicology studies at molecular, cellular tissue,
        organ and whole animal levels of organization for the following biological
        endpoints:  mutagenesis, carcinogenesis, teratogenesis, reproductive
        dysfunction, behavioral toxicology, neurotoxicology and pulmonary toxicology.

     -  Initiate new studies to estimate dose response relationships for low-level
        exposures to combinations of agents from data obtained from animal
        toxicology, cellular toxicology and human health (clinical and epldenri-
        ologlcal) studies.

     -  Determine health impacts of whole emissions from home heating and/or indus-
        trial combustors using 1n vitro and In vivo biological models.

     -  Initiate new epidenriologieal studies of occupational, general and susceptible
        population groups in specified regions.  (Both air and waterborne agents).

     -  Initiate multltechnology supporting studies in mutagenesis, carcinogenesis and
        systems damage to develop models of damage, repair, and recovery in mammalian
        systems.
                                                                      £-51

-------
Management and
    Support

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Solid Waste

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                         SOLID WASTE
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Research and Development:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency...
Abatement and Control:
  Approprlati on	
  Permanent Positions...
  Full-time Equivalency.

Enforcement:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions...
  Full-time Equivalency.
Total Solid Waste Program:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions	
  Full-time Equivalency	,
  Outlays..		
  Authorization Levels	
                              Actual
                               1978
 $7,405
     21
 27,743
    203
    618
      5
 35,766
    229

 23,160
181,250
            Budget
           Estimate
             1979
            Current
           Estimate
             1979
           Estimate
             1980
                                               (dollars in thousands)
 $9,112
     22
 60,173
    246
  1,094
     28
 70,379
    296

 21,900
180,241
 $8,148
     20
     29
 64,790
    248
    309
    855
     26
     32
 73,793
    294
    370
 42,340
172,162
$8,143
    20
    29
59,972
   261
   331
 2,174
    46
    52
70,289
   327
   412
57,600
     *
           Increase +
           Decrease -
        1960 vs. 1979
     -5
-$4,818
    +13
    +22
 +1,319
    +20
    +20
 -3,504
    +33
    +42
+15,260
                             *  Authorization pending.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
     Solid waste management has emerged as a significant environmental problem.  Until
the passage of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 {RCRA; the disposal
of much of this waste was either unregulated or only partially regulated by State or
local governments.

     The annual generation of municipal and Industrial wastes 1s estimated at 130 and
344 million metric tons, respectively.  Municipal waste water treatment plants produce
over 5 million tons of sludge each year, and agricultural and mining wastes amount to
additional billions of tons.

     The most likely potential damage from improper disposal of solid waste 1s contamina-
tion of ground water.  Half of the U.S. population obtains its water supply from ground
water.  In a 1977 EPA contractor study of 50 industrial waste disposal sites, 43 showed
signs of ground water contamination.  Other damages can also occur.  Contamination of
surface waters can result from runoff; air pollution occurs from open burning, evaporation,
sublimation, and wind erosion; and poisoning can result either through direct contact or
through the food chain.  Improper waste disposal provides breeding places for rats and
flies and can also result in fire, explosions, odor and litter.  All of these problems
are common to sites disposing of hazardous or nonhazardous wastes, but may be avoided or
controlled through proper siting, design, and operation.

     The potential for serious problems caused by improper disposal is compounded when the
waste is hazardous.  EPA estimates that 80 to 90 percent of hazardous wastes are being
disposed of in ways which will not meet minimum RCRA standards.
                                                                            SH-1

-------
     The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) established a national
program designed to protect public health and the environment from the damages caused
by improper waste management practices, and to encourage resource conservation and
recovery.  The Act mandates a national program to control hazardous wastes from the point
of generation to ultimate disposal.  This "cradle-to-grave" control will be achieved
through Federal standards for hazardous waste generators, transporters, and treatment,
storage and disposal facilities; a nationwide manifest system to track the movement of
hazardous wastes; permits to new and existing treatment, storage, and disposal facilities;
and enforcement of these Federal requirements.  While RCRA provides for and encourages
authorization of States to operate the hazardous waste regulatory program, it also requires
that EPA operate the program for those States that do not seek or are unable to obtain
authorization.

     The enforcement provisions of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) center
upon the administrative support of permit issuance, and upon compliance monitoring activi-
ties in those States which do not assume responsibility for hazardous waste management.
The enforcement program is also responsible for developing the enforcement provisions of
regulations implementing RCRA.  Hazardous waste generators and transporters must observe
certain operational requirements, including recordkeeping, reporting, containerizatlon,
and proper manifesting and disposal.  Permits from EPA or the States must be procured by
all hazardous waste facilities in order to operate legally.

     Because the Congress realized that a nationwide solid waste program demands a balanced
investment, the Act also sets forth a program for State management of nonhazardous solid
wastes.  States are to complete comprehensive solid waste management plans which provide
a mechnism to ensure the closure or upgrading of existing open dumps; prohibit the
establishment of new open dumps; and provide for environmentally sound disposal or recovery
for all solid wastes.  The Act also requires an inventory, which will be conducted by the
States, of all disposal sites to determine whether they should be classified as open dumps
or sanitary landfills.  This determination will be made for over 100,000 sites based on
the criteria established under Section 4004 of RCRA, defining what constitutes a sanitary
landfill.

     RCRA is to be implemented primarily by the States.  The Subtitle C (hazardous waste)
program will be operated and enforced by the Federal Government only when a State does
not receive authorization.  Subtitle D (nonhazardous solid waste) encourages the States
to develop nonhazardous waste regulatory programs, but does not mandate a Federal program
where States do not wish to operate their own.  Nor is there Federal enforcement authority
for Subtitle D.


     Financial and technical  assistance are provided to assist the States in
their efforts.  Assistance is provided in all  areas of solid waste
management to Federal, State, and local agencies through Technical Assistance Panels
composed of expert contractors, EPA employees, and other experienced public officials.
Grants to States are awarded annually for the development and operation of State solid
and hazardous waste management programs.

     Pursuant to the statute, the major solid and hazardous waste management regulations
were to be promulgated 18 months after RCRA's enactment, in April 1978.  The task of
meeting this ambitious schedule has been complicated by the paucity of technical and
economic data and the substantial number of complex and controversial issues to be
resolved.  The State of Illinois, three environmental groups, and a solid waste trade
association sued EPA for failure to meet statutory dates for promulgating these regulations.
A court order established a schedule for promulgation, calling for all major regulations to
be promulgated by January 31, 1980.


SW-2

-------
     In spite of this delay, progress has been made toward implementing the requirements
of RCRA. Major regulations proposed under Subtitle C Include
criteria for defining a hazardous waste; standards for generators and transporters of
hazardous waste; standards for hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities;
procedures for notification of hazardous waste activities; and guidelines for the develop-
ment of State hazardous waste programs.  Under Subtitle D, criteria for the classification
of sanitary landfills and guidelines for the development of State plans have been proposed.
Grant regulations under both Subtitles C and D have also been proposed.

     In anticipation of the promulgation of hazardous waste regulations, some States have
begun to implement or upgrade their hazardous waste programs.  Several States have legis-
lation and regulations comparable to RCRA and expected Federal regulations, and some
States already operate hazardous waste management programs.

     By early 1980, most of the major regulations under RCRA are expected to be promulgated
and the headquarters program will begin to move into an Implementation phase.  Major
activities in 1980 will be to develop program guidance for implementing the requirements
of Subtitle C, to provide technical support for the litigation expected after the regula-
tions are promulgated, and to begin developing guidance and guidelines for specific
industries and specific wastes under Sections 3004 and 1008 of RCRA.

     The regional offices will continue to work with the States to help them develop.,
strengthen and implement State programs under both Subtitles C and D,  A substantial
increase in positions for the regional hazardous waste program will allow for much
greater support for the States, which 1s essential in helping them to develop the capa-
bilities necessary for authorization to operate a State hazardous waste management program.
EPA must operate a Federal program for those States that do not seek or are denied authori-
zation.  The regions will also be greatly involved 1n providing technical guidance for
preventing hazardous situations and for remedial actions to clean up hazardous waste sites.
Response to hazardous waste emergencies will continue to be a top priority.

     The prime responsibility of the solid waste enforcement program Is to investigate
emergencies involving substantial threats to public health and safety to determine the
appropriate legal actions required.  Additionally, in 1980, enforcement policy will be
developed on regional oversight of authorized States and on regional enforcement programs
in States without authorization.  Initiation of the oversight function or regional enforce-
ment activities, depending upon the status of each State, will be put into operation.
Cooperative enforcement agreements with States and Federal agencies will be negotiated
and implemented.

     Fiscal Year 1980 will be the first year of a 2-year period for interim authorization
of State hazardous waste programs.  States will be upgrading their programs in order to
qualify for full authorization.  EPA expects that approximately 41 States will seek and
obtain interim or full authorization In 1980.  Under Subtitle 0, grants will be used to
support the disposal site inventory and development of State regulatory programs for non-
hazardous waste.  As the States become better able to Implement and manage nonhazardous
waste regulatory programs, the Federal role 1n this area will decline.  A 5-year phase-
down of the Federal role will begin in 1980.

     Under the President's Urban Policy, a program of grants to local communities for
planning and implementation of resource recovery projects was Instituted.  The first
grants (totalling $15 million) under this program will be awarded in 1979, and additional
grants of almost $14 million will be awarded in 1980.

     Research and development activities will continue to focus on the technology and
techniques which can contribute to effective and economical disposal practices for solid
and hazardous wastes.  The approach will address such areas as the various ways in which
waste is disposed on land, ways in which past practices that pose problems can be remedied,
and ways in which useful resources can be recycled from waste material.  The approach also
calls for assessing the environmental implications of specific industrial operations and
contributing to the solution of problems Identified.  Basic considerations 1n the overall
program will continue to include the economics of applying those technologies and effective
techniques which are available and likely to be adopted.
                                                                            SW-3

-------
                                                          \IH UlULiagllUa Ul
1979 Solid Waste Program .......... ...... ............               $73,793

  Abatement and Control . ........ , ---- ....... ..........                -4 ,818

     The net decrease is due to a reduction in grant
     assistance for solid waste management planning
     {-$5.2 million) as part of a 5-year phase out
     of Subtitle . D grant funding; a reduction in
     grants for local resource recovery projects
     (.-$1.1 million};and termination of the one-
     time 1979 grant to New York State for Love
     Canal (-$4 million).  These decreases are
     partially offset by increases for State
     hazardous waste management grants (+$3.6
     million); for regional hazardous waste
     personnel (+$1.1 million}; and for the
     development of hazardous waste regulations
     ($1.8 million).

  Enforcement ....... , ................... ... ........                 +1 ,319

     The increase in the enforcement program is
     due to an increase in the number of enforcement
     positions, primarily in the regions, (+$.7
     million) to enforce the RCRA Subtitle C regu-
     lations scheduled for promulgation in
     January 1980, and to an increase in contract
     funds (+$.5 million) to train regional enforce-
     ment personnel, and to support the evaluation
     and revision of Subtitle C enforcement
     strategies.

  Research and Development. .... ..... .............. .                     -5

     This minimal decrease is due to a realignment
     of resources in the 1980 request and essentially
     maintains the 1979 level.
1980 Solid Waste Program	                  70,289

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Summary of Budget Request

         An appropriation of $70,289,000 is requested in 1980.  This request, by appro-
priation account, 1s as follows:

         Research and Development......	            $8,143,000
         Abatement and Control	            59,972,000
         Enforcement....,,	             2,174,000

         This represents a decrease of $3.5 million from the 1979 level.  This is due
to several actions:  a nonrecurring congressional add-on for the Love Canal {-$4 million);
extramural funding for regulations under Subtitle C (+$1.8 million); financial assistance
to State and local governments (-$2.7 million); waste management regulations, guidelines,
and policies (-$1 million);hazardous waste management implementation (+$1.1 million); and
an offsetting increase in the enforcement appropriation to support additional regional
positions and contract funds to enforce RCRA Subtitle-C regulations (+$1.3 million).


SW-4

-------
     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

         Changes from the budget are as fol1ows:

                                                          (in thousands of dollars?

         Original 1979 estimate	               $70,379

         Congressional increases/decreases:
            Love Canal	                +4,000
            Solid waste management grants.	                +4,000
            Academic training......	—	                  +100
            Reduction in lapse rate	,	                  -185

         Effect of October 1978 pay raise
           partial absorption	                  +215
         Proposed October 1978 pay raise supplemental                 +170
         Distribution of October 1977 pay raise	                  +430
         Office of Research and Development
           reprogramnring	                -1,035
         Headquarters and regional offices
           reprogrammi ng	,                -4,281

         Current 1979 estimate	                73,793

         Congressional changes to the solid waste media request included an increase of
$4 million for Love Canal activities; an increase of $4million for the grants program;
an increase of $100,000 for academic training; and a decrease of $185,000 to implement
the $3 million reduction applied to the Abatement and Control and Enforcement appropria-
tions for the lapse rate on filling positions.

         Pay raise costs result in a total increase of $815,000 over the original estimate.
The agency request included all funds for the October 1977 pay raise in the management and
support media, to be distributed by media at a later date.  The increase reflected represents
the share of this later distribution.

     Agencywide reprogrammings resulted in a transfer of $244,000 to water quality;
$250,000 to drinking water; $575,000 to interdisciplinary; $1,294,000 to nationwide support
costs; and $2,953,000 to agency management activities.

ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

                                                          Current
                                                         Estimate        Estimate
                                                           1979            1980
                                                         (in thousands of dollars)

     Prior year obligations	       $35,766         $74,283
       Effect of congressional changes.............        +8,000
       Effect of October 1978 pay raise............     '     +400
       Effect of reprogrammi ngs	........l	        -5,000
       Program increases....	       +25,000          -3,000
       Change 1n amount of carryover funds available         -878            -495
       Change 1n rate of obligation.,	       +11,000	^j.

     Total estimated obligations	        74,208          70,792
       (From new obligation authority)	       (72,629)        (69,628)
       (From prior year funds)	        (1,659)         0,164)
                                                                            SW-5

-------
 EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLI6ATIONS

      Congressional changes discussed in the previous section are expected to result in
 an increase of $8 million to obligations.  The effect of the October 1978 pay raise and
 annualization of the October 1977 pay raise will  increase obligations by $400,000,   The
 effect of all reprograrmrings is a decrease of $5 million in obligations.

      The increase in budget authority over the 1978 level is expected to result in  an
 increase of $25 million to 1979 obligations; the program changes requested in 1980  are
 expected to decrease obligations by $3 million.

      The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is $1,659,000, a  decrease
 of $878,000 from the 1978 level.  In 1980, it is estimated that $1,164,000 of carryover
 funds will be obligated, a  decrease of $495,000 from the 1979 level.

      A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979, which would create an
 increase of $11 million over the 1973 level.  A change in the rate of obligation is
 expected in 1980, which would create a  decrease of $1,000 from the 1979 level.
SW-6

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    Research and Development


                                        Budget      Current                1980 vs.  1979
                            Actual      Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                 (dollars In thousands)     ''


Appropriation
Public Sector Activities .   $7,405      $9,112       $8,148     $8,143          -$5       SW-8

Permanent Positions
Public Sector Activities .  .    21          22           20         20

Full-time Equivalency
Public Sector Activities ,  .    .;-         ...          29         29
    Inadequate and environmentally unsound practices for the disposal  or use of solid
waste have caused air and water pollution, created.hazards to health and have been
generally wasteful of land and other natural  resources.  The purpose of this research
program, consisent with the goals of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1975
(RCRA), incudes the development of cost effective technologies for:  (1) improving land
disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes which reduce or eliminate adverse
environmental  effects of such disposal; (2) reducing the harmful  environmental  effects
of existing unsound landfills and restoring areas damaged by those landfills; (3) alter-
natives to land disposal; (4) the destruction of hazardous wastes or the rendering of
such wastes environmentally safe; and (5) the production of usable forms of recovered
resources, including fuel, from solid waste.   In addition, the program directly supports
the needs of the Office of Solid Waste in developing cost-effective technologies and by
generating the necessary data base to support Agency regulations and guidelines and/or
policies related to solid waste disposal  and  resource recovery.
                                                                              SW-7

-------
                                    Research and Development

                                    Public Sector Activities


                                        Budget      Current                1980 vs. 1979
                            Actual      Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)  ——————


Appropriation
Control Technol ogy ....  $7,405     $9,112       $8,148     $8,143          -$5

Permanent Positions
Control Technology . ....    21         22           20         20

Full-time Equivalency
Control Technology .	          ...          29         29

Budget Request

    An appropriation of $8,142,700 and 20 positions is requested for this program.
Research will be continued at a level  commensurate with 1979 efforts.

Program Description

    In the past, solid waste disposal  has not always benefited from good engineering
practice.  In fact, good engineering practices have not been defined for many conditions
of disposal for many kinds of waste.  Wastes, hazardous and non-hazardous,  have been
disposed of expediently in whatever land was available and at the lowest cost.   Environmental
considerations for the protection of land, groundwater, surface waters and  air were often
ignored with resulting damages.  Host  significant damages have occurred to  groundwater
but unfortunately these damages for the most part will go undetected for years, decades or
even centuries.  Occassionally the results of improper disposal are highlighted By  incidents
of catastrophic proportions.  A recent example is a situation at Love Canal  (Niagara
Falls, N.Y.) where residents of housing built in the vicinity of a closed out hazardous
waste disposal site have been endangered resulting in evacuation of the housing and costly
remedial action.  As a result of past  practices there will be more occurrences  similar  to
Love Canal.

    Not only has waste disposal practices been an environmental problem, they have  also
been wasteful of natural resources.  Because of diminishing resources, common sense
indicates that resources should be recovered from wastes and reused.

    In view of the above and consistent with the RCRA, the research and development
efforts in this program are directed toward the development of technologies necessary to
achieve environmentally acceptable and cost-effective solid and hazardous waste management
practices.  Major objectives of the program are:

    - To develop methodology and/or equipment to control the release into the environment
      of materials present in hazardous waste which adversely affect public health  and
      welfare.  Prevention of or correction of occurrences such as the Love Canal.

    - To evaluate and develop new or improved management practices and methods  of collect-
      ion, storage, transportation, and disposal.
  SW-8

-------
      processing, and recovery or resources.

    - To establish a technical  data base to support the Agency's efforts in developing
      criteria for sanitary landfills, guidelines for waste management practices and
      regulations for the control of hazardous waste from generation through disposal
      which would preclude the establishment  of open dumps and life endangering occurrences
      such as the Love Canal.

    - To optimize waste material  reuse in manufacturing.

    - To reduce residuals generation from processing and pollution control  activities.

    - To develop prototype spill  response mechanisms.

1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, resources were $7,404,500 and 21 positions which  included $3,601,500 for
contracts, $2,401,100 for grants, and $150,000 for interagency agreements.   During 1978
the program:

    - Completed laboratory studies and published a report on the attenuation by clay
      minerals of pollutants in leachate from municipal  landfills.  To evaluate the
      relative pollution hazard for municipal landfill leachates, a ranking system was
      developed.  Results of the study support the use of clay minerals as  liners for land
      disposal sites for municipal and hazardous wastes.

    - Completed laboratory studies and published a report on the attenuation in eleven
      soil types of metals found in highly polluted leachates  from combined municipal  and
      Industrial wastes.  A simulation model  for predicting leachate changes with flow
      through soil  was developed.

    - Published a manual to provide guidance  for municipal  officials and engineers in
      the selection of available engineering  technology to reduce or eliminate leachate
      generation from existing and closed dumps and landfills.

    - Conducted a state-of-the-art study on land cultivation technique for  disposal  of
      industrial and municipal  solid wastes.   Included in the  study was an  evaluation of
      field data on operational procedures, costs, environmental impacts and problem
      definition.

    - Completed the evaluation and published  a report on vegetation problems associated
      with 60 different refuse landfills in nine major climatic regions. This information
      will be useful to landfill  managers who deal with the problems associated with
      establishing vegetation on landfill sites.

    - Conducted a symposium on land disposal  of hazardous wastes and published proceedings.
      The technical areas covered include: methods development and cost assessment;
      identification of pollutant potential;  prediction of pollutant migration; and
      disposal alternatives.

    - Completed assessment of four biological systems used for the treatment of hazardous
      organic materials.  Assessment included:  Identification of the wastes that were
      successfully decomposed and wastes that would not respond to biological  treatment;
      detennination of treatment efficiency,  time required for decomposition and economic
      parameters.

    - Completed a state-of-the-art study of current technology and practices for pesticide
      disposal.
                                                                              SW-9

-------
      mixtures.

    <• Demonstrated that scrap tires can be processed  as  an additive to  asphalt  for  highway
      construction and resurfacing.  The studies  conducted in  Texas,  Arkansas,  Idaho,
      Montana, Wyoming, South Carolina and Georgia indicate that rubberized  asphalt
      is significantly more durable than conventional  materials.

    - Established that it is feasibile to use waste glass  from resource recovery  operations
      as a curing agent in the manufacture of brick.   Results  have  shown that bricks so
      manufactured are of higher quality and can  be acceptably cured at 100  degrees
      Fahrenheit lower than conventional  bricks.

    - Demonstrated that resultant dusts from air  cleaning, which contain volatile arsenic
      dioxide from copper smelting can be fixated.

    - Conducted special studies required under RCRA 8002h  to establish  the adverse  effects
      of solid wastes from active and abandoned mines and  to determine  levels of  sludge
      generation from the public and private sectors.

1979 Program

    Resources allocated to this program for 1979  are  $8,147,700 and 20  positions. Of this
amount it is estimated that $4,941,600 will be committed to contract efforts, $1,796,300
for grants, and $160,000 for interagency agreements.   The  1979 program  includes:

    - Landfill ing:  Studies ongoing at the end of FY  1978  will be continued.  They  include:
      bench, pilot scale, and lysimeter studies of rates of leachate and gas production
      under different moisture regimes, gas and leachate migration, leachate attenuation
      in various soils, characteristics of natural and synthetic liners, and control
      technology for the treatment of leachate and gas.  Site  selection, design and
      initiation of field verification studies of gas and  leachate  migration model  and
      natural and synthetic liners are being undertaken.  These efforts are  required to  provide
      engineering guidance for improved site selection,  design, operation and maintenance
      of landfills and to provide data to support Agency sanitary landfill criteria and
      hazardous waste regulations.
    - Hazardous yasfe Disposal:  The following small  scale studies  ongoing at  the  end  of
      FY 1978 will  be continued:   time and temperature requirements for destruction,
      detoxification, biodegradation, and bulk encapsulation of hazardous  materials.   Site
      selection, design, and initiation of field verification of three of  the  following
      processes will be undertaken:   thermal  processing,  disposal pits for pesticides,
      biodegradation processes, encapsulation, microwave  plasma detoxification,  and
      chemical  detoxification.

    ' Remedial  Action;  Field verification of a remedial  scheme at  a polluting municipal
      solid waste site will  be continued and  in addition  a polluting hazardous waste site
      will be selected, remedial  schemes designed, and field verification  initiated.
      Remedial  schemes may include such actions as in situ neutralization, injection
      grouting, slurry wall  construction, surface sealing, in situ  fixation, leachate
      collection and treatment, and gas migration control  barriers  and gas collection.

    - Resource Conservation and Recovery:  Ongoing research in waste processing  and
      preprocessing for resource recovery and ongoing assessments of existing  resource
      recovery systems will  be continued.  Studies toward  providing a research and
      development plan for the development of marketable  products e.g., protein, animal
      food, chemical feed stocks, etc. from mixed wastes will be initiated.
  SW-10

-------
      cultivation  aisposai tecnmque rpr 01 ly wastes wiii  pe continued  to aetermine
      optimum loading on soils, taking into consideration  leaching,  and  effects  on
      plant growth and plant uptake of trace metals if the land  Is  subsequently  put  back
      into production.

    - Industrial:  A major effort consisting  of a two year program  to assess  the environ-
      mental impact of hazardous waste generation, current waste management practices,  and
      the development of new control  requirements for the  mining industry will be undertaken.
      In addition, the development of a mobile incinerator prototype system to respond  to
      hazardous material spill  incidents as well  as emergency site  restoration activities
      such as Love Canal will be completed.  The  balance of the  research effort  will  be
      directed towards demonstration of detoxification and/or recovery techniques for one
      waste compound from the organic chemicals industry,  as well as evaluating  technologies
      available for recovery of metal values  from the ferrous and non-ferrous industry.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

    The net decrease of -$964,300 results from several  actions.   A  net increase  of +$71,000
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Finally, as  a result  of  the
Agency's intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its  FY
1979 operating plan, -$1,035,300 was reprogrammed from this activity to  Agency management
($209,600), to quality assurance in drinking  water ($250,000), and  to scientific assessment
($575,700) within the interdisciplinary medium.

1980 Plan

    The FY 1980 plan provides a total of $8,142,700 and 20 positions. It is  estimated
that $5,000,000 will be expended in contracts, $1,800,000  on grants, and $160,000 in
interagency agreements.

Specific items of research include:

    - Landfill ing:  Ongoing laboratory, pilot-scale and lyslmeter studies (estimated
      completion FY 1981), field verification studies initiated  in  FY 1979 will  be continued,
      and two additional field verifications  will be initiated.   Field verifications
      include:  (ff) pollution transport model  for site selection and design,  (b) leachate
      and gas control technology, (c) efficiency  of landfill liners  and  (d) gas  and
      leachate production dependence on moisture  regime.   These  field verifications
      are needed to provide validity to laboratory and bench scale  research undertaken  as
    -•prerequisites for engineering guidance for  improved  site selection, design, operation
      and maintenance of landfills and to provide data to  support Agency sanitary landfill
      criteria and hazardous waste regulations.

    - Hazardous Haste Disposal:  Studies ongoing  at the end of FY 1979 including field
      assessments of physical,  chemical, biological  and thermal  methods  for treatment and
      disposal will be continued.

    - Remedial Action;  Ongoing field-scale evaluation of  groundwater pollution  plume
      management at one polluting municipal waste disposal  site  will  be  continued and
      field verification studies of remedial  schemes at a  polluting  hazardous waste
      disposal site will be Initiated.  Site  will be selected and schemes designed in
      FY 1979.  Existing information will  be reviewed and  candidate  remedial  measures
      which are appropriate for polluting surface impoundments will  be determined.

    - Resource Recovery:  Implementation of a plan initiated in  FY  1979  to develop marketable
      products from mixed waste, i.e., protein, animal  feed, chemical  feedstocks,
      building materials, road  ballast, etc., will begin.

    - Alternative Land Methods:  All  ongoing  alternative land methods studies will be
      completed.

    - Industrial:  Mining industry assessment and control  technology development, detoxifica-
      tion and recovery techniques for spent  organic chemicals will  be continued, and the
      development of one recovery technique for the ferrous/nonferrous metals industry
      will be initiated.

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                        SOLID HASTE

                                   Abatement and Control


                                        Budget     Current               Increase +
                              Actual   Estimate:  Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                               1978      1979       1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979   Page
                                             (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Waste Management
  Regulations, Guidelines
  and Policies	  $8,320     $10,368    $12,686    $9,321      -$3,365     SW-13
Financial Assistance	  14,209      41,200     45,200    42,550       -2,650     SW-13
Waste Management Strategies
  Implementation	   1,463       2,590      2,456     3,552       +1,096     SW-13
Technical Assistance,	,.   3.751	6.015      4,448     4.549 	+101     SW-13

     Total....,	  27,743      60,173     64,790    59,972       -4,818

Permanent Positions
Waste Management
  Regulations, Guidelines
  and Policies	      99         103        105        95          -10
Financial Assistance.	     ...         ...         ...       ...          ...
Waste Management Strategies
  Implementation	.......      51          90         91       129          +38
Technical Assistance.	      53          53	52	37	-15

     Total	     203         246        248       261          +13

Full-time Equivalency
Waste Management
  Regulations, Guidelines
  and Policies	         ...        152       154           +2
Financial Assistance	
Waste Management Strategies
  Implementation	........     ...          ...        96       131          +35
Technical Assistance	     ...	   ...	6]	   46     	-15

     Total...	          ...       309       331          +22

Purpose

     The solid waste Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses activities
related to the promulgation of standards and regulations to ensure proper
management and disposal of all solid wastes, and the development of programs to
Implement these regulations.  These activities Include developing regulations,
providing technical and policy guidance, managing the President's Urban Policy
Grant program, assisting and encouraging State programs, providing technical
assistance, and for hazardous waste management, operating a Federal program
when States are unwilling or unable to do so.
                                                                            SH-12

-------
     States have the primary role In implementing RCRA.  A Federal hazardous waste
program will be operated only where a State does not seek or is denied authorization.
There is no provision in the Act, however, for a Federal program or for Federal
enforcement under Subtitle D.  The States are strongly encouraged to carry out the
responsibilities outlined for them in the Act, and are provided with financial and
technical assistance (under both Subtitles C and D) to enable them to do so.

     EPA has the primary role in establishing national standards to ensure proper
disposal of nonhazardous wastes and proper management, transport, and disposal of
hazardous wastes.  For hazardous wastes, this includes promulgating a list and
criteria for determining what constitutes a hazardous waste; standards for
generators and transporters of hazardous waste and for owners and operators of
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities; procedures for
permitting hazardous waste facilities and for notification of hazardous waste
activity; and requirements for authorized State hazardous waste programs.  For
nonhazardous wastes, EPA must promulgate criteria defining a sanitary landfill.
EPA is also responsible for providing guidance and guidelines for implementing
the regulations.  EPA will be developing guidance outlining proper waste
management practices for specific industries with large volume or other problem
wastes.  EPA also provides financial assistance to States and technical
assistance on all aspects of solid waste management to States and local governments.
The abatement and control activities are categorized under the following subactivitles:

     Waste Management Regulations. Guidelines and Policies.  This subactivity
involves:(1) the development and promulgation of regulations; (2) the development
of technical and policy guidance for implementing regulations; (3) the conduct of
engineering, design, environmental, and economic evaluations and assessments of
solid waste management technology and practices;  {4} technical support for
litigation; and (5) national management and oversight of regional Implementation
activities.

     Financial Assistance.  This subactivity provides grants to States for
developing and operating hazardous waste management programs under Subtitle C
of RCRA, and for developing State nonhazardous waste regulatory programs and
conducting the disposal site Inventory under Subtitle D of RCRA.  Grants to
local governments are also provided for planning and implementation of resource
recovery projects.

     Waste Management Strategies and Implementation.  This subactivity involves:
(1} response to hazardous waste emergencies; (2} oversight of authorized States
that are implementing hazardous waste programs; (3) conduct of a Federal program
for unauthorized States under Subtitle C; (4) direct support and oversight for
implementation of the planning and inventory requirements under Subtitle D; and
(5) management of local grants for resource recovery projects under the President's
Urban Policy Program.

     Technical Assistance.  This subactivity provides for national management of
the Technical Assistance Panels program; technical assistance to State and local
governments on all aspects of solid waste management; public participation and
education; and the development and distribution of public and technical Information
materials.
SW-13

-------
                                       SOLID WASTE

                                  Abatement and Control

                  Waste Management Regulations, Guidelines  and Policies
                                         Budget      Currant                  Increase  +
                             Actual      Estimate     Estimate    Estimate     Decrease  -
                              1978        1979         1979        1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                              (do!1ars  in thousands)
Appropriation
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/Hazardous
  Waste.	    $3,444      $6,600
Regulations, Guidelines,     r/~
  Policies/Solid Waste . f    |Z.*97\      2,520
Regulations, Guidelines,     ^—^
  Policies/Resource
  Recovery ........     2,167         970
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/EIS
  Preparation  ......       212         278
Love Canal	       ...   	...

     Total	,     8,320      10,368

Permanent Positions
Regu1ati ons, Gui delines,
  Policies/Hazardous
  Waste	        44          S3
Regulations, Guidelines,           ,
  Policies/Solid Waste . ,       ,30;         32
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/Resource
  Recovery	        24          17
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/EIS
  Preparation	         1            1
Love Canal .	       ...	...

     Total	        99         103

Full-time Equivalency
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/Hazardous
  Waste.	
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/Solid Waste . .       ...          ..;.
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/Resource
  Recovery . .   	
Regulations, Guidelines,
  Policies/EIS
  Preparation	
Love Canal ........       ...	...

     Total 	
$5,005

 2,118


 1,413
   150
 4,000
12,686




    52

    33


    20
   105




    76

    42


    34
$6,781

 1,805


   735
 9,321




    67

    23
    95




    97

    38


    19
+$1,776

   -313


   -678
               -150
             -4.000
 -3,365




    +15

    -10


    -15
    -10




    +21

     -4


    -15
   152
   154
                                                                          SW-14

-------
Budget Request

     The budget request for this subactivity is $9,321,000 and 95 positions.   This
reflects a decrease of $3,365,000 and 10 positions from 1979.   The 1979 funding level
included a nonrecurring  congressional add-on of $4 million for remedial work at the
Love Canal.  An increase is provided for 1980 extramural funding primarily for regulations
under Subtitle C.

Program Description

     This subactivity includes the promulgation of standards and regulations  to ensure
proper solid waste management practices and the economic, industrial, technological,
environmental, and other analyses which support the rulemaking function.  Also included
are the development of technical and policy guidance for implementing the regulations
and national management and oversight of regional  implementation activities.   The
following program elements are included under this subactivity:

     Regulations, Guidelines, Policies/Hazardous Waste.  This  program element provides
for national management of the Subtitle C requirements.  This  includes the development
and promulgation of guidelines, criteria, and regulations for  the identification, management,
transport and disposal of hazardous wastes, and the supportive analyses and assessments
of existing technologies.  Also included is the development of guidance to the regions
and the States for implementing Subtitle C regulations.

     Regulations, Guidelines, Policies/Solid Maste.  This program element provides
for national management of the Subtitle D requirements.  This  includes the development
and promulgation of the criteria for determining a sanitary landfill; guidelines for
completing State solid waste management plans; and guidelines  for disposal of large
volume or other problem npnhazardous industrial wastes.  It also includes the development
of guidelines for sludge management under Section 405 of the Clean Water Act.
Implementation guidance to regions and States is provided for, as is national oversight
of their implementation activities.

     Regulations. Guidelines. Policies/Resource Recovery.  This program element Includes
activities related to national management of the President's Urban Policy grant program;
promulgation of guidelines for Federal procurement of products with recycled  content;
the Resource Conservation Committee; and the evaluation of existing resource  recovery
technologies.

     Regulations, Guidelines. Policies/EIS Preparation.  This  program element provides
for the completion of environmental impact statements (EIS) and economic impact analyses
for regulations under Subtitles C and D.

     Love Canal.  This program element contains funding provided in a 1979 congressional
add-on for a demonstration project of remedial work at the Love Canal in Niagara, New  York.

REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES. POLICIES/HAZARDOUS MASTE

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, extramural efforts totalled $2,5111,168, with contract efforts used to
support the development of the hazardous waste regulations mandated under Subtitle C
of RCRA.  EPA proposed standards for transporters of hazardous waste (Section 3003),
procedures for notification of hazardous waste activities (Section 3010), guidelines
for development of State hazardous waste programs (Section 3006), and interim regulations
for Subtitle C grants.  An evaluation to determine the types of hazardous waste
incinerators that have the potential for heat recovery was continued, as was  a
demonstration of landfilling electroplating sludges.  The electroplating Industry is
composed of about 20,000 facilities, the majority of which are very small and may be
adversely affected by the Subtitle C regulations.   The demonstration will provide assistance
and Information to these facilities on methods to comply with  the regulations.   Assessments
of two damage cases were completed: creosote contamination of  ground water in Minnesota
and illegal dumping in a sewer 1n Louisville, Kentucky.

 SW-15

-------
1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element is 52 positions and $5,004,700, of
which approximately $3,403,800 is for extramural funding to provide information, data,
and studies to support the Subtitle C regulations.  EPA proposed a list and criteria
for determining what constitutes a hazardous waste (Section 3001); standards for generators
of hazardous waste (Section 3002); and standards for owners and operators of hazardous
waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities {Section 3004).  Regulations for permit
issuance (Section 3005) and for authorized State programs {Section 3006) are being combined
with similar regulations under the Clean Water and Safe Drinking Water Acts for National
Pollutants Discharge Elimination System (WPDES) and underground injection control (UIC)
into one comprehensive regulation.  This will be proposed in 1979.  A data processing
system is being designed to process and analyze data from notification, manifest, and
permit activities.  The system is being designed to be compatible with existing Federal
and State systems and will be used by both Abatement and Control and Enforcement functions.

     Detailed facility design and operation manuals will be prepared to give guidance on
methods to comply with the Section 3004 (hazardous waste facility) standards.  This includes
manuals on incineration, landfill, landfarm, storage, surface impoundments, chemical
treatment, biological treatment, physical treatment, surface water management, and new
treatment techniques.  Work on industry specific guidance documents for the electroplating
and battery industries will be initiated.  Standard methodologies and appropriate handbooks
for the waste analysis tests in the Section 3001 regulations will be prepared.  A
methodology will be developed for assessing the equivalency of waste testing methods other
than those prescribed in the Section 3001 regulations.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,595,400 results from several actions,  A net increase of
$272,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well
as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, -$1,868,200 was
reprogranmed from this activity to agency management {$573,800) and to agency support
($1,294,400).

1980 Plan

     Resources required for this program element are $6,781,000 and 67 positions.  This
is an increase of 15 positions and $1,776,000 over the 1979 level.

     The seven major Subtitle C regulations (Sections 3001-3006 and3010) will be promulgated.
Regulations under Sections 3005 and 3005  {permits and authorized State programs) will be
promulgated as part of a consolidated regulation containing permit and State program
requirements for RCRA, UIC, and NPDES.

     The Agency will respond to technical court remands to assist in defending the
regulations against 20 or more expected suits.  Largely in response to petitions and
litigation, proposals of additional listings and delistings under Section 3001 will begin.

     Considerable additional work will be done under Section 3004; $1 million will be
earmarked for extramural studies to support these efforts.  The Agency will develop
technical guidance documents outlining appropriate treatment, storage, and disposal
methods for specific industries.  Because of technological and economic impact problems,
some wastes will not be fully covered when the regulations are initially promulgated.
Special, tailored disposal standards or guidance documents will be written for wastes
such as fly ash and flue gas desulfurization (FGD) sludges, cement kiln wastes, oil
drilling brines and muds, mining wastes and gypsum wastes.  These standards will be closely
coordinated with BAT/pretreatment and BMP standards developed by the Effluent Guidelines
Division to assure technological and economic compatibility.


                                                                           SH-15

-------
      Day-to-day guidance will  be  provided  to  regional and State permit writers on procedural,
 technical,  and financial  responsibility  requirements of the Section 3005 regulations.

      The Office of Solid Waste will manage a  damage assessment program, assist regions
 in responding  to emergency situations, and coordinate with the Oil and Special Materials
 Control  Division (in  the Office of Water Program Operations) on proper disposal of spill
 residues.

 REGULATIONS. GUIDELINES. POLICIES/SOLID  WASTE

 1978 Accomplishments

      The Agency proposed criteria for classification of sanitary  landfills,  guidelines
 for the  development and implementation of  State plans, and interim regulations for State
 financial assistance.   A strategy and plan were drafted for developing guidelines under
 Section  1008 to control  nonhazardous industrial waste disposal.   Studies were initiated
 on four  industries (inorganic  chemicals, iron and  steel, nonferrous metals,  and electric
 utilities)  to  characterize the waste streams, develop industry demographics  and assess
 disposal  practices and  technology to support  guidelines under Section 1008.  An interagency
 agreement with the Census Bureau  was initiated to  develop and operate a data management
 system for  the disposal  site inventory.  Extramural efforts totalled $1.5 million, and provided
 support  for Section 1008 guidelines for  nonhazardous industrial waste, Section 4004 landfill
 criteria and for the  disposal  site inventory.

 1979 Program

      The current estimate for  this program element Is 33 positions and $2,118,500, of which
 $934,600 is extramural  funding for  nonhazardous industrial waste studies, and studies to
 support  Section 1008  guidelines,  municipal  sludge  guidelines, and inventory  support.  The
 criteria for classifying a sanitary landfill  will  be promulgated, as will guidelines for
 development of comprehensive State plans under Section 4002.  Guidelines for municipal
 sludge disposal  under Section  405 of the Clean Mater Act will be  proposed, as will guidelines
 for landfilling and landspreading under  Section 1008 of RCRA.  A  strategy and plan for the
 investigation  and control, through Section 1008 guidelines, of nonhazardous  industrial
 waste disposal  will be  completed.  Studies will be initiated of the pulp and paper,
 agricultural chemicals,  textiles, and food processing industries  to support  development
 of Section  1008 guidelines.  Regulations for  State financial assistance will be modified
 to reflect  the limitations on  use of Federal  grant funds in 1980.

 1979 Explanation of Changes from  Budget  Estimate

      The net decrease of -$401,500 results from several actions.  A net increase of
 +$89,800 results from increased pay costs  from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as
 well as  distribution  of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, as  a result of
 the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$491,300
 was reprogrammed from this element to regulations, guidelines, and policies/resource
 conservation  ($387,600)  and to agency management  ($103,700).

 1980 .Plan

      Resources required for this  program element are $1,805,000 and 23 positions.  This
 is a decrease  of 10 positions  and $313,500 from 1979.  Fiscal year 1980 Is the beginning
 of a 5-year phase down  of the  Federal role under Subtitle D.  In  1980, Federal grant
 assistance  will  be limited to  funding the  disposal site Inventory and the development
 of State nonhazardous waste regulatory programs.   EPA will be working with the States
 to develop  user charge  systems to finance  State programs.  The headquarters  program will
 also concentrate on sludge management, control of  nonhazardous industrial waste disposal
 through  Section 1008  guidelines,  and national management of the disposal site inventory.
SW-17

-------
     The Agency will promulgate regulations for the disposal and utilization of municipal
sludge.  This will be a single regulation satisfying all provisions of the Clean Water
Act and RCRA mandating control of municipal sludge.

     Guidelines will be promulgated under Section 1008 for landfilling and landspreading
and will be proposed for surface impoundments.  These guidelines provide the technical
guidance for complying with the Section 4004 landfill criteria and will be used in State
permit or permit-like regulatory programs for controlling the disposal of municipal  and
nonhazardous industrial solid waste.  The development of Section 1008 guidelines will
be completed for the disposal of special industrial wastes (usually large volume wastes)
that will not be listed or defined as hazardous wastes.  This includes wastes from the
ferrous and nonferrous metals, inorganic chemicals, utility, pulp and paper, textiles,
and food processing industries.

REGULATIONS. GUIDELINES. POLICIES/RESOURCE RECOVERY

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, extramural efforts totalled $1,334,836, primarily for studies under the
Resource Conservation Committee and for data collection to support procurement guidelines.
The Agency completed development of and solicited public comment on the plan and criteria
for award of local resource recovery grants under the President's Urban Policy Program.
The second and third reports of the Resource Conservation Committee on national beverage
container deposits and a solid waste disposal charge, respectively, were submitted to
Congress and the President.  Investigations began for future guidelines under Section 6002
for Federal procurement of products with recycled content.  These investigations
included fly ash and slag as cement supplements, paper products, and composted sewage sludge.
High-grade paper separation programs were implemented in 135 Federal facilities.  These
programs were initiated under Federal guidelines issued under Section 209 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act.

     Evaluations were continued of the design and operation of EPA funded demonstration
pyrolysis facilities in Baltimore and San Diego, and of privately financed small modular
facilities and European water-wall combustion systems.  An evaluation of the refuse derived
fuel facility in Lane County, Oregon, was initiated.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element is 20 positions and $1,412,600, of
which $688,600 is for extramural funding.  Grants of $15 minion will be awarded to urban
areas for planning and development of resource recovery and conservation projects under
the President's Urban Policy Program.  The objective of this program Is to assist cities
in making the difficult transition from land disposal to resource recovery systems which
produce energy and recovered materials.  A series of activities including national
solicitations; grant awards; initiation of a contract to assist in technical project
management; general project management oversight; and program evaluation and refinement
trill take place.

     Federal procurement guidelines will be proposed for fly ash and slag as a cement
supplement; recycled paper products; and composted sewage sludge as a soil conditioner
or fertilizer.  Studies will begin to generate the data base necessary for future
procurement guidelines on recycled construction materials and insulation products.

     Evaluations will be completed and detailed reports issued on resource recovery
facilities in Baltimore and San Diego, on European waterwall combustion systems, and on
small modular incinerators with heat recovery.  The evaluation of the Lane County, Oregon,
facility will continue, and additional evaluations of new facilities will be initiated.
                                                                           SW-18

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net Increase of +$442,000 results from several actions.  A net Increase of $54,400
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well  as
distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a result of the Agency's  ZBB review
of resource requirements for the 1979 operating plan, +$388,600 was reprogrammed within
this activity from regulations, guidelines and policies/solid waste.

1980 Plan

     Resources required for this program element are $735,000 and five positions.
This reflects a decrease of $677,600 and 15 positions.  The Agency will manage the
President's Urban Policy grant program for assisting local  governments to carry  out planning
and implementation activities for resource conservation and recovery projects.  This
involves management of the solicitation for grant proposals, assistance to the regions in
evaluating and perfecting project work plans, and oversight of regional project  management.
This will cover continued management of $15 million in 1979 grant awards and selection and
initial management of $13,950,000 in 1980 grant awards.

     Federal procurement guidelines will be promulgated for fly ash as a cement  supplement,
recycled paper products, and composted sewage sludge as a soil conditioner/fertilizer.
Guidelines will be proposed for recycled construction materials and for Insulation products
using recovered materials.

     In-depth evaluations will be conducted of the technological, operational, financial,
and institutional performance of state-of-the-art resource recovery systems to support
technology transfer activities through resource recovery seminars and Technical  Assistance
Panels.  This activity replaces previously funded EPA sponsored demonstration projects.

REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES. POLICIES/EIS PREPARATION

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, extramural efforts totalled $188,514,  Contract studies were initiated on
the environmental impacts of the landfill criteria, sludge guidelines, landfill  guidelines
under Section 1008, and the Subtitle C regulations.  Contract studies were also  initiated
to determine the overall economic impact of the Subtitle C regulations and sludge disposal
guidelines, and the impact on selected Industries of the Subtitle C regulations.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element 1s $150,000,  This amount will provide
extramural funding to complete the environmental Impact statement (EIS) and economic
impact analysis for the Subtitle C regulations,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$127,700 results from a reprogramming to agency management
activities,

1980 Plan                                    ,

     No resources are requested for this program in 1980.

LOVE CANAL

1978 Accomplishments

     This program was not funded in 1978.


SW-39

-------
1979 Program

     A $4 minion congressional add-on was provided to be awarded as a grant to the
State of New York for a clean-up demonstration project at the Love Canal.

     The Love Canal area is a 16-acre site in the city of Niagara Falls, New York.  The
Canal was used from the 1930's to 1953 to dispose of drummed chemical wastes, process
sludge, fly ash, and municipal wastes

     Since that time, severe problems in and around the site have been encountered.
Leachate migrated into perched water zones near the surface.  Polluted ground water,
containing scores of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, saturated basement walls,
filled dumps, and volatilized into the air of basements.  Eighty chemical compounds and
isomers were identified, including one carcinogen (benzene) and 11 suspected carcinogens,
teratogens, or mutagens.  Epidemiological data from a survey conducted by the New York
State Health Department indicated evidence of severe health effects among the nearby
residents, including liver damage, spontaneous abortion, and birth defects.

     On August 7, 1978, President Carter declared an emergency at the Love Canal.  In a
similar declaration, the New York State Health Commission recommended that children
under two-years of age and pregnant women whose backyards border the site temporarily
move from their homes as soon as possible.

     The funds appropriated by Congress will be used to prevent further lateral migration
of the leachate from endangering additional residences and to seek to return the area to
an environmentally safe and liveable condition.  Grant funds will be used to conduct
the following major activities:

     -  Determine the extent of leachate migration and pollution of the underlying
        aquifer and Niagara River.

     -  Construct leachate holding tanks and a drain field around the entire Canal.

     -  Design and construct a permanent treatment and disposal system for managing
        collected leachate.

     -  Select sample homes, apply sealant and monitor effects on air quality.

     -  Perform remedial measures to clean aquifer,

     -  Monitor and evaluate effectiveness of remedial measures to determine when an
        area is sufficiently detoxified to allow residents to return,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The total program of.+$4 million results from a congressional add-on.

1980 Plan

     Ho resources are requested for this activity in 1980 as this was a nonrecurring
congressional add-on.  Work started in 1979 and will take two-years, but rehabilitation
of affected homes should not be expected in less than three-years.
                                                                           SW-2Q

-------
                                    Abatement and  Control

                                    Financial  Assistance


                                           Budget      Current                   Increase  +
                              Actual       Estimate    Estimate    Estimate      Decrease  -
                               1978         1979        1979        1980       1980  vs.  1979
                                                 Tdollars  in thousands)

 Appropriation
 Hazardous Waste Management
   Financial  Assistance	      ...        $15,000     $15,000     $18,600       +$3,600
 Solid Waste Management
   Financial  Assistance to
   States	  $14,209        11,200      15,200      10,000         -5,200
 Local Resource Recovery
   Financial  Assistance	      ...	15,000      15,000      13.950	-1.050

      Total.....	   14,209        41,200      45,200      42,550         -2,650

 Permanent Positions	
 Full-time Equivalency	       ...            ...          ...          ...             —

 Budget Request

      The budget request for this subaetivity is  $42,550,000.   This  reflects  a  decrease
 of $2,650,000, composed of  an increase of $3,600,000 for hazardous  waste grants,  a
 decrease of $5,200,000 for  solid waste grants, and a decrease  of $1,050,000  for local
 resource recovery grants.

 Program Description

      This subaetivity provides financial  assistance to State governments for developing
 hazardous and nonhazardous  waste management programs under Subtitles  C and D,  respectively,
 and to local  governments for resource conservation and recovery projects.  The following
 program elements are under  this subactivity:

      Hazardous Waste Management Financial Assistance.  This program element  provides
 financial assistance to States to develop and operate hazardous waste programs under
 Subtitle C of RCRA.  grants are awarded on the basis of a formula which takes  into
 account a State's land area, population,  number  of hazardous waste  generators, and
 amount of hazardous waste.

      Solid Waste Management Financial Assistance to States. This program element
 provides grants to State solid waste management  agencies under Subtitle D of RCRA.
 Grants are awarded on the basis of State population.  These grants  support the
 States in pursuing their responsibilities under  RCRA to complete comprehensive solid
 waste management plans, conduct an Inventory of  all solid waste disposal sites, and
.Implement State nonhazardous waste regulatory programs.

      Local Resource Recovery Financial Assistance.  This program element provides
 grants as part of the President's Urban Policy Program for planning for procurement and design
 of resource conservation and recovery projects.
 SW-21

-------
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

1978 Accomplishments

     This program was not funded in 1978.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program Is $15 million.  Financial  assistance will
be given to all States which show a good faith effort to run a hazardous waste program
that is substantially equivalent to the Federal hazardous waste program.  The States'
primary activity will be to draft enabling legislation and regulations which will
establish the authority and capability for operating substantially equivalent State
programs.  The following describes a State hazardous waste program substantially
equivalent to the Federal program:

     -  Hazardous waste emergencies will be handled as they occur.

     -  Assistance will be given for disposal of hazardous wastes on a
        case-by-case basis.

     -  Public information and management functions will be established.

     -  Regulations and guidelines will be developed for all aspects of
        hazardous waste management including generation, storage, transport,
        treatment, and disposal of hazardous wastes.

     -  A management information system will be established for tracking
        compliance with the manifest system.

     -  The manifest system will be monitored and enforcement action will
        be taken against the violators.
     -  Full permit applications will be evaluated and permits issued to
        hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities meeting
        applicable State standards.

     Grants will range from $75,000 to $1,496,530, with an average of $267,857.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     There is no change from the budget estimate.

1980 Plan

     Resources requested for this program element are $18,600,000, an increase of
$3,600,000 over 1979.  states will continue to develop their hazardous waste programs.
Those that have legislation may amend it to be as consistent as possible with the
Subtitle C regulations; others are likely to obtain the necessary legislation.  In
                                                                         SH-22

-------
iiiuac juauca IIICCUIH^ lif I u MMUIII r c^fu I i cmcnt.3 » I * I  E ci~c I yc iiiuei nil au mur I £.a t, lun I ur
up to two .years while upgrading their programs  to meet the requirements for full
authorization.  For those States unwilling or unable to obtain authorization, EPA
is required to operate a  Federal program.  At the discretion of the Administrator,
unobligated grant funds  remaining after negotiation with States in a region, and
funds for which no grant application has been received, may be used to meet the
costs of a required Federal program iti any State which has not applied  for, or
has been denied, full or interim authorization.  Grants will  range from $93,000
to $1,855,722, with an average of $332,142.

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO  STATES

1978 Accomplishments

     Grants totaling $14,209,000 were awarded in 1978.  Grants were awarded under
Subtitle D only; however, funds could be used to begin development of State
hazardous waste management programs under Subtitle C.  In 1978, States substantially
completed the process of identifying boundaries of geographic regions which would
facilitate sound land disposal  practices and promote resource conservation and
recovery; and of identifying State and local  agency responsibilities as required by
Section 4006 of RCRA.  States began developing comprehensive solid waste management
plans which would meet the six requirements of Section 4003 of RCRA.  States prepared
to conduct the inventory and began to develop plans for operating hazardous waste programs.

1979 Program

     Resources for this  program element in 1979 total $15,200,000, which includes
a $4 million congressional add-on.   In 1979,  States will  continue the comprehensive
planning process and will continue to draft and support passage of legislation and
regulations to provide them with an adequate regulatory base to assume their
responsibilities under RCRA.  This includes regulations governing permitting of
new municipal and industrial waste disposal sites; right-of-entry for on-site
industrial waste disposal; site monitoring and  inspection requirements; compliance
scheduling; removal of long-term contract prohibitions; and administrative and
judicial enforcement mechanisms.  States will  continue preparing for the inventory
by assessing existing siting and permit or licensing regulations against the
proposed landfill criteria and taking action to remedy any inadequacies; and by
developing appeal and other administrative procedures.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$4 million results  from a congressional add-on for
solid waste management financial assistance.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program element 1s  $10 million, a reduction of
$5,200,000 from 1979, partially due to the nonrecurring $4 minion congressional
add-on.  RCRA calls for strong State programs for the oversight and regulation
of nonhazardous wastes.   Since the enactment of RCRA, many States have appreciably
strengthened their capacity to assume their responsibilities outlined in the Act.
EPA will work with the States to develop a long-term financial base resting on
user charges.  Federal financial assistance to  States under Subtitle D of RCRA
SW-23

-------
will be phased-out pvjer a 5-year period.  Use of Federal grant funds during the
five years from 1980 to 1984 wilt be limited to financing the highest priorities
under Subtitle D—completion of an inventory of all solid waste disposal sites
to determine whether they should be classified as open dumps (and therefore
closed or upgraded) or as sanitary landfills; and development and implementation
of State regulatory programs for nonhazardous wastes.  Grants will range from
$50,000 to $959,390, with an average of $178,571.

LOCAL RESOURCE RECOVERY FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

1978 Accompli shments

     This program was not funded in 1978.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element is $15 million.  Grants will
be awarded as part of the President's Urban Policy Program to provide funds forPlanning
for procurement, and design  of resource recovery projects.  This program will
result in a greatly expanded rate of closing open dumps in urban areas and will
help to overcome one of the major barriers to resource recovery implementation—
inadequate funding for  planning activities.  Up to 75 grantees will be
selected through a national competition.  Qualifying cities may use the funds
to perform any of the following type of activities necessary to successfully
implement a resource recovery system:  waste stream and market surveys;
financial analyses; selection of procurement, technology, and financing
options; analysis and design of necessary ordinances or legislation; site
selection; public participation and education; preparation of appropriate bid
documents; evaluations of bids; and finalizing contracts for systems, markets,
and waste supply.  A portion of the funds will be used for a contract to assist
with technical management of the grants and to assist in evaluating the program.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     There is no change from the budget estimate.

1980 Plan

     Resources requested for this program element are $13,950,000, a reduction of
$1,050,000 from the 1979 level.  Funding will continue for this program begun in
1979 and will provide additional cities with front-end planning and implementation
grants.  It will also provide follow-up funding to the cities funded 1n 1979.
                                                                       SW-24

-------
                                        SOLID WASTE

                                   Abatement and control

                          Waste Management Strategies Implementation
                                           Budget     Current
                                 Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate
                                  1978      1979       1979       1980
                                                   (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Hazardous Waste Management
  Regulatory Stategies	.
Solid Waste Management
  Program Implementation..
 $556

  907
$1,512

 1.078
$1,326

 U130
$2,443

 1.109
                                            Increase +
                                            Decrease -
                                          1980 vs. 1979
+$1,117

    -21
     Total,
1,463
 2,590
 2,456
 3,552
 +1,096
Permanent Positions
Hazardous Waste Management
  Regulatory Strategies...
Solid Waste Management
  Program Implementation..
21
30
55
35
56
35
89
40
+33
+5
     Total,
             n valency
   51
    90
Hazardous Waste Management
  Regulatory Strategies...
Solid Waste Management
  Program implementation..
    91



    56

    40
   129



    43

    88
   +38



   -13

   +48
     Total.....

Budget Request
                         96
                          131
                           +35
     The resources requested for this budget subactlvlty are $3,551,600 and 129
positions.  This provides for an Increase of $1,095,700 and 38 positions over
the 1979 level.  These positions are assigned to EPA's regional offices.
The increase is to oversee implementation of the hazardous waste regulations in
authorized State, to implement the regulations 1n unauthorized States, to assist
States in conducting the RCRA mandated land disposal Inventory, to assist States
in developing northazardous waste management regulatory programs, and to manage
the Urban Pol icy grants for resource recovery

Program Description

     The objectives of the regional office solid waste management program are to
develop or assist State programs (hazardous and nonhazardous) in Implementing
regulations, guidelines, and policies as required under Subtitles C and D of RCRA;
to respond to hazardous waste emergencies; and to develop State and regional programs
for resource conservation and recovery.  The following elements are under this
subactivity:

     Hazardous Haste Management Regulatory Strategies Implementation. This program
element includes activities related to increasing the capacity of States to implement
hazardous waste management programs as required under Subtitle C of RCRA.  EPA has
the authority to authorize States which meet specific requirements for Federal
authorization to operate a hazardous waste program.  For these States, EPA has over-
sight responsibility.  For any State which does not assume the program, EPA is
required to conduct a Federal program.

-------
     Solid Haste Management Program Implementation.  This program element
includes activities related to increasing the capability of States to implement
solid waste management programs as required under Substitle D of RCRA.
Regional assistance will be provided in developing State plans and State
nonhazardous waste regulatory programs.  The regions are responsible for
managing the conduct of the RCRA mandated land disposal inventory.
Development of regional and State resource conservation and recovery programs
and management of local resource recovery grants under the President's
Urban Policy Program are also provided.

HAZARDOUS HASTE MANAGEMENT REGULATORY STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION

1978 Accompli shments

     In 1978, the regions responded to hazardous waste emergencies, such as
Love Canal  in  New  York.   Other spills and smaller disposal problems required
the regions to analyze the situation, determine the extent of damage, and make
recommendations for cleanup and disposal.  Regional support and assistant
was provided in the development of State legislation and programs for hazardous
waste control.  During the development of RCRA Subtitle C regulations, the
regions provided field information, participated in working groups, and reviewed
draft regulations.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element is $1,325,600 and 56 positions.
The regions will continue to make hazardous waste emergency response a top
priority, conducting technical evaluations and providing recommendations for
cleanup and disposal as needed.   The Office of Enforcement will determine the
appropriate legal actions to take in response to hazardous waste emergencies.
The regions will begin strengthening their capabilities to implement the program
for those States unwilling or unable to obtain authorization  They will also continue
supporting and assisting in the development of State legislation, regulations,
and other requirements for full Federal authorization.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$186,100 results from several actions,  Congress applied
a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control and
Enforcement appropriation; the decrease applicable to this activity was
-$113,000.  A net increase of  +$72,300 results from increased pay costs from
the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977
(1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of
resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$145,400 was reprogrammed from
this element to solid waste management program Implementation $15,500) and to
agency management ($129,900).

198Q Plan

     The resources requested for this program element are $2,442,900 and 89 positions.
This is an increase of $1,117,300 and 33 positions over 1979.  This Increase win
enable regions to begin quickly implementing the hazardous waste regulations
when they are promulgated in early 1980 by overseeing.all authorized States and
conducting a Federal program in all unauthorized States.  Applications for
authorization will be reviewed for consistency and equivalency to the Federal
program, adequacy of enforcement and stringency of standards.


                                                                       SH-26

-------
     Upon authorization of State hazardous waste programs, regional
oversight activities will include participating in "P to 10
percent of facility inspections; reviewing up to 10 percent of State
granted permits; reviewing State manifest programs; and reviewing State program
reports.

     Regional offices are required to conduct a Federal program in
unauthorized States.  This will include operating a manifest
system and issuing permits,  It is expected that 41 States will seek and obtain
full or interim authorization, and EPA will conduct a Federal program for 15
States.

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION

1978 Accomplishments

     The EPA regions were involved in oversignt of State progress toward meeting
the requirements of RCRA.  Specifically, the regions assisted States in the
development of comprehensive solid waste management plans.  The process of State
identification of regional boundaries and delegation of agency responsibilities
was completed and reviewed by the regions.  The States were also assisted in
examining and upgrading their regulatory base for all RCRA activities, and in
preparing to conduct the inventory of land disposal sites.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element is $1,130,300 and 35 positions.
In 1979, the regions will continue to assist States 1n assuming their
responsibilities under Subtitle D of RCRA.  The regions will assist and review
State revisions of regional boundary Identifications and delegation of Agency
responsibilities for applicability to resource recovery.  The regions will
also continue to provide assistance 1n preparing for the Inventory.  This will
include examining State regulations and assessing existing Stats procedures
against the  proposed EPA  landfill criteria in order to recommend areas where State
action is needed before conducting the inventory.

     Upon EPA headquarters award of local resource recovery grants under the
President's Urban Policy Program, the regions will begin administering and
managing the program for grantees within their jurisdiction.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$52,200 results from several actions.  Congress applied
a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate In the Abatement and Control
and Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was
-$9,600.   A  net. increase of +$46,300 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977
(1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a result of;the Agency's ZBB review of
resource requirements for the 1979 operating plan, +$15,SQO was reprogranmed
to the element from hazardous waste management.
SW-27

-------
1980 Plan

     The resources requested for this program element are $1,108,700 and 40
positions.  This reflects a decrease of $21,600 and an increase of five
positions over 1979.  The regions will negotiate, award, and oversee State
grants.  Grant funds in 1980 will be directed toward funding the land disposal
site inventory and the development of State nonhazardous waste regulatory programs.
The regions will begin managing State land disposal inventory determinations.

     The President's Urban Policy Program of local resource recovery grants
will continue to be managed by the regions.

     Regional assistance will be provided as States begin developing and
implementing regulatory powers for disposal of nonhazardous waste.  This will
involve assessing regulatory needs and providing support and advice in drafting
legislation.  Regional oversight will also be provided as States begin establishing
resource conservation programs.

     EPA regions will begin planning, implementing, and managing State/EPA
agreements under RGRA, the Clean Water Act and the Safe Drinking Water Act.
This will provide an integrated and consistent approach to solving pollution
problems under these programs.  The regions will be involved in negotiating
agreements with the States, coordinating them with other EPA and State programs,
and monitoring and reviewing them.
                                                                       SW-28

-------
                                             iULiU WHilt

                                        Abatement and Control

                                        Technical Assistance
                                   Actual
                                    1978
          Budget
         Estimate
           1979
            Current
            Estimate
              1979
           Estimate
             1980
                                                         {dollars in thousands)
             Increase +
             Decrease -
           1980 vs. 1979
Appropriation
Technical Information
  Development	
Technical Assistance
  Deli very/Headquarters.
Technical Assistance
  Delivery/Regions.	
          Total,
Permanent Positions
Technical Information
  Development	
Technical Assistance
  Deli very/Headquarters.
Technical Assistance
  Delivery/Regions	
          Total.
Full-time Equivalency
Technical Information
  Development.	
Technical Assistance
  Delivery/Headquarters.
Technical Assistance
  Delivery/Regions.,.....
          Total,

Budget Request
$1,312
1,994
445
$1 ,279
4,043
693
$1,167
2,746
535
$1 ,065
2,967
517
-$102
+221
-18
3,751
   53
6,015
   53
4,448
   52



   23

   20

   18
                           61
4,549
   37



   17

   19

   10
                              46
•HOI
19
•18
1.6.
17
13
23
17
17
18
9
10
18
-8
-7
• * *
 -15



  -6

  -1

  -8
                              -15
     The resources requested for this budget subacttvity are $4,549,000 and 37 positions.  This
reflects an increase of $101,000 and a decrease of 15 positions over 1979.  The  dserease in
positions reflects a streamlining of technical Information development activities,  and  a
decrease 1n EPA headquarters involvement with technical assistance.  The  primary role of EPA
headquarters will be to provide national program management of the Technical Assistance Panels,
while delivery of technical assistance will be primarily through  regional  or contract efforts.
Program Description

     Funding under this subactivity enables EPA to provide States and local governments with
technical assistance upon request on solid and hazardous waste management and resource recovery
and conservation, and to collect and provide technical information to educate and inform the
public about RCRA regulations, guidelines, and policies.  Section 2006(b) of RCRA requires EPA
to establish Technical Assistance Panels for the purpose of providing technical assistance to
State and local governments and Federal agencies.  These panels consist of experts from EPA,
State and local officials {under the peer matching program), consultants under contract to EPA,
or any other individuals serving voluntarily.  Peer matching uses officials from one community
SW-29

-------
     The management of the Technical Assistance Panels program, orientation training,  and public
participation and education are also included.  The following program elements are included under
this subactivity:

     Technical Information Development— This program element includes the management  of public
hearings and public participation in the development of all  regulations, guidelines and policies.
Management of orientation training courses for new Federal,  and State employees will be
provided.  EPA will manage a comprehensive public education  and information program on hazardous
waste siting  issues.  The preparation, publication and dissemination of reports to
Congress and the President and other publications will also  continue,

     Technical Assistance Delivery - Regional Offices— This program element includes  regional
operation of the Technical Assistance Panels program for State and local governments and delivery
of technical assistance by regional personnel.

     Technical Assistance Delivery - Headquarters— This program element includes national program
management by EPA headquarters in establishing regional level-of-effort contracts for  technical
assistance and in managing an evaluation reporting system of the technical assistance  provided.
Management and monitoring of peer matching technical assistance grants is also included.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     Extramural expenditures for this program element were $725,000.  Interim guidelines for
public participation were developed and proposed as required by RCRA.  A total of 43 public
hearings and meetings were held in support of the development of regulations under Subtitles C
and D of RCRA,  Nine grants were awarded to citizen and environmental groups to conduct State
and local workshops and other activities to educate the public on problems, issues, and
responsibilities concerning solid waste management.  In response to approximately 12,000
requests from the public, over 620,000 technical and public  Information documents were
distributed.  EPA prepared and published 247 new information projects, including reports to
Congress and the President, journal articles, news releases, technical reports, and graphic
presentations.  The development of an orientation training workshop was initiated for  new
Federal  and State employees involved in all aspects of solid waste management.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element Is $1,166,600 and 17 positions.  This includes
a congressional add-on of $100,000 for academic training.  In 1979, EPA plans to continue holding
public hearings and meetings in order to provide a forum for public comment on proposed regulations,
guidelines, and policies; approximately 40 are scheduled.  The orientation training workshop,
aimed at enhancing the ability of new Federal and State employees to assume their responsibilities
under RCRA, will be completed.

     EPA will begin the first year of a 4-year public education and information program on
hazardous waste siting issues.   Citizen fear  of hazardous wastes and abandoned sites,
and opposition to facility siting have become a major problem of waste management.  This program
will enhance public understanding of the various components  of the problem, and create support
for regulatory programs to deal with hazardous and solid waste siting and disposal.  Four
regional conferences are scheduled for 1979.

     the preparation and publication of information documents and reports will continue.  EPA
plans to distribute 750,000 copies of technical and public information documents to the public-

1979Jixplanat±Qnof Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$112,400 results from several actions.  Congress provided an add-on of
$100,000 for academic training applicable to this activity.   A net increase of +$46,300 results
from increased pay costs from the October 1978  (   1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the
October 1977 {   1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a result  of the Agency's ZBB review of resource
requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$258,700 was reprogrammed to agency management.

                                                                                   SW-30

-------
     nan
     The resources requested for this program element are $1,065,000 and nine positions.  This
reflects a decrease of $102,000 and eight positions from the 1979 level,

     EPA will continue to manage public hearings and public participation activities on all
regulations, guidelines, and policies.  Management of the orientation training workshops will be
provided, including the periodic updating of courses and related materials such as training
manuals.

     EPA will initiate the second year of a 4-year public education and information program on
siting issues.  Six additional conferences will be scheduled for 1980.  These will continue to
involve the public in shaping national, State, and local regulatory programs and policies on
facility siting which is a principal impediment to proper ultimate disposal of hazardous and
solid waste.

     The preparation, publication and distribution of information documents and reports will
continue on a limited basis.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE DELIVERY - REGIONAL OFFICES

1978 Accomplishments

     Resources were allocated so that EPA regions could meet the RCRA mandate of providing State
and local governments within their jurisdictions with technical assistance on all aspects of
solid waste management.  In 1978, EPA regions responded to 245 requests through the use of either
regional personnel, a contractor, or peer matching.

     Two examples of such assistance were Lane County, Oregon, and the University of Florida.
Region X assisted Lane County in developing procedures for testing whether performance
specifications had been met, before a corporation's solid waste processing facility would be
accepted.  Region IV assisted the University of Florida in confirming results of a technical
and economic feasibility study for utilizing solid waste as an energy source for the campus'
electrical needs, and 1n determining the necessary capacity of such a system and regulatory
steps to be taken.  In both cases, a large amount of work was accomplished in a short period-
of time.  This was required for Lane County to avoid long delays in implementing the facility
and for the University of Florida to receive financial assistance from the State legislature.
These efforts consisted of EPA regional personnel, State or local officials, and consultants
from EPA technical assistance contracts.  The University of Florida effort was coordinated with
the Department of Energy.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element is $534,800 and 18 positions.  In 1979, EPA
regions will continue operation of the Technical Assistance Panels program.  The program is
structured to include individual consultant contracts for each EPA regional office.  Each
region will be able to maintain comprehensive coverage of State and local governments as they
begin to implement their responsibilities under RCRA.  The assignment of primary responsibility
to the regions exists because they are more familiar with the specific needs of potential
clients, and can better integrate Panels' technical assistance with other acitivites, such as
the development of regulatory programs.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$158,200 results from several actions.  A net increase of $49,000
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (   1979) pay raise as well as
distribution of the October 1977 (   1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a result of the Agency's
ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$207,200 was reprogrammed
from this element to regional management.


 SW-31

-------
     The resources requested for this program element are $516,700 and 18 positions.   This reflects
a decrease of $18,100 from the 1979 level.

     EPA regions will continue to arrange and coordinate the delivery of technical  assistance
through the RCRA mandated Technical Assistance Panels.  The wide range of services  provided will
act as a catalyst for the implementation of RCRA Subtitle C and D regulations through individualized
technical support.  This technical  assistance will  continue to be provided through  contractor,
peer matching, or EPA regional personnel.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE DELIVERY - HEADQUARTERS

1978 Accomplishments

     Extramural expenditures totalled $945,000 in 1978,   EPA headquarters awarded 10 regional
contracts and six grants to public interest groups  for peer matching services under the Technical
Assistance Panels program.  EPA developed and issued the Technical Assistance Panels Handbook
detailing policies and procedures for Regional Technical Assistance Panels management and
evaluation.  EPA headquarters responded to 22 requests for assistance from State and local
governments.  These responses were initiated when regional, consultant, or peer matching expertise
was insufficient or unable to respond in a timely manner.

1979 Program

     The current estimate for this program element  is $2,746,500 and 17 positions.   EPA
headquarters will be responsible for managing the Technical Assistance Panels program nationally.
Specifically, EPA will award and monitor public interest group peer matching grants, conduct
monitoring, recordkeeplng and reporting activities  related to Panels' oversight, and evaluate
the overall Panels program.  Headquarters personnel will continue to provide direct technical
assistance on all aspects of solid waste management when regional, consultant, or peer matching
expertise is either insufficiently developed or unable to respond in a timely manner,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,296,000 results from several actions.  A net increase of +$46,300
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (   1979} pay raise as well  as distribution
of the October 1977 (   1978} pay raise.  In addition, as a result of the Agency's  ZBB review of
resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan,  -$1,342,300 was reprogrammed to agency
management.

1980 Plan

     The resources requested for this program element are $2,967,000 and  10 positions, an increase
of $221,000 and a decrease of seven  positions.

     The EPA regions will be expected to have developed their own expertise in all  areas potentially
needing technical assistance, and EPA headquarters  personnel win provide direct technical
assistance only when other expertise is unavailable.

     EPA headquarters will continue to provide national  program management of the Technical
Assistance Panels.  This includes awarding 10 regional level-of-effort technical assistance
contracts, awarding and monitoring peer matching grants, and managing an evaluation reporting
system to ascertain the effectiveness and responsiveness of the technical assistance provided.
                                                                                     SW-32

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$239,100 results from several actions.  First, Congress
applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate to the Abatement and Control
and Enforcement appropriations; -$62,700 was applied to this element.  Second,
an increase of +$67,400 was due to increase pay costs associated with the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise and distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay
raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements
for its 1979 operating plan, -$243,800 was reprogrammed from this element
within regional offices and is attributed to regional increase in water
quality enforcement.

1980 Plan
     The 1980 budget request for solid waste enforcement 1s $2,174,000 and 46
positions.  This represents increases of $1,319,000 and 20 positions which will
be allocated to the regions and are required to enforce the solid waste regulations
in those States that do not assume the program*  The request includes $625,000
for contracts for evaluation of the effectiveness of the national solid waste
enforcement program; training in compliance monitoring techniques, application
of enforcement remedies, data flow management, regional oversight functions,
and qualitative evaluation of State hazardous waste management plans; and support
for ADP operations.

     In 1980, the solid waste enforcement program will have as its first
priority the initiation of enforcement actions in emergencies involving substantial
threats to public health and safety.  Emphasis will also be placed upon the
enforcement aspects of hazardous waste under RCRA, improvement of enforcement
methods through greater cooperation with States and Federal agencies, and upon
developing and prosecuting cases, of national or regional significance.  Additionally,
enforcement policy and guidance concerning regional oversight of authorized States
and of regional enforcement responsibilities in unauthorized States will be
completed.  Headquarters staff will provide assistance to the regions in performing
oversight functtons in authorized States and conducting enforcement functions
in unauthorized States.  Legal and technical assistance will be provided to the
regions in case preparation and prosecution, and to the Office of Solid Waste in
development of final regulations.  Regional and State personnel will be trained
in national policies and procedures.  Cooperative enforcement  agreements will  be
established with other Federal agencies and the feasibility of establishing such
agreements in unauthorized States will be explored.  The solid waste enforcement
program will assist in the development of multimedia Inspection operations,
combining compliance monitoring concerns of various Agency enforcement programs,
and will conduct evaluations of the national solid waste enforcement program.

     In addition to progranwide priorities noted above, regional  offices
will be responsible for enforcement of notification requirements under Section 3010;
about 160 Inspections of hazardous waste facilities will be conducted.  Compliance
monitoring of the terms of solid waste disposal permits will also be undertaken.
Priorities and procedures for enforcement oversight 1n authorized States and
Federal enforcement operations in unauthorized States will be established.  State
hazardous waste management plans will be reviewed for enforcement adequacy and the
RCRA manifest system will be monitored.  Voluntary compliance with the provisions
of the act will be strengthened through contacts with State enforcement personnel
and affected Industries.
                                                                        SW-35

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                        SOLID WASTE

                                        Enforcement

                                              Budget   Current               Increase +
                                   Actual     Estimate  Estimate  Estimate    Decrease -
                                    1978       1979      1979      1980    1980 vs.  1979
                                                     (dollars In thousands)

Appropriation
Solid Waste Enforcement......        $618      $1,0.94      $855    $2,174    +$1,319

Permanent Positions
Solid Waste Enforcement......           5          28        26        46        +20

Full-time Equivalency
Solid Wasts Enforcement..	         ...          ...        32        52        +20

Budget Request

     A total of 46 positions and $2,174,000 are requested for solid waste enforcement
in 1980.  The resources requested will support the enforcement of regulations under
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976.  Solid waste enforcement will
primarily be concerned in 1980 with planning and establishing a system to
issue permits, with permit issuance beginning in 1981, and with compliance
monitoring and enforcement activities in those States that do not assume the
hazardous waste management program.

Program Description

     The EPA solid waste enforcement program 1s authorized by the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA).  This legislation provides for comprehensive control
over the handling of solid and hazardous wastes.  The Act authorizes EPA to promulgate
regulations to control hazardous wastes from the point of generation to the point
of final disposal.  It 1s the first legislation to provide for direct Federal
enforcement of hazardous waste regulations.

     The solid waste enforcement program 1s responsible for responding to
emergencies Involving substantial threats to public health and safety and
for taking appropriate action to abate such emergencies.  The solid waste
enforcement program 1s also responsible for developing the enforcement
provisions of regulations Implementing RCRA.  RCRA requires generators and
transporters of hazardous wastes to comply with certain procedural standards,
such as recordkeeplng, reporting, and proper centalnerization.  In addition,
RCRA requires that, during transportation, hazardous wastes be accompanied
by a manifest and that such wastes be taken only to permitted hazardous waste
management facilities.

     The hazardous waste regulations will  establish design and procedural
standards which will be placed on treatment, storage, and disposal facilities.
These Include operating standards, recordkeepirig, reporting requirements, and
acceptance of manifested hazardous wastes only.  Hazardous waste management
facilities will be required to obtain a permit from EPA or an authorized
State in order to operate.
                                                                         SW-33

-------
     Procedures for the Inspection and sampling of facilities which generate,
transport, store, treat, or dispose of hazardous wastes will be developed.  Guidelines
will be promulgated which establish standards of evidence needed to support
enforcement actions.  Rules of practice governing the issuance of compliance
orders and hearings conducted in the assessment of administrative penalties or
the suspension or revocation of permits will also be promulgated.

1978 Accomplishments

     In T978, the solid waste enforcement  program implemented regional reporting
mechanisms for hazardous waste emergencies and developed regional guidance for
the exercise of Section 7003 imminent hazard authority.  A national enforcement
strategy for Subtitle C of RCKA was developed.  Rules of practice governing
enforcement and compliance related hearings and an interim penalty policy were
also developed.  Initial enforcement policy on draft regulations and guidelines
was formulated.  The program also provided extensive assistance and analysis to
the Office of Solid Waste in the development of draft regulations and guidelines
under RCRA.  Resources for this program were $618,000 and five positions, including
$420,000 of this total for contracts, including development of manuals, public
outreach, and analyses of RCRA enforcement strategies.

1979 Program

     The 1979 solid waste enforcement program will have as its first priority
at both headquarters and in the regions the initiation of enforcement actions
in emergencies involving substantial threats to public health and safety.  Other
programwide responsibilities Include an emphasis upon the enforcement aspects of
hazardous wastes under RCRA, Improvement of enforcement methods through greater
cooperation with States and other Federal agencies, and emphasis upon development
of cases of national or regional significance.  Further Important activities
Include ftnalizatlon of all Subtitle C Inspection, sampling, and compliance
monitoring procedures, and the development of final RCRA penalty policy.  Regional
personnel will be trained in the implementation of the RCRA enforcement
program.  Headquarters staff will support the regional review of State plans for
enforcement adequacy and will assist regions 1n case preparation and prosecution
activities.  Assistance will also be provided to the Office of Solid Masts in the
development of final regulations.  Regional guidance on enforcement oversight
function of States authorized to manage hazardous waste programs will be provided.
Cooperative enforcement agreements with the Department of Transportation and other
Federal agencies will be developed.

     Fiscal 1979 will mark the start-up year-for the regional solid waste program with
significant resources being provided for the first time to the regional offices.
In addition to prograrawide priorities noted above, major regional activities will
Include review of State hazardous waste management plans for enforcement adequacy.
Contacts will be established with State enforcement programs and affected
industries to build support for voluntary compliance with provisions of RCRA.

     The 1979 budget includes $855,000 and 26 positions for solid waste enforcement.
Of the total funds, $125,000 is to be used for contracts.  These contracts  will
be used for enforcement inspections; laboratory analysis of samples; training programs
for regional and State enforcement personnel; and guidance development for
enforcement priorities and procedures.
SW-34

-------
Pesticides

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      PESTICIDES
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Research and Development:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions. ,' .
  Full-time Equivalency, .

Abatement and Control:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions. . .
  Full-time Equivalency. .

Enforcement:
  Appropriation.  .......
  Permanent Positions. . .
  Full-time Equivalency. .

Total, Pesticides Program:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions. . ,
  Full-time Equivalency, .
  Outlays	
  Authorization Levels . ,
                             Actual
                              1978
$12,268
    155
 30,565
    689
 10,068
    146
 52,901
    990

 41,347
 65,300
            Budget
           Estimate
             1979
             Current
             Estimate
               1979
            Estimate
              1980
                                              {dollars in thousands)
$12,398
    166
 36,419
    715
 12,363
    143
 61,180
  1,024

 44,700
      *
$15,159
    168
    227
 39,996
    689
    783
 13,314
    146
    168
 63,469
  1,003
  1,178
 57,900
 81,998
$9,638
   133
   180
40,456
   735
   812
12,156
   116
   124
62,250
   984
 1,116
58,600
     *
           Increase +
           Decrease -
          1980 vs. 1979
-$5,521
    -35
    -47
   +460
    +46
    +29
 -1,158
    -30
    -44
 -6,219
    -19
    -62
   +700
* Authorization Pending.

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

     The objective of the pesticide  program is to protect public health and the
environment from unreasonable adverse effects of pesticide products while permitting
the use of necessary pest control technologies.  This objective is pursued through
four principal means: (1) establishment of pesticide residue tolerances on food and
feed commodities and review and registration of existing and new pesticide products,
(2) use management, (3) enforcement, and (4) research and development.

Review

     New pesticide products are registered upon a finding that the product will
not pose unreasonable adverse effects to humans or the environment, taking into
consideration economic and social costs and1benefits and the health and environmental
risks stemming from the use of pesticides.  -The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) provides the authority for this process.

     The 1972 Amendments to FIFRA require that EPA review and reregister each of
the 33,000 federally and 7,500 State registered products now on the U.S. market.
Most of these existing products were originally registered by EPA predecessor
agencies at a time when chronic health rists (e.g. cancer, birth defects and
gene mutations) of exposure to toxic chemicals were not as well understood as
they are today.  Reregistration thus requires a thorough review of available test
data for both acute and chronic health effects on humans, domestic animals,
wildlife and aquatic organisms — a process that requires a much higher level
of resources than required for the original registration of each product.  Further,
there is strong evidence that some of the original data used for registration
were based upon health effects testing that was not consistent vn'th current day
scientific standards, or that was conducted in a questionable or even fraudulent

-------
     In order to use resources efficiently, the Agency has developed a new
approach to reregistration--developing generic standards for the active
ingredients currently used in pesticide products.  Standards are planned for
514 active ingredients.  Many of the approximately 1,400 chemicals originally
identified as discrete active ingredients have been eliminated because they are
not in any currently registered product, are inert, or are similar in nature.
Several mixture and formulation standards will be developed for each chemical
standard produced.  Residue tolerances, established under authority of the Federal
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, will also be reviewed and specified for each of the
food or animal feed crops to which the chemical is applied.  Finally, all pesticide
products that use the chemical as an active ingredient and meet the stipulations
of the standard will be reregistered.  The generic approach was authorized by the
Federal Pesticides Act of 1978.

     To remove from the market those pesticides that pose unreasonable adverse risk,
a special program, Rebuttable Presumption Against Registration (RPAR), has been developed.
Under this program, suspect chemica-ls are subjected to an intensive benefit review.  The
Agency has identified 65 chemicals which it considers to be candidates for possible
RPAR action.  Agency decisions have been made on one chemical, proposed on an additional
four (17 other chemicals have been voluntarily withdrawn from the market after disclosure
of risks through the RPAR process), and reviews will be completed on another 23 products
in 1979.

     Other programs that are key elements of the program to review pesticide
products include the following:

     Registration, which enables new products to enter the market.  Under this
program, new pesticide products are registered and current registrations are amended
for new uses or new formulations.  Registration activity will increase in 1979 and
1980 through implementation of the new Amendments, in particular through the
implementation of conditional registration, where registration applications will be
approved without a definitive evaluation of all the supporting safety data on the
understanding that an eventual definitive safety evaluation will  be done when
preparing a generic standard.

     Special registration, which covers all activities relating to the issuance
of experimental use permits under Section 5 of FIFRA to generate data for registration,
the issuance of emergency exemptions under Section 18, and the Issuance of Section 24(c)
special local need registrations, which are handled largely by the States with
Federal oversight.

     Tolerances, which provide for the establishment of pesticide residue tolerances
on food and animal feed crops, under authority of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act.

     Laboratory audits, in which EPA audits laboratories that perform animal toxicology
testing in support of pesticide registration^ applications to confirm that their procedures
are sound and that their test results are valid.

Use Management

     The second major element of the pesticide program is use management.  Pesticides
are classified, based upon their potential harm through misuse, for either restricted
or general use.  Only trained and certified applicators may apply pesticides designated
for restricted use.  The training and certification of applicators, either private
or commercial, is a task managed largely by the States.  To date, all but two States
(Colorado and Nebraska) have elected to assume the program with Federal financial
assistance.  EPA operates the certification and training programs in these two States.
 P. 2

-------
Enforcement

     The pesticide enforcement program is designed to support the objectives of
regulating pesticide supply and use.  The program emphasizes increased State involvement
through Federal/State cooperative enforcement grants.  Through such grants, the
States are able to support comprehensive enforcement programs and apply local expertise
to help carry out the national pesticide regulatory program.  In 1980, EPA will continue
its efforts to involve most or all of the States and Territories in this program.
Enforcement activities, either carried out by participating States or by EPA in those
States not having grants, will focus on the general areas of insuring industry
compliance with registration, classification, and labeling requirements.  Criminal
investigations will continue on cases of alleged data fraud in private testing
laboratories, with assistance as required from the Department of Justice.

Research and Development

     The research program places emphasis on three basic elements necessary to
identify and evaluate the overall human health and environmental hazards of certain
pesticides: {1} identification of the population at risk, (2) assessment of individual
exposure, and (3) determination of adverse effects.  Registrants have already provided
much data on adverse effects.  Although there is a continuing need for effects research,
particularly on new compounds, first priority will be placed on exposure assessment,
because there are currently few data available on this topic.  Exposure assessment
research will cover the development of protocols to determine occupational exposure
to pesticides through their use, general population exposure through all media, and
exposure of nontarget fish and wildlife.  In addition, and as called for in FIFRA,
the pesticide management program is developing "biologically integrated alternatives"
to chemical pesticides to control agricultural and urban pests (primarily insects
and weeds).  The investigations into integrating biological  alternatives with other
pest control practices (Including chemical pesticides) comprise an integrated
management research program.

     The proposed 1980 program provides for an increase in the production of registration
standards in order to complete the reregistration, in roughly a decade, of approximately
40,000 pesticides.  Most of these products have never been scrutinized for chronic,
low-level, long-term effects.  The RPAR process will be completed on the majority
of the 65 chemicals originally listed asRPAR candidates.  High levels of quality
and timeliness on special registrations will be maintained and process improvements
made to keep close check on headquarters, regional, and State Sections 5(f), 18, and
24(c) actions.  Registration activities will continue at a higher level compared
with 1978.  Most of the registrations granted will be on a conditional basis.
Certification and training activities will center on recertification of private and
commercial applicators, certification of Indians, and amendments to State plans.

     In 1980, enforcement emphasis will be directed toward responding to emergency
situations involving substantial threats to public health and safety.  Emphasis
will also be placed upon enforcement of pesticide use and application, and
improvement of enforcement methods through greater cooperation with States and
upon the development of cases of national or regional significance.

     Federal pesticide enforcement activities will be directed toward greater
support of State grant programs and will focus upon those States not participating
in the grant program and those States having programs which do not adequately
address certain enforcement concerns.  Plans include participation of all or nearly
all States and territories.
                                                                          •P-3

-------
     The 1980 research and development program proposes an Increase only in
quality assurance..  Health and ecological  effects research will aim at development
and validation of test protocols for chemical fate and effects.  The integrated
pest management (IPM) program, although undergoing a significant decrease, will
remain an extramural effort centering on development of methods and approaches to
pest control which reduce adverse environmental  effects and costs from traditional
methods of  pest control.  The base quality assurance program focuses on development
of reference materials and performance evaluation samples.  An increased level of
effort in quality assurance will support the development of control procedures for
testing of biological effects.  Substitute chemical resources, formerly reflected
in the Research and Development appropriation, are now included in abatement and
control under RPAR reviews.

SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES                          (in thousands of dollars)

1979 Pesticides Program	           $68,469

  Research and Development 	 .            -5,521

     A decrease of $2.5 million reflects the transfer
     of the substitute chemical program to the
     abatement and control appropriation;  a
     nonrecurring congressional add-on of $2.5
     million; and other program changes netting
     to a $.5 million decrease.

  Abatement and Control		              +460

     An increase of $2.5 million reflects  the
     transfer of the substitute chemical program
     from the research and development
     appropriation; the decrease of approximately
     $2 million reflects the phasing out of RPAR
     reviews and emphasis on generic standards.

  Enforcement	,	            -1,158

     The decrease reflects the lessened demand for
     Federal activity as a result of increased
     State participation.                                        __^__
1980 Pesticides Program	            62,250

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Summary of Budget Request

         An appropriation of $62,250,000 is requested in 1980.  This request, by
appropriation account, is as follows:

         Research and Development	        $9,638,000
         Abatement and Control ...... 	        40,456,000
         Enforcement .................        12,156,000

         This is a decrease of $6,219,000 from the ]979 level.  The bulk of the
decrease results from a reduction in the integrated pest management activity from a
nonrecurring 1979 congressional add-on (-$2.5 million) and from a reduced level of
effort for the multistate study on biological control of insects and weeds {-$.3 million).
The enforcement activity is being reduced by $1.2 million reflecting the shifting
emphasis from Federal to State activities.  A phasing out of RPAR review activities and
emphasis on generic standards results in a decrease of approximately S2 million.

-------
     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

         Changes from the budget are as follows:
                                                           (In thousands of dollars)
         Original 1979 estimate	               $61,180

         Congressional increases/decreases:
            Integrated pest management 	                +2,500
            Mosquito control research  ......                  +400
            Reduction in lapse rate. .......                  -629

       •  Effect of October 1978 pay raise
           partial absorption	                  -212
         Proposed October 1978 pay raise
           supplemental	                  +649
         Distribution of October 1977 pay raise. .                +1,729
         Headquarters and  regional office
           reprogramming .	                +2,852
         Current 1979 estimate	                68,469

     Congressional changes to the pesticides media include increases  in research
and development on integrated pest management ($2.5 million) and on mosquito
control ($400,000).  The congressional reduction of S3 million to the abatement
and control and enforcement appropriations on the lapse rate on the filling of
positions resulted in a decrease of $629,000.

     Pay raise costs result in a total increase of $2,166,000 over the original estimate.
The agency request included all funds for the October 1977 pay raise in the management
and support media, to be distributed to other media at a later date.  The increase
reflected represents the share of this later distribution.

     Finally, headquarters and regional office reprogrammings result in an increase
from interdisciplinary activities ($839,000); from toxic substances programs ($236,000);
and from management and support activities ($1,777,000),

ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

                                                     Current
                                                     Estimate    Estimate
                                                     _J979        1980
                                                  (in thousands of dollars)

Prior year obligations. . 	        $52,901      $70,945

     Effect of congressional changes	         +2,500
     Effect of October 1978 pay raise . . .  .           +500
     Effect of reprograirmi ngs ........         +2,800
     Program increases	        +12,000       -4,000

Change in amount of carryover funds
  available 	 ....         -1,756       -2,476
Change in rate of obligations 	       +2,000          ...
Total estimated obligations 	        ' 70,945       64,469
     (From new obligation authority). ....     «   (66,051)     (62,051)
     (From prior year funds)	         (4,894)      (2,418)

-------
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

     Congressional changes discussed in the previous section are expected to result
in an increase of $2.5 million to obligations.   The effect of the October 1978 pay raise
and annualization of the October 1977 pay raise will increase obligations by $500,000,
The effect of all reprogramnings is an increase of $2.8 million in obligations.

     The increase in budget authority over the 1978 level  is expected to result  in an
increase of $12 million to 1979 obligations; the program changes requested in 1980 are
expected to decrease obligations by $4 million.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is 55,796,000, a decrease
of $1,756,000 from the 1978 level.  In 1980, it is estimated that $3,320,000 of
carryover funds will be obligated, a decrease of $2,476,000 from the 1979 level.

     A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979, which would create  an
increase of $2 million over the 1978 level.
 P-6

-------
                                    PESTICIDES
PROGRAM LEVELS
Registration Standards:
                                   Actual
                                    1978
 Budget
Estimate
  1979
Current
Estimate  Estimate
  1979      1980
 Increase *
 Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
Active ingredient standards
 initiated...	         1           50        47        50       +3
Active ingredient standards
 completed..	       ...          ...         1         47      +46

RPAR Decisions:

Decisions to RPAR	        15          ...        19        17       -2
Final RPAR decisions..	         1          ...        23        20       -3
Toxicology lab audits	        65           70        70        70

Registration:

Administrative/technical
 amendments		     5,496          ...     5,600     5,500
New chemical registrations	        21          ...        32        32
Routine/intfastate
 registrations	     2,301          ...     2,600     3,340     +740
Registrations	       ...          ...         2     1,440   +1,438

Special  Registrations:

Number of Section 18
 registrations/median processing
 time in weeks.....	     180/8      120/...     220/4     260/4  +40/...
Number of Section 5
 registrations/median
 processing time in days	   240/240      350/...   240/120   240/120
Section 24(c) registrations	     1,200          780     1,500     1,500

Tolerances:

Number of tolerance
 petitions/turnaround time in
 days	    135/160   :       ...   120/105   135/100   +15/-5
Amendments	        125          ...       100       125      +25
Inert ingredient requests	         60          ...        60        60

Pesticides Use Management:

State certification and
 training plans approved......         48            443       -1
Federal  agency plans approved.          1          ...         4         4
Restricted  uses classified...      3,300          .'..     1,000     1,200     +200
                                                                         P-7

-------
                                              Budget    Current               Increase +
                                   Actual     Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                    1978       1979       1979       1980    1980 vs. 1979
Enforcement
Establishment inspections	    '  2,038*      1,425*     1,698*    1,860*    +152*
Use/reentry and experimental
 use observations	      2,945*      3,000*     3,730*    3,795*     +65
Marketplace investigations	      1,450*      3,640*     4,110*    4,660*    +550
Import investigations	        394*        400*       115*       190*     +75


*Includes State program outputs.
P-8

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                        PESTICIDES
                                      Research and Devel opment
                            Actual
                            1978
 Budget
Estimate
 1979
Current
Estimate
 1979
Estimate
 1980
                                                 {dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Health and Ecological             I/          If           I/
  Effects .........  310,688"    $10,798"     $11,047"   $ 8,298
Industrial Processes . .     1,205       1,200        3,700        900
Monitoring and Technical
  Support .........      375         400          412        440

  Total .........   12,268      12,398       15,159      9,638

Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological             I/          I/           I/
  Effects	      147         158          ISO"       124
Industrial Processes . . .      -
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	    	8         	8_          	8_        	9_

  Total ..........    155         166          168        133

Full-time Equivalency
Health and Ecological                                      I/
  Effects	      ...         ...          218        171
Industrial Processes ...
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	         ...          	9_        	9_

  Total	    ...         ...          227        180
1980 vs. 1979
  Increase +
  Decrease -   Page
                                      -:$2,749
                                      - 2,800

                                          +28

                                      - 5,521
                                          -36


                                           +1

                                          -35



                                          -47




                                          -47
                                     P-10
                                     P-13

                                     P-22
   \J Includes Substitute Chemicals Program which will be a comparative transfer to the
      Abatement and Control appropriation in Fiscal Year 1980.
    This program supports the Agency's pesticides regulatory activities, including the
development of data required to support administrative reviews and litigation.  Such data
are required not only on the major classes of pesticides now registered by EPA and in
common use, but on chemicals considered as possible substitutes for cancelled pesticides.
In addition, research is carried out-to obtain data which will permit safety evaluations
of the "new generation" pest control agents, such as insect viruses, sterility agents, and
insect hormones.  Research is also undertaken to develop raeans of pest management which
can economically and acceptably reduce the quantity of pesticides applied and, thus, their
introduction into the environment.
                                                                          P-9

-------
                                         PESflClDES

                                      Research and Bevelopraent

                                    Health and Ecological Effects
Appropriation

Substitute Chemicals"
Health Effects . .
Ecological Effects
II
                            Actual
                            1978
       $ 2,389
         5,731
         2,568
  Total	   10,688
Permanent Positions

Substitute Chemicals"
Health Effects  . .
Ecological Effects
II
  Total
            19
            77
            51

           147
                    Budget
                   Estimate
                    1979
I 2,500
  5,738
  2.560

 10,798
     35
     71
     52

    158
             Current
             Estimate
              1979
            Estimate
             1980
         1980 vs. 1979
           increase +
           Decrease -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)   1980 vs. 1979
Full-tirne Equivalency
                    1L
Substitute Chemicals. .
Health Effects  . . . .
Ecological Effects . .
$2,554
 5,850
 2.643

 1.1,047
     35
     72
     5.3

    160
                                    35
                                   102
                                    81
5,733
2,560

8,298
  72
  52
                                                        -  2,749
 124
                            99
                            72
                              -35
                               -3
  Total
   I/ This program will be
      in Fiscal Year 1980.

Budget Request
                                   21.8        171            -4.7

       a comparative transfer to the Abatement and Control  appropriation
    In 1980 an appropriation of $8,298,000 and 124 positions is requested for the pesticides
health and ecological  effects program.  This represents a reduction of $112,000 in the
health effects area and $82,300 and one position in the ecological effects area from 1979
levels. The decrease of $2,554,300 and 35 positions reflects the transfer of Substitute
Chemicals Program element to the Abatement and Control Appropriation.

Program Description

    The Pesticides health and ecological  effects program includes the development of
information on the health effects of pesticides and the development of long-term pesticide
research strategy. Major areas of ongoing research include (1) determination of human
health effects; (2) development of pesticide residue analytical methods; (3) development
of model ecosystems; {4} determination of ecological  effects; and (5) development of
information on substitute pesticides or chemicals as alternatives for those pesticides
under litigation or review as potentially detrimental and for those for which registrations
are not being renewed.
P-10

-------
    The  health  effects research  program has three main components:  (1) the study of
 biological  effects of commonly used pesticides  in laboratory animals, (2) the determination
 of  the level  of exposure to pesticides by persons environmentally exposed, (3) and evalua-
 tion  of  carcinogeniclty using short term screening tests.  These programs provide informa-
 tion  to  aid EPA in the reregistration of pest control agents and in the formulation of
 policies involving the registration process.  As part of this work the program develops,
 validates,  and  utilizes suitable methods and techniques to assess the health effects of
 pesticides  and  substitute chemicals.

    The  research  investigating the health and ecological effects of pesticides produces
 information used  extensively by the EPA in regulatory decision-making.  In addition to
 EPA's need  to document the environmental impact of exposures to persistent pesticides,
 considerable attention is focused on the potential health hazards associated with the
 use of pesticides in agricultural situations.  A number of accomplishments in these
 areas of research have provided a sound basis for the EPA's administrative decisions on
 the regulation  of pesticides.

    The  program also includes the evaluation for safety of pesticides considered as
 substitutes for compounds whose  registrations are not being renewed; the development
 and validation  of new toxicological and analytical methods; and the provision of technical
 support  to  the  Office of Pesticide Programs, the enforcement program, and the regional
 offices, in the form of pesticides research expertise for use in administrative decision-
 making pertinent  to the Federal  Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodentidde Act (FIFRA).

    Pesticides  research supported under FIFRA is utilized by other segments of EPA interested
 in  regulating under different legislative authorities.  For example, the issuance of
 permits  and water quality criteria for fresh, estuarine, and coastal waters under the
 Federal  Water Pollution Control Act (P.L. 92-500).  Data developed by the pesticides
 research program  are also used in support of pending regulations under the Safe Drinking
 Water Act (P.L. 93-523).


    The  ecological effects research program has two components:  (1) the study of the
 ecological  effects of pesticides in general and (2) the determination of the ecological
 effects  of  specific candidate substitute pesticide chemicals.  The general ecological
 effects  portion of the program deals with the determination of fate, transport, and the
 effects  of  pesticides and substitute chemicals  in ecosystems.  As part of this work, the
 program  develops, validates, and utilizes suitable methods and techniques to assess the
 ecological  effects of pesticides and substitute chemicals.  The substitute chemical
 portion  of  the  program deals with the determination of the adequacy, suitability, and
 availabity  of substitute pesticides or chemicals to act as replacements for other pesticides
 considered  problematic by the Agency.  This program is instrumental in development of
 testing  protocols and development of hazard assessment models.

SUBSTITUTE CHEMICALS
 1978 Accomplishments

    The  1978  resources  include $1,940,000 in contracts and interagency agreements.  FY
 1978 accomplishments  included:

    - health  and ecological  studies on possible alternatives to the following chemicals
      studied  in the  rebuttable presumption against registration  (RPAR) process:  chloro-
      benzilate, endrin, strychnine, 1080, f?AAM, trifluralin, dimilin, lindane, dimethoate,
      pronamide, diallate, toxaphene, EBDC, benomyl, EDB, PCP, creosote/coal tars, inorganic
      arsenlcals and  2,4,5-T.

    - risk/benefit assessments on RPAP, chemicals and their possible alternatives.

                                                                         .  P-ll

-------
1979 'Program

    In 1979, 35 positions and $2,554,300 are planned for studies on substitute chemicals,
including approximately $1,700,000 in contracts and interagency agreements.  Commitments
for 1979 include the following outputs on RPAR chemicals and their alternatives:

    - continuation of extensive benefit analyses and hazard evaluations.

    - determination and comparative analysis of transport, fate and exposure data for
      RPAR.

    - development of use patterns, and expansion and updating of the computerized recommenda-
      tion file and site/pest matrix.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$54,300 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978
(FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 {FY 1978) pay raise.

1980 Plan

    In 1980, this program is transferred to the abatement and control appropriation.
(See Rebuttable Presumption Against Registration for a description of the program).

HEALTH EFFECTS

1978 Accomplisonants

    In 1978, the program resources amounted to $5,730,600 and 77 positions.  $1,632,400
was spent for contracts, and $1,031,6.00 for grants.  These figures include fund for
substitute chemicals research.  During 1978 the program:

    - Initiated field studies to determine safe reentry times for atnitraz (BAAM), zolone,
      and encapsulated methyl parathion to better define pesticide safety for pesticide
      and agricultural  workers.

    - Continued method development studies for determination of low levels of toxaphene
      and metabolites in adipose tissue to facilitate evaluation of their presence and
      health consequences in the human.  The delayed neurotoxic effects of EPN, DEF, and
      rcerphos were determined.

    * Determined the effects of carbaryl  and 2,4,5-T on the developmental patterns and
      profiles of the isozymes of lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) and creatinine phosphokinase
      (CPK) in maternal  and neonatal  tissues.

    - studied effect of administration, dose level, time bioisotnerization and pesticide
      pretreatraent on rn vivo and _1n vitro metabolism of lindane.

    - Investigated the structural  region of the molecule responsible for the insecticidal
      and carcinogenic activities of dieldrin.

    - Studied the ability of five pesticides to mutate corn as a screen for potential
      iiutagenic effects in the human.

    - Tested 20 pesticides for gene mutation and DMA damage in bacteria and yeast as
      validation of information to be applied to registration of pesticides under FIFRA.

    * Determined the comparative placental  transfer of carbaryl  in the mouse, rat,  and
      hamster using radio-labelled compounds to facilitate the extrapolation to nan.


P-12

-------
    - Determined the hazardous effects of ethylene oxide by the inhalation route to verify
      its safety as a fumigant.

    - Studied the role of free radical pesticide metabolite intermediates, and the effect
      of pretreatment with three classes of enzyme inducers on a short-term model  substrate
      assay and identified three new metabolites of the substrate in order to better
      understand what hazardous effects develop within the human after exposure occurs.

    - Studied the hazardous effects of pesticides of the formamidine group and the role
      of glutathione transfera.se enzymes in pesticide metabolism.  These agents inhibit
      the activities of the enzymes, prostaglandin synthetase and arylglutathione transferase,

    - Implemented a biphenyl hydroxylase enhancement assay and evaluated it against a
      series of 10 pesticides and a set of known carcinogens and non-carcinogens.

    - Implemented a mouse lymphoma mammalian cell mutation test system as part of the
      battery of procedures for determination of mutagenicity and prediction of carcino-
      ge.ni.city of compounds.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resource level  for health effects research is $5,850,000 and 72 positions;
5616,700 is being spent for contracts and 5958,000 for grants.

    The 1979 health effects pesticides research program focuses on developing and  refining
analytical  techniques of detecting new generation and other pesticide agents and their
metabolites in mammalian tissues, soil, sediment, biological samples, and ambient  air,
(e.g., to measure toxaphene and its metabolites in the urine and to evaluate collection
media and devices for determing po lye Marinated Biphenyls and pesticides in air).

    Investigations using laboratory animals and selected in vitro mammalian cell cultures
are being conducted; these investigations provide research information on the adverse
effects of high priority pesticides and substitute chemicals administered at various
exposure levels and durations.  For example, we are performing DNA synthesis- and mammalian
cell rautagenesis bioassays to determine the reproductive and other subchronic effects from
selected pesticides, such as dinoseb, dibrom, bidrin, and cacodylic acid.  An effort is
underway to evaluate the neurobehavioral effects on rats of high priority pesticides.
Major types of compounds now under consideration are the currently and commonly used
pesticides, including garden pesticides and new generation pesticides, and those substitute
chemicals being considered as replacements for banned pesticides.  In the health research
program, inhalation toxicology studies are investigating the exposure of animals to
pesticides as gases, vapors, or particulates.  Inhalation has been determined to be an
important route of exposure to pesticides, e.g., ethylene dibromide.  Other studies are
underway to reveal  the carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, and reproductive effects of pesticides.

    The health effects program also conducts human studies, such as those based on clinical
investigations of pesticide poisoning cases.  .Health status surveys of agricultural
workers are underway and human exposures from "handling pesticides are being evaluated.
At the same time, research is underway to improve available field methods-of measuring
pesticide exposure for use in setting field re-entry standards.  Field trials are  assessing
techniques for measuring exposure, as well as ways of minimizing exposure such as  the use
of protective clothing and decontamination of spills.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +5112,000 results from increased pay costs from the October
1973 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay
raise.

                                                                        -   P-13

-------
1980 Plan

    The 1980 resource level for health effects research will be $5,738,000 and 72 positions,
including substitute chemicals.  Approximately $681,200 will be spent for contracts, and
51,021,800 for grants,  this request reflects a decrease of $112,000 over the 1979 level
which will reduce our predictive modeling efforts.

The program will address:

 -  The level of exposure to pesticides by persons either occupational!}? or environmentally
    exposed.  Both direct and indirect methods of human exposure measurement will be
    developed and used.  In addition to obtaining exposure data on those priority compounds
    specified by the Office of Pesticide Programs, emphasis will be given to the development
    of standard protocols for exposure limitations during routine use.  Such determinations
    will be a registration requirement.

 -  The usage of representative compounds for extrapolating exposure data from direct
    applications to other similar compounds.

 -  The scope of analytical chemical methods development by involving more pesticides in a
    broader variety of human tissues and environmental media.  Emphasis will be on the
    detection of metabolites in humans and animal tissues, excreta, air, and other environ-
    mental media.  Analytical  methods needed in exposure measurement procedures will be
    given priority.

 -  The hazardous effects of those substitute pesticides (SCP) which are under consideration
    by Office of Pesticide Programs to replace compounds which are banned.

 -  The development of predictive mathematical models which can be used to assess human
    dose/response effects from exposure to selected pesticides.  Pharmacokinetic studies
    will be carried out to serve as guide to model development.

 -  The refinement of animal and cell culture models for assessing the mode of actions of
    pesticides which are potentially carcinogenic to humans while using the appropriate
    and accepted battery of in vivo and in vitro short term screening and validation
    tests.

 -  The potential carcinogenicity of pesticides and particularly the relationship between
    mutagenesis and carcinogenesis to strengthen related assessments. Use of this relation-
    ship in development of short term screening test methods will be fully explored.  The
    number of tests used and the related validations for study will be increased.

 -  The health implications of "new generation" biological pest control agents. Initial
    emphasis will be given to study of insect viruses.  The goal will be the development
    of adequate test methods for routine use in evaluating the potential human health
    hazards from these agents.

ECOLOGICAL  EFFECTS
1978 Accomplishments

    During FY 1978 the budget for pesticides ecological research was S2,568,500 and 51
positions.  Extramural expenditures from these funds were 3434,600 for grants, $249,300
for contracts and 38,000 for interagency agreements*  During FY 1978 the program:

    -  Determined that Dawicide, a pesticide containing pentachl orophenol (PCP), caused a
       marked reduction in the formation of estuarine settling communities in flow-through
       experimental aquaria.  Thus, estuaries polluted with PCP compounds may exhibit
       benthic community suppression over longtime periods following an initial die off.

P-14

-------
1979 Program

    The 1979 resource level for ecological effects research is $2,642,300 and 53 positions.
Approximately $266,600 will be spent for grants and $40,000 for contracts.

    The 1979 ecological  research program deals with commonly used pesticides and their
metabolties, new generation pesticides, and substitute chemicals.  It is focused at a
variety of trophic levels; that is, the projects range from investigations of the simplest
planktonic organisms to complex system interactions.  Toxicological  studies are carried
out to obtain dose/response functions for various durations of exposure in samples of
single species.  Other projects seek information about the environmental importance of
various species.  Investigations are being conducted on the potential effects on populations
within a species and on the groups of such populations.  At the nwst complex level, the
studies investigate how pesticides can affect entire ecosystems; i.e., how pollutant
stress can alter the structure and dynamic functional interrelationships among the eco*
system's many components.

    The ecology program also develops and refines experimental methods and tools.  For
example, efforts are under way to improve a technique whereby natural estuarine water
flows into an experimental system which allows small organisms to settle out and grow in
size and numbers.  Effects of various compounds on these groups of organisms can be
examined without lengthy manual sample collections.  Further, the microcosm is being
refined as a major research tool which simulates actual ecosystems or segments in the
laboratory where exposure conditions can be carefully controlled.  Two examples of the
uses of microcosms are the predictive estimation of the movement and tranformation of an
agent through an ecosystem and the study of predator/prey relationships.  Information on
predator/prey relationships is important to determine if a compound  adversely affects an
organism's nervous system which in turn may impair the organism's ability to escape
predation.  This could have implications not only to the existence of that particular
species, but to community structure as well.

    Other projects under way include tests of lethal and sub!etna! effects of pesticides
on organism growth and development.  This includes investigations to determine the life
stages of representative organisms which are most sensitive to various compounds as well
as the effects of pesticides on reproduction, viability of the offspring, and related
potential  behavioral  effects.  Validation of laboratory results in natural environ-
ments, including samples of animals taken from their natural  habitats, is being carried
out.

    Other research efforts include the:

    -  Development of terrestrial  model ecosystems (microcosms) for comparative measurements
       of ecosystem routes, rates of movement and transformation, sources and sinks of
       candidate chemicals which are alternatives to pesticides under RPAR.

    -  Assessment of the ecological  effects of pesticides and other toxics substances
       using suitable terrestrial  microcosms.

    -  Verification of chemodynamics and effects mathematical models, using laboratory
       and natural ecosystems.  These models were derive'd from basic physical, chemical
       and biological  data.

1979 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$82,300 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978
(FY 1979) pay raise as well as  distribution of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.

FY 1980 Plan

    The 1980 resources for ecological  effects research will  be $2,560,000 and 52 positions.
This is a reduction of $82,300 below the 1979 level  which will reduce the emphasis on
analytical  services that support effects and residue studies.  Approximately $502,800 will
be spent for grants and  $81,900 for contracts.

-------
      -   Determined  using  experimental  microcosms,  that  low  concentrations of Kepone  inhibited
         growth and  oxygen uptake  of  estuarine microcosms. Therefore,  components of estuarine
         systems already in a degraded  state would  be  adversely  affected  by Kepone.

      -   Determined  that the pesticide  atrazine  could  to be  taken  up by the roots of  marsh
         grass in saltwater microcosms.  This pesticide  could then be  passed to those
         organisms in the  food chain  which  consume  plant detritus.

      -   Determined  the effects of variations in temperature, salinity, and sterility on
         pesticide degradation in  laboratory microcosms.  This information will be useful in
         establishing the  hazard of using pesticides under various environmental conditions.

      -   Determined  in laboratory  systems that antipredator  behavior of the grass shrimp was
         impaired by exposure to sublethal  concentrations of certain organophosphorous
         pesticides.   Thus, sublethal effects of pesticides  on non-target organisms may
         cause a significant impact on  estuarine ecosystem balance.

      -   Determined  that dinrilin,  a new insectictde that inhibits  organic development in
         insects, is acutely and chronically toxic  to  a  marine crustacean at parts-per-
         trillion concentrations.   This  indicates that should Dimilin  reach estuarine waters
         it  may threaten larval  or juvenile stages  of  non-target estuarine crustacean such
         as  shrimp,  lobsters, and  crabs.

      -   Determined  the acute and  chronic toxicity  and bioaccumulation of several pesticides
         to  estuarine organisms.  This  effects assessment information  was provided to the
         Office of Pesticide Programs for use in establishing criteria for reregistration of
         these compounds.

      -   Developed "mobile" bioassay  techniques  for on-site  evaluation of pesticide industrial
         plant discharges.

      -   Developed new rapid screening  techniques for  determining  exposure assessments
         of  pesticides entering aquatic  and terrestrial  environments.

      -   Conducted emergency research on effects of Kepone on the  organisms and environment
         of  the James River and Chesapeake  Bay.

      -   Provided expert technical  testimony for the Agency's various  judicial
         proceedings concerning pesticides  such  as  endriri, chlordane,  and Kepone.

      -   Provided a  preliminary report  on Rentachlaronitrobenzene, a reputable presumption
•  . '      against registration candidate, describing its  effect on  the  environment, to the
         Office of Pesticide Programs.   This preliminary report will help determine use
         restrictions for  this pesticide.

      -   Completed a  second parathion/methyl parathion experiment  to assess the environmental
         impact of this pesticide.

      -   Completed the design of Terrestrial Model  Ecosystem (TMC) II  and constructed one
         prototype to test  its effectiveness as  a pesticide  screening  tool.

      -   Completed the first soil  core  experiment involving  dieldrin and 2, 4, 5, -T.  This
         technique is being developed as a  rapid screening tool for the Offices of Pesticide
         Programs and Toxic Substances.

      -   Published a  report, "The  Design and Evaluation  of a Terrestrial Model Ecosystem
         for Evaluation of  Substitute Pesticide  Chemicals",  which  provides user information
         on  utility  of microcosms  to  determine pesticide effects.

      -   Developed for the  Office  of  Toxic  Substances, a report, "Study of the Chem'cal  and
         Behavioral  Toxicology of  Substitute Chemicals in Microtus Voles", which describes
         toxic reactions in candidate test  organisms used in chemical  screening procedures.
P-16

-------
    The 1980 research program will  continue earring out  the goals  of the current  program,
studying particular compounds of interest to the Agency's regulatory and enforcement
offices.  Emphasis will  be given to the development,  standardization, and validation  of
methods to be used in assessing the environmental  exposure and effects of pesticides.
THese tests include acute, chronic, bioaccumulation,  community, behavioral  and microbial
effects methodologies.  The development of terrestrial,  marine and freshwater microcosms
will continue.  Specific protocols  for pesticide types will be developed and procedures
validated through intra-laboratory  comparative testing.   New methods will be developed to
determine the environmental effects of newly developed but characteristically different
pesticides.

    Emphasis will also be directed  toward the measurement of the effects of pesticide
exposure to aquatic and  terrestrial organisms, populations and ecosystems.   A data  base
for important pesticides will be developed for use by the Office of Pesticide Programs in
establishing generic standards for  pesticides, RPAR procedures, etc.  Specific protocols
for effects assessment will be developed.

    Major efforts will also be made toward the measurement of the  concentration,  duration
 and timing of environmental exposure to pesticides.   Results from this research  will
 be integrated with the  effects information into a hazard assessment for each compound
 or class of compounds.

    The following are some of the specific activities planned for  FY 1980:

    -  Develop the protocol for assessing hazards to  non-target fish and wildlife from
       applications of pesticides on farmlands, forests, lawns, and other sites and insure
       that the protocol can be transformed to data requirements for industry.

    -  Test RPAR pesticides and suggested RPAR alternatives (representing families  of
       pesticides) to determine "no effect" levels on indicator plants and  animals, as
       well as expand RPAR and alternates tested to include "no effect" levels on communities
       and in microcosms.  Pesticides will be selected in cooperation with  the Office of
       Pesticide Programs either by using the RPAR process or by assessing  available  data
       and proposing research to fill identified gaps.

    -  Develop the protocol to determine transport, fate, and transformation related  to
       exposure assessments in the  terrestrial, freshwater, and marine environments.

    -  Provide necessary analytical services to support  effects and residue studies.

    -  Continue the development of  fate and transport protocols.

    <•  Review data and identify knowledge gaps for hazard assessments.  Conduct laboratory
       tests on ecological  effects  of additional  RPAR compounds. Provide synthesis  of fate
       and effects data  into hazard assessment model.

    »  Expand development of protocol work on experimental environments or  microcosms
       and microbial effects.

    -  Expand quick screening tests for mutagencity,  teratogenicity, carinogenicity in
       aquatic organisms caused by  specific pesticides.

    -  Study the effects of alternate methods of pest control (viruses) on  aquatic
       arthropods.


                                                                            P-17

-------
                                          PESTICIDES

                                      Research and Development

                                        Industrial Processes

                                        Budget      Current               1930 vs. 1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +'
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
 ,J                                              (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Integrated Pest
  Management. ......  $ 1,205     $ 1,200      $ 3,700    $   900      -S 2,800

Permanent Positions
Integrated Pest   "~
  Management	      ...         ...          ...        ...           ...
Full-time Equivalency
Integrated Pest
  Management	
Budget Request

    An appropriation of $900,000 is requested for the integrated pest management program
for 1930; this is a decrease of $2,800,000 from the 1979 resource level.  This is an
extramural research program administered with less than one work-year of effort by staff
allocated to other pesticide research programs.

Program Description

    The pesticides/integrated pest management program encompasses the development and
demonstration of integrated pest management strategies based upon sound biological,
ecological, environmental, and economic information.  Combinations of nonchemical and
chemical  controls will  be optimized to reduce the usage and runoff of chemical pesticides.

    The integrated pest management research program supports Section 20{a) of the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA),  The objective of this program is to
reduce dependence upon chemical pesticides as the sole means of pest control  and provide
economically acceptable control options for agricultural and urban pests.  Such options
should be equal  in efficacy to current methods and be able to be implemented  with reasonable
ease.  The program is designed to couple ecological and biological information with
economically acceptable practices to keep the insect or plant pest populations at levels
that do not cause economic hardship to the producer or urban dweller.  The program is
coordinated with the U.S. Department of Agriculture^ (USDA).

    The technical program structure is based primarily upon the study of individual
crop ecosystems.  Each crop has its own special set of cultural needs and its own unique
pest management problems.  Crops that require a lot of acreage and heavy pesticide use will
receive the major research effort.  Crops which have been studied are cotton, citrus,
alfalfa,  soybeans, stone and pome fruits (primarily apple), pine, and corn.  Some insect/
multicrop interactions have also been studied in this program.

    The strategy of research is similar for all crops,  '"lajor insect pests are identified
for intensive study.  For each crop, insect population dynamics, and biological  and
ecological influences are carefully determined and their- interactions with the plant
community are identified.  The effects of natural  field control mechanisms such as predators,
temperature, moisture,  diseases, and similar controls are identified and studied.  The
research  information is incorporated into mathematical models so that control tactics and
control strategies nay be developed for a  range of situations in each crop system.

  P-18

-------
    In addition to the crop ecosystem studies, individual control techniques vrith potential
to control specific insect pests receive research attention.  The use of insect growth
regulators such as juvenile hormones or pheromones to control specific development
or life functions of a particular target pest are now being studied.

    The use of pesticides within and around homes and urban work places is of continuing
concern, especially when people unaware of the danger are in close proximity to potentially
hazardous pesticide compounds.  To combat this, an urban integrated pest management
program has been structured to investigate possible alternative controls for pests found
in and around urban structures.  Improved sanitation coupled with trapping and the use of
predator insects, is the present emphasis of the program.  Information is also being
gathered on pesticide use practices and social attitudes regarding pests and pest management
in urban situations.

    Close working relationships are maintained by the EPA program staff with the researchers
and in turn with the agricultural  experiment stations, extension service agents, fanners,
and other pesticide applicators who ultimately implement the research findings.  Integrated
pest management strategies have been successfully demonstrated in a number of field
studies arising from EPA sponsored research.

    The distribution of research findings and technology transfer are necessary steps in the
research program.  In addition to publication in the scientific and popular literature,
seminars and workshops are sponsored to meet these needs.  In a pilot program in one
state, fanners may phone their county Extension Service agents to obtain computer based,
up-to-date recommendations for pest control for their specific location.

1978 Accomplishments

    The 1978 resource level for this program totaled $1,205,000 and included $1,062,200
for grants and $142,500 for interagency agreements.

    A study was completed on a pathogenic virus in the alfalfa weevil.  The virus induced
chronic infection leading to abnormalities in the weevils visible enough to be recognized
by the naked eye.  Infected larvae generally grew to maturity but usually failed to
pupate; those few which were able to pupate died before emerging to adults.  Although the
potential  value of the pathogen has been demonstrated, (90 percent of the naturally
infected larvae died in the laboratory), additional data must be gathered before the virus
can be seriously considered in a pest management program under field conditions.

    A study was completed on the utilization of pest ecosystem models for prediction
and control of pest populations utilizing IPM control programs.  The study circumvented
the usual  inflexibility of models  which are supposed to describe dynamic ecosystems, by
incorporating components which adapt to the varying characteristics of the population
present at any given time.  The adaptive mechanism is termed "on-line pest management".
By inputting data to the model  on parasites, predators, agricultural  practices, fertiliza-
tion levels, plant resistance, climate, weather changes, and state of crop development, it
is possible to determine how the crop ecosystem will respond to alternative parameter
manipulations such as pest management strategies^  It is thus possible to determine
economically and biologically, the proper timing and nature of pest control measures.
This system is already being successfully used in Michigan to control  pests in such crops
as alfalfa, sugarbeet, asparagus,  onion, and potato.

    An urban integrated pest management study was completed which developed control
procedures aimed at suppressing several economically and medically important cockroaches
which occur within residential  structures and in locations adjacent to these dwellings.
The closely coordinated, simultaneous utilization of biological control agents, selective
chemical  applications, habitat modifications, and traps yielded a cockroach management
program which was effective and was not based upon the repetitous and frequently unnecessary
use of chemical  insecticides.  The information produced is used by entomologists, commercial
pest control operators, public health personnel, and the general  populace in their efforts
to control  urban cockroaches.

-------
1979 Program

    Resources devoted to the integrated pest management activity in 1979 are $3,700,000.
The program will continue to be totally extramural; $3,000,000 for grants and $700,000 for
interagency agreements.                  ;

    Although the same general program direction is being maintained as in the 1978 research
effort delineated above, increased funding will permit a significantly higher level  of
support for major crop ecosystem studies.  Transition from a six-crop ecosystem study
program, via an interagency agreement with the National Science Foundation, to a four-
crop (cotton, soybean, alfalfa, and apple) ecosystem program, via an interagency agreement
with USDA, is being actively initiated following completion of proposal modifications.

    The four-crop study is being carried out through a research consortium which
brings more than 250 basic and applied scientists, economists, and engineers housed in
15 major land-grant universities, into a team which will develop effective, economical,
longer lasting and safer methods for controlling all pests - insects, diseases, nematodes
and weeds - of four of our major crops.  The crops involved were selected because they
represent ecologically-diverse agroecosystems that are subjected to severe pest outbreaks,
have complex pest interactions, consume great amounts of pesticides, and are most vulnerable
to breakdowns in current technology,

    The central  unifying theme of the research is the application of computer technology
and systems analysis to construct models of crop ecosystems that can provide fanners with
reliable information for managing their crops and for controlling pests by the most
economical and environmentally beneficial methods.  The research requires a massive
raultidisciplinary effort and will involve agronomists, ecologists, economists, engineers,
entomologists, nemato legists, plant geneticists, plant pathologlsts, plant physiologists,
systems analysts, and weed scientists.

    The project goals will be achieved by developing a better scientific understanding of
the significant biological, ecological and economic processes governing the growth of
crops; of the population dynamics of the pests and the factors affecting them; and of the
interactions amoung these processes and factors.  Research is also being done to develop
improved crop plants having multiple resistance to disease, arthropod and nematode pests;
tolerance to climatic adversity and chemical stresses; and which are more efficient in the
utilization of energy, fertilizer and water.  Economic impact studies are being made so that
costs/benefits to be derived from the new systems may be demonstrated to farmers, society
and government.  Finally, each crop research team is being formally linked to extension
service pilot pest management programs so that new technology may be rapidly transferred  to
farmers and, in turn, fanner needs can be immediately fed back to the researchers.

    The remainder of the integrated pest management program will continue previously
established priorities by maintaining support of the following ongoing studies: development
of non-chemical  control of soil arthropods in the corn ecosystem; insect and disease
control techniques for musk thistle; biocontrol of aphids in urban shade trees; control of
fire ants around rural  property; development of insect mating disruption techniques; and
application of on-line predictive models for implementing pest management strategies.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$2,500,000 results from several actions.  Congress provided
add-ons of +52,500,000 for integrated pest management and +$400,000 for mosquito control.
In addition, -3400,000 was reprogrammed to other agency activities to partially absorb the
cost of the most recent pay raise.

1980 Plan

    The 1980 program will expend $900,000 on extramural research, including 5746,100
for grants and $153,900 for interagency agreements..  This is a reduction of $2,800,000 of
which $2,500,000 is attributable to not carrying forward the 1979 Congressional increment.
The remaining decrease of 3300,000 reflects a reduced level .of effort for the multi-state
study on biological  control af insects and weeds.  There will be no in-house research
        and the Overall aCtivi'tV Will mnt.lmie thp npneral  anm-narh nf n^o,,i
-------
    Extramural  grants will be relied on for conducting studies on major crop, urban,
and other selected ecosystems.  Research will continue on non-chemical  control of soil
arthropods in the corn ecosystem; field techniques will be developed for locating insects,
population dynamics will  be modeled, and costs of control  measures will be studied. The
multi-state study on biological  control of insects and weeds in cotton, soybean, alfalfa,
and apple ecosystems will be continued.  Pathogenic controls for selected weed species
will be developed.  Urban pest management techniques v;ill  be studied for controlling turf
pests in lawns utilizing  pathogenic and prey/predator control technology.  Development  of
field dispersion techniques for sex pheromones to disrupt  insect mating will  continue.
And the application of an ecosystem model as a control system will be developed in a field
study in a small, controlled area with a mono-crop ecosystem.

    Technology transfer of completed research findings will be accomplished through
workshops, preparation of institutional materials based upon research data, and   distribu-
tion of technical information through Regional Offices and State and Federal  extension
services.
                                                                                  P-21

-------
                                          PESTICIDES

                                      Research and Development

                                  Monitoring and Technical Support

                                        Budget      Current                1980 vs. 1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Quality Assurance ....    $375       $400         $412       $440          +$28

Permanent Positions
Quality Assurance . ...       8          8            8          9            +1

Full-time Equivalency
Qua!ity Assurance ......        ...        ...           9          9            -
Budget Request

    The FY 1980 budget request for Pesticides Quality Assurance is $440,000 and 9 positions,
an increase of $27,600 and 1 position over the FY 1979 level.  This increase will be used
to start the development of a repository of special  reference materials for quality
control of biological testing laboratories and to refine the guidelines and procedures for
quality assurance of biological testing laboratories.

Program Description

    The Pesticides Quality Assurance program is directed toward the documentation of the
quality level of physical, chemical and biological analytical measurement data, expressed
in terms of precision and accuracy.  This program is needed to -support regulatory decisions
.which cannot be challenged because of the quality of the data and to assure that data used
by the Environmental Protection Agency are produced at this level  of quality or better.
Major objectives are to provide standardized and verified analytical measurement systems
capable of generating data of the prescribed quality, and to provide quality control
materials which assure that measurement systems continue to perform with in these verified
performance standards.

1978 Accomplishments

    The 1978 resources for this program amounted to $375,000 and ,8 positions, including
approximately 3110,000 for contracts.  During FY 1973 the program:

    -  Standardized a method for measuring hexachlorobenzene in adipose tissue.

    -  Determined, through pesticide stability studies, that pesticides in solution have
       a very slow rate of hydrolysis, except for organophosphates which degrade rapidly.

    -  Distributed standard pesticide reference materials to over 300 requests including
       24 worldwide Office of Pesticides epidemic!ogical laboratories. 2700 standard
       pesticide reference material were handled.

    -  Analyzed repository stock by gas chromatography-mass spectragraphic systems.

    -  Revised the "Analytical Methods ?>lanual for Pesticides Residues".
  P-7?

-------
1979 Program

    Eight positions and 5412,400 Including $10,000 for contracts,  are allocated  to  the
Pesticide Quality Assurance program in 1979,

    Major activities of the program will  include:

    -  Provision of quality assurance tools,  including standardized  measurement  systems
       and quality control samples, in support of  the Office of Pesticides Programs'
       contract laboratories;

    -  Update of the quality assurance manual  for  pesticide residue  analysis;

    -  Conduct of performance evaluation  audits of analysts in the Office of
       Pesticide Program contract laboratories; and

    -  Provision of quality assurance services to  other EPA laboratories and  to  the
       private sector.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$12,400 results  from increased pay costs  from the October  1978
(-FY 1979) pay raise as well as distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.

1980 Plan

    Nine positions and $440,500 are requested for  the 1980 program.   This increase  of
$27,600 over the 1979 level will  be used  to start  development of a repository of special
reference materials for quality control of biological  testing laboratories and to refine
the guidelines and procedures for quality assurance of biological  testing laboratories,
Approximately 3170,000 of the 1980 program will be for contracts.

    Major activities of the program will  include:

    -  Completion of a method performance evaluation for analysis  of alkyl phosphate  in
       urine and toxaphene in soil.

    -  Development of a  standard pesticide reference material  (SPRM) for toxaphene
       in human tissue, toxaphene in soil, and alkyl phosphate in  urine.

    -  Development of a respository of calibration materials for biological testing
       latiora'tories.

    -  Conduct of two intralaboratory performance  evaluation audits  of analysts  in  Office
       of Pesticides Programs' (OPP) contractor pesticide residue  laboratories.

    -  Publication of three user manuals:

       - Criteria and Procedures Guidelines for Biological  Testing Laboratories

       - Analytical Reference Standards Manual

       - Quality Assurance Manual

    -  Provision of quality assurance support to the OPP.  Examples  of support include:

         Analytical instrument maintenance and calibration services; continue bulk
         materials repository; and continue SPRM repository,


                                                                                   P-23

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                       PESTICIDES

                                 Abatement and Control
                                        Budget
                              Actual    Estimate
                               1978      1979
Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
                                            (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Standards setting and
  RPAR	     $15,497    $22,924    $23,408    $24,560*
Registration and
  Tolerances	       9,328     10,582     12,102     12,190
Federal  and State
  Program Support.,.	       5.740      2,913      4,486      3,706

     Total	      30,565     36,419     39,996     40,456

Permanent Positions
Standards Setting and
  RPAR	         232        336        310        335
Registration and
  Tolerances	         396        349  •      349        361
Federal  and State
  Program Support	          61	30	30	39

     Total	         689        715        689        735

Full-time Equivalency
Standards Setting and
  RPAR	......	         ...       ...         325        364
Registration and
  Tolerances	         ...       ...         394        396
Federal  and State
  Program Support	         ...       	          64         52

     Total	         ...       ...         783        812
  Increase +
  Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979_   Page
                        +$1,152

                            +88

                           -780
                           P-26

                           P-32

                           P-37
                           +460



                            +25

                            +12

                             +9
                            +46



                            +39

                             +2

                            -12
                            +29
                                 Thirty-five positions and $2,500,000 are included
                                 in this appropriation in 1980 for substitute chemicals
                                 whichhave been integrated into the standards setting
                                 and RPAR activity within the Abatement and Control
                                 appropriation.  In prior years these resources were in
                                 the Research and Development appropriation.
     Through the abatement and control program the major features of the EPA
pesticides regulatory strategy, review of new and existing pesticide products,
and use management, are implemented.  The development of standards for pesticide
chemicals and products plus the Rebuttable Presumption Against Registration
(RPAR) program are carried out under the standards setting and RPAR subactivity.
The registration and tolerances subactivity includes resources for pesticide
registration, special registration and residue tolerance setting.  Under the
Federal and State program support subaetivity is included in the primary
pesticide use management program:  applicator training'and certification.
                                                                           P-24

-------
     The Federal Pesticide Act of 1978, which amended the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), is intended to make the regulation of
pesticides more efficient, more effective, and more timely.  The cornerstone
of the new approach is a program of generic pesticide registration.  In the
past, registration entailed an examination of risk for each product, one at
a time.  However, generic registration of pesticides entails a single,
comprehensive evaluation of risks and benefits of the active ingredient
chemicals common to numerous products, based on all data relevant to the
registration decision.

     Development of pesticide generic standards will take time and until such
standaros are developed and the complete new reregistration program Is put in
place, EPA will grant conditional registrationsi  Conditional registration
will allow the Agency to process applications for registration of new products
which are like ones already registered and thus permit such products to enter
the market on an equal footing with others already registered.  This will,In
turn, provide consumers with a wider range of comparable products.  Ultimately,
all products will be reviewed comprehensively when reregistered under generic
pesticide registration standards.

     New uses of "old" chemicals and new chemicals will also be eligible for
conditional registration if EPA determines that enough information 1s
available to evaluate unique hazards that may be posed by the new uses.  The
Agency will also issue conditional registrations of new chemicals if the
public interest would be served by a registration and if risks during the
period required to complete and submit additional studies are not unreasonable.
Conditional registration will also be useful for allowing time to meet new
data requirements or, in some special cases, for permitting early registraion
of brand new chemicals.

     In addition to authorizing generic and conditional registration, the new
law clarifies many matters relating to the following uses of data:
(1) compensation by one registrant for use of data owned by another registrant;
(2) exclusive use of data submitted for registration of new pesticide chemcials;
(3) protection of specified trade secrets; and several issues pertaining to
efficacy data and registration data for "minor uses".

     By introducing changes in the handling of data, pesticide registration
will be simplified.

     The Amendments have also given EPA relatively broad discretion to waive
the submission of efficacy data.  This will simplify the registration process
for the registrant and for EPA review.  This new policy relies upon the
market-place to police efficacy.  If it does not prove to be effective, EPA
will reconsider the new approach.  In any case, the Agency will continue to
consider efficacy when performance of the product bears upon public health.

     States now have broader authority and responsibility for registering
pesticides.  States automatically have authority to register products for
use within their boundaries for "special local needs".  Formerly, States
had that authority only with EPA approval.  EPA may, however, disapprove
State registration if the use is dissimilar from federal registration, if
an imminent health hazard exists or if the State has authorized a use on
crops for which no tolerance has been established by EPA.

     In order to make effective use of State programs .for training and
certification of applicators to use "restricted use" pesticides, in I960
EPA will complete (except for updating) the process of classifying uses by
regulation, apart from the registration process.  This helps to realize
the objectives of the applicator certification program, since almost all
States have worked hard to train and certify applicators to handle the
restricted products.  Restriction of use gives EPA an option short of
cancellation to reduce pesticide risks.

-------
                                        PESTICIDES

                                   Abatement and Control

                                Standards Setting and RPAR
Appropriation
Registration Standards
BPAR Reviews	
EIS Preparation	
Market Sample Analysis
     Total,
Permanent Pos1tlons
Registration Standards
RPAR Reviews	
EIS Preparation	
Market Sample Analysis
     total,
Full-time Equivalency
Registration Standards
RPAR Revi ews	
EIS Preparation	
Market Sample Analysis
     Total,
Budget Request
                             Actual
                              1978
15,497
   232
                             *NOTE:
            Budget
           Estimate
             1979
           Current
           Estimate
             1979
         Estimate
           1980
           Increase +
           Decrease -
         1980 vs. 1979
                                             (dollars in thousands)
$4,452
10,347
61
637
$11,321
11,121
63
419
$11,231
12,110
67

$12,452
12,045
63

+$1 ,221
-65
-4
...
22,924
23,408
24,560*
+1,152
74
136
2
20
179
145
3
9
161
146
3

197
135
3
, . .
+36
-11
• * •

   336
   310
   335*
   +25
» • *
...
...
162
160
3
203
158
3
+41
-2
• *
                             325
                                                                     354
                                       +39
        35 positions and $2.5 mil 11on are included in
        this appropriation in 1980 for substitute
        chemicals which has been integrated into the
        standards setting and RPAR activity within the
        Abatement and Control appropriation.  In prior
        years, these resources were in the Research and
        Development appropriation.
     A total of $24,560,000 and 335 positions is requested for 1980 for standards
setting and RPAR.  This represents an increase'of SI,152,000 and 25 positions over
the 1979 level.  This includes an increase for generic standards development, which
is cruicial to the establishment of a streamlined, resource-efficient registration
and reregistration program in the future.  The important laboratory audit program
will be continued to ensure the validity of data presented by registrants in support
of continued or future registrations.  The budget will also permit the processing
of rebuttable presumption against registration (RPAR) actions, which are necessary
to the proper assessment of the health and safety of suspect compounds which are
long overdue for regulatory scrutiny.
                                                                           P-26

-------
Program Description

     In order to use resources efficiently, the Agency developed a new approach to
reregistration—developing generic standards for each of the active ingredient
chemicals currently used in pesticide products,  EPA will concentrate its effort on
the 514 chemicals currently used as active ingredients, which will permit decisions
on the reregistration of all existing products.  Many of the approximately 1,400
chemicals originally identified as discrete active ingredients have been eliminated
because they are not in any currently registered product, are inert or are similar
in nature.

     There are five phases in the development of a generic standards:  (1) data
gathering and preparation, (2) scientific review, (3) identification and analysis
of regulatory options, (4) regulatory standard drafting, and (5) integration of
comments and preparation of the final standard.  Several mixture and formulation
standards will be developed for each chemical standard produced.  Pesticide
residue tolerances, previously established under authority of the Federal Food,
Drug and Cosmetic Act, will also be reviewed and respecified for each of the food
or animal feed crops to which the chemical is applied.  (The establishment of new
residue tolerances is funded under the registration and tolerances subactivity}.
Finally, all pesticide products that use the chemical as an active ingredient and
meet the stipulations of the standard will be reregistered.  (Reregistration, as
distinguished from standards production, is funded under the registration and
tolerances subactivity, as are resources for new product registrations and
amendments to existing registrations).  Incorporating this new approach into the
Agency's entire pesticides abatement and control program will facilitate
registration, reregistration, and RPAR actions.

     Special review of pesticide products that are candidates for rebuttable
presumptions is a program established to scrutinize chemicals which are suspected
of causing undue hazards.  The decision to cancel the use of any chemical or
family of chemicals requires risk/benefit determination after an in-depth review
of potential hazards.  Public hearings are conducted, if necessary, to reach
final determinations.

     The Agency will continue to conduct systematic audits of the quality of
laboratory studies, in cooperation with the Food and Drug Administration, and
evaluate their impact on decision making.  This is being done because of problems
discovered which indicate that there are defects in basic studies used to support
pesticide registrations.  These lab data validations are Important to the
registration, RPAR, and tolerance setting processes since reliable data is needed
to proceed with actions to identify and restrict or remove hazardous pesticides
from use as well as to establish chemical standards for streamlined registration
and reregistration.

REGISTRATION STANDARDS

1978 Accomplishments                          ;

     In 1978, a total of $3,001,500 was expended for information services and
other contracts to develop a prototype standard and begin the transition from
development and testing of the gt.ieric standards approach to production of such
standards.  During this year a prototype standard was developed for the
herbicide metolachlor.  Development of the production process work flow and
detailed procedures for ttie first phase of the standards process  (data gathering)
were also completed.
P-27

-------
     Forty-eight chemicals were selected for which standards would be initiated
and work plans were prepared for all  chemical standards to be begun during the
first quarter of 1979.  In addition,  seven contracts which were critical  to
establish a production mode were initiated.  Finally, long-term resource
estimates were developed and refined  during 1978 in order to arrive at staffing
and funding levels necessary to complete the program within roughly a decade.

1979 Program

     A total of 161 psitions and $11,231,300 is available in 1979 of which
$8,075,700 are for contracts for information services and scientific data review.

     During 1979, the Agency will begin producting standards at a regular rate;
1979 resources will permit the initiation of 47 generic standards, each
averaging one active ingredient standard, four formulation standards, one mixture
standard and 20 commodity tolerance standards.  An entire registration standard
will require a median time of 14 months to complete,

1979 Explantion of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$89,300 results from several  actions.  Congress applied
a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control and
Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was -$157,800.
Finally, an increase of +$208,400 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978)
pay raise.  This increase was offset  by the transfer of -5139,900 to other agency
activities to support the costs of the most recent pay raise.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, $12,452,000 and 197 positions are requested, of which  $8,590,800
are for contracts for information services and scientific data review/validation.

     These resources will permit the  completion of 47 active ingredient standards
initiated in 1979 and the initiation  of 50 active ingredient standards in 1980.

     The subtasks involved in the development of a generic standard Include
screening all published literature, company submitted data and other unpublished
information; bibliography preparation; data evaluation and assessment of fate,
effects and exposure risks and benefits; preparing a regulatory rationale and
position; seeking public comment and  participation; preparing and publishing
the standard document; and managing records with the necessary AOP and
micrographic support.

     During 1980, EPA will be maintaining the prototype standard completed
during 1979 as well as initiating maintenance on new standards as they are
completed.  The subtasks Involved in  maintaining completed generic standards
include screening all newly published literature, new company data, laboratory
data, monitoring data, and accident data and updating the standard, as necessary,
from this material.  In particular, this effort covers updating standards to
include new uses, new tolerances, new special registrations and new data.

     At this level of funding, the rate of completion of registration standards
during 1980 will be 41 per year.  At  this rate, the project will require a
little over 10 years to complete.

                                                                          P-28

-------
REBUTtABLE. PRESUMPTION AGAINST REGISTRATION (RPAR)

1978 Accomplishments

     A total of 138 positions and $10,408,000 including EIS preparation was expended
including $7,813,600 for contracts for information services, site/pest Information,
use analyses, scientific exposure/hazard assessments and risk/benefit  information.

     During 197fi, the RPAR process underwent a critical evaluation resulting in
major refinements to streamline the process.  A work plan system was established
for each priority RPAR chemical to maximize use of resoruces.  The goal oriented
work plans identify the activities to be accomplished, assign responsibility, and
establish time frames for each task.  In addition, a reporting system was instituted
to provide a means for keeping management informed on progress in implementing the
work plans and to provide a means of pinpointing potential problem areas.  Finally,
to provide scientific and technical support throughout the RPAR review and to
establish accountability at each stage of the RPAR process, each project manager
was assigned a specific Project Support Team comprised of appropriate experts from
within the Office of Pesticides Programs (OPP) and the Office of General Counsel.

     Another major improvement in the RPAR process was the decision to begin
collecting exposure data during the pre-RPAR review of risk instead of after an
RPAR has been issued.  This approach will reduce the expenditure of resources
needed to review chemicals which are potentially hazardous but pose little risk
because of minimal exposure.

     Also in 1978, a final decision document was prepared on the chemical
1.2-dibrooio-3-chloropropafle (DBCP).  Another 15 chemicals were in various stages
of review, after the decision to submit the chemicals to the rebuttable presumption
process.  This includes analysis of the exposure of humans and the environment to
the pesticide, including environmental impact analysis; analysis for oncogenicity,
teratogenlcity, and carcinogem'city risk; review of the benefits of the different
uses of the pesticide; review of the possible substitutes for the chemicals; and
assessment of the possible regulatory options.  Initial analyses, resulting in the
issuance of RPAR notices, were completed for 15 chemicals.  Thirty-seven compounds
were reviewed for possible referral to the RPAR process and 22 were recommended
for a pre-RPAR review (which could result in the decision to issue an RPAR notice).
Agreement was reached with the Department of Agriculture which resulted in the
formation of DOA/EPA assessment teams for 24 chemicals already in process or whose
reviews were planned.

     As part of a special program to assess the extent of risk associated with
the use of pesticides containing dioxin, 105 samples were collected to determine
the presence of dioxin in human milk and urine, 271 samples of various organs
were analyzed to determine the statistical validity of dioxin analyses and the
lower limit of detection, and 82 samples were analyzed to determine whether
detectable levels of dioxin were present in fish,  soil and human tissue.

     A total of 65 lab audits were performed by the Food and Drug Administration
for EPA.  Of the audits performed to date, three have been referred for
enforcement action (two to the Department of Justice).
P-29

-------
1979 Program

     In 1979, $12,177,000 and 149 positions including EIS preparation are
available including $9,375,800 for contracts for information services,
site/pest information, use analyses, scientific exposure/hazard assessments
and risk/benefit information.

    -Final decision documents incorporating environmental impact statements
will be prepared for 23 RPAR chemicals and administrative hearings will  be
conducted as required.  RPAR notices will  be issued for 19 chemicals suspected
of having an adverse effect on humans or the environment.  Dioxin sample
analyses will be completed in 1979 and 70 laboratory audits will be performed.
Twelve special audits will be made of already discovered faulty lab data and
300 registrant validations of possibly faulty lab data will be audited.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase in RPAR reviews of +$989,000 results from several
actions.  Congress applied a S3 million reduction for position lapse rate
in the Abatement and Control and Enforcement appropriations; the decrease
applicable to this activity was -$471,400.  An increase of +$874,000 results
from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise and as well
as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  This increase is
offset by the transfer of -$179,600 to other agency activities to support the
cost of the most recent pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's ZBB
review of resource requirements for the 1979 operating plan, +$766,ODD was
reprogrammed to this activity from program support.

     The net increase in RPAR Reviews/EIS of $3,900 is the result of pay costs from the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977
(1978) pay raise.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, $12,108,000 and 138 positions including EIS preparation are
requested of which $9,513,600 are for contrats for information services, use
analyses, scientific exposure/hazard assessment and risk/benefit and site/pest
information.

     This decrease In resources for rebuttable presumptions reflects the
reduction of program activity as work is completed on the initial 65 chemical
classes first accepted as RPAR candidates.  Thirty-five positions and $2.5
million transferred from the Research and Development appropriation for  the
substitute chemicals program will allow the RPAR program to phase-out more
gradually than originally projected resulting in an offsetting reduction of
funds.

     At this level of resources, final decision documents, including environmental
impact statements will be prepared for 20 chenrfcal classes on which a rebuttable
presumption has already been declared because they are suspected of having an
adverse effect on man or the environment.  In addition, decisions on whether to
issue an RPAR will be made after data gathering for, and evaluation of,  17 chemical
classes.  About two administrative hearings are anticipated, for which technical
and scientific support will be provided.  The substitute chemicals program will
be integrated into the-RPAR process since final decision documents require the
determination of feasible alternative pest control strategies that can be safely
and effectively substituted for RPAR chemicals.
                                                                           P-30

-------
      In the laboratory audit program, 70 laboratories presently carrying put
 chronic feeding and other studies on laboratory animals will  be audited.  This
 level will also permit evaluation of 200 registrant validations of toxicology
 studies.

 MARKET SAMPLE ANALYSIS

 1978 Accomplishments

      In 1978, 20 regional positions and $636,600 were devoted to the pesticide
 market sample analysis program.  This program is conducted by four pesticide
 analysis laboratories located in New York, Mississippi, Colorado, and California.
 Pesticide product samples are analyzed by the laboratories to determine if the
 products contain the active ingredients in the amounts claimed on the labels,
 and if the product contains adulterating chemicals including pesticides not
 claimed on the label,

 1979 Program

      In 1979, this program will be transferred to the Enforcement appropriation.

 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

      The net decrease of -$419,000 results from the transfer of this amount to
 pesticides enforcement to support market analysis laboratory work at the National
 Enforcement Investigation Center and pesticides enforcement activity in headquarters.
P-31

-------
                                        PESTICIDES

                                   Abatement an.d Control

                                Registration and Tolerances
                             Actual
                              1978
          Budget
         Estimate
           1979
Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
  Increase +
  Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
                                             (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Registration	
Special Registration,
Tolerances	
$6,513
1,766
1,049
$7,681
1 ,581
1,320
$8,659
2,074
1,369
$8,250
1 ,621
2,319
-$409
-453
+950
      Total,
9,328     10,582
 12,102
 12,190
      +88
Permanent Positloris
Registration	
Special Registration.
Tolerances	
236
84
76 .
227
65
57
227
71
51
235
66
60
+8
-5
+9
     Total,
                                396
             349
Ful1-time Equivalency
Registration	
Special Registrati on...
Tolerances	
    349
                         243
                          86
                          65
    361
                245
                 84
                 67
      +12
                   +2
                   -2
                   +2
     Total,
                         394
                                                                   396
                               +2
Budget Request
     A total of $12,189,600 and 361 positions is requested in 1980 for registration
and tolerances.  The increase of 12 positions is in response to the recent FIFRA
amendments which not only permit conditional registrations but also free constraints
in the registration process and clear the way for an increased number of registration
applications.

Program Descrj oti on

     Major efforts are directed in three areas.  First, registration enables new
products to enter the market.  Under this program, new pesticide products are
registered, and current registrations are amended for new uses or new formulations.
Registration also provides for classification for general or restricted use.
Certain pesticide uses which, if left unclassified, could cause an adverse effect
to man or the environment.  Registration activity will increase in 1979 and 1980
for two principal reasons, both arising from the recent Amendments to FIFRA:
clarification of the trade secret provisions of FIFRA, and implementation of
conditional registration.  Conditional registration will permit products,
especially thoss containing old active ingredients, to be registered under
simplified procedures before a generic standard is developed.

     The special registration program covers all activities relating to (a) the
issuance of experimental use permits under Section 5 of FIFRA to generate data
for registration, (b) the issuance of emergency exemptions under Section 18,
and (c) the issuance of Section 24(c) special local need registrations, which
are handled largely by the States with Federal oversight.
                                                                           P-32

-------
     The tolerances program provides for the establishment of pesticide residue
tolerances on food and animal feed crops under the Federal Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act.

REGISTRATION

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, 236 positions and $6,513,300 were devoted to the registration
process, of which $2,095,300 were for contracts for information services,
site/pest and quantitive use analyses.

     Proposed guidelines on data required to support registration were published
in the Federal Register on product chemistry, environmental fate and environmental
safety.  The site/pest coding process, which computerizes use/site/pest
information on registered pesticide labels for rapid access and entry into
pesticide information processing systems, was begun on product labels presently
on file.  EPA anticipates completing this project in the first quarter of 1979.
Also, the preparation of regulations for conditional registration was begun in
anticipation of the recent passage of the FIFRA amendments and scientific
evaluation procedures were reviewed and in some cases changed in order to
achieve greater productivity.

     The following actions were processed:  3,700 administrative amendments,
1,796 technical amendments, 21 new chemical applications, 2,301 routine
registrations, and 24,000 supplemental registrations.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $8,659,000 and 227 positions were allocated in anticipation of increased
workload resulting from passage of the FIFRA Amendments.  Of this amount, $4,391,400
are for contracts for information services, including ADP services to track
the influx of new applications, and site/pest information.

     Conditional registration of pesticide products will begin, causing the
registration process to experience a sharp Influx of "me-too" registrations
and amendments.  It is expected that by the beginning of the third quarter,
incoming applications for "me-too" products will exceed 250 per month and
amendments 500 per month—more than twice the 1978 rate.

     Activity will continue on developing registration data guidelines, on
increasing the efficiency of the registration review process and on reducing
overall registration decision making time.  The Agency expects the following
additional actions to be processed over the 1978 workload:  104 more technical
amendments, 11 more new chemical applications, and 299 more routine registrations.
The number of months required to reach to reach a registration decision on new
chemicals/technical amendments will be reduced by 25 percent due to conditional
registration and process improvements.  Finally, the backlog of scientific
reviews for pending new chemical/technical amendment applications will be
reduced by 30 percent.
P-33

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net Increase of +$976,900 results from several actions.  An increase
of +$752,000 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979)
pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 {1978} pay raise.
The increase for pay costs within this element was offset by the transfer of
-$106,200 to other Agency activities to support the cost of the mo$t recent
pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource
requirements for its FY 1979 operating plan, +$331,100 was reprogrammed to
this element from the agency support program.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, 235 positions and $8,249,400 are requested of which $3,831,400
is for information services and site/pest contracts.  The increase of eight
positions is necessary to deal  with greater demand for regulatory decision
making in 1980 due to conditional registrations.  It is anticipated that the
Agency will process 3,700 administrative and 1,900 technical amendments,
32 new chemical applications, 2,600 routine registrations, 740 intrastate
product registrations, and 2,820 reregistrations.

     The position increase will also reduce regulatory decision making time
from 11 months in 1979 to seven months in 1980 and reduce the backlog of
new chemical and technical amendment applications by over 50 percent.
Decreased funding is possible because basic contracts for conditional
registration data will be shifting from start-up to in-place operation.

SPECIAL REGISTRATION

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, 84 positions and $1,765,900 were expended for the special
registration process.  No funds were obligated for contracts.  Approximately
240 Section 5 experimental use permit applications, 75 temporary tolerance
petitions, 180 Section 18 emergency exemption actions and 1,200 Section 24(c)
State registrations were reviewed.  Support for the minor use program was
provided, including reviewing petitions and serving as liaison with minor
use interest groups.

1979 Program

     The 1979 program requires 71 positions and $2,074,300 including
$739,500 for Information services/ADP contracts.  This will permit Section 5
experimental use permits to be processed within 120 days of receipt and
Section 18 emergency expemtions to be finalized within four weeks of receipt.
Also, 20 percent of follow-up experimental use permit reports will be
evaluated, and increased guidance will be provided to petitioners for minor
crop uses.
                                                                        P-34

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$493,300 results from several  actions,  A net increase
of +$193,300 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  The increase
for pay costs within this element was offset by the transfer of -$20,300 to
other Agency activities to cover the cost of the most recent pay raise.  In
addition, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for
its 1979 operating plan, +$320,300 was reprogrammed to this element from agency
support,

1980 Plan

     In 1980, 66 positions and $1,621,200 are requested, a decrease of five
positions and $453,000 from 1979.  The $380,400 in contracts will  be used
for information and ADP services.  Section 18 emergency exemptions will be
processed within four weeks of receipt and experimental  use permit (EUP)
applications and petitions for temporary tolerances will receive scientific
and administrative processing within 120 days of receipt.  One hundred additional
periodic EUP reports will be reviewed plus an additional 50 revised labels
which are required as a condition for granting EUP's.

     State issued Section 24(c) registrations and Section 5(f) experimental
use permits will be reviewed for less obvious discrepancies and necessary
corrective action will be taken.  Appropriate comments and constructive criticism
will be forwarded to the States,  Additional revised labels will be reviewed
for agreement with the terms of each special registration and a sampling program
will be established to evaluate the scientific validity and legal  adequacy of
data submissions.

TOLERANCES

1978 Accpmpl i shments.

     In 1978, 76 positions and $1,049,200 were expended 1n the tolerances process.
No funds were obligated for contracts; 135 new petitions (including those for 15
new chemicals), 125 amendments and 60 inert Ingredient requests were reviewed to
establish residue levels that will protect human health.

     The 15 petitions for new chemicals included tolerance requests for two
chemicals on cotton to control the cotton bollworm, for which there is presently
no means of control.  Also, approximately 450 telephone requests and 300 written
requests for tolerance information were processed with written response time
averaging less than two weeks.

1979 Program

     Fifty-one positions and $1,369,100 are allocated to the tolerance program
in 1979 of which $410,300 are for information services and hazard assessment
contracts.  This will permit the review of all requests to establish residue
levels and enable the Agency to provide written replies to inquiries on
tolerance petitions within an average two weeks time.  Raw agricultural
commodity and food additive tolerance petitions will be processed in a timely
manner.
 P-3.5

-------
     The Agency will  also be able to process 120 new petitions (including
those for 15 new chemicals), 100 amendments, and 60 inert ingredient requests.
Processing will include administrative handling, coordination of data review,
review of data, risk/benefit analysis, and preparation of Federal  Register
notices.

     Also, responses  to 300 written and 450 telephone inquiries  will  be able
to provided, including both congressional  inquiries and responses  to general
correspondence on tolerances, inert clearances,  etc.  Replies will  average
two weeks turnaround  time.

1979 Explanation of Change Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$49,500 results  from several actions.   An increase
of +$66,000 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  This
increase was offset by the reprogramming of -$16,500 to other Agency activities
for the cost of the most recent pay raise.

1980 Plan

     In 1980, 60 positions and $2,319,000  are requested, including $1,191,000
for information services and tiazard assessment contracts.  An increase of
nine positions is due to the expected increase in tolerance petitions resulting
from the conditional  registration program.

     In 1980, 135 tolerance petitions, 125 amendments, and 60 inert ingredient
requests will be able to be processed.  Timeliness of processing petitions
will be improved.
                                                                          P-36

-------
                                       PESTICIDES

                                  Abatement and Control

                           Federal and State Program Support

                                               Budget   Current              Increase +
                                    Actual     Estimate  Estimate  Estimate   Decrease -
                                     1978       1979      1979      1980    1980 vs.  1979
                                                      {dollars in thousands)

 Appropriation
 Pesticides  Usa Management	      S5.740       $2.913    S4.486    £3.706      -S780

      Total	••       5.740        2,913     4,486     3,706       -780

 Permanent  Positijns
 Pesticides  Use Management.....         61	30	30        3g         +g

      Tota1	•	••        61           30        3D     '   39         +9

 Full-time Equvalency
 Pesticide Use  Management,......        ...	  	^3        S2        _n

      Total..........	        ...          ...         63        52        _„

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $3,706,000 and 39 positions is requested in 1980.  This
reflects a decrease of 5780,000 and an increase of nine positions from the 1-979
level.

Program Description

     EPA is committed to ensuring that State and local governments assume a large
responsibility  for pesticide control programs.  The Agency has been working
with States in  the implementation of cooperative Federal/State programs, in
particular those involving the certification and training of applicators to
apply restricted use pesticides.  EPA believes that this will not only result
in better control of pesticides and fewer accidents but will also be more
cost effective and responsive to local need.  The States are now extensively
implementing these programs.  EPA is also working with other Federal agencies
and Indian Tribes that apply significant amounts of pesticides in the development
of their programs for .training and certification.  In order to insure necessary
continuity, EPA will  continue to assist the States, Federal agencies, and
Indian Tribes in upgrading existing programs while supporting Federal certification
in Colorado and Nebraska where the States have not assumed responsibility.  Tribal
programs are expected to be much smaller In size than State programs and will
require commensurately fewer resources.

     The Agency also provides information to^the public and industry on activities
associated with pesticides registration and conducts activities directed at
educating the public on safe use practices.  In accord with Section 4(c) of FIFRA,
instructional materials on pest management practices, especially integrated pest
management (IPM) techniques, have been distributed to the public.
 P-37

-------
PESTICIDE USE MANAGEMENT

197B Accomplishments

     In 1978, 61 positions and $5,739,500 were expended on pesticide use
management activities of which $2,280,000 were for grants to the States  for
certification and training and $200,000 for IPM studies.

     EPA has fully approved a total  of 48 State certification plans through
1978.  In addition, a Federal agency plan was also approved.  Two Federal
certification plans (one in Colorado and one in Nebraska) were implemented and
planning for Indian certification programs was initiated in eight regions.

     By the end of the fiscal year,  88 percent (282,494) of commerical and
79 percent (1,341,000) of private applicators had received initial  certification.
Also, lists totaling 23 active ingredients, affecting 3,300 uses classified
for application only by certified applicators, were published in the Federal
Register.  This marks the first registry of classified pesticides and
Implements the full scope of the applicator certification and training program
by specifying certain chemicals for  applicators'  exclusive use.

     In addition, the evaluation of  the applicator certification and training
program was expanded to enough States to penult EPA to begin to  draw national
inferences from the findings.  The Agency also developed and publsihed
applicator training manuals on agricultrual plant, regulatory, right-of-way,
antimicrobial and wood preservation  topics.  Training programs entitled
"Pesticide Fire and Spill" and "Farm Worker Protection" were developed and
distributed for firefighters and health personnel, and a survey  of State needs
was completed.

     The regional pesticide branches, in addition to providing significant
support to the certification and training program, were also active in
a number of key areas: providing assistance to pesticide manufacturers,
formulators, and distributors on all aspects of registration requirements;
conducting training for fire departments to handle pesticide fires and spills,
and training for health clinic personnel in the treatment of pesticide poisonings;
conducting pesticide accident investigations, which resulted in  improved data on
pesticide accidents and misuse and which will in turn be used to support registration
decisions and labs! changes; providing technical  assistance to their counterparts
in the water programs to improve pesticide use practices around  water;
responding to congressional, press,  and public requests for information; representing
agency policies and programs to all  affected governmental and private entities;
participating in Interagency Regulatory  Liaison Group (IRL6) activities;
and providing a significant level of assistance to State and local  governments
on matters covering the range of agency pesticide regulatory-activities.

1979 Program

     In 1979, 30 positions and 54,486,000 are available.  Of this amount
51,950,000 will be provided to the States for support of certification and
training programs.  The new amendments provide for a Federal share in the  costs
(up to 50 percent) of this program.   Cooperative agreement type  funding
arrangements will be used wherein State performance will be closely monitored.
Also in 1979, the evaluation of certification and training programs will be
expanded to five or six States, S250.000 will be made available  for Federal
certification programs In Colorado and Nebraska and 556,000 for  Indian certification.
                                                                       P-38

-------
     The regions will curtail much of their present program activity (e.o..
assistance to States and other government entities, health and safety clinics
and programs, accident investigations, and self-initiated outreach programs)
but will continue to provide assistance to pesticide manufacturers under
Section 3 of FIFRA, and will assist States in meeting ongoing certification
and training requirements.
                ri
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net Increase of +$1,573,000 results from several actions.  An
Increase of +$331,300 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978)
pay raise.  This Increase was offset by the transfer of -$39,300 to other
agency activities to support the costs of the most recent pay raise.
Finally, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements
for its 1979 operating plan, +$1,281,000 was reprogrammed to this activity
from new source permit EIS preparation ($650,600) and Federal activities EIS
review ($188,700) within the interdisciplinary media and from toxics
management ($81,600) and program  support ($360,100),

1980 Plan

     In 1980, 39 positions and $3,706,000 are requested, of which $1,978,200
are extramural funds for applicator training and certification programs
($1,672,200 for $tate programs, $250,000 for Federal programs in Colorado
and Nebraska, and $56,000 for Indian certification).  Headquarters will
continue to appraise Integrated Pest Management techniques using the contract
mechanism. RPAR and special registration review functions will be preformed at
headquarters.  Registrant/public inquiries and problems with these programs
will be directed to the regions.

     Regions will undertake a moderate level of activity in the areas of
assistance to States and other government entities and health and safety
outreach.   They will also continue responding to registrant requests for
information and assisting States in the maintenance and upgrading of
certification and training programs.
P-39

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                       PESTICIDES

                                       Enforcement


                                         Budget      Current                  Increase +
                              Actual     Estimate    Estimate    Estimate      Decrease -
                               1978       1979        1979        1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                                (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Pesticides Enforcement.....  $10,063     .$12,363     $13,314     $12,156       -$1,158

Permanent Position
Pesticides Enforcement.....      146          143         146         116           -30

Full-Time Equivalency
Pesticides Enforcement	                              168         124           -44

Budget Request

     A total of $12,156,000 and 116 positions is requested for the 1980 pesticides
enforcement program.  This request reflects a decrease of 30 positions and $1,158,000,
indicating a lessened demand for Federal activity resulting from increased State activity
under the grant program.

Program Description

     The EPA pesticides enforcement program, covering approximately 8,000 firms
involved in the production of pesticides sold and distributed in the U.S. and millions
of persons using those pesticides, is administered pursuant to the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended.  The first priority of the program is
initiating enforcement actions in emergency situations involving substantial  threats
to public health and safety.  The program also emphasizes compliance on the part of
the pesticide industry with registration, classification, and labeling requirements,
and compliance by the users and applicators of pesticides in observing proper label
directions for use.  As a result of Federal/State enforcement agreements, the program
is conducted largely by cooperating State agencies.  Included in the overall  program
are:  observation of pesticide applications; sampling and label checks of pesticides
at production sites and in the marketplace; registration of pesticide producing
establishments; and initiation of enforcement actions including civil penalties,
criminal prosecutions, seizures, stop sales, and injunctive actions.

     The primary feature of the program has become State agency cooperation in enforce-
ment efforts.  With State participation, the breadth and effectiveness of the enforce-
ment program will be greatly enhanced.  These agreements are developed pursuant to the
authority of Section 23(a)(l) of the  Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide
Act, as amended.

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, the Agency developed cooperative enforcement grants-in-aid 34 States.
Under these agreements, States conducted 1865 use and reentry inspections and 960
inspections of pesticide producing establishments.

     During 1978, the following approximate accomplishments were realized by EPA:
inspections of 1078 pesticide producing establishments; 1080 use and reentry
inspections; 394 inspections at ports of entry; and 1450 marketplace inspections.  As
a result of these efforts, the following actions were taken:  216 civil actions for
product/producer/use violations; 556  Section 9 notices of warning for product/producer
violations; and 174 stop sale, use, or removal orders.  The Agency also participated

-------
in six investigations of incidents of alleged falsification of data submitted in
support of product registration; and published Notices of Judgment, detailing the
legal disposition of those civil and criminal actions instituted under the Federal,
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended.

     Total resources for this program in 1978 were 146 positions and 510,068,000.  Of
that total, $291,000 was-obligated for contracts for an evaluation of the effective-
ness of the State grant program, training for the laboratory inspection, and/mlP
support, and $5,000,000 for the support of 34 State cooperative enforcement/grants.

1979 Program

     The 1979 pesticides enforcement program will have as its first p/tority at both
headquarters and in the regions the initiation of enforcement actions in emergencies
involving substantial threats to public health and safety.  Other jprogramwide
responsibilities include emphasis upon enforcement of pesticide usie and application,
improvement of enforcement methods through greater cooperation With States, and an
emphasis upon development of cases of national or regional significance.  Additional
important activities, including establishment of cooperative/enforcement grants with
States, will be continued.  The grants will provide for participation by approximately
43 States in all areas of pesticides enforcement.  The 1979 planned resource level for
this program is $13,314,000 and 145 positions, of whichy|8,800,000 will be used to
fund State grants.  The pesticides enforcement program/as in previous years, will be
directed toward the objectives of ensuring user compliance with label directions for
use, and ensuring product and producer compliance wyth registration, classification,
and labeling requirements of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
(FIFRA).  Additionally, contract funds in the amount of $256,000 will be used to obtain
data to support enforcement actions; specialized/training for pesticides enforcement
personnel in the laboratory inspection prograin/and ADP support.

     Federal pesticides enforcement activitjis will be focused upon those States not
participating in the grant program and those States having programs which do 'not
adequately address certain enforcement concerns, within resource limits,  User
compliance activities will include 540,dse and experimental use inspections.  Product
and producer compliance activities wvH include about 70 establishment inspections,
110 marketplace inspections, and 115/port inspections.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Jnidget Estimate

     The net increase of +$951/000 results from several actions.  First, an increase
of +$377,800 is due to increased pay costs from the October, 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise
and distribution of the October, 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  Second, +$419,000 was
transferred to this element from Abatement and Control pesticides activity to support
pesticides sample analyst's activity within the Enforcement appropriation.  Finally,
as a result of the Agent's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, +$154,200 was reprogrammed to this activity within regions and is attributed to
regional reductions yn toxic substances enforcement activity.

     The 1980 budget for this activity is $12,156,000 and 116 positions; these figures
represent decreases of $1,158,000 and 30 positions.  Of the total budget, about is
available $9,20(/,000 is available for the support of 43 or more State cooperative
enforcement grants.  Contract funds will be approximately $210,000, with ADP support
and specialized training for pesticides enforcement personnel in performing laboratory
data inspections and subsequent enforcement case development as important items.

     In 1980, the pesticides enforcement program has as its first priority the
initiati/n of enforcement actions in emergencies involving substantial threats to
public Health and safety.  Emphasis will also be placed upon enforcement of pesticides
use and application, improvement of enforcement methods through greater cooperation
with^States, and an emphasis upon the development of cases of national or regional
significance.

-------
in six investigations of incidents of alleged falsification of data submitted in support
of product registration; and published Notices of Judgment, detailing the legal  disposition
of those civil and criminal actions instituted under the Federal  Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodentici.de Act, as amended.

     Total resources for this program in 1978 were 146 positions  and $10,068,000.   Of
that total, $291,000 was obligated for contracts for an evaluation of the effectiveness
of the State grant program, training for the laboratory inspection, and ADP support,  and
55,000,ODD for the support of 34 State cooperative enforcement grants.

1979 Program

     The 1979 pesticides enforcement program will have as its first priority at both
headquarters and in the regions the initiation of enforcement actions in emergencies
involving substantial threats to public health and safety.  Other programwide responsi-
bilities include emphasis upon enforcement of pesticide use and application, improvement
of enforcement methods through greater cooperation with States, and an  emphasis upon
development of cases of national or regional significance.  Additional  important activ-
ities, including establishment of cooperative enforcement grants  with States, will  be
continued.  The grants will provide for participation by approximately 43 States in all
areas of pesticides enforcement.  The 1979 planned resource level  for this program is
$13,314,000 and 146 positions, of which $8,800,000 will be used to fund State grants.
The pesticides enforcement program, as in previous years, will be directed toward  the
objectives of ensuring user compliance with label directions for  use, and ensuring
product and producer compliance with registration, classification, and  labeling require-
ments of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act  (FIFRA),  Additionally,
contract funds in the amount of $256,000 will be used to obtain data to support enforce-
ment actions; specialized training for pesticides enforcement personnel in the laboratory
inspection program; and ADP support.

     Federal pesticides enforcement activities will be focused upon those States not
participating in the grant program and those States having programs which do not
adequately address certain enforcement concerns, within resource  limits.  User
compliance activities will include 540 use and experimental use inspections.  Product
and producer compliance activities will include about 70 establishment  inspections,
110 marketplace inspections, and 115 port inspections.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$951,000 results from several actions.   First, an increase
of +$377,800 is due to increased pay costs from the October, 1978 (1979) pay raise
and distribution of the October, 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Second,  +$419,000 was trans-
ferred to this element from Abatement and Control pesticides activity to support
pesticides sample analysis activity within the Enforcement appropriation.  Finally,
as a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, +$154,200 was reprogrammed to this activity within regions  and is attributed to
regional reductions in toxic substances enforcement activity.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 budget for this activity is $12,156,000 and ,16 positions; these figures
represent decreases of $1,158,000 and 30 positions.  Of the total  budget, about
$9,200,000 is available for the support of 43 or more State cooperative
enforcement grants.  Contract funds will be approximately $210,000, with ADP support
and specialized training for pesticides enforcement personnel in  performing laboratory
data inspections and subsequent enforcement case development as important items.

     In 1980, the pesticides enforcement program has as its first priority the initiation
of enforcement actions in emergencies involving substantial threats to  public health  and
safety.  Emphasis will also be placed upon enforcement of pesticides use and application,
improvement of enforcement methods through greater cooperation w'ith States, and an
emphasis upon the development of cases of national or regional significance.

                                                                        P-42

-------
     In 1980, plans are to include the participation of all qr nearly all States and
Territories in the grant program.  State activities will include use, reentry, anei
experimental use inspections, establishment inspections and marketplace inspections.
As a consequence of this enhanced State role in the overall program, the Federal
role will continue to be that of program management, oversight, and training.  In
States without grants, and in States having programs which do not adequately address
certain enforcement concerns, Federal enforcement activities will continue, within
resource limits.
P-43

-------
Radiation

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
 PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
                                           Budget       Current                 Increase -
                             Actual        Estimate     Estimate     Estimate    Decrease -
                              1978          1979         1979         1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                               (dol 1 ars in thousands'^
 Research and Development:
   Appropriation	  $820           $930        $1,970       12,930       +$950
   Permanent Positions	    26             26            26           29          +3
   Full-time Equivalency	            ...            31           36          +5

 Abatement and Control:
   Appropriation	  7,726         10,531        8,360       14,271      +5,911
   Permanent Positions	    183            196          179          179
   Full-time Equivalency...    ...            ...          218          217          -1

 Total, Radiation Program:
  Appropriation,	  8,546         11,461       10,330       17,201      +6,871
  Permanent Positions,	    209            222          205          208          +3
  Full-time Equivalency	-..            ...          249          253          +4
  Outlays		......  6,497          5,900       11,100       13,000      +1,900
  Authorization Levels	    830*           *          2,500*         *

             * Funds are currently authorized under the Environmental Research,
               Development, and Demonstration Authorization Act; this authorization
               is pending for 1980.   Remaining funds  are authorized by virtue of
               the Appropriation Act.

 OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

      Exposure to ionizing radiation results principally from naturally occuring sources,
some which have been exacerbated through man's intervention in mining and manufacturing
 processes; from medical  and industrial  applications  of x-ray and radioactive material,
 and from various aspects of the nuclear power industry.  EPA accepts as 'a prudent public
health assumption the concept that any radiation exposure results in some adverse health
 effects.  While some public exposure to radiation is inevitable, no avoidable risk
 attributable to exposure to radiation should occur to individuals, or to the environment
 without offsetting benefits.

      Exposure to man-made nonionizing radiation (MIR) at radio and microwave frequencies,
 which were negligible prior to World War II, has increased in both the number and power
 of NIR sources.  This trend is expected to continue.  The Agency is therefore expanding
 its research on the health effects  of NIR to ascertain whether increased exposure jeopardizes
 public health.

      EPA has the mandate to protect the public health and environment from any adverse
 effects related to radiation exposure.   Before enactment of the Clear A1r Act (August 1977),
 the two principal  authorities for setting radiation  standards were (1) the authority
 transferred from the Atomic Energy Commission under Reorganization Plan 13 of 1970 to
 establish generally applicable environmental standards for the protection of the
 population and the general environment from radiation and radioactive materials, and
 (2) the Federal radiation protection guidance^function for Federal activities, as stated
 in 42 USC 20221 (H).

      The Clearn Air Act Amendments  of 1977 provide EPA with the ability to regulate
 radioactive air pollutants through  the standard setting authorities of that Act, including
 National Ambient Air Quality Standards, New Source Performance Standards, and National
 Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.  These authoritieis relate to situations
 in which the public health is or may be endangered.   The Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation
 Control Act of 1972 provides authority for the comprehensive coverage of mill tailings  at
 active and inactive uranium mills,  and requires a report and recommendations on any
necessary program to eliminate-hazards at uranium mills.
                                                                             R-l

-------
Health service Act, and the National Environmental Policy Act.

     These legislative authorities set out a standard setting, environmental  assessment,
and technology assessment role for EPA.  Enforcement responsibilities, with certain
exceptions, are set out for other agencies, notably the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
However, EPA does perform some oversight functions to insure that established standards
and guidance are followed.  Enforcement of drinking water standards and effluent discharge
limits in navigable waters is carried out by appropriate EPA offices, as are actions
taken under the Clean Air Act of 1977  (except where such action is given to MRC by
interagency agreement).

     Within the framework of the applicable legislation, the radiation program's strategy
is as follows:

     - Concentrate the application of assessment and regulatory capabilities in those
       areas which promise the greatest reduction in potential adverse health effects
       and environmental impacts from radiation.

     - Emphasize EPA's regulatory mission to establish standards for radiation in
       specific environmental pathways, and where Federal guidelines are used, place
       emphasis on meaningful interagency participation in both the development and
       the application of the guidelines.

     - Maintain an adequate capability for environmental and technology assessment to
       quantify the nature of existing and emerging radiation problems and the
       potential impact of advanced technology still in the planning stages.

     - Respond to issues of serious public concern, utilizing EPA's expertise to
       evaluate these concerns and, if necessary, point out the need to control those
       situations where the corrective actions required are the responsibility of
       other agencies.

     - Assist in the development of State, local, and Federal plans to.respond to
       emergency situations involving nuclear events or large, unexpected releases of
       radioactivity.

     - Assist the States in developing the capability to respond to radiation problems.
       The highest priority is placed on providing assistance where the States' need
       to act 1s derived from EPA's regulations.

     - Employ the extensive research capabilities of the other Federal agencies whenever
       possible, and augment or complement the existing research when a special need
       exists or where there is a lack of other Federal effort.

     Within this general strategy, activities mandated by the Clean A1r Act of 1977 and
those associated with specifically mandated radioactive waste management requirements are
accorded the highest priority.  The emphasis on the Clean Air Act activities 1s consistent
with general public concern over radiation and the existence of a large number of poorly
defined and uncontrolled sources which may be emitting radioactive air pollutants.  The
emphasis on the control of radioactive waste disposal will result in environmentally
sound solutions to radioactive waste disposal .problems as required by overall Federal
Government commitments to energy development.

     EPA's research program will continue to focus on the health and ecological effects
of nonionizing radiation and will expand both the intramural and extramural components as
part of the 1980 public health Initiative.  Work will support the establishment of
guidelines, if indicated, for environmental levels of NIR to which the public is exposed.
The major initiative will be directed toward the .biological effects from long-terra, low
level exposures, and the identification of mechanisms of interaction of electromagnetic
radiation with biological systems.  Studies will be performed to resolve the significant
discrepancy in allowable microwave exposure standards between Russia and the United States
and to refine microwave dosimetry techniques.
 R-2

-------
     nacnarion Krogram	,	        $10,330

  Research and Development	           +960
    This increase is for health effects to support ERA'S
    public health initiative.

  Abatement and Control	,	         +5,911
    Radiation criteria,  standards,  and guidelines activity
    will increase by $4.4 million and monitoring and
    analysis will increase by $1.5 million.                               	
1980 Radiation Program	.,	.	         17,201


SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Sunmary of Budget Request

         A total of $17,201,000 is requested in 1980.   This request, by appropriation
account, is as follows:

                          Research and Development	  $2,930,000
                          Abatement and Control	  14,271,000

     This represents an  increase of $6,871,000 over the 1979 level.  The research and
development portion of the increase, $1 million, will  primarily support that portion of
the Agency's public health initiative which focuses on the identification of a potential
health hazard from nonionizing electromagnetic radiation (NEHR) and will support the
study of. long term, low  level NEMR exposure effects.   An increase of $4.4 million is due
to increased emphasis on the development of standards  for alternative disposal methods
for various classes of radioactive wastes.   An Increase of $1,5 million will provide for
increased source and area monitoring to define the need for regulations and specific
regulatory requirements  under the Clean Air Act,

     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget  Estimate

     Changes from the budget are as follows:
                                                                (in thousands of dollars)

     Original 1979 estimate	,	      $11,461

        Congressional increases/decreases:
           Microwave radiation research.......	       +1,000
           Reduction in  lapse rate	           -6

        Effect of October 1978 pay raise partial absorption	         +165
        Proposed October 1978 pay raise supplemental	         +124
        Distribution of  October 1977 pay raise	...         +274
        Headquarters and regional offices.reprogramming	       -2,688

      Currant 1979 estimate	,.	       10,330

      Congressional changes to the radiation media include an increase of $1 million for
 microwave radiation research an'd a reduction of $6,000 as a result of the $2 million
 reduction applied to the Abatement and Control appropriation for the lapse rate in the
 filling of positions.
                                                                          R-3

-------
     Headquarters and regional office reprogrammings result in a net change of -$2,688,000,
resulting from the "payback" to the water quality media, Section 208 areawide waste
treatment management (-$3 million); an increase from the air program (+$325,000); and a
transfer to the program management activity (-$13,000j_.

ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

                                                        Current
                                                       Estimate            Estimate
                                                         1919,1980
                                                         (in thousands of dollars)

     Prior year obligations...	  $8,546              310,976

        Effect of congressional changes....	  +1,000
        Effect of October 1978 pay raise	    +300
        Effect of reprogramming	,  -2,600
        Program increases	  +3,505               +6,000
        Change in amount of carryover funds available  +1,249                 *646
        Change in rate of obligations.
     Total estimated obligations	 JO, 976 _"            J6.330
        (From new obligation au
        (From prior year funds)

EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
(From new obligation authority)..	!..!..  (10.330)              (16,330)
                                                 (646)
     Congressional changes discussed in the previous section are expected to result in
an increase to obligations of $1 million.  The effect of the October 1978 pay raise and
annualization of the October 1977 pay raise will increase obligations by $300,000.  The
effect of all reprogrammings is a decrease of $2.6 million.

     The increase in budget authority over the 1978 level is expected to result in an
increase of $3,505,000 to 1979 obligations; the program changes requested in 1980 are
expected to increase obligations by $6 million.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is $646,000, an increase of
$1,249,000 over the 1973 level. In 1980, it is estimated that no carryover funds
will  be obligated, a decrease of $646,000 from the 1979 level.
  R-4

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    Research and Development


                                        Budget      Current                1980  vs.  1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +•
                            197B        1979         1979       1980        Decrease-   Page
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Health and Ecological
  Effects	$820        $930       $1,970     $2,930       + $960       R-6

Permanent Positions
                     I/
Health and Ecological
  Effects	    26          26           26         29           +3

Full-time Equivalency
Health and Ecological
  Effects	    .P.         ...           31         36           +5
    The establishment of guidelines for permissible environmental  levels of radiation
to which the public may be exposed is an EPA responsibility.  Reorganization Plan No.
3 of 1970 transferred all functions of the Federal Radiation Council  to EPA.  It also
transferred to the Administrator the authority, under provisions of the Public Health
Service Act, as amended in 1970, to conduct research to provide the scientific data base
needed for the formulation of radiation standards.  In addition, because of great concern
about the potential biological hazards of non-Ionizing electromagnetic radiation (NEHR), a
multlagency program is coordinated by the Office of Telecommunications Policy, Department
of Commerce, to assess the effects of non-Ionizing radiation.  EPA has been assigned the
responsibility of conducting research on health effects associated with various NEHR
frequencies.
\J_ These figures do not include reimbursable positions associated with the off-site
   monitoring program.  The ORD reimbursable program Is the result of a long standing
   agreement between EPA and the Department of Energy (DOE) to provide monitoring services
   to the DOE in response to specific DOE requirements and programs at and around the
   Nevada Test Site.
                                                                          R-5

-------
                                           Tl-f A*-i 1 1V/I1
                                    Research and Development

                                 Health and Ecological  Effects


                                        Budget      Current                 1980 vs.  1979
                            Actual     Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase +
                            1978        1979         1979       1980        Decrease -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Health Effects	$823        $930       $1,970     $2,930       + $960

Permanent Positions
Health Effects . . . ...    26          26           26         29           +3

Full-time Equivalency
Health Effects . .	,             ...          31         36           +5

Budget Request

    The budget request for 1980 is $2,930,000 and 29 positions.  This represents an
increase of $959,600 and three positions over the 1979 budget.  This increase will support
that portion of the Agency's public health initiative which focuses on the identification
of a potential health hazard from KEMR.  This will be done  through expanded animal
testing and epidemic!ogical validation.  This increase will also be used to emphasize the
study of long-term, low-level NEMR exposure effects on neurophysiologic, teratogenic,
immunologic, and cytogenic responses; and will permit the update and evaluation of Eastern
and Western literature on biological effects from non-ionizing radiation exposures.

Program Description

    In FY 1977 in response to Increasing public concern about widespread exposure to
NEMR, EPA initiated a small health effects research program to explore this relatively
new, growing, and complex source of pollution.  The program of studies In non-ionizing
radiation now focuses on the potential  biological effects of exposure to electromagnetic
radiation, as shown through toxicological investigations, and on the mechanisms of interact-
ion of NEMR, including frequency dependence, with biological and biochemical systems.
This program accounts for 15 percent of the total Federal effort in non-Ionizing radiation
research and is the largest intramural  effort 1n this field in the United States.

1978 Accomplishtnents

    In 1978, the radiation research and development program resources were $820,600 and 26
positions.  Of this amount, $22,700 was spent on grants and $56,000 on contracts.  Major
accomplishments of the program include:

    - Completion of a multidlsciplinary evaluation of the effects of 100 meggnertz (FM
      radio), exposure in rats which were exposed pre and post natally for 90 days.
      Results showed no measurable difference; between controls and experimental animals
      with regard to growth, development, immunology, and heraatology.


 R-6

-------
    — %*witi|^ i s s. i w*i wi w  i vtry— wi_ i M> \ -"•• "vij J / J VMVJJ vn wuni i itunv it i*i.*U I  c * I C^ U J it VIM csvpUJUi C W
     425 megahertz and 2450 megahertz showed no mutation effects.

1979 Program

    The 1979 resource level for health effects research is $1,970,400 and 26 positions.
Approximately $164,000 will be spent for grants and $630,000 for contracts.

    Investigations are continuing on the health effects of non-ionizing radiation from
environmental sources such as television, radio, and rada transmissions.  Emphasis has
been placed on chronic, low-level exposures using low power densities in the range of
5-10 microwatts per square centimeter.  The health effects being investigated include:
neurophysiologic and behavioral responses to repeated exposure from low-level environmental
NEMR (microwaves, UHF, FM, diathermy, L-band radar); chronic low level exposure effects of
radio and radar frequencies on immunologic teratogenic and mutagenic respones; microwave
dpsimetry in biological systems; determination of specific absorption frequencies in
biological systems; interactions of amplitude-modulated NEMR with biological  systems; and
radio and radar frequency interactions on biological systems in vitro.  Studies have also
been undertaken to conduct a survey of the Eastern European literature on microwave
effects research and, through the National Academy of Sciences, to update the evaluation
of Western literature on biological effects from NEMR exposure,

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$1,040,400 results from several actions.   Congress provided an
add-on of +$1,000,000 for microwave radiation research, and a net increase of +$40,400
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979} pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.

1980 Plan

    In 1980, $2,930,000 and 29 positions are requested.  This Includes $314,400 for
grants and $1,257,600 for contracts.  This increase of $959,600 and three positions will
support the Agency's comprehensive public health initiative.  This net increase is a result
of a $2,000,000 Increase to support the public health initiative and a reduction of the
FY 1979 add-ons that are not carried forward.

    The 1980 base program will allow continuing studies on the health effects of repeated
low level exposures, especially for power densities less than 5 microwatts per square
centimeter. Sensitive parameters of effect are teratologic, immunologic, and mutagenic
responses, as well as neurpphysiologic and behavorial responses.  Dose absorption, distribu-
tion, and tdemographies will  be mesured and analyzed.  In addition, determinations will
be made as to whether power density windows occur for given frequencies, and the resultant
health effects of such spikes in a range of frequencies will be analyzed.

    The 1980 public health initiative provides a stable research environment in which
to conduct long-term studies.   These studies will include laboratory experiments with
animals to identify the most affected biological system which will be complemented by
epidemiological  studies could not be accomplished prior to public  health initiative.  The
initiative also provides for research on the identification of mechanisms through which
non-ionizing electromagnetic radiation interacts with biological systems.  This is a
critical  unknown and an area which without the Initiative cannot be adequately addressed.
Additionally, the initiative will expand monitoring and assessment capabilities which will
significantly increase our knowledge of the ambient radio frequency environment to which "
the general  population is exposed.


                                                                         R-7

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                         KHLUHIlUPt


                                   Abatement and Control

Appropri atjon
Radiation Criterl a ,
Standards, and Guidelines
Environmental Impact
Assessment. 	 	
Radiation Program
Implementation.. 	
Total 	
Permanent Positions
Radiation Criteria,
Standards, and Guidelines
Environmental Impact
Assessment 	 	 	 	
Radiation Program
Implementation 	
Total 	
Full-time Equi valency
Radiation Criteria,
Standards, and Guidelines
Environmental Impact
Assessment. 	 	 	
Radiation Program
Impl ementation 	
Total 	
Actual
1978
$2,074
4,639
1,013
7,726

44
111
28
183

...


Budget
Estimate
1979
$3,149
6,310
1 ,072
10,531

66
99
31
196

...


Current
Estimate
1979
(dollars in
$2,529
4,847
984
8,360

66
96
17
179

77
114
27
218
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1980 1980 vs. 197£
thousands}
$6,950 +$4,421
6,312 +1,465
1 ,009 +25
14,271 +5,911

66
96
17
179

77
114
26 -1
217 -1
1 Page
R-10
-12
R-15









Purpose

     The radiation program's abatement and control  activities  concentrate
primarily on the establishment of specific criteria and standards for
environmental radiation protection programs.  Complementing the criteria  and
standards setting effort, EPA conducts programs of surveillance and monitoring
to determine levels of environmental  radiation; reviews federally supported
or licensed projects which may be sources of environmental  radiation;  and  provides
technical assistance to other governmental  agencies.

     The principal objective of the radiation abatement and control program  is
to eliminate unnecessary potential health effects by minimizing ex^sure to
radiation sources.  This goal will be attained through environmental monitoring,
risk assessments and, when necessary, by establishing standards, criteria  and
guidance to minimize risk in a cost-effective manner.
R-8

-------
     Activities in this subactivity are related to the development of environmental
standards and Federal radiation guidelines for protection of the public health and the
environment from radiation exposures from nuclear energy applications, naturally
occurring radioactive materials, medical and occupational radiation and nonionizing
radiation.

Environmental Impact Assessment

     This subactivity includes environmental impact assessment activities related to
the collection of information and the evaluation of public health and environmental
impact from both ionizing and nonionizing radiation sources.  Technical information is
gathered from monitoring the ambient environment as well as through special field
studies to determine levels of radiation and present and potential population and
environmental exposures.  This technical information provides a base of knowledge from
which substantive reviews of environmental impact statements are performed and from
which decisions are made related to setting required standards, guidelines or general
criteria.  The monitoring activity also aids in determining conformance with EPA
standards.  State radiation control programs are supported through the provision of
consultation services, laboratory analysis and assistance on specific problems.

Radiation Program Implementation

     This subactivity includes activities related to providing support to States in
the implementation of their radiation control programs.  It also includes the review
of environmental impact statements for existing technologies and assistance to States
and other Federal agencies on specific environmental problems and radiation control
actions.
                                                                      R-9

-------
                                   ABATEMENT AND CONTROL

                       Radiation Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines


                                          Budget     Current               Increase +
                                Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                 1978      1979       1979       1980 _   1980 vs. 1979
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Environmental Standards
  and Guide!ines	    $2.074     $3.149     $2.529     $6,950       +$4.421

        Total	     2,074      3,149      2,529      6,950        +4,421

Permanent Positions
Environmental Standards
  and Guidel ines	,        44         66	66	66

        Total	        44         66         66         6.6

Full-time Equivalency
Environmental Standards
  and Guidelines	       ...	._._.	77         77	    ...

        Total	       ...        ...         77         77

Budget Request

     The resources requested are 66 positions and $6,949,600.  This reflects an
increase of $4,420,900 due to increased emphasis on development of standards for
alternative disposal methods for various classes of radioactive wastes.

Program Description

     Environmental standards and guidelines are developed and promulgated under
this subactivity.  These standards and guidelines protect the public health
and the environment by minimizing Hsk from radiation exposures from nuclear
energy applications, naturally occurring radioactive materials, medical and
occupational radiation exposure and nonionizing radiation.

ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

1978 Accomplishments

     Fiscal year 1978 resources included approximately $702,000 in contract support.
In 1978, criteria were proposed for the disposal of radioactive waste.  Federal
guidelines were proposed for cleanup of pi utoni urn contaminated soils. Guidelines were
promulgated for protection from radiation 1n the use of diagnostic X-rays in
cooperation with HEW.  Population exposure documentation was completed for a
determination of the need for guidance for t ie control of general population
exposures to nonionizing radiation.
 R-10

-------
 i a/a program


     The work on criteria standards and guidelines has been allocated $2.5 million
and 66 positions.  These resources include an estimated $400,000 in contract funds.
These resources will provide for completion of the Clean Air Act determination and
listing of radioactive pollutants which may endanger public health.  Work will
begin on any necessary regulations for control of such pollutants.  Criteria for
disposal of radioactive waste and guidelines for clean-up of pi atoniurn-contaminated
soils will be promulgated, and a protective action guide for airborne materials
will be published.  Standards for the disposal of high level radioactive wastes will also
be proposed.  Final recommendations for protection from exposure to radiation
associated with Florida phosphate related land will be published.  Standards develop-
ment for regulation of uranium milling wastes will be initiated pursuant to' the
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978.  Other work underway Includes
development of guidance for occupational exposure and for noniortizing  radiation.
The need for environmental standards for release of carbon-14  (which may be covered
under the Clean A1r Act) will also be examined.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$620,900 results from several actions.  Congress applied
a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate in the Abatement and Control and
Enforcement appropriation; the decrease applicable to this activity was -$6,400.
A net increase of +$179,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978
(1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.
In addition, -SI,200,000 was transferred to areawlde waste treatment management
resources/Section 208 as pay back for funds borrowed 1n 1978.  Finally, as a result
of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan,
+$405,800 was reprogrammed to this element from radiation program implementation
($80,900) and from ambient air quality monitoring($324,900) within the air media.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program element includes $6.9 million and 66 positions,
including approximately $4.6 million in contract funds.  In 1980, actions required
by the Clean Air Act and those specifically mandated requirements related to the
disposal of radioactive wastes are given the highest priority.  Standards will be
promulgated as required to cover the most Important sources of airborne radiation.
Potential sources include uranium cycle facilities; DOE and DOD facilities; and
phosphate mines and plants.  Alternate methods and strategies for the control of
radon will be investigated.  Final high level waste criteria and standards will
be published.   Follow-up consultation and assistance will be given on Implementation
of previously published regulations (plutonium clean-up, drinking water, residential
exposure to radon).  A report and recommendations detailing the program necessary
to eliminate hazards at uranium mines will be developed under the provision erf the Uranium Mill
Tail ings Radiation Control Act of 1978.  In addition, environmental standards
will be promulgated for mill tailings at active and inactive uranium mill sites
under the Act.  Final action will be taken 1n standards for nonlonizing radltion,
high level wastes, and a standard for carbon-14 (if needed).
                                                                          R-n

-------
                                            RADIATION

                                      Abatement and Control

                                 Environmental Impact Assessment
Appropriation
Monitoring and
  Analysis	
Technology Assess-
  ment. ............
                              Actual
                               1978
$2,629

 2.010
            Budget       Current
           Estimate      Estimate     Estimate
             1979         1979          1980
                   (dollars in thousands)
$4,009

 2.301
$1,890

 2,957
$3,372

 2,940
                                      Increase +•
                                      Decrease -
                                      1980 vs. 1979
$1,482

   -17
     Total.
 4,639
 6,310
 4,847
                                                                      6,312
             +1,465
Permanent Positions
Monitoring and
  Analysis	
Technology Assess-
  ment	
60
51
61
38
58
38
58
38

     Total.
   Ill
     99
    96
    96
Full-time Equivalency
Monitoring and
  Analysis.	
Technology Assess-
  ment.	
     Total.

•>«•
67
47
114
67
47
114
Budget Request

     The resources requested for this budget subactivity are 96 positions, and
$6,312,600.  This reflects an increase of $1,465,800 from 1979 for
increased source and area monitoring to define the need for regulations and specific
regulatory requirements under the Clean Air Act.

Program Description

     The activities in this area provide the information necessary to identify and analyze
potential radiological health problems having public health impact and to support the
development of standards and guidelines.  Review of environmental impact statements,
monitoring of environmental radiation and laboratory analysis, data analysis and
technology assessment are encompassed under this subactivity.

Monitoring and Analysis

     This program encompasses activities related to identifying and analyzing radiation
problems for potential control by standards and guidelines, supporting technical review
of EIS's, assessing the radiological quality of the environment, and providing
information on which to base public health protection actions during nuclear incidents.
It also includes environmental monitoring, laboratory analysis of environmental samples,
development of monitoring and analytical procedures, special monitoring studies and
evaluation of data and preparation of resulting reports on a periodic basis.
 R-12

-------
impact of developing radiation technology on environmental radiation levels to provide
a sound technological basis for EIS review and a base of data and information for setting
technologically feasible standards and guidelines; and (2) the review of and comment
on generic and programmatic environmental impact statements of the design, construction
and operation of facilities licensed or operated by other Federal agencies to assure the
public that other Federal agencies are fully implementing the National Environmental
Policy Act process.  This also included EPA responsibilities in assessing Federal
facilities radiation control activities.

MONITORING AMD ANALYSIS

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, resources included approximately $877,000 in contract support.  Field
studies and evaluations were initiated to provide definitive information on a variety
of sources and radioactive substances which might be subject to regulation under the
Clean Air Act.  Specific sources studied included coal fired electric generating plants,
uranium mining, nonuranium mining (zinc, iron, phosphates, limestone and others).
Investigations were also continued on radon, on the environmental problems associated
with radioactive elements in uranium mm tailing piles and on methods of stabilization
of such piles.  The Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System (ERAMS) was
operated and the third annual Report on Radiological Quality of the Environment was
published.

1979 Program

     Work on monitoring and analysis has been allocated $1.9 million and 58 positions.
These resources include no contract funds.  Ongoing studies from 1978 will be continued
to further define the need for regulation under the Clean Air Act.  Additional studies
of radiopharmaceutical manufacturers, mineral extraction industries and geothermal
power sources will be undertaken for the same purpose.  Investigations of uranium
mill tailings will continue.  The Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System
will continue to be operated and associated reports published.  Publication of
the Radiological Quality of the Environment report will be shifted to a contractual
basis as a result of reprogramming positions from the radiation media.  Collection of
data on radon levels will also be continued, and a decision made on the regulatory
mechanisms to be used to control this problem.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$2,119,100 results from several actions.  An increase
of +$180,300 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, as a
result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for Its 1979 operating plan,
-$1,074,400 was reprogrammed from this activity to radiation technology and environmental
assessment and -$1,225,000 was transferred from this element to areawide waste treatment
management resources/Section 208 as pay back for funds borrowed in 1978.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program element1includes $3.4 million and 58 positions,
including $1.4 million in contract funds.  This represents and increase of $1.5 million
from the 1979 level.  In 1980, the Environmental  tadiation Ambient Monitoring System (ERAHS)
will be operated at the current level to provide data on radiation in air, water, and
milk pathways and as an alert mechanism to unusually high levels of radiation.  Laboratory
analysis will be performed to support the network as will special field studies of
environmental problems.  Models will be developed to allow predictions of the pathways
radioactive substances can travel from sources to humans.  Improved methods for data
analysis will be developed and utilized.  The annual report "Radiological Quality
of the Environment" will continue to be published on a contractual basis.

                                                                         R-13

-------
in the vicinity of those sources will  be carried out to provide a data base for
Clean Air Act regulations to be published in 1980 and beyond.   Implementation guides
will be developed for radiation portions of the drinking water standard and the
Plutonium land developed for radiation portions of the drinking water standard and
the plutonium land clean-up guidance.   Data will be collected  on extremely high voltage
transmission line radiation to develop guidance to limit exposure to health effects
from this source of nonionizing radiation.

TECHNOL06Y ASSESSMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, resources included approximately $776,000 in contract support.  Studies
were initiated to examine the control  technology available to  manage radioactive sources
under the provisions of the Clean Air Act.   Assessment of problems associated with
shallow land burial of low level waste continued.  A report of studies of ocean dumping
of low level waste was developed and is currently in the printing process.  EIS related
reviews were completed on 20 items related to generic concepts and advanced nuclear
technology.  Evaluations were completed on problems relating to decommissioning of nuclear
facilities and are continuing on the siting of such facilities.

1979 Program

     The work on technology assessment has been allocated $3,0 million and 38 positions,
including $1.9 million in contract support.  These resources Include continuation
of technical feasibility studies of managing radioactive pollutants which might
be regulated under the Clean Air Act.   Studies will continue on shallow land burial
sites for low level waste disposal.  Reports will be published on two previously
studied shallow land burial sites and on ocean disposal of low level wastes.  Development
will begin on criteria for ocean disposal site selection, monitoring, and waste packaging.
Generic EIS's will be reviewed and commented on as required.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net Increase of $655,900 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$103,400 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978(1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.   As a result of
the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for Its 1979  operating plan,
+$1,140,100 was reprogramned to this element from radiation program implementation
($65,700) and radiation monitoring and analysis ($1,074,400) elements to Abatement
and Control program management ($12,600), and to areawide waste treatment management
resources/Section 208 ($575,000) within the water quality media as pay back for funds
borrowed in 1978.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program includes $3 million and 38 positions, Including
$1.6 million for contract support.  The 1980 program will provide States and regional
offices with an air cleaning systems manual for use during Inspection of facilities
to determine compliance with CAA standards in 1981.  Field experiments will be conducted
at two existing shallow land burial sites located in different climatic and geological
regimes.  This data will be used to further develop and validate predictive models for
the transport of radionuclides from such sites.  The data and  its applications are crucial
parts of the technical support documentation for criteria and  standards for disposal
of such wastes.  Site selection criteria and monitoring requirements will continue to be
developed for ocean disposal of low level wastes.  A risk analysis will be completed
for higher probability — lower consequence nuclear accidents  and the review of
environmental impact statements will continue.


 R-14

-------
                                            KALUHliUN

                                      Abatement and Control

                                Radiation Program Implementation

                                     Budget       Current                   Increase +
                         Actual     Estimate      Estimate    Estimate      Decrease *•
                          1978        1979          1979        1980      1980 vs. 1979
                                            (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
State Program
Support 	
Regional Program
Implementation 	
$361
652
$410
662
$423
561
$410
599
-$13
-(•38
     Total	  1,013       1£72           984       1,009           +25

Permanent Positions
State Program
  Support	      10          10            55
Regional Program
  Implementation	      18          21	     12	[2	...

     Total	,      28          31           17          17

Full-time Equivalency
State Program
  Support	     ...         ...            8           8
Regional Program
  Implementation.......     ....	._._.	19   	18	      -1

     Total	......     ...         ...           27          26            -1

Budget Request

     The resources requested for this budget subactlvlty are 17 positions
and $1,009,000.  This reflects a slight increase of $24,600 for contract
support.

Program Description

     Through this program.EPA assists the States and regions with laboratory support for
special analyses, emergency response planning assistance, and investigations of unplanned
radiological incidents of national and State concern.  As a service, a repository is provided
and maintained for disposal of radium sources.  Other Federal agencies are assisted with
investigations, analyses,and evaluations of radiation problems beyond their normal
capabilities.  The activities further the attainment of the overall program objective
of minimizing unnecessary exposure to radiation by appropriate expertise of equipment
to obtain necessary environmental Information on a problem.

State Program Support

     The program element includes activities related to providing States and other Federal
agencies with laboratory support for special analyses, investigations of unplanned
radiological incidents of national and State concern, and a service for the disposal of
radium sources.  It also includes assisting other Federal agencies with investigations,
analyses, and evaluations of radiation problems beyond their normal capabilities.
                                                                       R-15

-------
Regional Radation Program Implementation

     This program includes activitites related to EPA's regional offices' review
of the routine environmental impact statments (e.g., for light water reactors
and uranium mining and milling).  Additional activities include providing the
public with technical information and direct assistance to State and local
government with special radiation problems of a short term nature and in
emergency response planning.

STATE PROGRAM SUPPORT

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, resources included no contract support.  In 1978 approximately 70
percent of the priority requests of States and regional offices for special
analysis of radioisotopes were met.  A limited number of requests for special field
investigations were responded to, generally in instances where the urgency or
possible application of the resulting data on national problems dictated the
decision to respond.  Examples were an investigation of potential radon exposures
resulting from the use of phosphate slag in building foundations and parking
lots in Wyoming and Montana and the investigation of suspected health effects
from nonionizing radiation in Eugene, Oregon.  A collection and repository service
for radium sources was provided and maintained.  Participation in Interagency
programs for emergency response planning and for training and testing of plans
was continued.

1979 Program

     The work on State program support has been allocated $423,000 and five
positions.  These resources include an estimated $100,000 in contract funds.
The resources will enable analytical support to State programs to be maintained
at the 1978 level, principally through the use of contracts.  A limited number
of special investigations will be carried out, such as the completion of a
phosphate environmental surveillance report for the State of Idaho.  Participation in
interagency programs for emergency response planning, training, and testing of plans
will continue at a reduced level.  The collection and repository service for radium
sources will continue at Montgomery, Alabama.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$12,900 results from increased pay costs from the
October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978)
pay raise.

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program includes $410,000 and five positions, including
$100,000 in contract funds.

     The 1980 program calls for the provision of special expertise and equipment
to assist States, regional offices, and other Federal agencies 1n solving spectal radiation
problems.  This will include providing limited support for the investigation of
unplanned environmental radiation events of interest to the National radiological
control effort; assisting States with emergency response planning; and development
of a public awareness activity for the Office of Radiation program.  Laboratory
analytical services will continue to be provided to States.  However, a majority
of this effort will be provided through contract services instead of in-house
personnel.  The collection and repository service for radium sources will be continued.
 R-16

-------
1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, resources included no contract support.  Accomplishments in 1978
included the review of 48 draft and final EIS's by the regional offices.
These generally related to conventional light water reactors and uranium mining and
milling.  Assistance was provided to State and local agencies in strengthening
their programs.  Technical and general information was provided to the public
on a request basis.  Other  activities which varied by region included assistance
to the water program on radionuclides in drinking water and investigations of
special problems, such as uranium mill tailings  on Indian lands.

1979 Program

     The work on regional program implementation has been allocated $562,000 and
12 positions.  These resources provide for the review of approximately 58 draft and
final EIS's.  The level of assistance to State and local agencies in most regions
will be maintained at about the 1978 level.  Assistance to the water program and
special investigations are being carried out selectively at about the 1978 level.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$100,200 results from several actions.  A net increase
of +$46,400 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as
a result of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for the 1979 operating
plan, -$146,600 was reprogrammed from this element to environmental standards
($80,900) and technology and environmental assessment ($65,700).

1980 Plan

     The 1980 plan for this program includes $599,000 and 12 positions.
This includes a small amount of contracts.  This will provide for the regional
review of environmental Impact statements, consultation with State agencies on
emergency response planning, and guidance in the Implementation of drinking
water standards for radiation.
                                                                           R-17

-------
Noise

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
  Appropriation	
  Permanent Positions...
  Full-time Equivalency.

Enforcement:
  Appropriation..	
  Permanent Positions —
  Full-time Equivalency.
Total, Noise Program;
  Appropriation.....	
  Permanent Positions...
  Full-time Equivalency.
  Outlays	
  Authorization Levels..
                                   Actual
                                    1978
$11,762
     72
  1,048
     22
 12,810
     94

  9,400
            Budget
           Estimate
             1979
          Current
          Estimate
            1979
          Estimate
            1980
                                                    (dollars in thousands)
$9,767
    75
   916
    22
10,683
    97
$10,008
     75
    125
  1,005
     22
     38
 11,013
     97
    163
 10,530
 19.000
$11,949
     74
    139
  1,004
     23
     39
 12,953
     97
    178
 Id, 320
             Increase *
             Decrease -
           1930 vs.  1979
+$1,941
     -1
    +14
     -1
     41
 +1,940

    •i-15
   -210
-19,000
                                   a/  Authorization by virtue of Appropriation Act.
                                   b^  Authorization pending.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
     Consistent with the policy set forth in the Noise Control Act of 1972, as amended by
the Quiet Communities Act of 1978, the overall objective of the noise program is to
achieve an environment free from noise which jeopardizes health or welfare.  The new Act
provides a more effective and efficient approach to noise abatement.  In particular,
assistance to State and local  governments has been strengthened.  In addition, the new
Act provides for the design and management of a noise health effects* program.  It also
requires that EPA develop and demonstrate technology that is responsive to the needs of
State and localities.  Under the authorities of the legislation, EPA is required to
regulate the noise emissions from new products Identified as major sources of noise
(other than aircraft).  Emission standards may also be'set for In-use equipment of
Interstate motor carriers and 1n-use equipment and facilities of interstate rail carriers
(I.e., on equipment presently 1n-use).  Noisy products and products sold to control noise
may be regulated to require labeling and thus aid consumers in product selection.  EPA
also must provide assistance to State and local governments In developing programs for
noise control.

     EPA also has the responsibility to coordinate Federal noise related research and
control activities.  Furthermore, the Act allows EPA to designate products with low noise
emissions for preferential Federal purchase, thus bringing added marketplace pressure to
bear on the development of quieter equipment. ,
                                                                             N-l

-------
                                                           3UUUIU
promulgation of three noise emission regulations and the proposal  of one
additional regulation.'  A general labeling regulation, soon to be  promulgated,
will provide a basis for informed consumer choices with regard to  the noisiness
of new products.  This program along with preferential Federal purchases of quiet
products through the Low Noise Emission Products Program (LNEP) should encourage
the design and manufacture of quiet products.

     Effective State and local noise control  programs are essential  if the
Nation is to reduce noise to levels commensurate with the protection of public
health and welfare.  Consequently, EPA conducts a program of technical assistance
to both State and local  governments.  In addition, this program serves as a necessary
and essential counterpart to the Federal noise regulatory development program.
     The Objective of the State and local assistance program is to substantially
increase the number of communities having active programs with emphasis on
motor vehicle control (motorcycle, trucks, autos): stationary source control
(fence line standards): construction noise control; noise abatement planning
(zoining, land use planning); and public information.

     The Each Community Helps Other (ECHO) program uses local volunteer noise control
experts to assist other communities, with EPA paying out-of-pocket expenses, but
not salaries.  The Quiet Communities Program experiments are designed to research
and demonstrate the best available techniques for noise control in various types
of comnunities.

     Fiscal year 1978 saw a renewed emphasis placed upon the coordination of
Federal noise research resulting in the publication of four interagency noise
research panel reports.  Efforts in 1979 are directed toward implementing
the panels' recommendations.  In 1979 and 1980, EPA will Initiate and maintain
an expanded health effects investigatory program, with emphasis on nonaudltory
health effects.

     The EPA noise enforcement program is responsible for Federal enforcement
of the new product emission standards under Section 6 of the Act and the
Informational labeling requirements which are applicable to new products under
Section 8.  The main emphasis of the program in 1980 will be the continued
enforcement of the noise emission standards for new portable air compressors
and medium and heavy-duty trucks through production verification and selective
enforcement audits.  Enforcement activities will also Include the continued
development of enforcement strategies and regulations for other Section 6
and Section 8 products and a minimal level of guidance and assistance to
State/local noise enforcement programs.  The new Act also reflects an increase
in enforcement options in the form of civil penalties [Section ll(a)(2)3—
only criminal penalties [Section H(a)O)] and remedial orders [Section n(d)(l)]
had been provided for in the past.
N-2

-------
                                                                    (in thousands of dollars)

             1979 Noise Program		              $11,013

               Abatement and Control	               +1,941
                 This increase will provide for additional
                 health effects Investigation ($45,500) and
                 some additional  assistance to States and
                 localities ($1,486,000).

             Enforcement	                   -1
                 This minimal decrease is due to a realignment
                 of 1980 costs and does not reflect any change
                 in program levels.                                            .
             1980 Noise Program...	               12,953


        SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

             1.  Summary of Budget Request

                 An appropriation of $12,953,000 is requested for 1980.   This request
        appropriation account, is as follows:

                   Abatement and Control	          $11,949,000
                   Enforcement....	........................            1,004,000

                 This request represents  an increase of $1,940.000 from the 1979 level,
        reflecting additional funds to provide initial  assistance to State  and local
        governments in developing noise control  programs.


             2.   Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

                  Changes from the budget are as fallows:

                                                                    (in thousands of dollars)

                  Original 1979 estimate	              $10,683
                  Effect of October 1978 pay raise partial
                    absorption	                  +67
                  Proposed October 1978 pay raise supplemental                  +58
                  Annualization of October 1977 pay raise	                 +137
                  Headquarters and regional offices
                    reprogramming.	                  +68

                               Current 1979 estimate	               11,013

             Pay raise costs result in a  total increase of $262,000 over the  original
        estimate.  The agency request included all funds for the October 1977 pay raise
        in the management and support media, to be distributed to other media at a later
        date.  The increase reflected represents the share of this later distribution.

             Headquarters and regional office reprogrammings result in a net change of
        +$68,000.  a transfer of $37,000  is made from the air media and $31,000 front
        the toxic substances media.
                                                                                  N-3
 i
<#

-------
 ANALYSIS OF  INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
                                                        Current
                                                       Estimate       Estimate
                                                         1979           1980
                                                       (in thousands of dollars)
      Prior year obligations		
         Effect of October  1978 pay raise.
         Effect of reprogrammings—	
         Program increase	
      Change  in  amount of  carryover funds
        available	
      Change  in  rate of obligation	
$12,810
   +130
    +65
 -1,695
$11,310
                 ,900
   -297
      Total estimated obiigations......
        (From new obligation authority.
        (From prior year  funds)	.....
 11,310
(10,926)
   (384)
 12,913
(12,826)
    (87)
 EXPLANATION OF  INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
      The  effect of the October 1978 pay raise and annualIzation of the
 October 1977 pay  raise will  increase obligations by $130,000.  The effect
 of all reprogramnrings is an  Increase of $65,000.

      The  program  changes requested in 1980 are expected to increase obligations
 by $1.9 million.

      The  amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 1s $384,000, a
 decrease  of $1,695,000 from  the 1978 level.  In 1980, 1t is estimated that
 $87,000 of carryover funds will be obligated, a decrease of $297,000 from
 the 1979  level.
N-4

-------
                                      Budget    Current                Increase +
                            Actual    Estimate   Estimate   Estimate      Decrease -
                             1978       1979       1979       1980      1980 vs. 1979
 PROGRAM LEVELS
 Review production
   verification reports       935        660       880       880

 Monitor production
   verification tests           4         25         15         27            +12

 Monitor Selective
   Enforcement Audit
   tests                        6  a/     21         12         20            +8

 Conduct production
   verification tests         ..*          5          5          8            +3

 Conduct Selective
   Enforcement Audit
   tests                      ...          1        ...          2            +2

 Inspect manufacturer's
   records                     23         18         18         39            +21

 Propose Enforcement
   regulations                  3        ...          2          3            +1

 Promulgate Enforcement
   regulations                ...        ...          5          2            - 3

 Provide Enforcement
   Guidance re: State/
   local Enforcement
   procedures                   1        ...          3          2            - 1

 Develop State/local
   Enforcement procedures       1        ...          1          2            +1

 Conduct site comparison
   tests                        6         10          7         10            * 3

 Number of S/L noise
   programs that Mere
   assisted                    20        ...         30          5            -25


a/ Includes 2 early SEA's
                                                                    N-5

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                           I1U1JL.


                                   Abatement and Control

Appropriation
Environmental Noise
Strategies and Standards..
Noise Program Strategies
Impl ementati on 	 	
Total 	
Permanent Positions
Environmental Noise
Strategies and Standards..
Noise Program Strategies
Impl ementation 	
Total 	 	 	
Full-time Equivalency
Environmental Noise
Strategies and Standards..
Noise Program Strategies
Imp! ementati on 	 	 	 	
Total 	
Purpose
Actual
1978
$8,691
3,071
11 ,762
37
35
72



Budget
Estimate
1979
$5,681
4,086
9,767
35
40
75



Current
Estimate
1979
(dollars in
$5,707
4,301
10,008
35
40
75
48
77
125

Estimate
1980
thousands }
$6,162
5,787
* 11,949
35
39
74
52
87
139

Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
+$4.55
+1 ,486
+1 ,941
-1
— 1
+4
+10
+14

                                                                                       Page




                                                                                       N-8

                                                                                       N-12
     The basic objective of the noise abatement and control  program 1s to promote
an environment for all Americans free from noise that jeopardizes their health and
welfare.  This objective is pursued through four major program thrusts detailed in
the Noise Control Act of 1972, as amended by the Quiet Coiimunitles Act of 1978.
First, State and local noise control efforts are strengthened through the provision
of technical assistance and program Initiation support; second, emission standards
and/or labeling regulations are promulgated on selected products; third, Federal
activities relating to noise research and abatement and control are coordinated;
and fourth, investigations on noise effects and abatement and control technology
are continued.

     Noise abatement and control activities Include the Identification of major
sources of noise and the subsequent development of new product emission
regulations.  These standards are intended to protect the public health and
welfare through the application of the best available technology, taking into
account the cost of compliance.  Labeling regulations are also set for some
products which emit noise capable of adversely affecting the public health and
welfare.  Labeling will also be required for products which are sold on the
basis of their effectiveness in reducing noise, such as hearing protectors.
                                                                          N-6

-------
local governments for the development and Implementation of noise control  programs.
Assistance is given to State and local  communities to establish in-use enforcement
programs for noise sources.


     Technical assistance is provided in the form of direct guidance to State
and local agencies on how to carry out environmental  assessment in order to
define noise problems and to other Federal  agencies whose programs and
activities have noise control implications.  Noise abatement and control is
characterized under the following subactivities:

Noise Strategies and Standards

     This subactivity includes:  (1) the establishment of noise emission standards
for selected new products; (2) the establishment of noise labeling requirements
for new consumer products; (3) the establishment of regulations requiring labeling
for noise protection and control devices; (4) general investigations into the
human health and welfare effect of noise; (5) coordination of Federal research on
noise; and (6) the demonstration of control technologies that are in direct support
of regulations,

Noise Program Strategies Implementation

     This subactivity includes activities related to the implementation of
regulatory requirements for which the Federal Government has primary responsibility
(i.e., the control of noise emissions at Federal facilities and review of EIS for
their noise Impact), and the overall coordination of all Federal programs for noise
abatement and control.  Also included is headquarters and regional assistance In
the development and improvement of State and local noise control programs, including
but not limited to consultation with States and localities on specific noise
abatement problems, and the provision of support for noise control program
initiation, transportation and stationary source planning, and noise control
demonstrations.
N-7

-------
                                       WATER QUALITY

                                   Abatement and Control

                          Water Quality Strategies Implementation
Appropriation
Ocean Disposal Permits
Regulatory EIS Prep-WQ
     Subtotal.
Spill Prevention and
  Response	
Dredge and Fill
  Regulations	
     Total,
Permanent Positions
Ocean Disposal Permits
Regulatory EIS Prep-WQ
Spill Prevention and
  Response..	,.
Dredge and Fill
  Regulations.........
     Total,
Full-time Equivalency
Ocean Disposal Permits
Regulatory EIS Prep-HQ
Spill Prevention and
  Response		...
Dredge and Fill
  Regulations	
     Total,
Budget Request
                                        Budget      Current                 Increase +
                             Actual    Estimate    Estimate    Estimate     Decrease -
                              1978       1979        1979        1980     1980 vs. 1979
2,617
  340
2,957
   32
                                              "{dollars in thousands)
1,371
  500
1,524
  500
1,231
  500
-293
1,871
2,024
1,731
-293
3,977
848
7,782
7,503
1,321
10,695
8,358
4,015
14,397
8,118
1,723
11,572
-240
-2,292
-2,825
   23
   27
   25
  -2
108
30
170

119
34
176
* • *
119
49
195
36
122
49
196
35
+3

+1
-1
                         126

                          52
                          136

                           SI
                          +10

                           +9
                         214
                          232
                          +18
     The 1980 appropriation request 1s $11,572,700 and 196 positions.  This is a decrease
of $2,824,000 and an increase of one position.from the current 1979 budget estimate.

Program Description

     The water quality strategies implementation subactivity covers the spill prevention
and response, ocean disposal permits, and dredge and fill program areas.  The program
"Federal activities/IIS reviews", previously  in this subactivity, is now grouped under
under the Interdisciplinary budget activity.

     The primary objective of EPA's spill prevention and response program is to protect
water quality by preventing spills and minimizing their Impact on the environment.
Section 311 of the Federal Mater Pollution Control Act, as amended, specifies approachs
to spill control consisting of response, prevention, and enforcement.  Successful
implementation of Section 311 depends on the  promulgation of key regulations (including
the designation of hazardous materials), development of the National Contingency Plan,
establishment of spill response mechanisms, and development of an aggressive spill
prevention program.  EPA shares responsibility for the spill response program with the

-------
 actions In navigable waters and the Great Lakes are drawn geographically between inland
 and costal waters.  EPA's position, supported by Section 311, is that a discharger
 should take actions to remove the spill  material; if the violator fails to do so, EPA
 will undertake cleanup actions with the discharger required to pay for removal  costs.
 To assure that responses are efficient and coordinated, national and regional
 contingency plans are required which delineate procedures, techniques (chemical uses),
 and responsibilities of the various Federal, State, and local authorities.

      The new Environmental Emergency Response Team, operating under provisions  of the
 National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan, is an important
 component of the spills response program.  Established early in 1979, it provides
 expertise in handling, cleanup, and disposal of spills of oil and hazardous substances
 and will be used to augment regional resources whenever required.

      Hazardous substances spill response and control  is a major new emphasis.  Annually,
 there are an estimated 700-1200 significant spills of the 271 substances designated as
 hazardous by EPA, which reach navigable waters.  The new hazardous substances activity
 is structured along the same program format as the existing oil spill program.
 Spills and incidents involving hazardous substances are projected to increase.   Without
 an effective hazardous substances spill  prevention program and adequate spill cleanup
 and control measures, significant environmental damage can be expectedi

      For budgetary purposes, the ocean disposal program is divided into two program
 elements:  (1) ocean disposal permits program, and (2) regulatory EIS preparation.  The
 ocean disposal program (authorized by the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries
 Act of 1972 and operational since 1973) has been-expanded to include a new Ocean
 Program Branch to provide EPA with a capability to develop its ocean related policies
 and activities and to participate in interagency programs that deal with development
 of ocean resources.  This new program will insure that EPA regulations and guidelines
 will be applied to the significant new and changing activities in the exploration and
 development of multiple use of open ocean resources.   To this end, the program  will
 utilize water quality criteria, effluent guidelines,  and new ocean discharge criteria.
 Major coordination with the ocean Impacting programs  of other agencies is necessary.
 To carry out the ocean disposal permitting functions  under Title I of the Marine
 Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, the Administrator of EPA is
 authorized to regulate the disposition of all materials except dredged material (which
 is regulated by the Corps of Engineers).  The Act further prohibits the transportation
 for the purpose of dumping as well as the dumping In  ocean water of chemical,
 biological, and radiological warfare agents and high  level radioactive materials.

      The purpose of the dredged and fill material regulation program is to protect
 the Nation's wetlands and navigable waters from environmental damage caused by
 indiscriminate discharge of dredged or fill material.  EPA is responsible for
 promulgating guidelines, establishing procedures for  the technical review of
 applications for disposal permits received by the Corps, and specifying disposal sites
 for dredged or fill material.  These guidelines are used by the Corps of Engineers
 and by States with delegated Section 404 permit programs.  A significant action in
 developing final site selection guidelines is the preparation of a procedures and
 testing manual for the environmental acceptability of dredged or fill material  in water.

 OCEAN DISPOSAL PERMITS PROGRAM

 1978 Accomplishments

      In order to develop consistent and effective EPA policy toward protection  of the
 marine environment, the Ocean Program Branch was established to ensure application of
 EPA's environmental regulatory authority to natural resource development in the open
 oceans.  Significant initiatives undertaken were:

      -  Development of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
         permit conditions for offshore oil and gas drilling in the sensitive
         Flower Garden Banks area, Gulf of Mexico.

MQ-98

-------
     -  Initiation of intra- and interagency coordination for deep seabed mining,
        offshore oil and gas technology, and ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC)
        from which environmental protection guidelines will be developed.

     -  Provision of technical assistance on NPDES conditions for the Strategic
        Petroleum Reserve.

     -  Establishment of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)/EPA
        Interagency Program Coordinating Committee.

     -  Issuance of approximately 54 permits under the permit program.

     -  Collection of data on ocean dump sites for EIS preparation.

     -  Conduct of baseline surveys for site designations on three dump sites.

     -  Completion of environmental impact statements on two ocean dump sites
        using contract support provided by the regulatory EIS preparation
        program element.

     -  Evaluation of the Biota! Ocean Monitor System for monitoring at dump
        sites (through a $100,000 contract).

     -  Conduct of demonstration monitoring programs at the Philadelphia and
        New York sludge dump sites.

     -  Participation 1n the annual London Dumping Convention policy consultation
        meeting and an 1ntersess1ona1 technical meeting to discuss incineration at
        sea, procedures for settlement of disputes, and identification of other
        technical Issues.

1979 Program

     The ocean disposal permits program resource levels are $2,024,000 and 27 positions
for 1979, which Includes eight positions and related resources for the new Ocean Program
Branch.  This funding includes $500,000 for contract support for the development of
impact statements for ocean disposal site designation.  Baseline surveys will be
continued on the three sites initiated 1n 1978.  These surveys will be conducted by
contract.  Environmental impact and site designation activities will carryover Into
future years.  Dredged material site Investigations will commence.  Of the 141 interim
approved sites which must be surveyed and designated, 127 are for disposal of dredged
material, which comprises more than 90 percent of all material ocean dumped.  One
technical intersessional meeting and the annual Consultative Policy Meeting for the
London Dumping Convention are planned.  The Biota! Ocean Monitor System evaluated in
1978 will be redefined and operational field testing and evaluation continued.  In
addition, program guidance to the regions will be conducted, operating manuals prepared,
and adjudlcatory hearings and public hearings will be held.

     The new branch will be involved in ocean dumping site EIS preparation, offshore
oil and gas and EIS review; technical assistance; an Interagency project Involving
NOAA and the Departments of the Interior (DOIO and State that would use the Flower
Garden Banks in the Gulf of Mexico as a model for measuring the environmental effects
of oil and gas drilling and production on sensitive environmental underwater areas on
the outer continental shelf; an effort involving NOAA and DOI to determine the quality
of open ocean waters and the state of marine technology against which conditions will be
established for permitting specific ocean-related industrial operations such as ocean
thermal energy conversion and deep seabed mining.
                                                                               WQ-99

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

     The net Increase of +$153,400 results from several  actions.   A net Increase of
+$81,700 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979)  pay raise"
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition,
+$71,700 was reprogrammed to this activity from agency support.

1980 Plan

     The ocean disposal permits program resource levels will  be $1,731,000 and 25
positions, which represent a reduction of $293,000 and 2 positions below 1979 levels.
This level includes $500,000 from the regulatory EIS preparation  program element to
develop Impact statements for ocean disposal  site designation.  The Ocean Program
Branch expects to continue its 1979-program at a reduced level, dealing only with the
highest priority activities.

     The program expects to concentrate on environmental effects  of offshore oil and
gas activities with emphasis on special NPDES permit conditions,  environmental guidance,
and technical assistance.  Because of the statutorily required termination of ocean
dumping of harmful sewage sludge as well as the termination of all interim permits by
the end of 1981, emphasis on overseeing the implementation of alternative disposal
practices must continue and increase.  Ocean  dumping under special permits will  continue
at present or slightly higher levels as a result of Implementation of the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, the elimination of marginal and unsatisfactory disposal
landfills, and an Increase 1n 1nc1nerat1on-at-sea applications which will require
site designations and monitoring.  Probable changes in the International Ocean Dumping
Convention will require changes in U.S. ocean dumping criteria within the next few
years, particularly in radioactive waste disposal and incineration at sea.  The
program is responsible for both international negotiation and changing criteria.  Ocean
disposal site designations utilizing a major 5-year contract, will be increased and
accelerated to meet statutory and litigation  requirements.  Specific activities include:

     -  Preparation of annual reports for Congress to support the Intergovernmental
        Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO),

     -  Preparation of position papers and technical documents to support the Ocean
        Dumping Convention (ODC).

     -  Continuation of an environmental Impact statement (EIS) contract to analyze
        available data on dumpsites and perform additional baseline surveys to
        result in the designation of two municipal/industrial dumpsites.

     -  Development of environmental guidelines for one major offshore activity.

     -  Review of 10 EISs, 10 development plans, and 25 regulations for outer
        continental shelf lease sales; review of eight EISs for other offshore
        activities.

     -  Revision of ocean dumping regulation based on new statutory requirements,
        changing program needs, and operational experience.

     -  Revision of the implementation and procedures manuals on dredge/nondredge
        materials; review of the bioassay manuals based on operational and reserch
        experience tn ocean dumping.

SPILL  PREVENTION AND RESPONSE

1978 Accomplishments

     The  spills program in 1978 responded to 805 inland spills and water related
environmental emergencies that required on-scence coordination to monitor or direct
clean-up.   It also performed over 2.000 oil spill prevention  inspections; provided
mechanisms  for environmental assessments and aerial photo mapping of significant
spills and  prevention  inspections; and  prepared necessary technical documents to
support hazardous substances position papers for presentation at the Marine

-------
Environment Protection Committee of the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative
Organization.

     Priority was given to development of implementation guidelines for hazardous
substances spill prevention and response.  Four week-long training sessions for
EPA/U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) on-scene coordinators ware held.  Regional plans and
procedures for response to hazardous substances were prepared and some were
implemented.  A major contractual effort to provide technical assistance and
personnel to regional spill response teams was begun and an EPA study on environmental
emergencies was supported.

     Contract funding of approximately $350,000 was used for technical field support
for emergency spills.  An additional $450,000 was used to fund contractual functions
pertaining to the implementation of the hazardous materials program, to expand the
management information system, continue oil prevention aerial photo mapping, continue
to provide field support for the emergency environmental response unit, and continue
the oil prevention program.

     Final hazardous substances rules for designation, removability, harmful
quantities, and rates of penalty were promulgated under Section 311, as amended by
the Clean Water Act of 1977.  There followed a civil suit 1n which the Court enjoined
EPA implementation of the regulations.  As a result of a further legislative
amendment to Section 311, the regulation has been scheduled for repromulgation
early 1n 1979,  The program developed the technical approach for the hazardous
substances spill prevention regulation; completed the technical approach for the
development of the removal and mitigating action hazardous substances regulations;
redrafted the oil removal regulation; completed the rationale and development
documents for other source categories of nonharmful quantities of oil; and revised
the National Contingency Plan.

1979 Program

     The spill prevention and response resource levels are $8,358,300 and 119
positions for 1979.  The program expects to respond to 840 inland spills and water
related environmental emergencies that will require an on-scence coordinator to
direct and monitor clean-up activities.  The program will inspect approximately
1,100 facilities for compliance with spill prevention and control plans.  The
projection of fewer compliance inspections 1n 1979 is based on the need to divert
resources to the newer hazardous substances spill response program required under
the amended Clean Mater Act and the new Section 311 regulations.

     Contract funding of $3.5 million will be used to provide major technical
assistance and support to current EPA efforts.  The contract will be carried out
by 3.2 contractor personnel to help respond to oil and hazardous materials spills
and environmental emergencies, perform inspections for compliance with oil
prevention regulations, prepare cases and related actions to support enforcement,
assess spill damages, and provide training to'.Federal, State, and local officials.
An additional $1 million in contracts is also provided, of which $500,000 pertains
to development of hazardous substances prevention regulations, aerial surveillance
support, and emergency mapping for major spills, and $500,000 for field support to
emergency environmental response units and economic impact assessment of proposed
prevention regulations.

     Spill cleanup capabilities will be considerably Increased by the establishment
of a new Environmental Emergency Response Team (ERT).  This is an 8-member nationwide
team that supports regional capabilities with technical advice and additional
manpower when needed.

-------
      Highest priority will be given to response to the most severe oil and hazardous
 substances spills.  These are spills presenting the most serious threat to the public
 health, drinking water supplies, and the environment.  Increased emphasis will be
 placed on hazardous substances regulated under Section 311.  Contingency plans will
 be revised to incorporate hazardous substances regulation changes as a result of
 the 1978 Amendments to Section 311.  The program is examining ways to increase
 involvement by the States in Section 311 response and prevention programs.  The
 program expects to promulgate amendments to the harmful quality (of oil) regulations
 and the oil spill prevention regulations to incorporate changes required by the
 Clean Water Act of 1977.

 1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

      The net increase of +$855,300 results from several actions.  An increase of
 $323,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
 as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  As a result of
 the Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements for its
 1979 operating plan, +$531,500 was reprogrammed to this activity from effluent
 standards and guidelines ($289,300) and from agency support ($242,200) to help
 establish and support the National Environmental Response Team.

 1980 Plan

      The spill prevention and response program request for 1980 is $8,118,000 and
 122 positions.  This represents a decrease of $240,300 and an increase of three
 positions.  The program plans to continue to develop, implement and maintain a
 national oil and hazardous substances spill prevention, response, removal and
 mitigation program pursuant to Section 311 of the Clean Water Act of 1977.  The
 program expects to respond to approximately 930 inland spills and water related
 environmental emergencies and to inspect about 1,500 facilities for compliance
 with spill prevention regulations and plans.

      In 1980, the program expects to provide program management to implement the
 national spill program at the regional level; provide policy guidance and technical
 assistance for spill response to regional response teams (RRT) and on-scene
 coordinators (OSC); continue development and deployment of the ERT; continue
 development of the technical assistance teams (attached to each region and the
 ERT) under the contract awarded in 1979; provide liaison with U.S. Coast Guard
 and other national response team (NRT) members; review and revise the National
 Contigency Plan and review Regional Contingency Plans; continue to support aerial
 photo mapping and oil pollution prevention compliance monitoring of facilities;
 Improve aerial and on site monitoring and detection capability for hazardous
 substances spills; complete interagency agreement with the U.S. Coast Guard for
 oil spill surveillance; and provide contract support for Implementing the
 hazardous substance response and prevention program.

 DREDGE AMD FILL REGULATIONS

 1978 Accomplishments

      The dredge and fill regulations program included 30 positions and $848,000
 in 1978.  Specific accomplishments included:

      -  Expanded Section 404 permit reviews beyond traditionally navigable waters
         and their major tributaries to Include the remaining waters of the United
         States.

      -  Drafted Section 404(b) guidelines for dredged or fill disposal site
         selection.
WQ-102

-------
     -  wmpteted analysis tor ana drafting of regulations  tor state section W4
        permit program operations (40 CFR 126); drafted Section 404(c)  veto
        regulations.
     -  Drafted Section 208(b){4) regulations for statewide best management
        practice programs for the control of dredged and fill  material.
     -  Participated  in the development and proposal of the general  State 404
        delegation regulations (40 CFR 123).
     -  Continued assessment of various test procedures for revision of the
        test manual to provide procedures to identify the quality of the
        proposed discharge.
1979 Program
     The planned 1979 program will include 49 positions and $4,015,000.  In 1979,  the
program wi11:
     -  Propose revised Section 404(b) guidelines and provide assistance for
        their Implementation.
     -  Propose regulations for State program (permit) operation (Part  126).
     -  Develop constraint guidance on Section 404(f) exemptions.
     -  Develop and implement strategy for delegating State permit programs.
     -  Implement veto authority for environmentally unacceptable projects.
     -  Provide analytical and policy support to controversial permit proposals.
     -  Refine the wetlands boundary definitions.
     -  Expand information base for the development of test procedures.
     -  Develop a mechanism of predesignatlng under Section 404(c) disposal
        areas and areas where disposal 1s prohibited.
     -  Participate in the review and approval of plans for congressionally
        authorized Federal projects to assure conformanee with Section  404(b)(l)
        guidelines.
     -  Initiate development of a public information and education program.
     -  Provide support to the national wetlands research assessment and to
        similar activities having the objective of assessing and Improving
        research in the areas pertinent to the Section 404  program.
     -  Participate 1n the Water Resources Council program  to develop integrated
        program for the management of floodplalns and the protection of wetlands.
     -  Propose Section 404(c) veto regulations.
                                                                            WQ-103

-------
         transfer  of program  operations;  evaluate  existing State  programs to
         identify  promising programs  for  Section 404  transfer.

      -   Participate in  the development of  the  EPA/Corps of  Engineers
         Memorandum  of Agreement  required by  Section  404(q).

      -   Assist with the finalization of  the  general  State Section 404
         transfer  regulations (Part 123).

      -   Assist with the proposal  and promulgation of the Section 208(b){4)
         regulations.

      -   Continue  to review Section 404 permits.

 1979  Explanation  of Changes  from Budget  Estimates

      The net Increase of +$2,693,400 results from several actions.  Congress  provided an
 add-on  of $2,300,000 for the dredge  and  fill program.  A net  increase  of +$63,700  results
 from  increased pay  costs from the October  1978 (1979)  pay raise  as well as
 distribution of the October  1977 (1978)  pay  raise.  In addition, +$329,700 was
 reprogranmed to this activity from agency  support.

 1980  Plan

      The program  resource levels will  be $1,723,000  and 49  positions.   FY 1980 will
 be a  critical transition year for the  dredge and  fill  program since:   (a) most
 regulations  will  be finalized during this  year, and  (b) jurisdiction  for some of the
 Nation's waters  (Phases II and III)  will begin to shift from  the Corps of Engineers
 to qualified States. A major activity will  be to guide and support the States 1n
 State Section 404 program assumption.  Moreover,  as  the program  emphasis swings away
 from  developing and issuing  regulations, the program must begin  the more complex
 task  of building  a  comprehensive national  program to more effectively  and
 consistently implement  the regulatory mandates while developing  nonregulatory
 alternatives and  supplements for protecting  aquatic  resources.

      Specific activities for 1980 include:

      -   Promulgate  Section 404 program regulations (Part 126); Section 404(b)(l)
         environmental guidelines; Section  404(c)  veto regulations; and Issue
         ancillary guidance.

      -   Evaluate  the need for and practicability  of pre-permlt Section 404(c)
         designations; exercise Section 404(c)  authority to  prevent specific
         proposed  dredge or fill  discharge  activities that are found to be
         environmentally unacceptable;  and  establish  a centralized  capability
         to provide  rapid field support for Section 404(c) actions.

      -   Develop  strategies and policies  for  transfer of programs to States and
         review of State program  applications;  provide assistance to a  selected
         number of States 1n  developing their programs for submission  to EPA;
         conduct  regional/State workshops on transfer of Section  404 programs
         to recommend to the  Administrator  their continued approval or  withdrawal;
         and  review  and  advise on approval  of new  State program applications
         for  assuming the Section 404 permit program and the Section 208(b)(4)
         program.
WQ-104

-------
   practices (BMP) for placement of dredged or fill  material.
-  Provide national policy guidance for review and comment on general
   and individual  permit applications and provide recommendations to
   higher management on controversial permits.
-  Coordinate Section 404 activities with other Federal agencies
   involved in the Section 404 program in related programs.
-  Participate in  EPA/COE Research Committee, the national wetlands
   research assessment, or other research assessment/management programs
   to ensure the continuation of sound program research.
-  Assist regions  in strengthening regional program capabilities.
-  Review and provide conment on the EISs associated with
   congressionally authorized construction projects for their
   conformity with the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines.
-  Develop an information and education program to cultivate public
   awareness of the Section 404 program and the values it is designed
   to protect.
-  Establish a national data base on permits and other program information.
-  Assess the need for Section 307(a) standards for dredged material.
                                                                      WQ-105

-------
                                    Abatement and Control

                            Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis

                                          Budget     Current                 Increase +
                                         Estimate    Estimate   Estimate     Decrease -
                                           1979        1979       1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                         ~~[dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Water Quality Monitoring
  and Analysis	   $8,161       $6,584      $8,835      $8,562        -$273

Permanent Positions
Water Quality Monitoring
  and Analysis	      203         157         157         175          +18

Full-time Equivalency
Water Quality Monitoring
  and Analysis....	                              239         244           +5

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $8,562,000 and 175 positions is requested for 1980.   This repre-
sents a decrease of $273,000 and an increase of 18 positions.  Included in this total  is
$2,070,000 for contracts and $450,000 for interagency agreements,

Program Description

     This program provides:  pollutant-by-pollutant control  strategies based  on assess-
ments of environmental distribution, exposure/risk, and fate for controlling  the 65
classes of pollutants stipulated in the toxics Settlement Agreement and the Clean Water
Act; area-by-area regulatory strategies and guidance to the States for geographic areas
where best available technology (BAT) may not be adequate  to control  pollution, including
Identification of toxic pollutant "hot spots"; industrial/environmental assessments for
the 21 primary industrial  categories to assist 1n the development and defense of BAT
regulations; assessment of monitoring information to help direct the Integration of Office
of Water and Waste Management programs; assessments of the source of toxic pollutants
entering publicly owned treatment works (PQTW) and recommendations for appropriate regulatory
strategies; and implementation of State basic water monitoring programs to provide
increased intensive surveys, biological monitoring, and monitoring of toxic pollutants
in response to the Settlement Agreement and the Clean Water Act.  Resources also include
field sampling and analysis to detect and measure the 129 priority pollutants; and opera-
tion of EPA's water quality data systems for management of toxic pollutant and other
data, including standardization of storage protocols and quality assurance.   It also
includes management overhead for the regional Surveillance and Analysis Divisions which
are responsible for monitoring in all media including water, air, toxics, enforcement,
and pesticides, and for coordinating surveillance and analysis among States and other
Federal Agencies.

1978 Accomplishments                           l

     In 1978, emphasis was placed on specific toxic pollutant monitoring activities.  Included
in the overall obligations of $8.2 million were $760,000 for an interagency agreement with the
U. S. Geological Survey for provision of sampling and analysis support, and $186,000 in
contracts to assist in the management of data.  Principal  accomplishments include:

          -  Continuation of environmental assessments of toxic pollutants to meet
             the requirements of the Clean Water Act and the Settlement Agreement.
          -  Location and  documentation of 21 potential  toxic pollutant "hot  spots."

          *  Implementation  of the basic  water  monitoring  program  for  use  by States
             including increased emphasis on toxic pollutant monitoring, -biological
WO  TOfi      monitoring, and intensive surveys.

-------
          -  Operation of a toxic pollutant monitoring program through interagency
             agreements for chemical  and fish tissue analyses, and field monitoring
             by contractors, EPA, and the States to help determine geographic dis-
             tributions and exposure/risk of toxic pollutants.

          -  Evaluation of quality assurance procedures in State water monitoring
             laboratories to ensure detection of toxic pollutants.

          -  Analysis and publication of water pollution improvement in six additional
             areas to describe and document successful programs which may be adapted
             for use elsewhere.

          -  Preparation of the water quality inventory report required by Section
             305{b).

          -  Implementation of a biological monitoring pilot project to develop methods
             to use biological data in regulatory and management decisions.

          -  Continuation of an interagency agreement with U.S. Geological Survey for
             its provision of water sampling and laboratory analysis support.

1979 Program

     In 1979, $8,835,000 and 157 positions are allocated to water quality monitoring and
analysis primarily for determining and implementing control  options for. toxic and
other pollutants.  Of these funds, $2,166,800 will be used to determine toxics contribu-
tions from publicly owned treatment works 
-------
          -  Completion of a pilot biological monitoring pilot project to develop
             techniques for using biological  data as part of toxic pollutant analyses.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$2,251,100 results  from several actions.  A net increase of
+$596,800 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as
well as distribution of the October 1977 (FY  1978) pay raise.  In addition, +$1,654,300
was reprogrammed to this activity from agency support costs.

1980 Plan
     In 1980, $8,562,300 and 175 positions are requested, a decrease of $273,000 and an
increase of 18 positions.  Approximately $670,000 will  be utilized for contracts and
interagency agreements to determine geographic distributions and to assess exposure/risk
of toxic pollutants; $1,400,000 for contracts to assess toxic pollutant contributions to
publicly owned treatment works (POTW); and $450,000 for interagency agreements to perform
biological and chemical monitoring.

     Major accomplishments planned for 1980 Include determination of geographic distribu-
tions, mass balances, and exposure/risk analyses for selected toxic substances and include
implementation of a limited biological monitoring program.  The planned outputs are:

          -  A detailed assessment of the sources of toxic pollutants to publicly owned
             treatment works (PQTW), and analysis of regulatory strategies, including
             controls under TSCA and RCRA.

          -  Assess environmental exposure/risk and geographic distributions for additional
             toxic pollutants for setting revised best available technology regulations,
             pretreatment and new source performance standards, water quality standards,
             and Section 307(a) standards.

          -  Identify and document toxics "hot spots" and provide technical evaluation
             and definition of control options for toxic pollutants within the framework
             of overall water quality management planning including controls of specific
             pollutants, certain categories of Industries, and/or in certain geographic
             areas where advanced waste treatment or wasteload allocations may be necessary
             to control water pollution.

          -  Operation of the State basic water monitoring program to Include toxic pollu»
             tant and biological monitoring and intensive surveys.

          -  Continue and Improve data systems to provide to pollution control agencies,
             at all levels of government, widespread access to toxic and other pollutant
             data.

          -  Evaluate quality assurance procedures in selected State and contractor labora-
             tories to provide accurate detection and measurement of toxic and other pollu-
             tants in ambient waters and effluents.

          -  Implement biological sampling utilizing various biological monitoring methods
             and techniques for biological data interpretation to screen for presence of
             toxics and to pin-point needs for chemical monitoring.

          -  Analyze and publish water pollution Improvements to describe and document
             successful programs which may be adaptable to use elsewhere.

          -  Continue an Interagency agreement with the Fish and Wildlife Service to
             analyze fish tissue for the presence of toxic substances.  This will help
             determine geographic distributions and exposure/risk of toxic pollutants.
 WQ-108

-------
  Abatement and Control



Municipal Source Control
Actual
1978
Appropriation
Municipal Waste Treatment
Facility Construction... $25
NEPA Compliance-Municipal
Waste Treatment Facility
Construction. 	 	 7
Corps of Engineers-Municipal
Waste Treatment Facility
Construction 	 4
Subtotal 	 38
Waste Treatment Operations
and Maintenance..,. 	 1
Manpower and Training 	 2
Total 	 	 	 42
Permanent Positions
Municipal Waste Treatment
Faci 1 i ty Construct!" on ...
NEPA Compl i ance-Munl ci pal
Waste Treatment Facility
Construction 	 	
Corps of Engineers-Municipal
Waste Treatment Facility
Construction 	 . 	 *
Subtotal 	
Waste Treatment Operations
and Maintenance 	
Manpower and Training.....
Total 	 	 	 	 1
Full-time Equivalency
Municipal Waste Treatment
Facility Construction...
NEPA Compliance-Municipal
Waste Facility Construction
Corps of Engineers.. 	
Subtotal 	
Waste Treatment Operations
and Maintenance.........
Manpower Planning and
Training-Water Quality..
Total 	 	 1
,383
,987
,674
,044
,728
,867
,639
856
96
952
54
47
,053
• » »
,053
Budget Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1979 1979 1980 1980 vs. 1979
(dollars
$27,676 $27
7,528 7
24,000 16
59,204 50
1 ,768 2
5,013 3
65,985 56
938
80
1 ,018
62
25
1.105 1
1
1.105 1
in thousands)
,026 $24,
,631 9,
,000 22,
,657 56,
,051 1 ,
,554 4,
,262 62,
851
80
931
46
26
,003
976
97
,073 1 ,
49
42
,164 1,
486
500
800
786
426
169
381
771
98
869
44
18
931
912
94
006
47
30
083
-$2,540
+1 ,869
+6,800
+6,129
-625
+615
+6,119
-80
+18
-62
-2
-8
-72
-64
-3
-67
-2
-12
-81
                                                     WQ-109

-------
Budgetjtequest

     The 1980 request is for $62,381,000 and 931  positions.   Administration of the municipal
source control activity in 1980 is expected to require an additional  $6,119,000 above the
1979 level.  This increase is due mainly to an increase of $6.8 million for the interagency
agreement with the Corps of Engineers; a $1.9 million increase in the Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) preparation contract to provide for a greater number of EIS for construc-
tion grants projects; and a net decrease in salary costs resulting from the 72 positions
partially offset by small increases in other contracts.  Depending upon the actual phase-in
schedules of Corps subagreanents with each EPA region, actual costs for 1979 may exceed the
$16 million provided in the current estimate in which case the agency will  propose a
reprog ramming of funds to cover the additional costs.

     The 72 position reduction in permanent positions from the 1979 level  is principally
to take advantage of the expected increase in State manpower resulting from State delega-
tion of selected construction grants activities and the Corps of Engineers  increased effort
in post-Step 3 management.  The State commitment under delegation toward assuming increasing
portions of program management allows EPA to shift these positions toward other high priority
activities (such as toxic substances, hazardous wastes, and air), while continuing to in-
crease overall management in the construction grants'program.

Program Description

     The municipal source control subactivity is composed of two program areas.  The first,
the municipal waste treatment facility construction program, derives its legislative
authority from Title II of the Clean Water Act (CWA).  For budgetary purposes, the program
is divided into three principal subareas:  (a) construction grant program management
activities, (bj NEPA compliance for construction grants, and (c) the Corps  of Engineers
agreements for management of the construction phase.  Second, the municipal operations and
manpower planning and training program derives its principal authority from Title I, Sec-
tion 104 and 109 through 112, and portions of Title II and Title IV of the Clean Water Act
(CWA).  The funding provided under this subactivity covers only the direct costs of oper-
ating both programs.  Omitted are the municipal construction grants funds (including State
management assistance grants), which are Included in a separate appropriation account
(construction grants) and the academic training grant funds provided under the Grants
Assistance program subactivity.

     The municipal source control activity is undertaken primarily in the EPA regional
offices, where all the grant activity, NEPA, and associated administration of the grants
program and post-construction activities take place.  The direct training and operational
technology activities of the municipal operations and training programs are located at
the National Training and Operational Technology Center 1n Cincinnati, Ohio.  The remainder
of the subactivity - program policy, administrative and management oversight, and needs
estimates - resides in headquarters, primarily in the Office of Water and Waste Management.

     The first program area — the administration of the grants program for construction
of municipal'waste water treatment facilities— will involve 869 direct personnel in
1980 of which 778 are in the regional offices and 31 are in headquarters, along with
substantial contract and interagency assistance.  The principal goal underlying the grants
program is to eliminate the municipal discharge of untreated or inadequately treated pollu-
tants and thereby help restore or maintain the '.quality of the Nation's waters and protect
the health and well-being of the people..  The major operational objectives guiding EPA's
program administration are to achieve the most cost-effective, environmentally sound, and
timely abatement and municipal waste water pollution control through proper planning,
design, and construction of treatment works; to protect the fiscal and technical  integrity
of the program through sound management and close project oversight; and to encourage maxi-
mum State participation in program administration through both technical assistance to
improve State program management and delegation of program management responsibilities.
Areas of continued attention include more careful review of projects requiring waste treat-
ment more stringent than secondary, improved environmerital reviews, more face-to-face con-
tact with grantees, an improved public participation program, encouragement of alternatives


 WQ-110

-------
to conventional treatment (including land treatment), closer oversight and review of cost-
effectiveness methodology, better State project planning, and other activities prompted by
new environmental  initiatives and recent legislative amendments.  EPA will direct its con-
struction grants funds to those municipal projects required to comply with the enforceable
environmental goals of the Act.  In addition, EPA will  begin implementation of the Adminis-
tration's directives on water conservation and the urban and rural  initiatives, starting in
1979.

     The second area — the municipal  operations and training program — involves 62 posi-
tions.  The principal objectives for this area include :

     Development and maintenance of State and local municipal operations programs —
This involves continuous assessment of public waste water treatment plant operational
efficiencies through a plant operation and maintenance inspection program.  Inspection
results are reported annually to Congress in accordance with Section 210 of the Act.
The program supports  State, local, and private sector efforts to improve plant opera-
tions and maintenance through the development of guidance materials and manuals; identi-
fication of planning, design, research, and training needs; conduct of technical assis-
tance demonstration programs; and public awareness activities.

     Development of trained water pollution control personnel to Implement programs
authorized bythe Clean Mater Act of 1977 -- These include (a) training and certification
of municipal waste water treatment facility operators and related personnel to improve
plant efficiency in existing plants and assure efficient and reliable operation of new
federally funded plants; (b) development of manpower planning capabilities in EPA regions
and State agencies to systematically assess the needs for professional and subprofesslonal
pollution control  manpower; and (c) training of EPA, State, and private sector agency
personnel in the technology of abatement and control of water pollution through short-term
training courses,  development of audio-visual training aids, and delivery of training
resources for the purpose of developing effective state and local water pollution control
training programs.

MUNICIPAL WASTE TREATMENT FACILITY CONSTRUCTION

1978 Accomplishments

     The level of new construction grants activity dropped sharply from the peak of 1977
in part, as a result of a delay in receiving supplemental funding until March, 1978, but   '
also because of major changes to the Clean Hater Act.  In combination, these two situa-
tions caused a degree of uncertainty in the States and grantees regarding the future
management and direction of the program.  The full implementation of the Act, particu-
larly in those areas requiring readjustments (such as State delegation}, will continue
to affect program operations and EPA staff use through 1980.

     The following table summarizes the program for 1978.

                                                     .          FY 1978
               Item                          NumberAmount
                                                                     (dollars in millions)

Total Obligations (Gross)	,	            l                              $2,860

Total Outlays....	                                           3,187

Awards Processed:
  Step 1 Awards	             §26                            $136
  Step 2 Awards	             589                            $111
  Step 3 Awards	             760                          $2,613

Active Projects:
  Step!.....	           5,235                            $549
  Step 2	           1,701                            $418
  Step 3	           3,547
  Section 8(P.L. 84-660)	             904                         $16,171

                                                                                    WQ-11]

-------
                                                                    	
          Item                                  Number     !  !              Amount
                                                                    (dollars In millions)

Step 3 (Completions)....-..		             606

New ElS Initiated	...		              45

     The major workload intensive efforts in 1978, other than grants management, were
two-fold:  (a) the implementation of the new Clean Water Act (P.L. 95-217) amending
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and (b) the initiation of a new 3-year agreement
with the Corps of Engineers, under which the Corps agreed to provide up to 600 workyears
to supplement EPA construction grants management activities.  The first -- the implementa-
tion of the new midcourse correction legislative provisions — required major new regula-
tory and policy development, particularly in areas that significantly impacted grants
management.  The final regulations were published in the Federal Register on September 27,
1978.  The second ~ the Corps of Engineers interagency agreement phase-in — required
negotiation of detailed subagreements between each EPA regional office and the related
Corps personnel.  Approximately 300 workyears of Corps effort were in place on September 30,
1978.

     Major municipal areas requiring new regulations, primarily as a result of the new
amendments, included (a) the new emphasis and incentives for use of innovative and
alternative technology; (b) changes in works eligibilities and their impact on facilities
planning, (c) changes in secondary treatment requirements for ocean outfalls; (d) restruc-
turing of priority list planning requirements to accommodate set-asides for pipe projects,
small communities, innovative technology, and individual systems; (e) user charge changes;
(f) State management assistance procedures; and (g) improvements in cost-effectiveness
procedures; and (h) improvements in cost-effectiveness guidelines.  Immediate regulations
were required 1n several cases to both allot the new funding and implement other sections
effective upon enactment.  A special manpower intensive effort was required to begin to
implement the new State management assistance legislation, which, with the Administrator's
approval, may permit the States to use up to two percent of their allotment for State
operations under delegation.

     The negotiation of the Corps interagency agreement involved both a general national
agreement between the Administrator and the Chief of Engineers, and 10 Implementing sub-
agreements between EPA regions and Corps division offices.  All agreements were completed
by Hay 1978.  Generally, the Corps agreement provided for Corps services in three areas:
(a) on-site presence during construction for all projects greater than $50
million; (b) performance of construction engineering functions (such as inspections,
review of change orders, outlay management, construction close-out, and management
oversight) on all projects which have received a Step 3 grant award; and (c) review of
plans and specifications to ensure that the plans are both biddable and constructable
before the contract awards are let.  In all cases, Corps activity would continue only
until a State received EPA delegation and was fully able to assume authority for these
activities.

     Continued efforts to improve management, protect project Integrity, and provide
technical assistance were a high priority in 1978.  Some of the major activities
included development of more rigorous controls on funding of waste treatment projects
more stringent than secondary, Issuance of an environmental assessment manual, develop-
ment of a sludge management bulletin, better and more frequent preapplication conferences,
implementation of "streamlining" recommendations to simplify and expedite grant processing,
closer project oversight through interim review of project performance, and more frequent
construction inspections.  The Agency undertook a detailed review of the existing policies,
regulations, and guidelines to meet the new Administration initiatives related to water
conservation and rural and urban issues.
WQ-112

-------
1979 Plan

     Fiscal Year 1979 will be the first full  year of the new legislation, with most
provisions supported by final regulations and new policy guidance.  Approximately 3,200
new awards are expected to be made, totalling $3.4 billion.   Approximately 11,100 projects
will be in preconstruction or construction stages by year end, including almost 4,950
facility planning projects, 1,900 design and 4,250 projects  under construction.  The
following table summarizes the program planned for FY 1979:

                                                                FY 1979
          Item                                  NumberAmount
                                                                    (dollars in millions)

Obligations	                 ...                     $3,400

Total Outlays	:,..                 ...                     $3,100

Awards Processed:
  Step 1 Awards	               1,000                       $100
  Step 2 Awards	               1,200                       $400
  Step 3 Awards			               1,000                     $2,900

Step 3 Completions....		               1,225

New EISs Initiated	                  45

     The program in 1979 continues the transition phase resulting from the many changes
that have occurred over the last year, prompted principally by the new Clean Water Act
and other Agency initiatives to improve project integrity and expand the resource base
for overall management.  These new Initiatives coexist with current legislative require-
ments to fully obligate all 1978 funds by September 30, 1979, to avoid reallotment of
funds.

     A principal task in 1979 is to complete implementation of the new requirements
mandated through the Clean Water Act through issuance of Implementing guidance, guide-
lines, and procedures.  Among the major changes requiring such guidance are preferences
in the Federal share and the cost effective analysis for innovative and alternative
projects.  These preferences reinforce the Agency push toward land treatment, reuse
and recycling, water and energy conservation, and greater public participation in all
levels.  The new statute recognizes that conventional facility planning has resulted
in high operation and maintenance burdens on the consuming public.  Thus, changes in
the Agency guidance are required to deal with population projections, facility staging,
flow calculations, water conservation, cost-effectiveness, and other substantive pro-
visions of policy.  Similarly, there are many new policies and requirements, such as
minority business enterprise, long-term priority list planning, public participation,
marine discharge permit modification review, and Buy American, which require careful
Implementation through guidance and procedure development.  All these changes require
special attention, technical assistance to grantees and States, and increased EPA
effort to properly and effectively implement.

     The Conference Report to the 1979 appropriations bill regarding funding of waste
treatment projects more stringent than secondary will be fully Implemented during 1979.
The Report requires detailed scrutiny at several levels of all projects more stringent
than secondary.  Congress directed that the Administrator personally review grant awards
to all projects with incremental costs above secondary greater than $1 million.  In
addition, EPA will pursue a more rigorous review of all projects requiring treatment
above secondary to ensure that State imposed limitations are properly applied and
effective.  During 1979, EPA expects to review approximately 600 projects more stringent
than secondary, of which roughly one third will be reviewed directly by the Administrator.
                                                                                  5-113

-------
     	 .....	... „,  „„,; uuipa agreement anu state delegation under Section 205(g)
requires a major EPA resource effort in 1979.   Both of these initiatives will  substantially
increase the total resources available to the  program once fully implemented.   In fact,
the Corps agreement will allow EPA to perform  post-Step 3 management in 1979 at a resource
level  never before possible, leading to improved fiscal and technical  integrity of our
projects.  The State delegation effort, however, will temporily divert a portion of the
EPA resources in 1979 toward completing the initial stages of the negotiation  process.
Approximately 26 States are expected to receive State management assistance grants dur-
ing 1979, an increase of 23 over 1978.  Most of the remaining States will  have entered into
preliminary negotiations during the year, leading to a grant in 1980 or 1981.   The initial
grants will allow EPA to delegate a substantial portion of the program to the  States,
according to the timing and overall plan in the grant agreements.  Resource benefits from
these State agreements will begin to be evident in late 1980 and 1981.

     Emphasis will continue in 1979 on the municipal enforcement strategy first formulated
in 1978.  This strategy is  an attempt to integrate program activities  of the grants,
enforcement, and NPDES permit compliance programs, to better coordinate and reinforce
planning and scheduling of  municipalities to meet the goals of the Act.  The principal
effort in 1979 will be to implement a program  of action throughout EPA and the States,
leading to:

          -  Integrated municipal permit and grants schedules.

          -  Compatible information systems,

          -  Internally consistent operating procedures.

          -  Coordinated grant and enforcement sanctions for noncomplying
             municipalities.

The overall result is expected to be more effective and expeditious actions directed at
meeting the municipal requirements established in the Act.

     The Agency will continue in 1979 to stress the overall importance of effective
fiscal and environmental management throughout the grants process.  A number of major
management initiatives, under the general category of outlay management, will  concen-
trate efforts on the post-Step 3 stage.  Areas of major concern include (a) a  reduction
in the overall preconstruction lag after Step  3 award; (b) improvement in the  estimation
of outlays for Congress for internal decision-making; (c) more expeditious project close-
out and final payments, (d) closer monitoring  of cost increases through change orders,
and (e) closer monitoring of contract schedules to ensure efficient and timely project
construction.  All these post-Step 3 efforts will make maximum use of the Corps agreements
to manage the projects after construction begins.  EPA will have most of the management
components of this outlay management initiative in place by the beginning of 1980.

1979EXB.Ianatlon ofChangesfrom Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$$49,600 results from several actions.  First, Congress provided
an add-on of +$2,500,000 for ocean outfall activity.  Second, a net Increase of +$2,377,300
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribu-
tion of the October 77  (1978) pay raise.  Third, a Presidential Determination Order trans-
ferred personnel and related costs for contract compliance activities from EPA to the
Department of Labor; of the $1,401,000 transferred by this action, -$502,000 was applicable
to this activity.  Fourth,  -$651,300 was transferred from this activity within the regional
offices to reflect actual operating conditions as of the end of 1978 into regional manage-
ment activity.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's 2BB review of priorities and changing
resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$4,373,600 was reprogrammed from this
activity to regional management  ($3,075,600) and regional support ($1,298,000).
  WQ-114

-------
         UJ -$OjUUU,yyu rebuild IIUIH aevciai  awwtwua.   me wun^i caj *cuuwcu win?  us.vf«it^
by -$3,000,000, and -$5,000,000 was transferred to areawide waste treatment management
resources as repayment for funds in the same amount borrowed in 1978,

     NEPA Compliance-Municipal Haste Treatment Facility Construction — The net increase
of +$102,600 results from several  actions,A net increase of +$266,600 results from
increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise as well as distribution of
October 77 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, -$164,000 was transferred from this activity
within the regional offices to reflect actual operating conditions as of the end  of 1978
to air quality management implementation within the air media.

1980 Flan

     The 1980 program includes $56,786,000 and 869 positions, an increase of $6,129,000
and decrease of 62 positions over  the 1979 level.  Approximately $22.8 million of this
budget will be used to continue implementation of the interagency agreement with  the
Corps of Engineers to manage the construction phase of the grant program.  In addition,
$6.6 million of the $9.5 million NEPA request will be used to continue the EIS prepara-
tion contract, an increase of $1.2 million over the 1979 level.  The additional funds for
the EIS preparation contract will  allow EPA to increase the number of EISs initiated to
60, an increase of 15 over the 1979 level.  The NEPA positions at 98 will cover all EIS
preparation and contract oversight, environmental appraisals and negative declarations,
and increased efforts in early environmental  review (i.e., "piggybacking") during facility
plan preparation.  In addition, the Agency EIS manual  for construction grants will be
revised in accordance with the new Council on Environmental Quality regulations.

     In 1980, 3,400 new awards will be made totalling $3.6 billion.  This represents a
small increase over 1979 awards and a significant increase over the number of awards made
in 1978.  Total projects in various stages of completion by the end of 1980 will  be
approximately 10,700.  This leveling of active project workload does not account  for
expected increases resulting from a recycling of some Step 2 and Step 3 projects  back
to Step 1 to properly implement pretreatment, innovative and alternative technology
options, or revised lagoon and pond eligibilities.  The following table compares  the
planned 1980 program with the 1978 and 1979 activities.
                                                          1979           1980
                                            1978        Estimate       Estimate
                                           Actual       Planned        Requested
                                                   (dollars in millions}

Total Obligations.......	           $2,860        $3,400           $3,600

Total Outlays	            3,189         3,100            3,600

New Step 1 Awards	              926         1,000              800
New Step 2 Awards	,	.              589         1,200            1,300
New Step 3 Awards	              760         1,000            1,300

Construction Completions.	              606         1,225            1,250

New EISs Initiated		,               46            45               60

     The program in 1980 will concentrate its 'resources on completing the implemen-
tation of the many new initiatives begun in 1978 and 1979.  The principal objective will
be to consolidate these efforts Into an overall management system that both effectively
meets the program objectives and efficiently uses the expanded set of actors (i.e., States,
EPA, and Corps) involved in managing program activities.  State delegation will increase
dramatically, with up to 39 States receiving initial State management assistance grants
and virtually all interested States Involved in negotiation or implementation of delegation
received from the 1978 Needs Survey will allow development of new funding strategies
that optimize resources.  The rate of obligation, although only at S3.6 billion
in 1980, is expected to return to the long-term level of approximately $4.5 billion by
1981.

                                                                              WQ-115

-------
Beginning in 1980, all pretreatment planning and advanced waste treatment planning related
to facilities will be funded under Section 201 rather than Section 208.

     The major continuing effort in 1980 will be to properly negotiate and implement
delegation agreements in virtually all States expressing an interest in receiving funds
under Section 205(g).  The 13 States receiving an initial grant in 1980 will  begin
implementation of delegation activities through the agreed upon staffing and phase-in
strategy.  The 26 States receiving a follow on grant will increasingly assume direct
authority for additional tasks, thus freeing some EPA resources for other construction
grant activities.  Proper EPA management of this transition period is expected to be
resource intensive, and will not substantially free EPA from direct program activities
until 1981 and 1982.

WASTE TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

1978 Accomplishments

     During 1978, the waste treatment operation and maintenance (O&M) program, operating
with 54 positions and $1.7 million, achieved the following program outputs:

          -  Identified and documented publicly-owned treatment works (POTW)
             performance problems and probable causes by means of a national
             inspection program and provided an annual OSM survey report to
             Congress.

          -  Conducted indepth performance evaluations at problem plants
             and cooperated with compliance/enforcement personnel to assure
             resolution of major O&M problems.

          -  Reviewed O&K documents submitted by grantees during Steps 2
             and 3 of the construction grants program,

          -  Encouraged, assisted, and/or trained States and private parties
             to provide on-site O&M assistance and training to localities to
             enable them to achieve design efficiencies and comply with
             regulatory requirements.

          -  Developed and disseminated technical literature and manuals
             describing how to achieve efficient and dependable operation
             and maintenance of POTW,

          -  Conducted seminars to orient and train consultants and regional/
             State/local personnel in the principles of sound operation and
             maintenance as related both to design and ongoing operation of
             POTW.

          -  Initiated development of detailed guidance on O&M requirements
             during all steps of the construction grants program.

          -  Investigated and evaluated effectiveness of O&M programs In
             seven States.

          -  Integrated municipal operation and maintenance inspections and
             assistance efforts with municipal compliance/water/program goals
             and activities.

          -  Developed materials and co-sponsored State and regional meetings
             of elected and appointed officials to increase public/local decision
             maker knowledge and concern about O&M problems and their resolution.


WQ-116

-------
     The waste treatment operation and maintenance program resources for 1979 are 46
positions and $2,051,000.  Surveys have shown no substantial improvement in the per-
formance efficiency of the Nation's waste water treatment facilities over the last
several years.  During 1979, the operations and maintenance program will
concentrate on mobilizing a coordinated, broad based approach to improved performance.
This approach will require that several programs devote special efforts to the problems
of municipalities.  Avenues to be developed include reassessment of OSM inspection
program priorities and methods, development of regional and State communications and
joint actions with enforcement, increased emphasis, through more specific guidance, on
O&M requirements of the construction grant process (including retrieval of grant funds),
more effective use of the existing O&M requirement in permits, and cl-oser planning ties
with training and research.  The O&H program plans also include establishing improved
means for integrating O&M provisions into Section 106 grant procedures and activities
that will ensure attention to waste water treatment facilities in Section 208 planning.

     In 1979, the operation and maintenance (O&M) program will:

          -  Complete several guidance packages for EPA regional and State
             construction grants personnel on responding to/enforcing specified
             O&M requirements during Steps 1, 2, and 3 of the grants program.

          -  Develop new program guidance for inspection, technical assistance
             and OSM/enforcement cooperation; coordinate this guidance with
             regional offices to ensure its inclusion in the State programs.

          -  Develop technical manuals on plant operations and conduct
             national symposia on OSM.

          -  Develop, refine, test and demonstrate improved process control
             procedures.

          -  Develop and implement a program for Increasing the public
             awareness and support for improved O&M.

          -  Provide technical assistance through on-site demonstrations
             where such activities can be used to train trainers or State
             and private sector personnel.

          -  Prepare special legislative mandated reports to Congress and
             to selected other groups on plant efficiency, associated
             problems, and their causes.  Conduct comparative analysis of
             O&M inspection results on new plants and existing plants.

          -  Continue region/State municipal facility inspection activities
             to support planning, construction, operations, and National
             Pollutant Discharge Elimination System objectives through
             improved data flow on treatment plant operations and problems.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$282,000 results from several actions.  A net Increase of
+$125,200 results from Increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, +$156,800
was reprogrammed to this activity from agency support.
                                                                             WQ-1U

-------
      In 1980, the budget request of 44 positions  and $1,426,300  will  be used  to  maintain
 efforts to integrate operations and maintenance (OSM) provisions into other EPA  water
 quality programs.  The program will:

           -  Identify, review, evaluate, and track,  all  Step 3 construction
              projects with approved start-up packages.

           -  Inspect new plants for operability within start-up  period where
              start-up packages have been approved.

           -  Initiate implementation of guidance  on  0&M requirements  during
              all three steps of the construction  grants  program.  Actual
              implementation intended to be through  delegation agreements
              with State agencies.

           -  Document design/equipment deficiencies  during Step  2 plans and
              specifications review; assure correction before grant close-out,

           -  Conduct performance evaluations at request of Office of  Water
              Enforcement on plants with identified  compliance problems,
              assist in development of enforcement action.

           -  Conduct follow-up inspections on plants previously  evaluated
              to assure resolution of performance  problems.

           -  Comparatively track the performance  of new, federally funded
              POTW and existing facilities.

 MANPOWER PLANNING AND TRAINING

 1978 Accomplishments

      The manpower and training program, with 47 positions and $2.8 million, supported
 the development of training and certification capabilities at the State and  local
 levels.  Programs included (1) financial support  of operator certification examination
 criteria development through the Association of Boards of Certification (ABC), an
 Association of State Boards of Certification for  waste water treatment plant  operations;
 (2) financial support for development of waste water treatment plant  operator training
 curriculum to parallel the ABC operator classification levels I-IV, entry level  to
 supervisory level operators; (3) financial support  to the National Operator Training
 Coordinating Committee, consisting of national associations -- American Water Works
 Association, Water Pollution Control Federation,  and the ABC, to foster coordination
 of training activities among States; and (4) grant  support to State operator  training
 programs.

      Direct training support programs also helped development of State training
 capabilities through (1) development and demonstration of course packages; (2)  pro-
 viding trained instructors; (3) providing short courses 1n specialized techology for
 EPA and State personnel; and (4) the expansion of the instructional resources center
 to provide a focal point for collecting, evaluating, and disseminating training
 resource Information.

 1979 Program

      The manpower and training program resources  for 1979 are 26 positions and
 $3,554,000.  Approximately $700,000 additional contract funds have been added over
 the 1978 level to assist  training activities.  Training activities will continue
 to encourage and support the development of water pollution control manpower  planning
 and training capabilities at the State and local  levels.  With  reduced resources,
 manpower planning and training activities in 1979 will concentrate on:

WQ-118

-------
             (i.e., Section 205(g}}.

          -  Support to the National  Operator Training Coordinating Committee
             and State Operator Training Coordination Comittees  in the
             implementation of the Association of Boards of Certification
             "Brown Book" which provides a comprehensive plan for develop-
             ment and coordination of operator training at the State  and
             local level.

          -  Support interagency agreements with the Department of Labor
             (DDL), to provide operator training assistance to the water
             industry in rural and urban areas,

          -  Support to the Association of Boards of Certification for
             the continuing development of State certification examinations.

          -  Development, demonstration, and distribution of course packages
             and materials in support of State and local training programs.

          -  Continued development of the Instructional Resource  Center in
             Cincinnati, Ohio.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$1,458,500 results from several actions. A net  increase of
+$70,900 results from Increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay  raise as
well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, -$802,000
was transferred from this activity within the regional offices to reflect  actual
operating conditions as of the end of 1978 to air quality management  implementation
within the air media ($741,000) and to regional management ($61,000).  Finally, as a
result of the Agency's ZBB review of priorities and changing resource requirements
for its 1979 operating plan, -$727,400 was reprogrammed from this activity  to
regional management activity.

1980 Plan

     The manpower planning and training program resources will be 18  positions and
$4,169,000.  The following activities will be accomplished in 1980:

          -  Implement direct training program support, nationally, through
             financial assistance to States on delivery of training courses;
             publicizing available materials in the Instructional Resource
             Center; specialized course development and demonstrations.

          -  Evaluate water pollution control staffing and training efforts,
             nationally.

          -  Continued support to the Association of Boards of Certification
             for the continuing development of State Certification examinations.

          -  Continue to administer contractual effort to provide on  a ragion-
             by-region basis:  (a) State and local — POTW — staffing and
             training needs and resource assessments; (b) assistance  in
             developing State and local staffing and training plans;  (c)
             assistance 1n delivery of training courses to EPA, State, local,
             and private sector personnel; and (d) evaluation of State, local,
             and private sector staffing and training efforts.

          -  Assess need for and train State agency Section 205(g) personnel
             1n construction grants curriculum.

          -  Stimulate and assist development of Section 109(b) training
             center and operator training coordinating  committees.
                                                                                  WQ-119

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    Budget      Current                Increase +
                         Actual    Estimate    Estimate    Estimate    Decrease -
                          1978       1979        1979        1980   1980 vs. 1979   Page

Appropriation
Permits Issuance	    $7,020     $8,266      $7,776      $9,403      +$1,627     WQ-122
Water Quality
  Enforcement,	    15.502     16,581      19.864      18.844       -1.020     WQ-125

     Total..	    22,522     24,847      27,640      28,247         +607

Permanent Positions
Permits Issuance.....
Water Quality
  Enforcement.	
252
591
843
339
492
831
257
543
800
237
541
778
-20
-2
-22
     Total		

Full-time Equivalency
Permits Issuance.....       •••        •••         280         273           -7
Water Quality
  Enforcement	       ......         	638	644	+6

     Total	       •••        •••         918         917           -1

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $28,246,700 and 778 positions is requested for this subactivlty
for 1980.  This represents a net increase of $607,000 and a decrease of 22 positons
from the 1979 level.

     The Increase of $607,000  Is requested to implement the Agency's pretreatment
program and other high priority permits and water enforcement activities.  The decrease
of 22 positions is a result of Agency reprogramming through the IBB process to other
high priority activities.

Program Description

     The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program is
part of the comprehensive effort provided by the Clean Hater Act (CWA), to reduce or
eliminate point source pollution from industrial, municipal, commercial, and agricul-
tural discharges.  The Act prohibits discharge of pollutants to all waters of the
United States unless a permit  is issued by EPA or an EPA approved State program.  The
permit is the focal point of a tight regulatory system with precise and detailed
abatement requirements, streamlined enforcement procedures, and heavy penalties for
permit violation.

     The permit is the mechanism for imposing on point source dischargers tha uniform
national effluent limitations  and national performance standards for new source facil-
ities which EPA is required to promulgate.  These standards, set by the abc':ement and
control function, establish the maximum amounts of various pollutants which can be
legally discharged by a facility.  If, at a given facility, the established national
effluent limits will not reduce enough pollutants to meet the ambient water quality
standards set by the State or  EPA, the permit will impose more strict effluent
limitations as necessary to meet the water quality standards.  These more stringent
effluent limits are set by the permit program in coordination with pollution load
allocation activities covered  under the abatement and control function.  Permits are
issued on condition that their pollutant  reductions'be accomplished according  to given
time schedules.                                                                   WQ_12Q

-------
 a Section 30Hc) variance to relax best available technology standards for nonconventional
 pollutants because of the economic condition of a particular facility; a Section 301(g)
 variance to relax best available technology standards for nonconventional pollutants
 based on environmental assessments; a Section 301(h) variance for municipal  discharges to
 marine waters where environmental assessments allow; and a variance which governs thermal
 discharges and cooling water intake structures.  Variances from effluent standards may
 also be granted where it is demonstrated that a facility is fundamentally different from
 those considered in establishing the standard.  In addition, the program assists in the
 review of Section 208 areawide plans and is responsible for preparing permit conditions
 which comply with requirements of the Section 208 plan.  The program also assists in
 the review of proposed dredge and fill permits under Section 404 of the Act.

      The CWA Amendments of 1977 provided for certain deadline extensions which require
 permit schedules to be adjusted according to specific criteria and assessments.  Such
 deadline extensions may be provided:  (1) to municipalities under Section 301(i) where
 Federal construction grant funding is not available; (2) to industries planning to tie-
 in to such municipalities (also under Section 301(i)); and to industries qualifying under
 Section 301(k) based on the application of innovative technology or innovative systems
 with potential for significantly lower costs.

      Another important function of the program is resolution of adjudicatory hearings
 held on the terms, conditions, and effluent limitations of permits and on variance
 determinations.  This clears the way for a finally effective and enforceable permit.

      A primary goal of the permit program is to encourage States to assume responsi-
 bility for the NPDES program.  At present, 32 States have assumed the NPDES authority.
 The permit program devotes a considerable amount of resources to overview!ng these
 State NPDES programs to ensure that these State  issued permits conform with national
 permit program policies and procedures.

      In addition, in 1979 and 1980 two new areas are emerging which will require the
 investment of time and resources.  First, these years will witness the implementation
 of the Agency's pretreatment program, which was reinforced by the CHA amendments of
 1977.  The permit program was closely Involved 1n developing the general pretreatment
 regulations (40 CFR part 403) effective 1n August 1978 and will assume a major part of
 the responsibility for implementing these regulations.  Second, permit program activities
 in 1979 and 1980 will be devoted to developing and implementing the Agency's plan for con-
 solidation of EPA permit programs.

      The water quality enforcement program emphasizes enforcement response to emergencies
 that involve substantial endangerment to public health and safety.  The second major goal
 is to take enforcement actions against violators of the July 1, 1977 FWPCA deadline as
 part of the major source enforcement effort Initiated in 1978.  The third goal 1s to
 control toxic substances through a toxic enforcement and compliance monitoring program.

      The water quality enforcement program also emphasizes compliance monitoring and
 enforcement of NPDES waste water discharge permits.  Other activities include the
 enforcement actions necessary to achieve compliance with regulations on spills of oil
 and hazardous substances, ocean dumping and other related requirements of the CWA,
 the Rivers and Harbors Act (Refuse Act), and the Marine Protection, Research, and
 Sanctuaries Act.  Host water quality enforcement activities are conducted cooperatively
 with the States; maximum State assumption of^these activities is a primary goal.

      EPA's NPDES compliance monitoring program includes compliance review and com-
 pliance inspections and actions initiated instances  of noncompllance.  Compliance
 review is the review of all status and self-monitoring reports submitted by permittees
 to EPA and to NPDES States.  These reports provide information on planning, construc-
 tion, operation, and effluent characteristics of treatment facilities.  Compliance
 inspection refers to all field related activities conducted to determine the status
 of compliance with permit requirements, including compliance evaluations (nonsampUng)
 inspections and sampling inspections.

WQ-121

-------
jui\a/\i/ nui.ii.es ui  ¥iuiai.iuui LU u
-------
    most significant sources of pollution and thereby achieving the greatest measure of
    environmental protection possible within resource limitations.  The 1979 program will
    continue to concentrate on applying BPT and BAT level controls to major dischargers
    with expiring permits and ensuring that these permits are finally effective and
    enforceable.  It is estimated that 932 major permits will be reissued.  Because of
    the significant increase (4-fold) of major permits expiring in 1979 over 1978, a
    greater portion of 1979 resources has been devoted to permit issuance activities
    and to resolving stumbling blocks to finally effective permits; that is, applying
    technical and legal resources to the resolution of adjudicatory hearings on permits
    terms, conditions and effluent limitations and resolving variance requests.  In 1979,
    the permit program will resolve 237 adjudicatory hearings to clear the way for
    effective and enforceable permits.

         Where BAT guidelines are available, permit issuance activities are focused on
    reissuing expiring permits according to these guidelines.  It is anticipated that BAT
    guidelines for industries covered by the NRDC Consent Decree - primary industries -
    will not begin to be promulgated until the last half of 1979.  Those primary industries
    with permits expiring before the promulgation of guidelines will be reissued BPT level
    permits which will be changed to reflect BAT controls upon promulgation of the BAT
    guidelines.  Where guidelines do not exist for secondary industries (those not specified
    in the NRDC Consent Decree), BAT controls are imposed on a case-by-case basis.

         In 1979, resources continue to be devoted to resolving requests for fundamentally
    different factor variances.  In addition, Section 301(c) and 301(g) variances will
    begin to take on a greater importance towards the end of 1979.  To date, almost 3,000
    sources have indicated that they might seek to exercise this variance provision which
    provides a mechanism for relaxing BAT standards due to economic or environmental reasons.
    As BAT standards are not expected to appear until late 1979 or early 1980, the workload
    associated with these variances will be more significant in 1980.

         Significant permitting resources will be assigned to the preparation of new
    schedules for municipal and Industrial permits to extend deadlines under provisions
    of the 1977 Amendments to the CWA.  Approximately 10,000 municipalities have requested
    Section 301(i) extensions and 200 municipalities  have asked for Section 301{h) marine
    discharge modifications.

         During 1979, there will be implementation of two new permit program initiatives.
    First, considerable time and resources at the headquarters level will be devoted to
    developing a plan for the consolidation of the Agency's permit programs.  The proposed
    plan encompasses the consolidation of program regulations, guidance, forms (e.g.,
    permit forms and application forms) and organizational aspects of the Agency's permit
    programs.  An Agency task force charged with exploring the possibilities of permit
    consolidation has recognized that consolidation nay realize benefits for the Agency,
    the environment, and the regulated community.  It is anticipated that the major
    implementation effort for this consolidation proposal will be undertaken in 1979 and
    1980.

         A considerable amount of permit program effort in 1979 is being devoted to imple-
    menting the genera] pretreatment regulations (40 CFR 403) promulgated at the end of
    1978.  These regulations are designed to control toxic pollutants introduced by sources
    discharging into municipal systems.  The number of facilities covered by the pre reat-
    ment regulations is comparable to that covered by the NPDES regulations for direct
    dischargers (approximately 70,000 facilities).  Permit program personnel will be
    responsible for ensuring that municipalities develop pretreatment programs to control
    the introduction of industrial pollutants by their Industrial users and, in areas
    where the municipality is not required to develop a pretreatment program, permit
    program personnel will be directly responsible for ensuring that pretreatment guide-
    lines are complied with by industrial users.  Initial efforts in 1979 are focused on
    developing compliance schedules for municipal permittees, requiring them to develop
    pretreatment programs and working with the municipalities in developing appropriate
    programs.  In addition, before the end of the fiscal year it will be necessary to
WQ-123

-------
along with tne need to insure tnat promulgated guidelines are compiled with by
industrial users.

     Toward the end of 1979, resources will have to be used to reviewing and approving
requests by NPOES States for State pretreatment program approval.  The pretreatment
regulation, implementing a statutory provision, requires that NPDES states submit a plan
for a State pretreatment program by March 27, 1979, if no legislative changes need to be
made by the State.  It is anticipated that the majority of the 32 approved NPDES States
will be submitting pretreatment program plans for approval.

     In 1979, resources are also devoted to soliciting comments on proposed revisions
of the NPDES regulations, holding public hearings to receive comments on the proposed
regulations, and developing the revised NPDES regulations in final form.

     The permit program continues to overview State-run NPDES programs and to encourage
State assumption of the NPDES program in 1979.  During this fiscal year, three States
are expected to receive program approval.

     In 1979, approximately $770,000 is allocated for contracts to support adjudicatory
hearings, permit application development, best management practice guidance, and ADP
and information needs.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Request

     The net decrease of -$489,800 results from several actions.  First, Congress
applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate to the Abatement and Control
and Enforcement appropriations; -$326,700 of this amount was applied to this element.
Second, the Congress provided an add-on of +$200,000 for dredge and fill permitting
activity.  Third, an increase of +$665,200 is due to increased pay costs associated
with the October 1978 ( 1979)   pay raise and the distribution of the October 1977
( 1978)   pay raise.  Finally, -$1,028,300 was transferred from this element to the
regional management activity ($386,500) and to regional water quality enforcement
($641,800) to reflect actual operating conditions at the end of 1978.

1980 Plan

     An appropriation of 237 positions and $9,403,000 is requested for the permit
issuance program in 1980.  This represents a decrease of 20 positions and an increase
of $1,627,000 over 1979.

     A good portion of the 1S80 resources will be devoted to reissuing major industrial
permits with BAT toxic controls and reissuing major expiring municipal permits.  It
is anticipated that 441 major Industrial permits will be issued with BAT controls,
313 with toxic controls and 128 with nontoxlc controls,and that 207 major municipal
permits will be issued.  Again in FY 1980, the program will be faced with issuing
some BAT level permits according to promulgated guidelines, and others in the absence
of such guidelines.  Those permits for primary industries issued in the absence of
guidelines will be reissued with BPT level conditions, and the provision that BAT
level conditions will be imposed upon the promulgation of the appropriate guidelines.

     Using technical and legal resources, the resolution of adjudicatory hearings
(approximately 60) on cop-h'tions of permits will continue to be a priority activity
in 1980.  Particular attention will focus on resolving the adjudicatory hearings
relating to permits with toxic concerns.

     As increasing numbers of States assume the authority to administer the NPDES
program, the role of EPA in overviewing States takes on increasing importance.  In
1980, considerable effort will be devoted to overviewing the adequacy of State
NPDES programs.  This overview will entail audits of States' permit programs by
teams of regional personnel.  It is anticipated that two or three additional states
will be delegated the NPDES authority in 1980 for a total of 37 delegated State
programs.
                                                                                 WQ-124

-------
  ._ _.. - ->s — ._ ....—-,_ — .«-., » .  p., — —. w« mi*.>* w f* » >*g> *•">•—' .tfj mutt * w I pw «  (""*** '" * w ^CC-S MllfcJ III
  approving municipal pretreatment programs.  It is anticipated that 66 municipal  pre-
  treatment programs will be approved during the fiscal year.   In addition, where  a
  municipality is not required to develop a pretreatment program, EPA retains responsi-
  bility for insuring that industrial users of municipalities  comply with appropriate
  federally promulgated effluent guidelines for pretreatment.   Since the bulk of these
  pretreatment guidelines are expected to be promulgated during 1980, a good portion of
  permit program activities during this fiscal year will be devoted to notifying
  industrial users of the appropriate requirements.  In addition, the permit program
  will be involved with ensuring compliance by industrial users with those guidelines
  which were promulgated at an earlier date and have compliance deadlines in 1980.  It
  is anticipated that 8,500 industrial sources fall within this group.

       In addition, the permit program in 1980 will be responsible for approving State
  pretreatment programs for those States which required legislative changes in order to
  assume pretreatment responsibility.

       Building on efforts commenced In 1979, the permit program in 1980 will devote
  considerable time and energy to implementing the permit consolidation effort.  It is
  anticipated that most of the regulatory revisions required under this effort will have
  been commenced by the beginning of 1980,  The majority of the 1980 effort will center
  on developing consolidated policy guidance, finalizing consolidated forms (e.g.,
  application forms, permits fact sheets), and consolidating regional administration of
  the applicable permit programs.

       The resolution of requests for Section 301(e) and (g) economic and environmental
  variances will take on more prominence 1n 1980 with the promulgation of BAT guidelines.
  It it anticipated that approximately 300 Section 301(c) and/or (g) variance requests
  will be submitted by 1980.

       In addition, the program will continue to consider requests for fundamentally
  different factors variances.  In 1980, a workload of 22 variances Is expected.

       In 1980, approximately $2,750,000 will be allocated for contract support of
  permit issuance activites.  This amount includes $2,000,000 to develop local pre-
  treatment programs; $500,000 to support adjudfcatory hearings; and $250,000 for
  toxic permit development.

  WATER QUALITY ENFORCEMENT

  1978 Accomplishments

       During 1978, the water quality enforcement program initiated a major source
  enforcement effort and devoted substantial resources to enforcement actions against
  major industrial permittees not in compliance with  the July  1, 1977, deadline for
  attaining specified effluent limitations and to enforcement actions against publicly
  owned treatment works  (POTW) with permit schedule violations.  Through the end of
  1978, 183 civil actions against major facilities were referred to the Department of
  Justice (DOJ) as part of the major source enforcement effort Including 62 actions which
  were initiated prior to 1978.

       In States without an approved permit program, EPA ' eviewed all major industrial and
  POTW discharger self-monitoring reports.  Regional offices conducted 1,527 compliance
  evaluation inspections and 1,068 compliance sampling inspections to verify permittee
  self-monitoring Information; reviewed violations identified in permittee self-monitoring
  reports; and identified and categorized permit violations not indicated in the reports.
WQ-125

-------
strative Orders, and referred 170 facilities, including 121 facilities in violation of
the July 1, 1977, deadline to the Department of Justice; regions and headquarters
prepared case support for those referrals, including case support follow up.

     The Agency continued to monitor and bring enforcement actions in accordance with
the oil spill and oil spill preventionrequirements of Section 311 of the Clean Water
Act (CWA) and the Ocean Dumping Act.  Regional offices referred 958 oil spill civil
cases to the Coast Guard, seven spill criminal cases to the U.S. Attorney, and conducted
559 proceedings for violations of spill prevention counter-measure and control plans {the
SPCC program).

     The Agency also held adjudicatory hearings, and brought 246 cases to settlement,
in a continued effort to reduce the backlog of major and minor industrial and municipal
adjudicatory hearing requests.

     Except for environmental emergencies, there was little or no compliance monitoring
and enforcement of minor permittees, pretreatment enforcement, Section 404 enforcement,
enforcement of agriculture, silviculture and storm sewer permits, or enforcement of
hazardous material spills.

     Of the $1,410,000 available in 1978 for contract support to water quality enforce-
ment activities, $403,000 of the total contract dollars were used for ADP systems to
meet information needs, and to produce regulations, evaluate ongoing programs, and
conduct feasibility studies.  Approximately $1,007,000 in contract funds were used to
provide technical and legal case support and to assist in case preparation for adjudi-
catory hearings.

1979 Program

     During 1979, all activities supporting enforcement actions in emergency situations
involving substantial threats to public health and safety will receive the highest
program priority.

     Following those activities, second priority is placed on concluding the first
phase of the major source enforcement effort.  This will be accomplished by bringing
enforcement actions, most of which were Initiated in 1978, against major permittees
which failed to complete and put in operation required treatment facilities by the
July 1, 1977 deadline, to decision by settlement, administrative process, or court
trial.  In 1979, the first phase of the tna.ior source enforcement effort will be
concluded bv referring the remaining civil actions against major facilities, now
estimated to be about 56 more actions to DOJ.  EPA will provide legal and technical
assistance for expeditious conclusion of these major enforcement referrals.

     The third major priority for the year is development and implementation of a
formal toxics compliance/monitoring and enforcement program.  During 1979, this will
primarily involve development and review of a comprehensive guidance manual which
will be used to implement regional toxics program enforcement efforts.

     For those Industrial and municipal facilities in compliance, a fourth major
program priority is to assure that these facilities are maintaining compliance with
CWA statutory requirements.  Regional offices will conduct 2,595 compliance sampling
<.id compliance evaluation inspections, and take enforcement actions where necessary
in an effort to insure continued major industrial and municipal compliance with the
established effluent limitations.

     EPA will also develop a municipal policy and strategy.  This effort is designed
to integrate permits, enforcement, and construction grants program activities in order
to efficiently and effectively manage municipal facilities  into compliance with
the Clean Water Act.  Enforcement will coordinate in the development of a municipal
management system and will initiate enforcement actions where Section 301 MHl) requests
have been denied.
                                                                                WQ-126

-------
  ts/y.

       With increased emphasis on approval  of State programs, EPA will  provide assistance
  to the 32 States currently operating approved enforcement programs.   Three additional
  States are expected to have approved NPDES programs by the end of the year.  Regional
  offices will  also conduct program management audits and quarterly file audits to assure
  that States with approved programs continue to maintain standards which are in compliance
  with nationally established requirements.  In the case of States which have not yet
  received program approval, EPA will work with those States to improve technical  and legal
  capabilities and promote State cooperation and participation in enforcement program
  efforts.

       Except for environmental emergencies, no resources are scheduled for monitoring
  and enforcement of minor permittees, pretreatment enforcement. Section 404 enforcement,
  enforcement of agriculture, silviculture and storm sewer permits.

       Nonnational Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) enforcement will
  continue, primarily of the oil and hazardous materials spill requirements of Section
  311 of the Clean Water Act and the Ocean Dumping Act.

       Jn 1979, approximately $4,415,000 is planned for water quality enforcement con-
  tract support.  Of this amount, $3,000,000 will be used to supplement litigation and
  case development efforts; $400,000 will support headquarters work in promulgating
  regulations, evaluating ongoing programs, and simplifying or automating current
  operating procedures; $310,000 will be used for permit compliance system operation
  and maintenance; $705,000 will be used to support the following enforcement activities;
  regional program operations, including NPDES State audits and responses to emergency
  situations; technical support for adjudicatory hearings; and compliance monitoring and
  sampling support.

  1979 Explanation of _Changes from Budget Estimates

       The net Increase of +$3,282,000 is the result of several actions.  First, Congress
  applied a $3 million reduction for position lapse rate to the Abatement and Control and
  Enforcement appropriations; -$3,300 was applied to this element.  Second, an increase
  of +$1,405,400 is due to increased pay costs associated with the October 1978 (1979)
  pay raise and distribution of the October 1977 ( 1978}   pay raise.  Third, +$641,800
  was transferred to this element within regional  offices to reflect actual operating
  conditions as of the end of 1978.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's ZBB review
  of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, +$1,238,100 was reprogrammed to
  this element within regional offices and is attributed to regional reductions in the
  following:  solid waste enforcement ($243,800), drinking water enforcement ($121,300),
  and toxic substances enforcement ($873,000).

  1980 Plan

       An appropriation of 541 positions and $18,844,000 1s requested for the water
  quality enforcement program in 1980.  This represents a decrease of two positions
  and $1,020,000 from 1979.

       Enforcement actions in er°rgency situations Involving substantial threats to public
  health and safety will have highest program priority 1n 1980.

       The enforcement program's second priority will be to resolve all remaining enforce-
  ment actions Initiated in 1978 and 1979 against major permittees who failed to meet
  the July 1, 1977, deadline, by bringing those cases to decision through settlement,
  administrative process or court trail.
WQ-127

-------
and expeditous conclusion of major enforcement referrals.

     The toxics compliance/monitoring and enforcement program developed during 1979 in
response to new program emphasis on control of toxics will  be implemented during 1980.
The program will use bioassay screening techniques and compliance sampling inspections
to determine if the permittee is in compliance with existing effluent limitations,
identify those permittees who may have potential toxicants  in their effluent which were
not identified in the permit, and to provide toxicity data  for permit issuance.  A
pretreatment enforcement program will also be developed, with plans to begin implementing
a compliance/monitoring and enforcement program for pretreatment standards before the
end of the year.

     In those States without approved permit programs, EPA  will review all major
industrial and POTW discharger self-monitoring reports for  compliance with permit
conditions.  An automated system to detect discharge monitoring report violations is
under development to provided for the automated processing  and initial review of all
discharge self-monitoring reports by the end of 1980.  Regional offices will conduct
2,346 compliance evaluation and compliance sampling inspections to verify permittee
self-monitoring information.  Where necessary, appropriate  enforcement actions will
be initiated, including issuing Notices of Violation, Administrative Orders, and
referring cases to the 'Department of Justice.

     During 1980, enforcement activities in conjunction with the municipal policy and
strategy effort will include the issuing of administrative  orders where extension
requests have been denied; prioritizing of possible referrals for judicial action; and
processing of municipal referrals, including legal and technical assistance in support
of those municipal case referrals.  Emphasis will also be  placed on establishing a
Permit Compliance System (PCS) and Grants Information Control System (GICS) interface.
Enforcement will cooperate in developing procedures to integrate data from the two
management information systems into one method of information control to insure routine
coordination of construction grants, permitting, and enforcement activities.

     In support of an anticipated 60 adjudicatory hearing  requests during 1980, enforce-
ment will provide legal and technical assistance to the permit program for resolution
of those hearings.

     Two to three additional States are expected to receive approval for an enforcement
program during 1980.  Regions will take an active role in  State program development and
overview.

     Non-NPDES enforcement of Section 311 oil spill requirements and the Ocean Dumping
Act will be held to 1979 levels.  The Agency will also assure that Federal facilities
are in compliance with the requirements of the Clean Water Act.

     Approximately $4,174,000 is planned for water quality enforcement contract support
in FY 1980.  Contracts totaling $3,150,000 will provide for litigation training for
regional personnel and case development support activities.  Approximately $563,000 will
be used for regional program operations, including support for responses to emergency
situations; compliance monitoring and sampling; technical  support for bioassay screening
techniques development; computer programming activities; and technical support for
adjudicatory hearings.  The balance of funds, $461,000 will be used to provide quality
assurance samples to all major NPDES permittees.
                                                                           WQ-128

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Construction
   Grants

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    Construction Grants


                                           Budget     Current                  Increase +
                             Actual      Estimate    Estimate     Estimate     Decrease -
                              1978         1979        1979         1980     1980 vs.  1979
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation	 $4,500,000    $4,500,000  $4,200,000   $3,800,000     -$400,OOD

Obligations		  2,859,908     5,000,000   3,400,000    3,600,000      +200,000
  Appropriation	 (2,091,529)   (5,000,000)  (3,281,212)  (3,600,000)     (+318,788)
  Contract Authority	   (768,379)         (...)    (118,788)        (...)     (-118,788)

Outlays	  3,186,825     4,660,000   3,100,000    3; 600,000      +500,000
  Appropriation	   (322,900)   (1,020,000)    (280,000)  (1,260,000)     (+980,000)
  Contract Authority.... (2,863,925)   (3,640,000)  (2,820,000)  (2,340,000)     (-480,000)

Liquidation of Contract
  Authority	  5,000,000     1,400,000   1,400,000    1,500,000      +100,000
Authorization Levels	  5,450,000     6,025,000   5,950,000    5,950,000

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $3.8 billion 1s requested  for 1980 to continue  the  municipal
construction grants program established under Title II of the Federal  Water  Pollution
Control Act, as amended (FWPCA).  An appropriation  of $1.5 billion is  also requested
for 1980 for the liquidation of contract authority  pursuant to authority contained in
Section 203 of the FWPCA.

     Obligations for 1980 are expected to total $3.6 billion, an Increase of $200 million
over 1979.  Outlays will Increase by $500 million in 1980, to a total  of $3.6 billion.

     EPA is recommending a legislative amendment extending the reallotment
period for all  funds authorized under the Clean Water Act (enacted December  27,  1977,
for the period 1977-1982), from two-years to three-years, starting with.1978 funds»
Current legislation requires that all funds allotted to States from 1978 and subsequent
appropriations be subject to reallotment one-year after the year for which they  are
authorized.  A temporary slowing of the program may potentially cause  as many as 30
States to lose a portion of their current funds to  reallotment if the  allotment  period
is not extended.  The principal reasons for this slowing trend are threefold: (a) the
delay of the 1978 appropriation until March 1978; (b) the enactment of the new Clean
Water Act and resulting program uncertainty, regarding its impact; and (c) a reprogramming
of resource effort to Implement the 1977 amendments and negotiate delegation agreements
with the States and the Corps of Engineers.  Current plans indicate that the 3-year
period being proposed for the 1978-1982 allotments  will accommodate the  needs of
virtually all States, and loss of funds to reallotment will be minimal.

Program Description

     This program provides grants to municipal, Inter-municipal, State  and Interstate
agencies to assist in financing the planning, design, and construction of municipal
waste water treatment facilities.  In addition, under the State management assistance
grant program (Section 205(g) of the Act), up to two percent of the funds provided to
each State may be used to fund State management of functions delegated through
specifically negotiated agreements, depending on the extent of delegation.  Amounts
made available for obligation are allotted to each  State on the basis  of formulas set
forth in the Clean Water Act (CHA), and subsequent amendments.  Within these allotments,
grants are awarded on a priority basis for individual-projects.  Generally,  each project
is eligible for 75 percent Federal assistance, although grants may provide up to 85
percent for projects using innovative or alternative technology 1n treatment facility
design.  The recently enacted Clean Hater Act of 1977 amended selected portions  of the
Act, including provisions for a 5-year extension of the funding authorization and a
                                                                                       WQ-129

-------
  mandate to delegate major portions of the program to the States, but did not substantially
  alter the basic objectives or intent of the original 1972 Amendments (P.L. 92-500).

       Under the current legislation, a 3-step approach to funding projects is required.
  The first step is development of the facilities plan, which includes a preliminary
  description of the project, a cost-effectiveness analysis of alternatives, an environmental
  assessment, an infiltration/inflow evaluation, and an identification of effluent discharge
  limitations.  The second step is the development of design plans and specifications.
  The third and final step is to fund the actual construction of the treatment works.
  Grants are made for each of these steps, with funding of subsequent steps contingent on
  the successful completion of prior steps and the availability of funds.  Under the new
  legislation, upon completion of an approved facility plan, communities of 25,000 or less
  are eligible for a combined design and construction grant in those cases where total
  estimated cost of treatment works does not exceed $2 million (or $3 million in stipulated
  "high cost" States).  Payment against these obligations are made to the grantee as all or
  portions of each of these steps are completed, usually in the form of progress payments
  on a monthly basis.

       The State management assistance grant program authorizes, at the Administrator's
  discretion, two percent or $400,000, whichever is greater, of each allotment to cover
  the cost of delegation of the construction grants program and (to the extent that funds
  suffice) the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit, dredge and
  fill, and Section 208 management of programs to the States.  The goal of this program
  is to allow the States, rather than EPA, to assume responsibility for day-to-day
  management of construction grants activities.  The timing and extent of delegation and
  financial support to each State depends on the State's ability to operate a program that
  meets the necessary competency requirements and policy direction mandated by the law and
  EPA objectives.  A grant is given to a State when it can show that it is able to assume
  delegated responsibility for a substantial portion of construction grants program
  activities.

  Long-term Funding Program

       The long-range goal of the construction grants program is to eliminate the municipal
  discharge of untreated or inadequately treated pollutants and thereby help to restore or
  maintain the quality of the Nation's waters and protect the health arid well-being of the
  people.  Current estimates of the remaining Federal cost of meeting the municipal
  construction needs eligible under the Act have been set at $69 billion, based on tentative
  results from the 1978 Needs Survey.  This need is spread over 31,000 planned or existing
  facilities, of which 23,000 are for facilities which include treatment and 8,000 are for
  sewers only.  EPA estimates that 50 percent of the sewered population still is not being
  served by treatment facilities meeting the 1983 effluent requirements (i.e., best
  practicable waste treatment technology) established in the Clean Water Act.

       The program strategy recognizes that there are limited funds available to meet these
  pollution control needs and that the funds available must go toward assisting
  municipalities in meeting the most critical needs in the shortest possible time.
  Accordingly, the major objectives guiding the program over the near term include the
  following:

       -  The funds available must go toward meeting the environmental requirements
          of the Clean Water Act in an efficient, effective, and timely manner,
          using stringent cost-effectiveness criteria on a project-by-project basis
          to ensure the most appropriate use of funds.

       -  A substantial portion of funds are to be oriented toward Innovative and
          alternative technology leading to more environmentally compatible solutions
          to waste control, including water and energy conservation, reuse, and
          reclamation.

       -  Funds specifically available for State delegation under Section 205(g)
          of the Act are to be used to maximize State assumption of program
          activities 1-n the shortest possible time, under specific EPA policy
          direction and environmental objectives.
WQ-130

-------
        effective planning and management in the States,  municipalities,  and
        the private sector,

EPA has established a detailed review process related to  funding of advanced waste
treatment projects to ensure that such funding is strictly limited to those situations
where both the higher level of treatment is necessary to  meet water quality standards
and where the advanced treatment will work to meet these  higher standards.   In
accordance with the Conference Report of the 1979 appropriation for construction
grants, the EPA Administrator is now reviewing all waste  treatment projects more
stringent than secondary and with costs greater than $1 million.

     To meet these objectives, the Administration (as part of the 1979 budget cycle)
recommended a long-term funding program of approximately  $4.5 billion per year.  The
$3.8 billion for 1980 ($400 million less than the 1979 appropriation) does  not represent
a withdrawal from the Administration's long-term commitment to the program.  Rather this
temporary reduction in the funding level is made possible by a temporary  slowdown 1n  the
program as the new Clean Mater Act Amendments are implemented and major management
functions are delegated to the States.  In the future, with the Amendments  implemented
and a substantial number of State delegations in place,  it is currently anticipated that
higher appropriation levels will be requested.  The $3.8  billion represents a necessary
minimum to ensure that all States, under the fixed allotment formula legislated by
Congress, receive sufficient funds to continue operations.  The impact of a lesser
appropriation is threefold:

     -  A significant number of States will fully obligate their 1979 and prior
        appropriation in early 1980 and use most of their share of the $3.8 billion
        during 1980.  An amount appropriated less than $3.8 billion would Interrupt
        the operations of these States, which trauld unfairly penalize those States
        progressing fastest toward meeting the goals of the Act.

     -  Progress toward State delegation requires sufficient funding, given the two
        percent legislative limit,' to allow full State assumption of tasks  1n an
        orderly and planned manner.  Virtually all the larger States require
        the entire two percent of their share of the $3.8 billion,  A lower
        appropriation would reduce the amounts available  for State management
        assistance and force  many States to slow or avoid delegation entirely,
        which, in turn, would result in increased project delay and force EPA
        to shoulder tasks not planned for in estimating resource needs.

     -  Most importantly, an appropriation of less than $3.8 billion would
        introduce greater uncertainty into the long-term  Federal commitment,
        creating in 1980 the same severe disruption in State and local planning
        and management capability as occurred in 1978. Much of the current
        slowdown in obligations is attributable to such past funding
        uncertainties.  The program only now is recovering from the disruption
        caused by the 1977 Amendments and delayed funding in 1978, and cannot
        easily absorb additional program uncertainty in the appropriation process.

1978 Accomplishments

     During 1978, awards 1n the construction grants program totalled approximately
$2.9 billion, comprising 926 Step 1, 589 Step 2, and 760  Step ,3 awards.  This level of
activity resulted in approximately 11,387 active projects In various stages of planning,
design, and construction at the end of 1978,  Payments totalling $3.2 billion
were made and 606 Step 3 projects were completed during the year.

     Two factors contributed to the relatively low obligation rate of $2.9 billion in
1978.  First, enactment of major changes to the Clean Water Act during the  fiscal year
caused uncertainty in the States and grantees with respect to the future  management and
direction of the program.  Among other things, the amendments: (a) created incentives
for the use of innovative and alternative technologies in municipal treatment systems;
(b) provided funding for States to assist them in managing the construction grants
program; (c) made special considerations for the needs of small communities; and
(d) permitted certain municipalities discharging effluent into deep ocean areas to
                                                                                    WQ-131

-------
apply Tor waivers uj a.cvuinrai jr <•< w»<-™».it«. ,«.^-,..-,—,—   	.	 .. .
was delayed until March 1978, causing many States to slow down or cease new grant
activities as existing funds ran out.

     Under Section 205(g) State delegation, the following activities were completed:

     -  Regulations and policy guidance to implement Section 205(g)  were Issued
        and technical assistance was provided to States as required  to maximize
        delegation.

     -  Initial planning and assessment of delegation potential was  completed
        for all States.

     -  Negotiations were begun with over 50 percent of States, including
        resource and organization needs studies,

     -  Through December 31, 1978, a total of seven States (three before the end
        of 1978) received Stats management assistance grants for initial
        delegation of construction grants program management.  These States are
        Alaska, California, Georgia, Illinois, New Hampshire, Texas, and Wisconsin.

1979Program

     A total of $3.4 billion in obligations is projected during 1979.  This will
fund 3,200 new awards for the planning, design, and construction of treatment
facilities.  About 11,100 projects will be 1n various stages of preconstruction
or construction activity by the end of the year.  IPA also estimates that 26 States
will have received State management assistance grants by the end of 1971,
totalling approximately $34 million.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The current estimate for new obligatlonal authority is $4,2 billion, $300 minion
less than the budget estimate projected last year.  The difference resulted from
congressional action on the appropriation request.

1980 Plan

     In liSO, obligations totalling $3.6 billion are projected.  The new obligations
will support approximately 3,400 awards.  This represents a small increase over 1979
awards and a significant increase over the number of awards made 1n 1978.  Total
projects in various stages of completion by the end of 1980 will be approximately
10,700.  EPA expects to award State management assistance grants totalling $56 million
to 39 States during the year, an increase of $22 million and 13 States from 1179.

     The following table summarizes the 1980 program and compares the activity levels to
the previous two-years.

                                          1978           1979            1980
                  Item                   Actual        Estimated       Estimated
                                                 (dollars in billions)

Total Obligations	             $2.9            $3.4            $3.6

New Awards:
  New Step 1 Awards	              926           1,000             800
  New Step 2 Awards,	              589           1,200           1,300
  New Step 3 Awards	              760           1,000           1,300

Construction:
  Completions	              606      '     1,225           1,250

Total Outlays	             $3.2            $3.1            $3.6

State Management Assistance Grants:
  Number	          3              26              39
  Amount	       $.16            $.34            $.56

-------
Drinking Water

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    DRINKING WATER
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current
Actual
1978

$16,569
136
...
38,840
250
....
202
7
...
i:
55,611
393
. t *
42,046
112,000
Estimate Estimate
1979
(dollars
$16,875
106

53,015
408
...
961
43
...
70,851
557
• • »
34,454
*
1979
Estimate
1980
Increase +
Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
in thousands)
$18,017
132
173
52,305
367
389
729
32
33
71 ,051
531
595
58,950
116,150
$23,669
131
171
57,815
367
395
835
31
34
82,319
529
600
66,450
*
+5,652
-1
-2
+5,510
...
+6
+106
-1
+1
+11,268
-2
+5
+7,500

Research and Development:
  Appropriation. ....
  Permanent Positions. .
  Full-time Equivalency.

Abatement and Control:
  Appropriation. ....
  Permanent Positions. .
  Full-time Equivalency.

Enforcement:
  Appropriation. ....
  Permanent Positions. .
  Full-time Equivalency.

Total, Drinking Water Program:
  Appropriation. ....
  Permanent Positions. .
  Full-time Equivalency  .
  Outlays.	
  Authorization Levels .

* Authorization pending.

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

     Assuring the safety of drinking water is primarily the responsibility of State
and local governments.  However, Congress has determined that the Federal  Government
should share in this responsibility by assisting, reinforcing, and setting standards
for State and local efforts.

     The Public Health Service Act and the Interstate Quarantine Regulations provided
the original statutory authority for the Federal drinking water program now
administered by EPA.  The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, an amendment to the Public
Health Service Act, significantly increased the Agency's authorities and responsibilities.
The Act requires the development and promulgation of national drinking water standards
and establishes two major areas - public water system supervision and underground
injection control.   Public water systems programs are designed to ensure the safety
of drinking water provided by public water systems.   Underground injection control
programs are designed to protect present and future  ground water sources of drinking
water from contamination through injection wells.

Standards Development

     EPA is required to establish primary and secondary drinking water regulations
specifying the maximum permissible contaminant levels necessary to protect the
public health and welfare.  Interim primary drinking water regulations which cover
such contaminants as bacteria and turbidity have been in effect since June 1977.   EPA
is currently amending these standards to regulate chloroform, other trihalomethanes,
and synthetic organic chemicals.  In 1980, the program will develop maximum contaminant
levels (MCL's), revise existing standards to incorporate new data, develop a regulatory
approach to control contaminants which may increase  the incidence of cardiovascular
diseases, and develop new regulations to control other harmful contaminants.
                                                                    DW-1

-------
Public Hater System Supervision

     Activities of the public water systems program include laboratory certification,
conducting sanitary surveys, review of variances and exemptions, enforcement actions,
and public notification.  Since the public water systems program includes approximately
50,000 community and 200,000 noncommunity water supplies, State participation is
essential to the successful implementation of the Act.  Forty States currently
have primary enforcement responsibility to ensure compliance with the national
drinking water regulation \.  Another 10 States are expected to achieve primacy during
1979.  In 1980, the public water systems supervision program will concentrate on
assuring maximum compliance with established drinking water standards and implementation
of the new organics regulations.  Major activities include monitoring, assistance in
the early stages of the design of granular activated carbon treatment systems, reviewing
applications for variance and exemptions, and analyzing water quality data.  In addition,
EPA will continue to encourage acceptance of primary enforcement responsibility in
the seven remaining States and territories while administering these programs directly.

Control of Underground Injections

     The Safe Drinking Water Act requires EPA to establish regulations for State
underground injection control (UIC) programs in order to protect underground sources
of drinking water from contamination.   EPA has designated 22 States for which an
underground injection control program is necessary.  The other states  will
be listed by I960.  Should a State fail to assume primacy, EPA must implement
the program.

     The underground injection control programs will begin implementation in 1980.  The
regions will assist the 22 designated States to assume primacy and develop plans for
implementing the program in nonprimacy States and on Indian lands.

Surface Impoundment Assessment

     In 1980, the program expects to complete the assessment of surface impoundments
in 49 participating States to determine the scope of the potential ground water
contamination problem.  Since preliminary evidence indicates that pits, ponds, and
lagoons are a large and serious source of ground water contamination,  effective management
and completion of the assessment will  be extremely important to the future development
of both the drinking water and solid waste programs.

Sole Source Aquifers

     Under Section 1424{e} of the Safe Drinking Water Act, an run aquifer, or
portion thereof, may be designated as the sole or principal source of drinking water
if it can be determined that contamination would create a significant hazard to public
health.  Designation of sole source aquifers can be initiated by the EPA or by petition
from the States.  It is estimated that in 1979 six petitions will be designated.
An additional eleven petitions will be received during 1980.

Research and Development                    i

     Drinking water research and development activities are directed toward developing
economically sound water supply standards based on scientific data and providing improved
treatment technology for control of drinking water contaminants.  As part of the health
effects initiative, and as part of the continuing need for updated information on
organics, the 1980 health effects research program will initiate a thorough
investigation of the nature, distribution, and concentration of organic compounds in
relation to water supply sources.  Chronic toxicity and epidemiological studies will
be conducted for major organics so that maximum contaminant levels (both new and revised)
can be established.  As part of the long-range effort to support the goals of the
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), treatment and control technology research will develop


DH-.2

-------
new and Improved technology for effective and economical control of drinking water
contaminants during treatment, storage, and distribution.  In addition to emphasizing
work on organics, the 1980 program will conduct field evaluations of inorganics
control processes for small systems, continue a program in potable water reuse
technology, continue its program of developing techniques for safe potable reuse of
waste water and conduct special studies including the determination of the extent
to which direct and indirect additives to drinking water add harmful contaminants,

Enforcement

     During 1980, the highest priority of the drinking water enforcement program
will be enforcement response in emergency situations that involve substantial
endangerment to public health and safety.  Drinking water enforcement will also focus
on public water system implementation and underground injection control (UIC).  Public
water system implementation program activities will include issuance of variances
and exemptions, support of enforcement proceedings initiated in 1979, and initiation
of new enforcement actions.  A UIC program will be developed and implemented during 1980.
Drinking water enforcement will begin issuing permits and initiating enforcement
actions to bring permittees in compliance with program requirements.

SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES                         (dollars in thousands)

1979 Drinking Water Program.	 .            $71,051

  Abatement and Control	             +5,510

     The increase of $5.5 million represents
     additional grants  for the public water
     systems supervision and UIC programs and
     additional implementation support for
     the program.  Funds will be used for the
     initiation of new activities such as the
     implementation of the organics standards
     and the incorporation of noneommunity water
     systems.  Increases in the ground water
     protection program will be used to
     implement the sole source aquifer activity,
     and to provide technical assistance for
     the State program implementation.

  Enforcement	               +106

     The increase of $106,000 will be used to
     aid in meeting enforcement responses in
     emergency situations as well as continuing
     efforts toward enforcement of the public
     water systems and underground injection
     control programs.

  Research and Development	 . . . . -. ,             +5,652

     An increase of 55.6 million is being requested.
     Approximately $5 million will be used for the
     health effects initiative to conduct an
     investigation of organic compounds in relation
     to water supply sources.  The remaining $.652,7
     thousand will be used to: (1) conduct studies-
     for major organics so that maximum contaminant
     levels can be established; (2) develop new
     and improved technology for effective and
     economical control of drinking water
     contaminants during treatment, storage, and

                                                                    DW-3

-------
     control; (3) conduct field evaluations of
     inorganics control processes for small
     rural systems; and ('4) continue programs in
     potable water reuse technology.
1980 Drinking Water Program	                  82,319

SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES

     1.  Summary of Budget Estimate

              An appropriation of $82,319,000 is requested for 1980.  This request,
by appropriation account, is as follows:

              Research and Development	            $23,669,000
              Abatement and Control ........             57,815,000
              Enforcement 	                              835,000

              This request represents an increase of $11,268,000 over the 1979 program
and provides for additional  public water systems supervision program grants |$3 million);
upgrading of EPA laboratories to meet the highest priority demands for support of
regional programs ($1.3 million); to initiate new activities for the public water system
supervision program ($1.2 million); increased emphasis on EPA's public health initiative
($4.9 million); and to continue the demonstration of technology for potable reuse of
waste water (SI million).

     2.  Changes from Original 1979 Budget Estimate

              Changes from the budget are as follows:
                                                           (in thousands of dollars)
              Original 1979 estimate. .... 	          $70,851

              Congressional  increases/decreases:
                Contractual  services and monitoring
                  and technical support 	              -10
                Academic training 	             +270
                Reduction in lapse rate	 .             -421

              Effect of October 1978 pay raise partial
                absorption.	             +373
              Proposed October 1978 pay raise
                supplemental. ..............             +347
              Distribution of October 1977 pay raise. . .           +1,054
              Office of research and development
                reprogramming	             +460
              Headquarters and regional  offices
                re programing	           -1,873

            ,  Current 1979 estimate . ... t .......           71,051
DW-4

-------
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
                                                     Current
                                                     Estimate    Estimate
                                                       1979        1980
                                                   (in thousands of dollars)

     Prior year obligations. , 	        $55,611      $74,319

         Effect of congressional  changes .  , .           +265
         Effect of October 1978 pay raise.  . .           +800
         Effect of reprogranmings	 .         -1,400
         Program increases ..........        +11,811      +11,000
         Change in amount of carryover funds
           available ... 	         +2,232       -3,268
         Change in rate of obligation	         +5.000          ...

     Total  estimated obligations  	         74,319       82,051
         {From new obligation authority) .  . .        (65,807)    (76,807)
         (From prior year funds)  .......         (6.512)     (5,244)

EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS

     Congressional changes discussed in the previous section are expected to result
in an increase of $265,000 to obligations.   The effect of the  October 1978 pay raise
and annualization of the October  1977 pay raise will increase  obligations by $800,000.
The reprogranmings made by the Office of Research and Development and other headquarters
and regional offices are expected to decrease obligations by $1,400,000.

     The increase in budget authority over the 1978 level is expected to  result in an
increase of $11,811,000 to 1979 obligations; the program changes requested in 1980 are
expected to increase obligations  by $11 million.

     The amount of carryover funds to be obligated in 1979 is  $9,512,000, an Increase
of $2,232,000 over the 1978 level; in 1980, it is estimated that $6,244,000 of carryover
funds will  be obligated, a decrease of $3,268,000 from the 1979 level.

     A change in the rate of obligation is expected in 1979, which would  create an
increase of $5 million over the 1978 level.

     Congressional changes to the water quality budget request resulted in a reduction
of $6 million to the research and development contracts and technical support activity
of which $10,000 is applied to the drinking water media; and add-on of $270,000 was
provided for academic training; and $421,000 was reduced from  the abatement and control
and enforcement appropriations to implement the $3 million reduction in the lapse rate
on filling positions.

     Pay raise costs result in a  total increase of $1,774,000.  The agency request
included all funds for the October 1977 pay;raise in the management and support media,
to be distributed by media at a later date.  The increase reflected represents the
share of this later distribution.

     Finally, agencywide reprogranmings resulted in a transfer of $250,000 from the solid
waste media; $1,420,000 to agency management activities; $122,000 to water quality
activities; and 5121,000 to the air media.
                                                                   DW-5

-------
                                     DRINKING WATER
PROGRAM LEVELS

Number of States with primary
 enforcement responsibility
 for public water systems
 supervision programs	
Underground injection control
 grants		

Variances and exemptions
 granted by EPA in nonprimacy
 States	

Sole source aquifer petitions
  recei ved	,	

Sole source aquifer designated

Laboratories certi fied........

Enforcement actions.,	
                                   Actual
                                    1978
 40
  4

283
        Budget   Current              Increase +
       Estimate  Estimate  Estimate   Decrease -
         1979      1979      1980    198P vs. 1979
49


18
50
                       40
                                 54
          57
20
17*

30
20
180
8
6
126**
20
180
14
6
126**
20
+17
*  Includes petitions received and designation made
** Labs in nonprimacy States
DW-6

-------
Research and
Development

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      Kesearcn ana Development
                            Actual
                            1978
Appropriation
Public Sector Activities.  $15,737
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	    832

  Total	   16,569

Permanent Positions
Public Sector Activities.
Monitoring and Technical
  Support	 .
  Total
Full-time Equivalency
Public Sector Activities.
Monitoring and Technical
  Support ........
  Total
128
136
         Budget
        Estimate
         1979
516,150

    725

 16,875


     97

      9

    106
Current
Estimate
 1979
                        Estimate
                         ,1980
                  (dollars in thousands)


                     317,027    $22,944

                         990        725

                      18,017     23,669
    116

     16

    132


    154

     18

    173
122

  9

131


162

  9

171
       1980 vs. 1979
         Increase +
         Decrease -
                        +$ 5,917      DW-8

                           - 265      OW-16

                         + 5,652
    The research and development effort supports implementation of P.L, 93-523, the Safe
Drinking Skater Act of 1974.  Research and evaluations are conducted relating to:  (1)
causes, diagnoses, and prevention of diseases and other impairments in man resulting
directly or indirectly from contaminants found in drinking water; (2) the treatment and
control of those contaminants; and (3) the provision of dependable, economical, and safe
supplies of water, including the protection of underground sources of drinking water.
Research is also conducted to develop and implement quality assurance procedures and
protocols for water supply laboratories to assure that laboratory analytical data are
accurate and val id.
                                                                             OW-7

-------
                                      Research and Devel opment

                                      Public Sector Activities
                            Actual
                            1978
                                        Budget
                                       Estimate
                                        1979
             Current
             Estimate
              1979
       Estimate
        1980
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Health
       Effects	   $ 6,924
Treatment and Ground Water
  Protection	    8,813

  Total	   15,737

Permanent Positions
$ 7,150      $ 7,316    $12,241

  9,000        9.711     10.703

 16,150       17,027     22,944
Health Effects ......
Treatment and Ground Water
  Protection. .*.....
  Total
Full-time Equivalency
Health Effects	
Treatment and Ground Water
  Protection. .......
                                58

                                70

                               128
     44

    J53

     97
  Total
Budget Request
 48

 68

116


 63

 91

154
 54

 6.8

122


 75

 87

162
        1980 vs. 1979
         Increase +
         Decrease -
+S 4,925

   * 992

 + 5,917


      +6

     « » •

      +6


     +12

      -4
    An appropriation of $22,944,100 and 122 positions is requested  for drinking  water
public sector activities.  This is a net increase of $5,917,200 and six positions  over the
1979 level. The major portion of this increase, $4,925,600 and six  positions,  will  be a
component of the EPA's public health initiative.  This part of the  initiative  addresses
organics in drinking water from a variety of new perspectives to identify key  contaminants,
associated health problems, and the health benefits derived from utilizing innovative
treatment methods.  The initiative further emphasizes work on relating cancer, heart
disease, birth defects and neurological diseases, including multiple sclerosis to
contaminants in drinking water.  In addition, an increase of $991,600 will be  used  to
continue demonstration of technology for potable reuse of wastewater.

Program Description

    By investigating health effects resulting from organic, inorganic^ and microbiological
contamination of drinking water, the health effects activity provides the scientific
base on which the Agency can base its decision on whether or not there is a need to
regulate a contaminant, and the scientific criteria for establishing standards.  Alternative
disinfectants which do not produce trihalomethanes are also studied to determine whether
they are as effective as chlorine, and whether they cause adverse health effects.   The
investigation of waterborne disease outbreaks provides valuable data for their prevention.
Also, health considerations related to potable reuse of highly treated wastewater  are
studied for future Agency decision-making.

    The treatment activity includes research, development and field evaluations  designed
to ultimately provide a dependable and safe supply of drinking water.  It develops,
evaluates, and improves the control technology necessary for achieving drinking  water
standards at a reasonable cost.  Both the adaptation of large-scale technologies to small
water supply systems and the development of new or special  technologies are involved.   In
addition, analytic methods are developed to assess the quality of treatment processes  in
reducing contaminants in water supplies to acceptable levels.
 DW-8

-------
    The ground-water protection research activity provides the scientific data base for
regulatory decision-making regarding protection of underground supplies of drinking water
from contamination.  Principal outputs are the data on which to base criteria for pollutant
source control.  Basic to this effort are improving ways to measure and track pollutants as
they move and change in the underground environment, and improving ways of predicting such
movement and transformation.  Technical assistance, technology transfer, and educational
programs in ground-water pollution are also important elements of the drinking water
research program.

HEALTH  EFFECTS
1978 Accomplishments
                                 »,.\
    In 1978, the program had $6,92^,300 and 58 positions.  The program utilized S3,134,600
for grants, SI,175,800 for contracts, and $162,000 for interagency agreements.   During 1978
the program:

    - Performed in vivo teratogenic analyses on organic concentrates from water supplies
      in six American cities.  No teratogenic effects were found.

    - Completed screening tests for mutagenicity on the above concentrates,   Mutagem'c
      effects generally were higher where the water quality was more suspect of organic
      contamination but there were sorae places where this was not  the case.

    - Performed epidemiological studies which evaluated the relationship of  high concentra-
      tions of barium in the drinking water to mortality and to blood pressure.  There
      were indications that concentrations of barium above the present standard may  be
      associated with cardiovascular disease.

    - Completed an epidemic!ogical study on a population exposed for three months to
      chlorine dioxide.  No acute adverse effects were found in normal individuals which
      may be an indication chlorine dioxide may be an acceptable alternative disinfect-
      ant to chlorine.

    - Exchanged information on Giardia research at a symposium attended by personnel
      from State health departments and research scientists.  The  symposium  identified
      additional research needs and provided health personnel with improved  approaches to
      the control  of this common agent of waterborne disease.

    - Published report on contaminants associated with the direct  and indirect  reuse of
      municipal wastewater.  This literature review of health hazards and presenta-
      tion of environmental measurements provides useful advice to States concerned  with
      reuse.

1979 Program

    The sum of $7,315,500 and 48 positions have been allocated to  health effects research
in FY 1979. Of this $3,270,000 is for grants, $1,318 000 is for contracts, and  $293,000  is
for interagency agreements.

    The drinking water health effects research program focuses on  five areas:   organic
contaminants, inorganic contaminants, microbiological  contaminants,  alternative disinfectants,
and reuse of highly treated wastewater,

    -Of the five areas identified above, the FY 1979 research program places  highest
priority on organic contaminants, with the major emphasis on carcinogenic effects.  Since
results from mutagenic screening tests performed in 1978 raised questions about water
supply sources traditionally considered "clean," a series of tests have been designed for
1979 to determine whether some of these mutagenic effects can be eliminated  through
water treatment.  Organic sample concentrates prepared fron drinking water from representa-
tive American cities are being analyzed chemically, and screened for mutagenic  activity  to
identify potentially carcinogenic groups of compounds.  The analytical  and concentration
techniques being used to support biological  testing are being improved so that  the health

                                                                         OW-9

-------
results may be more directly  linked with the appropriate environmental contaminants.
Long-term animal exposure studies will also be conducted on compounds having widespread
use as solvents and which are known to contaminate groundwater in some highly populated
areas of the country.

    Research inorganic contaminants emphasizes cardiovascular disease and urinary stone
disease.  Because epidemiological studies suggest that small concentrations of inorganics
in drinking v/ater may be significantly related to these diseases, we are initiating
studies on the physiological availability of inorganics in water to ascertain causal
relationships. Other work on inorganics, such as molybdenum and urolitheasis, attempts to
relate human concentrations to related health effects in drinking v/ater in the United
States.  To date, no adverse health effects are found.

    The search continues for a disinfectant which is as effective as chlorine but which
produces less trihalmethane.  The direction taken here is to determine the toxfcologic
properties of organic and inorganic reaction products for alternate disinfectants.
Because these reaction products may have different effects on normal and high risk human
populations, impaired animals are being studied to assess risks to susceptible humans such
as those with anemia or Wilson's disease {liver and eye lens degeneration due to abnormal
copper metabolism).  One animal study is comparing the toxicity of the reaction products
by utilizing a single water source treated with various alternative disinfectants.
Other studies address nervous system, immune response, and tumorogenic effects of specific
disinfectant reaction products.  A joint study is being conducted with NCI on trihalomethanes
at low doses to more closely approximate environmental exposures.

    For microbiological contaminants, the health effects research program concentrates on
the investigation of outbreaks of waterborne disease.  The program assists the Center for
Disease Control to identify water supply deficiencies that allowed the outbreaks to occur.
Research is also continuing to focus on the parasite 6iardia.  Outbreaks of giardiasis
have occurred in areas without gross pollution, where waterborne disease historically is
not a problem.  The occurrence of this parasite and its route of transmission to man are
being studied so that control methods may be devised which will interrupt the disease
cycle.  The role of viruses in waterborne disease is even more difficult to elucidate.
Improved detection methods are being developed for viral  agents, which are known to be
associated with waterborne disease outbreaks, so that the health significance of viruses
in drinking water can be more accurately assessed.

    An expanded program to study the feasibility of developing criteria for the potable
reuse of wastewater will begin in FY 1979.  Toxicity screening tests of organic concentrates
from different advanced wastewater treatment plant effluents are being conducted and
inorganics constituents identified.  More elaborate toxicity testing will be conducted
on contaminants for which little health information is available.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +$165,500 results from several actions.  A net increase of +$170,300
results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as well as
distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1978) pay raise.  In addition, the transfer of
•i-S91,QOO into this element from drinking water abatement and control was offset by a
reprogramming of -595,800 to agency management.

1980 Plan                                     '

    In FY 1980 512,241,100 and 54 positions are requested of which $6,346,200 are planned
for contracts, $2,557,400 for grants and $568,400 for interagency agreements.

    The $4,925,600 and six position increase over the current level  will be used to
expand research on organic contaminants of water and to address additional chronic disease
problems. This expanded research is part of a major new public health initiative intended
to provide the data base needed to reduce the impact of major chronic diseases and dis-
abilities through prevention.  The initiative will clarify the role of drinking water
contaminants in some cancers, cardiovascular diseases, neurologic diseases and teratogenic
defects.

DW-10

-------
    Health effects research in drinking water will focus on organic contaminants
as the highest priority in 1980, as it did in 1979.  Because results from surveys show
organic contaminants occur in treated drinking water, the literature on the toxicity of
the most prevalent materials will be reexamined and, where necessary data are lacking,
selected toxicologic studies will be conducted.  To obtain human health data, specific
well-planned epidemic!ogical studies, starting where cancer occurrence in communities is
above expected rates, will be completed in 1980,  The drinking water quality will be
defined by both a chemical analysis and screening tests.  Health risk assessment of
these epidemic logical, chemical, and toxicologic data can provide guideline limits for
several chemicals.

    The nearly 700 compounds identified so far represent only a small fraction of the
organic chemicals in drinking water.  Consequently, further efforts will  be made to
develop bioassay procedures that are indicative of.specific health effects risks and may
be used for drinking water jnonitoring.  Test systems that currently exist (e.g., Ames
test) may not be sensitive "enough for use with unconcentrated waters and  may show question-
able quantitative and qualitative relationships to human health risk,  Nevertheless,
serious consideration must be given to new or modified methods to characterize the hazards
associated with drinking water supplies.  If such methods can be developed, standardized,
and practically applied, they may be substituted for detailed chemical analyses that would
arise.from establishing maximum contaminant levels (MCL's) on individual  compounds.

    Research on organic contaminants of drinking water has focused on carcinogenic effects
with some consideration to mutagenic and teratogenic effects.  Much work  will continue to
be devoted to suitably preparing organic concentrates and identifying biologically
active fractions.  Key compounds will receive long-term toxicologic study.  The new
initiative, however, will address the organics problem from a variety of  fresh perspectives,
such as:

    - Populations using drinking water with primary contamination limited to a few identified
      synthetic organic compounds will be studied to identify whether there is a measurable
      increased risk of disease.  This research will provide data on the  human health effects
      of long-tenn exposure to environmental  contaminants.

    - Established, short-term in vivo assays will be adapted for detecting carcinogenic
      and mutagenic hazards in drinking water and used on water from 15 American cities
      and from pilot-plant studies of alternate treatment techniques.  If the tests can be
      successfully adapted to this use they will still be rapid and will  have advantages
      over in vitro tests.

    - Comparable populations whose drinking water is similar in terms of  trihalomethane
      concentrations but different in terms of non tribaloraethane organics will be studied.
      Initial background studies will be conducted in 1980, preparatory to case control
      studies of cancer in 1982.  These studies will permit estimation of risks associated
      with non trihalomethane organics.

    The health effects research program on organics will direct attention to nitrates in
drinking water in 1980.  Nitrates are found in groundwater and are associated with methe-
moglobinemia in infants.  The study will attempt to quantify the risk of  developing
methenwglobinemia from nitrate concentrations in drinking water and to identify other
factors which might be important to the development of the disease.

    Epidemiology studies will be continued to establish the relationship  of cardiovascular
disease, especially hypertension, to drinking water quality.  The relationship of sodium
and 35 other parameters to cardiovascular disease will be examined.  Toxicologic studies
will be conducted to determine the impact of various combinations of calcium, magnesium,
lead, cadmium, and sodium in water on the development of cardiovascular disease.  These
are long-term studies that will be completed in the next few years.

                                                                       DW-11

-------
    To date almost all epidemic!ogical studies of the relationships of drinking water
quality and cardiovascular disease have been rather broad in nature; that is,  the water
and health data have been available only for geographical areas rather than for specific
individuals. Because of this ecological approach, information on other important risk
factors for cardiovascular disease such as smoking, family history, exercise,  and diet
are not available and thus cannot be considered in conjunction with the water  factors.
The new initiative will make it possible to begin in 1980 a prospective study  of cardio-
vascular disease in a cohort of middle-aged:men.  At the beginning of the study and
at several  other points, the tap water of these participants would be characterized
in terras of some eighty elements in the water.  Likewise, physical exam, interview, and
laboratory tests would characterize other risk factors for cardiovascular disease.  The
study would be focused on a limited geographical area within which there is a  wide range
in the hardness of water.  The purpose would be to ascertain which element(s)  or combination
of elements may be the specific components of water hardness which are protective, or of
water softness which are detrimental, in the development of cardiovascular disease.
Such a cohort (prospective) study would allow not only an identification of the critical
element(s)  but also a more precise quantification of the degree of risk they incur in the
presence of the other known non water risk factors.  On the assumption that the water
factor(s) are causally implicated, the National Research Council estimated that optional
conditioning of drinking water could reduce the annual cardiovascular disease  mortality
rate by as much as 15% in the United States, thereby saving an estimated 150,000 lives per
year.

    Cardiovascular disease, unfortunately, is not the only adverse health effect associated
with inorganic contaminants of drinking water.  Toxicologic studies will be continued on
lead to determine whether central  nervous system development is delayed by blood lead
levels presently considered in the normal human range.  The bioavailability of certain
netals, including lead, in hard and soft waters and in food will be compared to determine
safe levels.

    Animal  feeding studies to determine whether asbestos is a carcinogen when  ingested,
were jointly designed with the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare and started in
1977.  This work requires another one to two years to complete, so some small, short-term
animal  experiments will be sponsored to develop some insight as to the consequence of
fiber length and mechanism of asbestos as a possible co-carcinogen.  Tritium-tagged fibers
will  also be used to understand the extent of adsorption and distribution in rats.
Several epidemic! ogical studies will be continued to determine whether asbestos from
natural erosion, mining operations, and asbestos-cement pipe is a contributing factor in
increased cancer rates.

    The public health initiative will also permit us to investigate the relationship of
organic and inorganic contaminants of drinking water to the occurrence of birth defects.
Birth certificates indicate over 800 of every 100,000 babies have birth defects, and
80-90?, of all spontaneous abortions can be attributed to teratogenic abnormalities.
Congenitial  abnormalities are a leading cause of childhood mortality and lifelong disability.
Although EPA laboratory studies of drinking water concentrates found no teratogenic
effects, an epidemic! ogical study conducted by the University of Missouri found a significant
association between drinking water quality and birth defects.  The public health initiative
will  undertake further epidemic!ogical studies to determine what constituents  of drinking
water,  if any, are associated with birth defects and whether the relationship  is causal.

    Neurologic diseases, including multiple sclerosis, will be studied in 1980 to determine
whether there is an association between neurologic diseases and certain inorganic, organic,
or microbiological  contaminants of drinking water.  Metallic toxins and viruses are
considered  by some researchers to be possible predisposing factors for some of these
chronic diseases.  Since cases of multiple sclerosis occur in a north-south gradient
similar to  that of certain drinking water parameters, it is hoped that epidemiological
research, to be started in 1980, will add to our understanding of these diseases and their
prevention.

 DW-12

-------
    The search for a disinfectant which is as effective as chlorine but which produces
lass trihal(Methane will be substantially completed in 1980.   Reaction products of chlori-
nation and proposed alternative disinfectants will  be bioassayed both in vitro and J_n
vivo.  Long-term studies will be completed on the effects of  disinfectants and supplemented
with epidemiologies! studies.  Such research should provide data useful in assessing
alternative disinfection practices.

    Waterborne outbreaks of infectious diseases will  be investigated in cooperation with
the Center for Disease Control with the objective of identifying the etiological  agents in
water, determining the route of entry and recommending corrective action to prevent
recurrence. A two-year project will be completed which evaluates (in various locations).
methods of identifying water systems that contain Giardla cysts in the raw or treated
waters.  Raw and treated waters from several  sites  will also  be investigated for the
occurrence of pathogens, such as Yerslm'a.  Work will  continue on improving methods for the
identification in drinking water of viruses known to be associated with waterborne disease
outbreaks.  These improvements will permit a more accurate assessment of the significance
to health of viruses in drinking water.

    The potential health effects associated with reuse of highly treated municipal  waste-
water will be studied in 1980.  This is part of a program which has as its ultimate
objective the development of the data base from which to set  criteria for such use.
Bioassay techniques developed in conventional drinking water  research are applied to the
reuse situation. Inorganic and organic constituents of advanced wastewater treatment plant
effluents will be identified and additional toxicity studies  performed where little health
information is available.
TREATMENT  AfID GROUND WATER  PROTECTION
1978 Accomplishments

    In 1978, approximately $5,603,900 was devoted to grants;  $1,302,800 to contracts;
and 3224,300 to interagency areements.

    In the treatment area, results in 1978 included the following:

    - Two documents in support of the proposed regulation on  trace  organics in drinking
      water were published.  One, the "Interim Treatment Guide for  Controlling Organic
      Contaminants in Drinking Mater Using Granular Activated Carbon,"  provides background
      technical information on the efficiency of several  water treatment processes  for
      organic removal  (reduction), and the other document, "Operational  Aspects of
      Granular Activated Carbon Adsorption Treatment," addresses specific questions often
      asked by the water supply industry.

    - A major report on the current international  technology  of ozonation and  chlorine
      dioxide usage in drinking water treatment was prepared.  In this  report, special
      attention was given to collection of on-site data for engineering design of treatment
      systems and preparation of a comprehensive treatise on  the organic oxidation
      products resulting from chlorine dioxide and Ozone application.

    - A methodology "to examine the organic profiles of extracts from water samples  was
      developed.  The methodology is currently being used to  evaluate granular activated
      carbon (GAC) effectiveness for removal  of organics from both  pilot-plant and  full-scale
      treatment plant operations.

    - A German analytic methodology for determining total  organic chlorine was evaluated.
      This methodology will be valuable in developing regulatory strategy for  controlling
      organics in drinking water.

    - A field study of small water systems was completed.   It provides  realistic information
      on the cost burdens of complying with drinking water regulations.

    - A field study of the cost-effectiveness of package water treatment plants was
      completed.  It showed that initial  construction costs for these package  plants may
      be as little as half that of conventional  treatment plants.

                                                                            .DIM 3

-------
    The results in ground-water protection area in 1978 included the following:

    - An evaluation of the significant ground-water models in seventeen countries i'n terms
      of their usefulness for water resources managers was completed.

    - Assistance to the Office of Drinking Water in the development of the Underground
      Injection Control Regulations was provided, along with the development of supporting
      technical guidance documents.

    - Assistance was provided to the Office of Drinking Water in the planning, preparation,
      and training required for a national assessment of the ground-water pollution
      potential of waste impoundments (Surface Impoundment Assessment).

    - A ground-water information center was established, as was a clearinghouse for
      ground-water models, including workshops to bring modelers and water managers closer
      together.

    - A methodology was developed to predict alterations in ground-water quality resulting
      from coal strip mining.

1979 Program

    The sum of $9,711,400 and 68 positions is allocated to this subactivity in 1979, of
which $6,070,400 is for grants; $679,600 is for contracts; and $190,000 is for interagency
agreements.

    In the treatment activity, organic compounds, inorganic compounds (including asbestos),
and microorganisms are being investigated.  Organics remain the highest priority research
area and the greatest emphasis will be given to determining and controlling that problem.

    Pilot-plant and field-scale studies are underway to extend the Agency's information on
control of the four trihalomethanes that are potentially toxic and have been shown to
occur widely where chlorination is practiced.  Unit processes such as granular activated
carbon beds, powdered activated carbon, and macroreticular resins are also being evaluated
to determine their capabilities to remove specific organic contaminants of concern.  At
the request of the Office of Drinking Water and the American Water Works Association,
granular activated carbon evaluations at full scale are being expanded.  Several projects
evaluating these processes in the field will produce reports in 1979.  The opportunity for
cost savings via regionalization will be explored.

    There is great concern about the capabilities of small systems to meet the requirements
of the primary drinking water standards in an economic and reliable way.  Projects are
underway to evaluate and adapt treatment technology for inorganic contaminant control to
raake the technology useful to small systems.  Contaminants of special concern in small
systems are fluorides, nitrates, and arsenic.  Processes found effective in bench-level
research are being evaluated on pilot- and field-scales.

    Microbiological contaminants continue to be of concern, particularly in relation to
disinfectants other than chlorine.  Evaluations of these alternative disinfectants for
their effectiveness in controlling microorganisms- are underway to assure protection of
the public health.              ,               !

    In the ground-water protection area, efforts will be concentrated on determining
the movement and changes in organic pollutants and viruses in the underground environment.
These are the least understood potential contaminants of underground sources of drinking
water.  The effort complements the considerable ground-water research supported by other
Federal agencies.  A major study on the Garber-Wellington aquifer will  be conducted, as
directed by Congress.  Assistance is being provided to the Office of Drinking Mater in
conducting the Surface Impoundment Assessment.  In addition, an anticipatory research
center in ground-water pollution is being established under the anticipatory research
program in FY 1979.

DM-14

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

    The net increase of +3711,400 results from several  actions.  A net increase of
+5497,000 results from increased pay cost from the October 1978 (FY 1979) pay raise as
well as  distribution  of the October 1977 (FY 1973) pay raise.  In addition, the transfer
of +5325,100  from drinking water abatement and control  was offset by a reprogramming
of -$110,700 to agency management.

1980 Plan

    A total of $10,703,000 and 68 positions is requested for'FY 1980, an increase of
$991,600. In 1980 the allocation should be 56,764,300 to grants, $759,900 for contracts,
and 5214,100 for interagency agreements.  In FY 79 Congress appropriated S8 million fe:.^ a
potable wastewater reuse program.  The $8 million increase for FY 79 is shown in the
Public Sector Activities of Water Quality.  $1 million of the $8 million was allocated
to funding competitive applications for demonstrations  of the technology for potable reuse
of wastewater in FY 1979, and at a similar level in FY  80 with the increase provided.

    The concept of renovating municipal wastewater for beneficial'reuse has been pursued
for a number of years.  Treatment technology capability exists for most wastewater reuse
applications such as agricultural, recreational, and industrial where quality requirements.
have been, at least, roughly defined.  However, due to  the present lack of data on the
possible effects of potable reuse on human health and treatment systems performance, the
necessary quality requirements and the acceptability of treatment proposed for potable
reuse is less well defined.

    This lack of confidence in the treatment technology has hampered potential  reuse
situations in areas of the arid southwestern U.S. where the need for additional water
supplies is greatest, and it has adversely affected areas in the midwest and eastern parts
of the country which are also experiencing occasional water shortages.  In those areas
where source substitution may not provide sufficient water resources to meet the domestic
water supply needs of growing population, the feasibility of potable reuse must be determined.

    Recognizing the potential benefits of the planned reuse of wastewater for domestic
purposes, and also recognizing the questions associated with the al ready existing unplanned
reuse of wastewaters such as occurs in communities throughout the U.S. which have water
intakes downstream of waste discharges EPA has initiated a program to demonstrate wastewater
treatment technology for potable reuse.  The purpose of this program is to demonstrate
wastewater treatment technology (performance, cost, reliability and feasibility) which may
ultimately lead to the preparation of safe and acceptable drinking water from wastewater,

    In the drinking water treatment area, work will be done on the development and evalua-
tion of technology for the control of organics with emphasis on full-scale treatment
processes and the control of inorganic, particulate, and microbiological contaminants.
this effort includes the development of cost information for drinking water treatment
processes.  Distribution system effects on inorganic and microbiological quality of water
will also be studied.

    In the ground water protection research area, efforts will concentrate on developing a
data base for regulatory decisions to protect underground sources of drinking water.
Central to this is research devoted to understanding organics and virus movement in the
underground environment.
                                                                            DW-15

-------
                                      DRINKING WATER

                                    Research and  Development

                                Monitoring -and Technical  Support


                                        Budget      Current               1980 vs. 1979
                            Actual      Estimate     Estimate   Estimate     Increase  +
                             1978       1979         1979       1980        Decrease  -
                                                 (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Quality Assurance	$832        $725         $990       $725        -$265

Permanent Positions
Quality Assurance. , ...     8           9-16          9           -7

Full-time Equivalency
Quality Assurance.	          ...           18          9           -9

Budget Request

    In 1980, an appropriation of '725,000 and nine positions is requested.   This  budget
request is a decrease of $264,900 and seven positions  from the 1979 level which will  reduce
the emphasis applied to the development  of an automated laboratory test system,

Program Description

    The Drinking Water Quality Assurance program  supports the Agency's drinking water program
by standardizing the monitoring methods; providing quality control procedures  for operational
use; supplying standard samples and reference materials;  conducting methods  validation
and performance evaluation studies; developing sampling and analytical methodology and
quality control guidelines and manuals;  and participating in regional  quality  control
workshops.  The Agency uses the procedures, protocols  and materials generated  by  this
activity to assure that the data generated from the use of measurement systems is accurate,
interconparable and legally defensible.

1973 Accomplishments

    The 1978 resources for this program  were $832,000  and eight positions, of  which
approximately $400,000 were used for contracts.

    Accomplishments for 1978 include the following:

    - Publication of a manual  for interim certification of laboratories involved  in
      analyzing public drinking water.  The manual  includes chemical,  microbiological  and
      radioehemical analyses for Regional  and State certification.

    - Provisions of quality control samples to analytical  laboratories for the analysis
      of currently regulated contaminants in drinking  water.

    - Completion of two preliminary inter! aboratory performance evaluations  as a  part of
      the planned audit protocol for drinking water laboratory monitoring procedures.

    - Certification of on-site evaluation teams  in all  10 EPA Regions  to conduct  performance
      evaluations of drinking  water laboratories  in their respective Regions.

    - Completion of on-site evaluation of 28 radiocheraistry laboratories.
    - Evaluation .and approval  of two alternative analytical  test  procedures  for  national
      use.
DW-16

-------
1979 Program

    The 1979 resources for Quality Assurance are $989,900 and 16 positions, of which
approximately 3453,000 is allocated to contracts.  Major activities of the program include:

    - Rational  inter! aboratory performance evaluations;

    - On-site evaluation of principal State radiochemistry laboratories and four EPA
      Regional  radiochemistry laboratories;

    - Development, preparation and distribution of quality control and performance
      evaluation samples for use by EPA Regions and States;

    - Validation of several  measurement methods for monitoring trace metals and pesticides.

    - Preparation and distribution of quality assurance guidance for EPA Regions, including
      assistance in proper use of test procedures and quality control techniques; and

    - Continuation of evaluation and approval of alternate analytical test procedures for
      national  use.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates

    The net increase of +5264,900 results from several  actions.  Congress applied a $6
million reduction to Research and Development activities for contractual services and
monitoring and  technical support activities; the decrease applicable to this activity was
-510,000.   A net increase of +524,900 results from increased pay costs from the October
1973 (FY 1979)  pay raise as well as distribution   of the October 1977 (FY 1973) pay raise.
Finally, as a result of an intensive ZBB review of priorities and changing resource
requirements for the FY 1979 operating plan +$250,000 was reprogrammed to this activity
from control technology within the solid waste medium.

1980 Plan
    In 1930, $725,000 and nine positions are requested for this program, of which $148,000
will be for contracts.  This represents a decrease of $264,900 and seven positions from
the 1979 level  which will reduce the emphasis applied to this development of an automated
laboratory test system.

    Major activities of the program include:

    - Evaluation arid validation of alternate analytical  measurement methods, and develop-
      ment and  delivery and quality control  of samples,  reference materials, and technical
      assistance documents required to support drinking  water standards.  Using statistical
      designs and analyses of test results,  reference or alternate methods for analyzing
      drinking  water ara to be evaluated.  A repository  of quality control reference
      samples for radiochemical, chemical, and biological  measurements will  also be
      devel oped;

    - Preparation and publication of quality control  guidelines, sampling procedures,
      and analytical methods manuals for radiochemical,  chemical, biological, and micro-
      biological measurement methods.

    - Development of National guidance to assure uniformity for evaluating and certifying
      public water supply laboratories.

    - Development of an automated water laboratory test  .system for EPA and State drinking
      water laboratories.

    - Conduct of on-site inspections and performance  evaluations of program office,
      and Regional laboratories to determine the capabilities of measurement systems
      and operators to analyze drinking water for unknown  contaminants.

                                                                            OW-17

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
Abatement and
   Control

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      DRINKING WATER

                                   Abatement and Control
                             Actual
                              1978
                                       Budget
                                      Estimate
                                        1979
Current
Estimate
  1979
Estimate
  1980
  Increase +
  Decrease -
1980 vs. 1979
                                          (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Criteria,  Standards, and
  Guidelines	   $11,689     $8,693     $9,269     $9,220        -$49
State Program Resource
  Assistance	    20,484      36,000    36,270     38,795      +2,525
Drinking Water Management     6,667	8,322:  $»_766	9,800	+3,034

     Total	,    38,840      53,015    52,305     57,815      +5,510

Permanent Positions
Criteria,  Standards, and
  Guidelines	        99         105       103        103
State Program Resource
  Assistance	
Drinking Water Management       151	303	264	264	...

     Total	       250         408       367        367

Full-time .Equivalency
Criteria,  Standards, and
  Guidelines...	       ...         ...       114        119          +5
State Program Resource
  Assistance	       ...         ...         2        ...          -2
Drinking .Water Management     ^..^^	mijr	...;i.	273	276	+3_

     Total	       ...         ..,       389        395          +6
Page
                                                                                       DW-19

                                                                                       DW-19
                                                                                       DW-19
     The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses activities relating to the
development of regulations and establishment of standards necessary to protect the
public health and welfare, the development of control  strategies and programs, and
the implementation of such programs as mandated by the Safe Drinking Water Act, as
amended.  These activities include the promulgation of primary and secondary
drinking water regulations which include maximum contaminant levels, the establishment
of minimum requirements for State public water systems supervision and underground
injection control programs, and the Federal implementation of these programs if
necessary.                                   <

     The paramount priority of this program is the protection of the public from
harmful contaminants found in drinking water.  The abatement and control program
launches a threefold approach at resolving this problem.  Through the development
of drinking water standards and regulations, the health quality of drinking water
can be achieved and maintained.  The Federal Government, realizing the increased
administrative costs involved, has provided financial  assistance for States which
bear primary enforcement responsibilities.  Also, technical assistance is provided
to help the States implement their programs.
                                                                        - .DW-18

-------
     The abatement and control activities are classified under the following
subactivities:

     Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines - This subactivity is related to the
development of drinking water standards and regulations and to the development
of State program guidelines and regulations.  This activity includes development
of information from fundamental studies on health effects, control technology,
and monitoring to determine the concentration of hazardous substances in the
environment.  These include microbiological contaminants (bacteria and virus)
and toxic chemicals from natural and synthetic sources.  Economic analyses
associated with these activities are also included.  Under this subactivity,
the primary and secondary drinking water regulations are established and the
minimum requirements for State programs for the public water systems
supervision and underground injection control programs are established.  In
addition, guidance to the regions for program implementation is provided and
congressionally mandated studies are conducted.

     State Program Resource Assistance - This subactivity involves the
provision of financial assistance to support State activities in implementing  -
the public water systems supervision and underground injection control
programs.  Training support is also provided.

     Drinking Mater Management - This subactivity is related to the implementation
of regulatory requirements for which the Federal Government is responsible. This
includes program oversight in States with primacy, as well as program
implementation in States without primary enforcement responsibility, on Indian
reservations, and for the interstate carrier programs.  Other activities include
technical assistance to States in the implementation of public water systems
supervision programs and in the establishment of underground injection control
programs; technical evaluations of petitions for designation of sole source
aquifers; coordination with water quality management planning programs to ensure
proper consideration of water supply activities; and technical and policy
guidance relating to underground injection.
 DW-19

-------
                                        DRINKING WATER

                                    Abatement and Control

                            Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines
                                          Budget      Current
                                Actual   Estimate    Estimate    Estimate
                                 J978      1979 ;       1979        1980
                                                  (dollars in thousands}
Appropriation
Drinking Water Standards and
  Regulations Development...
State Program Guidelines and
  Regulations Development...
$4,024    $4,96.9      $.5,27.9      $5,220

 7.665     3,724       3.990       4,000
                                             Increase +
                                             Decrease -
                                            1980 vs. 1979
                                               -$59

                                                +10
               Total,
11,689     8,693
                       9,269
          9,220
Permanent Positions
Drinking Water Standards and
  Regulations Development...
State Program Guidelines and
  Regulations Development...
35
64
70
35
45
56
45
58

              Total,
    99
             105
Full-time Equivalency
Drinking Water Standards and
  Regulations Development...
State Program Guidelines and
  Regulations Development...
103



 53

 61
103



 53

 66
              Total.
                         114
                                     119
                        +5
Budget Request
     An appropriation of $9,220,000 and 103 positions is requested for 1980.
The resources will be used-to develop additional contaminants standards; provide
guidance and assistance to the regions and States for organics removal, treatment
technology, emergency response, and implementation of the underground injection
control (UICS program; and review variance and exemption requests.  In addition,
EPA will formulate plans to develop regulations on the hardness/softness of
drinking water as it relates to cardiovascular disease.  EPA will also develop
program guidance to assist in the implementation" of new organics standards
and reporting requirements.  In order to expand and clarify regulatory requirements
for the underground injection control (UIC) program, technical guidance will be
prepared on minimum State program requirements, permit procedures, underground
injection methods, construction and monitoring, arid-Federal program implementation.
A report on the ground water contamination potential of surface impoundments
will be prepared based upon State data and sole source aquifer petitions
and applications for primary enforcement responsibility in the underground
injection control program will be reviewed.
                                                                            DW-20

-------
Program Description

     The Safe Drinking Water Act requires EPA to assure the safety of drinking
water through the establishment and implementation of national primary drinking
water regulations specifying maximum permissible bacteriological, chemical, and
radiological constituent levels required to protect the public health.  This
requires EPA to determine exposure and health risks of drinking water contaminants
and to assess the technology and economic feasibility of controlling these
contaminants.  Interim primary regulations, which addressed only bacteriological,
radiological, and some chemical contaminants, became effective in June 1977.
EPA is amending these interim primary regulations with standards for organic
contaminants.  Based upon the National Academy of Sciences report received by the
Agency in May 1977, revised drinking water regulations are being developed.
In addition, the Agency is required to promulgate secondary drinking water
regulations designed to protect the public welfare.

     EPA is also responsible for developing regulations and program guidance
for State programs.  These programs must ensure that all public water systems
comply with the interim primary and revised primary drinking water standards and
regulations.  In addition, EPA 1s to establish guidelines and regulations
to protect existing and potential drinking water sources from contamination
through underground injection practices.  Twenty-two States have been designated
by the Administrator as requiring underground injection control (UIC) programs.
Technical and financial assistance will be provided to these States for the
purpose of helping them to achieve primary enforcement responsibility for the UIC
program.  Additional States will be listed as requiring UIC programs by 1980.
As part of the effort to protect underground sources of drinking water, guidelines
for the designation of sole source aquifers are being established.   Activities to
support program developement such as data management, public awareness, special
monitoring studies, and toxlcological assistance will continue.

DRINKING WATER STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     In 1978, EPA proposed regulations for trihalomethanes and synthetic organic
chemicals.  Eight public hearings were conducted and a total of 595 public comments
were received.  Revisions were made to the Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations
for bacteriological contaminants, turbidity, sodium monitoring, operation and
maintenance.  In addition, guidance on variances and exemptions for regional and State
implementation of the Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations was prepared.

     Studies initiated during the fiscal year include the evaluation of home
water treatment units, the national organics screening study, potential corrosion
regulations study, cost of compliance study, and the development of the NATO Drinking
Water Pilot Study.                            ;

     Other notable accomplishments included the development of a joint industry/
government program to limit organic chemical impurities present in chlorine used for
water disinfection and the completion of the laboratory certification guidance manual.
OW-21

-------
1979 Program

     In 1979, $5,278,600 and 45 positions have been allocated to this program element.
Approximately $3.5 million in extramural funds will be utilized for gathering data
on drinking water contaminants, evaluation of health effects data, evaluation
of technical analysis techniques, economic impact
assessment relating to the public water supervision (PWS) and underground injection
control {UIC) programs, and the development of automated data processing systems to
assist States in program implementation.  The 1979 program for standards and               "A
regulations development emphasizes the Agency's continuing health protection
initiatives through the promulgation of the organics standards.  The program will
establish naximtmcontaminant levels (MCL) for organic contaminants.  As a result
of the National Academy of Sciences report that listed several hundred
contaminants that threaten drinking water, an attempt will be made to develop
standards to control many of these contaminants.   Attention will also be given to
other problems, e.g., hardness and softness of water.  In addition, economic
analyses of these standards and the underground injection control regulations
will continue.

     Section 1442 of the Safe Drinking Water Act authorizes the Administrator to
conduct a variety of special studies dealing with drinking water.  Areas of study
to be completed during this fiscal year are:  (1) the availability of drinking
water, {2} cost of compliance, (3) reaction of the chlorine and humic substances, and
(4) polychlorinated  biphenyls in drinking water.

     Sections 1414 and 1416 of the Safe Drinking Water Act require that any State
granting a variance or exemption must guarantee the health and safety of the
consumer by insuring that all requirements of compliance are met.  There will be
approximately 180 variances and exemptions issued by the States during 1979 for which
technical  support will be required.

1979 Explanations of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$309,300 results from several actions.  A net increase of
+$122,500 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  In addition, -$416,100
was transferred from this activity to research and development drinking water
activities and +602,900 was reprogrammed to this element from abatement and control
public systems support/program assistance drinking water activity for additional
contracts to gather health effects data on some of the contaminants Identified in the
National Academy of Science report prior to the .development of regulations.

1980 Plan

     EPA has requested $5,220,000 and 45  positions  in  1980 for drinking water
standards and regulations development,  Approximately $3.5 million in extramural
funds will be allocated to the gathering of data on drinking water contaminants,
evaluating health effects data and technical analysis techniques, conducting an
economic impact assessment relating to the PWS and UIC programs, and the
development of implementation strategies for these programs.  The major objective
of the 1980 program will  be to develop revised  primary drinking water regulations
as mandated by the Safe Drinking Water Act.  This includes the development of
maximum contaminant levels for organic contaminants which will supplement the
treatment technology requirements specified in the interim primary drinking water regulations.
Technical  support will be provided to assist the regions in implementing the
organics standards and regulations.  In addition, standards will be developed to
control the corrosivity of drinking water, and regulations will be developed on the
hardness/softness of drinking water as we learn more about its relationship to
cardiovascular disease.  The issuance of variances and exemptions will again be a
program activity with the issuance of approximately 180 variances and exemptions
expected to be granted.

-------
STATE PROGRAM GUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS DEVELOPMENT

1978 Accomplishments

     Program accomplishments in 1978 for State program guidelines and regulations
development fall into two major areas, (1) ground water protection  and
(2) public water system supervision.

     Accomplishments in the ground water protection program included the designation
by the Administrator of the initial 22 States requiring an underground injection
control  program and the completion of a special report entitled, "Surface
Impoundments and Their Effects on Ground Water (Quality in the U. S. - A Preliminary
Survey,"  In addition, grants were issued to 49 States for the conduct of an
assessment of surface impoundments to obtain additional data, six new sole
source petitions were reviewed and four previously submitted petitions were
approved for designation.

     In the public water system supervision program 26 additional States were approved
for primary responsibility bringing the total to 40 States.  Program guidance was
developed for the issuance of variance and exemptions.  Public awareness programs
and a plan to evaluate program effectiveness were also developed,

1979 Program

     The 1979 program for State program guidelines and regulations development
will emphasize the promulgation of both the underground injection control
regulations and the underground water source protection grants.  Approximately
S2 million in extramural funds will be used to develop technical guidance
to regions for program implementation in nonprimacy states, gather and evaluate
data on practices which threaten ground water, establish appropriate control
techniques, and develop     technical guidance for UIC programs.  The sole source
regulations will be promulgated and sole source designations will be processed.
Activities supporting data management and public participation and awareness will
continue for the public water system supervision program and will be initiated for
the underground injection control program.  In addition, the analytical  phase of
the rural water survey will be completed.  Applications for an additional 10
States, which are expected to assume primacy for the public water system supervision
program, will be reviewed.  Program effectiveness in nonprimacy States will also
be evaluated.

1979 Explanations of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net increase of +$267,100 results from several actions.  Congress applied
a S3 million reduction for position lapse rate in Abatement and Control  and Enforcement
appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity is -$84,200.  An increase
of +$157,900 results from increased pay costs from the October, 1978 (1979) pay
raise as well as distribution of the October, *\979 (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as
part of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating
plan, +5193,400 was reprogramned to this activity from the drinking water
underground injection control program ($70,700) and public systems support and
program assistance  ($102,700),

-------
1980 Plan

     In 1980, $4 million and 58 positions are requested for this program.
Approximately $2 million in  extramural  funds will be utilized to continue
those activities undertaken in 1979.   The program will continue to provide
guidance on implementation of the UIC program as well as public participation
and awareness, data management, and ground water protection activities relating
to the UIC program.  The review of sole source aquifer petitions will  also
continue.  New activities will include the review of State primacy applications
for the UIC program, the designation of additional States as requiring UIC programs,
and the implementation of a data management system for the underground injection
control program.  The PWS program will focus on continued oversight of regional
operations in the primacy States and full program implementation in nonprimacy
States, including interstate carrier conveyances, Indian lands, and Federal
facilities.
                                                                       DW-24

-------
                                       DRINKING WATER

                                   Abatement and Control

                              State Program Resource Assistance
                                        Budget      Current
                             Actual     Estimate     Estimate     Estimate
                               1978       1979  _      1979         1980
                                               "(dollars  in thousands)
                                                Increase +
                                                Decrease -
                                              1980 vs. 1979
Appropriation
Public Water Systems
   Supervision  Program
   Grants.	,..	...
Underground  Injection
   Control Grants	
Special  Studies  and
   Demonstrations	
Drinking Water Training
19,644
...
452
388
$26,400
7,600
2,000
$26,400
7,600
2,000
270
$29,450
7,795
1,400
150
+$3,050
+195
-600
-120
     Total,
20,484
36,000
36,270
38,795
+2,525
 Permanent  Positions	

 Full-time  Equivalency
 Public Water  Systems
   Supervision  Program
   Grants...	.......
 Underground Injection
   Control  Grants	
 Special  Studies and
   Demonstrations	
 Drinking Hater Training
                                                       -2
      Total,
                                                       -2
 Budget  Request

     The 1930 request of 533,795,000 represents an increase of $2,525,000 over the
1979 request.  The funds will be distributed in the form of grants to States to
assist them in acquiring and implementing primary enforcement responsibility for
the public water system supervision program and the underground injection control
program.  Grants will also be provided to the State associations of rural water
districts to provide training and technical assistance to small rural water systems.
In addition, fellowships and institutional grants will be awarded to upgrade pro-
fessional personnel resources in the drinking water field,

Program^Descrlptlon

     Under the Safe Drinking Water Act, the States have the primary responsibility
for implementation of the public water system supervision and the underground
injection control programs.  The Congress, however, in recognizing that the States
would require financial assistance, have appropriated funds to develop and maintain
programs that would satisfy the minimum requirements of regulations designed to
protect public health and underground sources of drinking water.  In the public
water system supervision program, States with primary'enforcement responsibility
and those that are making a diligent effort to assume some responsibility will
be eligible for their individual allocation pursuant to the Safe Drinking Water
Act Amendments of 1977.  In the underground injection control program, a
designated State must assume primacy within two-years after the date of "the
initial grant award to be eligible to continue to receive funding.  These
assistance programs are a means to strengthen the cooperative relationship

-------
between the Federal and State governments.  It is intended that through this arrangement
the States will be better able to assume and maintain primary responsibility
for assuring the protection of the public health and underground sources or
drinking water.

     Other program areas include financial assistance to support special pro-
jects directed at rural water systems and academic training which includes
fellowships and institutional grants.

PUBLIC HATER SYSTEM SUPERVISION PROGRAM GRANTS

1978 Accomplishments

     Pursuant to the Safe Prinking Water Act Amendments of 1977, public water
system supervision program grants totalling $19,643,600 were awarded to 48
States that had either assumed primacy or were making diligent efforts to assume
primary.  Federal grant dollars were spent by the States for salaries of new
staff and for purchasing new equipment for full implementation of the Interim
Primary Drinking Water Regulations.  As a result as this assistance, 26 additional
States were approved for primacy during 1978, bringing the total to 40 States.

1379 Program

     During 1979, $26,400,000 will be available to the States that assumed
primary enforcement responsibility.  Those that are making a diligent effort
and substantial progress to achieve primacy will be eligible to receive up to
75 percent of their fiscal year allocation, with the remaining 25 percent to
be awarded to the State if it assumes primacy during the year.  A major portion
of these grant funds will be used to pay salaries of program employees.  The
remaining grant dollars will be spent for data management, public notification,
laboratory certification, and training activities.  It is anticipated that an
additional 10 States will attain  primacy in 1979.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     There is no change from the budget estimate.

1980 Program

     In 1930, $29,450,000 is requested for this program element.  This represents
an increase of $3,050,000 which will enable primacy States to maintain a constant
level of effort as well as provide funding for additional States who assume primacy.
The increase in grant funds will also support increased State activities associated
with noncommunity systems and the implementation of the organics regulation.  Grants
will be available only to the States which have assumed primacy.  In addition, the
funds will be used to maintain ongoing program activities such as administration,
surveillance and technical assistance, data management, enforcement, and public
notification.

US'IDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAM GRANTS   ;

1978 Accomplishments

     Funds for the  underground injection  control  grants were  not obligated  due to
the delay in reproposing and promulgating applicable program regulations.

1979 Program

     The 1973 appropriation of $7,600,000 will be available to those States
designated by the Administrator as requiring underground injection control
programs. The funds will be used to establish the institutional framework for
the program, and to develop a program whicii includes conducting inventories of
injection facilities, hiring of personnel, permitting of new and existing
facilities, and monitoring which will enhance the States' ability to assume
primary enforcement responsibility.

-------
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
     There is no change from the budget estimate.
1980 Program
     A request of $7,795,000 is being made for this program in 19SQ and represents
an increase of $195,000 over the 1979 request.  The funds will be issued to the
States that the Administrator designates as requiring an underground injection
control program (UIC-) and will support the State implementation activities of the
UIC program.
SPECIAL STUDIES AMD DEMONSTRATIONS
1978 Accomplishments
     Grants totalling $452,300 were awarded to the National Rural Water Association
for continuing efforts in developing and demonstrating training programs to assist
11 rural water districts, including incorporated areas, in complying with the
provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act,
1979 Program
     In 1979, $2 million was appropriated to continue providing grants to the
State rural water associations to assist them 1n providing training and technical
assistance to the small rural water systems.
1979 Explanation Changes from Budget Estimate
     There is no change from the budget estimate.
1980 Program
     In 1980, $1,400,000 is requested for this program.  The funds will be used
to maintain support to rural water districts for training, technical assistance,
public awareness projects, and special studies.
DRINKING MATER TRAINING GRANTS
1978 Accomplishments
     An allocation of $400,000 in grants was awarded for academic training and
related activities.  Twenty-three professional education grants and 32 fellowships
were awarded for academic training of State drinking water regulatory personnel.
1979 Program
     In 1979, this activitiy provides $270,000 to be used to fund seven institutional
grants (570,000) and to fund 30 fellowships for continued training in the drinking
water field ($200,000).
1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
     The increase of +$270,000 results from a congressional add-on for academic
training.
1980 Program
     In 1980, 3150,000 is being requested for this program.  Funds will be used to
grant 30 fellowships for continued training of personnel in the drinking water field.
 DM-27

-------
                                      DRINKING WATER

                                   Abatement and Control

                                 Drinking Water Management
                             Actual
                              1978
           Budget
          Estimate
            1979
          Current
          Estimate
            1979
         Estimate
           1980
          Increase +
          Decrease -
        1980 vs.  1979
                                              tdbliars 1n thousands]
Appropriation
Drinking Water Management.
  Public Water System	
Drinking Water Management-
  Ground Water Protection
$3,851
2,816
$6,572
1,750
$5,627
1,139
$8,085
1,715
+32,458
+576
     Total.
6,667
8,322
6,766
9,800
+3,034
Permanent Positions
Drinking Water Management-
  Public Water System	
Drinking Water Management-
  Ground Water Protection
132
19
239
64
217
47
217
47
t . .
     Total,
  151
  303
Full-time Equivalency
Drinking Water Hanagement-
  Public Water System	
Drinking Water Management-
  Ground Water Protection
  264



  229

   44
  264



  228

   48
                                                       -1

                                                       +4
     Total,
                            273
                           276
                             +3
Budget Request
     An appropriation of $9,800,000 and 264 positions is requested for 1980.  This
represents an increase of $3,034,100 with no change in positions from the 1979 current
estimate.  The increase will be used to upgrade EPA laboratories to meet the highest
priority demands for support of regional programs including analysis of drinking water
in areas with populations of more than 75,000; integrated toxics monitoring for selected
substances; compliance monitoring of major industrial permittees; emergency response for
hazardous materials; quality assurance; and effluent guidelines development activities
for selected industries.  Emphasis will also be placed on initiating new activities
for the public water system supervision program including implementation of the organics
standards through continued guidance to the States, and incorporation of noncommunity
water systems in the program.  EPA will continue oversight of States with primary
enforcement responsibility for the public water systems and will continue implementation
of the program in States which have refused to accept primary enforcement responsibility.
The activities of the ground water protection program include the implementation of
the sole source aquifer regulations and technical assistance to the States in the
development and implementation of underground Injection control (DIG) programs.
The UIC program activities include the conduct of inventories and assessments of
injection facilities, the designation of aquifers which are also drinking water sources,
the issuance of permits, establishment  of special ground water protection studies,
and implementation of training and public awareness programs.
                                                                           DW-28

-------
Program Description

     Under the Safe Drinking Water Act, Congress intended that States would be primarily
responsible for assuring the safety of drinking water and the protection of underground
sources of drinking water.  The role of the Federal Government is to provide technical
assistance to the States in the development of the public water system supervision and
the underground injection control programs.  To assist States in developing and
implementing these programs, EPA personnel provide guidance on the interpretation of
regulatory requirements and specify the minimum requirements for primary enforcement
responsibility.  In the event that States are unable or unwilling to assume responsibility
for either the public water system supervision or the underground injection control
programs, EPA must develop and administer control strategies and programs.  This includes
monitoring and surveillance activities as well as recordkeeping responsibility.  In
addition, EPA is required to establish and implement similar programs on Indian reservations,
for interstate carrier conveyances in the public water system program, and Federal
facilities in nonprimacy States.  Drinking water management activities for the public
water system supervision programs include implementation of Federal responsibilities in
.those States that do not intend to assume primacy, the oversight of States with primacy,
review of variances and exemptions, and assistance in the implementation of the organics
standards.  The drinking water management activities for the ground water protection
program at this time are confined to technical assistance activities which will enable
States listed as requiring UIC programs to achieve primacy, oversight of the State
assessments of surface impoundments, and technical evaluations of petitions for sole
source aquifer designations.  The activities for this program will increase substantially
as the States or EPA implement the UIC program.

DRINKING MATER MANAGEMENT - PUBLIC HATER SYSTEMS

1978 Accomplishments

     Twenty-six additional States assumed primary enforcement responsibility 1n 1978,
bringing the total to 40 States.  For the 17 States which elected not to accept primacy,
programs were established and implemented by EPA to ensure that Federal standards were
being maintained and the public health protected.  Approximately 10 States are continuing
their efforts to assume primacy and have entered into cooperative agreements with EPA
for implementation until such time as the States assume primacy.  Public notification was
used extensively in several States—primacy and nonprimacy~to inform consumers of problems
associated with public water system deficiencies and failure to meet the requirements of the
Interim Primary Drinking Mater Regulations.

1979 Program

     The drinking water management - public water system supervision program is allocated
$5,627,300 and 217 positions.  The resources are intended to provide oversight of State
implementation, to implement Federal responsibility in nonprimacy States, on Indian lands,
for interstate carriers, and on Federal facilities in nonprimacy States, and to continue
to encourage nonprimacy States to assume primacy.  It is estimated that approximately 10
additional States will achieve primacy during 1979.  New activities related to the
implementation of this organics regulations, and to the inclusion of n on community systems
will also be initiated.  Assistance will be provided to the States in the issuance of
variances and exemptions and the establishment of compliance schedules.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$944,200 results from several actions.  The Congress applied
a S3 million reduction for position lapse in the Abatement and Control and Enforcement
appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was -$218,600.  A net increase
of +5590,600 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978 (1979) pay raise
as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Finally, as part of the
Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan, -$1,316,200
was reprogrammed from this activity to drinking water State program guidelines and
regulation development (5102,700) and to agency management activity ($1,213,500).

-------
1980 Program

     The 1980 request for this program is $8,085,000 and 217 positions.  This represents
an increase of $2,457,700 with no change in positions from the 1979 program.  Approximately
$1,300,000 will be used to upgrade EPA laboratories to meet the highest priority
demands for support of regional programs including analysis of drinking water in areas
with populations of more than 75,000; integrated toxics monitoring for selected substances;
compliance monitoring of major industrial permittees; emergency response for hazardous
materials; quality assurance; and effluent guidelines development activities for selected
industries.  The remaining increase of $1,200,000 will be used to initiate new activities
for the public water system  supervision program including implementation of the organics
standards through continued guidance to the States, and incorporation of noncomnunity
water systems in the program.  Continuing program activities include the operation of
public water system programs in nonprimacy States, Indian lands, interstate carrier
conveyances, and Federal facilities in nonprimacy States, program oversight in the
primacy States, and assistance to States in implementing the organics regulations.  In
addition, data management, issuance of variances and exemptions, and the review of plans
and specifications for granular activated carbon water treatment facilities will continue.

DRINKING MATER MANAGEMENT - GROUND HATER PROTECTION

1978 Accomplishments

     Drinking water management - ground water protection program activities centered
on working with the States on the conduct of the surface impoundment assessment,
responding to a ground water contamination problem and reviewing sole source aquifer
petitions.

     The regions awarded grants to 49 States for the conduct of an assessment of surface
Impoundments to determine the ground water contamination potential from these sources.
The assessment will be completed by June 1980.

     The EPA regional office responded to a ground water contamination threat in
West Plains, Missouri, resulting from 25 million gallons of raw sewage seeping into
the ground water after a lagoon failure.  EPA and other Federal agencies conducted
tests to determine the severity of the spill and analyzed water samples to ensure the
protection of the public's health.

     Regional activities for the sole source aquifer program included the designation
of four  sole source aquifers for which Federal financial assistance for projects
must be reviewed.  In addition, regions started their review of  six  new petitions
for designations.

1979 Program

     The drinking water management - ground water protection program is allocated
$1,138,600 and 47 positions.  The 1979 program activities will concentrate on the sole
source aquifer program, underground injection;control program, general emergency
response capability, and ground water related projects to be undertaken during
the fiscal year.

     The sole source aquifer program activities involve the review and processing
of sole source aquifer petitions and the review of projects proposed in a designated
sole source area.  It is estimated that nine petitions will be received during 1979.

     Technical assistance will be provided by the regions to the designated States to
encourage the States to assume primary enforcement responsibility for the underground
injection control program,


                                                                      DW-30

-------
     The regions will maintain an emergency response capability to provide technical
assistance and other support to protect the public health and welfare in affected
areas.

1979 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$611,400 results from several actions.  First, Congress
applied a $3 million reduction for positon lapse rate to the Abatement and Control
and Enforcement appropriations; the decrease applicable to this activity was -$45,000.
Secondly, an increase of +$128,000 results from increased pay costs from the October 1978
(1979) pay raise as well as distribution of the October 1977 (1978) pay raise.  Finally,
as part of the Agency's ZBB review of resource requirements for its 1979 operating plan,
-$693,600 was reprogrammed from this activity to other drinking water abatement and control
activities, as follows: standards and regulations development ($602,900) and State
program guidelines and regulations development ($90,700).

1980 Program

     The 1980 request for this program is for $1,715,000 and 47 positions.  This
represents an increase of $576,400 with no change in positions from the 1979 estimate.
Program activity will focus on the sole source aquifer program, the development of an
underground injection control program for those States which do not intend to assume
primacy, technical assistance and guidance to States seeking primacy, and the implementation
of training and public awareness programs.

     Activities in the sole source aquifer program will include review and processing
of sole source aquifer petitions and review of proposed projects in designated sole
source areas.  An estimated eleven petitions will  be received during 1980.

     Plans will be formulated for total or partial EPA implementation of UIC programs
in those States which are unable or unwilling to assume primary enforcement responsibility.
For those States that are actively seeking primacy, the regions will continue to provide
technical assistance and guidance to help the States develop and implement their own
programs.

     As an inducement to both the States seeking primacy and the States which are
reluctant in seeking their own programs, the regions will be developing training and
public awareness programs.  This effort will help to create public concern for the
merits of ground water protection.

-------
Enforcement

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                      DRINKING WATER

                                        Enforcement
                                              Budget     Current               Increase +
                                    Actual   Estimate   Estimate   Estimate    Decrease -
                                     1978      1979       1979       1980     1980 vs. 1979
                                                       (dollars in thousands)

Appropriation
Drinking Water Enforcement	     $202      $961        $729       $835      +$106

Permanent Positions
Drinking Water Enforcement	...        7        43          32         31          -1

Full-time Equivalency
Drinking Water Enforcement	      ....       ...          33         34          +1

Budget Request

     An appropriation of $835,000 and 31  positions is requested for 1980, and increase
of $106,000 and a decrease of one position from 1979.

Proaram Description

     The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, as amended, provides the statutory
requirements for a Federal/State drinking water program.  The Act provides for
assurance of the safety  of  drinking water through two mechanisms:  the establishment
and enforcement of Primary Drinking Water Regulations which specify the maximum
allowable levels of drinking water contaminants and the establishment and enforcement
of underground injection control (UIC) regulations for protection of underground
drinking water supplies.

     With regard to Primary Drinking Water Regulations, the Act provides for State
assumption of the drinking water program, but requires EPA to Implement the  program
in States that have not received primary enforcement responsibility (primacy).
The drinking water enforcement public water system (PWS) Implementation program
encompasses activities related to issuance of variances and exemptions (where EPA
has primacy) to PWS not in compliance with Primary Drinking Water Regulations;
the investigation and initiation of civil or criminal actions for violations
or Primary Drinking Water Regulations in States without primacy and in States
that have primacy but have requested EPA assistance; the overview of variances
and exemptions issued and enforcement action taken by States with primacy; and
emergency enforcement actions.

     With regard to underground injection control, the Act provides for assumption
of the UIC program by those States designated as needing such a program.  EPA is
required to implement a UIC program in designated States that have not received
primacy.  The drinking water enforcement UIC program in EPA primacy areas
encompasses activities related to Issuance of UIC permits to facilities disposing
of wastes underground; the investigation and initiation of civil and criminal actions
for violations of the UIC regulations; and emergency enforcement responses.
                                                                         DW-32

-------
     During 1978, resources were used for case-foilow-up to an emergency situation
which occurred in 1977.  This involved a carbon tetrachloride discharge which
affected public water supplies along the Ohio River.  Follow-up activity to
the emergency response primarily involved participation in investigations for
determining the possibility of criminal action and in case preparation for a
criminal case court action.

     Drinking water enforcement activities also included technical and legal
support in the development and review of proposed Primary and Secondary
Drinking Water Standards; development of an enforcement program for Implementing
public water systems program regulations convering issuance of variances and
exemptions; and initiation of enforcement actions, where necessary, against
public water systems.

1979 Program

     Fiscal year 1979 resources for the drinking water enforcement program are
$729,000 and 32 positions.  During 1979, the highest priority of the drinking
water enforcement program will be enforcement response to emergency drinking
water situations that involve imminent and substantial sndangerment to public
health and safety.  The program will also  focus on Issuing  variances and
exemptions, approximately ISO, where EPA has primacy, to public water systems
that are not in compliance with Primary Drinking Water Regulations and initiating
enforcement actions, where necessary, to assure compliance with the requirements
of the Act,  An estimated 20 enforcement actions will be undertaken for violations
of the regulations by public water systems in States without primacy and in States
that have primacy but have requested EPA assistance.

     Additional resources will be devoted to overviewing State public water supply
primacy programs and preparing program guidance for Issuance of variances and
exemptions, and far initiating enforcement actions.

Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate

     The net decrease of -$232,000 results from several  actions.   First, Congress
applied a S3 million reduction for position lapse rate to the Abatement and
Control and Enforcement appropriations; -$72,600 was applies to this activity.
Second, an increase of +$33,00.0 is due to increased pay costs associated with
the October 1978 (1979)  pay  raise and the  distribution of the  October  1977
(1973) pay raise.  Finally, as a result of the Agency's ZB8 review of
resource  requirements for its 1979 operating plan -$242,000 was  reprogrammed
from this element within regions and is attributed to regional increases 1n
mobile source enforcement {$121,100) and water quality enforcement ($121,300).

1980 Program

     In 1980, the request is for $835,000 and 31  positions, an increase of $106,000
and a decrease of one position from 1979.

     During 1980, the highest priority of the drinking water enforcement program will
be enforcement response to emergency drinking water situations that involve imminent
and substantial endangerment to public health and safety.   Drinking water enforcement
will also focus on two programs:  public water system implementation and underground
injection control (UIC),  For the public water system implementation program, activities
will include issuance of additional variances and exemptions,  approximately 180;  continued
support of enforcement proceedings initiated in 1979;  initiation  of new enforcement
actions,approximately 20,and review of State primacy programs. Activities  will  also
include issuance of Notices  of Violations  to States with primacy  that have  not
adequately enforced provisions of the Act.   A UIC program will be in its development
stage during 1980, and it is anticipated that drinking water enforcement will begin
issuing on the order of 50 permits and initiating appropriate  enforcement actions
to bring permittees in compliance with UIC program requirements.
DW-33

-------